As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2021.
Registration No. 333-259635
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Enfusion, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware |
7372 |
87-1268462 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
|
(I.R.S. Employer
|
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750
Chicago, IL 60603
Tel: (312) 253-9800
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including
Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
Thomas Kim
Chief Executive Officer
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750
Chicago, IL 60603
(312) 253-9800
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer ☐ |
Accelerated filer ☐ |
Non-accelerated filer ☒ |
Smaller reporting company ☐ |
Emerging growth company ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each Class of Securities to be Registered |
Amount to Be Registered(1) |
|
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(2)(3) |
Amount of Registration Fee(4) |
Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share |
21,562,500 |
$17.00 |
366,562,500 |
$33,980.35 |
(1) |
Includes 2,812,500 shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their option to purchase additional shares. |
(2) |
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any. |
(3) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended |
(4) |
$10,910.00 of this registration fee was previously paid by the registrant in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement on September 17, 2021. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 12, 2021
18,750,000 Shares
Enfusion, Inc.
Class A common stock
This is the initial public offering of Enfusion, Inc. We are offering 15,322,660 shares of our Class A common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering 3,427,340 shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $15.00 and $17.00. We intend to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ENFN.”
We will have two classes of common stock outstanding after this offering: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. All of our Class B common stock will be held by the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders (defined below), on a one-to-one basis with the number of Common Units (defined below) that they own. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholders (defined below) will beneficially own approximately 83.4% of the combined voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and our Class A stockholders and Class B stockholders will control approximately 56.7% and 43.3% of the voting power of our capital stock, respectively.
This offering is being conducted through what is commonly referred to as an “Up-C” structure, which is often used by partnerships and limited liability companies undertaking an initial public offering. The Up-C approach provides the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders with the tax treatment of continuing to own interests in a pass-through structure and provides potential future tax benefits for both the public company and the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders when they ultimately exchange their pass-through interests for shares of Class A common stock. Enfusion, Inc. is a holding company, and immediately after the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and this offering, its principal asset will be its direct and/or indirect ownership interests in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, which we refer to as “Common Units.” We conduct our business directly and/or indirectly through Enfusion Ltd. LLC and its subsidiaries. See “Organizational Structure.” Upon the completion of this offering, Enfusion, Inc. and the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will hold directly and/or indirectly 56.7% and 43.3%, respectively (or 58.0% and 42.0%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) of Enfusion Ltd. LLC.
We and the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will also enter into an Amended and Restated Operating Agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) will have the right (subject to the terms of this agreement) to exchange their Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.”
Enfusion, Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 11,312,500 shares ($170.1 million) to acquire an equivalent number of newly-issued Common Units from Enfusion Ltd. LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions,” which Enfusion Ltd. LLC will in turn use to repay outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility totaling approximately $98.8 million in aggregate principal amount, to satisfy approximately $14.8 million of tax withholding obligations for federal payroll taxes arising with respect to equity award issuances, and approximately $56.5 million for general corporate purposes and to bear all of the expenses of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” Enfusion, Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 4,010,160 shares ($60.3 million) (or 5,526,607 shares and $83.1 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase an equivalent aggregate number of Common Units from our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions.”
We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.
See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
Total |
||
Initial public offering price |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Underwriting discount(1) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to Enfusion, Inc. |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
(1) See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 18,750,000 shares of our Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 2,812,500 shares of Class A common stock from Enfusion, Inc. and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Prior to the date hereof, certain funds and accounts managed by entities affiliated with Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, and certain entities affiliated with ICONIQ Capital, LLC, or collectively, the cornerstone investors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to 20% of the offering in shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price. Because this indication of interest is not a binding agreement or commitment to purchase, the cornerstone investors could determine to purchase more, less, or no shares in this offering or the underwriters could determine to sell more, less, or no shares to any of the cornerstone investors. The underwriters will receive the same discount on any of our shares of Class A common stock purchased by the cornerstone investors as they will from any other shares of Class A common stock sold to the public in this offering.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on , 2021.
|
|
||
Morgan Stanley |
|
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
|
BofA Securities |
|
Credit Suisse |
|
Piper Sandler |
Stifel |
William Blair |
|
|
Loop Capital Markets |
|
, 2021
OVERVIEW
Enfusion is a flexible, modern
framework for investment management
operations.
|
|
It is one front-to-back system with
Middle- and back-office managed
|
|
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 2 |
ENFUSION
We simplify and unify the
investment management lifecycle
|
|
|
|
We manage
|
|
|
|
Fills |
|
|
|
Orders |
|
|
|
Reconciliations |
|
|
|
Allocated Trades |
|
|
|
Reporting |
|
|
|
Statements |
|
|
|
|
…empowering teams to
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CFO |
COO |
CIO |
Portfolio
|
Analysts |
|
|
Traders |
Compliance
|
Investor
|
Middle
|
Back
|
|
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 3 |
ENFUSION
Purposefully designed,
end-to-end Enfusion solution
Mission critical systems integrated with a suite of technology
powered services
One Single
|
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 4 |
BY THE NUMBERS
Enfusion at a glance.
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 5 |
CLIENT TESTIMONIALS
How the best get even better.
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 6 |
CLIENT TESTIMONIALS
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 7 |
ENFUSION CULTURE
Mavericks welcome
Enfusion was founded by people with the vision to uncover a new way forward, and the courage to bring it to life—which are the same qualities we prize in our employees today.
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 8 |
ENFUSION CORE VALUES
Fully invested in our
clients’ success.
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 9 |
EMPLOYEE VALUE PROPOSITION
As a part of Enfusion, our employees are contributing to an important chapter in the history of investment and operational technology for the investment management industry. Line by line, call by call, ticket by ticket, we help our clients thrive by solving the industry’s most demanding challenges—through the power of a fundamentally new approach to Software-as-a-Service.
VALUE PILLARS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meaningful
|
Meritocracy |
Professional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principled
|
Inspiring
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ©2021 ENFUSION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10 |
Prospectus
|
|
|
Page |
iii |
|
1 |
|
18 |
|
48 |
|
49 |
|
50 |
|
54 |
|
55 |
|
56 |
|
58 |
|
60 |
|
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
69 |
89 |
|
99 |
|
104 |
|
112 |
|
117 |
|
120 |
|
125 |
|
127 |
|
130 |
|
136 |
|
136 |
|
136 |
|
F-1 |
Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any other information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.
For investors outside of the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock, and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
i
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
Financial Statement Presentation
Following this offering, Enfusion Ltd. LLC will be the predecessor of Enfusion, Inc. for financial reporting purposes. Immediately following this offering, Enfusion, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be a controlling equity interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, held indirectly through three newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiaries. Through its control over the managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, Enfusion, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, have the obligation to absorb losses and receive benefits from Enfusion Ltd. LLC and, through Enfusion Ltd. LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. The Reorganization Transactions (as defined below) will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Enfusion, Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the Reorganization Transactions at their historical carrying amounts, as reflected in the historical financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Enfusion, Inc. will consolidate Enfusion Ltd. LLC on its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the Common Units (as defined below) held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations. See “Organizational Structure.”
Certain Definitions
As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context requires otherwise:
● | “Blocker Companies” refer to certain entities that are taxable as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which the Pre-IPO Shareholders hold interests, as described under “Organizational Structure—Blocker Restructuring.” |
● | “Enfusion,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the offering described herein to Enfusion Ltd. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the consummation of this offering to Enfusion, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. |
● | “Common Units” refers to the new class of units of Enfusion Ltd. LLC created by the Reclassification as described under “Organizational Structure”. |
● | “pre-IPO owners” refer to the equity holders who are the owners of Enfusion Ltd. LLC immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions. |
● | “Pre-IPO Shareholders” refer to pre-IPO owners that will receive shares of Class A common stock of Enfusion, Inc. pursuant to the Blocker Restructuring as defined and described in “Organizational Structure—Blocker Restructuring.” |
● | “Pre-IPO Common Unitholders” refer to pre-IPO owners that will hold Common Units following the reclassification of our capital structure as described under “Organizational Structure.” |
● | “Principal Stockholders” refer to our directors, executive officers and each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities immediately prior to the offering, as described under “Principal and Selling Stockholders.” |
● | “Reclassification” refers to the reclassification of the LLC interests of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, as described in “Summary—Organizational Structure.” |
● | “Reorganization Transactions” refers to the reclassification of the LLC interests of Enfusion Ltd. LLC and certain related transactions, as defined in “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC.” |
Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 2,812,500 shares of Class A common stock from us and the selling stockholders.
ii
LETTER FROM OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Our journey began more than 24 years ago when two Chicago-based software developers started a financial technology consultancy business following years working in technology at large hedge funds. They saw first-hand how cumbersome and inefficient financial technology could be, with fragmented systems, disparate workflows and patched-together platforms leaking and underutilizing critical data for the business. They were determined to make it better and teamed up with a third financial technology-experienced software developer to start building a new technology solution that could be institutionalized across investment managers regardless of size, strategy or geography.
Enfusion’s co-founders knew that the future of financial technology needed to be driven by clients’ business and operational imperatives and that it needed to be designed for simplicity, scale and organization-wide user experience. More importantly, they knew that the solution had to be flexible to evolve with investment managers over time and not just solve the pervasive pain points at that time. Their foresight to build a solution that was natively in the cloud, years before cloud computing was widely adopted in the industry, underlies our competitive advantage today of a flexible solution, faster implementations and frequent upgrades when other solution providers are struggling with the limitations and inefficiencies migrating from on-premise installations to the cloud. Over the years, their vision materialized into what is today the Enfusion multi-tenant, cloud-native front-to-back solution, globally serving 635 investment management clients.
Since 2006 when we launched our flagship product, we have achieved multiple key milestones on our path to becoming a preeminent, global financial technology software business, expanding beyond our Chicago headquarters to open an office in New York in 2009 followed by offices in London in 2014, Dublin in 2017 and four offices across APAC in the last three years. By the end of 2014, Enfusion reached 93 clients and 36 employees and just over six years later, we have 635 clients and 639 employees globally as of June 30, 2021. Along the way, we innovated Enfusion’s product offering by launching an Order and Execution Management System in 2014, our technology-powered services offering in 2015, enhanced visual analytics capabilities in 2018, and market data and new mobile productivity and a broader content solution in 2021 catered to the work-from-anywhere workforce.
Enfusion has always been driven by a committed focus towards building the next generation solution that expands the capabilities of investment managers to seamlessly manage their businesses. Since inception, we have stayed true to our vision and our client centric focus, working closely with clients to always learn more about their pain points and reflect their needs in our evolving solution. We have consistently partnered with them to innovate our solution to address their biggest technological issues directly. This mentality remains strong in our organization with now a team of 639 innovative technologists, developers, financial experts, service professionals and corporate support operating from our global campus with a culture centered in meritocracy and constantly thinking outside the box to generate new ideas no matter their rank. Our mantra will always be to innovate, build, manage, code, fix, create, rethink, analyze, solve and grow excellently in everything that we do.
To this day, we remain invigorated and humbled by the idea that we are helping to solve investment managers’ most complex and evolving business and operational challenges, which in turn impacts investors and the capital markets globally. We carry the responsibility for our clients to be in a constant state of innovation always tethered to their day-to-day problems and business goals they are aiming to achieve. In doing so, we represent a new paradigm for investment management operations – truly focusing on transforming the way the industry thinks of technology—as a partner and asset. Looking at the path ahead, I am excited by the reality that Enfusion and the solution that we provide are significantly more valuable and critical to our clients today than on the day we were founded. I joined Enfusion as CEO in March of 2020; right as our world was about to be thrust into the throes of the COVID-19 pandemic. Despite the unprecedented challenges that COVID-19 has presented to the world, we rallied together and as a testament to the value our solution and our global team provides, we continued to have record numbers of wins, signing 266 new investment management clients since the beginning of 2020.
As the industry faces an inflection point where technology must continue to adapt for a new, more flexible working world, we will continue to lean into our heritage as a company that has always created technologies designed to help our clients scale and make better investment decisions, faster and in real time. Our foresight of building software-as-a-service, or SaaS, software, specifically in the cloud underpinned by one consistent and unified data set across the client’s organization, has put us in an advantageous position – providing years of compounding enhancements driven by client insights and lessons learned at a time that cloud computing is being widely adopted as our founders envisioned over 20 years ago.
The opportunity for Enfusion has never been greater, and I am honored to say that our team has never been more united around our goal of solving the most challenging problems facing investment managers through innovation and a fresh perspective. As a result of pursuing that goal, we take great responsibility in being recognized as a leader for investment management systems and services. Even though our company’s story is 24 years in the making, we are only getting started in our focus to help transform the investment management industry.
iii
We hope that you share our excitement, and we would love for you to join the next chapter in our journey.
|
|
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
Thomas Kim |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
Enfusion, Inc. |
iv
This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Enfusion,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Enfusion, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Our mission is to help solve investment managers’ evolving business and operational challenges through next-generation technology.
Our Company
Enfusion is a global, high-growth software-as-a-service, or SaaS, provider focused on transforming the investment management industry. Our solution is designed to eliminate technology and information barriers, empowering investment managers to confidently make and execute better-informed investment decisions in real time. We simplify investment and operational workflows by unifying mission-critical systems and coalescing data into a single dataset resulting in a single source of truth. This allows stakeholders throughout the entire client organization to interact more effectively with one another across the investment management lifecycle.
We believe, by means of our purposefully-designed interconnected systems underpinned by one dataset, we are the only solution that allows clients to see and interact with all parts of the investment management lifecycle ranging from portfolio construction, trading, risk management, accounting and operations through to investor reporting seamlessly in real time, in one screen, in one solution. As a result, our solution enables clients to better align teams, optimizing their investment decision-making, operations and technology footprint and lowering operating costs. By harnessing the efficiencies, agility and scale inherent to our cloud-native, multi-tenant software that is integrated with a suite of technology-powered services, we believe we have created the industry’s most compelling investment management solution, capable of shaping and addressing evolving demands of the global investment management landscape.
Existing solutions in the investment management technology industry include a patchwork of “task specific” point solutions from disparate vendors, technology stitched together through acquisitions, internally-developed technology and cost-prohibitive solutions accessible only to the largest investment managers. Where available solutions are cloud-enabled, many were originally designed for on-premises installations and subsequently individually migrated to the cloud via discrete code streams, retaining single-tenant infrastructure limitations that require changes to be made for each client individually instead of delivering changes to all clients simultaneously and leading to laborious and costly maintenance and difficult security requirements. As a result, many investment managers spend considerable time and resources managing legacy, stitched together, or disparate systems, fragmented data, complex communication networks and cumbersome workflows. Designed for the cloud from inception, Enfusion provides a flexible and simplified end-to-end alternative that allows investment managers to focus their time and resources on investment performance. This enables us to build long-term partnerships with our clients, offering a solution that is not only tailored to meet their business needs today, but has the depth and breadth of capability to support them as they grow or enter new markets or asset classes.
Our cloud-native, multi-tenant solution provides:
1
Enfusion’s comprehensive solution cohesively addresses the core components of the investment lifecycle. Our portfolio management system gives clients the ability to construct and analyze portfolios and performance metrics with granularity, enabling better-informed investment decision-making. Once trade decisions are made, clients use our combined order and execution management systems to obtain market insights, run compliance checks and send electronic trade orders directly to executing brokers and exchanges. When orders are executed, execution data flows back to our solution and instantly feeds our systems, including our accounting system, enabling clients to produce a full set of financial statements in real time. The data also feeds our extensive reporting and analytics capabilities, allowing stakeholders across client organizations, including executive management, investment teams, operational support, compliance and investor relations to obtain differentiating insights into their investment activities and better analyze investment performance. The purposefully-designed interconnectedness of our systems removes the need for manual data processing and validating across workflows. Coupled with market data and aggregated transactional and derived data provided to or received from a full suite of a client’s supporting parties, our solution creates a single dataset and source of truth that gives our clients a real-time, comprehensive and consistent view of their data across the investment lifecycle. Altogether, our full lifecycle, single dataset investment management solution, provides investment managers with a tailored suite of tools and investment content to make better-informed decisions, faster and with greater confidence, in one screen and one solution.
In addition to facilitating the full investment lifecycle, our robust and agile solution allows us to serve a diverse client base that ranges in investment strategies, size and geography. Our clients include alternative investment managers such as hedge funds of all types, private equity funds, family offices and corporate investment arms, as well as institutional investment managers such as traditional asset managers and mutual funds:
● | Alternative Investment Managers – We enable alternative investment management clients to achieve scale efficiently, instill investor confidence, easily expand into new strategies, asset classes or geographies and significantly increase their speed to market. Clients can interact with the entire investment management lifecycle on one solution, unified by one dataset and are not burdened by costly hardware requirements or disruptive software upgrades. We deliver weekly upgrades through our cloud-native, multi-tenant solution, allowing us to continuously innovate and quickly adapt to meet ever-evolving client needs. |
● | Institutional Investment Managers – We deliver an intelligent solution that can replace or supplement institutional investment management clients’ legacy systems and can be utilized as a unifying hub across other existing systems, improving our clients’ operational inefficiencies and providing access to more relevant and simplified workflows and technologies. This intelligent solution gives large, less-agile clients the ability to replace their existing systems at their own pace as they become better positioned to reduce their costly and inefficient legacy technology dependencies. |
Our client relationships are built upon reliability, efficiency and proactivity. Our most important goal is to hold a high standard that couples both excellent ongoing innovation and excellent client experience. Our differentiated client-centric approach is made possible by our solution’s nimble single codebase architecture that is delivered in a one-to-many manner. In practice, our structure allows us to dedicate resources to our clients holistically, driving a superior client experience from the point of identifying a sales opportunity to product and services implementation and continuing throughout the client relationship. We measure our success through a combination of retaining clients (2% of clients left voluntarily in 2020), Net Dollar Retention Rate (122.4%, 119.6% and 111.3% as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively), client feedback and external reviews (94% client satisfaction per Aite Group in 2019). As of June 30, 2021, we had 635 global clients, with 106 new clients in 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2020, no client accounted for more than 3% of our total net revenues and our top 10 clients represented approximately 12% of our total net revenues.
We derive the vast majority of our total net revenues (99.4% and 98% for six month period ended June 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively) from our recurring subscription-based revenues. We have grown our Annual Recurring Revenue from $33.1 million for the month ended December 31, 2017 to $93.4 million for the month ended December 31, 2020 (representing a compound annual growth rate of 41.4%). The highly scalable nature of our business and recurring nature of our revenues drive strong margins and profitability as illustrated by our gross profit margin of 73.3%, 73.2% and 71.3%, net income margin of 16.5%, 5.1% and 21.4%, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 26.3%, 31.8% and 35.8%, each for six month period ended June 30, 2021, and the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information on our key business metrics and our non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of these measures to the nearest U.S. GAAP metric.
2
Industry Overview
The investment management industry is large and growing, with assets under management, or AUM, surpassing $110 trillion globally. According to PwC, global AUM has grown by more than 40% from 2015 through to 2020 and is projected to continue growing as fast as 6% annually, with AUM from alternative investments growing as fast as 8% annually. As the industry continues to grow, the investment management community is at an inflection point, facing multiple, concurrent generational shifts, most notably:
● | Increasingly Complex and Global Investment Strategies: Amidst current market conditions including the persisting low interest rate environment and increased competition, investment managers are increasingly tasked with finding new and/or creative ways to generate returns on investment which can complicate risk and operational management requirements. As a result, investment managers are seeking innovative solutions that can enable them to make quick and confident investment decisions, with the flexibility to make real-time adjustments to their portfolio overlaid with interactive risk management. |
● | Meaningful Industry Consolidation: The pressures related to generating returns on investment and competition have led to widespread industry consolidation, which has resulted in legacy systems coming together that are unmanageable and ineffective when consolidated. In response, investment managers are seeking solutions that unify their workflows, systems and data to minimize the pain associated with consolidating operations and shift focus back to performance. |
● | Greater Regulatory and Investor Requirements: To meet heightened regulatory and investor demands, investment managers require solutions designed to ensure they remain compliant with evolving regulations and that provide precise, real-time valuation data and risk reporting, appropriate compliance rules and back up accounting that validate reported performance results. |
● | Heightened Demand for Greater Productivity and Cost Efficiency: Investment managers are increasingly subject to fee compression pressures related to increased competition and the rise of passive, index and other products. These fee pressures have caused investment managers to actively seek ways to simplify and optimize operational costs. |
● | Demand for Remote Accessibility That Was Historically Unavailable: Historically, investment managers have been limited by disparate solutions tied to physical operations and locations. However, as recent events have highlighted, the benefits and need for simplified solutions designed for remote access have accelerated the shift towards acceptance of cloud technology and more specifically cloud-native solutions. |
Many solutions on the market today fall short of helping investment managers seamlessly and holistically address the industry dynamics described above. Existing solutions include a patchwork of “task specific” point solutions from disparate vendors, technology stitched together through acquisitions, internally developed technology and cost-prohibitive solutions accessible only to the largest investment managers. These solutions, being cloud-migrated rather than cloud-native, are not sufficiently nimble to allow for scale and often require physical provisioning and rely on large teams of specialized personnel that through time are difficult to hire, face latency issues and increase investment manager tech debt. The result is increased information leakage, lack of data integrity, reduced traceability and reporting, significantly higher costs, more rigid strategies and slower decisions.
Our Market Opportunity
Investment managers spend significant time and resources supporting their business processes, which is intensifying as their industry continues to become more complex and subject to unprecedented pace of change. We believe that Enfusion has a significant advantage in addressing investment managers’ increasing demands for a comprehensive investment lifecycle cloud-native solution that simplifies workflows by unifying mission critical systems and coalescing data into a single dataset.
We estimate that our total addressable market is in excess of $19 billion. According to IDC’s Worldwide Capital Markets IT Spending Guide, the total spend on software and information technology, or IT, services from investment management front office and operations functions was estimated at $11.5 billion in 2020 and is expected to grow 6% annually to $14.4 billion in 2024. Additionally, internal IT spend was estimated at $5.7 billion in 2020. We also believe that there is an incremental opportunity relating to the IDC estimated $2.0 billion spend associated with traditional hardware infrastructure across all investment managers that can be targeted by our solution as our clients migrate their technology and processes to our hosted platform.
3
The Enfusion Advantage
Our solution is designed to simplify our clients’ workflows and improve decision-making across investment managers of all strategy, size and geography. Our advantage lies in our solution removing information barriers and creating alignment across different actors in the investment lifecycle. We believe superior investment performance and decision-making is driven by our clients’ ability to work in real time as a cohesive team. Our solution does not merely provide systems for the entire investment lifecycle and for all actors; our solution goes further, unifying the systems with one codebase enabling changes made into one system to be reflected in other systems in real time. In practice, this allows teams across our client organizations to benefit from role-based functionality underpinned by a single dataset and single source of truth, enabling each to generate valuable insights while operating on the same real-time information, all governed by appropriate access controls. Consequently, we are expanding the sphere of influences within a client organization that decide and select their choice of technology partners and seeing leaders such as Chief Financial Officers (CFOs), Portfolio Managers (PMs), Chief Investment Officers (CIOs) and Chief Operating Officers (COOs) driving the efforts to use the Enfusion solution.
In a market of disparate solutions stitched together, our competitive advantage is supported by:
● | One End-to-End Solution, One Single Dataset and Source of Truth: Our cloud-native solution, is designed to unify portfolio management, order management, execution management, valuation and risk, accounting, reconciliation and portfolio monitoring and reporting systems. This allows for data to flow through, be reflected in and be acted upon in all systems across the investment lifecycle in real time, creating a single dataset and source of truth and optimizing our clients’ technology footprints and overall spend. |
● | Rapid Pace of Delivery and Evolution: Because our cloud-native solution’s architecture is built upon a single codebase, we are able to complete implementations quickly. Our architecture also allows for a faster product development lifecycle, giving us the ability to provide regular and rapid new releases and upgrades. We recognize that our clients best understand their evolving needs and our weekly upgrades are guided by their collective feedback. |
● | Flexible and Tailored Solution: Our architecture’s inherent flexibility and extensive integration capabilities give our clients the optionality to plug and play and utilize some or all of our systems as desired to meet their unique needs. Over time and as they experience our advantage, the flexibility of our solution allows them to seamlessly expand usage of other systems and functionalities. |
● | Technology-Powered Services: We offer access to technology-powered services designed to maximize the power of the Enfusion solution. By using expert teams empowered by technology to address time-consuming front-, middle- and back-office administrative tasks related to the investment lifecycle, our clients are able to focus on their highest-value business activities and recognize the full benefit of our solution. |
● | Client-Centric Partnership: We are relentlessly focused on client service and support. Delivering a world class experience is as critically important as delivering excellent products and services. |
Ultimately, our multi-tenant architecture, cloud-native framework and scalable and cost-effective service model allows us to deliver significant value to our clients, while maintaining a strong revenue growth rate and attractive profit margins in a robust and sustainable way. Our team uses the Enfusion solution to address continuously-evolving client needs, which fuels the already rapid pace of innovation and helps us continue to expand our market position in the investment management technology industry.
The Enfusion Solution
Our cloud-native, purposefully-designed end-to-end solution gives our clients the ability to easily access and analyze investment information in real time, perform complex calculations quickly and interact with markets electronically adding up to better, more informed investment decisions and actions. Our solution is highly configurable to different work streams, client segments and asset classes. Rather than relying on large, specialized workforces necessary for local or tenant-by-tenant deployments, modifications to our solution are made remotely within one codebase and without client intervention or interaction. Software enhancements developed for individual sponsoring clients are also made available to all clients at the same time. This process where our community of clients continuously contributes to the ever-evolving nature of our solution strengthens the value of the solution to all of our clients.
Our solution, comprised of mission critical systems integrated with a suite of technology-powered services, serves the full investment lifecycle. We recognize that despite increasing market pressures to the contrary, some clients may not be in a position to replace all of their systems at once. Therefore, we have designed our solution to allow our clients to use some or all of our solution to
4
manage their investment lifecycle workflow and also to augment or integrate into their existing workflows or systems, giving them the flexibility to expand their usage and us the ability to solve their unique needs through time.
Our solution is utilized by variety of users including portfolio managers, traders, compliance officers, operational support staff and executive management, all of whom benefit from role-based functionality underpinned by a single dataset. This single dataset enables each of these users to generate valuable insights while operating on the same real-time information governed by appropriate access controls. The end-to-end functionality our solution provides is detailed below.
Our end-to-end solution comprises:
● | Portfolio Management System, or PMS: Able to comprehensively construct and re-balance investment portfolios, this system generates a real-time Investment Book of Record, or IBOR, for CIOs and portfolio managers, features a full suite of valuation and risk tools and allows users to analyze aggregated or decomposed portfolio data by any number of customizable dimensions; |
● | Order and Execution Management System, or OEMS: Intertwined with our PMS, this module offers portfolio managers, traders, compliance teams and analysts the ability to electronically communicate trade orders for a variety of asset classes and with a choice of hundreds of executing counterparties globally, manage trade orders and systemically enforce trading regulations and internal guidelines; |
● | Accounting/General Ledger System: Underpinning our PMS and OEMS systems, our accounting system features a proper double-entry ledger that automates the posting of general ledger journal entries for all cash and securities transactions directly from our PMS—providing CFOs, COOs, accountants and operations teams a complete, real-time Accounting Book of Record, or ABOR; |
● | Enfusion Analytics System: Connected in real time with our PMS and OEMS, our Enfusion Analytics system enables CIOs, portfolio managers, traders and analysts the ability to utilize the solution’s comprehensive client data insights to analyze portfolios through time horizons and automate customized visualized reports for both internal and external stakeholders. This module also acts as a centralized data warehouse that may be accessed or utilized by both individual and systematic users; |
● | Technology-Powered Services: We offer access to technology-powered services designed to maximize the power of the Enfusion solution. We do so by using expert teams empowered by technology to address time-consuming front-, middle- and back-office administrative tasks related to the investment lifecycle such as performing various fund and position level reconciliations, processing corporate actions and proactive trade break resolutions. |
Our Growth Strategy
We continue to advance our position as a leading technology partner to the investment management industry. The key components of our growth strategy include:
● | Continue Broadening Our Client Base: We believe we are the leading cloud-native, SaaS provider to the global hedge fund sector and expect that as the alternative investment sector and the acceptance of cloud technology grows, we will continue to extend our position. In addition, we continue to extend this growth through increasing adoption by larger institutional asset management clients due to increasing acceptance of cloud technology and the robust capabilities of our solution that better meet their evolving needs and address their existing pain points. |
● | Expanding Relationships with Existing Clients: We believe there is a significant opportunity to further expand our relationships with existing clients, including clients that were not in a position to replace all of their systems at once when they first engaged with us. For those clients that elect to initially utilize some portion of our solution, we find that many seek opportunities to expand the breadth of their relationship with us once they experience the advantages of our end-to-end solution. |
● | Ongoing Pace of Innovation: To retain and expand our client base, we continuously evaluate opportunities to advance our solution through increased breadth and depth of functionality. We invest heavily in innovation and generally on a weekly basis, deliver enhancements and added functionality based on our ongoing dialogues with our clients and consistent with our commitment to grow and evolve with our clients. |
5
● | Geographic Expansion: We believe there are attractive, untapped opportunities across various geographies that we will expand our business into. For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 68% of our total net revenues were generated in the Americas and approximately 32% were generated outside of the Americas. We continue to invest in expanding our presence in markets such as Europe, Latin America and Asia-Pacific where we have planned office openings in China and Australia in 2021. |
● | Selectively Pursue Acquisitions: We may selectively pursue strategic acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that improve and accelerate our ability to deliver world class investment management products and services and excellent client experience through differentiating client advocacy. |
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR BUSINESS
An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may materially adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations and cash flows. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our company include, among other things, the following:
o | We have expanded our operations rapidly in recent years, which may make it difficult to predict our future operating results, and we may not achieve our expected operating results in the future. |
o | If we are unable to attract new clients or continue to expand existing clients’ use and expanded adoption of our solution, our revenue growth will be adversely affected. |
o | If the adoption and acceptance of cloud-based financial solutions slows or shifts in a way we do not anticipate or are unable to support or if we do not accurately anticipate, prepare for and promptly respond to rapidly evolving client needs, our sales will suffer and the results of our operations will be adversely affected. |
o | We may be unable to maintain our revenue growth rate in the future. |
o | Failure to effectively manage or support our operations in connection with our growth will harm our business. |
o | A breach of our security measures or those we rely on could result in unauthorized access to or use of client or their clients’ data, which may materially and adversely impact our reputation, business and results of operations. |
o | Actual or perceived errors or failures in our solution or the implementation or support of our solution may affect our reputation, cause us to lose clients and reduce sales which may harm our business and results of operations and subject us to liability for breach of contract claims. |
o | We have experienced rapid growth, and if we fail to effectively manage our growth, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and client satisfaction or adequately address competitive challenges, any of which may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. |
o | Events affecting the investment management industry could materially and adversely affect us and cause our stock price to decline significantly. |
o | Our international operations may fail and we may fail to successfully expand internationally. In addition, sales to clients outside the United States or with international operations expose us to risks inherent to international businesses, which may include adverse impacts arising out of international regulatory changes. |
o | If we are unable to retain our personnel and hire and integrate additional skilled personnel, we may be unable to achieve our goals and our business will suffer. |
o | Our revenue recognition and other factors may create volatility in our financial results in any given period and make them difficult to predict. |
o | If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, including trade secrets, or if we fail to enforce our intellectual property rights, our business could be adversely affected. |
o | Although we are not subject to direct regulation, the regulatory environment in which our clients operate is subject to continual change, and regulatory developments could adversely affect our business. |
o | Our failure to comply with various data privacy, security, or management regulations could impose additional costs and liabilities on us, limit our use, storage, or processing of information and adversely affect our business. |
o | Our securities have no prior market and an active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained and out stock price may decline after the offering. |
o | At the time of the offering, we expect to recognize stock-based compensation expense of approximately $248.5 million (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in connection with the future issuance of shares of Class A common stock |
6
to (i) former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for the termination of a profit sharing agreement. |
o | Enfusion, Inc. is a holding company and its only material asset after completion of this offering will be its direct and/or indirect interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Enfusion Ltd. LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and pay dividends. |
CHANNELS FOR DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
Investors, the media and others should note that, following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases and public conference calls and webcasts.
The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels.
Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
Immediately following this offering, Enfusion, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be a controlling equity interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, held directly and/or indirectly through three newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiaries. Through its control over the managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, Enfusion, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs, have the obligation to absorb losses and receive benefits from Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and consolidate the financial results of Enfusion Ltd. LLC and through Enfusion Ltd. LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Prior to the completion of this offering: (1) the Pre-IPO Shareholders will receive shares of Class A common stock of Enfusion, Inc. pursuant to the Blocker Restructuring as defined and described in “Organizational Structure—Blocker Restructuring”; and (2) the operating agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying the interests held by the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, resulting in Common Units, issued on a 1,000,000-to-1 basis, respectively, such reclassification, the Reclassification.
We and the holders of the Enfusion Ltd. LLC Common Units will also enter into an Amended and Restated Operating Agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) will have the right (subject to the terms of this agreement) to cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to exchange their Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. For a description of the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Enfusion Ltd. LLC may, at its sole discretion, in lieu of delivering Class A common stock for any Common Units surrendered for exchange, pay an amount in cash per Common Unit equal to the 5-day volume-weighted average price of the Class A common stock on the date of the receipt of the written notice of the exchange.
In general, each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of our Common Units will hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.
Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.
Our post-offering organizational structure, as described above, is commonly referred to as an Up-C structure. This organizational structure will allow our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders to retain their equity ownership in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of Common Units. Investors in this offering and the Pre-IPO Shareholders will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders generally find it advantageous to continue to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not believe that our Up-C organizational structure will give rise to any significant business or strategic benefit or detriment to us.
The reorganization will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Enfusion, Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the reorganization at their historical carrying
7
amounts, as reflected in the historical financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Enfusion, Inc. will consolidate Enfusion Ltd. LLC on its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the Common Units held by Pre-IPO Common Unitholders on its consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations.
The simplified diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering. For additional detail, see “Organizational Structure.”
Upon consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and immediately prior to this offering, our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will hold shares and interests that may be exchanged or settled for shares representing an aggregate of 52,997,579 shares of Class A common stock, which we refer to as the diluted pre-IPO shares outstanding, consisting of: (i) issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock held by Pre-IPO Shareholders; and (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable on a one-for-one basis in exchange for Common Units held by Pre-IPO Common Unitholders.
The table below sets forth the relative ownership of the diluted pre-IPO shares outstanding among pre-IPO owners.
Of the 15,322,660 shares offered by Enfusion, Inc. in this offering, the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 4,010,160 shares will be used to purchase an equivalent aggregate number of Common Units from our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders. Conversely, the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 11,312,500 shares offered by Enfusion, Inc. will be used to acquire an equivalent number of newly-issued Common Units from Enfusion Ltd. LLC, which Enfusion Ltd. LLC will in turn use (i) to repay outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility totaling approximately $98.8 million in aggregate principal amount, (ii) to satisfy approximately $14.8 million of tax withholding obligations for federal payroll taxes arising with respect to obligations to issue Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and to a
8
non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which we were obligated to pay a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event, and (iii) approximately $56.5 million for general corporate purposes and to bear the expenses of this offering, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Enfusion, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on June 11, 2021. Our principal executive offices are located at 125 South Clark Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603 and our telephone number is (312) 253-9800. Our website address is www.enfusion.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website to be part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.
“Enfusion,” our logo and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of Enfusion, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
● | only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure; |
● | reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; |
● | no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and |
● | exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. |
We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” which means the end of our fiscal year in which we have filed an annual report and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the prior June 30. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. See the section titled “Risk Factors—As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.”
9
THE OFFERING
|
|
Class A common stock offered by us |
15,322,660 shares |
Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us |
1,516,447 shares |
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
3,427,340 shares |
Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders |
1,296,053 shares |
Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
64,066,841 shares (or 113,054,261 shares if all outstanding Common Units held by the pre-IPO owners were redeemed or exchanged for a corresponding number of newly issued shares of Class A common stock). If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, 65,583,288 shares (or 113,054,261 shares if all outstanding Common Units held by the pre-IPO owners were redeemed or exchanged for a corresponding number of newly issued shares of Class A common stock) would be outstanding. For additional information, see “Organizational Structure”. |
Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
48,987,420 shares (or no shares if all outstanding Common Units held by the pre-IPO owners were redeemed or exchanged for a corresponding number of newly issued shares of Class A common stock). If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, 47,470,973 shares (or no shares if all outstanding Common Units held by the Pre-IPO owners were redeemed or exchanged for a corresponding number of newly issued shares of Class A common stock) would be outstanding. |
Common Units to be held by us directly and/or indirectly after this offering |
64,066,841 Common Units, representing a 56.7% economic interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC (or 65,583,288 Common Units, representing a 58.0% economic interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full). The Common Units are not entitled to voting interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC. |
Total Common Units to be outstanding after this offering |
113,054,261 Common Units (or 113,054,261 Common Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full). |
Voting power held by investors in this offering after giving effect to this offering |
16.6% (or 19.1% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). |
Voting power held by our pre-IPO owners after giving effect to this offering |
83.4% (or 80.9% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). |
10
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering, prior to the payment of offering expenses by us, will be approximately $230.5 million (or approximately $253.3 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Enfusion, Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 11,312,500 shares ($170.1 million) (or 11,312,500 shares and $170.1 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to acquire an equivalent number of newly-issued Common Units from Enfusion Ltd. LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions,” which Enfusion, Ltd. LLC will in turn use (i) to repay outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility, totaling approximately $98.8 million in aggregate principal amount, (ii) to satisfy approximately $14.8 million of tax withholding obligations for federal payroll taxes arising with respect to obligations to issue Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan, and (iii) approximately $56.5 million for general for general corporate purposes and to bear all of the expenses of this offering. We estimate these offering expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) will be approximately $5.8 million. See “Use of Proceeds.” We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders. Enfusion, Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 4,010,160 shares ($60.3 million) (or 5,526,607 shares and $83.1 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase an equivalent aggregate number of Common Units from our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to our pre-IPO owners. |
Voting rights |
In general, each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. The Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will hold all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B common stock.” |
Dividend policy |
The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general economic and business conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries (including Enfusion Ltd. LLC) to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. Shares of Class B common stock will not entitle their holders to any dividends. |
11
Enfusion, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its direct and/or indirect equity interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC. We intend to cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to make distributions to us directly and/or indirectly in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If Enfusion Ltd. LLC makes such distributions to Enfusion, Inc., the other holders of Common Units will be entitled to receive equivalent pro rata distributions. Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions. |
|
Exchange rights of holders of Common Units |
Prior to this offering, we and the holders of our Common Units will enter into an Amended and Restated Operating Agreement that will provide that they may, after the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of this agreement), cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to exchange their Common Units for shares of Class A common stock of Enfusion, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Enfusion Ltd. LLC may, at its sole discretion, in lieu of delivering Class A common stock for any Common Units surrendered for exchange, pay an amount in cash per Common Unit equal to the 5-day volume-weighted average price of the Class A common stock on the date of the receipt of the written notice of the exchange. |
Concentration of ownership |
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and holders of 5% or more of our capital stock, together with their respective affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 83.4% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. See the sections titled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information. |
Tax Receivable Agreement |
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Enfusion, Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Enfusion, Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of: (i) existing tax basis acquired in this offering; (ii) increases in Enfusion, Inc.’s existing tax basis and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a result of sales or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units in connection with or after this offering; (iii) Enfusion, Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies; and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and the tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to Enfusion, Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that Enfusion, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, may challenge all or part of the validity of that tax basis, and a court could sustain such a challenge. The existing tax basis acquired in this offering and the increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon purchases or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Actual tax benefits realized by Enfusion, Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable |
12
The number of shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding after this offering excludes the following:
● | 26,400,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, including the shares and restricted stock units to be issued pursuant to our 2021 Plan as noted in the following two bullets, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan, which includes: |
o | approximately 3,185,591 restricted stock units (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which settle in shares of Class A common stock, that will be issued to certain employees under our 2021 Plan following effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and |
o | approximately 16,288,064 shares of Class A common stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that will be issued under our 2021 Plan between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to (i) former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan, which plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which such employee was previously entitled to receive a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event; |
● | approximately 2,653,648 shares of Class A common stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that will be issued under our 2021 Plan between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan, which plan will be terminated in connection with this offering; and |
● | 150,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP. |
Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:
● | the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; |
● | the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and |
● | no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering. |
13
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We have derived the statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 from the audited financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 have been derived from the unaudited financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future. Enfusion, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 11, 2021 and has not, to date, conducted any activities other than those incidental to its formation, those in preparation for the Reorganization Transactions (as defined herein) and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 give effect to the Reorganization Transactions Adjustments (as defined below), in the manner described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and the notes thereto, as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020.
The pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 gives effect, in the manner described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and the notes thereto, to the Reorganization Transactions Adjustments as if each had occurred on June 30, 2021. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Capitalization.”
The summary historical and pro forma financial and other data presented below do not purport to be indicative of the results that can be expected for any future period and should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.
(1) |
The pro forma column reflects the Reorganization Transactions Adjustments, as defined in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.” |
14
(1) The pro forma column reflects the Reorganization Transactions Adjustments, as defined in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”
(1) |
The pro forma column reflects the Reorganization Transactions Adjustments, as defined in “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.” |
(2) |
The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to: (i) the Reorganization Transactions Adjustments, (ii) the sale and issuance of 15,322,660 shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and (iii) stock based compensation expense of $248.5 million in connection with the future issuance of shares of Class A common stock to (i) former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for the termination of a profit sharing agreement. |
(3) |
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, total assets and total preferred units and Members’ equity (deficit) / stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $14.4 million and would increase or decrease, as applicable, the expected stock-based compensation expense described in footnote (2) above by approximately $17.5 million, in each case assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, total assets and total common unit / stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $15.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. |
15
Key Business Metrics
We review the following key business metrics to measure our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. We are not aware of any uniform standards for calculating these key metrics, which may hinder comparability with other companies that may calculate similarly titled metrics in a different way.
Annual Recurring Revenue, or ARR. We calculate ARR monthly by annualizing platform subscriptions and managed services revenue recognized in the last month of the measurement period. We believe ARR provides important information about our future revenue potential, our ability to acquire new clients and our ability to maintain and expand our relationship with existing clients.
Net Dollar Retention Rate. We calculate Net Dollar Retention Rate as of a period end by starting with the ARR for all clients as of twelve months prior to such period end, or Prior Period ARR. We then calculate the ARR from those same clients as of the current period end, or Current Period ARR. Current Period ARR includes expansion within existing clients inclusive of contraction and voluntary attrition, but excludes involuntary cancellations. We define involuntary cancellations as accounts that were cancelled due to the client no longer being in business. We identify involuntary cancellations to be excluded from our Net Dollar Retention Rate calculation based on representations made by the client at the time of cancellation. Our Net Dollar Retention Rate is equal to the Current Period ARR divided by the Prior Period ARR.
We believe Net Dollar Retention Rate is an important metric for us because, in addition to providing a measure of retention, it indicates our ability to grow revenues within existing client accounts.
Revenue Churn Rate. We calculate our Revenue Churn Rate by measuring the revenue contribution associated with clients that cancel all of their product and service agreements with us over the measurement year. This canceled revenue contribution for each such client is calculated as the revenue recognized for such clients over the trailing 12 months prior to the month in which the client cancelled its product and service agreements. We then divide this cancelled revenue contribution by the ARR calculated for the prior period to calculate our Revenue Churn Rate.
Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate. We also calculate an Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate which excludes all involuntary cancellations as described above.
We believe our Revenue Churn Rate and Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate are important metrics because they indicate our ability to retain our existing client base.
For additional information about our key business metrics, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Metrics and Other Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
16
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The following table summarizes certain financial measures that are not calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or non-GAAP financial measures, along with the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, for each period presented below. In addition to our results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance. We use the following non-GAAP financial information, collectively, to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are supplemental measures of our operating performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, U.S. GAAP and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to exclude certain items of a non-recurring or unusual nature, as well as payments for management incentive awards from our Change in Control Bonus Plan and initial public offering costs, and from and after this offering, stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA Margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by total net revenues.
These measures are presented because they are the primary measures used by management to evaluate our financial performance and for forecasting purposes. This non-GAAP financial information is useful to investors because it eliminates certain items that affect period-over-period comparability and provides consistency with past financial performance and additional information about underlying results and trends by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations or outlook. Additionally, we believe that these and similar measures are widely used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a means of evaluating a company’s operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures, are not measurements of our financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss), income (loss) from operations or any other performance measures determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP, but rather as supplemental information to our business results. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies due to potential differences in methods of calculation and items or events being adjusted. In addition, other companies may use different measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as tools for comparison.
For additional information about these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation from the nearest U.S. GAAP measure, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Key Metrics and Other Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
17
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the material and other risks and uncertainties described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” before you make an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only risks that we face. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our Class A common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
We have expanded our operations rapidly in recent years, which may make it difficult to predict our future operating results, and we may not achieve our expected operating results in the future.
We have experienced rapid growth and increased demand for our services in recent years. As a result of our limited operating history at our current scale, our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenues, cash flows, and profitability, is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the technology industry, such as the risks and uncertainties described in this section. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or change due to changes in our markets, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business may suffer.
If we are unable to attract new clients or continue to expand existing clients' use and expanded adoption of our solution, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.
To increase our revenues, we will need to continue to attract new clients and succeed in having our current clients expand the use of our solution across their organizations and add additional components to their existing contracts. For example, our revenue growth strategy includes increased penetration of markets outside the United States and expansion into new client segments, as well as selling incremental applications of our solution to existing clients, and failure in either respect would adversely affect our revenue growth. In addition, for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our clients renew their subscriptions with us on the same or more favorable terms to us when their existing term expires. Our revenue growth rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including client spending levels, client dissatisfaction with our solution, decreases in the number of users at our clients, changes in the type and size of our clients, pricing changes, competitive conditions, the loss of our clients to competitors and general economic conditions. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our current clients will renew or expand their use of our solution and furthermore, it is possible that our clients may terminate their service mid-term. In addition, a significant number of our new clients are referred to us by existing clients. If we are unable to sign new clients, retain or attract new business from current clients, or maintain and expand our referral network, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
If the adoption and acceptance of cloud-based financial solution slows or shifts in a way we do not anticipate or are unable to support or if we do not accurately anticipate, prepare for and promptly respond to rapidly evolving client needs, our sales will suffer and the results of our operations will be adversely affected.
Use of, and reliance on, cloud-based investment management technology is still at an early stage and we do not know whether financial institutions will continue to adopt cloud-based investment management technology such as the Enfusion solution in the future, or whether the market will change in ways we do not anticipate and cannot support. Many financial institutions have invested substantial personnel and financial resources in legacy software, and these institutions may be reluctant, unwilling, or unable to convert from their existing legacy or disparate systems to our end-to-end solution. Furthermore, these financial institutions may be reluctant, unwilling, or unable to use cloud-based investment management technology due to various concerns such as data security and the reliability of the delivery model. These concerns or other considerations may cause financial institutions to choose not to adopt cloud-based investment management technology such as ours or to adopt them more slowly than we anticipate, either of which would adversely affect us. Our future success also depends on our ability to sell additional applications and functionality to our current and prospective clients. As we create new applications and enhance our existing solution, these applications and enhancements may not be attractive to clients. In addition, promoting and selling new and enhanced functionality may require increasingly costly sales and marketing efforts, and if clients choose not to adopt this functionality, our business and results of operations could suffer. If financial institutions are unwilling or unable to transition from their legacy systems, or if the demand for our solution does not meet our expectations, our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.
18
We may be unable to maintain our revenue growth rate in the future.
We have grown rapidly over the last several years, and therefore, our recent revenue growth rate and financial performance may not be indicative of our future performance. Our total net revenues increased from $44.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and to $79.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. We may not be able to sustain revenue growth consistent with our recent history, if at all. Furthermore, to the extent we grow in future periods, maintaining consistent rates of revenue growth may be difficult. Our revenue growth may also slow or even reverse in future periods due to a number of factors, which may include slowing demand for our solution, increasing competition, decreasing growth of our overall market, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or similar market or global adverse events beyond our control, our inability to attract and retain a sufficient number of financial institution clients, concerns over data security and any reputational harm we encounter due to our perceived or actual failure to perform, our failure, for any reason, to capitalize on growth opportunities, or general economic conditions. If we are unable to maintain consistent revenue growth, the price of our Class A common stock could be volatile and it may be difficult for us to maintain profitability.
Failure to effectively manage or support our operations in connection with our growth will harm our business.
We have expanded our operations rapidly in recent years and expect to continue to do so, including the number of employees and the locations and geographic scope of our operations. Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic and related shelter in-place orders have resulted in certain of our employees and service partners working from home, bringing new challenges to managing our business and work force. This expansion and changing work environment has placed, and may continue to place, a strain on our operational and financial resources and our personnel. We will also need to identify, add, train and retain additional qualified personnel across our operations. A failure to correctly anticipate our current and future hiring needs and any resulting shortage in qualified employees and personnel could negatively impact our ability to grow our business. To manage our anticipated future operational expansion effectively, we must continue to maintain and expect to enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls, and manage expanded operations and employees in geographically distributed locations. Our growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of new applications and solution. If we increase the size of our organization without experiencing an increase in sales of our solution, we will experience reductions in our gross and operating margins and net income. We may also deem it advisable in the near-term or later to terminate certain of our existing leases in favor of larger office spaces in order to accommodate our growing workforce, which may cause us to incur related charges such as breakage fees or penalties. If we are unable to effectively manage our expanding operations and have sufficient employees to support our expanding operations or manage the increase in remote employees, our expenses may increase more than expected and the level of service we provide to our clients may suffer, our revenues could decline or grow more slowly than expected, and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.
We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, which may make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described in this prospectus, factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:
● | the addition or loss of clients, including through acquisitions, consolidations or failures; |
● | the frequency of the use of our solution in a period and the amount of any associated revenues and expenses; |
● | budgeting cycles of our clients and changes in spending on cloud-based investment management solution by our current or prospective clients; |
● | changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, changes to pricing, or the introduction of new products and services that limit demand for our cloud-based investment management solutions or cause clients to delay purchasing decisions; |
● | the amount and timing of cash collections from our clients; |
● | long or delayed implementation times for new clients, including larger clients, or other changes in the levels of client support we provide; |
● | the timing of client payments and payment defaults by clients; |
19
● | the amount and timing of our operating costs and capital expenditures; |
● | changes in tax rules or the impact of new accounting pronouncements; |
● | general economic conditions that may adversely affect our clients' ability or willingness to purchase solutions, delay a prospective client's purchasing decision, reduce our revenues from clients, or affect renewal rates; |
● | unexpected expenses such as those related to litigation or other disputes; |
● | the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, hiring, training, integrating, and retaining new and existing employees; and |
● | the timing of our entry into new markets and client segments. |
Moreover, our stock price might be based on expectations of investors or securities analysts of future performance that are inconsistent with our actual growth opportunities or that we might fail to meet and, if our revenues or operating results fall below expectations, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially.
We may not accurately predict the long-term client retention rate or adoption of our solution, or any resulting impact on our revenues or operating results.
Our clients have no obligation to continue to renew their subscriptions for our solution after the expiration of the initial or current subscription term, and our clients, if they choose to renew at all, may renew for fewer users or on less favorable pricing terms. The majority of our current contracts are for one-year terms, but can be terminated for convenience within 30 days. Our client retention rates may decrease as a result of a number of factors, including our clients’ satisfaction with our pricing or our solution or their ability to continue their operations or spending levels. If our clients terminate their agreements or do not renew their subscriptions for our solution on similar or more favorable pricing terms, our revenues may decline and our business could suffer.
Additionally, as the market for our solution develop, we may be unable to attract new clients based on the same subscription model we have used historically. Moreover, large or influential financial institution clients may demand more favorable pricing or other contract terms from us. As a result, we may in the future be required to change our pricing model, reduce our prices, or accept other unfavorable contract terms, any of which could adversely affect our risks, revenues, gross profit margin, profitability, financial position, and/or cash flow.
A breach of our security measures or those we rely on could result in unauthorized access to or use of client or their clients’ data, which may materially and adversely impact our reputation, business and results of operations.
Certain elements of our solution, particularly our partnership accounting applications, process and store personally identifiable information, or PII, such as banking and personal information of our clients’ clients, and we may also have access to PII during various stages of the implementation process or during the course of providing client support. Furthermore, as we develop additional functionality, we may gain greater access to PII. We maintain policies, procedures, and technological safeguards designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of this information and our information technology systems. However, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of improper or unauthorized access to or disclosure of PII or other security events that impact the integrity or availability of PII or our systems and operations, or the related costs we may incur to mitigate the consequences from such events. Further, the Enfusion solution is a flexible and complex software solution and there is a risk that configurations of, or defects in, the solution or errors in implementation could create vulnerabilities to security breaches. There may be unlawful attempts to disrupt or gain access to our information technology systems or the PII or other data of our clients or their clients that may disrupt our or our clients’ operations. In addition, because we leverage third-party providers, including cloud, software, co-locate data center, and other critical technology vendors to deliver our solution to our clients and their clients, we rely heavily on the data security technology practices and policies adopted by these third-party providers. A vulnerability in a third-party provider’s software or systems, a failure of our third-party providers’ safeguards, policies or procedures, or a breach of a third-party provider’s software or systems could result in the compromise of the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our systems or the data housed in our solution.
Cyberattacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase and evolve, and cloud-based providers of products and services have been and are expected to continue to be targeted. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing, employee theft or misuse and denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated criminal networks as well as nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks, including advanced persistent threat intrusions. Current or future criminal capabilities, discovery of existing or new vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit those vulnerabilities or other developments, may compromise or breach our systems or solution. In the event our or our third-party providers’ protection efforts are unsuccessful and
20
our systems or solution are compromised, we could suffer substantial harm. A security breach could result in operational disruptions, loss, compromise or corruption of client or client data or data we rely on to provide our solution. In addition, a security breach may adversely impact our clients’ ability to use our systems to perform their day-to-day functions. Also, our reputation could suffer irreparable harm, causing our current and prospective clients to decline to use our solution in the future. Further, we could be forced to expend significant financial and operational resources in response to a security breach, including repairing system damage, increasing security protection costs by deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, and defending against and resolving legal and regulatory claims, all of which could divert resources and the attention of our management and key personnel away from our business operations.
Federal, state and international regulations may require us or our clients to notify individuals of data security incidents involving certain types of personal data or information technology systems. Security compromises experienced by others in our industry, our clients, or us may lead to public disclosures and widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could erode client confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new clients, cause existing clients to terminate our agreements or elect not to renew or expand their use of our solution, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines, or other actions or liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
In addition, some of our clients contractually require notification of data security compromises and include representations and warranties in their contracts with us that our solution complies with certain legal and technical standards related to data security and privacy and meets certain service levels. In certain of our contracts, a data security compromise or operational disruption impacting us or one of our critical vendors, or system unavailability or damage due to other circumstances, may constitute a material breach and give rise to a client’s right to terminate their contract with us. In these circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to cure such a breach in order to prevent clients from potentially terminating their contracts with us. Furthermore, although our client contracts typically include limitations on our potential liability, there can be no assurance that such limitations of liability would be adequate. We also cannot be sure that our existing liability insurance coverage and coverage for professional liability and errors or omissions will be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more claims and on the timing in which we need it, or that our insurers will not deny or attempt to deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more claims against us, the inadequacy or denial of coverage under our insurance policies, litigation to pursue claims under our policies, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or coinsurance requirements, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Breaches of our security systems, including unauthorized or improper employee access to client portfolios or other material non-public information, could expose us to losses.
We maintain a system of controls over the physical security of our facilities. We also manage and store various proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data relating to our operations. In addition, we have access to large amounts of data relating to our clients and their investment portfolios, including their trading activity and related strategies. Unauthorized persons or employees may gain access to our facilities or network systems to steal our or our clients’ sensitive, confidential, or other proprietary information, compromise confidential client or company information, create system disruptions, or cause shutdowns. These persons may then use such information for illicit gain, including by trading securities based on such information. These parties may also be able to develop and deploy viruses, worms, and other malicious software programs that disrupt our operations and create security vulnerabilities. Breaches of our physical security and attacks on our network systems, or breaches or attacks on our clients, suppliers, or service partners who have confidential or sensitive information regarding us and our clients and suppliers, could result in significant losses and damage our reputation with clients and suppliers and may expose us to litigation if the confidential information of our clients, suppliers, or employees is compromised. Furthermore, employees with authorized access may abuse and inappropriately utilize their access for unauthorized purposes. The foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.
Global or regional economic and market conditions may negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our overall performance depends in part on economic and market conditions, which may remain challenging or uncertain for the foreseeable future. Financial developments seemingly unrelated to us or our industry may adversely affect us. Domestic and international economies have been impacted by threatened sovereign defaults and ratings downgrades, falling demand for a variety of goods and services, restricted credit, threats to major multinational companies, poor liquidity, reduced corporate profitability, volatility in credit, equity and foreign exchange markets, bankruptcies and overall uncertainty. These conditions affect the rate of technology spending and could adversely affect our clients' ability or willingness to purchase our cloud-based investment management solution, delay prospective clients' purchasing decisions, reduce the value or duration of their subscriptions, or affect renewal rates, any of which
21
could adversely affect our operating results. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of the economic recovery or any subsequent economic slowdown in the U.S., the market generally or in our industry.
The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and pricing pressure, new technologies, or other competitive dynamics could adversely affect our business and operating results.
We currently compete with providers of technology and services in the financial services industry. Certain of our competitors have significantly more financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we have, may devote greater resources to the promotion, sale and support of their systems than we can, have more extensive client bases and broader client relationships than we have, and have longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we have. In addition, many of our competitors expend a greater amount of funds on research and development.
We may also face competition from other companies within our markets, which may include large established businesses that decide to develop, market, or resell cloud-based investment management solution, acquire one of our competitors, or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors. In addition, new companies entering our markets or established companies creating or marketing new products may choose to offer cloud-based investment management applications at little or no additional cost to the client by bundling them with their existing applications, including adjacent banking technologies and core processing software. New entrants to the market might also include non-banking providers of payment solutions and other technologies. Competition from these new entrants may make our business more difficult and adversely affect our results.
If we are unable to compete in this environment, sales and renewals of our cloud-based investment management solution could decline and adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition. With the introduction of new technologies and potential new entrants into the cloud-based investment management solutions market, we expect competition to intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales and maintain profitability.
We believe that our industry could experience consolidation, which could lead to increased competition and result in pricing pressure or loss of market share, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, limit our growth prospects, or reduce our revenues.
We depend on third-party co-locate facilities, data centers operated by third parties, and third-party Internet service providers, and any disruption in the operation of such facilities or access to the Internet, could adversely affect our business.
We currently serve our clients from two third-party co-locate data center hosting facilities located in Chicago, Illinois and Secaucus, New Jersey and therefore cannot guarantee that our clients' access to our solution will be uninterrupted, error-free, or secure. We may experience service and application disruptions, outages, and other performance problems. These problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in client usage, and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. We do not control the operation of these data center facilities, and such facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, or similar catastrophic events. Both we and our service providers also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism, and other misconduct. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or terminate our hosting arrangement, or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the delivery of our solution, cause system interruptions, prevent our clients' account holders from accessing their accounts online, reputational harm and loss of critical data, prevent us from supporting our solution, or cause us to incur additional expense in arranging for new facilities and support.
In addition to third-party co-locate data centers where we host the data, we also depend on third-party data centers that host data on our behalf, and any disruption in the operation of these facilities could impair the delivery of our solution and adversely affect our business. We currently deploy portions of our solution and serve our clients using third-party data center services, such as Google BigQuery. While we typically control and have access to the servers we operate in co-location facilities and the components of our custom-built infrastructure that are located in those co-location facilities, we control neither the operation of these facilities nor our third-party service providers. In the event of significant physical damage to one of these facilities, it may take a significant period of time to achieve full resumption of our services, and our disaster recovery planning may not account for all eventualities. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, events that damage the third-party data centers that we use.
22
We also depend on third-party Internet service providers and continuous and uninterrupted access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more of our Internet service or bandwidth providers for any reason or if their services are disrupted, for example due to viruses or denial of service or other attacks on their systems, or due to human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, or similar catastrophic events, we could experience disruption in our ability to offer our solution and adverse perception of our solution's reliability, termination of our agreements or we could be required to retain the services of replacement providers, which could increase our operating costs and harm our business and reputation.
Actual or perceived errors or failures in our solution or the implementation or support of our solution may affect our reputation, cause us to lose clients and reduce sales which may harm our business and results of operations and subject us to liability for breach of contract claims.
Because we offer a complex solution and our clients have complex requirements, undetected errors or failures may exist or occur, especially when a client is being onboarded or systems are first introduced or when new versions are released, implemented, or integrated into other systems. Our solution is often installed and used in large-scale computing environments with different operating systems, system management software and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors or failures in our solution or may expose undetected errors, failures, defects, bugs, or other performance problems in our solution. Despite testing by us, we may not identify all errors, failures, defects, bugs, or other performance problems in new systems or releases until after commencement of commercial sales or installation. In the past, we have discovered errors, failures, defects, bugs and other performance problems in some of our solution after their introduction. We may not be able to fix errors, failures, defects, bugs and other performance problems without incurring significant costs or an adverse impact to our business and the business of our clients.
We believe that our reputation and name recognition are critical factors in our ability to compete and generate additional sales. Promotion and enhancement of our name will depend largely on our success in continuing to provide effective systems and services. The occurrence or perception of the occurrence of errors in our solution or the detection of bugs by our clients may damage our reputation in the market and our relationships with our existing clients, and as a result, we may be unable to attract or retain clients. Any of these events may result in the loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our systems and services, which could seriously harm our sales, results of operations and financial condition.
The license and support of our software, including the storing and processing sensitive or confidential client information, creates the risk of significant liability claims against us. Our SaaS arrangements and term licenses with our clients contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential liability claims. It is possible, however, that the limitation of liability provisions contained in such agreements may not be enforced as a result of international, federal, state and local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Breach of warranty or damage liability, or injunctive relief resulting from such claims, could harm our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may be required to indemnify certain of our clients for losses incurred as a result of such errors.
We have experienced rapid growth, and if we fail to effectively manage our growth, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service and client satisfaction or adequately address competitive challenges, any of which may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our business has recently grown rapidly, which has resulted in a large increase in our employee headcount, expansion of our infrastructure, enhancement of our internal systems and other significant changes and additional complexities. Our total number of employees increased from 296 as of December 31, 2019, to 479 as of December 31, 2020 and to 639 as of June 30, 2021. Managing and sustaining a growing workforce and client base geographically-dispersed in the United States and internationally will require substantial management effort, infrastructure and operational capabilities. To support our growth, we must continue to improve our management resources and our operational and financial controls and systems, and these improvements may increase our expenses more than anticipated and result in a more complex business. We will also have to expand and enhance the capabilities of our sales, relationship management, implementation, client service, research and development and other personnel to support our growth and continue to achieve high levels of client service and satisfaction. Our success will depend on our ability to plan for and manage this growth effectively. If we fail to anticipate and manage our growth or are unable to continue to provide high levels of client service, our reputation, as well as our business and results of operations, could be materially and adversely affected.
Defects, errors, or vulnerabilities in our solution, including failures in connection with client market orders, could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, impair our ability to sell our solution and subject us to substantial liability.
Our cloud-based investment management solution is inherently complex and may contain errors, failures, defects, bugs, or other performance problems, particularly when first introduced or as new versions are released. Despite extensive testing, from time-to-
23
time we have discovered errors, failures, defects, bugs, or other performance problems in our systems. In addition, due to changes in regulatory requirements relating to our clients, we may discover deficiencies in our software processes related to those requirements. Material performance problems or defects in our systems might arise in the future.
Any such errors, failures, defects, bugs, or other performance problems, or disruptions in service to provide bug fixes or upgrades, whether in connection with day-to-day operations or otherwise, could be costly for us to remedy, damage our clients' businesses and harm our reputation. In addition, if we have any such errors, failures, defects, bugs, or other performance problems, our clients could seek to terminate their agreements, elect not to renew their subscriptions, delay or withhold payment or make claims against us. Any of these actions could result in lost business, increased insurance costs, difficulty in collecting our accounts receivable, costly litigation and adverse publicity. Such errors, defects, or other problems could also result in reduced sales or a loss of, or delay in, the market acceptance of our solution.
Moreover, software development is time-consuming, expensive, complex and requires regular maintenance. Unforeseen difficulties can arise including failures in connection with client market orders and failures in delivering software development in a timely manner. If we do not complete our periodic maintenance according to schedule or if clients are otherwise dissatisfied with the frequency and/or duration of our maintenance services, clients could elect not to renew, or delay or withhold payment to us or cause us to issue credits, make refunds, or pay penalties. We might also encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we discover problems that prevent our solution from operating properly. If our solution does not function reliably or fail to achieve client expectations in terms of performance, clients could seek to cancel their agreements with us and assert liability claims against us, which could damage our reputation, impair our ability to attract or maintain clients and harm our results of operations.
If we fail to effectively anticipate and respond to changes in the industry in which we operate, our ability to attract and retain clients could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.
The financial services industry is subject to rapid change and the introduction of new technologies to meet the needs of this industry will continue to have a significant effect on competitive conditions in our market. If we are unable to successfully expand our product offerings beyond our current solution, our clients could migrate to competitors who may offer a broader or more attractive range of products and services. Unexpected delays in releasing new or enhanced versions of our solution, or errors following their release, could result in loss of sales, delay in market acceptance, or client claims against us, any of which could adversely affect our business. The success of any new system depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing and market acceptance. We may not be able to enhance aspects of our solution successfully or introduce and gain market acceptance of new applications or improvements in a timely manner, or at all. Additionally, we must continually modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in software applications, database technology and evolving technical standards and interfaces.
Uncertainties related to our ability to introduce and improve functionality, announcements or introductions of a new or updated solution, or modifications by our competitors could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Events affecting the investment management industry could materially and adversely affect us and cause our stock price to decline significantly.
Our revenues are diversified across our client base. During the year ended December 31, 2020, no client represented more than 3% of our total net revenues, and our top 10 clients represented approximately 12% of our total net revenues. However, our clients are concentrated within the investment management sector, and any events that have an adverse impact on that sector could materially and adversely affect us. Furthermore, our clients operate in the volatile global financial markets and are influenced by a number of factors outside of their control, including rising interest rates, inflation, the availability of credit, issues with sovereign and large institutional obligors, changes in laws and regulations, terrorism and political unrest or uncertainty, among others. As a result, any of our clients may go out of business unexpectedly. In addition, these clients may decide to no longer use our products and services for other reasons which may be out of our control. The loss of or events affecting any one or more of these clients could materially and adversely affect us and cause our stock price to decline significantly.
We and our clients leverage third-party software, content, connectivity and services for use with our solution. Performance issues, errors and defects, or failure to successfully integrate or license necessary third-party software, content, connectivity, or services, could cause delays, errors, or failures of our solution, cause reputational harm, increases in our expenses and reductions in our sales, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We and our clients use software and content licensed from, and services provided by, a variety of third parties in connection with the operation of our solution. Any errors, failures, defects, bugs, or other performance problems in third-party software, content, or
24
services could result in errors or a failure of our solution, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. In the future, we might need to license other software, content, or services to enhance our solution and meet evolving client demands and requirements. Any limitations in our ability to use third-party software, content or services could significantly increase our expenses and otherwise result in delays, a reduction in functionality or errors or failures of our solution until equivalent technology or content is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained through purchase or license and integrated into our solution. In addition, third-party licenses may expose us to increased risks, including risks associated with the integration of new technology, the diversion of resources from the development of our own proprietary technology, and our inability to generate revenues from new technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs, all of which may increase our expenses and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our international operations may fail and we may fail to successfully expand internationally. In addition, sales to clients outside the United States or with international operations expose us to risks inherent to international businesses, which may include adverse impacts arising out of international regulatory changes.
Our international revenues represented approximately 32% and approximately 30% of our total net revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. A key element of our growth strategy is to further expand our international operations and worldwide client base. We have begun expending significant resources to build out our sales and professional services organizations outside of the United States, and we may not realize a suitable return on this investment in the near future, if at all. We have limited operating experience in international markets, and we cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful. Our experience in the United States may not be relevant to our ability to expand in any international market.
Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Export control regulations in the United States may increasingly be implicated in our operations as we expand internationally. These regulations may limit the export of our solution and provision of our solution outside of the United States, or may require export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations, including annual or semi-annual reporting and the filing of an encryption registration. Changes in export or import laws, or corresponding sanctions, may delay the introduction and sale of our solution in international markets, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solution to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their employees and intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing improper payments or benefits to officials and other recipients for improper purposes. Although we take precautions to prevent violations of these laws, our exposure for violating these laws increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.
In addition, we face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:
● | unanticipated costs; |
● | the need to localize and adapt our solution for specific countries; |
● | complying with varying and sometimes conflicting data privacy laws and regulations; |
● | difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including employment laws and regulations; |
● | unstable regional, economic or political conditions, including trade sanctions, political unrest, terrorism, war, health and safety epidemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or the threat of any of these events; |
● | different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and collections issues; |
● | new and different sources of competition; |
● | weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States; |
● | laws and business practices favoring local competitors; |
● | operational and compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax and anti-bribery laws and regulations and difficulties understanding and ensuring compliance with those laws by both our employees and our service partners, over whom we exert no control; |
25
● | increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; |
● | restrictions on the transfer of funds; and |
● | differing and potentially adverse tax consequences. |
The occurrence or impact of any or all of the events described above could materially and adversely affect our international operations, which could in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to sell our solution is dependent on the quality of our personnel and technical support services, and the failure of us to attract and retain quality personnel or provide high-quality managed services or technical support could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to sell our solution to new clients and retain existing clients or renew agreements with our existing clients.
Our revenues and profitability depend on the reliability and performance of our services and support. If our services or support are unavailable, or clients are dissatisfied with our performance, we could lose clients, our revenues and profitability would decrease, and our business operations or financial position could be harmed. In addition, the software and workflow processes that underlie our ability to deliver our solution has been developed primarily by our own employees and consultants. Malfunctions in the software we use or human error could result in our inability to provide our solution or underlying systems or cause unforeseen technical problems. If we incur significant financial commitments to our clients in connection with our failure to meet service level commitment obligations, we may incur significant liability and our liability insurance and revenue reserves may not be adequate. In addition, any loss of services, equipment damage or inability to meet our service level commitment obligations could reduce the confidence of our clients and could consequently impair our ability to obtain and retain clients, which would adversely affect both our ability to generate revenues and our operating results or entitle the client to a related fee credit.
If we do not effectively assist our clients in implementing our solution, succeed in helping our clients quickly resolve post-implementation issues, and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to retain or sell additional systems and services to existing clients would be adversely affected and our reputation with potential clients could be damaged. Since we believe that the implementation experience is vital to retaining clients or encouraging referrals, our ability to provide predictable delivery results and product expertise is critical to our ability to retain or renew agreements with our existing clients or receive referrals for new clients.
Once our solution is implemented and integrated with our clients’ existing IT investments and data, our clients may depend on our technical support services and/or the support of service partners to resolve any issues relating to our solution. High-quality support is critical for the continued successful marketing and sale of our solution and the retention and renewal of contracts. In addition, as we continue to expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. Many enterprise clients require higher levels of support than smaller clients. If we fail to meet the requirements of our larger clients, it may be more difficult to sell additional systems and services to these clients, a key group for the growth of our revenues and profitability. In addition, as we further expand our SaaS solution, our services and support organization will face new challenges, including hiring, training and integrating a large number of new services or support personnel with experience in delivering high-quality support for our solution. Alleviating any of these problems could require significant expenditures which could adversely affect our results of operations and growth prospects. Our failure to maintain high-quality implementation and support services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.
If we fail to identify, attract and retain additional qualified personnel with experience in designing, developing, and managing cloud-based software, as well as personnel who can successfully implement, support, or provide our solution, we may be unable to grow our business as expected.
To execute our business strategy and continue to grow our solution, we must identify, attract and retain highly qualified personnel. We compete with many other companies for a limited number of software developers with specialized experience in designing, developing, and managing cloud-based and/or financial software, as well as for skilled developers, engineers and information technology and operations professionals who can successfully implement and deliver our solution. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. As we continue to focus on growing our solution, we may experience difficulty in finding, hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications which may, among other things, impede our ability to grow our solution. If we are not successful in finding, attracting, and retaining the professionals we need, we may be unable to execute our business strategy which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.
26
If we are unable to retain our personnel and hire and integrate additional skilled personnel, we may be unable to achieve our goals and our business will suffer.
Our future success depends upon our ability to continue to attract, train, integrate and retain highly skilled employees, particularly those on our management team, including Thomas Kim, our Chief Executive Officer, and our sales and marketing personnel, SaaS operations personnel, services personnel and software engineers. Additionally, our stakeholders increasingly expect us to have a culture that embraces diversity and inclusion in the workplace. Our inability to attract and retain diverse and qualified personnel, or delays in hiring required personnel, including delays due to COVID-19, may seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. If U.S. immigration policy related to skilled foreign workers were materially adjusted, such a change could hamper our efforts to hire highly skilled foreign employees, including highly specialized engineers, which would adversely impact our business.
Our executive officers and other key employees are generally employed on an at-will basis, which means that these personnel could terminate their relationship with us at any time. The loss of any member of our senior management team could significantly delay or prevent us from achieving our business and/or development objectives, and could materially harm our business.
We face competition for qualified individuals from numerous software and other technology companies. Further, significant amounts of time and resources are required to train technical, sales, services and other personnel. We may incur significant costs to attract, train and retain such personnel, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other technology companies before we realize the benefit of our investment after recruiting and training them.
Also, to the extent that we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that such personnel have been improperly solicited or have divulged proprietary or other confidential information. In addition, we have a limited number of salespeople and the loss of several salespeople within a short period of time could have a negative impact on our sales efforts. We may be unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, or we may be required to pay increased compensation in order to do so.
Our ability to expand geographically depends, in large part, on our ability to attract, retain and integrate managers to lead the local business and employees with the appropriate skills. Similarly, our profitability depends on our ability to effectively utilize personnel with the right mix of skills and experience to perform services for our clients, including our ability to transition employees to new assignments on a timely basis. If we are unable to effectively deploy our employees globally on a timely basis to fulfill the needs of our clients, our reputation could suffer and our ability to retain existing clients or attract new clients may be harmed.
Because of the technical nature of our solution and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract, integrate and retain qualified sales, services and product development personnel, as well as our contract workers, could harm our ability to generate sales or successfully develop new systems and services and enhancements of our existing solution.
We depend on our senior management team and other key personnel, and we could be subject to substantial risk of loss if any of them terminate their relationship with us.
We depend on the efforts, relationships and reputations of our senior management team and other key personnel, in order to successfully manage our business. We believe that success in our business will continue to be based upon the strength of our intellectual capital. The loss of the services of any member of our senior management team or of other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or business.
If we fail to expand our sales and marketing efforts and if we are unable to successfully develop of our sales team, including if we fail to expand of our strategic partner relationships, sales of our solution will suffer, which may adversely affect the results of our operations.
Increasing our client base and achieving broader market acceptance of our cloud-based investment management solution will depend on our ability to expand our sales and marketing organizations and their abilities to obtain new clients and sell additional systems and services to existing clients. We believe there is significant competition for direct sales professionals with the skills and knowledge that we require, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future. Our ability to achieve significant future revenue growth will depend on our success in recruiting, training and retaining a sufficient number of direct sales professionals. New hires require significant training and time before they become fully productive and may not become as productive as quickly as we anticipate, if at all. As a result, the cost of hiring and carrying new representatives cannot be offset by the revenues they produce for a significant period of time. Our growth prospects will be harmed if our efforts to expand, train and retain our direct sales team do not generate a corresponding significant increase in revenues. Additionally, if we fail to sufficiently invest in our marketing
27
programs or they are unsuccessful in creating market awareness of our company and solution, our business may be harmed and our sales opportunities limited.
In addition to our direct sales team, we also extend our sales distribution through informal relationships with referral partners. While we are not substantially dependent upon referrals from any partner, our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend upon continued referrals from our partners and growth of the informal network of our referral partners. We cannot be certain that these partners will prioritize or provide adequate resources for promoting our solution or that we will be successful in maintaining, expanding or developing our relationships with referral partners. If we are unable to devote sufficient time and resources to establish and educate the members of our informal referral network regarding the benefits of our solution, or if we are unable to maintain successful relationships with them, we may lose sales opportunities and our revenues could suffer.
If we fail to effectively train our clients for use of our solution and fail to provide high-quality client support, our business and reputation would suffer.
Effective client training on the Enfusion solution and high-quality, ongoing client support are critical to the successful marketing, sale and adoption of our solution and for the retention and renewal of existing client contracts. As we grow our client base, we will need to further invest in and expand our client support and training organization, which could strain our team and infrastructure and reduce profit margins. If we do not help our clients adopt our solution, quickly resolve any post-implementation matters, and provide effective ongoing client support and training, our ability to expand sales to existing and future clients and our reputation would be adversely affected.
If we are unable to effectively integrate our solution with other systems used by our clients, or if there are performance issues with such third-party systems, our solution will not operate effectively and our business and reputation will be adversely affected.
The Enfusion solution integrates with other third-party systems used by our clients. We do not have formal arrangements with many of these third-party providers regarding the delivery and receipt of client data. If we are unable to effectively integrate with third-party systems, our clients’ operations may be disrupted, which may result in disputes with clients, negatively impact client satisfaction and harm our business. If the software of such third-party providers has performance or other problems, such issues may reflect poorly on us and the adoption and renewal of our solution, and our business and reputation may be harmed.
Our sales cycle and related client implementation, especially with regard to large financial institutions and other institutional or complex client profiles, can be lengthy and variable, depend upon factors outside our control, and could cause us to expend significant time and resources.
The timing of our sales is difficult to predict. Our sales efforts involve educating prospective clients about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our products and services. Prospective clients may undertake a prolonged product-evaluation process. We may face significant costs, long sales cycles and inherent unpredictability in completing client sales. A prospective client’s decision to purchase our solution may be an enterprise-wide decision and, if so, may require us to educate a significant number of people within the prospective client’s organization regarding the use and benefits of our solution. In addition, prospective clients may require customized features and functions unique to their business process and may require acceptance testing related to those unique features. As a result of these factors, we may be required to devote greater sales support and services resources to a number of individual prospective clients, increasing costs and time required to complete sales and diverting our sales and services resources to a smaller number of clients, while delaying revenues from other potential new clients until the sales cycle has been completed and the criteria for revenue recognition have been met.
The market data and forecasts included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you that our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.
The third-party market data and forecasts included in this prospectus, as well as our internal estimates and research, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, although we have no reason to believe such information is not correct and we are in any case responsible for the contents of this prospectus. If the forecasts of market growth, anticipated spending or predictions regarding market size prove to be inaccurate, our business and growth prospects could be adversely affected. Even if all or some of the forecasted growth occurs, our business may not grow at a similar rate, or at all. Our future growth is subject to many factors, including our ability to successfully implement our business strategy, which itself is subject to many risks and uncertainties. The reports described in this prospectus speak as of their respective publication dates and the opinions expressed in such reports are subject to change. Accordingly, investors in our Class A common stock are urged not to put undue reliance on such forecasts and market data.
28
Natural or man-made disasters outside of our control and other similar events, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may significantly disrupt our business, and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operating facilities and infrastructure, including our co-located data centers, may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, floods, earthquakes, nuclear disasters, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaks or pandemic events, including the COVID-19 pandemic, power outages and other infrastructure failures, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. Our facilities would likely be costly to repair or replace, and any such efforts would likely require substantial time. Any disruptions in our operations could adversely affect our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Moreover, although we have disaster recovery plans, they may prove inadequate. We may not carry sufficient business insurance to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, the facilities of our third-party providers may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or otherwise materially and adversely affect our business. Additionally, to the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section, such as our ability to maintain profitability in the future, our ability to attract new clients or continue to broaden our existing clients’ use of our solution and the impact of any decrease in technology spend by clients and potential clients in the financial services industry where we derive all of our revenues.
Interruptions in the availability of server systems or network or communications with Internet, third-party hosting facilities or cloud-based services, interruptions in the third-party connections utilized by our clients, or failure to maintain the security, confidentiality, accessibility, or integrity of data stored on such systems, could harm our business or impair the delivery of our solution.
A significant portion of our software development personnel, source code and computer equipment is located at operating facilities within the United States. Certain of our internal operating systems depend on data maintained on servers running third-party enterprise resource planning, account relationship management and other business operations systems. We further rely upon a variety of Internet service providers, third-party hosting facilities and cloud computing platform providers, as well as local service providers to support project teams and users in most regions and countries throughout the world, particularly with respect to our cloud service solution. Failure to maintain the security, confidentiality, accessibility, or integrity of data stored on such systems could damage our reputation in the market and our relationships with our accounts, cause us to lose revenues or market share, increase our service costs, cause us to incur substantial costs, cause us to lose accounts, subject us to liability for damages and divert our resources from other tasks, any one of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any damage to, or failure of, such systems, or communications to and between such systems, could result in interruptions in our operations, managed services and software development activities. Such interruptions may reduce our revenues, delay billing, cause us to issue credits or pay penalties, cause accounts to terminate their subscriptions or adversely affect our attrition rates and our ability to attract new accounts. Our business would also be harmed if our accounts and potential accounts believe our products or services are unreliable. In light of our status as a critical system for our clients, service disruptions could impact their ability to operate, and in some cases, may inhibit their ability to trade.
Failure of any of our established systems to satisfy client demands or to maintain market acceptance would harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.
We derive a significant majority of our revenues and cash flows from our established solution and expect to continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenues from this source. As such, continued market acceptance of our solution and underlying systems is critical to our growth and success. Demand for our solution is affected by a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the successful implementation of our solution, the timing of development and release of new enhancements and upgrades by us and our competitors, technological advances which reduce the appeal of our solution, changes in regulations that our clients must comply with in the jurisdictions in which they operate and the growth or contraction in the worldwide market for technological solutions for the investment management industry. If we are unable to continue to meet client demands, to achieve and maintain a technological advantage over competitors, or to maintain market acceptance of our solution, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects would be adversely affected.
We may have to invest more resources in research and development than anticipated and our research and development efforts or spend may prove fruitless or be unsuccessful, which could increase our operating expenses and negatively affect our results of operations.
We devote substantial resources to research and development. New competitors, technological advances in the software industry or by competitors, our acquisitions, our entry into new markets or client segments, or other competitive factors may require us
29
to invest significantly greater resources than we anticipate. If we are required to invest significantly greater resources than anticipated without a corresponding increase in revenues, our results of operations could decline. Additionally, our periodic research and development expenses may be independent of our level of revenues, which could negatively impact our financial results.
Further, technology for which we spend a significant amount of time and resources on in our research and development may prove to be less marketable than we expect, if at all. There can be no guarantee that our research and development investments will result in products or enhancements that create additional revenues.
If we are unable to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of our solution or are unable to anticipate or respond to evolving technological requirements, we may be put at a competitive disadvantage and our operating results could be adversely affected.
Our ability to increase revenues will depend, in large part, on our ability to further penetrate our existing markets and to attract new clients, as well as our ability to increase sales from existing clients who do not utilize the full Enfusion solution. The success of any enhancement or new systems or service depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of enhanced or new system, adaptation to new industry standards and technological changes, the ability to maintain and to develop relationships with third parties, and the ability to attract, retain and effectively train sales and marketing personnel. Any new systems we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenues. Any new industry standards or practices that emerge, or any introduction by competitors of new solutions embodying new services or technologies, may cause our solution to become obsolete. Any new markets in which we attempt to sell our solution, including new countries or regions, may not be receptive or implementation may be delayed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, any expansion into new markets will require commensurate ongoing expansion of our monitoring of local laws and regulations, which increases our costs as well as the risk of our solution not incorporating in a timely fashion or at all due to a failure of our solution to comply with such local laws or regulations. Our ability to further penetrate our existing markets depends on the quality of our solution and our ability to design our solution to meet changing consumer demands and industry standards, as well as our ability to assure that our clients will be satisfied with our existing and new systems. If we are unable to sell our solution into new markets or to further penetrate existing markets, or to increase sales from existing clients by expanding their relationship with us, our revenues will not grow as expected, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain it as we grow, we could lose the innovation, creativity and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be adversely affected.
We believe our corporate culture is one of our fundamental strengths, as we believe it enables us to attract and retain top talent and deliver superior results for our clients. As we grow, we may find it difficult to preserve our corporate culture, which could reduce our ability to innovate and operate effectively. In turn, the failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to attract, recruit, integrate and retain employees, continue to perform at current levels, and effectively execute our business strategy. Furthermore, our growth may require us to develop a more hierarchal structure, which may impact our ability to operate swiftly and efficiently.
We may acquire or invest in companies, or pursue business partnerships, which may divert our management’s attention or result in dilution to our stockholders, and we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions, investments or partnerships.
From time to time, we consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses, technologies, services, solutions and other assets. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our solution, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing, or investments in other companies. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. In addition, do not have any experience in acquiring other businesses. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer. We may not be able to find and identify desirable acquisition targets, we may incorrectly estimate the value of an acquisition target, and we may not be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target. If we are successful in acquiring additional businesses, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:
● | our inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services; |
● | unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition; |
● | incurrence of acquisition-related costs; |
30
● | difficulty integrating the technology, accounting systems, operations, control environments and personnel of the acquired business and integrating the acquired business or its employees into our culture; |
● | difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy solutions and infrastructure of the acquired business; |
● | diversion of management’s attention and other resources; |
● | additional costs for the support or professional services model of the acquired company; |
● | adverse effects to our existing business relationships with service partners and clients; |
● | the issuance of additional equity securities that could dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders; |
● | incurrence of debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay; |
● | incurrence of substantial liabilities; |
● | difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired business; and |
● | adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges. |
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Financial and Accounting Related Risks
Our revenue recognition and other factors may create volatility in our financial results in any given period and make them difficult to predict.
As described in our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus, we adopted ASC 606 effective January 1, 2019. A vast majority of our client contracts have a 30 day opt-out clause that allows clients to terminate utilizing our platform without penalty. The adoption of the ASC 606 policy did not have significant impact on the recognition of revenues from these contracts.
The increasing diversity of our contracts creates the likelihood for subscriptions revenues volatility to increase across quarterly periods. Annual and trailing twelve-months subscription revenues will be more consistent between periods, and as compared to contracts that allow for a 30 day termination, due to the annual, recurring nature of our subscription agreements. However, annual results are still subject to volatility due to the timing of renewals between periods, timing of new sales contracts, changes in contract term and length, changes in license sales and conversion of existing subscription users to other commercial offerings.
Regardless of the term of these contracts, revenues are generally billed one month in arrears based on utilization of the different attributes of platform so while utilization can be very predictable for certain aspects such as user fees, connectivity fees, market data fees, and technology-powered services fees, other aspects such as OEMS are based on actual utilization of connections, which can be cancelled or reduced month to month.
We derive substantially all of our revenues from clients in the financial services industry and any downturn or consolidation in the financial services industry, regulatory changes concerning financial technology providers, or unfavorable economic conditions affecting regions in which a significant portion of our clients are concentrated or segments of potential clients on which we focus, could harm our business.
All of our revenues are derived from participants in the financial services industry. These participants have experienced significant pressure in recent years due to economic uncertainty, liquidity concerns and increased regulation. In recent years, many financial institutions have failed, merged or been acquired and failures and consolidations are likely to continue. Further, if our clients merge with or are acquired by other entities such as financial institutions that have in-house developed virtual investment management solutions or that are not our clients or use fewer of our systems, our clients may discontinue, reduce or change the terms of their use of our solution. It is also possible that the larger financial institutions that result from mergers or consolidations could have greater leverage in negotiating terms with us or could decide to replace some or all of our solution. In addition, any downturn in the financial services industry may cause our clients to reduce their spending on cloud-based investment management solutions or to seek to terminate or
31
renegotiate their contracts with us. Any of these developments could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to raise capital in a timely manner if needed in the future may be limited, or such capital may be unavailable on acceptable terms, if at all. Our failure to raise capital if needed could adversely affect our business and results of operations, and any debt or equity issued to raise additional capital may reduce the value of our Class A common stock.
We have funded our operations since inception primarily through receipts generated from clients and revenue sharing arrangements. We cannot be certain if our operations will continue to generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business and may require additional funds. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Under our credit facility, our existing lenders have rights senior to the holders of Class A common stock to make claims on our assets, the terms of credit facility restrict our operations, and we may be unable to service or repay this debt. In addition, if we incur additional debt, the lenders would also have rights senior to holders of Class A common stock to make claims on our assets, the terms of any debt could further restrict our operations and we may be unable to service or repay such additional debt. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our Class A common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in a future offering will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the impact any future incurrence of debt or issuance of equity securities will have on us. Any future incurrence of debt or issuance of equity securities could adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.
The phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with a different reference rate, may adversely affect interest rates.
Borrowings under our credit facility bear interest at a rate determined using LIBOR as the reference rate. On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that regulates LIBOR) announced that it would phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, the authorized administrator of LIBOR, announced its intention to cease the publication of the one week and two month USD LIBOR after December 31, 2021 and the overnight and twelve month after June 30, 2023. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee has proposed the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, as its recommended alternative to LIBOR, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York began publishing SOFR rates in April 2018. SOFR is intended to be a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. We are evaluating the potential impact of the eventual replacement of the LIBOR benchmark interest rate, including the possibility of SOFR as the dominant replacement. Introduction of an alternative rate also may introduce additional basis risk for market participants as an alternative index is utilized along with LIBOR. There can be no guarantee that SOFR will become widely used and that alternatives may or may not be developed with additional complications. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. We cannot predict the effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment and use of alternative rates or benchmarks, such as SOFR. Furthermore, we may need to renegotiate our credit facility or incur other indebtedness, and changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the use of an alternative rate or benchmark, may negatively impact the terms of such indebtedness.
Amendments to existing tax laws, rules, or regulations or enactment of new unfavorable tax laws, rules, or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act made a number of significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules, including reducing the generally applicable corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, imposing additional limitations on the deductibility of interest, placing limits on the utilization of net operating losses and making substantial changes to the international tax rules. Many of the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act still require guidance through the issuance and/or finalization of regulations by the U.S. Treasury, and there may be substantial delays before such regulations are promulgated and/or finalized, increasing the uncertainty as to the ultimate effect of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on us and our stockholders. There also may be technical corrections legislation or other legislative changes proposed with respect to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the effect of which cannot be predicted and may be adverse to us or our stockholders. In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department has proposed significant changes to the current U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to domestic corporations, including an increase in the generally applicable corporate tax rate from 21% to 28% and certain increases in tax rates applicable to foreign earnings. If any or all of these (or similar) proposals are ultimately enacted into law, in whole or in part, they could have a negative impact on our effective tax rate. It cannot be predicted whether or when tax laws, regulations and rulings may be enacted, issued, or amended that could materially and adversely impact our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
32
Our estimates of certain operational metrics, as well as of total addressable market and market growth, are subject to inherent challenges in measurement.
We make certain estimates with regard to certain operational metrics which we track using internal systems that are not independently verified by any third party. While the metrics presented in this prospectus are based on what we believe to be reasonable assumptions and estimates, our internal systems have a number of limitations, and our methodologies for tracking these metrics may change over time. Additionally, total addressable market and growth estimates are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Our estimates relating to size and expected growth of our market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size and growth estimates, our business could fail to grow at similar rates. If investors do not perceive our estimates of total addressable market and market growth or our operational metrics to be accurate, or if we discover material inaccuracies with respect to these figures, our reputation may be significantly harmed, and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We are subject to certain restrictive covenants under agreements relating to our indebtedness. In addition, substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, are pledged as collateral to secure such indebtedness.
Our credit facility contains a number of restrictive covenants which, among other things, require us to maintain specified financial ratios and impose certain limitations on us with respect to investments, asset sales, additional indebtedness, dividends, distributions, guarantees, liens and encumbrances. Our ability to meet these financial ratios can be affected by operating performance or other events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those ratios. Certain events of default under our credit facility could allow the lenders to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have pledged substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, in support of the credit facility. If we were unable to repay the amounts due under our credit facility or fail to cure any breach of the covenants contained thereunder, our lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness.
Our obligations to issue Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan could expose us to a variety of risks and will cause us to recognize significant stock-based compensation expense that will substantially impact our net income in the near term.
We previously adopted a Change in Control Bonus Plan, which provided for the payment of cash amounts to certain eligible employees upon the occurrence of a change in control of our company. The aggregate amount of payment that could have been made to all participants under the Change in Control Bonus Plan may have been as much as 18% of the gross consideration received by us or our stockholders in a change in control transaction. As described in “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Bonus Plan” below, the board of managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC has elected to terminate the Change in Control Bonus Plan (and all Award Units issued thereunder) effective following effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part. The value, based on our valuation in this offering, of all Award Units that are vested at effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part and Award Units that would vest within one year thereafter will be paid to participants in the Change in Control Bonus Plan in the form of vested shares of Class A common stock between the first and second anniversaries of such date of effectiveness. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we will issue approximately 16,894,648 shares of Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units in satisfaction of the obligations described above. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would increase the number of shares of Class A common stock that we would be obligated to issue to former holders of Award Units as described above by approximately 226,176 shares, and additional $1.00 increases would further increase the number of shares by a progressively smaller amount. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would decrease the number of shares of Class A common stock that we would be obligated to issue to former holders of Award Units as described above by approximately 256,340 shares, and additional $1.00 decreases would further decrease the number of shares by a progressively smaller amount. As of this offering, and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the number of shares to be issued between the first and second anniversaries of effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part in satisfaction of the obligations described above will increase the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding by approximately 16.8%, resulting in significant dilution to holders of our capital stock. In addition, in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which we were obligated to pay a percentage of our annual net profits to a non-executive employee, we will issue 2,047,064 shares of Class A common stock to such employee between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part. Any issuance of Class A common stock described above, or the fact of any such impending issuance, may adversely impact the market price of our Class A common stock.
33
We estimate that our tax withholding obligations in connection with the issuance of such shares would be approximately $132.7 million if the value of our Class A common stock at the time of issuance is the same as the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share. The amount of these obligations could be higher or lower depending on the value of our Class A common stock at the time of issuance of these shares and the applicable tax withholding rates. We may satisfy our tax withholding obligations in connection with the issuance of such shares of Class A common stock, in whole or in part, in a variety of ways, including (but not limited to) (i) by withholding from such shares a number of shares with a value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due or (ii) through a “sell to cover” arrangement whereby a certain number of shares would be sold into the market with proceeds from such sale remitted to us in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due. We may raise the cash required to satisfy our withholding obligations in other ways, including through the issuance of additional equity or debt. See the risk factor titled “Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may materially and adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock” for a discussion of related risks. At the time of the offering, we will have an initial withholding tax obligation of approximately $14.8 million to satisfy federal payroll taxes, which we plan to satisfy with proceeds from this offering.
The issuance of shares of our Class A common stock in satisfaction of our obligations to former participants in the Change in Control Bonus Plan will result in significant stock-based compensation expense. At the time of the offering, we expect to recognize stock-based compensation expense of approximately $248.5 million (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in connection with the future issuance of shares of Class A common stock to (i) former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for the termination of a profit sharing agreement. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, this estimated stock-based compensation expense by approximately $17.5 million. These non-cash charges do not impact our revenues or Adjusted EBITDA; however, they will have a direct and substantial adverse impact on our net income for the periods in which we issue such shares. We will also have stock-based compensation expense in connection with the restricted stock units that will be granted in connection with this offering, as described in “Executive Compensation—IPO Equity Grants”, which expense will be recognized in future periods based on vesting. The impact of these equity-related matters on our net income may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, including trade secrets, or if we fail to enforce our intellectual property rights, our business could be adversely affected.
Our success depends upon our ability to protect our intellectual property, which may require us to incur significant costs. We have developed much of our intellectual property internally, and we rely on a combination of confidentiality obligations in contracts, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and other contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In particular, we enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have business relationships in which they will have access to our confidential information. We also rely upon licenses to intellectual property from third parties. No assurance can be given that these agreements or other steps we take to protect our intellectual property or the third-party intellectual property used in our solution will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our solution and our confidential and proprietary information. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized uses of our intellectual property.
Despite our precautions, it may be possible for third parties to copy our solution and use information that we regard as proprietary to create solutions and services that compete with ours. Third parties may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent to our solution. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our solution may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions.
In some cases, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to protect our trade secrets. Litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights and exposing us to significant damages or injunctions. Our inability to protect our intellectual property against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management's attention and resources, could delay sales or the implementation of our solution, impair the functionality of our solution, delay introductions of new systems, result in our substituting less-advanced or more-costly technologies into our solution or harm our reputation. In addition, we may be required to license additional intellectual property from third parties to develop and market new systems, and we cannot assure you that we could license that intellectual property on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
34
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and trade secrets, unauthorized parties may attempt to misappropriate, reverse engineer, or otherwise obtain and use them. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able to assert trade secret rights, or develop similar technologies and processes. Further, the contractual provisions that we enter into may not prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary technology or intellectual property rights. Moreover, policing unauthorized use of our technologies, trade secrets and intellectual property is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be weak. We may be unable to determine the extent of any unauthorized use or infringement of our solution, technologies or intellectual property rights. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.
Claims or assertions by third parties of infringement or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies in the technology industry. Although claims of this kind have not materially affected our business to date, there can be no assurance such claims will not arise in the future. Any claims or proceedings against us, regardless of whether meritorious, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Intellectual property lawsuits are subject to inherent uncertainties due to the complexity of the technical issues involved, and we cannot be certain that we will be successful in defending ourselves against intellectual property claims. In addition, we may not be able to effectively use our intellectual property portfolio to assert defenses or counterclaims in response to copyright, patent and trademark infringement claims or litigation, as well as claims for trade secret misappropriation and unfair competition, brought against us by third parties.
Many potential litigants have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. Furthermore, a successful claimant could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages or prevents us from distributing certain systems or performing certain services. We might also be required to seek a license and pay royalties for the use of such intellectual property, which may not be available on commercially acceptable terms or at all. Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful.
If our solution infringes on the intellectual property rights of others, we may be required to obtain costly licenses, enter into unfavorable royalty agreements, be forced to terminate some clients’ agreements, or indemnify our clients for any or some damages they suffer.
We generally indemnify our clients with respect to infringement by our products of the proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our clients. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may stop using our products.
We use "open source" software in our solution, which may restrict how we use or distribute our solution, require that we release the source code of certain software subject to open source licenses, or subject us to litigation or other actions that could adversely affect our business.
We currently use in our solution, and may use in the future, software that is licensed under "open source," "free" or other similar licenses where the licensed software is made available to the general public on an "as-is" basis under the terms of a specific non-negotiable license. Some open source software licenses require that software subject to the license be made available to the public and that any modifications or derivative works based on the open source code be licensed in source code form under the same open source licenses. Although we monitor our use of open source software, we cannot assure you that all open source software is reviewed prior to use in our solution, that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our solution, or that they will not do so in the future. In addition, some of our products may incorporate third-party software under commercial licenses. We cannot be certain whether such third-party software incorporates open source software without our knowledge. In the past, companies that incorporate open source software into their products have faced claims alleging noncompliance with open source license terms or infringement or
35
misappropriation of proprietary software. Therefore, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. Because few courts have interpreted open source licenses, the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is subject to some uncertainty. There is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market or provide our solution. As a result of using open source software subject to such licenses, we could be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages, re-engineer our products, limit or discontinue sales, or take other remedial action, any of which could adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Matters
Although we are not subject to direct regulation, the regulatory environment in which our clients operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight could adversely affect our business.
Although we are not currently subject to direct regulation, the legislative and regulatory environment in which our clients operate undergoes continuous change, subjecting industry participants to additional, more costly and potentially more punitive regulation. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to our clients or directly applicable to us could adversely affect our business subjecting us to additional costs. Any or all of the regulators who oversee our clients could adopt new rules or rule amendments that could substantially impact how we operate and may necessitate significant expenditures in order to adapt and comply. Our ability to support our clients in an uncertain and ever-changing regulatory environment will depend on our ability to constantly monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes, which inevitably result in intangible costs and resource drains. The compliance burden resulting from regulatory changes and uncertainty is likely to increase, particularly as regulators grow more technologically advanced and more reliant on data analytics. As a result, we may be forced to divert resources and expenditures to information technology in order to analyze data and risk in the same manner as regulators to be able to assist our clients in providing regulators with the data output they may expect going forward.
There also have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that have focused on the investment management industry. These inquiries have resulted in increased scrutiny of the industry and new rules and regulations for mutual funds and investment managers. This regulatory scrutiny may limit our ability to engage in certain activities that might be beneficial to our stockholders. Further, adverse results of regulatory investigations of mutual fund, investment advisory and financial services firms could tarnish the reputation of the financial services industry generally and mutual funds and investment advisers more specifically, causing investors to avoid further fund investments or redeem their account balances. Further, due to acts of serious fraud in the investment management industry and perceived lapses in regulatory oversight, U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities may continue to increase regulatory oversight of our clients’ businesses.
This evolving, complex and often unpredictable regulatory environment could result in our failure to provide a compliant solution, which could result in clients not purchasing our solution or terminating their agreements with us or the imposition of fines or other liabilities for which we may be responsible. In addition, federal, state, local and/or foreign agencies may attempt to further regulate our activities in the future. If enacted or deemed applicable to us, such laws, rules, or regulations could be imposed on our activities or our business thereby rendering our business or operations more costly, burdensome, less efficient, or impossible, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Any future litigation against us could damage our reputation and be costly and time-consuming to defend.
We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by current or former employees. Litigation might result in reputational damage and substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might adversely impact our business, overall financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. Moreover, any negative impact to our reputation will not be adequately covered by any insurance recovery. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our results of operations and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the value of our Class A common stock. While we currently are not aware of any material pending or threatened litigation against us, we can make no assurances the same will continue to be true in the future.
36
Our failure to comply with laws and regulations related to the Internet or future government regulation of the Internet, could increase costs and impose constraints on the way we conduct our business.
We and our clients are subject to laws and regulations applicable to doing business over the Internet. It is often not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes apply to the Internet, as these laws have in some cases failed to keep pace with technological change. Laws governing the Internet could also impact our business or the business of our clients. For instance, existing and future regulations on taxing Internet use, pricing, characterizing the types and quality of services and products, or restricting the exchange of information over the Internet or mobile devices could result in reduced growth of our business, a general decline in the use of the Internet by financial services providers, or their end users, or diminished viability of our solution and could significantly restrict our clients’ ability to use our solution. Changing laws and regulations, industry standards and industry self-regulation regarding the collection, use and disclosure of certain data may have similar effects on our and our clients’ businesses. Any such constraint on the growth in Internet could decrease its acceptance as a medium of communication and commerce or result in increased adoption of new modes of communication and commerce that may not be supported by our solution. Any such adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our operating results and our business.
Our failure to comply with the FCPA and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws associated with our activities outside the United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.
A portion of our revenues are derived from jurisdictions outside of the United States. We are subject to the FCPA, which generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making payments to foreign officials for the purpose of directing, obtaining, or keeping business and requires companies to maintain reasonable books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. The FCPA applies to companies and individuals alike, including company directors, officers, employees and agents. Under the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for corrupt actions taken by employees, strategic, or local partners or other representatives. In addition, the government may seek to rely on a theory of successor liability and hold us responsible for FCPA violations committed by companies or associated with assets that we acquire.
In certain foreign jurisdictions where we currently operate or plan to expand our operations, particularly countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom for businesses to engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other similar laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that our colleagues, partners and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of the FCPA or our policies for which we may be ultimately held responsible. If we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption legislation such as the United Kingdom Bribery Act and the China Unfair Competition law, governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose civil and/or criminal fines and penalties, which could harm our business, financial conditions and results of operations. We may also face collateral consequences such as debarment and the loss of our export privileges.
Our failure to comply with various data privacy, security, or management regulations could impose additional costs and liabilities on us, limit our use, storage, or processing of information and adversely affect our business.
We operate in a regulatory environment in which requirements applicable to privacy, data protection and data security are continually evolving. We cannot assure you that relevant governmental authorities will not interpret or implement the laws or regulations in ways that negatively affect the cloud service industry, our clients and us. Regulatory investigations, restrictions, penalties and sanctions, whether targeted at us or not, may negatively affect the market environment in which we operate, our existing or potential clients and our products and services, which may in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. It is also possible that we may become subject to additional or new laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and data security in connection with the data we have access to and the data products and services we provide to our clients. Moreover, we may become subject to regulatory requirements as a result of utilization of our products and services by residents of, or travelers who visit, certain jurisdictions, such as the General Data Protection Regulation of the European Union, or the GDPR. Complying with additional or new regulatory requirements could force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices. Moreover, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to our competitors, people may lose trust in the security of cloud service providers generally, including us, which could damage the reputation of the industry, result in heightened regulation and strengthened regulatory enforcement and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We expect that we will continue to face uncertainty as to whether our efforts to comply with evolving obligations under global data protection, privacy and security laws will be sufficient. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in reputational damage or proceedings or actions against us by governmental authorities, individuals or others. These proceedings or actions could subject us to significant civil or criminal penalties and negative publicity, require us to change our business practices, increase our costs and materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In
37
addition, our current and future relationships with clients, vendors and other third parties could be negatively affected by any proceedings or actions against us or current or future data protection obligations imposed on them under applicable law, including the GDPR. Furthermore, a data breach affecting personal information could result in significant legal and financial exposure and reputational damage that could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.
Our failure to comply with the GDPR or other data privacy regimes could subject us to fines and reputational harm.
Global privacy, data protection and security legislation, enforcement and policy activity are rapidly expanding and creating a complex data privacy compliance environment and the potential for high profile negative publicity in the event of any data breach. We are subject to many privacy and data protection laws and regulations in the United States and around the world, some of which place restrictions on our ability to process personal data across our business. For example, the GDPR imposes stringent requirements relating to, among other things, consent to process personal data of individuals, the information provided to individuals regarding the processing of their personal data, the security and confidentiality of personal data and notifications in the event of data breaches and use of third-party processors. The GDPR imposes substantial fines for breaches of data protection requirements, which can be up to four percent of the worldwide revenues or 20 million Euros, whichever is greater. While we will continue to undertake efforts to conform to current regulatory obligations and evolving best practices, we may be unsuccessful in conforming to means of transferring personal data from the European Economic Area. We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national clients to continue to use some of our services due to the potential risk exposure of personal data transfers and the current data protection obligations imposed on them by certain data protection authorities. Such clients may also view any alternative approaches to the transfer of any personal data as being too costly, too burdensome, or otherwise objectionable, and therefore may decide not to do business with us if the transfer of personal data is a necessary requirement. In addition, further to the United Kingdom's exit from the European Union on January 31, 2020, the GDPR ceased to apply in the United Kingdom at the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020. However, as of January 1, 2021, the United Kingdom’s European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 incorporated the GDPR (as it existed on December 31, 2020 but subject to certain United Kingdom specific amendments) into United Kingdom law, or the UK GDPR. The UK GDPR and the UK Data Protection Act 2018 set out the United Kingdom’s data protection regime, which is independent from but aligned to the European Union’s data protection regime.
In the United States, many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security and data breaches. Laws in all 50 states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. The laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. States are also constantly amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements. Further, California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020 and the California Privacy Rights Act, or the CPRA, which will become effective on January 1, 2023. The CCPA and CPRA give California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA and CPRA provide for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA and CPRA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability.
In addition, on March 2, 2021, Virginia enacted the Consumer Data Protection Act, or the CDPA. The CDPA will become effective January 1, 2023. The CDPA will regulate how businesses (which the CDPA refers to as “controllers”) collect and share personal information. While the CDPA incorporates many similar concepts of the CCPA and CPRA, there are also several key differences in the scope, application and enforcement of the law that will change the operational practices of controllers. The new law will impact how controllers collect and process personal sensitive data, conduct data protection assessments, transfer personal data to affiliates and respond to consumer rights requests.
The enactment of the CCPA, CPRA and CDPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.
Although we take reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and have invested and continue to invest human and technology resources into data privacy compliance efforts, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to regulatory action, including fines, in the event of an incident or other claim. We or our third-party service providers could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our or our third-party service providers’ business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our or our third-party service providers’ business, results of operations, or financial condition.
Though our term licensing model does not significantly collect and transfer personal information from our clients to us, our increased focus on SaaS solutions and the current data protection landscape may subject us to greater risk of potential inquiries and/or
38
enforcement actions. For example, we may find it necessary to establish alternative systems to maintain personal data originating from the European Union in the European Economic Area, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to divert resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our results from operations. Further, any inability to adequately address privacy concerns in connection with our solution, or comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, and adversely affect our ability to offer SaaS solutions.
Anticipated further evolution of regulations on this topic may substantially increase the penalties to which we could be subject in the event of any non-compliance. We may incur substantial expense in complying with the new obligations to be imposed by new regulations and we may be required to make significant changes to our solution and expanding business operations, all of which may adversely affect our results of operations.
Uncertainty in the marketplace regarding the use, processing and storage of personal information, or legislation concerning such use, processing, or storage could reduce demand for our services and result in increased expenses.
Concern among consumers and legislators regarding the use of personal information gathered from Internet users could create uncertainty in the marketplace. This could reduce demand for our solution, increase the cost of doing business as a result of litigation costs or increased service delivery costs, or otherwise harm our business.
Our business is subject to new, complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection.
Our business is subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy and data protection. The regulatory environment surrounding data privacy and protection is constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. New laws and regulations governing data privacy and the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, including the GDPR in jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the European Union, the United Kingdom, Brazil, Hong Kong, India and Singapore, and recent state legislation in the United States, pose increasingly complex compliance challenges and potentially elevate our costs. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with applicable data protection laws could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, subject us to significant fines, penalties, judgments and negative publicity, require us to change our business practices, increase the costs and complexity of compliance and adversely affect our business. As noted above, we are also subject to the possibility of cyber incidents or attacks, which themselves may result in a violation of these laws. Additionally, if we acquire a company that has violated or is not in compliance with applicable data protection laws, we may incur significant liabilities and penalties as a result.
Failure to comply with governmental laws and regulations could harm our business, materially and adversely affect us and cause our stock price to decline significantly.
Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, revocation of required licenses, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties, or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, we could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in legal and professional costs and expenses.
We are not a registered broker-dealer and therefore we do not execute trades. We provide passive communication technology to institutional investors, such as money managers and hedge funds, that enables such investors to communicate with executing brokers, prime brokers and clearing firms. As such, we must ensure that our technology activities and our compensation structure therefore would not result in our acting as an unregistered broker-dealer or investment adviser that could subject us to, among other things, regulatory enforcement actions, monetary fines, restrictions on the conduct of our technology business and rescission/damages claims by clients who use our technology. Our failure to comply with any laws or regulations, or the costs associated with defending any action alleging our noncompliance with any laws or regulations, could materially and adversely affect us and cause our stock price to decline significantly.
Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock Offering
39
The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.
The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, stockholders’ may be unable to resell their shares at or above their purchase price, if at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock include:
● | variations in our quarterly or annual operating results; |
● | our ability to attract new clients, particularly larger clients, in both domestic and international markets and our ability to increase sales to and renew agreements with our existing clients, particularly larger clients, at comparable prices; |
● | the timing of our clients’ buying decisions and reductions in our clients’ budgets for IT purchases and delays in their purchasing cycles, particularly in light of recent adverse global economic conditions; |
● | changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts; |
● | the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock; |
● | additions to, or departures of, key management personnel; |
● | any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future; |
● | announcements and public filings by us or others and developments affecting us; |
● | actions by institutional stockholders; |
● | litigation and governmental investigations; |
● | operating and stock performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us (and changes in their market valuations) and overall performance of the equity markets; |
● | speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general; |
● | increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield; |
● | announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; |
● | announcements or actions taken by significant stockholders; |
● | sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock by significant stockholders or our insiders, or the expectation that such sales might occur; |
● | volatility or economic downturns in the markets in which we, our clients and our partners are located caused by pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic and related policies and restrictions undertaken to contain the spread of such pandemics or potential pandemics; and |
● | general market, political and economic conditions, in the investment management industry in particular, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which any of our clients are located. |
These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
Our securities have no prior market and an active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained and out stock price may decline after the offering.
Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be
40
indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. If investors purchase shares of our Class A common stock, they may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market on or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for our investors to sell their shares of Class A common stock at a price that is attractive to them, or at all.
Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
If our existing stockholders, including employees who obtain equity, sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 64,066,841 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, only the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. Each of our directors, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding equity securities are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to sell or transfer their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. After the lock-up agreements expire, 45,316,841 shares held by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be eligible for sale in the public market subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration or earlier release of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements or, the perception that such sales may occur, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all the shares of Class A common stock or derivatives thereof issued under our stock plans and reserved for issuance under our stock plans. That registration statement will become effective immediately on filing, and shares covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.
If you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.
The assumed initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock of $(0.76) per share as of June 30, 2021. Investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities, goodwill, intangible assets and redeemable non-controlling interest. As a result, investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $0.75 per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering.
We have broad discretion in how we may use the net proceeds from this offering, and we may not use them effectively.
The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, facilitate access to the public equity markets, increase our visibility in the marketplace and obtain additional capital to support further growth in our business. Our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We may use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any acquisitions at this time. We may also spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. If our management fails to use these funds effectively, our business could be seriously harmed.
If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock adversely, the trading price or trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. If one or more analysts initiate research with an unfavorable rating or downgrade our Class A common stock, provide a more favorable recommendation about our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who
41
may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of our Class A common stock to decline.
As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements, which could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.
As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are relying on permitted exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. In particular, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required in this prospectus if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, for so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:
● | have an auditor report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
● | comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and |
● | submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say on pay” and “say on frequency.” |
Because of these exemptions and the other reduced disclosure obligations for emerging growth companies set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, our stock may appear less attractive to investors and could cause our stock price to decline.
Although we intend to rely on certain of the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, the exact implications of the JOBS Act for us are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies. Also, as our business grows, we may no longer satisfy the conditions of an emerging growth company. We will remain an "emerging growth company" until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under the Exchange Act. We will be deemed a large accelerated filer on the first day of the fiscal year after the market value of our common equity held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million, measured on June 30. If investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on certain of the JOBS Act exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.
In addition, section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have chosen to "opt in" such extended transition period, and as a result, we will not initially have to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.
We will eventually be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will be required to disclose significant changes made in our internal control procedures on a quarterly basis.
Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.
42
During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition and operating results. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.
Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may materially and adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity, or shares of preferred stock. In addition, we may seek to expand operations in the future to other markets which we would expect to finance through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness and/or cash from operations.
Issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our Class A common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our Class A common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us.
The future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.
After this offering, we may issue additional shares of Class A common stock that are authorized under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation but not currently issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. Subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules, we may issue these shares of Class A common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. Any Class A common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering.
We will incur increased costs and administrative burdens in connection with operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices. We may fail to comply with the rules that apply to public companies, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which could result in sanctions or other penalties that would harm our business.
As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will begin to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Act, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and regulations regarding corporate governance practices. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the rules of the SEC, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We have begun to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company, and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We are currently evaluating these rules and regulations and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in
43
continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. Any changes we make to comply with these obligations may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all. These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.
Pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second filing of an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC. In order to maintain effective internal controls, we will need additional financial personnel, systems and resources. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
To date, we have not conducted a review of our internal controls for the purpose of providing the reports required by these rules. During the course of our review and testing, we have in the past and may in the future, identify deficiencies and be unable to remediate them before we must provide the required reports. Furthermore, if we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall. In addition, as a public company we will be required to file accurate and timely quarterly and annual reports with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from the New York Stock Exchange or other adverse consequences that would materially harm our business and reputation.
Our amended and restated bylaws will designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf under Delaware law, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (4) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or (5) any other action asserting an “internal corporate claim,” as defined in Section 115 of the DGCL, shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. These exclusive forum provisions do not apply to claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
To the extent that any such claims may be based upon federal law claims, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. However, our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, contains a federal forum provision which provides that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.
44
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm our results of operations.
Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.
Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately 83.4% of the combined voting power of our common stock through their ownership of both Class A common stock and Class B common stock immediately after this offering. As a result, these stockholders will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
Risks Related to our Organizational Structure
Enfusion, Inc. is a holding company and its only material asset after completion of this offering will be its direct and/or indirect interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Enfusion Ltd. LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and pay dividends.
Enfusion, Inc. will be a holding company and after the completion of this offering will have no material assets other than its direct and/or indirect ownership of Common Units. Enfusion, Inc. has no independent means of generating revenues. Enfusion, Inc. intends to cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to make distributions to holders of its Common Units, including directly and/or indirectly Enfusion, Inc. and our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and dividends, if any, declared by it. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings, or cash flow of Enfusion Ltd. LLC and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that Enfusion, Inc. needs funds, and Enfusion Ltd. LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, such restriction could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
We anticipate that Enfusion Ltd. LLC will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of Common Units, including us. Accordingly, we will be required to pay income taxes on our direct and/or indirect allocable share of any net taxable income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Legislation that is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may impute liability for adjustments to a partnership’s tax return to the partnership itself in certain circumstances, absent an election to the contrary. Enfusion Ltd. LLC may be subject to material liabilities pursuant to this legislation and related guidance if, for example, its calculations of taxable income are incorrect. In addition, the income taxes on our direct and/or indirect allocable share of Enfusion Ltd. LLC’s net taxable income will increase over time as our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders exchange their Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock. Such increase in our tax expenses may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Under the terms of the amended and restated limited partnership agreement, Enfusion Ltd. LLC is obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Common Units, including (directly and/or indirectly) us, at certain assumed tax rates. These tax distributions may in certain periods exceed our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, will make any determination from time to time with respect to the use of any such excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, funding repurchases of Class A common stock; acquiring additional newly issued Common Units from Enfusion Ltd. LLC at a per unit price determined by reference to the market value of the Class A common stock; paying dividends, which may include special dividends, on our Class A common stock; or any combination of the foregoing. We will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders. To the extent that we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on our Class A common stock or otherwise undertake ameliorative actions
45
between Common Units and shares of Class A common stock and instead, for example, hold such cash balances, our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders may benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A common stock following a redemption or exchange of their Common Units, notwithstanding that such Pre-IPO Common Unitholders may previously have participated as holders of Common Units in distributions by Enfusion Ltd. LLC that resulted in such excess cash balances at Enfusion, Inc. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.”
Payments of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Our existing credit facilities include, and any financing arrangement that we enter into in the future may include, restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Enfusion Ltd. LLC is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a limited partner to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Enfusion Ltd. LLC (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Enfusion Ltd. LLC are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Enfusion Ltd. LLC.
Enfusion, Inc. will be required to pay certain of our pre-IPO owners for most of the benefits relating to tax depreciation or amortization deductions that we may claim as a result of Enfusion, Inc.’s acquisition of existing tax basis in this offering, increases in existing tax basis and anticipated tax basis adjustments we receive in connection with sales or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units in connection with or after this offering and our utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Enfusion, Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Enfusion, Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of (i) existing tax basis acquired in this offering, (ii) increases in existing tax basis and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a result of sales or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units in connection with or after this offering, (iii) Enfusion, Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies, and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and the tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to Enfusion, Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that Enfusion, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the IRS may challenge all or part of the validity of that tax basis, and a court could sustain such a challenge. The existing tax basis acquired in this offering and the increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon purchases or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Actual tax benefits realized by Enfusion, Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits.
The payment obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is an obligation of Enfusion, Inc. and not of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. While the amount of existing tax basis and anticipated tax basis adjustments and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect the payments that Enfusion, Inc. may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. The actual amounts payable will depend upon, among other things, the timing of purchases or exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of such purchases or exchanges, the extent to which such purchases or exchanges are taxable, the tax rate and the amount and timing of our taxable income. We estimate the amount of existing tax basis acquired in this offering to be approximately $110.7 million. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the pre-IPO owners. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits Enfusion Ltd. LLC realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Enfusion, Inc.’s payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be accelerated in the event of certain changes of control, upon a breach by Enfusion, Inc. of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement or if Enfusion, Inc. elects to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early. The accelerated payments required in such circumstances will be calculated by reference to the present value (at a discount rate equal to the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum and (ii) one-year LIBOR (or its successor rate) plus 100
46
basis points) of all future payments that holders of Common Units or other recipients would have been entitled to receive under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and such accelerated payments and any other future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will utilize certain valuation assumptions, including that Enfusion, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement and sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control. In addition, recipients of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if the tax attributes or Enfusion, Inc.’s utilization of tax attributes underlying the relevant Tax Receivable Agreement payment are successfully challenged by the IRS (although any such detriment would be taken into account as an offset against future payments due to the relevant recipient under the Tax Receivable Agreement). Enfusion, Inc.’s ability to achieve benefits from any existing tax basis, tax basis adjustments, or other tax attributes, and the payments to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of our future income. As a result, even in the absence of a change of control or an election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be in excess of 85% of Enfusion, Inc.’s actual cash tax benefits.
Accordingly, it is possible that the actual cash tax benefits realized by Enfusion, Inc. may be significantly less than the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments. It is also possible that payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual cash tax benefits that Enfusion, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or if distributions to Enfusion, Inc. by Enfusion Ltd. LLC are not sufficient to permit Enfusion, Inc. to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Based upon certain assumptions described in greater detail below under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” we estimate that if Enfusion, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering, the aggregate amount of the early termination payments required under the Tax Receivable Agreement would be approximately $179.3 million. The foregoing number is merely an estimate and the actual payments could differ materially. We may need to incur additional indebtedness to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, and these obligations could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations, or other changes of control.
The acceleration of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the case of certain changes of control may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value received by owners of our Class A common stock.
In the case of certain changes of control, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be accelerated and may significantly exceed the actual benefits Enfusion, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. We expect that the payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event of a change of control will be substantial. As a result, our accelerated payment obligations and/or the assumptions adopted under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the case of a change of control may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value received by owners of our Class A common stock in a change of control transaction.
47
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:
● | our future financial performance, including our revenues, costs of revenues, gross profit or gross profit margin and operating expenses; |
● | the sufficiency of our cash, cash to meet our liquidity needs; |
● | anticipated trends and growth rates in our business and in the markets in which we operate; |
● | our ability to maintain the security and availability of our solution; |
● | our ability to increase the number of clients using our solution; |
● | our ability to sell additional products and services to and retain our existing clients; |
● | our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new markets; |
● | our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses; |
● | our estimated total addressable market; |
● | our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property; |
● | our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business; |
● | the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel; |
● | our anticipated investments in sales and marketing and research and development; |
● | our ability to successfully defend litigation brought against us; |
● | the increased expenses associated with being a public company; |
● | our use of the net proceeds from this offering; |
● | the impact of COVID-19 on our business and industry; and |
● | our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants. |
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. And while we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
48
Unless otherwise indicated, statistical data, forecasts, estimates and information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity and market size, are based on industry publications and reports generated by third-party providers, other publicly available studies and our internal sources and estimates. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have compiled, extracted and reproduced industry data from various industry publications and other third-party sources. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the information from such industry publications and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable and based on reasonable assumptions, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such sources. The content of, or accessibility through, the below sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein and any websites are an inactive textual reference only.
Certain information included in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets we serve, including our market share, are also based on our good-faith estimates derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and other information currently available to us.
None of the industry publications referred to in this prospectus were prepared on our or on our affiliates’ behalf or at our expense. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
49
Existing Organizational Structure
The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure.
Organizational Structure Following this Offering
Immediately following this offering, Enfusion, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be a controlling equity interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, held indirectly through three newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiaries. Through its control over the managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, Enfusion, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, will have the obligation to absorb losses and receive benefits from Enfusion Ltd. LLC and, through Enfusion Ltd. LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. The Reorganization Transactions (as defined below), whereby Enfusion, Inc. will begin to consolidate Enfusion Ltd. LLC in its consolidated financial statements, will be accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. As a result, the consolidated financial statements of Enfusion, Inc. will recognize the assets and liabilities received in the reorganization at their historical carrying amounts, as reflected in the historical consolidated financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, the accounting predecessor. Enfusion, Inc. will consolidate Enfusion Ltd. LLC in its consolidated financial statements and record a non-controlling interest related to the Common Units issued on a 1,000,000-to-1 basis, held by the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders on its consolidated balance sheet and statement of income.
In general, each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of our Common Units will hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.
Our post-offering organizational structure, as described above, is commonly referred to as an umbrella partnership-C-corporation, or Up-C, structure. This organizational structure will allow our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders to retain their equity ownership in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of Common Units. Investors in this offering and the Pre-IPO Shareholders will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders generally find it advantageous to continue to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We do not believe that our Up-C organizational structure will give rise to any significant business or strategic benefit or detriment to us.
50
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering.
Upon consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and immediately prior to this offering, our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will hold shares and interests that may be exchanged or settled for shares representing an aggregate of 52,997,579 shares of Class A common stock, which we refer to as the “diluted pre-IPO shares outstanding,” consisting of: (i) issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock held by our Pre-IPO Shareholders; and (ii) shares of Class A common stock issuable on a one-for-one basis in exchange for Common Units held by our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders.
The table below sets forth the relative ownership of the diluted pre-IPO shares outstanding among our pre-IPO owners.
Incorporation of Enfusion, Inc.
Enfusion, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 11, 2021. Enfusion, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Enfusion, Inc., which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”
Blocker Restructuring
Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, certain entities that are taxable as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which the Pre-IPO Shareholders hold interests, or the Blocker Companies, will enter into certain restructuring transactions (such transactions, the “Blocker Restructuring”) that will result in the Pre-IPO Shareholders acquiring 48,744,182 shares of newly issued Class A common stock in exchange for their ownership interests in the Blocker Companies and Enfusion, Inc. indirectly, through three new wholly-owned subsidiaries, acquiring an equal number of outstanding Common Units.
51
Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC
The capital structure of Enfusion Ltd. LLC currently consists of Class A Units, Class C-1 Units, Class C-2 Units and Class D Units. Prior to the completion of this offering, the operating agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying each of the outstanding units described above into a new class of LLC interests that we refer to as “Common Units.” We refer to this reclassification, or the Reclassification, together with the transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Blocker Restructuring” as the “Reorganization Transactions”.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, Enfusion US 1, Inc., a newly-formed wholly owned subsidiary of Enfusion, Inc., will be the managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Accordingly, through its control over the managing member, Enfusion, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the holders of Common Units and the amount of any such distributions. If the managing member authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the holders of Common Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units held.
The holders of Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, including directly and/or indirectly Enfusion, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Net profits and net losses of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will generally be allocated to its partners (including directly and/or indirectly Enfusion, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units held, except as otherwise required by law. The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement provides for cash distributions to the holders of Common Units if the managing member determines that the taxable income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will give rise to taxable income for the holders of Common Units. In accordance with the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, we intend to cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to make cash distributions to the holders of Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, including us and our wholly owned subsidiaries, for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on an estimate of the taxable income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC allocated to the holder of Common Units that receives the greatest proportionate allocation of income multiplied by an assumed tax rate. Tax distributions will be pro rata as among the Common Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.”
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC the holders of outstanding Common Units (or certain permitted transferees thereof) will have the right on a value-for-value basis (subject to the terms of this agreement) cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to exchange their Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. This agreement will also provide that a holder of Common Units will not have the right to exchange Common Units if the managing member determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Enfusion, Inc. to which the holder of Common Units may be subject. Enfusion, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Enfusion Ltd. LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges Common Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of Common Units held by Enfusion, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Common Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Enfusion Ltd. LLC may, at its sole discretion, in lieu of delivering Class A common stock for any Common Units surrendered for exchange, pay an amount in cash per Common Unit equal to the 5-day volume-weighted average price of the Class A common stock on the date of the receipt of the written notice of the exchange.
Tax Receivable Agreement
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Enfusion, Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Enfusion, Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of: (i) existing tax basis acquired in this offering; (ii) increases in existing tax basis and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a result of sales or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units in connection with or after this offering; (iii) Enfusion, Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies; and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and the tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to Enfusion, Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that Enfusion, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the IRS may challenge all or part of the validity of that tax basis, and a court could sustain such a challenge. The existing tax basis acquired in this offering and the increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon purchases or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Actual tax benefits realized by Enfusion, Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. The payment obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is an obligation of Enfusion, Inc. and not of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
52
Offering Transactions
At the time of the consummation of this offering, Enfusion, Inc. intends to consummate the purchase, for cash, of newly issued Common Units from Enfusion Ltd. LLC and the acquisition of outstanding equity interests from our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, in each case at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering net of underwriting discounts and commissions. The issuance of such newly issued Common Units by Enfusion Ltd. LLC to Enfusion, Inc. will correspondingly dilute the ownership interests of our pre-IPO owners in Enfusion Ltd. LLC. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to our directors and named executive officers. Accordingly, following this offering Enfusion, Inc. will directly and/or indirectly hold a number of Common Units that is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that it has issued, a relationship that we believe fosters transparency because it results in a single share of Class A common stock representing (albeit indirectly) the same percentage equity interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a single Common Unit.
Enfusion, Inc. intends to cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to use the net proceeds from this offering (i) to repay outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility totaling approximately $98.8 million in aggregate principal amount, (ii) to satisfy approximately $14.8 million of tax withholding obligations for federal payroll taxes arising with respect to obligations to issue Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units under our Change in Control Bonus Plan and to a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which we were obligated to pay a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event, and (iii) approximately $56.5 million for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”
As a result of the transactions described above:
● | the investors in this offering will collectively own 18,750,000 shares of our Class A common stock (or 21,562,500 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); |
● | the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will hold 48,987,420 Common Units (or 47,470,973 Common Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); |
● | the Pre-IPO Shareholders will hold 45,316,841 shares of our Class A common stock (or 44,020,788 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); |
● | Enfusion, Inc. will hold 64,066,841 Common Units (or 65,583,288 Common Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); |
● | the investors in this offering will collectively have 16.6% of the voting power in Enfusion, Inc. (or 19.1% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and |
● | the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, as holders of all of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, will have 43.3% of the voting power in Enfusion, Inc. (or 42.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and the Pre-IPO Shareholders will have 40.1% of the voting power in Enfusion, Inc. (or 38.9% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). |
53
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $230.5 million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $253.3 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $14.4 million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $15.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
Enfusion, Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 11,312,500 shares ($170.1 million) to acquire an equivalent number of newly-issued Common Units from Enfusion Ltd. LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions,” which will in turn use (i) to repay outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility totaling approximately $98.8 million in aggregate principal amount, which indebtedness bears interest at a base rate of 4.25% plus an incremental variable interest rate of our choice of the one-, three- or six-month LIBOR, subject to a 1% minimum, and has a maturity date of December 17, 2025, (ii) to satisfy approximately $14.8 million of tax withholding obligations for federal payroll taxes arising with respect to obligations to issue Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and to a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which we were obligated to pay a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event, and (iii) approximately $56.5 million for general corporate purposes and to bear all of the expenses of this offering. We estimate these offering expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) will be approximately $5.8 million. We increased the total amount under our credit facility in December 2020 to $100.0 million and distributed the net proceeds of $71.1 million from such increase to certain members of Enfusion Ltd. LLC (see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). We do not anticipate using the net proceeds of this offering to make cash payments to the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement being entered into in connection with this offering.
Enfusion, Inc. intends to use the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts) from the issuance of 4,010,160 shares ($60.3 million) (or 5,526,607 shares and $83.1 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase an equivalent aggregate number of Common Units from our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, as described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions.” Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for information regarding the proceeds from this offering that will be paid to our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders.
54
We cannot provide any assurance that we will declare or pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.
Enfusion, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC. We intend to cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover our taxes, expenses and obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as well as any cash dividends declared by us. If Enfusion Ltd. LLC makes such distributions to Enfusion, Inc., the other holders of Common Units will also be entitled to receive distributions pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units held.
The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC provides that pro rata cash distributions be made to holders of Common Units (including directly and/or indirectly Enfusion, Inc.) at certain assumed tax rates, or the tax distributions. Tax distributions will be pro rata as among the Common Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.” We anticipate that amounts received directly and/or indirectly by Enfusion, Inc. may, in certain periods, exceed Enfusion, Inc.’s actual tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We expect that Enfusion, Inc. will use any such excess cash from time to time: to fund repurchases of its Class A common stock; to acquire additional newly issued Common Units from Enfusion Ltd. LLC at a per unit price determined by reference to the market value of the Class A common stock; to pay dividends, which may include special dividends, on its Class A common stock; or any combination of the foregoing. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, will make any determination with respect to the use of any such excess cash. Because our board of directors may determine to pay or not pay dividends to our Class A common stockholders, our Class A common stockholders may not necessarily receive dividend distributions relating to excess distributions, even if Enfusion Ltd. LLC makes such distributions to us. We also expect, if necessary, to undertake ameliorative actions, which may include pro rata or non-pro rata reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or adjustments of outstanding Common Units, to maintain 1:1 parity between Common Units and shares of Class A common stock.
During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Enfusion Ltd. LLC made cash distributions to its equity holders in aggregate amounts of $4.6 million and $11.0 million, respectively, in connection with equity holder tax obligations.
55
The following table sets forth cash, as well as our capitalization, as of June 30, 2021 as follows:
● | on an actual basis; |
● | on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Reorganization Transactions and (ii) stock-based compensation expense of $248.5 million (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) related to our obligation to issue Class A common stock to (i) former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for the termination of a profit sharing agreement, reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit; and |
● | on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the sale and issuance of 15,322,660 shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, (ii) the repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility as described under “Use of Proceeds,” and (iii) the use of proceeds from this offering to satisfy approximately $14.8 million in withholding tax obligations arising from federal payroll taxes related to our obligation to issue Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and to a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which we were obligated to pay a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event. |
The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other final terms of this offering. You should read this table together with our financial statements and related notes and the sections titled “Prospectus Summary— Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
56
(1) | As of June 30, 2021, we had no amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility and $4.8 million of remaining availability (after giving effect to $200 thousand of outstanding letters of credit). |
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $14.4 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $15.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
The number of shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding after this offering excludes the following:
● | 26,400,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, including the shares and restricted stock units to be issued pursuant to our 2021 plan as noted in the following two bullets, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan, which includes: |
● | approximately 3,185,591 restricted stock units (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which settle in shares of Class A common stock, that will be issued to certain employees under our 2021 Plan following effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and |
● | approximately 16,288,064 shares of Class A common stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that will be issued under our 2021 Plan between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to (i) former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan, which plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which such employee was previously entitled to receive a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event; |
● | approximately 2,653,648 shares of Class A common stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that will be issued under our 2021 Plan between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan, which plan will be terminated in connection with this offering; and |
● | 150,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP. |
57
If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the Class A common stock held by our Pre-IPO Shareholders.
Our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2021 was approximately $(77.4) million, or $(0.76) per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book deficit represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities and pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and assuming that all of the holders of Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
After giving effect to the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2021 would have been $85.3 million, or $0.75 per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book deficit of $1.51 per share of Class A common stock to our Pre-IPO Shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book deficit of $0.75 per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:
Because the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders do not own any Class A common stock or other economic interests in Enfusion, Inc., we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering assuming that all of the holders of Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact on the investors in this offering.
A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share of our Class A common stock would decrease our pro forma net tangible book deficit after giving effect to this offering by $14.4 million, or by $0.13 per share of our Class A common stock, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would result in equal changes in the opposite direction.
The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of June 30, 2021, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our Pre-IPO Shareholders and by new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the holders of Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC exchanged their Common Units for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
58
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $18.8 million, in each case assuming that the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $16.0 million, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
The sale of 3,427,340 shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock held by existing stockholders to 45,316,841, or approximately 70.7% of the total shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 18,750,000, or approximately 29.3% of the total shares of Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.
Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in full, our existing stockholders would own 67.1% and our new investors would own 32.9% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.
The number of shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding after this offering excludes the following:
● | 26,400,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan, which includes: |
o | approximately 3,185,591 restricted stock units (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which settle in shares of Class A common stock, that will be issued to certain employees under the 2021 Plan following effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and |
o | approximately 16,288,064 shares of Class A common stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that will be issued under our 2021 Plan between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to (i) former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan, which plan will be terminated in connection with this offering and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which such employee was previously entitled to receive a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event; |
● | approximately 2,653,648 shares of Class A common stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that will be issued under our 2021 Plan between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan, which plan will be terminated in connection with this offering; and |
● | 150,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any annual automatic evergreen increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP. |
59
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2021 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 present our financial position and results of operations after giving pro forma effect to:
● | The Reorganization Transactions as if such transactions occurred on June 30, 2021 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and on December 31, 2020 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations inclusive of the modification of the existing incentive plans and issuance of new incentive share awards, as described under “Organizational Structure”; |
● | Consideration of the Tax Receivable Agreement, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement;” |
● | This offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds”. |
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that we will be taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, accordingly, will become a taxpaying entity subject to U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and is based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. See the accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information for a discussion of assumptions made.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of financial results that would have been attained had the described transactions occurred on the dates indicated above or that could be achieved in the future. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not give effect to the potential impact of any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may result from the transactions or any integration costs that do not have a continuing impact. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations and should not be relied on as an indication of our results after the consummation of this offering and the other transactions contemplated by such unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions as contemplated and that the Reorganization Transactions Adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.
As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, fees to comply with the reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring of additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
60
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of June 30, 2021
(in thousands)
61
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enfusion Ltd. LLC
|
|
Pro Forma Reorganization Transactions Adjustments |
|
As Adjusted Before Offering |
|
Pro Forma Offering Adjustments |
|
Enfusion, Inc.
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
47,187 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
47,187 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
47,187 |
Managed Services |
|
|
3,294 |
|
|
- |
|
|
3,294 |
|
|
- |
|
|
3,294 |
Other |
|
|
321 |
|
|
- |
|
|
321 |
|
|
- |
|
|
321 |
Total net revenues |
|
|
50,802 |
|
|
- |
|
|
50,802 |
|
|
- |
|
|
50,802 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
|
11,420 |
|
|
121 |
(2) |
|
11,541 |
|
|
- |
|
|
11,541 |
Managed Services |
|
|
1,818 |
|
|
8 |
(2) |
|
1,826 |
|
|
- |
|
|
1,826 |
Other |
|
|
348 |
|
|
- |
|
|
348 |
|
|
- |
|
|
348 |
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
13,586 |
|
|
129 |
|
|
13,715 |
|
|
- |
|
|
13,715 |
Gross profit |
|
|
37,216 |
|
|
(129) |
|
|
37,087 |
|
|
- |
|
|
37,087 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
13,838 |
|
|
6,870 |
(2) |
|
20,708 |
|
|
- |
|
|
20,708 |
Sales and marketing expenses |
|
|
7,422 |
|
|
1,578 |
(2) |
|
9,000 |
|
|
- |
|
|
9,000 |
Technology and development |
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
1,574 |
(2) |
|
5,817 |
|
|
- |
|
|
5,817 |
Total operating expenses |
|
|
25,503 |
|
|
10,022 |
|
|
35,525 |
|
|
- |
|
|
35,525 |
Income from operations |
|
|
11,713 |
|
|
(10,151) |
|
|
1,562 |
|
|
- |
|
|
1,562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(2,802) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(2,802) |
|
|
2,802 |
(3) |
|
- |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
Total non-operating income (expense) |
|
|
(2,802) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(2,802) |
|
|
2,802 |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
8,911 |
|
|
(10,151) |
|
|
(1,240) |
|
|
2,802 |
|
|
1,562 |
Income taxes |
|
|
551 |
|
|
- |
|
|
551 |
|
|
- |
|
|
551 |
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
8,360 |
|
$ |
(10,151) |
|
$ |
(1,791) |
|
$ |
2,802 |
|
$ |
1,011 |
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests, net of tax |
|
|
- |
|
|
(933) |
(1) |
|
(933) |
|
|
1,371 |
(1) |
|
438 |
Net Income (loss) attributable to Enfusion Inc. |
|
$ |
8,360 |
|
$ |
(9,218) |
|
$ |
(858) |
|
$ |
1,431 |
|
$ |
573 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
Diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.01 |
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,359 |
Diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,897 |
62
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2020
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enfusion Ltd. LLC
|
|
Pro Forma Reorganization Transactions Adjustments |
|
As Adjusted Before Offering |
|
Pro Forma Offering Adjustments |
|
Enfusion, Inc.
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
73,550 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
73,550 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
73,550 |
Managed Services |
|
|
4,436 |
|
|
- |
|
|
4,436 |
|
|
- |
|
|
4,436 |
Other |
|
|
1,579 |
|
|
- |
|
|
1,579 |
|
|
- |
|
|
1,579 |
Total net revenues |
|
|
79,565 |
|
|
- |
|
|
79,565 |
|
|
- |
|
|
79,565 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
|
18,015 |
|
|
419 |
(2) |
|
18,434 |
|
|
- |
|
|
18,434 |
Managed Services |
|
|
2,512 |
|
|
25 |
(2) |
|
2,537 |
|
|
- |
|
|
2,537 |
Other |
|
|
831 |
|
|
- |
|
|
831 |
|
|
- |
|
|
831 |
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
21,358 |
|
|
444 |
|
|
21,802 |
|
|
- |
|
|
21,802 |
Gross profit |
|
|
58,207 |
|
|
(444) |
|
|
57,763 |
|
|
- |
|
|
57,763 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
35,888 |
|
|
114,165 |
(2) |
|
150,053 |
|
|
- |
|
|
150,053 |
Sales and marketing expenses |
|
|
9,927 |
|
|
41,727 |
(2) |
|
51,654 |
|
|
- |
|
|
51,654 |
Technology and development |
|
|
6,318 |
|
|
146,083 |
(2) |
|
152,401 |
|
|
- |
|
|
152,401 |
Total operating expenses |
|
|
52,133 |
|
|
301,975 |
|
|
354,108 |
|
|
- |
|
|
354,108 |
Income from operations |
|
|
6,074 |
|
|
(302,419) |
|
|
(296,345) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(296,345) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(1,662) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(1,662) |
|
|
1,662 |
(3) |
|
- |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
82 |
|
|
- |
|
|
82 |
|
|
(1,289) |
(4) |
|
(1,207) |
Total non-operating income (expense) |
|
|
(1,580) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(1,580) |
|
|
373 |
|
|
(1,207) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
4,494 |
|
|
(302,419) |
|
|
(297,925) |
|
|
373 |
|
|
(297,552) |
Income taxes |
|
|
433 |
|
|
- |
|
|
433 |
|
|
- |
|
|
433 |
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
4,061 |
|
$ |
(302,419) |
|
$ |
(298,358) |
|
$ |
373 |
|
$ |
(297,985) |
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests, net of tax |
|
|
- |
|
|
(155,416) |
(1) |
|
(155,416) |
|
|
26,296 |
(1) |
|
(129,120) |
Net Income attributable to Enfusion Inc. |
|
$ |
4,061 |
|
$ |
(147,003) |
|
$ |
(142,942) |
|
$ |
(25,923) |
|
$ |
(168,866) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(2.29) |
Diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(2.29) |
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,359 |
Diluted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,359 |
63
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information
Note 1Basis of Presentation
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented herein has been prepared using Enfusion Ltd. LLC’s historical financial statements, and giving pro forma effect to the transactions described herein in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.
For purposes of the unaudited pro forma financial information, we have assumed that shares of Class A common stock will be issued by us at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by Common Units not held by us will be 43.3% and the net income attributable to Common Units not held by us will accordingly represent 43.3% of our net income. The unaudited consolidated pro forma financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
Note 2Reorganization Transactions and Offering Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
The Reorganization Transactions and Offering adjustments to the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet are based on preliminary estimates and assumptions that are subject to change. The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and are related to the Reorganization Transactions, including this Offering:
Adjustments Related to the Reorganization Transactions
(1) | Prior to the completion of the offering, the operating agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying each of the outstanding units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC into a single class of LLC Interests, the Common Units. |
This adjustment reflects the issuance of shares of our Class B common stock to the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, equal to the number of Common Units retained by each, for nominal consideration, and the issuance of our Class A common stock to certain Pre-IPO Shareholders in connection with the Reorganization Transactions.
In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Enfusion, Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Enfusion, Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize. Amounts contingently payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement are contingent upon, among other things, generation of sufficient future taxable income during the term of the Tax Receivable Agreement. As such, we determined there is no resulting liability related to the Tax Receivable Agreement arising from the Transactions as the associated deferred tax assets are fully offset by a valuation allowance.
However, if the Company did not have a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets, we would have recorded a $65.1 million liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement based on the aggregate amount the Company would pay to the Pre-IPO Common Unit Holders as a result of the Reorganization Transactions and existing tax attributes. If all of the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders were to exchange or sell us all of their Common Units, we would recognize a deferred tax asset of approximately $388.5 million and a liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement of approximately $330.2 million, assuming: (i) all exchanges or purchases occurred on the same day; (ii) a price of $16.00 per share; (iii) a constant corporate tax rate of 32.0%; (iv) that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits; and (v) no material changes in tax law. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for illustrative purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related liabilities that we will recognize will differ based on, among other things, the timing of the exchanges, the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, and the tax rates then in effect. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
64
registration statement to which this prospectus is a part will be cancelled and replaced with a combination of vested but unissued shares of Class A common stock and contingently issuable shares of Class A common stock that will vest within one year (collectively herein, the “MIU Shares”). The value and number of MIU Shares to be issued to Participants is based on the terms of each participant’s award and the valuation of the Company in this offering. For those Award Units that have vested as of the date of the offering, we will grant vested shares of Class A common stock, which will be issued between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement. For those Award Units that will vest within one year due to continued employment requirements, we will grant contingently issuable shares of Class A common stock, which will also be issued between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement. The contingently issuable shares will be subject to time-based vesting conditions.
In addition, in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which we were obligated to pay a percentage of our annual net profit and a cash payment upon the earlier of the employee’s termination of employment or a liquidity event, we have agree to issue 2,047,064 shares of Class A common stock (the “Profit Sharing Termination Shares”) to such employee between the first and second anniversaries of the effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part. An assessment was performed, and it was determined that these transactions should be treated as a modification under Accounting Standards Codification 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, for accounting purposes. The modification has been assessed for classification, and, following the Reorganization Transactions, it was determined that the MIU Shares and Profit Sharing Termination Shares should be classified as equity. As equity classified awards, the MIU Shares and Profit Sharing Termination Shares will be recognized as additional paid-in capital. |
(a) | Upon the modification date, we will immediately recognize a non-cash stock-based compensation charge of $248.5 million (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). |
(b) | The pro forma adjustment of $14.8 million represents the withholding tax obligations arising from federal payroll taxes related to our obligation to issue the MIU Shares and the Profit Sharing Termination Shares. |
Adjustments Related to the Offering
(5) | Reflects the net effect on cash of the receipt of the gross offering proceeds to us of $245.2 million, based on the assumed sale of 15,322,660 shares of Class A common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), less $14.7 million of assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. As described in the Use of Proceeds, we intend to use the proceeds from 4,010,160 shares offered by us, or $60.3 million, to purchase an equivalent aggregate number of Common Units from our Pre-IPO Common Unitholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock in the offering sold by the selling stockholders. |
We are deferring certain costs associated with this offering. These costs primarily represent legal, accounting and other direct costs and are recorded in other assets in our consolidated balance sheet. Upon completion of this offering, these deferred costs will be charged against the proceeds from this offering with a corresponding reduction to additional paid-in capital.
65
As part of the offering, we reflected the following adjustments to cash:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2021 |
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Gross offering proceeds |
|
|
$ |
245,163 |
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
|
|
|
(14,710) |
Net proceeds |
|
(5) |
$ |
230,453 |
Purchase of Common Units from Pre-IPO Common Unitholders |
|
(5) |
|
(60,313) |
Settlement of accrued and expected to be incurred IPO costs |
|
(5) |
|
(5,804) |
Payment of debt |
|
(6) |
|
(100,000) |
Total cash adjustment (Offering) |
|
|
$ |
64,336 |
(6) | Upon this offering, we are using net offering proceeds to repay $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding borrowings under our existing credit facility. The recognition of expenses related to deferred issuance costs associated with our existing credit facility, as represented by income statement adjustment (4), were recorded as a reduction in retained earnings. |
(7) | Upon completion of the Reorganization Transactions, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries will become the sole managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. As such, we will exclusively operate and control the business and affairs of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. The Common Units held by Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will be considered non-controlling interests in the consolidated financial statements of Enfusion, Inc. Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions and Offering Adjustments, the economic interests held by the noncontrolling interest will be approximately 43.3%. The adjustment of $77.3 million results in an ending balance in non-controlling interest of $37.0 million, reflecting the proportional interests in the pro forma total equity of Enfusion Ltd. LLC owned by the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders after this offering. |
(8) | As part of the Reorganization Transactions and the Offering, we reflected the following adjustments to additional paid-in capital: |
Note 3Reorganization Transactions and Offering Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and are related to the Reorganization Transactions, including this offering. Adjustments related to the Tax Receivable Agreement did not have an impact on the unaudited consolidated pro forma statements of income.
Following the Reorganization Transactions, Enfusion, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes. Since Enfusion, Inc. has losses on a pro forma basis and is expected to continue to have losses following the Reorganization Transactions and this Offering, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations do not reflect adjustments for income taxes. A full valuation allowance was recorded as it was determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the tax benefit related to the losses and other tax attributes of Enfusion, Inc. will not be realized.
Adjustments Related to the Reorganization Transactions
66
(1) | In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries will be appointed as the sole managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. As a result, while we will own less than 100% of the economic interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, we will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Because we will manage and operate the business and control the strategic decisions and day-to-day operations of Enfusion Ltd. LLC and will also have a substantial direct and/or indirect financial interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, we will consolidate the financial results of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and a portion of our net income (loss) will be allocated to the noncontrolling interest to reflect the entitlement of the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders to a portion of Enfusion Ltd. LLC’s net income (loss). Immediately following the Reorganization Transactions, but before the Offering Adjustments, the economic interests held by the noncontrolling interest will be approximately 52.1%. Following the Offering Adjustments, the ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest will be approximately 43.3%. Net income/loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest will represent approximately 43.3% of net income/loss. |
(2) | In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will be terminating our existing Change in Control Bonus Plan (and all Award Units thereunder). For further discussion of the impact of the modification, please refer to balance sheet adjustment (3). |
(a) | Based on the assumed sales of shares of Class A common stock at an assumed public offering of $16.00 per share, the pro forma adjustment related to the ongoing compensation expense associated with the modified plan for the six months ended June 30, 2021 is $0.0 million. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the pro forma expense related to the plan is $272.8 million, of which $248.5 million relates to the initial non-cash stock-based compensation charge recognized in connection with the future issuance of shares of Class A common stock to (i) former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and (ii) a non-executive employee in exchange for the termination of a profit sharing agreement. |
(b) | Included in the pro forma adjustment is $0.1 million and $4.3 million in expense related to the employer portion of employment taxes of the MIU Shares and the Profit Sharing Termination Shares for the six months and twelve months ended June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. |
(c) | In addition to the MIU Shares and the Profit Sharing Termination Shares, we will additionally issue to certain employees restricted stock units that will settle in shares of Class A common stock, following the effectiveness of the registration statement. These restricted stock units will vest ratably over a period of up to four years. The pro forma expense is derived from using an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share and was $10.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and $25.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. |
Adjustments Related to the Offering
(3) | Represents the pro forma adjustment to remove interest expense in the amount of $2.8 million and $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and twelve months ended December 31, 2020, respectively. This interest expense was associated with debt that will be extinguished in conjunction with the offering, as discussed at balance sheet adjustment (6). |
(4) | Represents the pro forma adjustment to accelerate the write-off of deferred issuance costs associated with debt that will be extinguished in conjunction with the offering, as discussed at balance sheet adjustment (6). |
Note 4Pro forma Earnings (Loss) per Share
Pro forma basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to Class A common shareholders by the weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period. For purposes of computing earnings per share, the fully vested shares of Class A common stock that will be issued upon the termination of the Change in Control Bonus Plan is included in basic shares outstanding.
Pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by adjusting the net income available to Class A common stockholders and the weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of our Class B common stock are not entitled to receive any distributions or dividends other than in connection with a liquidation and have no rights to convert into Class A common stock, separate from an exchange or redemption of ownership in Enfusion Ltd. LLC corresponding to such shares of Class B common stock. When a Common Unit is exchanged for, at our election, cash or Class A common stock by a Pre-IPO Common Unitholder who holds shares of our Class B common stock, such Unitholder will be required to surrender a share of Class B common stock, which we will cancel for no consideration.
67
Pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per share calculations contemplate adjustments to the numerator and the denominator under the if-converted method for the conversion of Common Units of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, which are exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock. The Company uses the treasury stock method or the if-converted method when evaluating dilution of unvested MIU Shares and restricted stock units. The more dilutive of the two methods is included in the calculation of pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per share
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to compute pro forma basic and diluted loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):
The computation of pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per share does not assume conversion, exercise or contingent issuance of securities that would have an antidilutive effect on earnings (loss) per share. Therefore, when calculating pro forma earnings per share in a period when we are showing pro forma earnings (losses), there is no inclusion of dilutive securities as their inclusion in the pro forma (earnings (loss) per share calculation is antidilutive.
68
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis reflects historical results of operations and financial position, and except as otherwise indicated below, does not give effect of the Reorganization Transactions, including the completion of this offering. See “Organizational Structure.” This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of Enfusion’s management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, Enfusion’s management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Prospectus. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on Enfusion’s behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.
Overview
Enfusion is a global, high-growth software-as-a-service provider focused on transforming the investment management industry. Our solution is designed to eliminate technology and information barriers, empowering investment managers to confidently make and execute better-informed investment decisions in real time. We simplify investment and operational workflows by unifying mission critical systems and coalescing data into a single dataset resulting in a single source of truth. This allows stakeholders throughout the entire client organization to interact more effectively with one another across the investment management lifecycle.
We believe, by means of our purposefully designed interconnected systems underpinned by one dataset, we are the only solution that allows clients to see and interact with all parts of the investment management lifecycle ranging from portfolio construction, trading, risk management, accounting and operations through to investor reporting seamlessly in real time, in one screen, in one solution. As a result, our solution enables clients to better align teams, optimizing their investment decision-making operations and technology footprint and lowering operating costs. By harnessing the efficiencies, agility and scale inherent to our cloud-native, multi-tenant software that is integrated with a suite of technology-powered services, we believe we have created the industry’s most compelling investment management solution, capable of shaping and addressing evolving demands of the global investment management landscape.
Our Business Model
By virtue of our flexible and open architecture solution, we offer clients the ability to either replace their investment management systems using the end-to-end Enfusion solution integrated with technology-powered services or supplement their legacy systems with select Enfusion systems such as portfolio management or accounting and over time, expand into using our full solution offering.
Additionally, our solution’s nimble single codebase architecture allows us to dedicate resources to our clients holistically, driving a superior client experience that is critical to our business model. When our clients subscribe to the Enfusion solution, we assign each client a dedicated service team that works with them from the moment of onboarding and throughout their contract lifetime. The continuity in the servicing team assigned to each client ensures that our clients are continuously interfacing with dedicated Enfusion employees that understand their needs, workflows and product use. It also fosters a partnership built on ongoing communication and feedback, which continuously informs the weekly upgrades and functional enhancements that we deliver to each of our clients. As we continue to scale and add clients, we benefit from an evolving solution that mirrors the needs and demands of our clients and the market, leading to a compelling competitive advantage and in turn increased client retention and revenues from expanded and new business.
Our total net revenues were approximately 98.0% and 98.7% recurring subscription-based during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and approximately 99.4% and 98.0% during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Generally, we charge our clients fees comprised of various components such as user fees, connectivity fees, market data fees and technology-powered service fees, all of which take into account client complexity and that is subject to contract minimums. The weekly enhancements and upgrades that we deliver and the dedicated client service are included in the price of the contract.
To support our growth and capitalize on our market opportunity, we continue to invest across all aspects of our business. In research and development, we are focused on developing additional system functionality that will open revenue opportunities across alternative and institutional investment managers. We have also further institutionalized and increased spend in our sales and marketing efforts, both in the United States and internationally. In the latter half of 2021, we plan to open offices in mainland China and Australia to build on our success in the APAC region and continue to expand our global reach. We continue to be disciplined and strategic about our investments and as a result have been consistently profitable while achieving significant growth.
69
We operate as a single operating and reportable segment, which reflects the way our chief operating decision maker, or CODM, reviews and assesses the performance of our business. Our total net revenues were $79.6 million and $59.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Platform subscriptions and managed service revenues were $78.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, or approximately 98.0% of total net revenues, up approximately 33.9% from $58.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We had net income of $4.1 million and $12.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $25.3 million and $21.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our total net revenues were $50.8 million and $37.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Platform subscriptions and managed service revenues were $50.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, or approximately 99.4% of total net revenues, up approximately 38.8% from $36.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. We had net income of $8.4 million and $10.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $13.4 million and $12.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For additional information on Adjusted EBITDA, including a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA, see “Key Metrics and Other Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below.
Key Factors Affecting Our Operating Results
Breadth of Our Client Base
Our future revenue growth depends, in part, on our ability to expand our reach to new clients. There are significant opportunities to expand our client base across the various client segments we serve today. We believe we are the leading cloud-native, SaaS provider to the global emerging fund and hedge fund sector and expect that as the alternative investment sector grows, we will continue to extend our position. We expect that our efforts in signing new clients in this sector benefit from referrals from our existing clients, client stakeholders when they transit to other or launch new organizations, industry channel partners and strategic partners. In addition, we continue to extend this growth through increasing adoption by larger institutional asset management clients due to increasing acceptance of cloud technology and the robust capabilities of our solution that better meet their evolving needs and address their existing pain points. Taking advantage of the unique position that allows us to sell our products and services through shorter sales cycles and on faster client implementation timelines, we expect to continue to expand and invest our sales efforts to capitalize on opportunities in this client segment.
Expansion of Usage with Existing Clients
We believe there is a significant opportunity to further expand our relationships with existing clients as they continue to evolve and grow in size and expand into new markets and strategies or as we provide new functionality or release new systems or services. We also believe we have a significant opportunity to expand our relationship with existing clients that were not in a position to replace all of their systems at once when they first engaged with us. For those clients that elect to initially utilize some portion of our solution or only use our solution for a particular strategy or fund, we find that once they experience the advantages of our end-to-end solution, many seek opportunities to expand the breadth of their relationship with us to further help improve their investment management workflows and technology infrastructure. We expect our revenues from existing clients to continue to increase as they broaden their use of our solution and expand utilization into other investment groups within the firm.
Existing Client Retention and Renewals
The growth of our revenues base from expanding relationships with our existing clients is driven by our ability to retain these clients. Our client retention also strengthens the stability and predictability of our revenue model, facilitating better management of business. Our Net Dollar Retention Rate was 119.6% and 111.3% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our Net Dollar Retention Rate was 122.4% and 109.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We believe that our delivery of excellent ongoing innovation together with superior client experience is critical to our client retention and we expect to continue to invest in both areas.
Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to grow our client base through geographic expansion and build on the success internationally. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated approximately 67.9% of our total net revenues in the Americas and approximately 32.1% of our total net revenues outside of the Americas. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, we generated approximately 65.8% of our total net revenues in the Americas and approximately 34.2% of our total net revenues outside of the Americas. We are globally situated in nine offices in Chicago, New York, São Paulo, London, Dublin, Hong Kong, Singapore, Mumbai and Bangalore. We continue to invest in expanding our presence and capitalize on opportunities in markets such as Latin America and Asia Pacific. We continue to make investments in our sales and marketing efforts in regions outside of the Americas to capture the sizeable revenue opportunity.
70
Leading in Ongoing Innovation & Pursuing Growth Investments
We continuously evaluate opportunities to advance our solution through increased breadth and depth of functionality to better enable our clients to achieve their investment goals and solve for a broader array of business, operational and technology challenges. Our ability to lead and compete with a differentiated solution is dependent upon our pace of innovation. We remain committed to investing in ongoing innovation which may require increased spend in technology and development.
Costs of Being a Public Company
As a newly public company, we will implement additional procedures and processes to address the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. Specifically, accounting, legal and personnel-related expenses and directors’ and officers’ insurance costs will increase as we establish more comprehensive compliance and governance functions, establish internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and prepare and distribute periodic reports in accordance with SEC rules. Our financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2021 onward will begin to reflect the impact of these expenses.
Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic
While the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly affected the global economy, it has not significantly affected financial results for the year ended December 31, 2020 or the six months ended June 30, 2021. While COVID-19 had a temporary nominal impact on client dialogue, it altogether reinforced our value proposition and amplified the need for our clients to be able to operate systems remotely. In terms of demand, while general economic headwinds have adversely impacted budgets of clients, we believe actions and restrictions in response to COVID-19 have served to highlight the criticality of our products, which we expect to drive increased demand over time as evidenced by a record number of new clients through the end of 2020.
As the situation surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic remains fluid, we are actively managing our response. The extent of the effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic and governmental, regulatory and private sector responses, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict.
Effects of the Reorganization Transactions on our Corporate Structure
Enfusion, Inc. was incorporated on June 11, 2021 and formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this Offering. Enfusion, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be a direct and/or indirect ownership interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC. For more information regarding our reorganization and holding company structure, see “Organizational Structure — Reorganization Transactions.”
Upon completion of this offering, all of our business will be conducted through Enfusion Ltd. LLC and the financial results of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will be included in the consolidated financial statements of Enfusion, Inc. Enfusion Ltd. LLC was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on August 23, 1995. Enfusion Ltd. LLC has been treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and accordingly has not been subject to U.S. federal or state income tax. After consummation of this offering, Enfusion Ltd. LLC will continue to be treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. As a result of its ownership of Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC, Enfusion, Inc. will become subject to U.S., federal, state and local income taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates.
In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations and we will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Due to the uncertainty of various factors, we cannot estimate the likely tax benefits we will realize as a result of Common Unit exchanges and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out to Common Unit holders to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments may be substantial. We intend to cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to make distributions in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our tax obligations and operating expenses, including distributions to fund any ordinary course payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of the Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC” and “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
71
Components of Our Results of Operations
Revenues
Platform subscriptions
Platform subscriptions revenues consists primarily of user fees to provide our clients access to our cloud-based solution. Fees consider various components such as numbers of users, connectivity, trading volume, data usage and product coverage. Platform subscription clients do not have the right to take possession of the platform’s software and do not have any general return right. Platform subscription revenues are generally recognized ratably over the period of contractually enforceable rights and obligations, beginning on the date that the client gains access to the platform. Most platform subscription contracts have a one-year term and are cancellable with 30 days’ notice. Installment payments are invoiced at the end of each calendar month during the subscription term. We have a limited number of contracts that are non-cancellable. We have determined the impact of these contracts is not material on our pattern of revenue recognition.
Managed services
Managed services revenues primarily consists of client-selected middle and back-office, technology-powered services. We recognize revenues monthly as the managed services are performed with invoicing occurring at the end of the month. Generally, invoices have a 30-day payment period in accordance with the associated contract. There is no financing available.
Other
Other revenues consists of non-subscription-based revenues, such as sponsor development of enhancements driven by a particular client, but received by all clients and data conversion and services that integrate a client’s historical data into our solution. We recognize revenues monthly as these services are performed with invoicing occurring at the end of each month.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues consists primarily of personnel-related costs associated with the delivery of our software and services, including base salaries, bonuses, employee benefits and related costs. Additionally, cost of revenues includes amortization of capitalized software development costs, allocated overhead and certain direct data and hosting costs. Our cost of revenues has fixed and variable components and depends on the type of revenues earned in each period. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to hire personnel to provide hosting services and technical support to our growing client base. We anticipate additional cost of revenues during the year in which we complete this offering as a result of the stock-based compensation expenses associated with the future issuance of Class A common stock to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan as described further below in “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Bonus Plan”, as well as additional stock-based compensation expense going forward related to the restricted stock units to be granted in connection with this offering as described in “Executive Compensation—IPO Equity Grants” and other equity awards to be made to service providers under our equity plans. The amount of stock-based compensation expense we expect to recognize within cost of revenues is not material.
Operating Expenses
We expect that the aggregate amount of stock-based compensation expense we will recognize at the time of this offering in connection with the future issuance of shares of Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units under our former Change in Control Bonus Plan and to a non-executive employee in exchange for the termination of the profit sharing agreement described above will be approximately $248.5 million (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, this estimated stock-based compensation expense by approximately $17.5 million. In addition, we expect to recognize approximately $24.4 million, $31.2 million, and $11.4 million in the remainder of 2021, and in 2022 and 2023, respectively, in stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units granted in connection with this offering. We present stock-based compensation expense within Cost of revenues, General and administrative, Sales and marketing and Technology and development based on the individual employees’ department.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs and related expenses for executive, finance, legal, human resources, recruiting and administrative personnel, including salaries, benefits and bonuses fees for external legal, accounting, recruiting and other consulting services. We expect these expenses will increase as we continue to expand our client base and our geographic footprint and as we incur costs associated with being a publicly-traded company, including additional legal, audit and consulting fees.
72
We anticipate additional general and administrative expenses during the year in which we complete this offering as a result of the stock-based compensation expenses associated with the future issuance of Class A common stock to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan as described further below in “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Bonus Plan”, as well as additional stock-based compensation expense going forward related to the restricted stock units to be granted in connection with this offering as described in “Executive Compensation—IPO Equity Grants” and other equity awards to be made to service providers under our equity plans.
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related costs associated with our sales and marketing staff, including base salaries, employee benefits, bonuses and commissions. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase as we implement new marketing strategies and build our professional sales organization to support our client base growth and geographic expansion. We anticipate additional sales and marketing expenses during the year in which we complete this offering as a result of the stock-based compensation expense associated with the future issuance of Class A common stock to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan as described in “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Bonus Plan”, as well as additional stock-based compensation expenses going forward related to the restricted stock units to be granted in connection with this offering as described in “Executive Compensation—IPO Equity Grants” and other equity awards to be made to service providers under our equity plans.
Technology and development
Technology and development expenses consist primarily of research and development activities, non-capitalizable costs of developing content and certain overhead allocations. These costs include employee-related costs, consulting services, expenses related to the product design, development, testing and enhancements of our subscription services. We expect that our technology and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars and may increase as a percentage of our revenues as we continue to enhance our platform functionality and develop new content and features. Additionally, our technology and development expense may fluctuate as a percentage of our total net revenues from period to period depending on the timing of development. We anticipate additional technology and development expenses during the year in which we complete this offering as a result of the stock-based compensation expenses associated with the future issuance of 2,047,064 shares of Class A common stock to a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which such employee was previously entitled to receive a percentage of our annual net profit. We also anticipate additional technology and development expenses during the year in which we complete this offering as a result of the stock-based compensation expenses associated with the future issuance of Class A common stock to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan as described in “Executive Compensation—Change in Control Bonus Plan”, as well as additional stock-based compensation expense going forward related to the restricted stock units to be granted in connection with this offering as described in “Executive Compensation—IPO Equity Grants” and other equity awards to be made to service providers under our equity plans.
Non-Operating Income (Expense)
Non-operating income (expense) consists of interest expense and other income (expense). Interest expense consists primarily of interest accrued or paid associated with our debt, including the amortization of debt issuance costs. We expect interest expense to vary each reporting period depending on the amount of outstanding indebtedness and prevailing interest rates. Other income (expense) consists primarily of foreign currency translation gains and losses.
Income Tax
Enfusion Ltd. LLC has historically been treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal tax purposes and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. Income tax provision represents the income tax expense or benefit associated with our foreign operations based on the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
After consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, Enfusion, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any U.S. taxable income of Enfusion, Ltd. LLC and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. Enfusion, Inc. will be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes. Accordingly, a provision for income taxes will be recorded for the anticipated tax consequences of our reported results of operations for federal income taxes.
Key Metrics and Other Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In connection with the management of our business, we identify, measure and assess a variety of key metrics and use certain non-GAAP financial measures. The key metrics and non-GAAP financial measures we use in managing our business are set forth below.
73
Annual Recurring Revenue
We calculate Annual Recurring Revenue, or ARR, by annualizing platform subscriptions and managed services revenues recognized in the last month of the measurement period. We believe ARR provides important information about our future revenue potential, our ability to acquire new clients and our ability to maintain and expand our relationship with existing clients. ARR was $93.4 million and $68.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. ARR was $107.9 million and $74.9 million as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively. ARR is included in a set of metrics we calculate monthly to review with management as well as periodically with our board of directors.
Net Dollar Retention Rate
We calculate Net Dollar Retention Rate as of a period end by starting with the ARR for all clients as of twelve months prior to such period end or Prior Period ARR. We then calculate the ARR from those same clients as of the current period end, or Current Period ARR. Current Period ARR includes expansion within existing clients inclusive of contraction and voluntary attrition, but excludes involuntary cancellations. We define involuntary cancellations as accounts that were cancelled due to the client no longer being in business. We identify involuntary cancellations to be excluded from our Net Dollar Retention Rate calculation based on representations made by the client at the time of cancellation. Our Net Dollar Retention Rate is equal to the Current Period ARR divided by the Prior Period ARR.
Our Net Dollar Retention Rate was 119.6% and 111.3% as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Our Net Dollar Retention Rate was 122.4% and 109.8% as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively. We believe Net Dollar Retention Rate is an important metric because, in addition to providing a measure of retention, it indicates our ability to grow revenues within existing client accounts.
Revenue Churn Rate and Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate
We calculate our Revenue Churn Rate by measuring the revenue contribution associated with clients that cancel all of their product and service agreements with us over the measurement year. This cancelled revenue contribution for each such client is calculated as the revenues recognized for such clients over the trailing 12 months prior to the month in which the client cancelled its product and service agreements. We then divide this cancelled revenue contribution by the ARR calculated for the prior period to calculate our Revenue Churn Rate. Our Revenue Churn Rate for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, was 5.2% and 10.1%, respectively. Our Revenue Churn Rate for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 was 4.0% and 7.0%, respectively.
We also calculate an Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate which excludes all involuntary cancellations as described above. Our Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, was 0.9% and 0.3%, respectively. Our Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 was 0.2% and 0.9%, respectively. We believe our Revenue Churn Rate and Adjusted Revenue Churn Rate are important metrics because they indicate our ability to retain our existing client base.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are supplemental measures of our operating performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, U.S. GAAP, and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to exclude certain items of a non-recurring or unusual nature, as well as payments to repurchase management incentive awards from our Change in Control Bonus Plan and initial public offering costs. We determined to exclude the repurchase of management incentive awards due to the infrequent nature of these discretionary repurchases. We believe excluding these expenses from the non-GAAP financial measures is useful to both management and investors because it facilitates comparability of period to period results, provides meaningful supplemental information regarding our core operating performance, and does not result in the non-GAAP measures being misleading. Adjusted EBITDA Margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by total net revenues.
These measures are presented because they are the primary measures used by management to evaluate our financial performance and for forecasting purposes. This non-GAAP financial information is useful to investors because it eliminates certain items that affect period-over-period comparability and provides consistency with past financial performance and additional information about underlying results and trends by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations or outlook. Additionally, we believe that these and similar measures are widely used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a means of evaluating a company’s operating performance.
74
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures, are not measurements of our financial performance under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, income from operations or any other performance measures determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP, but rather as supplemental information to our business results. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies due to potential differences in methods of calculation and items or events being adjusted. In addition, other companies may use different measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as tools for comparison.
The following table reconciles net income to Adjusted EBITDA. Net income, calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, is the most directly comparable financial measure to Adjusted EBITDA.
75
Results of Operations
The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods shown:
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
47,187 |
|
$ |
34,471 |
|
$ |
12,716 |
|
36.9% |
Managed services |
|
|
3,294 |
|
|
1,905 |
|
|
1,389 |
|
72.9% |
Other |
|
|
321 |
|
|
744 |
|
|
(423) |
|
(56.9)% |
Total net revenues |
|
$ |
50,802 |
|
$ |
37,120 |
|
$ |
13,682 |
|
36.9% |
Platform subscriptions
The increase in platform subscription revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by the increase in revenues from new clients of $6.9 million as a result of our client count increasing from 480 to 635 from June 30, 2020 to June 30, 2021 and increased revenues generated from existing clients of $6.8 million, which includes the full-period impact of prior period sales, sales of new services to existing clients and contractual growth.
76
Managed services
The increase in managed services revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by increased adoption of our technology-powered services by our existing and expanding client base.
Other
The decrease in other revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by a decrease of non-recurring service fees.
Cost of Revenues, Gross Profit (Loss) and Gross Profit Margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
11,420 |
|
$ |
7,951 |
|
$ |
3,469 |
|
43.6% |
Managed services |
|
|
1,818 |
|
|
1,449 |
|
|
369 |
|
25.5% |
Other |
|
|
348 |
|
|
407 |
|
|
(59) |
|
(14.5)% |
Total cost of revenues |
|
$ |
13,586 |
|
$ |
9,807 |
|
$ |
3,779 |
|
38.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
35,767 |
|
$ |
26,520 |
|
$ |
9,247 |
|
34.9% |
Managed services |
|
|
1,476 |
|
|
456 |
|
|
1,020 |
|
223.7% |
Other |
|
|
(27) |
|
|
337 |
|
|
(364) |
|
(108.0)% |
Total gross profit |
|
$ |
37,216 |
|
$ |
27,313 |
|
$ |
9,903 |
|
36.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit margin: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
|
75.8% |
|
|
76.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
Managed services |
|
|
44.8% |
|
|
23.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
(8.4)% |
|
|
45.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross profit margin |
|
|
73.3% |
|
|
73.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions
The increase in cost of platform subscription revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by an increase in personnel-related costs resulting from headcount increases to support our growth as well as an increase in client onboarding costs driven by new client growth and existing client conversions. Headcount related directly to platform subscriptions was 198 and 132 as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Managed service
The increase in cost of managed service revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by an increase in personnel-related costs resulting from headcount increases to support our growth. Headcount related directly to managed services was 141 and 44 as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Other
The decrease in cost of other revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by a decrease in non-recurring service revenues.
77
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
$ |
13,838 |
|
|
8,065 |
|
$ |
5,773 |
|
71.6% |
Sales and marketing |
|
|
7,422 |
|
|
4,547 |
|
|
2,875 |
|
63.2% |
Technology and development |
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
2,879 |
|
|
1,364 |
|
47.4% |
Total operating expenses |
|
$ |
25,503 |
|
|
15,491 |
|
$ |
10,012 |
|
64.7% |
General and administrative
The increase in general and administrative expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by the continued evolution of our executive team and additional professional hires.
Sales and marketing
The increase in sales and marketing expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by an increase in expenses related to the growth of our professional sales organization. These expenses included personnel-related costs resulting from headcount increases to support our growth. Headcount related directly to sales and marketing was 101 and 66 as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These expense increases also included commissions paid to our sales professionals.
Technology and development
The increase in technology and development expense for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by an increase in personnel costs as we increased product and developer headcount to support our growth initiatives and continue our focus on the growth of our product development group within our organization. Product and developer headcount was 70 and 47 as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The remaining increases are from higher expenses related to operating our product development group to drive innovation and overall growth in our business.
Non-Operating Income (Expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Interest expense |
|
$ |
2,802 |
|
|
728 |
|
$ |
2,074 |
|
284.9% |
Other (income) expense |
|
|
- |
|
|
(2) |
|
|
2 |
|
N/M |
Total non-operating expense |
|
$ |
2,802 |
|
|
726 |
|
$ |
2,076 |
|
286.0% |
The overall change in non-operating income (expense) for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by an increase of $2.1 million in interest expense.
78
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
73,550 |
|
$ |
55,877 |
|
$ |
17,673 |
|
31.6% |
Managed services |
|
|
4,436 |
|
|
2,379 |
|
|
2,057 |
|
86.5% |
Other |
|
|
1,579 |
|
|
771 |
|
|
808 |
|
104.8% |
Total net revenues |
|
$ |
79,565 |
|
$ |
59,027 |
|
$ |
20,538 |
|
34.8% |
Platform subscriptions
The increase in platform subscription revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by the increase in revenues from new clients of $5.7 million as a result of our client count increasing from 450 to 556 from December 31 2019 to December 31, 2020, and increased revenues generated from existing clients of $12.0 million, which includes the full-period impact of prior period sales, sales of new services to existing clients and contractual growth.
Managed services
The increase in managed services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by increased adoption of our technology-powered services by our existing and expanding client base.
Other
The increase in other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by an increase of non-recurring service fees.
Cost of Revenues, Gross Profit (Loss) and Gross Profit Margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
18,015 |
|
$ |
13,698 |
|
$ |
4,317 |
|
31.5% |
Managed services |
|
|
2,512 |
|
|
2,563 |
|
|
(51) |
|
(2.0)% |
Other |
|
|
831 |
|
|
700 |
|
|
131 |
|
18.7% |
Total cost of revenues |
|
$ |
21,358 |
|
$ |
16,961 |
|
$ |
4,397 |
|
25.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
55,535 |
|
$ |
42,179 |
|
$ |
13,356 |
|
31.7% |
Managed services |
|
|
1,924 |
|
|
(184) |
|
|
2,108 |
|
N/M |
Other |
|
|
748 |
|
|
71 |
|
|
677 |
|
953.5% |
Total gross profit |
|
$ |
58,207 |
|
$ |
42,066 |
|
$ |
16,141 |
|
38.4% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit margin: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
|
75.5% |
|
|
75.5% |
|
|
|
|
|
Managed services |
|
|
43.4% |
|
|
(7.7)% |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
47.4% |
|
|
9.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross profit margin |
|
|
73.2% |
|
|
71.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions
The increase in cost of platform subscription revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by an increase in personnel-related costs resulting from headcount increases to support our growth as well as an increase in client onboarding costs driven by new client growth and existing client conversions. Headcount related directly to platform subscriptions was 142 and 102 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
79
Managed service
The decrease in cost of managed service revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by our ability to capitalize on efficiencies gained by the growth of our global workforce.
Other
The increase in cost of other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by an increase in non-recurring service revenues.
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
$ |
35,888 |
|
$ |
16,625 |
|
$ |
19,263 |
|
115.9% |
Sales and marketing |
|
|
9,927 |
|
|
7,426 |
|
|
2,501 |
|
33.7% |
Technology and development |
|
|
6,318 |
|
|
4,146 |
|
|
2,172 |
|
52.4% |
Total operating expenses |
|
$ |
52,133 |
|
$ |
28,197 |
|
$ |
23,936 |
|
84.9% |
General and administrative
The increase in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by a cash payment of $16.9 million in December 2020, in association with the issuance of Class D Units (see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), to repurchase Management Incentive Units awarded under the Change in Control Bonus Plan (see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). In addition, the increase was driven by the continued evolution of our executive team and additional professional hires.
Sales and marketing
The increase in sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by an increase in expenses related to our continued focus on the growth of our professional sales organization. These expenses included personnel-related costs resulting from headcount increases supporting our growth. Headcount related directly to sales and marketing was 82 and 54 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These expense increases also included commissions paid to our sales professionals.
Technology and development
The increase in technology and development expense was primarily driven by a 52.4% increase in additional personnel costs as we increase product and developer headcount to support our growth initiatives and continue our focus on the growth of our product development group within our organization. Product and developer headcount was 59 and 45 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The remaining increases are from higher expenses related to operating our product development group to drive innovation and overall growth in our business.
Non-Operating Income (Expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Interest expense |
|
$ |
1,662 |
|
$ |
724 |
|
$ |
938 |
|
129.6% |
Other (income) expense |
|
|
(82) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
(85) |
|
N/M |
Total non-operating expense |
|
$ |
1,580 |
|
$ |
727 |
|
$ |
853 |
|
117.3% |
The overall change in non-operating income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 was driven by an increase of $0.9 million in interest expense.
80
Liquidity and Capital Resources
To date, we have funded our capital needs through collections from our clients and issuances of debt. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash of $13.9 million and $4.8 million in available borrowing capacity under our Revolving Debt (as defined below). As of June 30, 2021, we had cash of $14.5 million and $4.8 million in available borrowing capacity under our Revolving Debt.
We believe that our cash flows from operations and existing available cash, together with our other available external financing sources, will be adequate to fund our operating and capital needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our pace of growth, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spend to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced services offerings and the continuing market acceptance of our services. Following this offering, we expect that our future principal uses of cash will also include paying income taxes and obligations under our Tax Receivable Agreement. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services, which could decrease our cash and cash equivalents and increase our cash requirements. As a result of these and other factors, we could use our available capital resources sooner than expected and may be required to seek additional equity or debt.
Cash Flow Information
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
7,803 |
|
$ |
6,264 |
|
|
1,539 |
|
24.6% |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(4,401) |
|
|
(2,905) |
|
|
(1,496) |
|
51.5% |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
(2,745) |
|
|
(1,055) |
|
|
(1,690) |
|
160.2% |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(80) |
|
|
(199) |
|
|
119 |
|
(59.8)% |
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
|
$ |
577 |
|
$ |
2,105 |
|
|
(1,528) |
|
(72.6)% |
Cash provided by operating activities
We generated $7.8 million in cash flows from operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2021, resulting from our net income of $8.4 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.9 million, and offset by $2.5 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash used by working capital accounts was due to increases in accounts receivable and accrued expenses and other liabilities, consistent with our growth.
We generated $6.3 million in cash flows from operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2020, resulting from our net income of $10.7 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.2 million, and offset by $5.6 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash used by working capital accounts was due to increases in accounts receivable and accrued expenses and other liabilities, consistent with our growth.
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities of $1.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by a decrease in net cash used in working capital activities of $3.0 million, which was offset by a decrease in net income adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.5 million.
Cash used in investing activities
The increase in net cash used in investing activities of $1.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 was driven by investments of property and equipment costs to support the expansion of our business.
Cash used in financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities were $2.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, resulting from payments of member distributions.
81
Net cash used in financing activities were $1.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020, resulting from payment of member distributions of $2.6 million, which was offset by proceeds from our draw on the Revolving Debt of $1.8 million and repayment of the term loan of $0.2 million.
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease) |
|||
($ in thousands) |
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
1,665 |
|
$ |
12,306 |
|
$ |
(10,641) |
|
(86.5)% |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(5,068) |
|
|
(4,429) |
|
|
(639) |
|
14.4% |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
11,559 |
|
|
(7,541) |
|
|
19,100 |
|
(253.3)% |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(116) |
|
|
(86) |
|
|
(30) |
|
34.9% |
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
|
$ |
8,040 |
|
$ |
250 |
|
$ |
7,790 |
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
We generated $1.7 million in cash flows from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting from our net income of $4.1 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $3.4 million, and offset by $5.8 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash flows from operations was impacted by a one-time cash payment of $16.9 million to repurchase Management Incentive Units awarded under the Change in Control Bonus Plan (see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). Cash used by working capital accounts was primarily due to increases in accounts receivable, consistent with our revenue growth.
We generated $12.3 million in cash flows from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 resulting from our net income of $12.7 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.4 million, and offset by $1.8 million of cash used in working capital activities. Cash flows from operations was impacted by a one-time cash payment of $6.1 million to repurchase Management Incentive Units awarded under the Change in Control Bonus Plan (see Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).
Net cash provided by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2020 of $1.7 million was $10.6 million lower than net cash provided of $12.3 million in 2019, due to lower net income resulting from a larger cash payment in 2020 compared to 2019 for the repurchase Management Incentive Units.
Cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities is comprised of purchases of property and equipment. The increase in net cash used in investing activities of $639 thousand in the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily driven by investments of property and equipment costs to support the expansion of our business.
Cash provided by financing activities
We generated $11.6 million in cash flows from financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020, resulting from the issuance of Class D Units for $93.5 million, largely offset by redemptions of Class A Units of $76.6 million. We also received proceeds of $72.3 million from the increased term loan borrowing, of which $71.1 million was distributed to certain members of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and paid $4.6 million in tax distributions to certain members.
Net cash used in financing activities were $7.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, resulting from the $57.5 million from the issuance of Class C units, offset by $57.5 million of redemptions of Class A Units. We also received proceeds of $30.0 million from the initial issuance of a term loan, of which $24.0 million was distributed to certain members of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and paid $11.0 million in tax distributions to certain members.
Indebtedness
On August 2, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement that provided for a $30.0 million term loan, or the Term Loan, and a $2.0 million revolving debt facility, or the Revolving Debt. Net proceeds of $24 million were distributed to certain members of Enfusion Ltd. LLC (see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). On April 13, 2020, we drew $1.8
82
million of the Revolving Debt to expand our liquidity amid the uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic. We repaid the $1.8 million of Revolving Debt principal (plus de minimis interest) on September 24, 2020. On August 9, 2020, the Revolving Debt agreement was amended and restated to increase the commitment amount of the Revolving Debt from $2.0 million to $5.0 million. On December 17, 2020, the Term Loan agreement was amended and restated to increase the outstanding principal balance to $100.0 million. Net proceeds of $71.1 million from the Term Loan were distributed to certain Members of Enfusion Ltd. LLC (see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).
Borrowings under the Term Loan bear interest with a fixed component of 4.25% as well as a variable component based on LIBOR. The LIBOR rate for the term loan is subject to a minimum of 1%. The selected one-month LIBOR rate for the term loan on December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 was below the 1% minimum. Thus, the interest rate for the term loan as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 was 5.25%. In addition, we are required to pay $1.25 million each quarter of principal repayment commencing on September 30, 2021, increasing up to $2.5 million starting on March 31, 2024. Any unpaid principal and accrued interest will be due on December 17, 2025. The credit agreement also states that beginning in 2022, an excess cash flow recapture payment equal to 25% of excess cash flow must be made toward the prepayment of the Term Loan for fiscal years with a leverage ratio greater than 3:1.
The Term Loan contains certain covenants with which we must comply, including a fixed charge ratio covenant and a leverage ratio covenant. We were in compliance with all loan covenants and requirements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 as well as for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively.
We plan to enter into an amended and restated credit agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The amended and restated credit agreement will be in the form filed with this registration statement and will continue to provide for the Term Loan in the aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million and the Revolving Debt in the amount of $5.0 million. The terms of the amended and restated credit agreement will be unchanged from the credit agreement and will join Enfusion, Inc. as a co-borrower and provide transition and replacement rates for the LIBOR rate.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
In addition to required future minimum principal payments on our Term Loan as discussed above, we have service agreements for the use of data processing facilities. These service agreements expire at various dates through 2022. We also lease office space under operating lease agreements.
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no material changes in our contractual obligations and commitments from December 31, 2020 to June 30, 2021.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that may be material to investors.
Tax Receivable Agreement
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Enfusion, Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Enfusion, Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions) as a result of: (i) existing tax basis acquired in this offering; (ii) increases in existing tax basis and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a result of sales or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with
83
respect to Common Units in connection with or after this offering; (iii) Enfusion, Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies; and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to Enfusion, Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that Enfusion, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the IRS may challenge all or part of the validity of that tax basis and a court could sustain such a challenge. The existing tax basis acquired in this offering and the increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon purchases or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Actual tax benefits realized by Enfusion, Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. The payment obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is an obligation of Enfusion, Inc. and not of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Enfusion, Inc. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash tax benefits, if any, it realizes from such tax benefits. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, the cash tax benefits will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Enfusion, Inc. to the amount of such taxes that Enfusion, Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no existing tax basis, no anticipated tax basis adjustments of the assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a result of purchases or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) or distributions (or deemed distributions) and no utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies and had Enfusion, Inc. not entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement. The actual and hypothetical tax liabilities determined in the Tax Receivable Agreement will be calculated using the actual U.S. federal income tax rate in effect for the applicable period and an assumed, weighted-average state and local income tax rate based on apportionment factors for the applicable period (along with the use of certain other assumptions). The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless Enfusion, Inc. exercises its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, certain changes of control occur (as described in more detail below) or Enfusion, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Enfusion, Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement. The payment to be made upon an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally equal the present value of payments to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement using certain assumptions. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon the purchase or exchange (or deemed exchange) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:
● | the timing of purchases or exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC at the time of each purchase or exchange. In addition, the increase in existing tax basis acquired upon the future exchange of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock will vary depending on the amount of remaining existing tax basis at the time of such purchase or exchange; |
● | the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the purchase or exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the purchase or exchange; |
● | the extent to which such purchases or exchanges do not result in a basis adjustment—if a purchase or an exchange does not result in an increase to the existing basis, increased deductions will not be available; |
● | the amount of tax attributes—the amount of applicable tax attributes of the Blocker Companies at the time of the Blocker Restructuring will impact the amount and timing of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement; |
● | changes in tax rates—payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be calculated using the actual U.S. federal income tax rate in effect for the applicable period and an assumed, weighted-average state and local income tax rate based on apportionment factors for the applicable period, so changes in tax rates will impact the magnitude of cash tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and the amount of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement; and |
● | the amount and timing of our income—Enfusion, Inc. is obligated to pay 85% of the cash tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement as and when realized. If Enfusion, Inc. does not have taxable income, Enfusion, Inc. is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for a taxable year in which it does not have taxable income because no cash tax benefits will have been realized. However, any tax attributes that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax |
84
attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in cash tax benefits that will result in payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. |
We expect that as a result of the size of the existing tax basis acquired in this offering, the increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustment of the tangible and intangible assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC upon the purchase or exchange (or deemed exchange) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units and our possible utilization of certain tax attributes, the payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. We estimate the amount of existing tax basis acquired in this offering to be approximately $110.7 million. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual cash tax benefits that Enfusion, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or if distributions directly and/or indirectly to Enfusion, Inc. by Enfusion Ltd. LLC are not sufficient to permit Enfusion, Inc. to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Late payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will accrue interest at an uncapped rate equal to one-year LIBOR (or its successor rate) plus 500 basis points. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the pre-IPO owners.
In addition, Enfusion, Inc. may elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax benefits with respect to all Common Units. In determining such anticipated future cash tax benefits, the Tax Receivable Agreement includes several assumptions, including that (i) any Common Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Enfusion, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax benefits, (iii) Enfusion, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change in control, (iv) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (v) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax benefits are discounted at a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) 6.5% per annum; and (ii) one-year LIBOR (or its successor rate) plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering and that one-year LIBOR were to be 0.22%, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $179.3 million if Enfusion, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.
Furthermore, in the event of certain changes of control, if Enfusion, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and in certain events of bankruptcy or liquidation, the obligations of Enfusion, Inc. would be automatically accelerated and be immediately due and payable, and Enfusion, Inc. would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax benefit with respect to all Common Units, calculated based on the valuation assumptions described above. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. As a result, Enfusion, Inc. could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax benefits that Enfusion, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement or that are prior to the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. Changes in law or changes in tax rates following the date of acceleration may also result in payments being made in excess of the future tax benefits, if any.
Decisions made by our pre-IPO owners in the course of running our business may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction generally will accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Enfusion, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if any of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement are successfully challenged by the IRS, although such amounts may reduce our future obligations, if any, under the Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of Enfusion, Inc.’s cash tax benefits.
Dividend policy
Assuming Enfusion Ltd. LLC makes distributions to its members in any given year, the determination to pay dividends, if any, to our Class A common stockholders out of the portion, if any, of such distributions remaining after our payment of taxes, Tax Receivable
85
Agreement payments and expenses will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may change our dividend policy at any time. See “Dividend Policy.”
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statement and amounts of revenues and expenses reported during the period. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue recognition requires judgment and the use of estimates. We derive revenues primarily from fees for platform subscriptions to our cloud-native solution and managed service fees which include fees related to client-selected middle and back-office services on our clients’ behalf using our platform. Most contracts have a one-year term and are cancellable with 30 days’ notice. Revenues are recognized when control of these services is transferred to our clients in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for these services. Revenues are recognized net of taxes applicable to service contacts.
In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASC 606, we determine revenue recognition through the following five-step framework:
● | Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer; |
● | Identification of the performance obligation in the contract; |
● | Determination of transaction price; |
● | Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and |
● | Recognition of revenues when, or as, performance obligations are satisfied |
The estimates and assumptions requiring significant judgment under our revenue recognition policy in accordance ASU 606 are as follows:
Determination of transaction price
The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring products or services to the client.
We do not include a financing component in our contracts. The primary purpose of our invoicing terms is to provide clients with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing our products and services, not to receive financing from clients or to provide clients with financing.
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
Our service contracts with clients can include multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we account for service charges for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. Each of our platform subscription and managed services contracts are accounted for separately as they are separate service contracts with distinct performance obligations. For any of our service contracts with multiple performance obligations, service charges are allocated to any distinct separate performance obligations of those contracts on a relative standalone selling price, or SSP, basis.
The determination of SSP involves judgment. We determine the SSP based on overall pricing objectives, which take into consideration market conditions and entity-specific factors. This includes a review of historical sales data relative to the size of the service contracts, the nature of the software applications and client demographics including the numbers and types of users permitted by the contracts.
86
Software Development Costs
Management judgment is required in determining which projects and costs associated with software development will be capitalized and in assigning estimated economic lives to the completed projects. Capitalized software costs consist of costs to purchase software and costs to develop software internally. Capitalization of purchased or internally developed software occurs during the application development stage and consists of design, coding and testing. Management specifically evaluates software development projects, milestones achieved and the commitments to continue funding the projects. Significant changes in any of these items may result in discontinuing capitalization of development costs, as well as immediately expensing previously capitalized costs.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and, for so long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period to enable us to comply with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we: (i) are no longer an emerging growth company; or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.
Interest Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had an outstanding Term Loan and Revolving Debt facility with Silicon Valley Bank. The principal balance of the term loan is $100.0 million and is payable on a quarterly basis through December 17, 2025. We can borrow up to $5.0 million under the Revolving Debt. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we did not have any borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Debt. The interest rates associated with the Term Loan have both a fixed component (4.25%) as well as a variable component based on LIBOR. The LIBOR rate for the term loan is subject to a minimum of 1%. The one-month LIBOR rate we selected for the term loan on December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 was below the 1% minimum. Thus, the interest rate for the term loan as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 was 5.25%.
To date, we have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, or FCA, announced that the FCA intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021.
The discontinuation of a benchmark rate or other financial metric, changes in a benchmark rate or other financial metric, or changes in market perceptions of the acceptability of a benchmark rate or other financial metric, including LIBOR, could, among other things result in increased interest payments, changes to our risk exposures, or require renegotiation of previous transactions. In addition,
87
any such discontinuation or changes, whether actual or anticipated, could result in market volatility, adverse tax or accounting effects, increased compliance, legal and operational costs and risks associated with contract negotiations.
Inflation Risk
Inflationary factors, such as increases in our operating expenses, may adversely affect our results of operations. We do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency of each of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Gains or losses due to transactions in foreign currencies are included in “Other Income (Expense)” in our consolidated statements of operations. We have not engaged in the hedging of foreign currency transactions to date, although we may choose to do so in the future. We do not believe that a 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on operating results.
88
Our Mission
Our mission is to help solve investment managers’ evolving business and operational challenges through next-generation technology.
Our Company
Enfusion is a global, high-growth software-as-a-service, or SaaS, provider focused on transforming the investment management industry. Our solution is designed to eliminate technology and information barriers, empowering investment managers to confidently make and execute better-informed investment decisions in real time. We simplify investment and operational workflows by unifying mission-critical systems and coalescing data into a single dataset resulting in a single source of truth. This allows stakeholders throughout the entire client organization to interact more effectively with one another across the investment management lifecycle.
We believe, by means of our purposefully-designed interconnected systems underpinned by one dataset, we are the only solution that allows clients to see and interact with all parts of the investment management lifecycle ranging from portfolio construction, trading, risk management, accounting and operations through to investor reporting seamlessly in real time, in one screen, in one solution. As a result, our solution enables clients to better align teams, optimizing their investment decision-making, operations and technology footprint and lowering operating costs. By harnessing the efficiencies, agility and scale inherent to our cloud-native, multi-tenant software that is integrated with a suite of technology-powered services, we believe we have created the industry’s most compelling investment management solution, capable of shaping and addressing evolving demands of the global investment management landscape.
Existing solutions in the investment management technology industry include a patchwork of “task-specific” point solutions from disparate vendors, technology stitched together through acquisitions, internally-developed technology, as well as cost-prohibitive solutions accessible only to the largest investment managers. Where available solutions are cloud-enabled, many were originally designed for on-premises installations and subsequently individually migrated to the cloud via discrete code streams, retaining single-tenant infrastructure limitations that require changes to be made for each client individually instead of delivering changes to all clients simultaneously and leading to laborious and costly maintenance and difficult security requirements. As a result, many investment managers spend considerable time and resources managing legacy, stitched together, or disparate systems, fragmented data, complex communication networks and cumbersome workflows. Designed for the cloud from inception, Enfusion provides a flexible and simplified end-to-end alternative that allows investment managers to focus their time and resources on investment performance. This enables us to build long-term partnerships with our clients, offering a solution that is not only tailored to meet their business needs today, but has the depth and breadth of capability to support them as they grow or enter new markets or asset classes.
Our cloud-native, multi-tenant solution provides:
● | Seamless unification and simplification of workflows provided through one cohesive solution; |
● | A robust, real-time view of a client’s business that can be displayed through countless reports and utilized across client personnel that depend on one another, but have different roles throughout the organization; |
● | Inherent scalability and extensive integrations via client, third party and proprietary interfaces and APIs; |
● | Weekly, functional enhancements provided to all clients, eliminating complicated upgrade and version control issues and providing the agility to meet rapidly evolving industry needs; |
● | Reduced operational risk through granular, user-defined access controls and governance capabilities; and |
● | Anywhere access across the desktop, the web and mobile devices. |
Enfusion’s comprehensive solution cohesively addresses the core components of the investment lifecycle. Our portfolio management system gives clients the ability to construct and analyze portfolios and performance metrics with granularity, enabling better-informed investment decision-making. Once trade decisions are made, clients use our combined order and execution management systems to obtain market insights, run compliance checks and send electronic trade orders directly to executing brokers and exchanges. When orders are executed, execution data flows back to our solution and instantly feeds our systems, including our accounting system, enabling clients to produce a full set of financial statements in real time. The data also feeds our extensive reporting and analytics capabilities, allowing stakeholders across client organizations, including executive management, investment teams, operational support,
89
compliance and investor relations to obtain differentiating insights into their investment activities and better analyze investment performance. The purposefully-designed interconnectedness of our systems removes the need for manual data processing and validating across workflows. Coupled with market data and aggregated transactional and derived data provided to or received from a full suite of a client’s supporting parties, our solution creates a single dataset and source of truth that gives our clients a real-time, comprehensive and consistent view of their data across the investment lifecycle. Altogether, our full lifecycle, single dataset investment management solution, provides investment managers with a tailored suite of tools and investment content to make better-informed decisions, faster and with greater confidence, in one screen and one solution.
In addition to facilitating the full investment lifecycle, our robust and agile solution allows us to serve a diverse client base that ranges in investment strategies, size and geography. Our clients include alternative investment managers such as hedge funds of all types, private equity funds, family offices and corporate investment arms, as well as institutional investment managers such as traditional asset managers and mutual funds:
● | Alternative Investment Managers – We enable alternative investment management clients to achieve scale efficiently, instill investor confidence, easily expand into new strategies, asset classes or geographies and significantly increase their speed to market. Clients can interact with the entire investment management lifecycle on one solution, unified by one dataset and are not burdened by costly hardware requirements or disruptive software upgrades. We generally deliver weekly upgrades through our cloud-native, multi-tenant solution, allowing us to continuously innovate and quickly adapt to meet ever-evolving client needs. |
● | Institutional Investment Managers – We deliver an intelligent solution that can replace or supplement institutional investment management clients’ legacy systems and can be utilized as a unifying hub across other existing systems, improving our clients’ operational inefficiencies and providing access to more relevant and simplified workflows and technologies. This intelligent solution gives large, less-agile clients the ability to replace their existing systems at their own pace, as they become better positioned to reduce their costly and inefficient legacy technology dependencies. |
Our client relationships are built upon reliability, efficiency and proactivity. We measure our success through a combination of retaining clients (2% of clients left voluntarily in 2020), Net Dollar Retention Rate (122.4%, 119.6% and 111.3%, as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively), client feedback and external reviews (94% client satisfaction per Aite Group in 2019). As of June 30, 2021, we had 635 global clients, with 106 new clients in 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2020, no client accounted for more than 3% of our total net revenues, and our top 10 clients represented approximately 12% of our total net revenues.
We derive the vast majority of our total net revenues (99.4% and 98% for the six month period ended June 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively) from our recurring subscription-based revenues. We have grown our Annual Recurring Revenue from $33.1 million for the month ended December 31, 2017 to $93.4 million for the month ended December 31, 2020 (representing a compound annual growth rate of 41.4%). The highly scalable nature of our business and recurring nature of our revenues drive strong margins and profitability as illustrated by our gross profit margin of 73.3%, 73.2% and 71.3%, net income margin of 16.5%, 5.1% and 21.4%, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 26.3%, 31.8% and 35.8%, each for the six month period ended June 30, 2021, and the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information on our key business metrics and our non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of these measures to the nearest U.S. GAAP metric.
Industry Overview
The investment management industry is large and growing, with AUM surpassing $110 trillion globally. According to PwC’s publication, Asset Management 2020, A Brave New World, global AUM has grown by more than 40% from 2015 through to 2020 and is projected to continue growing as fast as 6% annually, with AUM from alternative investments growing as fast as 8% annually. As the industry continues to grow, the investment management community is at an inflection point, facing multiple, concurrent generational shifts, most notably:
● | Increasingly Complex and Global Investment Strategies: Amidst current market conditions including the persisting low interest rate environment and increased competition, investment managers are increasingly tasked with finding new and/or creative ways to generate returns on investment. In practice, this can mean investing in more complex and globally diverse assets, including more alternative and less liquid assets, all of which complicate risk and operational management requirements. As a result, investment managers are seeking innovative solutions that can support unprecedented pace of |
90
change and enable them to make quick and confident investment decisions, with the flexibility to make real-time adjustments to their portfolio overlaid with interactive risk management. |
● | Meaningful Industry Consolidation: The pressures related to generating returns on investment and competition have led to widespread industry consolidation. This has resulted in large, consolidated operations and technology ecosystems that need to come together to coalesce into efficient capabilities and accurate data. They are, however burdened by patchwork and legacy systems that are increasingly unmanageable and ineffective. In response, investment managers are seeking solutions that unify their workflows, systems and data to minimize the pain associated with consolidating operations and shift focus back to performance. |
● | Greater Regulatory and Investor Requirements: Accelerating pace of global change, market complexity and expansion of market participants (including retail investors) is driving increased regulation and regulatory scrutiny. Investors are increasingly demanding greater transparency into performance, investment transactions, operations and controls. To meet such heighted demands, investment managers require solutions designed to ensure they remain compliant with evolving regulations and that provide precise, real-time valuation data and risk reporting, appropriate compliance rules and back up accounting that validate reported performance results. |
● | Heightened Demand for Greater Productivity and Cost Efficiency: Investment managers are increasingly subject to fee compression pressures related to increased competition and the rise of passive, index and other products. These fee pressures have caused investment managers to actively seek ways to simplify and optimize operational costs, including those related to technology ownership and maintenance while at the same time requiring more capabilities to enable better outcomes. |
● | Demand for Remote Accessibility That Was Historically Unavailable: Historically, investment managers have been limited by disparate solutions tied to physical operations and locations. However, as recent events have highlighted, the benefits and need for simplified solutions designed for remote access have accelerated the shift towards acceptance of cloud technology and more specifically cloud-native solutions. |
Many solutions on the market today fall short of helping investment managers seamlessly and holistically address the industry dynamics described above. Existing solutions include a patchwork of “task-specific” point solutions from disparate vendors, technology stitched together through acquisitions, internally developed technology and cost prohibitive solutions accessible only to the largest investment managers. These solutions, being cloud-migrated rather than cloud-native, are not sufficiently nimble to allow for scale and often require physical provisioning and rely on large teams of specialized personnel that through time are difficult to hire, face latency issues and increase investment manager tech debt. The result is increased information leakage, lack of data integrity, reduced traceability and reporting, significantly higher costs, more rigid strategies and slower decisions.
Our Market Opportunity
Investment managers spend significant time and resources supporting their business processes, which is intensifying as their industry continues to become more complex and subject to unprecedented pace of change. It is critical that investment managers have the tools to confidently make and execute upon better-informed investment decisions in real time and in turn, remain competitive. Accordingly, the demand for a comprehensive investment lifecycle cloud-native solution that simplifies workflows by unifying mission critical systems and coalescing data into a single dataset will continue to increase.
The Enfusion solution, comprised of mission critical systems integrated with a suite of technology-powered services, is designed to eliminate the inherent constraints and maintenance demands tied to managing legacy and disparate technology as well as aggregating and validating data across workflows, allowing our clients to focus on innovation and investment returns. Our flexible architecture, built on a single codebase, gives us the ability to provide weekly software upgrades with improvements and new capabilities, and in turn, allows us to match the unprecedented pace of change and continuously evolve to meet our clients’ needs.
We believe there is a significant opportunity for us to replace competing legacy products as well as in-house proprietary technology. Our solution provides clients with flexibility to augment their existing systems, replace all legacy systems at once, or to take a more gradual approach, initially utilizing one system or limited parts of our solution and then gradually expanding utilization. Our solution is built for plug-and-play integration, with flexible APIs and other forms of connectivity that make it easy for clients to connect with other solutions or supporting parties.
We estimate that our total addressable market is in excess of $19 billion. According to IDC’s Worldwide Capital Markets IT Spending Guide, the total spend on software and IT services from investment management front office and operations functions was
91
estimated at $11.5 billion in 2020 and is expected to grow 6% annually to $14.4 billion in 2024. Additionally, internal IT spend was estimated at $5.7 billion in 2020. We also believe that there is an incremental opportunity relating to the IDC estimated $2.0 billion spend associated with traditional hardware infrastructure across all investment managers that can be targeted by our solution as our clients migrate their technology and processes to our hosted platform.
The Enfusion Advantage
Our solution is designed to simplify our clients’ workflows and improve decision-making across investment managers of all strategy, size and geography. Our advantage lies in our solution removing information barriers and creating alignment across different actors in the investment lifecycle. We believe superior investment performance and decision-making is driven by our clients’ ability to work in real time as a cohesive team. Our solution does not merely provide systems for the entire investment lifecycle and for all actors; our solution goes further, unifying the systems with one code base enabling changes made into one system to be reflected in other systems in real time. In practice, this allows teams across our client organizations, from portfolio management, to trading, to operations and to executive management, to benefit from role-based functionality underpinned by a single dataset and single source of truth, enabling each to generate valuable insights while operating on the same real-time information, all governed by appropriate access controls. Consequently, we are expanding the sphere of influencers within a client organization that decide and select their choice of technology partner. Traditionally, different business leaders used separate incongruent systems to meet their own particular needs; today, we increasingly see clients seeking systems that bring the functional departments together, in turn removing inconsistent data and optimizing operations. Leaders such as Chief Financial Officers (CFOs), Portfolio Managers (PMs), Chief Investment Officers (CIOs) and Chief Operating Officers (COOs) are driving the efforts to use the Enfusion solution.
In a market of disparate solutions stitched together, our competitive advantage is supported by:
● | One End-to-End Solution, One Single Dataset and Source of Truth: Our cloud-native solution, customizable through exceptional flexibility, is a true turnkey solution, designed to unify portfolio management, order management, execution management, valuation and risk, accounting, reconciliation and portfolio monitoring and reporting systems. By unifying the systems as one cohesive cloud-native solution, consistent data flows through, is reflected in, and may be acted upon in all systems across the investment lifecycle in real time, creating a single dataset and source of truth and optimizing our clients’ technology footprints and overall spend. |
● | Rapid Pace of Delivery and Evolution: We have increased our technology and developer headcount by nearly 300% in the last three years and have increased technology and development spend over 50% from 2019 to 2020. Because our cloud-native solution’s architecture is built upon a single codebase, we are able to complete implementations quickly. Our architecture also allows for a faster product development lifecycle, giving us the ability to provide regular and rapid new releases and upgrades. We recognize that our clients best understand their evolving needs and thus, many of our upgrades are guided by the collective feedback and requests of our 635 clients. Since launching our flagship software in 2006, we have released nearly 800 software upgrades. |
● | Flexible and Tailored Solution: Our cloud-native solution is both open and flexible. Recognizing some clients might not be in a position to replace all their systems at once, we have designed our solution so clients can easily expand the use of our systems over time as their circumstances change. Our architecture’s inherent flexibility and extensive integration capabilities give our clients the optionality to plug and play and utilize some or all of our systems as desired to meet their unique needs. Over time and as they experience our advantage, the flexibility of our solution allows them to seamlessly expand usage of other systems and functionalities. |
● | Technology-Powered Services: In order to support our software, we offer access to technology-powered services designed to maximize the power of the Enfusion solution. By using expert teams empowered by technology to address time-consuming front-, middle- and back-office administrative tasks related to the investment lifecycle such as performing various fund and position level reconciliations, processing corporate actions and proactive trade break resolutions and back up accounting against fund administrators, our clients are able to focus on their highest-value business activities and recognize the full benefit of our solution. |
● | Client-Centric Partnership: We are intensely committed to our clients and relentlessly focused on client service and support. Delivering a world class experience is as critically important as delivering excellent products and services. As such, over the last three years, we increased our support staff headcount by over 1100%, which enabled us to provide dedicated support teams and 24-hour follow-the-sun support, six days a week, to all our clients and with no additional charge. |
92
Ultimately, our multi-tenant architecture, cloud-native framework and scalable and cost-effective service model allows us to deliver significant value to our clients, while maintaining a strong revenue growth rate and attractive profit margins in a robust and sustainable way. Our team uses the Enfusion solution to address continuously-evolving client needs, which fuels the already rapid pace of innovation and helps us continue to expand our market position in the investment management technology industry.
The Enfusion Solution
Our cloud-native, purposefully-designed end-to-end solution gives our clients the ability to easily access and analyze investment information in real time, perform complex calculations quickly and interact with markets electronically adding up to better, more informed investment decisions and actions. Our solution is highly configurable to different work streams, client segments and asset classes. Rather than relying on large, specialized workforces necessary for local or tenant-by-tenant deployments, modifications to our solution are made remotely within one code-base and without client intervention or interaction. Software enhancements developed for individual sponsoring clients are made available to all clients at the same time. This process where our community of clients continuously contributes to the ever-evolving nature of our solution strengthens the value of the solution to all of our clients. Further, Enfusion’s open and flexible architecture easily integrates into clients’ existing technology stacks via APIs and other connectivity and is adaptable to our clients’ existing internal and third-party systems. With a limited footprint, wide-ranging use-cases and ‘anywhere’ access across multiple mediums, our solution increasingly serves as the operational epicenter for our clients.
Our solution, comprised of mission critical systems integrated with a suite of technology-powered services, serves the full investment lifecycle, driving better insights into and control over the business activities of the investment manager and investment operations. We recognize that despite increasing market pressures to the contrary, some clients may not be in a position to replace all of their systems at once. Therefore, we have designed our solution to allow our clients to use some or all of our solution to manage their investment lifecycle workflow and also to augment or integrate into their existing workflows or systems, giving them the flexibility to expand their usage and us the ability to solve their unique needs through time.
Our solution is utilized by variety of users including portfolio managers, traders, compliance officers, operational support staff and executive management, all of whom benefit from role-based functionality underpinned by a single dataset. This single dataset enables each of these users to generate valuable insights while operating on the same real-time information governed by appropriate access controls. The end-to-end functionality our solution provides is detailed below:
93
● | Portfolio Management System: Able to comprehensively construct and re-balance investment portfolios, this system generates a real-time IBOR for CIOs and portfolio managers, features a full suite of valuation and risk tools and allows users to analyze aggregated or decomposed portfolio data by any number of customizable dimensions. |
● | Order and Execution Management System: Intertwined with our PMS, this module offers portfolio managers, traders, compliance teams and analysts the ability to electronically communicate trade orders for a variety of asset classes and with a choice of hundreds of executing counterparties globally, manage trade orders and systemically enforce trading regulations and internal guidelines. |
● | Accounting/General Ledger System: Underpinning our PMS and OEMS systems, our accounting system features a proper double-entry ledger that automates the posting of general ledger journal entries for all cash and securities transactions directly from our PMS—providing CFOs, COOs, accountants and operations teams a complete, real-time ABOR. |
● | Enfusion Analytics System: Connected in real time with our PMS and OEMS, Enfusion Analytics system enables CIOs, portfolio managers, traders and analysts to utilize the solution’s comprehensive client data insights to analyze portfolios through time horizons and automate customized visualized reports for both internal and external stakeholders. This module also acts as a centralized data warehouse that may be accessed or utilized by both individual and systematic users. |
● | Technology-Powered Services: We offer access to technology-powered services designed to maximize the power of the Enfusion solution. By using expert teams empowered by technology to address time-consuming front-, middle- and back-office administrative tasks related to the investment lifecycle such as performing various fund and position level reconciliations, processing corporate actions and proactive trade break resolutions, our clients are able to focus on their highest-value business activities and recognize the full benefit of our solution. |
Our Growth Strategy
We continue to advance our position as a leading technology partner to the investment management industry. The key components of our growth strategy include:
● | Continue Broadening Our Client Base: There are significant opportunities to expand our client base across the various client segments we serve today. We believe we are the leading cloud-native, SaaS provider to the global hedge fund sector and expect that as the alternative investment sector grows, we will continue to extend our position. In addition, we continue to extend this growth through increasing adoption by larger institutional asset management clients due to increasing acceptance of cloud technology and the robust capabilities of our solution that better meet their evolving needs and address their existing pain points. The proportion of new client billings from established investment managers replacing competitor or internal systems was 58% for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to 41% for the year ended December 31, 2020, demonstrating increased new client activity from established firms versus newly launched funds. Taking advantage of the unique position that allows us to sell our products and services through shorter sales cycles and on faster client implementation timelines, we continue to expand our sales efforts to aggressively capitalize on opportunities in this client segment. Our success in signing new clients is also supported by referrals from our existing clients, client stakeholders when they transit to other or launch new organizations, industry channel partners and strategic partners. |
● | Expanding Relationships with Existing Clients: We believe there is a significant opportunity to further expand our relationships with existing clients as they continue to evolve and grow in size and expand into new markets and strategies or as we provide new functionality or release new systems or services. We also believe we have a significant opportunity to expand our relationship with existing clients that were not in a position to replace all of their systems at once when they first engaged with us. For those clients that elect to initially utilize some portion of our solution or only use our solution for a particular strategy or fund, we find that once they experience the advantages of our end-to-end solution, many seek opportunities to expand the breadth of their relationship with us to further help improve their investment management workflows and technology infrastructure. Representative examples of this expansion model include a global asset manager increasing its ARR by approximately 2.0x, an institutional multi-manager platform increasing its beginning ARR by approximately 5.9x and a boutique investment bank increasing its beginning ARR by approximately 2.3x since initially subscribing to Enfusion’s platform through June 30, 2021. |
● | Ongoing Pace of Innovation: To retain and expand our client base, we continuously evaluate opportunities to advance our solution through increased breadth and depth of functionality to enrich overall experience and better enable our clients to achieve their investment goals and solve for a broad array of business, operational and technology challenges. We invest |
94
heavily in innovation and on a weekly basis, deliver enhancements and added functionality based on our ongoing dialogues with our clients and consistent with our commitment to grow and evolve with our clients. |
● | Geographic Expansion: We believe there are attractive, untapped opportunities across various geographies that we will expand our business into. For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 68% of our total net revenues were generated in the Americas and 32% were generated outside of the Americas. We are globally situated in nine offices in Chicago, New York, São Paulo, London, Dublin, Hong Kong, Singapore, Mumbai and Bangalore. We continue to invest in expanding our presence and capitalize on opportunities in markets such as Europe, Latin America and Asia-Pacific where we have planned office openings in China and Australia in 2021. In 2020, we signed 160 clients globally, representing a 16% increase from 2019. |
● | Selectively Pursue Acquisitions: We may selectively pursue strategic acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that improve and accelerate our ability to deliver world-class investment management products and services and excellent client experience through differentiating client advocacy. |
Our Clients and Client Service
Enfusion has a diverse global client base ranging from alternative investment managers such as hedge funds of all types, family offices and corporate investment arms, to institutional investment managers such as traditional investment managers and mutual funds. We have grown our clients from 450 in 2019 to 556 clients in 2020 and 635 clients in 2021. The growth we continue to experience is from expanding our client base across the various client segments we serve today. Our client base spans our geographic reach; as of June 30, 2021, 59.8% of clients are from the Americas, 15.4% are from EMEA and 24.7% are from APAC.
Our client-centric approach is embedded in the operating ethos across Enfusion. Our most important goal is to hold a high standard that couples both excellent ongoing innovation and excellent client experience. We believe our client-centric approach differentiates Enfusion and is made possible by our solution’s nimble single codebase architecture that is delivered in a one-to-many manner. In practice, our structure allows us to dedicate resources to our clients holistically, driving a superior client experience from the point of identifying a sales opportunity to product and services implementation and continuing throughout the client relationship. By providing dedicated continuity in the servicing team assigned to each client, we able to ensure that our clients are continuously interfacing with familiar Enfusion employees that understand their business, workflows, daily needs and product use leading to increased efficiency and improved client experience.
Client Case Studies
Client A
Client A, a newly-founded hedge fund, sought to launch its first fund within months of approaching Enfusion. Its team of investment and finance experts wanted to get up and running quickly with minimal operational overhead while avoiding complex and costly infrastructure decisions.
Enfusion gave Client A access to institutional-class technology from day one, with no pre-built technology infrastructure and a minimal learning curve. Following its implementation of our solution, the client was able to launch its first fund within nine weeks with proven institutional infrastructure capabilities. The robust flexibility of the Enfusion solution allowed the client to make rapid decisions and act on its investment strategy, giving its small team the operational reach of a much bigger firm.
Using the Enfusion solution, the client is able to run its business as actively as it wants, across every aspect of the investment lifecycle, from portfolio management and order/execution management to accounting/IBOR and reconciliation. Having a single dataset and source of truth from end-to-end has had a significant impact on its ability to run and grow its business by over 50% in AUM in just over one year.
As Client A continues to grow its AUM and evolves into new investment strategies, markets and asset classes, Enfusion provides the flexibility to scale and adapt to meet its unique and changing needs while also providing the operational credibility, trust and confidence required to raise additional capital from investors.
95
Client B
Client B, a U.S.-based asset manager, with a second office in London, employs a multi-strategy quantitative global portfolio. The client’s strategies trade across a variety of geographies and asset classes, including equity indices and fixed income futures and developed and emerging market currencies.
In 2018, Client B was looking for an end-to-end solution across the investment management lifecycle and in doing so was evaluating partners for order management, execution management, accounting and portfolio management. Client B was particularly interested in solutions that would support its geographic scale and help automate processes while ensuring reporting consistency.
Client B selected Enfusion due to Enfusion’s ability to integrate the client’s workflows through one solution and manage the different and global asset classes traded by Client B, automation of electronic and algorithmic-based trade orders and straight through processing to third parties, including fund administrators, prime brokers and executing brokers.
After Client B went live on Enfusion’s solution, the complex and evolving nature of the global multi-strategy landscape necessitated that the client further evolve its compliance capabilities. The client raised this need for tighter compliance which we were able to solve quickly due to its flexible architecture. Enfusion allocated product development resources to understand the business needs, scoped out the requirements, prioritized the request for enhancements and promptly released the enhancements through its weekly upgrade cycles, delivering on its commitment to clients of a long-term partnership.
Not only did Enfusion continue to address and solve Client B’s growing and global needs past implementation and by means of its flexible end-to-end solution, it also built on its experience with Client B to deliver the system enhancements to all clients at once.
Our Revenue Model
We derive the vast majority of our total net revenues (98% for the year ended December 31, 2020) from our recurring subscription-based revenues. Client subscription fees are comprised of various components such as user fees, connectivity fees, market data fees and technology-powered services fees, all of which take into account client complexity. The weekly enhancements and upgrades that we deliver and the dedicated client service are included in the price of the contract.
Subscription contracts typically have a term of one year, but contain a 30-day cancellation clause, with invoicing occurring in monthly installments at the end of each month in the subscription period for the performance obligations fulfilled in accordance with the stated terms of their contracts.
Our Go-To Market Strategy
We sell subscriptions to our cloud-native solution through the demand generated globally by our marketing efforts, using our direct sales force and by leveraging client referrals, industry channel partners and strategic alliances.
Our industry-experienced sales team includes sales development representatives, field sales representatives organized by market segment and region and solution engineers. The team is responsible for managing and developing outbound leads, driving new business and providing product demonstrations. Once a lead is identified, the team frames the unique pain points, goals and needs of the prospective client and works with the solution engineers to map a tailored end-to-end solution molded around their workflows.
Our partnerships are an important aspect of our sales and marketing strategy. We leverage a broad network of global relationships across trading systems, fund administrators, technology providers, investment systems consultants and prime brokers to further expand our reach. Through these relationships, we often receive significant prospect referrals. Our channel partners suggest our solution to their clients because they often benefit operationally from working with clients that have unified data, superior access to information, improved workflows and stringent control environment. Additionally, our simplified implementation process significantly increases our clients’ speed to market, which is beneficial to our partners whose services are largely dependent on our clients being active in the market.
Our go-to market strategy is supported by a marketing team that oversees all aspects of the Enfusion global demand generation engine including digital marketing, social media, public relations, segment marketing, graphic design, conferences and events. Our marketing efforts focus on generating and facilitating quality inbound leads, optimizing the lead generation strategy, leveraging the power of client references and testimonials, building an institutionalized and recognizable brand and promoting direct sales. We leverage
96
online and offline marketing channels by participating in conferences, industry events and using digital marketing and social media to educate the community on who we are and the solution we provide.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws; a variety of contractual arrangements, such as license agreements, intellectual property assignment agreements, confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements; and confidentiality procedures and technical measures to protect our rights and the intellectual property used in our business. We do not currently have any patents.
We have an ongoing trademark and service mark registration program pursuant to which we register our brand names and product names, taglines and logos in the United States and other countries to the extent we determine appropriate and cost-effective. We also have common law rights in some trademarks and numerous pending trademark applications in various jurisdictions. In addition, we have registered domain names for websites that we use in our business, such as https://www.enfusion.com/ and other variations.
We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, they may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged.
See the sections titled “Risk Factors,” including the section(s) titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for a description of the risks related to our intellectual property.
Our Competition
The market for investment management software and services is highly competitive and we compete with new and established providers that offer products ranging from point solutions to multi-product suites. We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:
● | flexibility of solution; |
● | quality of professional services; |
● | depth of product functionality and asset coverage; |
● | speed of implementations and client support; |
● | innovation and responsiveness to client needs; |
● | return on investment and total cost of ownership; |
● | security and reliability; |
● | integration and interoperability with third-party systems; and |
● | ability to support regulatory requirements and compliance. |
We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors. However, many of our competitors have greater financial, technical and other resources, greater brand recognition, larger sales forces and marketing budgets and broader distribution networks. They may be able to leverage these resources to gain business in a manner that discourages customers from purchasing and implementing our solution. Furthermore, we expect that our industry will continue to attract new market entrants, including smaller emerging companies, which could introduce new offerings. We may also expand into new markets and encounter additional competitors in such markets.
Incumbents such as Blackrock’s Aladdin, Broadridge, State Street Alpha, SS&C and SimCorp may provide end-to-end systems, but they are single-tenant and cloud-migrated rather than cloud-native or built for the cloud. As a result, they are not sufficiently nimble to allow for scale and often require physical provisioning, rely on large teams of specialized personnel that through time are difficult to hire, face latency issues and continue to increase the investment manager’s overall costly and inefficient legacy technology dependencies. Their single tenant and cloud-migrated structures restrict their agility and inhibit their ability to provide frequent or
97
simultaneous upgrades to all of their clients. New entrants in the space often provide single point solutions such as trading, fund administration or portfolio analytics that are intended to be coupled with other offerings.
We believe our multi-tenant cloud-native solution, comprised of mission critical systems integrated with a suite of services, is highly differentiating. Our cloud-native, single codebase architecture allows us to serve the full investment lifecycle in a way that unifies workflows creating one dataset that accurately reflects the activities across all systems and actors in real time. Additionally, our single codebase architecture allows us to deliver faster implementation and continuously add functionality. As a result, we believe Enfusion is able to continue to innovate faster, delivering a better, more nimble solution that investment managers require in light of the global challenges they face.
Human Resources and Culture
As of June 30, 2021, we had 639 employees across the Company. Of these employees, 199 are based in the Americas and 440 are based internationally, of which 350 are based in India. We consider our current relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are a party to a collective bargaining agreement.
We believe our culture of innovation and “client first” focus fosters creativity and exploration and provides a rewarding career for our employees. Our culture is represented by a set of guiding ideas and values:
● | Grow your career: Our people are the foundation of our company. We invest in the development of our employees’ careers based on their unique talents and interests. |
● | Have a global outlook: We have nine offices, covering the Americas, India, Asia and Europe. Work with people all over the world and gain a global perspective. |
● | Make an impact: Our people are hands-on with our business and recognized for their results. They influence decisions, interact with clients and contribute ideas. |
● | Challenge yourself: Collaborate as part of our entrepreneurial team. We are self-starters who take on challenges to propel Enfusion’s mission forward. |
● | Innovation culture: We believe a good idea can come from anybody at any level. Bring your thinking and we’ll give you the space to succeed. |
● | Learn from leaders: Our people are leaders in the Fintech industry. Learn from passionate pioneers, while adding your own contribution. |
We have also received third-party recognition for our workplace practices. We were included as one of the top five (of 100) Ultimate FinTech Workplaces by Harrington Starr (2020) and included in Crain’s “Best Places to Work in Chicago (2019)” and “Built-in’s Best Places to Work in Chicago (2019)”.
Our Facilities
We are headquartered in Chicago, Illinois and operate a global campus across Chicago, New York, London, Dublin, Hong Kong, Mumbai, São Paulo, Singapore and Bangalore. We are building out our presence in APAC with two additional offices planned for 2021 in Australia and China.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, legal proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.
98
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Executive Officers: |
|
|
|
|
Thomas Kim |
|
49 |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
Stephen P. Dorton |
|
55 |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Steven M. Bachert |
|
57 |
|
Chief Revenue Officer |
Lorelei M. Skillman |
|
52 |
|
Chief Marketing and Communications Officer |
Dan Groman |
|
33 |
|
Chief Technology Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Employee Directors: |
|
|
|
|
Bradford E. Bernstein(2) |
|
54 |
|
Director |
Kathleen Traynor DeRose(1)(2) |
|
60 |
|
Director |
Tarek Hammoud |
|
55 |
|
Director |
Jan R. Hauser(1)(2) |
|
62 |
|
Director |
Lawrence (Larry) Leibowitz(1)(3) |
|
61 |
|
Director |
Roy Luo(2)(3) |
|
32 |
|
Director |
Oleg Movchan(3) |
|
47 |
|
Director |
(1) |
Member of the Audit Committee. |
(2) |
Member of the Compensation Committee. |
(3) |
Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. |
Executive Officers
Thomas Kim. Mr. Kim has been our Chief Executive Officer since March 2020 and a member of our board of directors since 2021. Previously, Mr. Kim led Tassat LLC as its Chief Executive Officer from February 2019 to March 2020 and held a management role at Bridgewater Associates, a hedge fund from June 2012 to February 2019. Mr. Kim holds a B.S. in Business Administration from The American University, Kogod School of Business. Mr. Kim is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management experience and business expertise, including his prior executive-level leadership and experience scaling companies.
Stephen P. Dorton. Mr. Dorton has been our Chief Financial Officer since August 2019. Previously, Mr. Dorton served as Chief Financial Officer of Quinnox, Inc. from September 2014 to July 2019. Mr. Dorton holds an M.B.A from the University of Florida and a B.S. in Finance from the University of Louisiana, Lafayette (formerly the University of Southwestern Louisiana).
Steven M. Bachert. Mr. Bachert has been our Chief Revenue Officer since October 2019. Previously, Mr. Bachert was Chief Revenue Officer at FourKites, Inc. from January 2017 to June 2019, and held sales roles at Uptake Technologies, Inc. from January 2016 to January 2017, and Cloudera, Inc. from July 2012 to December 2015. Mr. Bachert holds an M.B.A from Loyola University of Chicago and a B.S. from Northern Illinois University.
Lorelei M. Skillman. Ms. Skillman has been our Chief Marketing and Communications Officer since September 2021. Previously, Ms. Skillman served as our Chief Marketing Officer from August 2020 to September 2021. She served as the Global Financial Services BMC Leader at Ernst & Young U.S. LLP from May 2019 to August 2020. Ms. Skillman served as Director, Head of Marketing & Communications at The Bank of New York Mellon for Asset Servicing and for Alternative Investment Services from October 2017 to May 2019, and was Senior Director, Marketing & Brand, NYSE at Intercontinental Exchange Holdings, Inc. from May 2015 to September 2017. Ms. Skillman holds an M.S. in Marketing Communications from the Illinois Institute of Technology and a B.A. from the University of Iowa.
Dan Groman. Mr. Groman has been our Chief Technology Officer since July 2021. Previously, Mr. Groman served as our Head of Technology from March 2020 to June 2021, our Senior Development Coordinator and Development Manager from 2017 to 2020 and has been a software developer at Enfusion starting in 2016. Mr. Groman holds an M.S. in Computer Science from DePaul University and a B.A. from the University of Maryland at College Park.
99
Non-Employee Directors
Bradford E. Bernstein. Mr. Bernstein has been a member of our board of directors since 2021 and a member of the board of managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC since December 2016. Mr. Bernstein has served as the managing partner of FTV Capital since 2003. Mr. Bernstein has over 30 years of private equity experience. Prior to FTV Capital, Mr. Bernstein was a partner at Oak Hill Capital Management and its predecessors where he managed the business and financial services group. He began his private equity career with Patricof & Company Ventures and started his professional career in the investment banking division of Merrill Lynch in New York. Mr. Bernstein received a B.A. magna cum laude from Tufts University. Mr. Bernstein’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience as a director of technology companies and his knowledge of the venture capital and technology industries.
Kathleen Traynor DeRose. Ms. DeRose has been a member of our board of directors since 2021. Ms. DeRose is currently a clinical associate professor of finance and the director of the Fubon Center for Technology, Business, and Innovation at New York University’s Stern School of Business, where she has been since September 2016. She also sits on the boards of Voya Financial Company and the London Stock Exchange Group. Previously, she was a managing director at Credit Suisse Group AG in Zurich, Switzerland. Prior to Credit Suisse, Ms. DeRose was a senior managing partner and the head of portfolio management and research at Hagin Investment Management Inc, an investment advisory firm. Ms. DeRose holds a MSc in Contemporary Chinese Studies from the University of Oxford, an MBA from New York University – Stern School of Business (TRIUM program) and a BA in American History from Princeton University. Her finance background and public company board experience qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.
Tarek Hammoud. Mr. Hammoud has been a member of our board of directors since 2021 and a member of the board of managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC since August 1995. Mr. Hammoud has served as our Executive Chairman since March 2020 and previously served as Enfusion Ltd. LLC’s Chief Executive Officer from January 2006 to March 2020. Mr. Hammoud holds a B.S. in Computer Science from the University of Kansas. Mr. Hammoud is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management experience and business expertise, including the perspective and experience he brings as one of our founders and through his previous service as Enfusion Ltd. LLC’s Chief Executive Officer.
Jan R. Hauser, CPA. Ms. Hauser has been a member of our board of directors since 2021. She is a certified public accountant with over 35 years of experience navigating complex business transactions and strategies. Ms. Hauser currently sits on the board of directors of Vonage Holdings Corp., a global business cloud communications leader, where, effective June 2020, she was appointed Audit Committee Chair. From 2013 until 2019, Ms. Hauser served in various capacities, including as Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer, and Controller, at the General Electric Company. Prior to GE, Ms. Hauser was a Partner in the National Office of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, serving as a senior technical resource on multiple topics. In addition, she led diversity efforts for the National Office and served on the U.S. Partner Admissions Committee. Early in her career, Ms. Hauser was selected for a two-year fellowship in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC. Ms. Hauser holds a Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting, summa cum laude, from the University of Wisconsin–Whitewater. She is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive accounting and financial experience.
Larry Leibowitz. Mr. Leibowitz has been a member of our board of directors since 2021. Mr. Leibowitz is an experienced finance and technology entrepreneur who specializes in business transformation and capital markets. He is an Operating Partner of Atlas Merchant Capital LLC and serves on the board of directors of Cowen, Inc., an independent investment bank, and Concord Acquisition Corp, a special purpose acquisition company, as well as on the board of various other private companies. Mr. Leibowitz served as Chief Operating Officer, Head of Global Equities Markets and as a Member of the board of directors of NYSE Euronext, from 2007 to 2013. Mr. Leibowitz’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience as a director of public companies and his leadership, executive, managerial and business experience with finance and technology companies.
Roy Luo. Mr. Luo has been a member of our board of directors since 2021 and a member of the board of managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC since December 2020. Mr. Luo has served as an investor at ICONIQ Capital since April 2018, and previously served as an investor at Technology Crossover Ventures, or TCV, from February 2015 until March 2018. Mr. Luo holds a B.S. from Yale University. Mr. Luo’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience as a director of technology companies and his knowledge of the venture capital and technology industries.
Oleg Movchan. Mr. Movchan has been a member of our board of directors since 2021 and a member of the board of managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC since February 2009. He has served as: the Chief Investment Officer, Chief Strategy Officer, and Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Revolution Global since November 2014; and the managing partner of Gimel Tech Ventures, a private equity and venture capital firm he founded, since November 2018; the managing member of Quiet Light Partners, a proprietary derivatives trading firm, since May 2021; and the Chief Executive Officer of Kameosa Capital, LLC, an asset management advisory firm which provides
100
integrated advisory on business and product strategy, since April 2013. Mr. Movchan is a graduate of the General Management Program from the Aresty Institute of Executive Education at the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, and holds an M.S. and an M.B.A from the University of Chicago and an M.S. from Kharkov State University. Mr. Movchan’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the asset management, hedge fund, and private equity industries and as a director of technology companies.
Appointment of Officers
Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no familial relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Code of Conduct
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of conduct that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of conduct will be posted on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of conduct, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
Board of Directors
We expect our board of directors will consist of eight persons immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, six of whom will qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Each of our current directors will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.
Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
● | the Class I directors will be Bradford E. Bernstein, Thomas Kim and Larry Leibowitz, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022; |
● | the Class II directors will be Kathleen Traynor DeRose, Tarek Hammoud and Roy Luo, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and |
● | the Class III directors will be Jan R. Hauser and Oleg Movchan, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024. |
We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.
Director Independence
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Bradford E. Bernstein, Kathleen Traynor DeRose, Jan R. Hauser, Larry Leibowitz, Roy Luo, and Oleg Movchan do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors
101
is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and will establish, effective prior to the completion of this offering, a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.
Audit Committee
Upon completion of this offering Kathleen Traynor DeRose, Jan R. Hauser, and Larry Leibowitz will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Jan R. Hauser. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Jan R. Hauser is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Following the completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things:
● | select a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements; |
● | help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm; |
● | discuss the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and review, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations; |
● | develop procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters; |
● | review our policies on risk assessment and risk management; |
● | review related party transactions; |
● | obtain and review a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues; and |
● | approve (or, as permitted, pre-approve) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm. |
Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
Compensation Committee
Upon completion of this offering, Bradford E. Bernstein, Kathleen Traynor DeRose, Jan R. Hauser and Roy Luo will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Kathleen Traynor DeRose. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Following the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things:
● | review, approve and determine, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers; |
● | administer our equity incentive plans; |
102
● | review and approve, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, incentive compensation and equity plans; and |
● | establish and review general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees. |
Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Upon completion of this offering, Larry Leibowitz, Roy Luo and Oleg Movchan will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Larry Leibowitz. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:
● | identify, evaluate and select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees; |
● | evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors; |
● | consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees; |
● | review developments in corporate governance practices; |
● | evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and |
● | develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters. |
The nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for information about related party transaction involving members of our compensation committee or their affiliates.
103
This section discusses the material elements of our executive compensation policies and decisions and important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our named executive officers and is intended to place in perspective the information presented in the following tables and the corresponding narrative.
Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020, which consist of our current and former principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, are:
● | Thomas Kim, our Chief Executive Officer; |
● | Stephen P. Dorton, our Chief Financial Officer; |
● | Steven M. Bachert, our Chief Revenue Officer; and |
● | Tarek Hammoud, our Executive Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer. |
Elements of Executive Compensation
Base Salaries. Base salaries for the named executive officers are determined annually by the board of directors, based on the scope of each officer’s responsibilities and with due consideration of the officer’s respective experience and contributions during the prior year. When reviewing base salaries, the board of directors takes factors into account such as each officer’s experience and individual performance, our performance as a whole, data from surveys of compensation paid by comparable companies and general industry conditions, but does not assign any specific weighting to any factor.
Annual Cash Bonuses. Our named executive officers are eligible to receive discretionary annual cash bonuses, which are determined by our board of directors or compensation committee based on Company and individual performance and paid subject to each named executive officer’s continued employment with us on the bonus payment date.
Equity or Equity-Based Awards. We have not historically granted equity awards to our executive officers. However, our board of directors believes that awards that tie to the appreciation in value of the Company provide executives with a strong link to long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of executive officers and our equity holders. Accordingly, we have granted awards to our executive officers under the Enfusion Ltd. LLC First Amended and Restated Change in Control Bonus Plan, (the “Change in Control Bonus Plan”). The outstanding awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020 under the A&R Change in Control Bonus Plan are described in more detail in “Employee Benefit Plans—A&R Change in Control Bonus Plan” below.
Other Benefits. Our named executive officers are eligible for additional benefits, such as participation in our 401(k) plan and basic health benefits that are generally available to all of our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.
104
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position |
|
Year |
|
Salary |
|
Bonus(1) |
|
Non-Equity
|
|
All Other
|
|
Total |
|||||
Thomas Kim(3) |
|
2020 |
|
$ |
504,735 |
|
$ |
271,100 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
775,835 |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen P. Dorton |
|
2020 |
|
$ |
283,878 |
|
$ |
141,000 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
2,839 |
|
$ |
427,717 |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven M. Bachert |
|
2020 |
|
$ |
300,000 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
248,468 |
(4) |
$ |
1,500 |
|
$ |
549,968 |
Chief Revenue Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tarek Hammoud(5) |
|
2020 |
|
$ |
279,000 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
279,000 |
Executive Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts reported reflect discretionary annual bonuses paid to our named executive officers for performance during the year ended December 31, 2020. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The amounts reported in this column reflect 401(k) matching contributions. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Kim’s employment commenced on March 23, 2020. Although his annual base salary was $650,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, his pro-rated salary for his partial year of service was $504,735. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
The amount reported represents quarterly bonuses paid based on Company performance for the year ended December 31, 2020. |
(5) |
|
Effective March 23, 2020, Mr. Hammoud transitioned to our Executive Chairman and ceased serving as our Chief Executive Officer. |
The board of managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC has elected to terminate the Change in Control Bonus Plan (and all Award Units issued thereunder) effective following effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part. The value, based on our valuation in this offering, of all Award Units that are vested at effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part and Award Units that would vest within one year thereafter will be paid to participants in the Change in Control Bonus Plan in the form of vested shares of Class A common stock between the first and second anniversaries of such date of effectiveness. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we will issue up to approximately 16,894,648 shares of Class A common stock to former holders of Award Units in satisfaction of the obligations described above. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would increase the number of shares of Class A common stock that we would be obligated to issue to former holders of Award Units as described above by approximately 226,176 shares, and additional $1.00 increases would further increase the number of shares by a progressively smaller amount. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would decrease the number of shares of Class A common stock that we would be obligated to issue to former holders of Award Units as described above by approximately 256,340 shares, and additional $1.00 decreases would further decrease the number of shares by a progressively smaller amount. We estimate that our tax withholding obligations in connection with the issuance of such shares would be approximately $132.7 million if the value of our Class A common stock at the time of issuance is the same as the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share. The amount of these obligations could be higher or lower depending on the value of our Class A common stock at the time of issuance of these shares. We may satisfy our tax withholding obligations in connection with the issuance of such shares of Class A common stock, in whole or in part, in a variety of ways, including (but not limited to) (i) by withholding from such shares a number of shares with a value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due or (ii) through a “sell to cover” arrangement whereby a certain number of shares would be sold into the market with partial proceeds from such sale remitted to us in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due. We may raise the cash required to satisfy our withholding obligations in other ways, including through the issuance of additional equity or debt.
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, we would issue approximately 2,132,813 shares of Class A common stock to Mr. Kim, approximately 515,625 shares of Class A common stock to Mr. Dorton, and approximately 319,688 shares of Class A common stock to Mr. Bachert in satisfaction of our obligations in connection with the termination of Award Units, such shares to be issued between the first and second anniversaries of this offering as described above.
105
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2020
None of the named executive officers have been granted or hold unexercised options or unvested equity as of December 31, 2020.
Change in Control Bonus Plan
Our Amended and Restated Change in Control Bonus Plan (the “Change in Control Bonus Plan”), initially adopted by the board of managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC on January 1, 2011, was amended and restated on June 30, 2017. The Change in Control Bonus Plan permits the granting of notional units, or Award Units, which entitle participants to receive payments upon a Liquidity Event, which is generally defined as: (a) the direct or indirect acquisition of more than fifty percent of our total fair market value or total voting power of Enfusion Ltd. LLC; or (b) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, in each case so long as such event constitutes a change in control event for purposes of Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Each Award Unit relates to one Class A Unit of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and entitles participants to payment equal to the per unit consideration payable with respect to such Class A Units, less a specified base amount listed in each award notice. The maximum aggregate number of Award Units that may be issued under the plan is 1,000,000 award units.
The Change in Control Bonus Plan has been administered by our board of managers. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted and the number of Award Units subject to such awards, the time at which each Award shall be made, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the plan. Persons eligible to participate in the Change in Control Bonus Plan are our common law employees.
Each award under the Change in Control Bonus Plan generally terminates and expires on the earliest of: (i) the date the participant separates from service during the five-year period beginning on the award’s grant date (or such other vesting period or periods designated in an award agreement) for any reason other than for “cause”; or (ii) upon a liquidity event which does not meet or exceed the award’s specified gross purchase price hurdle, or the vesting conditions. In addition, each award terminates and expires upon the participant’s termination for cause, breach of a restrictive covenant obligations, or termination following a Liquidity Event for any reason prior to the date that the holders of Enfusion Ltd. LLC economic units receive all transaction proceeds.
We may amend or terminate the Change in Control Bonus Plan at any time; provided, however, that the termination or amendment of the plan may not materially impair any rights of participants under the plan without the prior written consent of such affected participants.
The following table sets forth information with respect to Award Units held by our named executive officers that were outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As described above, each Award Unit relates to one Class A Unit of Enfusion LLC and entitles participants to payment equal to the per unit consideration payable with respect to such Class A Units in a Liquidity Event, less the specified base amount. The base amount is intended to represent the fair market value on a per unit basis as of the grant of the Award Units. |
(2) |
|
These Award Units vest (i) with respect to 2.5 Award Units, in four equal annual installments over the four years following the grant date based on Mr. Kim’s continued employment with us and subject to a liquidity event which results in a “gross purchase price (as defined in the A&R Change in Control Bonus Plan) of $750 million; (ii) with respect to 1 Award Unit, on the fifth anniversary of the grant date based on Mr. Kim’s continued employment with us and subject to a liquidity event which results in a “gross purchase price (as defined in the A&R Change in Control Bonus Plan) of $1.5 billion; and (iii) with respect to the remaining 1 Award Unit, on the fifth anniversary of the grant date based on Mr. Kim’s continued employment with us subject to a liquidity event which results in a “gross purchase price (as defined in the A&R Change in Control Bonus Plan) of $2.0 billion. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
These Award Units vest in five equal annual installments over the five years following the grant date based on Mr. Dorton’s continued employment with us and subject to a liquidity event which results in a “gross purchase price” (as defined in the A&R Change in Control Bonus Plan) of $600 million. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
These Award Units vest in five equal annual installments over the five years following the grant date based on Mr. Bachert’s continued employment with us and subject to a liquidity event which results in a “gross purchase price” (as defined in the A&R Change in Control Bonus Plan) of $600 million. |
Executive Employment Arrangements
106
We initially entered into employment agreements with each of the named executive officers in connection with his employment with us, which set forth the terms and conditions of their employment and which contain standard non-solicitation, non-competition, confidentiality and intellectual property assignment covenants.
On February 20, 2020 we entered into an employment agreement with Thomas Kim under which he joined us as our Chief Executive Officer commencing on March 23, 2020. Pursuant to Mr. Kim’s employment agreement, his annual base salary is $650,000, which amount is subject to our review and adjustment after the first twelve months of his employment. For the 2020 fiscal year, Mr. Kim’s annual base salary was pro-rated based on his employment commencement date. Mr. Kim is also eligible to receive discretionary bonuses. Additionally, Mr. Kim is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.
Under the terms of Mr. Kim’s employment agreement, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without cause or Mr. Kim resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his employment agreement), we have agreed to enter into a separate severance agreement which will describe the party’s post-termination rights and obligations, which will, at minimum, provide six months’ base salary as severance pay if such termination date is in the first year of employment.
Stephen P. Dorton
On June 26, 2019, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Dorton under which he joined us as our Chief Financial Officer commencing on August 5, 2019. Effective February 1, 2021, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Dorton, under which Mr. Dorton’s salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to receive discretionary bonuses. Additionally, Mr. Dorton is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.
Steven M. Bachert
On October 14, 2019, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bachert under which he joined us as our Chief Revenue Officer commencing on October 16, 2019. Effective February 1, 2021, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Bachert under which Mr. Bachert’s salary is $300,000, and he is eligible to receive discretionary bonuses. Additionally, Mr. Bachert is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.
Tarek Hammoud
Tarek Hammoud served as our Chief Executive Officer from January 2006 through March 2020, at which time he transitioned to serve as our Executive Chairman. There were no changes to Mr. Hammoud’s compensation in connection with such transition. Effective February 1, 2021, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Hammoud, under which Mr. Hammoud’s annual base salary is $279,000 and he is eligible to receive discretionary bonuses. Additionally, Mr. Hammoud is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.
IPO Equity Grants
In connection with this offering, we intend to grant restricted stock units under the 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan described below. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the grants of restricted stock units would be with respect to an aggregate of 3,185,591 shares of Class A common stock, of which Mr. Kim will be granted 820,313 restricted stock units, Mr. Dorton will be granted 171,875 restricted stock units, and Mr. Bachert will be granted 319,688 restricted stock units. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the aggregate number of restricted stock units to be granted by approximately $6.2 million worth of restricted stock units. The restricted stock units will be subject to time-based vesting conditions, subject to continued employment on the applicable vesting date. The restricted stock units shall otherwise be on terms consistent with the 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan described below.
107
Employee Benefit Plans
2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
Our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or 2021 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on October 11, 2021, approved by our stockholders on October 11, 2021 and will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2021 Plan will allow our compensation committee to make equity-based and cash-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and consultants.
We have initially reserved 26,400,000 shares of our Class A common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2021 Plan, or the Initial Limit. This initial share reserve is inclusive of (i) the restricted stock units that will be granted in connection with this offering as described under "IPO Equity Grants" above, which based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would be with respect to an aggregate of 3,185,591 shares, (ii) the future issuance of 2,047,064 shares that will be issued to a non-executive employee in exchange for termination of an agreement pursuant to which we were obligated to pay a percentage of our annual net profits, and (iii) the future issuance of Class A common stock to former participants in our Change in Control Bonus Plan as described under “Summary Compensation Table” above and who are current service providers to us, which based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would be an aggregate of 14,241,000 shares. The 2021 Plan provides that the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved and available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter, by 3% of the outstanding number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. These limits are subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.
The shares we issue under the 2021 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards under the 2021 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.
The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 6,000,000 shares of common stock.
Our 2021 Plan contains a limitation whereby the grant date fair value of all awards made under our 2021 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year commencing with calendar year 2022 for services as a non-employee director shall not exceed $1,200,000.
The 2021 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will have full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted and the number of shares subject to such awards, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.
The 2021 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant unless the option is granted (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code or (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.
Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee
108
and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.
Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment or other service relationship with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2021 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.
Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of our common stock.
Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2021 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals. Our compensation committee may grant other stock-based awards under the 2021 Plan to participants, subject to such terms and conditions as it shall determine.
The 2021 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2021 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2021 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2021 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, upon the effective time of the sale event, such awards shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise any options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2021 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards. In the event awards are assumed, continued or substituted in connection with a sale event, and on or within 12 months following such sale event, a participant’s employment is terminated without cause or for good reason, such participant’s awards will accelerate and vest in full.
Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2021 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2021 Plan require the approval of our stockholders. The administrator of the 2021 Plan is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants without stockholder consent. No awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the effective date of the 2021 Plan. No awards under the 2021 Plan have been made prior to the date of this prospectus.
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2021 ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors on October 11, 2021, approved by our stockholders on October 11, 2021 and will become effective on the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2021 ESPP is not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. The 2021 ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 150,000 shares of Class A common stock to participating employees. The 2021 ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2031, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the outstanding number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) such lesser number of shares of Class A common stock as determined by the administrator of the 2021 ESPP. The number of shares reserved under the 2021 ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.
All employees are generally eligible to participate in the 2021 ESPP, provided that the administrator may limit eligibility to employees who regularly work a minimum number of hours and/or have completed a minimum amount of service.
We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP, and the administrator may determine the timing and duration of any such offering. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the relevant offering date.
109
Each employee who is a participant in the 2021 ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% (or such other maximum specified by the administrator) of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower.
The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee's rights under the 2021 ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.
The 2021 ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time but will automatically terminate upon the tenth anniversary of its effectiveness. An amendment that increases the number of shares of Class A common stock authorized under the 2021 ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) plan, that is intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, and contains a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. U.S. employees who are at least 21 years of age, including our named executive officers, are generally eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan, subject to certain criteria. Participants may make pre-tax and certain after-tax (Roth) salary deferral contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. An employee’s interest in his or her salary deferral contributions is 100% vested when contributed. We also make matching contributions equal to 50% of the first 6% of compensation deferred.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
We did not provide any compensation to any non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2020, and directors who also serve as employees received no additional compensation for their service as directors. Accordingly, we have omitted the Director Compensation Table from this prospectus.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
In connection with this offering, we adopted a non-employee director compensation policy that will become effective upon the completion of this offering and will be designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors.
Under the policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash retainers (which will be prorated for partial years of service) and equity awards as set forth below:
|
|
|
|
Annual Retainer for Board Membership |
|
|
|
Annual service on the board of directors |
|
|
$35,000 |
Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership |
|
|
|
Annual service as audit committee chairperson |
|
|
$20,000 |
Annual service as member of the audit committee (other than chair) |
|
|
$10,000 |
Annual service as compensation committee chairperson |
|
|
$12,000 |
Annual service as member of the compensation committee (other than chair) |
|
|
$6,000 |
Annual service as nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson |
|
|
$8,000 |
Annual service as member of the nominating and corporate governance committee (other than chair) |
|
|
$4,000 |
110
Our policy provides that each non-employee director elected to our board of directors after the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, upon initial election to our board of directors, will be granted RSUs having a fair market value of $187,500, or the Initial Grant. In addition, on the date of each of our annual meetings of stockholders following the completion of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each non-employee director who will continue as a non-employee director following such meeting will be granted an annual award of RSUs having a fair market value of $125,000, or the Annual Grant. The Initial Grant will vest in three equal annual installments on each anniversary date on which the non-employee director was appointed to our board for directors, subject to continued service as a director through each applicable vesting date. The Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date or (ii) our next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. In addition, all such awards are subject to full accelerated vesting upon the sale event of our company (as defined in the policy).
We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.
111
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2018 and each currently proposed transaction in which:
● | we have been or are to be a participant; |
● | the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and |
● | any of our directors, executive officers or holders of 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. |
Tax Receivable Agreement
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with certain of our pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Enfusion, Inc. to such pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Enfusion, Inc. actually realizes, or is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions), as a result of: (i) existing tax basis acquired in this offering; (ii) increases in existing tax basis and adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a result of sales or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units in connection with or after this offering; (iii) Enfusion, Inc.’s utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies; and (iv) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The existing tax basis, increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) the depreciation and amortization deductions available to Enfusion, Inc. and, therefore, may reduce the amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax that Enfusion, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the IRS may challenge all or part of the validity of that tax basis, and a court could sustain such a challenge. The existing tax basis acquired in this offering and the increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon purchases or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Actual tax benefits realized by Enfusion, Inc. may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. The payment obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is an obligation of Enfusion, Inc. and not of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Enfusion, Inc. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash tax benefits, if any, it realizes from such tax benefits. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, the cash tax benefits will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Enfusion, Inc. to the amount of such taxes that Enfusion, Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no existing tax basis, no anticipated tax basis adjustments of the assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as a result of purchases or exchanges (or deemed exchanges) or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units and no utilization of certain tax attributes of the Blocker Companies, and had Enfusion, Inc. not entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement. The actual and hypothetical tax liabilities determined in the Tax Receivable Agreement will be calculated using the actual U.S. federal income tax rate in effect for the applicable period and an assumed, weighted-average state and local income tax rate based on apportionment factors for the applicable period (along with the use of certain other assumptions). The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless Enfusion, Inc. exercises its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, certain changes of control occur (as described in more detail below) or Enfusion, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Enfusion, Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement. The payment to be made upon an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally equal the present value of payments to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement using certain assumptions. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustments upon the purchase or exchange (or deemed exchange) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:
● | the timing of purchases or exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC at the time of each purchase or exchange. In addition, the increase in existing tax basis acquired upon the future exchange of Common |
112
Units for shares of Class A common stock will vary depending on the amount of remaining existing tax basis at the time of such purchase or exchange; |
● | the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the purchase or exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the purchase or exchange; |
● | the extent to which such purchases or exchanges do not result in a basis adjustment—if a purchase or an exchange does not result in an increase to the existing basis, increased deductions will not be available; |
● | the amount of tax attributes—the amount of applicable tax attributes of the Blocker Companies at the time of the Blocker Restructuring will impact the amount and timing of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement; |
● | changes in tax rates—payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be calculated using the actual U.S. federal income tax rate in effect for the applicable period and an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate based on apportionment factors for the applicable period, so changes in tax rates will impact the magnitude of cash tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and the amount of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement; and |
● | the amount and timing of our income—Enfusion, Inc. is obligated to pay 85% of the cash tax benefits under the Tax Receivable Agreement as and when realized. If Enfusion, Inc. does not have taxable income, Enfusion, Inc. is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for a taxable year in which it does not have taxable income because no cash tax benefits will have been realized. However, any tax attributes that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in cash tax benefits that will result in payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. |
We expect that as a result of the size of the existing tax basis acquired in this offering, the increase in existing tax basis and the anticipated tax basis adjustment of the tangible and intangible assets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC upon the purchase or exchange (or deemed exchange) of Common Units for shares of Class A common stock or distributions (or deemed distributions) with respect to Common Units and our possible utilization of certain tax attributes, the payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. We estimate the amount of existing tax basis acquired in this offering to be approximately $110.7 million. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual cash tax benefits that Enfusion, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or if distributions directly and/or indirectly to Enfusion, Inc. by Enfusion Ltd. LLC are not sufficient to permit Enfusion, Inc. to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Late payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will accrue interest at an uncapped rate equal to one-year LIBOR (or its successor rate) plus 500 basis points. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the pre-IPO owners.
In addition, Enfusion, Inc. may elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax benefits with respect to all Common Units. In determining such anticipated future cash tax benefits, the Tax Receivable Agreement includes several assumptions, including that: (i) any Common Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination; (ii) Enfusion, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax benefits; (iii) Enfusion, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change in control; (iv) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination; and (v) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax benefits are discounted at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum and (ii) one-year LIBOR (or its successor rate) plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering and that one-year LIBOR were to be 0.22%, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $179.3 million if Enfusion, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.
Furthermore, in the event of certain changes of control, if Enfusion, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and in certain events of bankruptcy or liquidation, the obligations of Enfusion, Inc. would be automatically accelerated and be immediately due and payable, and Enfusion, Inc. would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax benefit with respect to all Common Units, calculated based on the valuation assumptions
113
described above. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. As a result, Enfusion, Inc. could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax benefits that Enfusion, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement or that are prior to the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. Changes in law or changes in tax rates following the date of acceleration may also result in payments being made in excess of the future tax benefits, if any.
Decisions made by our pre-IPO owners in the course of running our business may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction generally will accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Enfusion, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if any of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement are successfully challenged by the IRS, although such amounts may reduce our future obligations, if any, under the Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of Enfusion, Inc.’s cash tax benefits.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners, which will provide for customary “demand” registrations and “piggyback” registration rights. The registration rights agreement also will provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the registration rights holders against (or make contributions in respect of) certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.
On December 24, 2020, Enfusion Ltd. LLC issued and sold an aggregate amount of 7.964 Class D Units to ICONIQ Strategic Partners V, L.P., or ICONIQ, and EF ISP V-B Blocker, Inc., at a purchase price of $11,738,918 per Class D Unit, for a total purchase price of $93,487,033.51.
On December 24, 2020, FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc., which held 32.693 Class C-1 Units and 7.494 Class C-2 Units, exchanged 3.916 Class C-1 Units and 0.898 Class C-2 Units for 4.814 Class D Units. Following the exchange, FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc. issued 4.814 shares of Class D Units to ICONIQ in exchange for $56,512,966.49.
Sale of Class C-2 Units
On October 30, 2019, Enfusion Ltd. LLC issued and sold an aggregate amount of 5.623 Class C-2 Units to HH ELL Holdings LLC, at a purchase price of $4,379,789 per Class C-2 Unit, for a total purchase price of $24,627,755.54.
On August 9, 2019, Enfusion Ltd. LLC issued and sold an aggregate amount of 7.494 Class C-2 Units to FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc., at a purchase price of $4,379,789 per Class C-2 Unit, for a total purchase price of $32,822,206.21.
Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement
As a result of the Reorganization Transactions, Enfusion, Inc. will hold Common Units in Enfusion Ltd. LLC and will control Enfusion US 1, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, which will be the managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Accordingly, Enfusion, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, will have the obligation to absorb losses and receive benefits from Enfusion Ltd. LLC, and consolidate the financial results of Enfusion Ltd. LLC and, through Enfusion Ltd. LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC as it will be in effect at the time of this offering among Enfusion, Inc. and the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders, Enfusion, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions
114
will be made to holders of Common Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of Common Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units held.
The holders of Common Units, including Enfusion, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. Net profits and net losses of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will generally be allocated to its holders (including directly and/or indirectly Enfusion, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Common Units held, except as otherwise required by law. The amended and restated limited partnership agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC provides for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of Common Units if Enfusion, Inc., as the entity controlling the managing member of Enfusion Ltd. LLC, determines that a holder, by reason of holding Common Units, incurs an income tax liability. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on an estimate of the net taxable income of Enfusion Ltd. LLC allocated to the holder of Common Units that receives the greatest proportionate allocation of income multiplied by an assumed tax rate. Tax distributions will be pro rata as among the Common Units.
The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Enfusion, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the Tax Receivable Agreement by Enfusion, Inc., income tax expenses of Enfusion, Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by Enfusion, Inc., will be borne by Enfusion Ltd. LLC.
The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC will provide that each holder of Common Units (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may on a value-for-value basis (subject to the terms of the agreement) cause Enfusion Ltd. LLC to exchange their Common Units for shares of Class A common stock of Enfusion, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Any Class A common stock received in any such exchange during the applicable restricted periods described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements,” would be subject to the restrictions described in such section. The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement will also provide that a holder of Common Units will not have the right to exchange Common Units if Enfusion, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Enfusion, Inc. to which the holder of Common Units may be subject. Enfusion, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Enfusion Ltd. LLC is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges Common Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of Common Units held by Enfusion, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Common Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Enfusion Ltd. LLC may, at its sole discretion, in lieu of delivering Class A common stock for any Common Units surrendered for exchange, pay an amount in cash per Common Unit equal to the 5-day volume-weighted average price of the Class A common stock on the date of the receipt of the written notice of the exchange.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:
● | any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders; |
● | any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
● | unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or |
● | any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit. |
Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
In addition, we expect to adopt our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted
115
by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.
Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.
Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.
The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and any of their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.
116
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock as of September 30, 2021, as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock, for:
● | each of our named executive officers; |
● | each of our directors; |
● | all of our directors and executive officers as a group; |
● | each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; and |
● | each selling stockholder. |
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.
The percentage of beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of Common Units outstanding before the offering set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and of Common Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and of Common Units after the offering set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and of Common Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the offering.
In general, each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. The holders of our Common Units will hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock will have no economic rights . Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Enfusion, Inc., 125 South Clark Street, Suite 750, Chicago, Illinois 60603.
117
(1) |
Subject to the terms of the Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, the Common Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis after the completion of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.” Beneficial ownership of Common Units reflected in this table has not been also reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock |
118
for which such units may be exchanged. In calculating the percentage of Common Units beneficially owned after the Reorganization Transactions, the Common Units held by Enfusion, Inc. are treated as outstanding.
(2) |
Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of Enfusion, Inc. voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.” |
(3) Represents of 35,373,137 shares of Class A common stock held by FTV IV, L.P., as reflected in footnote (7) below. Mr. Bernstein, a member of our board of directors, is the managing partner of FTV and shares voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by FTV IV, L.P. Mr. Bernstein disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(4) Represents 13,416,132 Common Units directly held by LRA Ventures, LLC. Tarek Hammoud may be deemed to have the dispositive power over the Common Units held by LRA Ventures, LLC. The address of LRA Ventures, LLC is 300 Collins Ave., Unit 4C, Miami Beach, FL 33139.
(5) Represents 15,843,613 Common Units directly held by CSL Tech Holdings, LLC. Oleg Movchan may be deemed to have the dispositive voting power over the Common Units held by CSL Tech Holdings, LLC. The address of CSL Tech Holdings, LLC and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is 806 Central Avenue, Suite 203, Highland Park, Illinois, 60035.
(6) Represents 35,373,137 shares of Class A common stock directly held by FTV IV, L.P. FTV Management IV, L.L.C. is the sole equity holder of FTV IV, L.P. Bradford E. Bernstein, Richard Garman, David Haynes, Karen Derr Gilbert, and Christoph Winship may be deemed to have shared voting, investment, and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by FTV IV, L.P. may be deemed to have the dispositive voting power over the shares held by FTV IV, L.P. The address of FTV IV, L.P. and each of the other entities listed in this footnote is 555 California Street, Suite 2850 San Francisco, CA 94104.
(7) Represents 13,416,132 Common Units directly held by Malherbe Investments LLC. Stephen Malherbe may be deemed to have the dispositive power over the Common Units held by Malherbe Investments LLC. The address of Malherbe Investments LLC is 1063 Gallant Court, Wheaton, IL 60187.
(8) Represents 5,623,045 Common Units held by HH ELL Investment LLC. HH ELL Investment LLC is incorporated in the State of Delaware and is beneficially owned by Hillhouse Fund IV, L.P. Hillhouse Investment Management, Ltd., or HIM, acts as the sole management company of Hillhouse Fund IV, L.P. HIM is deemed to be the beneficial owner of, and to control the voting power of, the Common Units held by HH ELL Investment LLC. The address of HH ELL Investment LLC is 1675 S. State Street, Suite B, Dover, Delaware 19901.
(9) Represents 5,291,702 Common Units directly held by Werner Capital LLC. Scott Werner may be deemed to have the dispositive power over the Common Units held by Werner Capital LLC.
(10) Represents (i) 2,934,000 shares of Class A common stock directly held by EF ISP V-B Blocker, Inc. and (ii) 4,814,000 shares of Class A common stock and 5,030,000 Common Units directly held by ISP V Main Fund EF LLC, together with EF ISP V-B Blocker, Inc., the ICONIQ Entities. ICONIQ Strategic Partners V-B, L.P., or ICONIQ V-B, is the sole equity holder of EF ISP V-B Blocker, Inc. ICONIQ Strategic Partners V, L.P., or ICONIQ V, is the sole managing member of ISP V Main Fund EF LLC. ICONIQ Strategic Partners GP V, L.P., or ICONIQ GP V, is the sole general partner of each of ICONIQ V and ICONIQ V-B. ICONIQ Strategic Partners V TT GP, Ltd., or ICONIQ Parent GP V, is the sole general partner of ICONIQ GP V. Divesh Makan, William Griffith and Matthew Jacobson are the sole equity holders and directors of ICONIQ Parent GP V and may be deemed to have shared voting, investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the ICONIQ Entities. The address of the ICONIQ entities is 394 Pacific Ave., 2nd Floor, San Francisco, CA 94111.
119
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of the Class A common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.
General
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 150,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. No shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.
Common Stock
Class A common stock
In general, holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.
The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to the rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of our preferred stock.
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors, and subject to the rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.
All shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our Class A common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
Class B common stock
Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law. Delaware law entitles the holders of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock to vote separately as different classes in connection with any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that would increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class or that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of such class so as to affect them adversely. As permitted by Delaware law, the certificate of incorporation includes a provision which eliminates the class vote that the holders of Class A common stock would otherwise have with respect to an amendment to the certificate of incorporation increasing or decreasing the number of shares of Class A common stock we are entitled to issue and that the holders of Class B common stock would otherwise have with respect to an amendment
120
to the certificate of incorporation increasing or decreasing the number of shares of Class B common stock we are entitled to issue. Thus, subject to any other voting requirements contained in the certificate of incorporation, any amendment to the certificate of incorporation increasing or decreasing the number of shares of either Class A common stock or Class B common stock that we are authorized to issue would require a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting power of all capital stock (including both the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock), voting together as a single class.
Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Enfusion, Inc. Shares of Class B common stock are not convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock or any other security.
Shares of Class B common stock may be transferred to any transferee (other than to the Company) only if, and only to the extent permitted by the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, such holder also simultaneously transfers an equal number of such holder’s Common Units to such transferee.
Preferred Stock
Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of Class A common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of Class A common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after the consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are also designed to encourage persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Board Composition and Filling Vacancies
Our certificate of incorporation will provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.
No Written Consent of Stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.
Meetings of Stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered
121
or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements
Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws will specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our certificate of incorporation will provide that any amendment thereof must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class.
Our bylaws will provide that any amendment thereof must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, voting together as a single class.
Undesignated Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation will provide for 100,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation will grant our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of Class A common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.
Choice of Forum
Our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for; (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf: (ii) any action asserting a claim of, or a claim based on, a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us, or any current or former director, officer, or other employee or stockholder, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim against us or any current or former director or officer or other employee governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that this choice of forum provision does not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our bylaws will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our bylaws also will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. We recognize that the forum selection clause that will be in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the forum
122
selection clause that will be in our bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are “facially valid” under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such an action. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
● | before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
● | upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or |
● | at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
● | any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; |
● | any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation; |
● | subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; |
● | subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and |
● | the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. |
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.
Listing
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “ENFN.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
123
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.
124
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.
On the closing of this offering, a total of 64,066,841 shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all of the Class A common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold by us on the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common stock, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining shares of Class A common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S.
Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as well as our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market after the date of this prospectus.
In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of the Enfusion Ltd. LLC Amended and Restated Operating Agreement we will enter into with the holders of our Common Units, holders of Common Units may (subject to the terms of this agreement) exchange Common Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon consummation of this offering, the Pre-IPO Common Unitholders will hold 48,987,420 Common Units (or 47,470,973 Common Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. Any shares we issue upon exchange of Common Units will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Under applicable SEC guidance, we believe that for purposes of Rule 144 the holding period in such shares will generally include the holding period in the corresponding Common Units exchanged. Moreover, as a result of the registration rights agreement, all or a portion of these shares may be eligible for future sale without restriction, subject to the lock-up arrangements described below. See “—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”
Lock-Up Agreements
We, and all of our directors, executive officers and our other pre-IPO owners representing all of the Common Units prior to this offering, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of any of our shares of Class A common stock, any options or warrants to purchase any of our shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our Class A common stock. These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.” Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, subject to applicable notice requirements.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.
125
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
● | the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Any shares we issue upon exchange of Common Units will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144. Under applicable SEC guidance, we believe that for purposes of Rule 144 the holding period in such shares will generally include the holding period in the corresponding Common Units exchanged.
Registration Rights
In connection with this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for additional information.
Registration Statements on Form S-8
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register the offer and sale of shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable under our 2021 Plan and ESPP. These registration statements will become effective immediately on filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.
126
CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
● | a non-resident alien individual; |
● | a foreign corporation or any other foreign organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or |
● | a foreign estate or trust, the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis. |
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. In addition, the IRS could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.
We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, alternative minimum tax, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code, the Medicare Contribution Tax or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:
● | insurance companies; |
● | tax-exempt or governmental organizations; |
● | financial institutions; |
● | brokers or dealers in securities; |
● | pension plans; |
● | “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; |
● | owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; |
● | “qualified foreign pension funds,” or entities wholly owned by a “qualified foreign pension fund”; |
● | persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; |
● | U.S. expatriates; |
● | persons who have elected to mark securities to market; or |
● | persons that acquire our common stock as compensation for services. |
In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other entities that are transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through such entities. In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a person treated as a partner in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. A person treated as a partner in a partnership or who holds their stock through another transparent entity should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other transparent entity, as applicable.
127
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.
Distributions on our Common Stock
We do not currently expect to pay dividends. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” above in this prospectus. However, in the event that we do pay distributions of cash or property on our common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock.”
Subject also to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. If we are unable to determine, at a time reasonably close to the date of payment of a distribution on our common stock, what portion, if any, of the distribution will constitute a dividend, then we may withhold U.S. federal income tax on the basis of assuming that the full amount of the distribution will be a dividend. If we or another withholding agent apply over-withholding, a non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a refund or credit of any excess tax withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.
Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must generally provide us with a properly executed original IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, will be taxed at the same U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.
A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.
A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for such lower rate of U.S. withholding tax as may be specified under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.
Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances. The certification requirements described above also may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number.
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax” and “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:
● | the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply; |
● | the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which the non- |
128
U.S. holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition (without taking into account any capital loss carryovers); or |
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax
We (or the applicable paying agent) must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a foreign broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.
Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Such withholding may also apply to payments of proceeds of sales or other dispositions of our common stock, although under proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on them pending finalization), no withholding will apply to payments of gross proceeds. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.
The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.
129
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:
|
|
|
Name |
|
Number of Shares |
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
|
|
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
|
|
BofA Securities, Inc. |
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
|
|
Piper Sandler & Co. |
|
|
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated |
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
|
|
Loop Capital Markets LLC |
|
|
Total: |
|
|
The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 2,812,500 additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 2,812,500 shares of Class A common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
||||||
|
|
Per Share |
|
No Exercise |
|
Full Exercise |
|||
Public offering price |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by: |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Us |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The selling stockholders |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $5.8 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $40,000.
130
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.
We intend to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “ENFN”.
We, the selling stockholders, and all directors, officers and holders of all of our outstanding common stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:
● | offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock; |
● | file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or |
● | enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock. |
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Class A common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to certain customary exceptions. In addition, HH ELL Investment LLC has agreed with the representatives that it shall be permitted to pledge shares during the restricted period.
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.
In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research,
131
principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders, and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
Selling Restrictions
Canada
The shares of our Class A common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of our Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, each a Member State, no shares of our Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares of our Class A common stock may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation; |
(b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or |
(c) | in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall require us or any of our representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of |
132
the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation. |
In the case of any shares of our Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).
United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares of our Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that either (i) has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, or (ii) is to be treated as if it had been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the transitional provision in Regulation 74 of the Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, except that offers of shares of our Class A common stock may be made to the public in the United Kingdom at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:
(a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; |
(b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or |
(c) | in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA, provided that no such offer of the shares of our Class A common stock shall require the Issuer or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
In addition, this prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, and any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to, and will be engaged in only with, persons who are outside the United Kingdom or persons in the United Kingdom (i) having professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within the definition of “investment professionals” in Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (ii) who are high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Persons who are not relevant persons should not take any action on the basis of this prospectus and should not act or rely on it.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
133
Any offer in Australia of the shares of our Class A common stock may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares of our Class A common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring the shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of our Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on its resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Hong Kong
The shares of our Class A common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Japan
No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of Class A common stock.
Accordingly, the shares of Class A common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.
For Qualified Institutional Investors, or QII
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Class A common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise
134
prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.
For Non-QII Investors
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of Class A common stock constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of our Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares of our Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (i) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (ii) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; (iii) where the transfer is by operation of law; (iv) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or (v) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.
Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Switzerland
This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the shares of our Class A common stock. The shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act, or FinSA, and no application has or will be made to admit the shares to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of our Class A common stock constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
135
Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.
The financial statement of Enfusion, Inc. as of June 11, 2021, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.enfusion.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
136
ENFUSION, INC.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
Page |
Audited Financial Statement of Enfusion, Inc. |
|
F-2 |
|
F-3 |
|
F-4 |
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC |
|
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and as of December 31, 2019 |
F-6 |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 |
F-7 |
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 |
F-8 |
F-9 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 |
F-10 |
F-11 |
|
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC |
|
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 |
F-23 |
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 |
F-24 |
F-25 |
|
F-26 |
|
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 |
F-27 |
F-28 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholder and the Board of Directors of Enfusion, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statement
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Enfusion, Inc. (the Company) as of June 11, 2021, the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 11, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
Chicago, Illinois
July 1, 2021
F-2
ENFUSION, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
1 |
Total assets |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY |
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding |
|
$ |
1 |
Total stockholder's equity |
|
$ |
1 |
See Notes to Balance Sheet.
F-3
NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND BACKGROUND
Enfusion, Inc. (“the Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on June 11, 2021. Pursuant to a reorganization into a holding company structure, the Company will be a holding company and its principal asset will be an indirectly held controlling equity interest in Enfusion Ltd. LLC (“the LLC”). Through the Company’s ability to appoint the board of managers of the LLC, the Company will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC, and through the LLC and its subsidiaries, conduct the Company’s business.
Basis of Presentation
The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented because the Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation.
NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash
Cash includes cash on hand and is carried at fair value, which approximates carrying value.
Income Taxes
The Company is treated as a subchapter C corporation, and therefore, are subject to both federal and state income taxes. The LLC continues to be recognized as a limited liability company, a pass-through entity for income tax purposes.
NOTE 3 – STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
On June 11, 2021, the Company was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value. On June 11, 2021, the Company issued 1,000 shares for $1.00, all of which are owned by the LLC.
NOTE 4 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 1, 2021, the date on which the audited balance sheet was available to be issued.
F-4
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Members and the Board of Managers of Enfusion Ltd. LLC
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enfusion Ltd. LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, preferred units and members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
Chicago, Illinois
July 1, 2021
F-5
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
13,938 |
|
$ |
5,898 |
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $707 and $201, respectively |
|
|
12,180 |
|
|
8,975 |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
2,793 |
|
|
1,292 |
Total current assets |
|
|
28,911 |
|
|
16,165 |
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
8,784 |
|
|
6,008 |
Other assets |
|
|
1,404 |
|
|
1,024 |
Total assets |
|
$ |
39,099 |
|
$ |
23,197 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED UNITS AND MEMBERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
484 |
|
$ |
443 |
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
|
7,666 |
|
|
7,327 |
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
300 |
Total current liabilities |
|
|
10,650 |
|
|
8,070 |
Long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs |
|
|
96,063 |
|
|
27,357 |
Other liabilities |
|
|
430 |
|
|
576 |
Total liabilities |
|
|
107,143 |
|
|
36,003 |
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C-1 Units, no par value, 28.777 and 32.693 Units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. |
|
|
6,434 |
|
|
47,268 |
Class C-2 Units, no par value, 12.219 and 13.117 Units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. |
|
|
44,863 |
|
|
57,805 |
Class D Units, no par value, 12.778 Units and none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. |
|
|
114,218 |
|
|
- |
Total Preferred Units |
|
|
165,515 |
|
|
105,073 |
Members' equity (deficit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units, no par value, 47.968 Units and 54.496 Units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. |
|
|
(233,347) |
|
|
(117,783) |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(212) |
|
|
(96) |
Total Members' equity (deficit) |
|
|
(233,559) |
|
|
(117,879) |
Total liabilities, Preferred Units and Members' equity (deficit) |
|
$ |
39,099 |
|
$ |
23,197 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||
REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
73,550 |
|
$ |
55,877 |
Managed services |
|
|
4,436 |
|
|
2,379 |
Other |
|
|
1,579 |
|
|
771 |
Total net revenues |
|
|
79,565 |
|
|
59,027 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
|
18,015 |
|
|
13,698 |
Managed services |
|
|
2,512 |
|
|
2,563 |
Other |
|
|
831 |
|
|
700 |
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
21,358 |
|
|
16,961 |
Gross profit |
|
|
58,207 |
|
|
42,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
35,888 |
|
|
16,625 |
Sales and marketing |
|
|
9,927 |
|
|
7,426 |
Technology and development |
|
|
6,318 |
|
|
4,146 |
Total operating expenses |
|
|
52,133 |
|
|
28,197 |
Income from operations |
|
|
6,074 |
|
|
13,869 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(1,662) |
|
|
(724) |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
82 |
|
|
(3) |
Total non-operating income (expense) |
|
|
(1,580) |
|
|
(727) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
4,494 |
|
|
13,142 |
Income taxes |
|
|
433 |
|
|
486 |
Net income |
|
$ |
4,061 |
|
$ |
12,656 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-7
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||
Net income |
|
$ |
4,061 |
|
$ |
12,656 |
Other comprehensive loss: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation loss |
|
|
(116) |
|
|
(86) |
Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(116) |
|
|
(86) |
Comprehensive income |
|
$ |
3,945 |
|
$ |
12,570 |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-8
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Consolidated Statements of Preferred Units and Member’ Equity (Deficit)
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Units |
|
|
Members' Equity (Deficit) |
|
Accumulated
|
|
Total Members' |
||||||||
|
|
Units |
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
Amount |
|
Loss |
|
Equity (Deficit) |
||||
January 1, 2019 |
|
32.693 |
|
$ |
54,383 |
|
|
67.613 |
|
$ |
(44,595) |
|
$ |
(10) |
|
$ |
(44,605) |
Net income |
|
- |
|
|
4,623 |
|
|
- |
|
|
8,033 |
|
|
- |
|
|
8,033 |
Other comprehensive loss |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
(86) |
|
|
(86) |
Redemption of Class A Units |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
(13.117) |
|
|
(57,450) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(57,450) |
Issuance of Class C-2 Units, net of issuance costs |
|
13.117 |
|
|
57,307 |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
Distributions - loan proceeds |
|
- |
|
|
(7,822) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(16,178) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(16,178) |
Distributions |
|
- |
|
|
(3,418) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(7,593) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(7,593) |
December 31, 2019 |
|
45.810 |
|
|
105,073 |
|
|
54.496 |
|
|
(117,783) |
|
|
(96) |
|
|
(117,879) |
Net income |
|
- |
|
|
1,860 |
|
|
- |
|
|
2,201 |
|
|
- |
|
|
2,201 |
Other comprehensive loss |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
(116) |
|
|
(116) |
Issuance of Class D Units, net of issuance costs |
|
7.964 |
|
|
93,261 |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
Issuance of Class D Units in a non-cash exchange, net of issuance costs |
|
4.814 |
|
|
56,376 |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
Redemption of Class A Units |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
(6.528) |
|
|
(76,634) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(76,634) |
Repurchase of Class C-1 Units in a non-cash exchange |
|
(3.916) |
|
|
(45,975) |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
Repurchase of Class C-2 Units in a non-cash exchange |
|
(0.898) |
|
|
(10,538) |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
Distributions - loan proceeds |
|
- |
|
|
(32,454) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(38,607) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(38,607) |
Distributions |
|
- |
|
|
(2,088) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(2,524) |
|
|
- |
|
|
(2,524) |
December 31, 2020 |
|
53.774 |
|
$ |
165,515 |
|
|
47.968 |
|
$ |
(233,347) |
|
$ |
(212) |
|
$ |
(233,559) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-9
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
4,061 |
|
$ |
12,656 |
Adjustments to reconcile Net income to Net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
2,291 |
|
|
1,157 |
Provision for bad debts |
|
|
1,010 |
|
|
266 |
Amortization of debt-related costs |
|
|
60 |
|
|
22 |
Net foreign currency losses |
|
|
1 |
|
|
3 |
Change in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(4,216) |
|
|
(2,790) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(1,776) |
|
|
(951) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
41 |
|
|
231 |
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
193 |
|
|
1,712 |
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
1,665 |
|
|
12,306 |
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(5,068) |
|
|
(4,429) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(5,068) |
|
|
(4,429) |
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from term loan |
|
|
71,211 |
|
|
29,700 |
Issuance of Class D Units, net of issuance costs |
|
|
93,261 |
|
|
- |
Issuance of Class C-2 Units, net of issuance costs |
|
|
- |
|
|
57,307 |
Proceeds from draw on revolving debt facility |
|
|
1,800 |
|
|
- |
Redemption of Class A Units |
|
|
(76,634) |
|
|
(57,450) |
Distribution of loan proceeds to Members |
|
|
(71,061) |
|
|
(24,000) |
Repayment of term loan |
|
|
(300) |
|
|
(2,000) |
Repayment of draw on revolving debt facility |
|
|
(1,800) |
|
|
- |
Payment of Member distributions |
|
|
(4,612) |
|
|
(11,011) |
Payment of equity issuance costs on non-cash issuance of Class D Units |
|
|
(137) |
|
|
- |
Payment of debt issuance and debt facility costs |
|
|
(169) |
|
|
(87) |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
11,559 |
|
|
(7,541) |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(116) |
|
|
(86) |
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
|
|
8,040 |
|
|
250 |
Cash, beginning of year |
|
|
5,898 |
|
|
5,648 |
Cash, end of year |
|
$ |
13,938 |
|
$ |
5,898 |
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid |
|
$ |
1,492 |
|
$ |
588 |
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Class D Units in a non-cash exchange for Class C-1 and C-2 Units |
|
$ |
56,376 |
|
$ |
- |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-10
Note 1 Organization and Description of Business
Enfusion Ltd. LLC. (“Enfusion” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of cloud-based order and execution management, portfolio management and risk systems. Enfusion’s clients include large global hedge fund managers, institutional asset managers, family offices and other institutional investors. Enfusion provides its clients with innovative real-time performance, risk calculations, and accounting capabilities for some of the most sophisticated financial products. The Company is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois and has offices in Chicago, New York, London, Dublin, Hong Kong, Singapore, São Paulo, and Mumbai. The Company was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on August 23, 1995.
Note 2 Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the operations of Enfusion and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Enfusion Systems UK Ltd., Enfusion HK Ltd., Enfusion Software Limited, Enfusion Softech India Private Limited, Enfusion (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Enfusion do Brasil Tecnologia da Informacao Ltda.
All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The years “2020” and “2019” refer to the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Segments
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the CODM. While the Company operates in multiple countries, the Company’s business operates as one operating segment because most of the Company's service offerings are delivered and supported on a global basis, the Company's service offerings are deployed in a nearly identical way, and the Company’s CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.
COVID-19
A novel strain of coronavirus first reported in December 2019, now known as “COVID-19”, has extensively impacted the global health and economic environment, with the World Health Organization characterizing COVID-19 as a pandemic on March 11, 2020. The Company is closely monitoring pandemic-related developments and has taken, and continues to take, numerous steps to address them. The Company has required nearly all its employees to work remotely on a temporary basis and has implemented global travel restrictions for employees. The Company believes the transition to remote working has been successful and has not significantly affected financial results for the year ended December 31, 2020. As the situation surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic remains fluid, the Company is actively managing its response. The extent of the effect on the Company’s future operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic, and governmental, regulatory and private sector responses, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict.
Note 3 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The significant accounting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are summarized below.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable includes billed and unbilled receivables, net of allowance of doubtful accounts. Billed accounts receivable are initially recorded upon the invoicing to clients with payment due within 30 days. Unbilled accounts receivable represents revenue recognized on contracts for which billings have not yet been presented to clients. The unbilled accounts receivable balance is due within one year.
F-11
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount estimated to be sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses resulting from extending credit to its clients. The Company regularly determines the adequacy of the allowance based on its assessment of the collectability of the accounts receivable by considering the age of each outstanding invoice, the collection history of each client, and an evaluation of current expected risk of credit loss of any clients with known financial difficulties. The Company assesses collectability by reviewing accounts receivable on an aggregated basis where similar characteristics exist and on an individual basis for specific clients with historical collectability issues or known financial difficulties. Increases to the allowance are recognized as a charge to doubtful accounts included in General and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. Accounts receivable deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment is stated at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets, except for leasehold improvements, which are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the underlying lease term. Also included in property and equipment are capitalized costs of software developed for internal use. The useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:
Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Upon retirement or disposition, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in operating income.
Software Development Costs
Capitalized software costs consist of costs to purchase software to be used within the Company and costs to develop software internally. Capitalization of purchased or internally developed software occurs during the application development stage and consists of design, coding and testing.
Amortization of software development costs is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the software, which is generally three years. Capitalized software development costs are recorded within property and equipment, net of accumulated amortization, within the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense is included in Cost of revenues – platform subscription services in the consolidated statements of operations.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets, including identifiable intangibles, in accordance with the accounting standard for impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, which requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred and when the net carrying value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributed to such assets. The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. No impairment of long-lived assets occurred during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Lender and Debt Issuance Costs
Lender fees and debt issuance costs attributable to the Term Loan permitted to be capitalized are recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the liability for the unpaid principal balance in the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over the loan term using the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs attributable to the Revolving Debt permitted to be capitalized are recorded in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the Credit Agreement term. The amortization of capitalized lender fees and debt issuance costs are recorded as Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accounting standards establish a hierarchal framework, which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained
F-12
from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available. Assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:
Level 1 |
Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; |
Level 2 |
Inputs are inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and |
Level 3 |
Inputs are unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. |
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is Level 2. The carrying amount of the Company’s other financial instruments, including accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
Revenue Recognition
The Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), as of January 1, 2019, the first day of the Company’s fiscal year, using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
As part of the adoption of ASC 606, the Company elected to use the following transition practical expedients: (i) completed contracts that begin and end in the same annual reporting period have not been restated; (ii) the Company used the known transaction price for completed contracts; (iii) to exclude disclosures of transaction prices allocated to remaining performance obligations when the Company expects to recognize such revenue for all periods prior to the date of initial application of the ASU; and (iv) the Company has reflected the aggregate of all contract modifications that occurred prior to the date of initial application when identifying the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations, determining the transaction price, and allocating the transaction price.
The Company derives its revenues primarily from fees for platform subscription and managed services provided to clients. Revenues are recognized when control of these services are transferred to the Company’s clients in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for these services. Revenues are recognized net of taxes applicable to service contacts.
The Company’s platform subscription and managed services contracts have provisions that allow for clients to cancel services after 30 days’ written notice. Clients are invoiced each month for the performance obligations fulfilled in accordance with the stated terms of their service contracts. Fees for partial term service contracts are prorated, as applicable. Payment of fees are due from clients within 30 days of the invoice date. The Company does not provide financing to clients. The Company determines revenue recognition through the following five-step framework:
Platform subscription revenues
Platform subscription revenues consist primarily of fees for providing clients with access to the Company’s cloud-based platform. Platform subscription clients do not have the right to take possession of the platform’s software, and do not have any general return rights. Platform subscription revenues are generally recognized ratably over the period of contractually enforceable rights and obligations, beginning on the date that the client gains access to the platform. Most platform subscription contracts have a one-year term and are cancellable with 30 days’ notice. Installment payments are invoiced at the end of each calendar month during the subscription term. The Company also has a limited number of contracts that are non-cancellable, the impact of which the Company has determined is not material to the Company’s pattern of revenue recognition.
Managed services revenues
Managed services revenues primarily consist of client-selected middle and back-office services provided on our clients’ behalf using the Company’s platform. Revenue is recognized monthly as the managed services are performed, with invoicing occurring at the end of the calendar month.
F-13
Other revenues
Other revenues include data conversion and custom development services that integrate a client’s historical data into the Company’s platform and make tailored changes to the platform to accommodate a client’s identified need. Revenue is recognized monthly as these services are performed with invoicing occurring at the end of each calendar month.
Service contracts with multiple performance obligations
The Company’s service contracts with clients can include multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, the Company accounts for service charges for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. Each of Company’s platform subscription and managed services contracts are accounted for separately as they are separate service contracts with distinct performance obligations. For any of the Company’s service contracts with multiple performance obligations, service charges are allocated to any distinct separate performance obligations of those contracts on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) basis.
The Company determines the SSP based on overall pricing objectives, which take into consideration market conditions and entity-specific factors. This includes a review of historical sales data relative to the size of the service contracts, the nature of the software applications and client demographics including the numbers and types of users permitted by the contracts.
Disaggregation of revenue
The Company’s total net revenues by geographic region, based on the client’s physical location is presented in the following table:
* Includes revenues in the United States (country of domicile) of $53.0 million and $41.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Cost of revenues
Cost of revenues consists primarily of personnel-related costs associated with the delivery of the Company’s software and services, including base salaries, bonuses, employee benefits and related costs, Additionally, cost of revenues includes amortization of capitalized software development costs, allocated overhead and certain direct data and hosting costs.
Leases
The Company leases office facilities under operating leases and data centers under service agreements, and accounts for those leases in accordance with ASC 840, Leases. At the inception of a lease, the Company assesses the lease terms to determine if the lease should be classified as an operating or capital lease, based on the substance of the transaction. Classification is re-assessed if the terms of the lease are changed. Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained are classified as an operating lease. Payments under an operating lease (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized as rent expense and included in Cost of revenues and General and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. For operating leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the total rent expense during the lease term is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, with the difference between rent payments and the straight-line rent expense recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Preferred Units and Members’ Equity (Deficit)
As a limited liability company, the Company is owned by its members, each of whose membership interest in the Company consists of an equal number of: (i) “Economic Units”, which represents a Member’s economic interest in the Company; and (ii) “Participation Units”, which represents a Member’s right to participate (vote) in the affairs of the Company. As each membership interest is comprised of an equal number of Economic Units and Participation Units, both membership interest components will be referred to herein as “Units”. The Members are at risk for their capital contributions but have no other obligations to fund losses.
The Company has issued and outstanding more than one class of Units. The Class A Units are considered to be Members’ Equity, whereas all of the other Unit classes are considered to be Preferred Units because of provisions in the Company’s Operating Agreement that confer certain rights and privileges to the members owning these Units, such as voting rights, redemption rights and liquidation
F-14
preferences. As the rights and privileges of the Preferred Units are generally equal, any equity transactions initiated by the Company involving the exchange of one class of Preferred Unit for another class of Preferred Unit is recorded by the Company as a modification of the Units outstanding rather than an extinguishment of the outstanding Units and an issuance of new Units.
In accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, outstanding Class C-1, C-2 and D Preferred Units were classified outside of permanent equity and within temporary equity due to their optional redemption features and liquidation preferences, as more fully described in Note 10.
Income Taxes
The Company has elected, under the Internal Revenue Code, to be taxed as a limited liability company. In lieu of corporate income taxes, each Member is taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for federal or state income taxes has been included in the consolidated financial statements.
The Company is responsible for foreign income taxes of its subsidiaries. The provision for foreign income taxes includes the tax effects of transactions reported in the consolidated financial statements. Foreign tax expense was $243 thousand and $171 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
With respect to uncertain tax positions, the Company recognizes in the consolidated financial statements those tax positions determined to be “more likely than not” of being sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the positions. The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the accounting guidance for income taxes and the tax position taken on its tax return. The Company’s policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense. The Company had no liability for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Concentration of Risk
Deposits with Financial Institutions
The Company has concentrated its credit risk for cash by maintaining deposits in several financial institutions, which may at times exceed amounts covered by insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash.
Accounts Receivable
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no individual client represented more than 10% of accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, no individual client represented more than 10% of the Company’s total net revenues.
Translation of Foreign Currencies
Foreign currency assets and liabilities of the Company’s international subsidiaries are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Results from operations are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing throughout the year. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are accumulated as part of the foreign currency translation adjustment in Preferred Units and Members’ Equity (Deficit) in the consolidated balance sheets.
Recently Adopted Pronouncements
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which eliminates certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for all entities, requires public entities to disclose certain new information and modifies some disclosure requirements. The Company adopted ASU 2018-13 effective January 1, 2020 and there was no significant impact on the Company’s disclosures upon adoption.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the guidance in former ASC 840, Leases, to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosure of key information about leasing arrangements (with the exception of short-term leases). In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, to clarify how to apply certain aspects of the new Leases (Topic 842) standard. ASU 2016-02, as subsequently amended for various technical issues, is effective for private companies and emerging growth companies in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, and early adoption is permitted. For leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, lessees and lessors must apply a modified retrospective transition approach. While the Company expects the adoption of this standard to result in an increase to the reported assets and liabilities, it has not yet determined the full impact the adoption of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
F-15
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. The new model uses a forward-looking expected loss method, which will generally result in earlier recognition of allowances for losses. ASU 2016-13, as subsequently amended for various technical issues is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022, for private entities and emerging growth companies. The Company is evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. This standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. ASU 2018-15 is effective for private entities and emerging growth companies in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard to the consolidated financial statements. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for private entities and emerging growth companies in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance but does not expect adoption will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Note 4 Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
||||
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||
Computer equipment and software |
|
$ |
8,533 |
|
$ |
5,220 |
Software development costs |
|
|
2,948 |
|
|
1,579 |
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
1,406 |
|
|
1,188 |
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
671 |
|
|
504 |
Total property and equipment, cost |
|
|
13,558 |
|
|
8,491 |
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(4,774) |
|
|
(2,483) |
Total property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
8,784 |
|
$ |
6,008 |
As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, property and equipment, net located in the United States was $7.5 million and $5.3 million, respectively. The remainder was located in our various international locations. Included in property and equipment are the capitalized costs of software developed and maintained for internal use. Software development costs capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $1.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, excluding software development costs, was $1.5 million and $825 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Amortization expense related to software development costs was $759 thousand and $332 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Estimated future amortization of capitalized software development costs are as follows (in thousands):
F-16
Note 5 Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
||||
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||
Accrued compensation |
|
$ |
5,261 |
|
$ |
5,935 |
Accrued expenses |
|
|
1,478 |
|
|
797 |
Accrued taxes - state and federal |
|
|
414 |
|
|
291 |
Accrued interest |
|
|
218 |
|
|
113 |
Current portion of deferred rent |
|
|
29 |
|
|
22 |
Other current liabilities |
|
|
266 |
|
|
169 |
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
$ |
7,666 |
|
$ |
7,327 |
The Company’s accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist primarily of employee incentive compensation plans. The Company accrues over the course of the year the annual discretionary bonuses earned by employees during the year but paid in the following year. Accrued compensation includes bonuses due to employees of $3.6 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Note 6 Debt
The following table details the components of the Company’s debt obligations (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
||||
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||
Term loan |
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
$ |
28,000 |
Less unamortized discount and issuance costs |
|
|
(1,437) |
|
|
(343) |
Term loan, net |
|
|
98,563 |
|
|
27,657 |
Less current portion |
|
|
(2,500) |
|
|
(300) |
Long-term debt, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs |
|
$ |
96,063 |
|
$ |
27,357 |
Term Loan and Revolving Debt Facility
Initial Credit Agreement
On August 2, 2019, the Company entered into a credit agreement (“the Credit Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) which provided for a $30 million term loan (the “Term Loan”), of which the full principal was advanced, and a $2 million revolving debt facility (the “Revolving Debt”), of which up to $2 million could be used for the issuance of letters of credit (the “LC sub-limit”). Proceeds of the Term Loan were primarily used to pay Member Distributions of $24 million. The Term Loan required quarterly principal payments of $75 thousand commencing on March 31, 2020 through the maturity date on August 2, 2024, at which time any unpaid principal and accrued interest amounts would have been due. Interest was payable monthly based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin. Interest was not compounded.
Lender fees and issuance costs of $363 thousand related to the Term Loan were capitalized during 2019 and were being amortized over the five-year term of the Credit Agreement at an effective rate of interest. Issue costs related to the Revolving Debt were capitalized and were being amortized over the five-year term of the Credit Agreement on a straight-line basis. The Revolving Debt includes an unused commitment fee of 0.50% of the outstanding commitments.
The Company prepaid $2 million of principal of the Term Loan on December 14, 2019. This facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and requires the Company to meet certain financial and non-financial covenants. The Term Loan is reported net of unamortized discount and issuance costs in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not draw any principal amounts on the Revolving Debt during the year ended December 31, 2019. In August of 2019, the Company issued a letter of credit as security for one of the Company’s operating leases.
Unamortized issuance costs related to the Revolving Debt are included in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The aforementioned financial covenants include maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum senior leverage ratio. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
On April 13, 2020, the Company drew the remaining $1.8 million of the unused Revolving Debt commitment amount to expand its liquidity amid the uncertainty of the Coronavirus pandemic. The Revolving Debt requires monthly interest payments at a base rate of
F-17
3.5% plus an incremental variable interest rate of the Company’s choice of the one-, three- or six- month LIBOR. Interest is not compounded. As of May 27, 2020, the minimum base rate of 3.5% was in effect and the Company elected to use the six-month LIBOR rate of 1.238%, resulting in an effective rate of 4.738% at May 27, 2020. The Company repaid the $1.8 million of Revolving Debt principal and accrued interest of $21 thousand on September 24, 2020.
First Amendment to Credit Agreement
On August 9, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “First Amended Credit Agreement”) which provided for an increase in the commitment amount of the Revolving Debt from $2 million to $5 million. No other terms were changed from the original agreement. The Company accounted for the First Amendment as a modification of the Revolving Debt. Accordingly, issue costs related to the First Amendment were charged to interest expense.
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement
On December 17, 2020, the Company entered into a second amended and restated Credit Agreement (the “Second Amended Agreement”) with SVB as lead arranger in a syndicated credit agreement (the “SVB Syndicate”, or “the lender”), which: (i) increased the outstanding Term Loan principal balance to $100 million, of which $30 million of the principal was previously advanced; (ii) joined City National Bank, Cadence Bank and Truist Bank (the “joiners to the syndicate”) as additional lenders. The Term Loan and Revolving Debt commitment amounts of the Second Amended Agreement are indicated in the table below. The Second Amended Agreement also provided for the appointment of SVB as the administrator for the syndicate; and extended the maturity date of the agreement to December 17, 2025. Proceeds from the Term Loan were primarily used to pay Member Distributions of $71.1 million.
The Company accounted for the change in the portion of the Term Loan principal balance funded by SVB and the change in SVB’s commitment to fund draws of the Revolving Debt as a modification of both the Term Loan and the Revolving Debt. Accordingly, Term Loan related costs of $467 thousand were capitalized, whereas issuance costs paid to third-parties were charged to interest expense. Previously unamortized debt issuance costs continued to be amortized over the term of the new agreement.
The Company accounted for the Term Loan principal balance funded by the joiners to the syndicate and the amounts of their respective commitments to fund draws of the Revolving Debt as a new issuance. Accordingly, lender fees and issuance costs, including costs paid to the joiners of the syndicate and costs paid to third parties of $674 thousand related to the Term Loan amounts funded by the joiners to the syndicate were capitalized and are being amortized over the five-year term of the Second Amended Agreement at an effective rate of interest. Issuance costs related to the Revolving Debt were capitalized and are being amortized over the five-year term of the Second Amendment on a straight-line basis.
The Term Loan requires monthly interest payments at a base rate of 4.25% plus an incremental variable interest rate of the Company’s choice of the one-, three- or six-month LIBOR, subject to a 1% minimum. Interest is not compounded. As the one-month LIBOR rate selected by the Company for the variable interest rate re-set prior to December 31, 2020 was below the 1% minimum, the resulting Term Loan interest rate at December 31, 2020 was 5.25%. In addition, the Company is required to make quarterly principal repayments of $1.25 million commencing on September 30, 2021. The Company is also subject to contingent principal payments based on excess cash flow (as defined in the Second Amended Agreement) commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. Any unpaid principal and accrued interest will be due on December 17, 2025. Required future minimum principal payments as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
Amount |
|
2021 |
|
$ |
2,500 |
2022 |
|
|
5,000 |
2023 |
|
|
5,000 |
2024 |
|
|
10,000 |
2025 |
|
|
77,500 |
Total |
|
$ |
100,000 |
The Company did not have any borrowings of the Revolving Debt outstanding as of December 31, 2020 or 2019. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the available unused commitment of the Revolving Debt was $4.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company was contingently obligated for a letter of credit in the amount of $200 thousand which bears interest at an annual rate of 2%.
JPMorgan Chase Revolving Line of Credit Facility
Prior to entering the SVB Credit Agreement, the Company had a revolving line of credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank (“the JPMorgan Credit Facility”) which provided for advances of up to $1 million. The JPMorgan Credit Facility required monthly payments
F-18
of interest at the one-month LIBOR rate plus 3.084%. This line of credit was secured by substantially all the Company’s assets and guaranteed by three of the Company’s members. The facility matured in 2019.
Note 7 Operating Leases and Service Agreements
Operating Leases
The Company leases office space in various locations under operating lease agreements in the normal course of business, which expire at various dates through 2025. Certain operating leases are secured with cash security deposits or letters of credit.
Service Agreements
The Company has service agreements for the use of data processing facilities. These service agreements expire at various dates through 2022. Monthly base payments as of December 31, 2020 range from $6 thousand to $33 thousand.
Future aggregate minimum rental payments under the noncancelable operating leases and service agreements noted above, excluding the Company’s share of real estate taxes and other operating costs, are as follows (in thousands):
Total expense related to these lease agreements was $3.7 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and is included in Cost of revenues and Operating expenses. Total expense related to the service agreements was $841 thousand and $425 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively and is included in Cost of revenues.
Note 8 Commitments and Contingencies
The Company records accruals for contingencies when it is probable that a liability will be incurred, and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated based on historical claim activity and loss development factors. There can be no assurance there will not be an increase in the scope of these matters or that any future or pending lawsuits, claims, proceedings, or investigations will not be material.
The Company has an agreement with an employee whereby the employee is entitled to receive a percentage of the Company’s net profits each year, calculated based on the number of outstanding Units of the Company (the “Applicable Percentage”). The calculation for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 equaled 2.0% of net profits each year. The Company has accrued $128 thousand and $247 thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, recorded in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Amounts were paid subsequent to the respective year-end. Additionally, the Company has an agreement with this employee under which the employee will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the Applicable Percentage of (i) in the case of termination of employment, the value of the Company based on the then-most recent valuation ascribed to the Company in an equity financing transaction or (ii) in the case of a sale of the Company, the consideration paid in such transaction. The term of the agreement is indefinite. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, the Company did not record a liability as the amounts were not probable or estimable.
Note 9 Preferred Units and Members’ Equity (Deficit)
The Company has 101.742 and 100.306 Units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The number of Units outstanding by Unit class, the percentage of the Company collectively owned by each Unit class, and the carrying values of these
F-19
Units in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized in the following table (in thousands except unit amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
||||||||||||
|
|
2020 |
|
2019 |
||||||||||
Unit Class |
|
Units |
|
Ownership
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Units |
|
Ownership
|
|
Carrying
|
||
Preferred Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C-1 Units |
|
28.777 |
|
28.28% |
|
$ |
6,434 |
|
32.693 |
|
32.59% |
|
$ |
47,268 |
Class C-2 Units |
|
12.219 |
|
12.01% |
|
|
44,863 |
|
13.117 |
|
13.08% |
|
|
57,805 |
Class D Units |
|
12.778 |
|
12.56% |
|
|
114,218 |
|
- |
|
- |
|
|
- |
Total Preferred Units |
|
53.774 |
|
52.85% |
|
|
165,515 |
|
45.810 |
|
45.67% |
|
|
105,073 |
Members' equity (deficit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units |
|
47.968 |
|
47.15% |
|
|
(233,347) |
|
54.496 |
|
54.33% |
|
|
(117,783) |
Total Preferred Units and Members' equity (deficit) |
|
101.742 |
|
100.00% |
|
$ |
(67,832) |
|
100.306 |
|
100.00% |
|
$ |
(12,710) |
The Members’ private equity transactions recorded by the Company in the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
● | On August 9, 2019, and October 30, 2019, the Company issued 7.494 Class C-2 Units and 5.623 Class C-2 Units, respectively, each through a registration-exempt securities offering for $4,379,789 per Unit. The issuance of the Class C-2 Units resulted in proceeds of $57.4 million, less issuance costs of $143 thousand These net proceeds were used to: (i) repurchase 13.117 Class A Units for $4,379,789 per Unit; and (ii) repurchase 1.901 Award Units granted to certain employees under the Change in Control Bonus Plan for a total of $6.1 million, as described in Note 10. |
● | On December 24, 2020 (the “Transaction Date”), the Company entered into two private equity transactions as follows: |
o | The “Class D Units Purchase Agreement”, pursuant to which the Company issued 7.964 Class D Units through a registration-exempt securities offering for $11,738,918 per Unit. The issuance of the Class D Units resulted in proceeds of $93.5 million, less issuance costs of $226 thousand. These net proceeds were used to: (i) repurchase 6.528 Class A Units for $11,738,918 per Unit for a total of $76.6 million; and (ii) repurchase 1.503 Award Units granted to certain employees under the Change in Control Bonus Plan for $11,738,918 per Unit for a total of $16.9 million, as described in Note 10. |
o | The “Reorganization Agreement” pursuant to which the Company issued 4.814 Class D Units for $11,738,918 per Unit totaling $56.5 million, less issuance costs of $137 thousand, in a non-cash exchange for 3.916 Class C-1 Units and 0.898 Class C-2 Units that each had an estimated fair value on the Transaction Date of $11,738,918 per Unit, totaling $56.5 million. |
The rights of the unitholders as provided for in the Company’s Operating Agreement are summarized below. The rights of the Preferred Unit classes are equal to those of the Class A Unitholders, with the exception of the Optional Redemption, and Liquidation Preference provisions that are only rights of certain Preferred Unit classes.
Voting and Transfer Rights
The Company’s Board of Managers is responsible for the management of the Company. A majority vote of the Board of Mangers is required for matters subject to voting. The Operating Agreement provides for the appointment of Managers in proportion to the Units held by each Member group regardless of Unit class. Subject to certain restrictions, Members may transfer all or any portion of their Units with the consent of a majority of the Members.
Optional Redemption Provision
The “Optional Redemption” provision obligates the Company to redeem outstanding Class C-1 and Class C-2 Units (collectively, the “Class C Units”), upon receiving notice of the holders of such Class C Units of their intent to exercise this right at any time after December 23, 2026 (the tenth anniversary of the issuance of the Class C-1 Units on December 23, 2016), at a Redemption Price to be determined as the original purchase price of the redeemed Units less the aggregate amount of distributions in excess of any tax distributions. In addition, the Optional Redemption provision also obligates the Company to redeem Class D Units in the event the Class C Unit holders notify the Company of their intent to exercise their right under this provision.
F-20
Liquidation Preference Provision
In the event of a “Deemed Liquidation,” as defined by the Operating Agreement, the Liquidation Preference provides for the holders of preferred Unit classes to receive a minimum liquidation payment amount from the Company equal to the purchase price of Units held, less cumulative Members distributions.
Distributions to Members
The Members have rights to receive distributions including tax distribution, liquidation distributions and distributions of profits and losses in proportion to their respective ownership percentages, with the exception of the preferential payment of profits to preferred Units outstanding in a fiscal year when cumulative losses exist from prior fiscal years in which those preferred Units were also outstanding.
Conversion to Corporation Provision
In the event the Company converts its legal entity form from a limited liability company to a corporation in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the “Conversion to Corporation” provision of the Operating Agreement provides for all Unit classes to be converted into a single class of common stock.
Note 10 Management Incentive Plans
The Company has a Change in Control Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) for certain members of the Company’s management (“Plan Participants”) that provides for the payment of a cash bonus based on a specified number of Management Incentive Award Units (“Award Units”) in the event of a change in control (“CiC”) transaction (i.e., a liquidity event), as defined by the Company’s Operating Agreement. Of the one million Award Units authorized under the Plan, 22.941 and 19.104 were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The bonus amount paid to each Plan Participant is determined based on the number of Award Units granted relative to the total number of Award Units issued and outstanding. The amount paid to Plan Participants upon a CiC transaction is determined based upon the consideration paid to Members as part of the CiC transaction. The price paid for the Award Units is the excess of the per Unit value of the Company based on the consideration received upon a liquidity event over the base amount per Award Unit agreed with the Plan Participants on the grant date.
Each award under the Plan generally terminates and expires on the earliest of: (i) the date the participant separates from service during the five-year period beginning on the award’s grant date (or such other vesting period or periods designated in an award agreement, which may be shorter than five years) for any reason other than for “cause”; or (ii) upon a liquidity event which does not meet or exceed the award’s specified base amount, or the vesting conditions. In addition, each award terminates and expires upon the participant’s termination for cause, breach of a restrictive covenant obligations, or termination following a liquidity event for any reason prior to the date that the holders of Enfusion Ltd. LLC economic units receive all transaction proceeds.
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the weighted average base amount of the Award Units outstanding was $2.7 million and $1.8 million, per Award Unit, respectively.
In 2020 and 2019, the Company issued 5.34 and 4.755 Award Units, respectively. In August 2019, in association with the issuance of the Class C-2 Units as described in Note 9 and the Credit Agreement as described in Note 6, the Company repurchased 1.901 Award Units resulting in a cash payment of $6.1 million. In December 2020, in association with the issuance of the Class D Units as described in Note 9, the Company repurchased 1.503 Award Units resulting in a cash payment of $16.9 million. The Company recorded these cash payments as a transactional bonus expense within General and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, the Company did not record a liability for payments under the Plan as the timing of any future CiC transaction or amount of Award Units to be paid to Plan Participants was not probable or estimable.
Note 11 Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has a 401(k) Plan that covers substantially all full-time United States employees who meet eligibility requirements. The Company makes matching contributions equal to 50% of the wages that are deferred by employees, and the matching contribution is capped at 3% of wages. The Company made contributions of $345 thousand, and $241 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company contributes 3% of qualified earnings for employees of Enfusion Systems UK Ltd. to a defined-contribution pension plan. Total contributions were $35 thousand and $40 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-21
Enfusion HK Ltd. is required to contribute monthly to the Mandatory Provident Fund (“MPF”) based on the number of employees. Total contributions were $63 thousand and $52 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company contributes 3% of qualified earnings and making matching contributions up to an additional 2% of salary for all employees of Enfusion Software Limited to a defined-contribution pension plan. Total contributions were $34 thousand and $37 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company contributes $25 per month per employee of Enfusion Softech India Private Limited to the MPF. Total contributions were $46 thousand and $27 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Note 12 Related Party Transactions
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Since transactions with related parties may raise potential or actual conflicts of interest between the related party and the Company, the Company has implemented a related party transaction policy that requires related party transactions to be reviewed and approved by its Audit Committee.
The Company has evaluated its relationships with related parties and determined it did not engage in any material transactions with related parties during the period covered by these consolidated financial statements.
Note 13 Subsequent Events
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through July 1, 2021, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
F-22
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
14,515 |
|
$ |
13,938 |
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
15,472 |
|
|
12,180 |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
4,131 |
|
|
2,793 |
Total current assets |
|
|
34,118 |
|
|
28,911 |
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
11,539 |
|
|
8,784 |
Other assets |
|
|
1,546 |
|
|
1,404 |
Total assets |
|
$ |
47,203 |
|
$ |
39,099 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES, PREFERRED UNITS AND MEMBERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
1,247 |
|
$ |
484 |
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
|
9,136 |
|
|
7,666 |
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
2,500 |
Total current liabilities |
|
|
12,883 |
|
|
10,650 |
Long-term debt, net of discount and issuance costs |
|
|
96,211 |
|
|
96,063 |
Other liabilities |
|
|
623 |
|
|
430 |
Total liabilities |
|
|
109,717 |
|
|
107,143 |
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C-1 Units, no par value, 28.777 Units issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. |
|
|
8,100 |
|
|
6,434 |
Class C-2 Units, no par value, 12.219 Units issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. |
|
|
45,560 |
|
|
44,863 |
Class D Units, no par value, 12.778 Units issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. |
|
|
114,709 |
|
|
114,218 |
Total Preferred Units |
|
|
168,369 |
|
|
165,515 |
Members' equity (deficit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units, no par value, 47.968 Units issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. |
|
|
(230,594) |
|
|
(233,347) |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(289) |
|
|
(212) |
Total Members' equity (deficit) |
|
|
(230,883) |
|
|
(233,559) |
Total liabilities, Preferred Units and Members' equity (deficit) |
|
$ |
47,203 |
|
$ |
39,099 |
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-23
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
For the Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
||
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
(Unaudited) |
||
REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
$ |
47,187 |
|
$ |
34,471 |
Managed services |
|
|
3,294 |
|
|
1,905 |
Other |
|
|
321 |
|
|
744 |
Total net revenues |
|
|
50,802 |
|
|
37,120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COST OF REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Platform subscriptions |
|
|
11,420 |
|
|
7,951 |
Managed services |
|
|
1,818 |
|
|
1,449 |
Other |
|
|
348 |
|
|
407 |
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
13,586 |
|
|
9,807 |
Gross profit |
|
|
37,216 |
|
|
27,313 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative |
|
|
13,838 |
|
|
8,065 |
Sales and marketing |
|
|
7,422 |
|
|
4,547 |
Technology and development |
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
2,879 |
Total operating expenses |
|
|
25,503 |
|
|
15,491 |
Income from operations |
|
|
11,713 |
|
|
11,822 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(2,802) |
|
|
(728) |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
- |
|
|
2 |
Total non-operating income (expense) |
|
|
(2,802) |
|
|
(726) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
8,911 |
|
|
11,096 |
Income taxes |
|
|
551 |
|
|
429 |
Net income |
|
$ |
8,360 |
|
$ |
10,667 |
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-24
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
||
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
(Unaudited) |
||
Net Income |
|
|
8,360 |
|
$ |
10,667 |
Other comprehensive loss, net of income tax: |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation loss |
|
|
(77) |
|
|
(199) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
$ |
8,283 |
|
$ |
10,468 |
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-25
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Preferred Units and Members’ Equity (Deficit) (Unaudited)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Units |
|
|
Members' Equity (Deficit) |
|
Accumulated
|
|
Total Members' |
||||||||
|
|
Units |
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
Amount |
|
Loss |
|
Equity (Deficit) |
||||
January 1, 2021 |
|
53.774 |
|
$ |
165,515 |
|
|
47.968 |
|
$ |
(233,347) |
|
$ |
(212) |
|
$ |
(233,559) |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
4,419 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,941 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,941 |
Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(77) |
|
|
(77) |
Distributions |
|
|
|
|
(1,565) |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,188) |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,188) |
June 30, 2021 |
|
53.774 |
|
|
168,369 |
|
|
47.968 |
|
|
(230,594) |
|
|
(289) |
|
|
(230,883) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2020 |
|
45.810 |
|
$ |
105,073 |
|
|
54.496 |
|
$ |
(117,783) |
|
$ |
(96) |
|
$ |
(117,879) |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
4,870 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,797 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,797 |
Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(199) |
|
|
(199) |
Distributions |
|
|
|
|
(1,274) |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,356) |
|
|
|
|
|
(1,356) |
June 30, 2020 |
|
45.810 |
|
|
108,669 |
|
|
54.496 |
|
|
(113,342) |
|
|
(295) |
|
|
(113,637) |
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-26
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
||
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
(Unaudited) |
||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
8,360 |
|
$ |
10,667 |
Adjustments to reconcile Net income to Net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
1,672 |
|
|
1,011 |
Provision for bad debts |
|
|
174 |
|
|
127 |
Amortization of debt-related costs |
|
|
148 |
|
|
28 |
Change in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(3,466) |
|
|
(2,104) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
(1,481) |
|
|
(359) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
763 |
|
|
(391) |
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
1,633 |
|
|
(2,715) |
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
7,803 |
|
|
6,264 |
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(4,401) |
|
|
(2,905) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(4,401) |
|
|
(2,905) |
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from draw on revolving debt facility |
|
|
- |
|
|
1,800 |
Repayment of term loan |
|
|
- |
|
|
(225) |
Payment of Member distributions |
|
|
(2,745) |
|
|
(2,630) |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
(2,745) |
|
|
(1,055) |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
(80) |
|
|
(199) |
Net increase (decrease) in cash |
|
|
577 |
|
|
2,105 |
Cash, beginning of period |
|
|
13,938 |
|
|
5,898 |
Cash, end of period |
|
$ |
14,515 |
|
$ |
8,003 |
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid |
|
$ |
2,712 |
|
$ |
480 |
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-27
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Note 1 Organization and Description of Business
Enfusion Ltd. LLC. (“Enfusion” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of cloud-based order and execution management, portfolio management and risk systems. Enfusion’s clients include large global hedge fund managers, institutional asset managers, family offices and other institutional investors. Enfusion provides its clients with innovative real-time performance, risk calculations, and accounting capabilities for some of the most sophisticated financial products. The Company is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois and has offices in Chicago, New York, London, Dublin, Hong Kong, Singapore, São Paulo, and Mumbai. The Company was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on August 23, 1995.
Note 2 Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
Principles of Consolidation
The condensed consolidated financial statements include the operations of Enfusion and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Enfusion Systems UK Ltd., Enfusion HK Ltd., Enfusion Software Limited, Enfusion Softech India Private Limited, Enfusion (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Enfusion do Brasil Tecnologia da Informacao Ltda. and Enfusion (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Operating results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected to occur for the entire year. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been included for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations, and all adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature.
Segments
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the CODM. While the Company operates in multiple countries, the Company’s business operates as one operating segment because most of the Company's service offerings are delivered and supported on a global basis, the Company's service offerings are deployed in a nearly identical way, and the Company’s CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.
COVID-19
A novel strain of coronavirus first reported in December 2019, now known as “COVID-19”, has extensively impacted the global health and economic environment, with the World Health Organization characterizing COVID-19 as a pandemic on March 11, 2020. The Company is closely monitoring pandemic-related developments and has taken, and continues to take, numerous steps to address them. The Company has required nearly all its employees to work remotely on a temporary basis and has implemented global travel restrictions for employees. The Company believes the transition to remote working has been successful and has not significantly affected financial results for the six months ended June 30, 2021 or 2020. As the situation surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic remains fluid, the Company is actively managing its response. The extent of the effect on the Company’s future operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic, and governmental, regulatory and private sector responses, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict.
Note 3 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The significant accounting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are summarized below.
F-28
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets, including identifiable intangibles, in accordance with the accounting standard for impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, which requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred and when the net carrying value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributed to such assets. The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. No impairment of long-lived assets occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2021 or 2020.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accounting standards establish a hierarchal framework, which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available. Assets and liabilities measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:
Level 1 |
Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; |
Level 2 |
Inputs are inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and |
Level 3 |
Inputs are unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. |
At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is Level 2. The carrying amount of the Company’s other financial instruments, including accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
Revenue Recognition
Disaggregation of revenue
The Company’s total net revenues by geographic region, based on the client’s physical location is presented in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
||||||
Geographic Region |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
||
Americas* |
|
$ |
33,399 |
|
65.7% |
|
$ |
25,328 |
|
68.2% |
Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) |
|
|
5,976 |
|
11.8% |
|
|
4,171 |
|
11.3% |
Asia Pacific (APAC) |
|
|
11,427 |
|
22.5% |
|
|
7,621 |
|
20.5% |
Total net revenues |
|
$ |
50,802 |
|
100.0% |
|
$ |
37,120 |
|
100.0% |
The Company’s total net revenues in the United States were $32.6 million and $24.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Income Taxes
The Company has elected, under the Internal Revenue Code, to be taxed as a limited liability company. In lieu of corporate income taxes, each Member is taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for federal or state income taxes has been included in the condensed consolidated financial statements.
Concentration of Risk
Deposits with Financial Institutions
The Company has concentrated its credit risk for cash by maintaining deposits in several financial institutions, which may at times exceed amounts covered by insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash.
F-29
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Accounts Receivable
As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, no individual client represented more than 10% of accounts receivable. For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, no individual client represented more than 10% of the Company’s total net revenues. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively
Note 4 Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
||
Computer equipment and software |
|
$ |
11,701 |
|
$ |
8,533 |
Software development costs |
|
|
3,921 |
|
|
2,948 |
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
1,799 |
|
|
1,406 |
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
538 |
|
|
671 |
Total property and equipment, cost |
|
|
17,959 |
|
|
13,558 |
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(6,420) |
|
|
(4,774) |
Total property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
11,539 |
|
$ |
8,784 |
As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, property and equipment, net located in the United States was $9.6 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The remainder was located in our various international locations. Included in property and equipment are the capitalized costs of software developed and maintained for internal use. Software development costs capitalized during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $1.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, excluding software development costs, was $1.0 million and $687 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Amortization expense related to software development costs was $577 thousand and $325 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Note 5 Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
||
Accrued compensation |
|
$ |
4,904 |
|
$ |
5,261 |
Accrued expenses |
|
|
3,238 |
|
|
1,478 |
Accrued taxes - state and federal |
|
|
848 |
|
|
414 |
Accrued interest |
|
|
146 |
|
|
218 |
Current portion of deferred rent |
|
|
- |
|
|
29 |
Other current liabilities |
|
|
- |
|
|
266 |
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
$ |
9,136 |
|
$ |
7,666 |
The Company’s accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist primarily of employee incentive compensation plans. The Company accrues over the course of the year the annual discretionary bonuses earned by employees during the year but paid in the following year. Accrued compensation includes bonuses due to employees of $2.1 million and $3.6 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
F-30
Note 6 Debt
The following table details the components of the Company’s debt obligations (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
||
Term loan |
|
$ |
100,000 |
|
$ |
100,000 |
Less unamortized discount and issuance costs |
|
|
(1,289) |
|
|
(1,437) |
Term loan, net |
|
|
98,711 |
|
|
98,563 |
Less current portion |
|
|
(2,500) |
|
|
(2,500) |
Long-term debt, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs |
|
$ |
96,211 |
|
$ |
96,063 |
Term Loan and Revolving Debt
Initial Credit Agreement
On August 2, 2019, the Company entered into a credit agreement (“the Credit Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) which provided for a $30 million term loan (the “Term Loan”), of which the full principal was advanced, and a $2 million revolving debt facility (the “Revolving Debt”), of which up to $2 million could be used for the issuance of letters of credit (the “LC sub-limit”). Proceeds of the Term Loan were primarily used to pay Member Distributions of $24 million. The Term Loan required quarterly principal payments of $75 thousand commencing on March 31, 2020 through the maturity date on August 2, 2024, at which time any unpaid principal and accrued interest amounts would have been due. Interest was payable monthly based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin. Interest was not compounded.
Lender fees and issuance costs of $363 thousand related to the Term Loan were capitalized during 2019 and were being amortized over the five-year term of the Credit Agreement at an effective rate of interest. Issue costs related to the Revolving Debt were capitalized and were being amortized over the five-year term of the Credit Agreement on a straight-line basis. The Revolving Debt includes an unused commitment fee of 0.50% of the outstanding commitments.
The Company prepaid $2 million of principal of the Term Loan on December 14, 2019. This facility is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and requires the Company to meet certain financial and non-financial covenants. The Term Loan is reported net of unamortized discount and issuance costs in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not draw any principal amounts on the Revolving Debt during the year ended December 31, 2019. In August of 2019, the Company issued a letter of credit as security for one of the Company’s operating leases.
Unamortized issuance costs related to the Revolving Debt are included in Other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The aforementioned financial covenants include maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum senior leverage ratio. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
On April 13, 2020, the Company drew the remaining $1.8 million of the unused Revolving Debt commitment amount to expand its liquidity amid the uncertainty of the Coronavirus pandemic. The Revolving Debt requires monthly interest payments at a base rate of 3.5% plus an incremental variable interest rate of the Company’s choice of the one-, three- or six- month LIBOR. Interest is not compounded. As of May 27, 2020, the minimum base rate of 3.5% was in effect and the Company elected to use the six-month LIBOR rate of 1.238%, resulting in an effective rate of 4.738% at May 27, 2020. The Company repaid the $1.8 million of Revolving Debt principal and accrued interest of $21 thousand on September 24, 2020.
First Amendment to Credit Agreement
On August 9, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “First Amended Credit Agreement”) which provided for an increase in the commitment amount of the Revolving Debt from $2 million to $5 million. No other terms were changed from the original agreement. The Company accounted for the First Amendment as a modification of the Revolving Debt. Accordingly, issue costs related to the First Amendment were charged to interest expense.
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement
On December 17, 2020, the Company entered into a second amended and restated Credit Agreement (the “Second Amended Agreement”) with SVB as lead arranger in a syndicated credit agreement (the “SVB Syndicate”, or “the lender”), which: (i) increased the outstanding Term Loan principal balance to $100 million, of which $30 million of the principal was previously advanced; (ii) joined City National Bank, Cadence Bank and Truist Bank (the “joiners to the syndicate”) as additional lenders. The Term Loan and Revolving Debt commitment amounts of the Second Amended Agreement are indicated in the table below. The Second Amended Agreement also provided for the appointment of SVB as the administrator for the syndicate; and extended the maturity date of the agreement to December 17, 2025. Proceeds from the Term Loan were primarily used to pay Member Distributions of $71.1 million.
F-31
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
The Company accounted for the change in the portion of the Term Loan principal balance funded by SVB and the change in SVB’s commitment to fund draws of the Revolving Debt as a modification of both the Term Loan and the Revolving Debt. Accordingly, Term Loan related costs of $467 thousand were capitalized, whereas issuance costs paid to third-parties were charged to interest expense. Previously unamortized debt issuance costs continued to be amortized over the term of the new agreement.
The Company accounted for the Term Loan principal balance funded by the joiners to the syndicate and the amounts of their respective commitments to fund draws of the Revolving Debt as a new issuance. Accordingly, lender fees and issuance costs, including costs paid to the joiners of the syndicate and costs paid to third parties of $674 thousand related to the Term Loan amounts funded by the joiners to the syndicate were capitalized and are being amortized over the five-year term of the Second Amended Agreement at an effective rate of interest. Issuance costs related to the Revolving Debt were capitalized and are being amortized over the five-year term of the Second Amendment on a straight-line basis.
The Term Loan requires monthly interest payments at a base rate of 4.25% plus an incremental variable interest rate of the Company’s choice of the one-, three- or six-month LIBOR, subject to a 1% minimum. Interest is not compounded. As the one-month LIBOR rate selected by the Company for the variable interest rate re-set prior to June 30, 2021 was below the 1% minimum, the resulting Term Loan interest rate at June 30, 2021 was 5.25%. In addition, the Company is required to make quarterly principal repayments of $1.25 million commencing on September 30, 2021. The Company is also subject to contingent principal payments based on excess cash flow (as defined in the Second Amended Agreement) commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. Any unpaid principal and accrued interest will be due on December 17, 2025. Required future minimum principal payments as of June 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, |
|
Amount |
|
Remainder of 2021 |
|
$ |
2,500 |
2022 |
|
|
5,000 |
2023 |
|
|
5,000 |
2024 |
|
|
10,000 |
2025 |
|
|
77,500 |
Total |
|
$ |
100,000 |
The Company did not have any borrowings of the Revolving Debt outstanding as of June 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the available unused commitment of the Revolving Debt was $4.8 million. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company was contingently obligated for a letter of credit in the amount of $200 thousand which bears interest at an annual rate of 2%.
Note 7 Commitments and Contingencies
The Company records accruals for contingencies when it is probable that a liability will be incurred, and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated based on historical claim activity and loss development factors. There can be no assurance there will not be an increase in the scope of these matters or that any future or pending lawsuits, claims, proceedings, or investigations will not be material.
The Company has an agreement with an employee whereby, the employee is entitled to receive a percentage of the Company’s net profits each year, calculated based on the number of outstanding Units of the Company (the “Applicable Percentage”). The calculation for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 equaled 2.0% of net profits, The Company has accrued $232 thousand and $128 thousand at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, recorded in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. Amounts are paid subsequent to the respective fiscal year-end. Additionally, the Company has an agreement with this employee under which the employee will be entitled to receive a cash payment of the Applicable Percentage of (i) in the case of termination, the value of the Company based on the then-most recent valuation ascribed to the Company in an equity financing transaction or (ii) in the case of a sale of the Company, the consideration paid in such transaction. The term of the agreement is indefinite. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, the Company did not record a liability as the amounts were not probable or estimable.
Note 8 Preferred Units and Members’ Equity (Deficit)
The Company has 101.742 Units issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The number of Units outstanding by Unit class, the percentage of the Company collectively owned by each Unit class, and the carrying values of these Units in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are summarized in the following table (in thousands except unit amounts):
F-32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
||||||||||
Unit Class |
|
Units |
|
Ownership
|
|
Carrying Value |
|
Units |
|
Ownership Percentage |
|
Carrying Value |
||
Preferred Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class C-1 Units |
|
28.777 |
|
28.28% |
|
$ |
8,100 |
|
28.777 |
|
28.28% |
|
$ |
6,434 |
Class C-2 Units |
|
12.219 |
|
12.01% |
|
|
45,560 |
|
12.219 |
|
12.01% |
|
|
44,863 |
Class D Units |
|
12.778 |
|
12.56% |
|
|
114,709 |
|
12.778 |
|
12.56% |
|
|
114,218 |
Total Preferred Units |
|
53.774 |
|
52.85% |
|
|
168,369 |
|
53.774 |
|
52.85% |
|
|
165,515 |
Members' equity (deficit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Units |
|
47.968 |
|
47.15% |
|
|
(230,594) |
|
47.968 |
|
47.15% |
|
|
(233,347) |
Total Preferred Units and Members' equity (deficit) |
|
101.742 |
|
100.00% |
|
$ |
(62,225) |
|
101.742 |
|
100.00% |
|
$ |
(67,832) |
The Members did not engage in any private equity transactions and, as such, no transactions were recorded by the Company in the six months ended June 30, 2021.
The rights of the unitholders as provided for in the Company’s Operating Agreement are summarized below. The rights of the Preferred Unit classes are equal to those of the Class A Unitholders, with the exception of the Optional Redemption, and Liquidation Preference provisions that are only rights of certain Preferred Unit classes.
Voting and Transfer Rights
The Company’s Board of Managers is responsible for the management of the Company. A majority vote of the Board of Mangers is required for matters subject to voting. The Operating Agreement provides for the appointment of Managers in proportion to the Units held by each Member group regardless of Unit class. Subject to certain restrictions, Members may transfer all or any portion of their Units with the consent of a majority of the Members.
Optional Redemption Provision
The “Optional Redemption” provision obligates the Company to redeem outstanding Class C-1 and Class C-2 Units (collectively, the “Class C Units”), upon receiving notice of the holders of such Class C Units of their intent to exercise this right at any time after December 23, 2026 (the tenth anniversary of the issuance of the Class C-1 Units on December 23, 2016), at a Redemption Price to be determined as the original purchase price of the redeemed Units less the aggregate amount of distributions in excess of any tax distributions. In addition, the Optional Redemption provision also obligates the Company to redeem Class D Units in the event the Class C Unit holders notify the Company of their intent to exercise their right under this provision.
Liquidation Preference Provision
In the event of a “Deemed Liquidation,” as defined by the Operating Agreement, the Liquidation Preference provides for the holders of preferred Unit classes to receive a minimum liquidation payment amount from the Company equal to the purchase price of Units held, less cumulative Members distributions.
Distributions to Members
The Members have rights to receive distributions including tax distribution, liquidation distributions and distributions of profits and losses in proportion to their respective ownership percentages, with the exception of the preferential payment of profits to preferred Units outstanding in a fiscal year when cumulative losses exist from prior fiscal years in which those preferred Units were also outstanding.
Conversion to Corporation Provision
In the event the Company converts its legal entity form from a limited liability company to a corporation in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the “Conversion to Corporation” provision of the Operating Agreement provides for all Unit classes to be converted into a single class of common stock.
Note 9 Management Incentive Plans
The Company has a Change in Control Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) for certain members of the Company’s management (“Plan Participants”) that provides for the payment of a cash bonus based on a specified number of Management Incentive Award Units (“Award Units”) in the event of a change in control (“CiC”) transaction (i.e., a liquidity event), as defined by the Company’s Operating Agreement. The bonus amount paid to each Plan Participant is determined based on the number of Award Units granted relative to the total number of
F-33
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Award Units issued and outstanding. The amount paid to Plan Participants upon a CiC transaction is determined based upon the consideration paid to Members as part of the CiC transaction. The price paid for the Award Units is the excess of the per Unit value of the Company based on the consideration received upon a liquidity event over the base amount per Award Unit agreed with the Plan Participants on the grant date.
Each award under the Plan generally terminates and expires on the earliest of: (i) the date the participant separates from service during the five-year period beginning on the award’s grant date (or such other vesting period or periods designated in an award agreement, which may be shorter than five years) for any reason other than for “cause”; or (ii) upon a liquidity event which does not meet or exceed the award’s specified base amount, or the vesting conditions. In addition, each award terminates and expires upon the participant’s termination for cause, breach of a restrictive covenant obligations, or termination following a liquidity event for any reason prior to the date that the holders of Enfusion Ltd. LLC economic units receive all transaction proceeds.
At June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, the Company did not record a liability for payments under the Plan as the timing of any future CiC transaction or amount of Award Units to be paid to Plan Participants was not probable or estimable.
Note 10 Related Party Transactions
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Since transactions with related parties may raise potential or actual conflicts of interest between the related party and the Company, the Company has implemented a related party transaction policy that requires related party transactions to be reviewed and approved by its Audit Committee.
The Company has evaluated its relationships with related parties and determined it did not engage in any material transactions with related parties during the period covered by these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Note 11 Subsequent Events
In preparing these condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through August 18, 2021, the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
F-34
18,750,000 Shares
Enfusion, Inc.
Class A common stock
Preliminary Prospectus
|
|
|||
Morgan Stanley |
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
|||
BofA Securities |
Credit Suisse |
|||
Piper Sandler |
Stifel |
William Blair |
||
Loop Capital Markets |
Through and including , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:
● | any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders; |
● | any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
● | unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or |
● | any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit. |
Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
In addition, our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses
II-1
incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.
Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
We expect to obtain insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.
The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
Since January 1, 2018, we have issued the following unregistered securities:
Sale of Class D Units
On December 24, 2020, Enfusion Ltd. LLC issued and sold an aggregate amount of 7.964 Class D Units to ICONIQ Strategic Partners V, L.P., or ICONIQ, and EF ISP V-B Blocker, Inc., at a purchase price of $11,738,918 per Class D Unit, for a total purchase price of $93,487,033.51. The price per unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third-party investors. The Class D Units were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the sale.
Sale of Class C-2 Units
On October 30, 2019, Enfusion Ltd. LLC issued and sold an aggregate amount of 5.623 Class C-2 Units to HH ELL Holdings LLC, at a purchase price of $4,379,789 per Class C-2 Unit, for a total purchase price of $24,627,755.54. The price per unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third-party investors. The Class C-2 Units were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the sale.
On August 9, 2019, Enfusion Ltd. LLC issued and sold an aggregate amount of 7.494 Class C-2 Units to FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc., at a purchase price of $4,379,789 per Class C-2 Unit, for a total purchase price of $32,822,206.21. The price per unit was based on arm’s-length negotiations with the third-party investors. The Class C-2 Units were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the sale.
II-2
ITEM 16. EXHIBITSAND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a)Exhibits.
See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
(b)Financial Statement Schedules.
All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) |
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(2) |
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-3
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
---|---|---|
Exhibit Number |
|
Description |
1.1 |
|
|
3.1 |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. |
3.2 |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
10.2 |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd. LLC. |
10.3 |
|
|
10.4# |
|
2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, and forms of agreements thereunder. |
10.5# |
|
|
10.6# |
|
|
10.7# |
|
|
10.8#†* |
|
Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 2021, by and between Enfusion Ltd. LLC and Thomas Kim. |
10.9#†* |
|
|
10.10#†* |
|
|
10.11#†* |
|
|
10.12#†* |
|
Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 2021, by and between Enfusion Ltd. LLC and Daniel Groman. |
10.13#†* |
|
Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 2021, by and between Enfusion Ltd. LLC and Tarek Hammoud. |
10.14†* |
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
23.1 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as to Enfusion, Inc. |
23.2 |
|
|
23.3 |
|
|
24.1 |
|
Power of Attorney (see page II-5 of this Registration Statement on Form S-1). |
* |
Previously filed. |
# |
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement. |
† |
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Chicago, Illinois, on October 12, 2021.
|
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
By: |
/s/ Thomas Kim |
Thomas Kim Chief Executive Officer |
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas Kim and Stephen P. Dorton, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Enfusion, Inc., and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Thomas Kim |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Thomas Kim |
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
/s/ Stephen P. Dorton |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Stephen P. Dorton |
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Tarek Hammoud |
|
Director |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Lawrence Leibowitz |
|
Director |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Oleg Movchan |
|
Director |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Roy Luo |
|
Director |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Bradford E. Bernstein |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Jan R. Hauser |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Jan R. Hauser |
|
Director |
|
|
* |
|
|
|
October 12, 2021 |
Kathleen Traynor DeRose |
|
Director |
|
|
*By: /s/ Thomas Kim
Name: Thomas Kim
Title: Attorney-in-Fact
Exhibit 1.1
[_______________] Shares
ENFUSION, INC.
CLASS A COMMON STOCK (PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE)
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[__________], 2021
[·], 2021
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
as Representatives of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule I hereto
c/o |
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
|
c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
200 West Street
New York, New York, 10282
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”) are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”) and certain shareholders of the Company (the “Selling Shareholders”) named in Schedule III hereto severally propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of [·] shares of the Class A common stock of the Company (par value $0.001 per share) (the “Firm Shares”), of which [·] shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and [·] shares are to be sold by the Selling Shareholders, each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule III hereto.
The Company and the Selling Shareholders also propose to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [·] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (par value $0.001 per share) (the “Additional Shares”) of which [·] shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and [·] shares are to be sold by the Selling Shareholders, each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule III hereto, if and to the extent that the Representatives shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of Class A common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shares.” The shares of Class A common stock (par value $0.001 per share) of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby, together with the shares of Class B common stock, par value $[·] per share, of the Company (the “Class B Common Stock”), are hereinafter referred to as the “Common Stock.” The Company and the Selling Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “Sellers.”
1
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259635), including a preliminary prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus.” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (a “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.
For purposes of this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), “free writing prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “preliminary prospectus” shall mean each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted information pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, “Time of Sale Prospectus” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “broadly available road show” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.
On the date hereof, the business of the Company is conducted through Enfusion Ltd. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Enfusion LLC”), and its subsidiaries. In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the “Reorganization Transactions” (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus in the section titled “Organizational Structure”) were or will be effected prior to the Closing Date (as defined below), pursuant to which the Company will become a holding company and its principal asset will be a controlling equity interest in Enfusion LLC, and will operate and control all of its businesses and affairs through Enfusion LLC, as managing member.
The tax receivable agreement among the Company, Enfusion LLC, [·] and each member of Enfusion LLC party thereto (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”), the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Enfusion LLC (the “LLC Agreement”), the exchange agreement among the Company, Enfusion LLC, and [·] and
2
the other parties thereto (the “Exchange Agreement”) and the registration rights agreement among the Company and certain stockholders party thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) are collectively referred to herein as the “Reorganization Transaction Documents.” All references to (x) “Subsidiaries” of the Company shall be understood to refer to subsidiaries (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company, including Enfusion LLC, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and (y) properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be understood to refer to the properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including Enfusion LLC, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions.
1.Representations and Warranties of the Enfusion Parties. Each of the Company and Enfusion LLC (each, an “Enfusion Party” and collectively, the “Enfusion Parties”), jointly and severally represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:
(a)The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.
(b)(i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement or as of the Closing Date and as of any Option Closing Date, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale
3
Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished consists of the information described as such in Section 11(c) below.
(c)The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or, if used after the effective date of this Agreement, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.
(d)Each Enfusion Party has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to,, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Enfusion Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the sale of the Shares (any such change, a “Material Adverse Effect”).
(e)Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, each Subsidiary of the Enfusion Parties has been duly incorporated, organized or formed, is validly existing as a corporation or other business entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, has the corporate or other business entity power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected
4
to, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens, encumbrances, equities or claims as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(f)This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Enfusion Party.
(g)Each of the Reorganization Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been or, prior to the Closing Date, will be duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Enfusion Party and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the other parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of each Enfusion Party, as applicable, enforceable against each Enfusion Party, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
(h)Each Reorganization Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(i)As of the Closing Date, the authorized capital stock of the Company will conform as to legal matters in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, and upon consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, the capital stock of the Company will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(j)The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(k)Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of the Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights that have not been duly waived or satisfied.
(l)The execution and delivery by each Enfusion Party of, and the performance by each Enfusion Party of its obligations under, this Agreement and
5
the Reorganization Transaction Documents will not contravene any provision of (i) applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary, except that in the case of clauses (i), (iii), and (iv) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or on the power and ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body, agency or court is required for the performance by the Enfusion Parties of their obligations under this Agreement and the Reorganization Transaction Documents, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or non-U.S. jurisdictions or the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or the New York Stock Exchange in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.
(m)There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.
(n)There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and proceedings that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Reorganization Transaction Documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated by each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.
(o)Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
6
(p)Each of the Enfusion Parties is not, and immediately after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(q)To the Company’s knowledge, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, as presently conducted and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(r)There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(s)Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement, except as otherwise have been validly waived or complied with in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares contemplated hereby.
(t)(i) None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, or any director, officer, or employee thereof, or, to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party, any agent or representative of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office)
7
(“Government Official”) in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (ii) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.
(u)The operations of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and each of its Subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party, threatened.
(v)(i) None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any director, officer, or employee thereof, or, to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party, any agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:
(A)the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or
(B)located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).
(ii)The Enfusion Parties will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:
8
(A)to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions, except pursuant to applicable licenses; or
(B)in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).
(iii)The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions, except pursuant to applicable licenses.
(w)Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(x)The Company and its Subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and, to the Company’s knowledge, enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its Subsidiaries.
(y)(i) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus, and the Prospectus, and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its Subsidiaries own or have a valid license to all patents, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or
9
procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) used in or reasonably necessary to the conduct of their businesses; (ii) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company and its Subsidiaries, are valid, subsisting and enforceable, and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, scope or enforceability of any such Intellectual Property Rights; (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of Intellectual Property Rights which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party, no third party is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (v) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property Rights; (vi) all employees or contractors engaged in the development of Intellectual Property Rights on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company have executed an invention assignment agreement whereby such employees or contractors presently assign all of their right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or the applicable Subsidiary, and to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party no such agreement has been breached or violated; and (vii) the Company and its Subsidiaries use, and have used, commercially reasonable efforts to appropriately maintain all information intended to be maintained as a trade secret.
(z) (i) The Company and its Subsidiaries use and have used any and all software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including but not limited to the MIT License, Apache License, GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General Public License) (“Open Source Software”) in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Software; and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries uses or distributes or has used or distributed any Open Source Software in any manner that requires or has required (A) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any proprietary software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) any proprietary software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be (1) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (2) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (3) redistributed at no charge.
(aa) (i) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have complied and are presently in compliance with all internal and external privacy policies, contractual obligations, industry standards, applicable laws, statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority and any other legal obligations, in each case, relating to the
10
collection, use, transfer, import, export, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of personal, personally identifiable, household, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Data Security Obligations”, and such data, “Data”); (ii) the Company has not received any notification of or complaint regarding and is unaware of any other facts that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably indicate non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation; and (iii) of there is no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or threatened alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation.
(bb)The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have taken all reasonable technical and organizational measures necessary to protect the information technology systems and Data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ businesses. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and its Subsidiaries have used reasonable efforts to establish and maintain, and have established, maintained, implemented and complied with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or Data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ businesses (“Breach”). There has been no such Breach, and the Company and its subsidiaries have not been notified of and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in, any such Breach.
(cc)No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists, or, to the knowledge of any Enfusion Party, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(dd)The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company reasonably believes are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
11
(ee)The Company and each of its Subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess such certificates, authorizations or permits would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ff)The financial statements included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes thereto, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates shown and its results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby except for any normal year-end adjustments in the Company’s quarterly financial statements. The other financial information included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate and such data is consistent with the sources from which they are derived, in each case in all material respects.
(gg)Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries and delivered its report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the
12
Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.
(hh)The Enfusion Parties maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Time of Sale Prospectus, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
(ii)The Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, except in connection with the Reorganization Transactions.
(jj)The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by them through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which, singly or in the aggregate, has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its Subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.
(kk)From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).
(ll)The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication with any person other than Testing-the-Waters Communications
13
with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are reasonably believed to be accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) or Rule 163B of the Securities Act.
(mm)As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished consists of the information described as such in Section 11(c) below.
2.Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders. Each Selling Shareholder represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that; provided that the representations and warranties in Sections 2(j) and (k) are only provided by HH ELL Investment LLC:
(a)This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder.
(b)The execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of, and the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such Selling Shareholder (if such Selling Shareholder is a corporation), or (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Shareholder or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder, except in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv) as would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Selling Shareholders to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
14
Agreement, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body, agency or court is required for the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this Agreement except (x) such as may have already been obtained or such as may be required by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder or (y) such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares or foreign jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares (as to which such Selling Shareholder makes no representation).
(c)Such Selling Shareholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.
(d)Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”)) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim”, within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Shareholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to Section 8-501 of the UCC.
(e)Such Selling Shareholder has delivered to the Representatives an executed lock-up agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Lock-up Agreement”).
15
(f)Such Selling Shareholder is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.
(g)(i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph are limited in all respects to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the information relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished to the Company in writing on or behalf of such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Agreement, the only information furnished consists of the name of such Selling Shareholder, the number of offered shares and the address and other information with respect to such Selling Shareholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the Registration statement or the Prospectus in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the “Selling Shareholder Information”);
(h)
(i)None of such Selling Shareholder or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of such Selling Shareholder, any director, officer, employee, agent, representative, or controlled affiliate thereof, is a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:
(A)the subject of any Sanctions, or
(B)(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).
16
(ii)Such Selling Shareholder will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:
(A)to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions or
(B)in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).
(iii)Such Selling Shareholder has not knowingly engaged in, is not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.
(iv)(a) None of such Selling Shareholder or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of such Selling Shareholder, any director, officer, employee, agent, representative, or controlled affiliate thereof has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any Government Official in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (b) such Selling Shareholder and each of its subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (c) neither the Selling Shareholder nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.
(v)The operations of such Selling Shareholder and each of its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving such Selling Shareholder or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Selling Shareholder, threatened.
17
(i)Such Selling Shareholder represents and warrants that it is not (i) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or (ii) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plan or account under Section 3(42) of ERISA, 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101.
(j)No stamp, documentary, issuance, registration, transfer, withholding, capital gains, income or other taxes or duties are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the Cayman Islands or to any taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or consummation of this Agreement, (ii) the sale and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters or purchasers procured by the Underwriters, or (iii) the resale and delivery of the Shares by the Underwriters in the manner contemplated herein. A nominal stamp duty will be payable by HH ELL Investment LLC on this Agreement if it is executed in or brought to the Cayman Islands, or produced before a court in the Cayman Islands.
(k)Such Selling Shareholder has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 20 has, to the extent permitted by law, legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the jurisdiction of the Specified Courts (as defined in Section 20), and has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to Section 20, has legally, validly and effectively designated, appointed and empowered an agent for service of process in any suit or proceeding based on or arising under this Agreement in any of the Specified Courts.
3.Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $[·] per share (the “Purchase Price”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares to be sold by all of the Selling Shareholders.
On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, each Seller agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, of which [·] shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and [·] shares are to be sold by the Selling Shareholders, each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Shareholder’s name in Schedule III hereto, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [·] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. The
18
Representatives may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice to the Company not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares or later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “Option Closing Date”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
4.Terms of Public Offering. The Enfusion Parties and Selling Shareholders are advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable. The Enfusion Parties and Selling Shareholders are further advised by the Representatives that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[·] a share (the “Public Offering Price”) and to certain dealers selected by the Representatives at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[·] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[·] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.
5.Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [·], 2021, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [·], 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date.”
Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Sellers in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [·], 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives.
The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Representatives on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts
19
of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.
6.Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof.
The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:
(a)Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:
(i)no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission;
(ii)neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor its parent nor any affiliate has any securities rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and
(iii)there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(b)The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of each of the Enfusion Parties, to the effect set forth in Sections 6(a)(i) and 6(a)(ii) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Enfusion Parties contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Enfusion Parties have complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.
The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.
20
(c)The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Goodwin Procter LLP (“Goodwin”), outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(d)The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (“Davis Polk”), counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(e)The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of each of Goodwin, Kirkland & Ellis LLP (“Kirkland”), and Walkers (Cayman) LLP (“Walkers”), respective counsel for the Selling Shareholders, dated the Closing Date in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
With respect to Sections 6(c), 6(d) and 6(e) above, Goodwin and Davis Polk may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified. With respect to Section 6(e) above, each of Goodwin, Kirkland, and Walkers may rely upon an opinion or opinions of counsel for any Selling Shareholders and, with respect to factual matters and to the extent such counsel deems appropriate, upon the representations of each Selling Shareholder contained herein and in other documents and instruments; provided that (A) each such counsel for the Selling Shareholders is satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, (B) a copy of each opinion so relied upon is delivered to the Representatives and is in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and of any such other documents and instruments shall be delivered to the Representatives and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and (D) each of Goodwin, Kirkland, and Walkers shall state in their opinion that they are justified in relying on each such other opinion.
The opinion and negative assurance letter of Goodwin described in Sections 6(c) and 6(e), above (and any opinions of counsel for any Selling Shareholder referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph) shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company or one of more of the Selling Shareholders, as the case may be, and shall so state therein.
(f)The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus
21
and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.
(g)The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a certificate dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from the chief financial officer of the Company with respect to certain financial data contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(h)The Lock-up Agreements between the Representatives and shareholders, officers and directors of the Company shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
(i)On or prior to the Closing Date, the Reorganization Transactions shall have been completed in accordance with the applicable Reorganization Transaction Documents and as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.
(j)The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to the Representatives on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:
(i)a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of each of the Enfusion Parties, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;
(ii)an opinion and negative assurance letter of Goodwin, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(c) hereof;
(iii)an opinion and negative assurance letter of Davis Polk, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(d) hereof;
(iv)an opinion and negative assurance letter of each of Goodwin, Kirkland, and Walkers, respective counsel for the Selling Shareholders, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinions required by Sections 6(b) and 6(e) hereof;
22
(v)a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(f) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than two business days prior to such Option Closing Date;
(vi)a certificate dated Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from the chief financial officer of the Company, substantially, substantially in the same form and substance as the certificate furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(g); and
(vii)such other documents as the Representatives may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Enfusion Parties, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.
7.Covenants of the Enfusion Parties. Each Enfusion Party, jointly and severally, covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
(a)To furnish to the Representatives, upon written request, without charge, 5 signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to the Representatives in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(e) or 7(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(b)Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to the Representatives a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.
(c)To furnish to the Representatives a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which the Representatives reasonably object.
23
(d)Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.
(e)If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
(f)If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses the Representatives will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.
(g)To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall
24
reasonably request; provided, however¸ that nothing contained herein shall require the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction, to execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject.
(h)To make generally available (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission on its Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System) to the Company’s security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(i)If any Seller is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on or before the Closing Date, (i) a certificate with respect to the Company’s status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, as described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.897-2(h) and 1.1445-2(c)(3), and (ii) proof of mailing to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) of the required notice, as described in Treasury Regulations 1.897-2(h)(2).
(j)The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the Restricted Period (as defined in this Section 7).
(k)If at any time following the distribution of any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
Each Enfusion Party also covenants with each Underwriter that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that
25
transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, including, but not limited to the new class of units of Enfusion LLC created by the Reclassification (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus in the section titled “Organizational Structure”) (the “Common Units”), whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.
The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (A) the conversion of any units of Enfusion LLC in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, (B) the issuance by the Company of Class A common stock and Class B common stock to the Pre-IPO Shareholders and Pre-IPO Common Unitholders (both such terms are defined in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus in the section titled “About this Prospectus—Certain Definitions”) in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, (C) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (D) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof as described in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock by the Company (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to employee benefit plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (E) the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the issuance, vesting, exercise or settlement of equity awards granted or to be granted pursuant to any employee benefit plan in effect on the date hereof and described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (F) facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a shareholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period or (G) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock in connection with one or more mergers; acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets, products or technologies; joint ventures; commercial relationships or other strategic corporate transactions or alliances; provided that the aggregate amounts of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (on an as-converted, as-exercised or as-exchanged basis) that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (G) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement determined on a fully-diluted basis, and provided further that each recipient of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to this clause (G) shall
26
execute a Lock-up Agreement with respect to the remaining portion of the Restricted Period.
If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions on the transfer of Shares set forth in a Lock-up Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
8.Covenants of the Sellers. Each Seller, severally and not jointly, covenants with each Underwriter as follows; provided that the covenants in Sections 8(c) and (d) are only provided by HH ELL Investment LLC:
(a)Each Seller will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), prior to or at the Closing Date, a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 or an IRS Form W-8, as appropriate, together with all required attachments to such form.
(b)Each Seller will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and each Seller undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as each Underwriter may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing Certification.
(c)All sums payable by the Sellers under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of and without deductions or withholdings of any present or future taxes or duties, unless the deduction or withholding is required by law, in which case the Sellers shall pay such additional amount as will result in the receipt by each Underwriter of the full amount that would have been received had no deduction or withholding been made.
(d)All sums payable to an Underwriter shall be considered exclusive of any value added or similar taxes. Where a Seller is obliged to pay value added or similar tax on any amount payable hereunder to an Underwriter, the Seller shall in addition to the sum payable hereunder pay an amount equal to any applicable value added or similar tax.
9.Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Enfusion Parties and the Selling Shareholders agree to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Enfusion Parties’ counsel, the Enfusion Parties’ accountants and counsel for the Selling Shareholders in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation
27
and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the reasonable cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA (provided that the amount payable by the Company with respect to fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to subsections (iii) and (iv) shall not exceed $40,000 in the aggregate), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Class A common stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining 50% of the cost of such aircraft, as well as any other travel and lodging expenses of the Underwriters in connection with the road show, to be paid by the Underwriters), (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 11 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution” and the last paragraph of Section 13 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.
10.Covenants of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the
28
Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.
11.Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Enfusion Parties, jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication that arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Underwriters through the Representatives consists of the information described as such in paragraph (c) below.
(b) Each Selling Shareholder severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any written Testing-the-Waters Communication or that arise out of, or are based upon, by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (A) except in so far as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement
29
or omission based upon any Underwriter Information and (B) only to the extent such losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with the Selling Shareholder Information and, provided, further, that the aggregate liability of any Selling Shareholder pursuant to this subsection (b) and the contribution provisions of Section 11(f) below shall be limited to an amount equal to such Selling Shareholder’s net proceeds (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting any other expenses) from its sale of the Shares under this Agreement (with respect to each Selling Shareholder, the “Selling Shareholder Proceeds”).
(c)Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Enfusion Party, the Selling Shareholders, the directors of each Enfusion Party, the officers of the Enfusion Parties who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by any such Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the selling concession amount appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriters,” the information concerning sales to discretionary accounts appearing in the seventh paragraph under the caption “Underwriters,” and the information concerning stabilization and the over-allotment option in the twelfth paragraph under the caption “Underwriters.”
(d)In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c), such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon
30
request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the reasonably incurred fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Shareholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders and such control persons of any Selling Shareholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Selling Shareholders. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonably incurred fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the
31
indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statements to or admission of fault, culpability, or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(e)To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Enfusion Parties and Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by each Enfusion Party and Selling Shareholder and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Enfusion Parties and Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Enfusion Parties and Selling Shareholders or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The Selling Shareholders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 11 are several. The liability of each Selling Shareholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph and the indemnity contained in Section 11(b) shall be limited to an amount equal to Selling Shareholder Proceeds.
32
(f)Each of the Enfusion Parties, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 11(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no Selling Shareholder shall be required to contribute an amount in excess of the amount by which the Selling Shareholder Proceeds exceed the amount of any damages that such Selling Shareholder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or allaged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
(g)The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Enfusion Parties and the Selling Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, by or on behalf of any Selling Shareholder or any person controlling any Selling Shareholder, or by or on behalf of the Enfusion Parties, their officers or directors or any person controlling the Enfusion Parties and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.
12.Termination. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by the Representatives to the Enfusion Parties, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to or on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the NASDAQ Global Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Enfusion Parties shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking
33
activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.
13.Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as the Representatives may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 13 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives, and the Enfusion Parties and the Selling Shareholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Enfusion Parties or the Selling Shareholders. In any such case either the Representatives or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
34
If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Enfusion Party or Selling Shareholder to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any Enfusion Party or Selling Shareholder shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (other than by reason of a default by the Underwriters or the occurrence of any of the events described in clauses (ii) (solely to the extent that such event is not caused by conduct of the Company), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 13, the Enfusion Parties and Selling Shareholders will reimburse the non-defaulting Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.
14.Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Enfusion Parties and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.
(b)Each Enfusion Party and each Selling Shareholder acknowledge that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, any of the Enfusion Parties, any of the Selling Shareholders or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe each Enfusion Party and each Selling Shareholder only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement, any contemporaneous written agreements and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of each Enfusion Party and each Selling Shareholder, and (iv) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. Each Enfusion Party and each Selling Shareholder waive to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.
(c)Each Selling Shareholder further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Selling Shareholders with certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation in connection with the offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to any Selling Shareholder to participate in the offering or sell any Shares at the Purchase Price, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.
35
15.Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes. (a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
(b)In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
For purposes of this Section 16, a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
16.Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including .pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
17.Applicable Law. This Agreement, any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.
18.Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
36
19.Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to each of the Representatives at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department, and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; if to the Enfusion Parties shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Enfusion, Inc., 125 South Clark Street, Suite 750, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, Attention: Gregg L. Katz. and if to the Selling Shareholders shall be delivered, mailed or sent to [•].
20.Submission to Jurisdiction; Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agents for Service. HH ELL Investment LLC irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York (the “Specified Courts”) over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the offering of the Shares (each, a “Related Proceeding”). HH ELL Investment LLC irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such Related Proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the extent that HH ELL Investment LLC has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise) from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, HH ELL Investment LLC irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such immunity in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding.
HH ELL Investment LLC hereby irrevocably appoints [•], with offices at [•] as its agent for service of process in any Related Proceeding and agrees that service of process in any such Related Proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such agent. HH ELL Investment LLC waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. HH ELL Investment LLC represents and warrants that such agent has agreed to act as the HH ELL Investment LLC’s agent for service of process, and HH ELL Investment LLC agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect.
21.Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Underwriters could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in The City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of HH ELL Investment LLC with respect to any sum due from it to any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first business day following receipt by such Underwriter or controlling person of any sum in such other currency, and only to the extent that such Underwriter or controlling person
37
may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such Underwriter or controlling person hereunder, HH ELL Investment LLC agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Underwriter or controlling person against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such Underwriter or controlling person hereunder, such Underwriter or controlling person agrees to pay to HH ELL Investment LLC an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to such Underwriter or controlling person hereunder.
22.Taxes. If any sum payable by HH ELL Investment LLC under this Agreement is subject to tax in the hands of an Underwriter or taken into account as a receipt in computing the taxable income of that Underwriter (excluding net income taxes on underwriting commissions payable hereunder), the sum payable to the Underwriter under this Agreement shall be increased to such sum as will ensure that the Underwriter shall be left with the sum it would have had in the absence of such tax.
[Signature page follows]
38
Very truly yours, |
||
ENFUSION, INC. |
||
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC. |
||
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
HH ELL INVESTMENT LLC |
|||
By: |
|
||
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
FTV IV, L.P. |
|||
By: |
|
||
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
Accepted as of the date hereof
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
By: |
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC |
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
By: |
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC |
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
2
SCHEDULE I
SCHEDULE II
Time of Sale Prospectus
1. |
Preliminary Prospectus issued [·], 2021 |
2. |
[Any free writing prospectuses] |
3. |
Pricing Information: |
Firm Shares: |
[ ] |
Additional Shares: |
[ ] |
Public Offering Price: |
[ ] |
SCHEDULE III
|
|
|
|
Selling Shareholder |
Number of Firm Shares To Be Sold |
Number of Additional Shares To Be Sold |
|
HH ELL Investment LLC |
|
|
|
FTV IV, L.P. |
|
|
|
Total: |
[•] |
[•] |
|
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
[·], 2021
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
as Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o |
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
|
c/o |
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
|
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (the “Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Enfusion Ltd LLC (“Enfusion LLC”), providing for the initial public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “Underwriters”), of [·] shares (the “Shares”) of the Class A common stock (par value $0.001 per share) of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock” and together with the Class B common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share, the “Common Stock”).
To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days (including such 180th day) after the date of the final prospectus (the “Restricted Period”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including membership units of Enfusion LLC (the “Units”)) (collectively, the “Lock-up Securities”) or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in
whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition of any Lock-up Securities, even if any such sale or disposition transaction or transactions would be made or executed by or on behalf of someone other than the undersigned.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned’s Lock-up Securities in the following transactions:
(a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or securities which may be issued upon exercise of stock options, restricted stock units or warrants (collectively, the “Other Securities”) acquired in the Public Offering or in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or Other Securities acquired in the Public Offering or in such open market transactions,
(b) transfers of shares of the Lock-up Securities (i) as a bona fide gift (including any pledge or similar commitment to donate the Lock-up Securities and/or proceeds from the sale of the Lock-up Securities to be applied in their entirety to a charitable contribution), (ii) bona fide estate planning purposes; provided such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (iii) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession; provided such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (iv) to an immediate family member of the undersigned or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this letter agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any spouse or domestic partner and relationship by blood, current or former marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); provided such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (v) if the undersigned is a trust, to any beneficiary of the undersigned or the estate of any such beneficiary, provided such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; and provided that each transferee in this clause (b) shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this letter agreement,
(c) provided the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, distributions, transfers or dispositions of shares of the Lock-up Securities (i) directly or indirectly, to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by, advising or advised by, or under common control, management or advisement with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (ii) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition without consideration by the undersigned to
its direct or indirect members or stockholders or any affiliate of the undersigned, or its current partners (general or limited), members, beneficiaries or other equity holders, or to the estates of any such stockholders, partners, beneficiaries or other equity holders; provided that (i) each transferee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this letter agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period,
(d) the transfer of the Lock-up Securities that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order, provided that such transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions on transfer set forth herein,
(e) the transfer of shares of the Lock-up Securities in connection with a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, made to all holders of Common Stock involving a Change of Control (as defined below), provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this letter agreement. For the purposes of this clause (e), “Change of Control” means the transfer (whether by bona fide tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than the Underwriters pursuant to the Public Offering), of shares the Lock-up Securities if, after such transfer, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transfer do not own at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the voting share capital of the Company (or the surviving entity),
(f) any transfer of shares of the Lock-up Securities to the Company pursuant to contractual arrangements under which the Company has, in connection with the termination of service of the undersigned, (A) the option to repurchase such Lock-up Securities, or (B) a right of first refusal with respect to such Lock-up Securities; provided that in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, (1) such contractual arrangement is in effect on the date of the Prospectus; and (2) that no public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period within 30 days after the date the undersigned ceases to provide services to the Company, and after such 30th day, if the undersigned is required to file a report reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period, such report or filing shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause and no public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made,
(g) facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a shareholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Lock-up Securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a
public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of the Lock-up Securities may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period, and
(h) (i) any sales of Class A Common Stock by the undersigned to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; (ii) any sales of Units by the undersigned to the Company or any of its subsidiaries with the net proceeds of the Public Offering as contemplated in the registration statement filed by the Company in connection with the Public Offering; or (iii) any conversion or exchange of Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (provided that, in the case of this clause (iii) such shares of Stock shall be subject to the provisions of this letter agreement).
In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or Other Securities. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company in writing of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this letter agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Shares or entry into this letter agreement and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation to you in connection with the Public Offering or entry into this letter agreement, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering or sell any Shares at the price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.
In the event that a release is granted to an officer or director of the Company or any record or beneficial owner of more than 1% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company immediately after the completion of the Public Offering (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) (the “Triggering Shareholder”) relating to the lock-up restrictions set forth above, the same percentage of the undersigned’s Common Stock as the percentage of the Common Stock being released represent with respect to the Common Stock held by the Triggering Shareholder shall be immediately and fully released on the same terms from lock-up restrictions set forth herein. In the event that the undersigned is released from any of its obligations under this letter agreement or, by virtue of this letter agreement, becomes entitled to offer, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of any of the Common Stock prior to the termination of the Restricted Period, the Representatives shall use their commercially reasonably efforts to provide notification to the undersigned within three business days after the release, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply if the release is effected (A) solely to permit a transfer not involving a disposition for value or any transfer under clause (b) above, or (B) in the case of a natural person, due to circumstances of a bona fide emergency or hardship, as determined by the Representatives in their sole judgment. For purposes of determining record or beneficial ownership of a shareholder, all Common Stock held by investment funds affiliated with such shareholder shall be aggregated.
This letter agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned will be released from all of his, her or its obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (a) the date that the Representatives, on one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, informs the other in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (b) the date that the Company withdraws the registration statement related to the Public Offering, if withdrawn prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, (c) if the Underwriting Agreement is executed but terminated (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the date that the Underwriting Agreement is terminated, (d) November 30, 2021 if the Public Offering of the Shares has not been completed by such date or (e) the expiry of the Restricted Period.
Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.
This letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
[signature page follows]
Very truly yours,
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP
_____________, 20__
[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]
Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:
This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) of _____ shares of Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up agreement dated ____, 2021 (the “Lock-up Agreement”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated ____, 20__, with respect to ____ shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Shares”).
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Agreement, but only with respect to the Shares, effective _____, 20__; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].
Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
Very truly yours,
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
Title: |
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
Title: |
cc: Company
FORM OF PRESS RELEASE
Enfusion Inc.
[Date]
Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of _____ shares of its Class A common stock is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to ____ shares of the Company’s Class A common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on ____, 20__, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.
This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ENFUSION, INC.
Enfusion, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:
1.The name of the Corporation is Enfusion, Inc. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was June 11, 2021 (the “Original Certificate”).
2.This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).
3.The text of the Original Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.
ARTICLE I
The name of the Corporation is Enfusion, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
A. Classes of Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,250,000,000, consisting of the following: 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), 150,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), and 100,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).
Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.
B. Rights of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law but to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution for the designation and issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers (which may include, without limitation, full, limited or no voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and to file a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), setting forth such resolution or resolutions.
C. Vote to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Preferred Stock. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate class vote of the holders of Preferred Stock, or any separate series votes of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.
D. Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The relative powers, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions granted to or imposed on the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:
1.Voting Rights.
(a)General Right to Vote Together; Exception. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, subject to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation, the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.
(b)Votes Per Share. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of the stockholders, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each Common Unit of Enfusion Ltd, LLC held by such holder.
2.Class B Common Stock Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, shares of Class B Common Stock shall have the following characteristics, rights and privileges:
(a)Dividends and Distributions. Dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Class A Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof. Shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends.
(b)Liquidation Distributions. Upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Class A Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(c)Subdivision or Combination. If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.
(d)Transfer of Class B Common Stock. A holder of Class B Common Stock may transfer shares of Class B Common Stock to any transferee (other than the Corporation) only if, and only to the extent, permitted by the Seventh Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Enfusion Ltd, LLC (the “LLC”), dated on or about the date hereof (as may be amended or modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”), if such holder also simultaneously transfers an equal number of such holder’s Common Units (as defined below) to such transferee. Upon a transfer of Common Units in accordance with the LLC Agreement, an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by the holder of such Common Units will automatically and simultaneously be transferred to the same transferee of such Common Units. Any purported transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock in violation of the foregoing restrictions shall be null and void.
(e)Redemption of Class B Common Stock. A holder of Common Units may cause to be redeemed all or any portion of its Common Units, together with the cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock, for the consideration due under the LLC Agreement to such holder of Class B Common Stock for such holder’s Common Units on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the LLC Agreement. The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of Common Units pursuant to the LLC Agreement, such number of shares
2
of Class A Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of then-outstanding Common Units subject to Exchange multiplied by (ii) the Exchange Rate (as defined in the LLC Agreement). To the extent that any holder of Class B Common Stock exercises its right pursuant to the LLC Agreement to have some or all of such holder’s Common Units redeemed in accordance with the LLC Agreement, then simultaneous with the payment of the consideration due under the LLC Agreement to such holder of Class B Common Stock for such holder’s Common Units, the Corporation shall cancel such number of shares of Class B Common Stock registered in the name of the redeeming or exchanging holder of Class B Common Stock equal to the number of Common Units held by such holder of Class B Common Stock that are redeemed or exchanged in such redemption or exchange transaction, and such Class B Common Stock shall be automatically retired and canceled and shall not be reissued.
(f)Cancellation of Class B Common Stock. A holder of Class B Common Stock may surrender shares of Class B Common Stock to the Corporation for no consideration at any time. Following the surrender of any shares of Class B Common Stock to the Corporation, the Corporation will take all actions necessary to retire such shares and such shares shall not be re-issued by the Corporation. In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held directly or indirectly by a holder of a Common Unit, as set forth in the books and records of the LLC, such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation and cancelled for no consideration. In the event that the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by a holder ceases to equal the number of Common Units held by such holder, as set forth in the books and records of the LLC, any shares of Class B Common Stock held in excess of the number of Common Units held by such holder shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or such holder be transferred to the Corporation and cancelled for no consideration. The Corporation shall not issue additional shares of Class B Common Stock after the date hereof other than in connection with the valid issuance of Common Units in accordance with the LLC Agreement.
ARTICLE V
DEFINITIONS
The following terms, where capitalized in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article V:
“Class B Stockholder” means (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock at the Effective Time and (ii) the registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time.
“Common Unit” means a common limited liability company interest of Enfusion Ltd, LLC, as defined in the LLC Agreement.
“Distribution” means (i) any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock; and (ii) any distribution following or in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.
ARTICLE VI
STOCKHOLDER ACTION
1.Action without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.
2.Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by (i) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office; (ii) the chairman of the Board of Directors; or (iii) the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.
3.No Cumulative Voting. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.
ARTICLE VII
3
DIRECTORS
1.General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.
2.Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.
3.Number of Directors; Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Thomas Kim, Lawrence Leibowitz and Bradford E. Bernstein, the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Tarek Hammoud, Roy Luo and Kathleen Traynor DeRose; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Jan R. Hauser and Oleg Movchan. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.
4.Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VII.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.
5. Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only for cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.
ARTICLE VIII
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
4
Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VIII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
1.Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.
2.Amendment by Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided therein, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of capital stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding voting power of the shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX or Article X of this Certificate.
ARTICLE XI
SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Certificate becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Certificate, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Certificate with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Certificate shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
[End of Text]
5
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this [__] day of [ ], 2021.
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
Thomas Kim |
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
ENFUSION, INC.
(the “Corporation”)
ARTICLE I
Stockholders
SECTION 1.Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these Bylaws as an “Annual Meeting”) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any geographic place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and subject to such procedures and guidelines as the Board of Directors may adopt. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these Bylaws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these Bylaws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.
SECTION 2.Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.
(a)Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(1)Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article I, Section 2(a)(2) and (3) of this Bylaw to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Bylaw, for any proposal of business to be
considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.
(2)For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article I, Section 2(a)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Bylaw and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by this Bylaw. To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s Annual Meeting; provided, however, that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholder’s notice shall be timely if received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:
(A)as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (iv) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominee’s potential service on the Board of Directors, (vi) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the
2
Corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the Corporation and its stockholders, and (vii) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);
(B)as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, the text, if any, of any resolutions or Bylaw amendment proposed for adoption, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);
(C)(i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any); (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (x) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) whether or not such Proposing Person and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, and (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person, directly or indirectly, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests (the disclosures to be made
3
pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) are referred to, collectively, as “Material Ownership Interests”); (iii) a description of the material terms of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (whether or not in writing) entered into by any Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates with any other person for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation; and (iv) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 4 of Exchange Act Schedule 13D (regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable);
(D)(i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings by and among any of the Proposing Persons, or by and among any Proposing Persons and any other person (including with any proposed nominee(s)), pertaining to the nomination(s) or other business proposed to be brought before the Annual Meeting (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and
(E)a statement whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder (such statement, the “Solicitation Statement”).
For purposes of this Article I of these Bylaws, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owner(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting is made. For purposes of this Section 2 of Article I of these Bylaws, the term “Synthetic Equity Interest” shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly: (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share
4
price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.
(3)A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Bylaw shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).
(4)Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2), a stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
(b)General.
(1)Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If the Board of Directors or a
5
designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.
(2)Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article I, Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.
(3)Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article I, Section 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Article I, Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the Annual Meeting and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the Annual Meeting.
(4)For purposes of this Bylaw, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(5)Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting, or (ii) the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.
SECTION 3.Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office or the Chairperson or Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought
6
before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article I, Section 1 of these Bylaws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these Bylaws and the provisions of Article I, Section 2 of these Bylaws shall govern such special meeting.
SECTION 4.Notice of Meetings; Adjournments.
(a)A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place (which need not be a geographic place but may be solely a means of remote communication), if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
(b)Unless otherwise required by the DGCL, notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.
(c)Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.
(d)The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these Bylaws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice under this Article I of these Bylaws.
(e)When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (i) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (ii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (iii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place (which need not be a geographic place but may be solely a means of remote communication), notice need not be given of the adjourned
7
meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place (which need not be a geographic place but may be solely a means of remote communication), if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “Certificate”) or these Bylaws, is entitled to such notice.
SECTION 5.Quorum. A majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or by remote communication, if applicable or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
SECTION 6.Voting and Proxies. Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.
8
SECTION 7.Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series.
SECTION 8.Stockholder Lists. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporation’s transfer agent or other person authorized by these Bylaws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.
SECTION 9.Presiding Officer. The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer, then the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings. If the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer and there is no Chairperson of the Board or the Chairperson of the Board is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided further that if there is no Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer is unable to so preside or is absent, then the President shall preside over such meetings. The presiding officer at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.
SECTION 10.Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the
9
presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.
SECTION 11.Use of Remote Communications. Subject to any guidelines and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may authorize shareholders and proxy holders not physically present at an annual meeting or special meeting of the shareholders to participate in such annual or special meeting by means of remote communication. In addition, the Board of Directors may determine that a shareholder meeting not be held at any place, but instead may be held solely by means of remote communication. If the Board of Directors authorizes remote communication or the holding of a shareholder meeting solely by means of remote communication, such shareholders and proxy holders shall be considered present in person and permitted to vote at the meeting of the shareholders, provided that (i) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to verify that each person considered present and authorized to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a shareholder or proxy holder; (ii) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to provide such shareholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the shareholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with the proceedings; and (iii) in the event any shareholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action is maintained by the Corporation.
ARTICLE II
Directors
SECTION 1.Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.
SECTION 2.Number and Terms. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.
SECTION 3.Qualification. No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.
SECTION 4.Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.
SECTION 5.Removal. Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.
SECTION 6.Resignation. A director may resign at any time by electronic transmission or by giving written notice to the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.
10
SECTION 7.Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.
SECTION 8.Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.
SECTION 9.Notice of Meetings. Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting, provided, however, that if the Chairperson of the Board or the President determines that it is otherwise necessary or advisable to hold the meeting sooner, then the Chairperson of the Board or the President, as the case may be, may prescribe a shorter time period for notice to be given personally or by telephone, facsimile, electronic mail or other similar means of communication. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications. A written waiver of notice signed or electronically transmitted before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
SECTION 10.Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.
SECTION 11.Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws.
11
SECTION 12.Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.
SECTION 13.Manner of Participation. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these Bylaws.
SECTION 14.Presiding Director. The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding director or such designated presiding director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If both the designated presiding director, if one is so designated, and the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 15.Committees. The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these Bylaws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.
SECTION 16.Compensation of Directors. Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof.
ARTICLE III
Officers
SECTION 1.Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairperson of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice
12
Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 2.Election. The Board of Directors shall elect the President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and any other officers at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3.Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.
SECTION 4.Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.
SECTION 5.Resignation. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written or electronically transmitted resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.
SECTION 6.Removal. Except as otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
SECTION 7.Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.
SECTION 8.Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 9.President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
SECTION 10.Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
SECTION 11.Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
SECTION 12.Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
13
SECTION 13.Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
SECTION 14.Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
SECTION 15.Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these Bylaws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
SECTION 16.Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. The Chairperson of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the President or a Vice President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all securities of any other entity or entities standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
ARTICLE IV
Capital Stock
SECTION 1.Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation’s officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has
14
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.
SECTION 2.Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.
SECTION 3.Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.
SECTION 4.Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
15
SECTION 5.Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
ARTICLE V
Indemnification
SECTION 1.Definitions. For purposes of this Article:
(a)“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;
(b)“Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;
(c) “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;
(d)“Expenses” means all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;
(e)“Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;
(f)“Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;
16
(g)“Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;
(h)“Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and
(i)“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.
SECTION 2.Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
(a)Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these Bylaws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.
(1)Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
(2)Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or
17
Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.
(3)Survival of Rights. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.
(4)Actions by Directors or Officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
SECTION 3.Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees. Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these Bylaws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
SECTION 4.Determination. Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a
18
committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.
(a)The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (ii) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws.
(b)If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.
(c)In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
SECTION 6.Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.
(a)The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting
19
such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.
(b)In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
SECTION 7.Contractual Nature of Rights.
(a)The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.
(b)If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.
(c)In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
20
SECTION 8.Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.
SECTION 9.Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.
SECTION 10.Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous Provisions
SECTION 1.Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2.Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.
SECTION 3.Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the executive committee of the Board may authorize.
SECTION 4.Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary
21
power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.
SECTION 5.Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.
SECTION 6.Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate, Bylaws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 7.Certificate. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.
SECTION 8.Exclusive Jurisdiction of Delaware Courts or the United States District Courts. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of or based on a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation's stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or Bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that this provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.
SECTION 9.Amendment of Bylaws.
(a) Amendment by Directors. Except as provided otherwise by law, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
(b) Amendment by Stockholders. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these Bylaws, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval
22
shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these Bylaws, or other applicable law.
SECTION 10.Notices. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.
SECTION 11.Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.
Adopted by the Board of Directors on ____________, 2021 and approved by the stockholders on ______________, 2021.
23
Exhibit 4.1
Exhibit 4.2
ENFUSION, INC.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
[DATE], 2021
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of the [•] day of [•], 2021, by and among Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the registration rights of the Common Stock issued or issuable to the Investors.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
1.1“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer, director, or manager of such Person or any venture capital fund or other investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment adviser of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person.
1.2“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.3“Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s certificate of incorporation (as amended and in effect).
1.4“Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share.
1.5“Damages” means any loss, damage, claim, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.
1.6“ELL” means HH ELL Holdings LLC., a Delaware corporation.
1.7“ELL Investors” ELL and each Affiliate thereof, who at any time acquires any Registrable Securities directly or indirectly from an ELL Investor in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act.
1.8“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.9“Excluded Registration” means: (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.
1.10“Form S-1” means such registration form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.
1.11“Form S-3” means such registration form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.
1.12“Founder” means each of (i) Tarek Hammoud, (ii) Stephen M. Malherbe, (iii) Oleg Movchan and (iv) Scott Werner, and such successor in interest of each such individual that succeeds to all of such individual’s Registrable Securities.
1.13“FTV” means FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
1.14“FTV Investors” means FTV and each Affiliate thereof, who at any time acquires any Registrable Securities directly or indirectly from an FTV Investor in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act.
1.15“Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.
1.16“ICONIQ” means ISP V Main Fund EF LLC, ICONIQ Strategic Partners V, LP, EF ISP V-B Blocker, Inc. and ICONIQ Strategic Partners V-B, LP, as applicable.
1.17“ICONIQ Investors” means ICONIQ and each Affiliate thereof, who at any time acquires any Registrable Securities directly or indirectly from an ICONIQ Investor in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act.
1.18“Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.
1.19“Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.
1.20“IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.
1.21“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.
1.22“Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
1.23“Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock or otherwise issued to a Person; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company held by the Investors; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 3.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13 of this Agreement.
1.24“Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.
1.25“Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) hereof.
1.26“Sale Event” means:
(a)a merger or consolidation in which
(i)the Company is a constituent party or
(ii) |
a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party and the Company issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, |
except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation
(provided that, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of convertible securities outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or
(b)the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
1.27“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
1.28“SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
1.29“SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
1.30“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.31“Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.
2.Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:
2.1Demand Registration.
(a)Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from the FTV Investors, the ICONIQ Investors, the ELL Investors and any of their successors in interest thereof, or the Founders, that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least ten percent (10%) (or in the case of the FTV Investors, the ICONIQ Investors or the ELL Investors, as applicable, if less, all of the Registrable Securities held by the FTV Investors, the ICONIQ Investors or the ELL Investors, respectively) of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall: (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days after the
date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3. The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) more than one (1) time for the FTV Investors, or more than one (1) time for the ICONIQ Investors, or more than one (1) time for the ELL Investors or more than two (2) times for the Holders of Registrable Securities as a group, excluding the FTV Investors, the ICONIQ Investors and the ELL Investors.
(b)Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from the FTV Investors, the ICONIQ Investors, the ELL Investors and any of their respective successors in interest, or the Founders, that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $500,000, then the Company shall: (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days after the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.3. The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) more than two (2) times per year for the FTV Investors, or more than two (2) times per year for the ICONIQ Investors, or more than two (2) times per year for the ELL Investors or more than two (2) times per year for the Holders of Registrable Securities as a group, excluding the FTV Investors, the ICONIQ Investors and the ELL Investors.
(c)Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer or other most senior executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.
(d)The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a): (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective or (ii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b): (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and
ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one (1) demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) ; provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Section 2.1(c), then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d).
2.2Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders and any successors in interest thereof) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration and other than in connection with the IPO), the Company shall, at such time, promptly (in any event no later than five (5) business days prior to the filing of such Registration Statement) give each Holder and any successors in interest thereof notice in writing of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder and any successors in interest thereof given within five (5) business days after such notice in writing is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder and any successors in interest thereof has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.
2.3Underwriting Requirements.
(a)If, pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities
held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities (other than those to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.
(b)In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provisions in this Section 2.3(b) and Section 2.3(a) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.
(c)For purposes of Section 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.
2.4Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
(a)prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;
(b)prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;
(c)furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;
(d)use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(e)in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;
(f)use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(g)provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
(h)promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;
(i)notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and
(j)after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.
In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.
2.5Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.
2.6Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided, further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant
to Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.
2.7Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.
2.8Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:
(a)To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.
(b)To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with its use in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided, further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution
under Sections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.
(c)Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.
(d)To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to
contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided, further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8, when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8, exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.
(e)Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.
(f)Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
2.9Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:
(a)make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;
(b)use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
(c)furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).
2.10Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would (i) provide to such holder or prospective holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.
2.11“Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of Common Stock in its IPO, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, shall not apply to the transfer of any shares in the Company owned by a Holder to its Affiliates, provided that the Affiliate of the Holder agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, shall not apply to shares purchased by a Holder or its Affiliates in the open market, shall not apply to the transfer or sale of any shares pursuant to any exception, waiver or termination of the lock-up agreement executed with the underwriters in connection with the IPO and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company obtains a similar agreement from all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock. The underwriters in connection with the IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with the IPO that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Holder may place any charge, mortgage, lien, pledge, restriction, security interest or any encumbrance in respect of the Registrable Securities held by the Holder to secure any of the Holder’s (or any of its Affiliates’) payment obligations under a loan agreement to be entered into on or after the date of this Agreement by such Holder (or any of its affiliates).
2.12Restrictions on Transfer.
(a)The Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer
instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require any transferee of shares pursuant to an effective registration statement or, following the IPO, SEC Rule 144, in each case, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
(b)Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Registrable Securities and (ii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clause (i), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT OR AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12.
(c)The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either: (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer
such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a notice, legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that with respect to transfers under the foregoing clause (y), each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12. Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b), except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.
2.13Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:
(a)the closing of a Sale Event;
(b)such time after the IPO as SEC Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration;
(c)the fifth (5th) anniversary of the consummation of the IPO; or
(d)the closing of any merger or other transaction in which all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are exchanged for securities registered under the Exchange Act.
3.Miscellaneous.
3.1Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 7,500 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action
under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.
3.2Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, exclusive of its conflict-of-laws principles.
3.3Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile transmission or electronic mail (including in .pdf format) and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
3.4Titles and Subtitles. Titles or captions of Sections contained in this Agreement are inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.
3.5Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the President or Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 3.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, 02210, Attn: Gregg L. Katz and Jesse Nevarez, Email: gkatz@goodwinlaw.com; jnevarez@goodwinlaw.com.
3.6Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver
effected in accordance with this Section 3.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.
3.7Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.
3.8Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.
3.9Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.
3.10Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of the State of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the courts of Delaware and the federal courts of the United States of America located in Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of the State of Delaware or the federal courts of the United States of America located in Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.
3.11Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
3.12Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party
may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
|
INVESTORS: |
|
|
|
|
|
[INVESTOR NAME] |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[INVESTOR NAME] |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
SCHEDULE A
INVESTORS
|
Name and Address |
|
|
|
|
[___] |
|
Exhibit 5.1
October 12, 2021
Enfusion, Inc.
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750
Chicago, IL 60603
Re:Securities Registered under Registration Statement on Form S-1
We have acted as counsel to you in connection with your filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259635) (as amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the registration of the offering by Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), of up to 18,750,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which include up to 15,322,660 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Company Shares”) to be newly issued and sold by the Company and up to 3,427,340 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Selling Stockholder Shares”) to be sold by the selling stockholders listed in the Registration Statement under “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (the “Selling Stockholders”), including Shares purchasable by the underwriters upon their exercise of an option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters by the Company and the Selling Stockholders. The Shares are being sold to the several underwriters named in, and pursuant to, an underwriting agreement among the Company and such underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).
We have reviewed such documents and made such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinions set forth below. We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials and, as to matters of fact material to the opinions set forth below, on certificates of officers of the Company.
The opinion set forth below is limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the Company Shares have been duly authorized and, upon issuance and delivery against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and (ii) the Selling Stockholder Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.
We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
/s/ Goodwin Procter LLP |
|
|
|
GOODWIN PROCTER LLP |
Exhibit 10.1
ENFUSION, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of ________________ by and between Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ____________ (“Indemnitee”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to [provide or continue to provide] services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) and the Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);
WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will [serve or continue to serve] the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified[; and][.]
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]
[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] which Indemnitee and [Name of Fund/Sponsor] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to [serve or continue to serve] on the Board.]
1
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1.Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.
Section 2.Definitions.
As used in this Agreement:
(a)“Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that no Person who is a director or officer of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate or an Associate of any other director or officer of the Company solely as a result of his or her position as director or officer of the Company.
(b)A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of, and shall be deemed to “Beneficially Own” and have “Beneficial Ownership” of, any securities:
(i)which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, Beneficially Owns (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Rules under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement);
(ii)which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has: (A) the legal, equitable or contractual right or obligation to acquire (whether directly or indirectly and whether exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, compliance with regulatory requirements, satisfaction of one or more conditions (whether or not within the control of such Person) or otherwise) upon the exercise of any conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); or (C) the right to dispose of pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) (other than customary arrangements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities);
(iii)which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members
2
with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Company; or
(iv)that are the subject of a derivative transaction entered into by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, including, for these purposes, any derivative security acquired by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates that gives such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates the economic equivalent of ownership of an amount of securities due to the fact that the value of the derivative security is explicitly determined by reference to the price or value of such securities, or that provides such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates an opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or to share in any profit derived from any change in the value of such securities, in any case without regard to whether (A) such derivative security conveys any voting rights in such securities to such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates; (B) the derivative security is required to be, or capable of being, settled through delivery of such securities; or (C) such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates may have entered into other transactions that hedge the economic effect of such derivative security.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities shall be deemed the Beneficial Owner of any securities acquired through such Person’s participation as an underwriter in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting.
(c)A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i)Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (other than acquisitions of Class B Common Stock by a Class B stockholder or a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Charter)) unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or as a result of conversions of Class B Common Stock, provided that a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if subsequent to such reduction such Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of any additional securities of the Company conferring upon such Person any additional voting power;
(ii)Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(c)(i), 2(c)(iii) or 2(c)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
3
(iii)Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or successor entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving or successor entity;
(iv)Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer by the Company, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
(v)Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
(d) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.
(e)“Enforcement Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(f)“Enterprise” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.
(g)“Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
4
(h)“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(i)“Person” shall mean (i) an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a business trust, a government or political subdivision, any unincorporated organization, or any other association or entity including any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto, and (ii) a “group” as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j)The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.
Section 3.Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
5
Section 4.Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.
Section 5.Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 6.Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
Section 7.Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:
(a)to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise[; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c)];
(b)to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section
6
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;
(c)to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or
(d)to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).
Section 8.Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within forty-five (45) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.
Section 9.Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a)To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.
7
(b)In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, or (D) a Change in Control shall have occurred, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.
(c)In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
(d)The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.
Section 10.Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.
(a)Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the
8
disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within forty-five (45) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company shall likewise cooperate with Indemnitee and Independent Counsel, if applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel and Indemnitee, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Company and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(b)If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
9
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the determination of entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)).
Section 11.Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a)To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b)The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(c)Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s actions based on the records or books of account of the Company or any other Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors, officers, agents or employees of the Company or any other Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or any other Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or any other Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or any other Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 11(c) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
Section 12.Remedies of Indemnitee.
10
(a)Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within forty-five (45) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b)In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.
(c)If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d)The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(e)The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by
11
Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.
(f)Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.
Section 13.Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation.
(a)The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b)To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The Company shall also promptly provide to Indemnitee: (i) copies of all of the Company’s potentially applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, (ii) copies of such notices delivered to the applicable insurers, and (iii) copies of all subsequent communications and correspondence between the Company and
12
such insurers regarding the Proceeding, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.
(c)[The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] and certain of [its][their] affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]
(d)[Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [I/i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(e)[Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [T/t]he Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.
Section 14.Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in
13
form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 15.Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 16.Enforcement.
(a)The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to [serve or continue to serve] as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.
(b)This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
Section 17.Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.
Section 18.Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company or any delay in notification shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such
14
delay is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend such Proceeding or matter; and, provided, further, that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding.
Section 19.Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:
(a)If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.
(b)If to the Company to:
Enfusion, Inc.
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750
Chicago, IL, 60603
Attention: General Counsel
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 20.Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.
Section 21.Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.
15
Section 22.Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
Section 23.Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 24.Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 25.Monetary Damages Insufficient/Specific Enforcement. The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm (having agreed that actual and irreparable harm will result in not forcing the Company to specifically perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement) and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking.
Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.
16
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
Enfusion, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of Indemnitee] |
Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement
ENFUSION, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of ________________ by and between Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ____________ (“Indemnitee”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to [provide or continue to provide] services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;
WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) and the Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”);
WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will [serve or continue to serve] the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1.Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee
in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.
Section 2.Definitions.
As used in this Agreement:
(a)“Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that no Person who is a director or officer of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate or an Associate of any other director or officer of the Company solely as a result of his or her position as director or officer of the Company.
(b)A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of, and shall be deemed to “Beneficially Own” and have “Beneficial Ownership” of, any securities:
(i)which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, Beneficially Owns (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Rules under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement);
(ii)which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has: (A) the legal, equitable or contractual right or obligation to acquire (whether directly or indirectly and whether exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, compliance with regulatory requirements, satisfaction of one or more conditions (whether or not within the control of such Person) or otherwise) upon the exercise of any conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); or (C) the right to dispose of pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) (other than customary arrangements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities);
(iii)which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing) (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of the Company; or
(iv)that are the subject of a derivative transaction entered into by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, including, for these purposes, any derivative security acquired by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates that gives such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates the economic equivalent of ownership of an amount of securities due to the fact that the value of the derivative security is explicitly determined by reference to the price or value of such securities, or that provides such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates an opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or to share in any profit derived from any change in the value of such securities, in any case without
2
regard to whether (A) such derivative security conveys any voting rights in such securities to such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates; (B) the derivative security is required to be, or capable of being, settled through delivery of such securities; or (C) such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates may have entered into other transactions that hedge the economic effect of such derivative security.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities shall be deemed the Beneficial Owner of any securities acquired through such Person’s participation as an underwriter in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting.
(c) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
(i)Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (other than acquisitions of Class B Common Stock by a Class B stockholder or a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Charter)) unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or as a result of conversions of Class B Common Stock, provided that a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if subsequent to such reduction such Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of any additional securities of the Company conferring upon such Person any additional voting power;
(ii)Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(c)(i), 2(c)(iii) or 2(c)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
(iii)Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or successor entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving or successor entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving or successor entity;
(iv)Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale, lease, exchange or other
3
transfer by the Company, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
(v)Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
(d)“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former [director or] officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.
(e)“Enforcement Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action. Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(f)“Enterprise” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.
(g)“Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.
(h)“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
4
(i)“Person” shall mean (i) an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a business trust, a government or political subdivision, any unincorporated organization, or any other association or entity including any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto, and (ii) a “group” as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j)The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.
Section 3.Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 4.Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and
5
reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.
Section 5.Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 6.Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.
Section 7.Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:
(a)to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise[; provided that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c)];
(b)to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;
(c)to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of SOX or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;
(d)to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer
6
thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided, however, that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or
(e)to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).
Section 8.Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within forty-five (45) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s (i) ability to repay the expenses, (ii) ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required. The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.
Section 9.Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a)To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.
(b)In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election
7
to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, or (D) a Change in Control shall have occurred, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.
(c)In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.
(d)The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.
Section 10.Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.
(a)Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case, (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought. In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be
8
delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within forty-five (45) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company shall likewise cooperate with Indemnitee and Independent Counsel, if applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel and Indemnitee, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Company and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(b)If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee. Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate. The Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the determination of entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including
9
advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)).
Section 11.Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a)To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b)The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
(c)Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s actions based on the records or books of account of the Company or any other Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors, officers, agents or employees of the Company or any other Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or any other Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or any other Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or any other Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 11(c) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
Section 12.Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a)Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this
10
Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within forty-five (45) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b)In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.
(c)If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
(d)The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(e)The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or
11
advancement is being sought. Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.
(f)Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.
Section 13.Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.
(a)The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The Company shall also promptly provide to Indemnitee: (i) copies of all of the Company’s potentially applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, (ii) copies of such notices delivered to the applicable insurers, and (iii) copies of all subsequent communications and correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Proceeding, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.
(b)In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including
12
execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
(c)The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.
Section 14.Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [both a director and] an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 15.Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 16.Enforcement.
(a)The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee [to serve or continue to serve] as [a director and] an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as [a director and] an officer of the Company.
(b)This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject
13
matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
Section 17.Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.
Section 18.Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company or any delay in notification shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, unless, and then only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of the Proceeding and such delay is materially prejudicial to the Company’s ability to defend such Proceeding or matter; and, provided, further, that notice will be deemed to have been given without any action on the part of Indemnitee in the event the Company is a party to the same Proceeding.
Section 19.Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:
(a)If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.
(b)If to the Company to:
Enfusion, Inc.
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750
Chicago, IL, 60603
Attention: General Counsel
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.
14
Section 20.Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.
Section 21.Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company. The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.
Section 22.Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
Section 23.Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 24.Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
15
Section 25.Monetary Damages Insufficient/Specific Enforcement. The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm (having agreed that actual and irreparable harm will result in not forcing the Company to specifically perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement) and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking.
Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.
16
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
Enfusion, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of Indemnitee] |
Exhibit 10.2
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT
Dated as of [_____], 2021
THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.
Table of Contents
|
|
Page |
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
G-1 |
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
Certain Definitions |
G-1 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
Interpretive Provisions |
G-9 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS |
G-10 |
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
Formation of Company |
G-10 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
Limited Liability Company Agreement |
G-10 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
Name |
G-10 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
Purpose |
G-10 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
Principal Office; Registered Office |
G-11 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
Term |
G-11 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
No State-Law Partnership |
G-11 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
Tax Treatment |
G-11 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
Prior Agreements |
G-11 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS |
G-11 |
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
Capitalization. |
G-11 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
New PubCo Issuances. |
G-12 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
PubCo Debt Issuance |
G-13 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
New Company Issuances |
G-13 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
Repurchases and Redemptions. |
G-13 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
Equity Subdivisions and Combinations. |
G-14 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
General Authority |
G-14 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
Capital Accounts. |
G-14 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
Negative Capital Accounts |
G-15 |
|
|
|
3.10 |
No Withdrawal |
G-15 |
|
|
|
3.11 |
Loans From Members |
G-15 |
|
|
|
3.12 |
Shares Governed by Article 8 |
G-15 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS |
G-15 |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
Distributions. |
G-15 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
Allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss |
G-17 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
Special Allocations |
G-17 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
Tax Allocations. |
G-18 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
Withholding Taxes. |
G-19 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
Allocations Upon Final Liquidation |
G-20 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT |
G-20 |
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
Authority of Managing Member |
G-20 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
Actions of the Managing Member |
G-20 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
Compensation; Expenses. |
G-20 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
Delegation of Authority. |
G-21 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
Limitation of Liability. |
G-21 |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT AND SCHEDULES
Schedule I |
Members and Membership Interests |
|
Exhibit A |
Form of Election of Exchange |
ENFUSION LTD. LLC
SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT
This Seventh Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of [•], 2021 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and among Enfusion Ltd. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation, on its behalf, FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Managing Member and Member (“FTV Blocker”), Enfusion US 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as successor Managing Member to FTV Blocker and Member (“NewCo 1”) and the other Members. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Article I.
WHEREAS, certain members of the Company entered into the Sixth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2020 (the “Prior Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the Members hereby agree to admit FTV Blocker to the Company as Managing Member from and after the Effective Time, but before the effectiveness of its merger with Enfusion Merger Sub 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and FTV Blocker, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, is hereby admitted to the Company as Managing Member, and in such capacity shall have the rights and obligations as provided in this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Members hereby agree to admit NewCo 1 to the Company as Managing Member from and after its merger with FTV Blocker (the “NewCo Merger”), and NewCo 1, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, is hereby admitted to the Company as Managing Member to take effect from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, and in such capacity shall have the rights and obligations as provided in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Company, PubCo and the Members desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein effective as of the date hereof, at which time the Prior Agreement will be superseded entirely by this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Certain Definitions. The following definitions shall be applied to the terms used in this Agreement for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary.
“Additional Member” means a Person admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 10.2.
“Adjusted Capital Account Balance” means, with respect to each Member, the balance in such Member’s Capital Account adjusted (i) by taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6); and (ii) by adding to such balance such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and any amounts such Member is obligated to contribute or deemed obligated to contribute pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or by applicable law. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Balance is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
“Admission Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4.
“Affiliate” of any Person means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person in question, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
G-1
direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, no Member shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any other Member solely by reason of being a Member.
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Assignee” means a Person to whom any Units have been Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement but who has not become a Member pursuant to Article X.
“Assumed Tax Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(iii).
“Base Rate” means, on any date, a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.
“Board” means the board of directors of PubCo, as constituted at any given time.
“Book Value” means, with respect to any property of the Company, the Company’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted by of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g).
“Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
“Business Opportunities Exempt Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.
“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.8.
“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents, promissory obligations or the Fair Market Value of other property which a Member contributes to the Company pursuant to Section 3.1.
“Capital Stock” shall mean any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) including, without limitation, partnership or membership interests (including any components thereof such as capital accounts, priority returns or the like) in a limited partnership or limited liability company and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
“Cash Exchange Class A 5-Day VWAP” means the arithmetic average of the VWAP for each of the five (5) consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Exchange Notice Date.
“Cash Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
“Cash Exchange Payment” means with respect to a particular Exchange for which PubCo has elected to make a Cash Exchange Payment in accordance with Section 12.1(b):
(i) if the shares of Class A Common Stock are then traded on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange for that portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if PubCo had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Common Units, and (y) the Cash Exchange Class A 5-Day VWAP; or
(ii) if the shares of Class A Common Stock are not then traded on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, as applicable, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange for that portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if PubCo had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Common Units, for which PubCo has elected to make a Cash
G-2
Exchange Payment and (y) the Appraiser FMV of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained in an arms-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to buy or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller.
“Certificate” means the Company’s certificate of formation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any transaction or series of related transactions in which: (a) any Person or any group of Persons (other than PubCo) acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of PubCo or the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of PubCo’s or the Company’s, as applicable, then outstanding voting securities (excluding a transaction or series of related transactions described in clause (b) that would not constitute a Change of Control), (b) the consummation a merger or consolidation of PubCo or the Company with any other Person, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the outstanding voting securities of PubCo or the Company, as applicable, immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if PubCo or the Company, as applicable (or its successor), is a Subsidiary of such Person, the ultimate parent thereof, or (c) there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, by PubCo of all or substantially all of PubCo’s assets (including the Equity Securities or assets of the Company).
“Class A Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of PubCo or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for the Class A Common Stock or into which the Class A Common Stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“Class B Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of PubCo or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for the Class B Common Stock or into which the Class B Common Stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.
“COC Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(d).
“COC Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(d).
“COC Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(d).
“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Common Units” means the common limited liability company membership interests described in Section 3.1(a)(i) and having the rights and preferences specified herein.
“Common Unit Percentage Interest” means, with respect to any Member, the quotient obtained by dividing the aggregate number of Common Units then owned by such Member by the aggregate number of Common Units then owned by all Members.
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partnership minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).
G-3
“Convertible Securities” means any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units, other than Options.
“Covered Transaction” means any Liquidity Event or any other sale, redemption or Transfer of Units.
“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to the Delaware Act.
“Designated Individual” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.
“Disputing Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.2.
“Distribution” means each distribution made by the Company to a Member, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company and whether by liquidating distribution or otherwise; provided that none of the following shall be a Distribution: (a) any redemption or repurchase by the Company of any securities, or (b) any recapitalization or exchange of securities of the Company, or any subdivision (by Unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units.
“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.
“Effective Time” means the date of this Agreement.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
“Encumbrance” means any mortgage, hypothecation, claim, lien, encumbrance, conditional sales or other title retention agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, pledge, option, charge, security interest or other similar interest, easement, judgment or imperfection of title of any nature whatsoever.
“Equity Securities” means (i) Units or other equity interests in the Company (including other classes or groups thereof having such relative rights, powers and duties as may from time to time be established by the Managing Member, including rights, powers and/or duties senior to existing classes and groups of Units and other equity interests in the Company) or equity interests in any other specified Person, (ii) Convertible Securities or other obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into other equity interests in the Company or any other specified Person and (iii) Options or warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire other equity interests in the Company or any other specified Person.
“Event of Withdrawal” means the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company.
“Exchange” means (a) the redemption by the Company of Common Units held by a Member (together with the surrender and cancellation of the same number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Member) for either (i) a Stock Exchange Payment or (ii) a Cash Exchange Payment or (b) the direct purchase by PubCo of Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock held by a Member in accordance with a PubCo Call Right, in each case in accordance with Article XII.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.
“Exchange Blackout Period” means the period of time commencing on (x) the date of payment of a distribution by the Company to PubCo (or the record date for such distribution, if earlier than the date of payment of such distribution) (such date, the “Start Date”) for the first distribution under Section 4.1 after the date of this Agreement and thereafter for each first distribution under Section 4.1 following the end of each immediately preceding Exchange Blackout Period (in respect of the four (4) distribution dates in a calendar year) and ending on (but including) (y) the PubCo Record Date for the PubCo dividend immediately following such distribution; provided
G-4
that in no event shall such period of time exceed twenty (20) calendar days following the Start Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no more than four (4) Exchange Blackout Periods can begin in any calendar year.
“Exchange Conditions” means any of the following conditions: (a) any Registration Statement pursuant to which the resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be registered for such Exchanging Member at or immediately following the consummation of the Exchange shall have ceased to be effective pursuant to any action or inaction by the Commission or no such resale Registration Statement has yet become effective, (b) PubCo shall have failed to cause any related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement necessary to effect such Exchange, (c) PubCo shall have exercised its right to defer, delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement and such deferral, delay or suspension shall affect the ability of such Exchanging Member to have its shares of Class A Common Stock registered at or immediately following the consummation of the Exchange, (d) any stop order relating to the Registration Statement pursuant to which the shares of Class A Common Stock were to be registered by such Exchanging Member at or immediately following the Exchange shall have been issued by the Commission, (e) there shall be in effect an injunction, a restraining order or a decree of any nature of any Governmental Entity that restrains or prohibits the Exchange, or (f) PubCo shall have failed to comply in all material respects with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to the extent related to the resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock of an Exchanging Member, and such failure shall have adversely affected the ability of such Exchanging Member to consummate the resale of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be received upon such Exchange pursuant to an effective Registration Statement.
“Exchange Date” means the date that is five (5) Business Days after the Exchange Notice Date is given; provided, that if an Exchanging Member delays the consummation of an Exchange by delivering an Exchange Delay Notice, the Exchange Date shall occur on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date on which the conditions giving rise to such delay cease to exist which shall in no event be before the date otherwise determined pursuant to this definition (or such earlier day as the Managing Member and such Exchanging Member may agree in writing); provided, however, that if the Exchange Date for any Exchange with respect to which PubCo elects to make a Stock Exchange Payment would otherwise fall within any Exchange Blackout Period, then the Exchange Date shall occur on the next Business Day following the end of such Exchange Blackout Period; and provided further, that to the extent an Exchange is made in connection with an Exchanging Member’s proper exercise of its rights to participate in a Company Registration pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Date shall be the date on which the offering with respect to such Company Registration is completed.
“Exchange Delay Notice” is defined in Section 12.1(c).
“Exchange Notice” means a written election of Exchange in the form of Exhibit A, duly executed by an Exchanging Member.
“Exchange Notice Date” means, with respect to any Exchange Notice, the date such Exchange Notice is given to the Company in accordance with Section 12.1.
“Exchanging Member” means any Member holding Common Units (other than PubCo and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) whose Common Units are subject to an Exchange.
“Exchanged Units” means, with respect to any Exchange, the Common Units being exchanged pursuant to a relevant Exchange Notice, and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by the relevant Exchanging Member; provided, that, such amount of Common Units shall in no event be less than the Minimum Exchange Amount.
“Exchange Rate” means, at any time, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which one Common Unit is entitled to be Exchanged at such time pursuant to this Agreement. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be one for one, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12.7.
“Exempt Pledge” means a pledge by a Member of Common Units held by such Member as security for a bona fide margin loan or other customary lending arrangement with one or more banks or financial institutions (the “Lenders”) that meets the following conditions: (a) such pledging Member shall have complied with all applicable policies of PubCo and the Company, including any securities trading, insider trading and pledging policies, in entering into such pledge (or otherwise entered into such pledge pursuant to a valid waiver of any of such policies in
G-5
accordance with the applicable terms thereof), (b) the documentation of such bona fide margin loan or other customary arrangement shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Managing Member, and (c) it is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managing Member that, based upon the terms and conditions of such bona fide margin loan or other customary arrangement and any related agreements, (i) the Lender(s) will not be considered to be the “tax owner” of such Common Units for United States federal income tax purposes and (ii) such bona fide margin loan or other customary arrangement shall not create adverse tax consequences for the Company or any Member. For the avoidance of doubt, the exercise by a Lender of its rights to acquire or Transfer any Common Units subject to such pledge shall not be an Exempt Pledge.
“Exempt Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b).
“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or equity interest, its fair market value determined according to Article XIV.
“Family Group” means a Member’s spouse, parents, siblings and descendants (whether by birth or adoption) and any trust or other estate planning vehicle established solely for the benefit of such Member and/or such Member’s spouse and/or such Member’s descendants (by birth or adoption), parents, siblings or dependents, or any charitable trust the grantor of which is such Member and/or member of such Member’s Family Group.
“Fiscal Year” means the Company’s annual accounting period established pursuant to Section 7.2.
“FTV Blocker” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Fund Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(e).
“Fund Indemnitors” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(e).
“Governmental Entity” means the United States of America or any other nation, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government.
“Imputed Underpayment Amount” means (a) any “imputed underpayment” within the meaning of Section 6225 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign tax law) paid (or payable) by the Company as a result of any adjustment by the IRS with respect to any Company item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the Company (including, without limitation, any “partnership-related item” within the meaning of Section 6241(2) of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign tax law)), including any interest, penalties or additions to tax with respect to any such adjustment, (b) any amount not described in clause (a) (including any interest, penalties or additions to tax with respect to such amounts) paid (or payable) by the Company as a result of the application of Sections 6221-6241 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign tax law), and/or (c) any amount paid (or payable) by any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which the Company holds (or has held) a direct or indirect interest other than through entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the Company bears the economic burden of such amounts, whether by law or agreement, as a result of the application of Sections 6221-6241 of the Code (including for the avoidance of doubt Section 6226(b) of the Code {or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign tax law}), including any interest, penalties or additions to tax with respect to such amounts.
“Income Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(i).
“Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).
“Liquid Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(d).
“Liquidity Event” means, whether occurring through one transaction or a series of related transactions, any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of the Company.
G-6
“Managing Member” means from and after the Effective Time, FTV Blocker, and from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, NewCo 1, or any successor Managing Member admitted to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in its capacity as the managing member of the Company.
“Member” means each of the Persons from time to time admitted to the Company as a member of the Company and listed as a Member in the books and records of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company.
“Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning ascribed to the term “ partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
“Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning ascribed to the term “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
“Member’s Required Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(i).
“Minimum Exchange Amount” means a number of Common Units held by an Exchanging Member equal to the lesser of (x) 1,000 Common Units and (y) all of the Common Units then held by the applicable Exchanging Member.
“National Securities Exchange” means a securities exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.
“Net Loss” means, with respect to a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of Losses for such Taxable Year over Profits for such Taxable Year (excluding Losses and Profits specially allocated pursuant to this Agreement).
“Net Profit” means, with respect to a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of Profits for such Taxable Year over Losses for such Taxable Year (excluding Profits and Losses specially allocated pursuant to this Agreement).
“NewCo 1” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“NewCo Merger” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions of the Company for a Fiscal Year equals the net increase, if any, in the amount of Company Minimum Gain of the Company during that fiscal year, determined according to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).
“Options” means any right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any Units.
“Original Units” means, collectively, the Class A Units, Class C-1 Units, Class C-2 Units and Class D Units of the Company issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Date.
“Partnership Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.
“Permitted Transferee” means any transferee in an Exempt Transfer.
“Person” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.
“Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
“Profits” or “Losses” means items of Company income and gain or loss and deduction, other than items allocated pursuant to Section 4.3, for an applicable tax accounting period determined for purposes of maintaining the Capital Account of each Member under Section 3.2 and in accordance with Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
G-7
“PubCo” means Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
“PubCo Call Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.
“PubCo Call Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.
“PubCo Record Date” means the record date determined by the Board for the declaration of a dividend payable on the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock.
“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of or about the date hereof, by and among PubCo and the parties listed as investors on [Schedule I] thereto, as may be amended from time to time.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.
“Securities and Exchange Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, including any governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions thereof.
“Similar Law” means any law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Company to be treated as assets of the Member by virtue of its limited liability company interest in the Company and thereby subject the Company and the Managing Member (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Company’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
“Stock Exchange Payment” means, with respect to any Exchange of Common Units for which a Stock Exchange Payment is elected by the Managing Member, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Common Units so exchanged multiplied by the Exchange Rate.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of the Company shall be given effect only at such times that the Company has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.
“Substituted Member” means a Person that is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 10.1.
“Tax Distributions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).
“Tax Estimation Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(iii).
“Tax Receivable Agreement” mean the Tax Receivable Agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among the Company, Managing Member, the other parties named therein and the other parties from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.
G-8
“Taxable Year” means the Company’s accounting period for federal income tax purposes determined pursuant to Section 8.2.
“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a).
“Transferor’s Owner” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(d)(i).
“Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code, as amended.
“Unit” means, collectively, the Common Units and such other units of the Company as may be authorized, designated or issued, as determined by the Managing Member from time to time after the date hereof.
“VWAP” means the daily per share volume-weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or such other principal United States securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed, quoted or admitted to trading, as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on the Bloomberg page designated for the Class A Common Stock (or its equivalent successor if such page is not
available) in respect of the period from the open of trading on such Trading Day until the close of trading on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, (a) the per share volume-weighted average price of a share of Class A Common Stock on such Trading Day (determined without regard to afterhours trading or any other trading outside the regular trading session or trading hours), or (b) if such determination is not feasible, the market price per share of Class A Common Stock, in either case as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained in good faith for this purpose by PubCo); provided, however, that if at any time for purposes of the Class A 3-Day VWAP, shares of Class A Common Stock are not then listed, quoted or traded on a principal United States securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, then the VWAP shall mean the per share Appraiser FMV of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock (or such other Equity Security into which the Class A Common Stock was converted or exchanged).
“Withholding Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.
1.2 Interpretive Provisions. For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.
(b) A reference to the masculine gender shall be deemed to be a reference to the feminine gender and vice versa.
(c) The words “or,” “either,” and “any” are not exclusive.
(d) A reference to a Person includes its permitted successors and permitted assigns.
(e) The words “include,” “includes” and “including” are not limiting and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.
(f) The headings of particular provisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be construed as a part of this Agreement or serve as a limitation or expansion on the scope of any term or provision of this Agreement.
(g) A reference in a document to an Article, Section, Exhibit, Schedule, Annex or Appendix is to the Article, Section, Exhibit, Schedule, Annex or Appendix of such document unless otherwise indicated. Exhibits, Schedules, Annexes or Appendices to any document shall be deemed incorporated by reference in such document.
(h) References to any document, instrument or agreement (i) shall include all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, (ii) shall include all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (iii) shall mean such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time and in effect at any given time.
G-9
(i) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any document shall refer to such document as a whole and not to any particular provision of such document.
(j) This Agreement is the result of negotiations among, and has been reviewed by, the Members with the advice of counsel to the extent deemed necessary by any Member. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the Members, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any Member.
(k) All accounting terms not specifically defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, consistently applied.
(l) All references to currency, monetary values and dollars set forth in this Agreement shall mean United States (U.S.) dollars and all payments under this Agreement shall be made in United States dollars.
(m) The term “day” shall mean calendar day.
(n) Whenever an event or action is to be performed by a particular date or a period ends on a particular date, and the date in questions falls on a day which is not a business day, the event or action shall be performed, or the period shall end, on the next succeeding business day.
(o) All references in this Agreement to any law shall be to such law as amended, supplemented, modified and replaced from time to time, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
2.1 Formation of Company. The Company was formed on August 23, 1995 pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act.
2.2 Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Members hereby execute this Agreement for the purpose of establishing the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Act. This Agreement amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety and shall constitute the “limited liability company agreement” (as that term is defined in the Delaware Act) of the Company effective as of the Effective Time. The Members hereby agree that during the term of the Company set forth in Section 2.6 the rights and obligations of the Members with respect to the Company will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Delaware Act. On any matter upon which this Agreement is silent, the Delaware Act shall control. No provision of this Agreement shall be in violation of the Delaware Act and to the extent any provision of this Agreement is in violation of the Delaware Act, such provision shall be void and of no effect to the extent of such violation without affecting the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that where the Delaware Act provides that a provision of the Delaware Act shall apply “unless otherwise provided in a limited liability company agreement” or words of similar effect, the provisions of this Agreement shall in each instance control.
2.3 Name. The name of the Company shall be “Enfusion Ltd. LLC”. The Managing Member in its sole discretion may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time in accordance with the Delaware Act. Notification of any such change shall be given to all of the Members. The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Managing Member.
2.4 Purpose. The Company shall have authority to engage in any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted by the Delaware Act. The Company shall possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, and may take any other action not prohibited under the Act or other applicable law, including such powers or privileges as are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business, purposes or activities of the Company.
G-10
2.5 Principal Office; Registered Office. The principal office of the Company shall be at 125 South Clark Street, Suite 750, Chicago, IL 60603, or such other place as the Managing Member may from time to time designate. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places as the Managing Member deems advisable. Notification of any such change shall be given to all of the Members. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be Three Christina Centre, 201 N. Walnut St., City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Company Corporation.
2.6 Term. The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until dissolution thereof in accordance with the provisions of Article XIII. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate as provided in the Delaware Act.
2.7 No State-Law Partnership. The Members intend that the Company not be a partnership (including, without limitation, a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as set forth in Section 2.8, and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Member relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise.
2.8 Tax Treatment. The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and applicable state or local income tax purposes, and that each Member and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with and actions necessary to obtain such treatment.
2.9 Prior Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, all prior limited liability company agreements amongst the Company and its members, including all amendments thereto, shall govern and control for all periods prior to the date hereof.
ARTICLE III
CAPITALIZATION; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Capitalization.
(a) Each Member shall hold Units, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to each Member’s Units shall be determined under this Agreement and the Delaware Act based upon the number and the class of Units held by such Member. The number and the class of Units held by each Member shall be set forth in the books and records of the Company. The Company shall maintain a schedule (as updated and amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and current as of the date set forth therein), which shall include: (i) the name and address of each Member; (ii) the aggregate number of and type of Units issued and outstanding held by each Member; and (iii) each Member’s Capital Contributions following the Effective Time. The classes of Units as of the Effective Time is as follows:
(i) Common Units. The Common Units shall have all the rights, privileges and obligations as are specifically provided for in this Agreement for Common Units, and as may otherwise be generally applicable to all classes of Units, unless such application is specifically limited to one or more other classes of Units.
The Members shall have no right to vote on any matter, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, or as may be required under the Delaware Act. Any such vote shall be at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote or in writing as provided herein.
(b) As of the Effective Time, the Original Units outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, as set forth in the books and records of the Company, are hereby automatically converted into the number of Common Units set forth opposite the name of the respective Member listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Recapitalization”), and such Common Units are issued and outstanding as of the Effective Time and the holders of such Common Units
G-11
hereby continue as Members. The Members agree that immediately following the Effective Time, no fractional Common Unit will remain outstanding and any fractional Common Unit held by a Member shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
(c) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Managing Member in its sole discretion may establish and issue, from time to time in accordance with such procedures as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time, additional Units, in one or more classes or series of Units, or other Company securities, at such price, and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing Units, classes and series of Units or other Company securities), as shall be determined by the Managing Member without the approval of any Member or any other Person who may acquire an interest in any of the Units, including (i) the right of such Units to share in Profits and Losses or items thereof; (ii) the right of such Units to share in Company distributions; (iii) the rights of such Units upon dissolution and winding up of the Company; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Company may or shall be required to redeem such Units (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Units are issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which such Units will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Common Unit Percentage Interest, as to such Units; (viii) the terms and conditions of the issuance of such Units (including, without limitation, the amount and form of consideration, if any, to be received by the Company in respect thereof, the Managing Member being expressly authorized, in its sole discretion, to cause the Company to issue such Units for less than fair market value); and (ix) the right, if any, of the holder of such Units to vote on Company matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Managing Member in its sole discretion, without the approval of any Member or any other Person, is authorized (i) to issue Units or other Company securities of any newly established class or any existing class to Members or other Persons who may acquire an interest in the Company; (ii) to amend this Agreement to reflect the creation of any such new class, the issuance of Units or other Company securities of such class, and the admission of any Person as a Member which has received Units or other Company securities; and (iii) to effect the combination, subdivision and/or reclassification of outstanding Units as may be necessary or appropriate to give economic effect to equity investments in the Company by the Managing Member that are not accompanied by the issuance by the Company to the Managing Member of additional Units and to update the books and records of the Company accordingly. All Units of a particular class shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Units of such class, except in each case as otherwise specified in this Agreement. The Company shall not, and the Managing Member shall not cause the Company to, issue any Units if such issuance would result in the Company having more than 100 partners, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)); provided that, for such purposes, the Company and the Managing Member shall be entitled to assume that each person who is a Member immediately before the Effective Time is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), unless otherwise required by applicable Law.
(d) All Units issued hereunder shall be uncertificated unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member.
(e) Each Member who is issued Units by the Company pursuant to the authority of the Managing Member pursuant to Section 5.1 shall make the Capital Contributions to the Company determined by the Managing Member pursuant to the authority of the Managing Member pursuant to Section 5.1 in exchange for such Units.
(f) Each Member, to the extent having the right to consent thereto, by executing this Agreement, hereby confirms, ratifies and approves the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements and transactions referred to herein.
3.2 New PubCo Issuances.
(a) Subject to Article XII and Section 3.2(b), if, at any time after the Effective Time, PubCo issues shares of its Class A Common Stock or any other Equity Security of PubCo (other than shares of Class B Common Stock), (x) the Company shall concurrently issue to PubCo an equal number of Common Units (if PubCo issues shares of Class A Common Stock), or an equal number of such other Equity Security of the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by PubCo (if PubCo issues Equity Securities of PubCo other than Class A Common Stock), and
G-12
with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo so issued and (y) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds or other property received by PubCo, if any, for such shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Security.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 3.2(a) or Section 3.2(c), this Section 3.2 shall not apply to (x) the issuance and distribution to holders of shares of PubCo Class A Common Stock of rights to purchase Equity Securities of PubCo under a “poison pill” or similar shareholder rights plan (and upon exchange of Common Units for Class A Common Stock, such Class A Common Stock will be issued together with corresponding rights under such plan) or (y) the issuance under PubCo’s employee benefit plans of any warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance based award or other rights to acquire Equity Securities of PubCo or rights or property that may be converted into or settled in Equity Securities of PubCo, but shall in each of the foregoing cases apply to the issuance of Equity Securities of PubCo in connection with the exercise or settlement of such warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock units, performance based awards or the vesting of restricted stock (including as set forth in clause (c) below, as applicable) which shall be undertaken so as to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1032-3 and deemed to occur for U.S. federal (and applicable state and local) income tax purposes as provided therein.
(c) In the event any outstanding Equity Security of PubCo is exercised or otherwise converted and, as a result, any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo are issued, (x) the corresponding Equity Security outstanding at the Company, if any, shall be similarly exercised or otherwise converted, if applicable, (y) an equivalent number of Common Units or equivalent Equity Securities of the Company shall be issued to PubCo as required by the first sentence of Section 3.2(a), and (z) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds received by PubCo from any such exercise or conversion.
3.3 PubCo Debt Issuance. If at any time PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) issues Debt Securities, PubCo or such Subsidiary shall transfer to the Company the net proceeds received by PubCo or such Subsidiary, as applicable, in exchange for such Debt Securities in a manner that directly or indirectly burdens the Company with the repayment of the Debt Securities.
3.4 New Company Issuances. Except pursuant to Article XII, (a) the Company may not issue any additional Units to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless (i) substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers an equal number of newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock (or relevant Equity Security of such Subsidiary) to another Person or Persons, and (ii) such issuance is in accordance with Section 3.2, and (b) the Company may not issue any other Equity Securities of the Company to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless (i) substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers, to another Person, an equal number of newly-issued shares of Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of the Company, and (ii) such issuance is in accordance with Section 3.2.
3.5 Repurchases and Redemptions.
(a) PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) may redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (A) shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) and substantially simultaneously therewith the Company redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of Common Units for the same price per security, if any, or (B) any other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) and substantially simultaneously therewith the Company redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of the corresponding class or series of Equity Securities of the Company with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary for the same price per security, if any.
G-13
(b) The Company may not redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (x) any Common Units from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the same price per security from holders thereof or (y) any other Equity Securities of the Company from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) for the same price per security an equal number of Equity Securities of PubCo (or such Subsidiary) of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 3.5, to the extent that any consideration payable by PubCo in connection with the redemption, repurchase or acquisition of any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) consists (in whole or in part) of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other Equity Securities (including in connection with the cashless exercise of an option or warrant (or other convertible right or security)) other than under PubCo’s employee benefit plans for which there are no corresponding Common Units or other Equity Securities of the Company, the redemption, repurchase or acquisition of the corresponding Common Units or other Equity Securities of the Company shall be effectuated in an equivalent manner.
3.6 Equity Subdivisions and Combinations.
(a) The Company shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding Units unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Class A Common Stock or other related class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and PubCo.
(b) Except in accordance with Section 12.7, PubCo shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding Class A Common Stock or any other class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, unless accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Units or other related class or series of Equity Security of the Company, with corresponding changes made with respect to any applicable exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and PubCo.
3.7 General Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6, the Company and PubCo (including in its capacity as the Managing Member of the Company) shall be permitted to undertake all actions, including an issuance, redemption, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Units to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between (i) the number of Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, and (ii) the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by any Person (other than PubCo) and the number of Common Units held by such Person disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratios in clause (i), (A) options, rights or securities of PubCo issued under any plan involving the issuance of any Equity Securities of PubCo that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock, (B) treasury stock, or (C) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including warrants, options or rights) issued by PubCo that are convertible or into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (but in each case prior to such conversion or exchange).
3.8 Capital Accounts.
(a) A separate capital account (each, a “Capital Account”) shall be established for each Member and shall be maintained in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and this Section 3.2 shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such regulations. In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), the Company may adjust the Capital Accounts of its Members to reflect revaluations
G-14
(including any unrealized income, gain or loss) of the Company’s property (including intangible assets such as goodwill), whenever it issues additional interests in the Company (including any interests issued with a zero initial Capital Account), or whenever the adjustments would otherwise be permitted under such Treasury Regulations. In the event that the Capital Accounts of the Members are so adjusted, (i) the Capital Accounts of the Members shall be adjusted in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) for allocations of depreciation, depletion, amortization and gain or loss, as computed for book purposes, with respect to such property and (ii) the Members’ distributive shares of depreciation, depletion, amortization and gain or loss, as computed for tax purposes, with respect to such property shall be determined so as to take account of the variation between the adjusted tax basis and Book Value of such property in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code. In the event that Section 704(c) of the Code applies to property of the Company, the Capital Accounts of the Members shall be adjusted in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) for allocations of depreciation, depletion, amortization, and gain and loss, as computed for book purposes with respect to such property. The Capital Accounts shall be increased (decreased) by the amount of Profits (Losses) allocated to the respective Members in accordance with this Agreement and applicable Treasury Regulations, and shall be maintained for the sole purpose of allocating Profits and Losses among the Members and have no effect on the amount of any distributions to any Members in liquidation or otherwise. In connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Capital Accounts of the Members shall be adjusted in
accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and determined as of the date hereof and the Capital Account of each Member shall be reflected in the books and records of the Company.
3.9 Negative Capital Accounts. No Member shall be required to pay to any other Member or the Company any deficit or negative balance which may exist from time to time in such Member’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company).
3.10 No Withdrawal. No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contribution or Capital Account or to receive any Distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.
3.11 Loans From Members. Loans by Members to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Member shall advance funds to the Company in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by such Member to the capital of the Company, the making of such advances shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Member. The amount of any such advances shall be a debt of the Company to such Member and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such advances are made.
3.12 Shares Governed by Article 8. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all Units in the Company will not be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware and each other applicable jurisdiction. The Company will not make a different election or certificate its Units without the written consent of Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) for so long as the Company has outstanding debt owed to SVB.
ARTICLE IV
DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS
4.1 Distributions.
(a) Distributions Generally. The Managing Member may, subject to (i) any restrictions contained in the financing agreements to which the Company or any its Subsidiaries is a party, (ii) having available cash, and
(iii) any other restrictions set forth in this Agreement, make Distributions at any time and from time to time. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Distribution, Tax Distribution or other payment in respect of Units shall be required to be made to any Member if, and to the extent that, such Distribution,
G-15
Tax Distribution or other payment in respect of Units would not be permitted under the Delaware Act or other applicable law.
(b) Operating Distributions. Subject to Section 4.1(d) with respect to Tax Distributions, all Distributions by the Company other than those made in connection with a Liquidity Event pursuant to Section 4.1(c), shall be made or allocated to holders of Common Units pro rata based on the number of Common Units held by each such holder.
(c) Distributions in Connection with a Liquidity Event. Subject to Section 4.1(d) with respect to Tax Distributions, all Distributions by the Company, and all proceeds (whether received by the Company or directly by the Members) in connection with any Liquidity Event, shall be made or allocated among the holders of Common Units pro rata based on the number of Common Units held by each such holder and the total number of outstanding Common Units.
(d) Tax Distributions.
(i) With respect to each Member the Company shall calculate the excess of (x) (A) the Income Amount allocated or allocable to such Member for the Tax Estimation Period in question and for all preceding Tax Estimation Periods, if any, within the Taxable Year containing such Tax Estimation Period multiplied by (B) the Assumed Tax Rate over (y) the aggregate amount of all prior Tax Distributions in respect of such Taxable Year and any Distributions made to such Member pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and Section 4.1(c), with respect to the Tax Estimation Period in question and any previous Tax Estimation Period falling in the Taxable Year containing the applicable Tax Estimation Period referred to in (x)(A) (the amount so calculated pursuant to this sentence is herein referred to as a “Member’s Required Tax Distribution”). For purposes of this Agreement, the “Income Amount” for a Tax Estimation Period shall equal, with respect to any Member, the net taxable income and gain of the Company allocated or allocable to such Member for such Tax Estimation Period (excluding any compensation paid to a Member outside of this Agreement). For the purpose of calculating the Income Amount for a Member in any Tax Estimation Period, any applicable adjustment to the basis of partnership property required to be made under Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under Treasury Regulations Section 1.743-1(f) with respect to the mergers occurring in connection with the Reorganization (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement)), including as a result of an election by the Company under Section 754 of the Code, shall not be taken into account. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the Income Amount with respect to each Member shall otherwise be determined in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. Within fifteen (15) days following the end of each Tax Estimation Period, the Company shall distribute to the Members pro rata based upon the number of Units held by each such other Member, an amount per Unit equal to the greatest result obtained by dividing each Member’s Required Tax Distribution by the number of Units held by such Member (with amounts distributed pursuant to this Section 4.1(d), “Tax Distributions”). Any Tax Distributions shall be treated in all respects as offsets against future distributions pursuant to this Agreement.
(ii) If the amount of any Tax Distribution is reduced as a result of any prior Distribution taken into account under clause (y) of the first sentence of Section 4.1(d)(i), the amount of such prior Distribution resulting in such reduction shall be treated as a Tax Distribution for purposes of this Article IV and not a Distribution under Section 4.1(b) and Section 4.1(c) regardless of whether such Distribution was labeled as such.
(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, the “Assumed Tax Rate” for a Tax Estimation Period shall initially be equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate (including, if applicable, under Section 1411 of the Code), in each case taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns and the relevant apportionment information, in effect for the applicable Taxable Year, taking into account the character of any income, gains, deductions, losses or credits, the deductibility of state income taxes (provided, that, for administrative convenience, it shall be assumed that no portion of any state or local taxes shall be deductible for so long as the limitation set forth in Section 164(b)(6)(B) of the Code as of the date hereof remains applicable). The Assumed Tax Rate shall be the same for all Members regardless of the actual combined income tax rate of the Member or its direct or indirect owners. The Managing Member shall have the authority, in its reasonable discretion, to make appropriate adjustments to the Assumed Tax Rates, which shall in any event reflect at a minimum the highest marginal combined federal and state tax rate applicable to any Member holding Common Units (on a look-through basis to the ultimate owner of such Units for so long as any Member holding such Units is a pass-through entity for income tax purposes). For purposes of this Agreement, “Tax Estimation Period” shall
G-16
mean each period from January 1 through March 31, from April 1 through May 31, from June 1 through August 31, and from September 1 through December 31 of each Taxable Year.
(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Tax Distributions will be required to be made with respect to items arising with respect to any Covered Transaction, although any unpaid Tax Distributions with respect to any Tax Estimation Period, or portion thereof, ending before a Covered Transaction shall continue to be required to be paid prior to any Distributions being made under Section 4.1(b) and (c).
(e) Each Distribution pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and (c) and each Distribution pursuant to Section 4.1(d) shall be made to the Persons shown on the Company’s books and records as Members as of the date of such Distribution; provided, however, that any transferor and transferee of Units may mutually agree as to which of them should receive payment of any Distribution under Section 4.1(d).
(f) For purposes of this Section 4.1, any non-cash Company assets distributed in kind to any Members shall be valued at their Fair Market Value in accordance with Article XIV.
4.2 Allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including Section 4.3, Net Profits and Net Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Company) shall be allocated among the Capital Accounts of the Members in a manner such that, after such allocations have been made, the balance of each Member’s Capital Account (which may be a positive, negative or zero balance) will equal the amount that would be distributed to such Member, determined as if (a) the Company were to sell all of its assets for their then book values (as maintained by the Company for purposes of, and as maintained pursuant to, the capital account maintenance provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)); and (b) the net proceeds thereof were distributed to the Members pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (after the payment of all actual indebtedness of the Company, and any other liabilities related to the Company’s assets, limited, in the case of nonrecourse liabilities, to the book value of the collateral securing or otherwise available to satisfy such liabilities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may adjust the allocations to the Members pursuant to this Article in its discretion so as to conform as nearly as practicable with the related distributions and expected distributions pursuant to this Agreement, and the Managing Member may take into account whatever facts and circumstances the Managing Member determines are relevant in exercising such discretion (including unrealized gains or losses or expected accruals of preferred return).
4.3 Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article IV:
(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback. If there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain or Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(i)) during any Company taxable year, the Members shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to their respective shares of such net decrease during such year, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 4.3(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in such Treasury Regulations Sections and shall be interpreted consistently therewith; including that no chargeback shall be required to the extent of the exceptions provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4).
G-17
(b) Qualified Income Offset. If any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in such Member’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as promptly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) shall be made only to the extent that a Member would have a deficit Adjusted Capital Account Balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article IV have been tentatively made as if this Section 4.3(b) were not in this Agreement. This Section 4.3(b) is intended to comply with the “qualified income offset” requirement of the Code and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(c) Gross Income Allocation. If any Member has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Member is obligated to restore, if any, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and (ii) the amount such Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.3(e) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Member would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article IV have been tentatively made as if Section 4.3(b) and this Section 4.3(c) were not in this Agreement.
(d) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Members holding Common Units in accordance with their respective Common Unit Percentage Interest.
(e) Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Member who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the liability to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(j).
(f) Ameliorative Allocations. Any special allocations of income or gain pursuant to Sections 4.3(a) or 4.3(c) hereof shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to Section 4.2 and this Section 4.3(f), so that the net amount of any items so allocated and all other items allocated to each Member shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Member if such allocations pursuant to Sections 4.3(b) or 4.3(c) had not occurred.
4.4 Tax Allocations.
(a) Except as provided in Sections 4.4(b), (c) and (d), Net Profits and Net Losses (and, to the extent necessary, items of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits) of the Company will be allocated, for federal, state and local income tax purposes, among the holders of Units in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses, deductions and credits among the holders of Units for book purposes.
(b) Income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any Section 704(c) Property shall, solely for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value pursuant to the “traditional method” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b), unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member. Any elections or decisions relating to allocations under this Section 4.4(b) shall be determined by the Managing Member.
“Section 704(c) Property” has the meaning ascribed such term in Treasury Regulation § 1.704–3(a)(3) and shall include assets treated as Section 704(c) property by virtue of revaluations of Company assets as permitted by Treasury Regulation § 1.704–1(b)(2)(iv)(f).
(c) Allocations of tax credits, tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the holders of Units according to their interests in such items as determined by the Managing Member taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii).
G-18
(d) Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.4 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any holder’s Capital Account or share of book income, gain, loss or deduction, Distributions or other Company items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
4.5 Withholding Taxes.
(a) The Company shall withhold taxes from distributions to, and allocations among, the Members to the extent required by law. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.5, any amount so withheld by the Company with regard to a Member shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as an amount actually distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(c), as appropriate (a “Withholding Payment”). An amount shall be considered withheld by the Company if, and at the time, remitted to a Governmental Entity without regard to whether such remittance occurs at the same time as the distribution or allocation to which it relates; provided, however, that an amount actually withheld from a specific distribution or designated by the Managing Member as withheld from a specific allocation shall be treated as if distributed at the time such distribution or allocation occurs.
(b) Each Member hereby agrees to indemnify the Company and the other Members for any liability they may incur for failure to properly withhold taxes in respect of such Member. Moreover, each Member hereby agrees that neither the Company nor any other Member shall be liable to such Member for any excess taxes withheld in respect of such Member’s Interest and that, in the event of over-withholding, a Member’s sole recourse shall be to apply for a refund from the appropriate governmental authority.
(c) If it is anticipated that at the due date of the Company’s withholding obligation the Member’s share of cash distributions or other amounts due is less than the amount of the Withholding Payment, the Member with respect to which the withholding obligation applies shall pay to the Company the amount of such shortfall within thirty (30) days after notice by the Company. If a Member fails to make the required payment when due hereunder, and the Company nevertheless pays the withholding, in addition to the Company’s remedies for breach of this Agreement, the amount paid shall be deemed a recourse loan from the Company to such Member bearing interest at an interest rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus 3.0%, and the Company shall apply all distributions or payments that would otherwise be made to such Member toward payment of the loan and interest, which payments or distributions shall be applied first to interest and then to principal until the loan is repaid in full. In the event that the distributions or proceeds to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company are reduced on account of taxes withheld at the source or any taxes are otherwise required to be paid by the Company and such taxes are imposed on or with respect to one or more, but not all of the Members in the Company, or all of the Members in the Company at different tax rates, the amount of the reduction shall be borne by the relevant Members and treated as if it were paid by the Company as a Withholding Payment with respect to such Members pursuant to Section 4.5(a). Taxes imposed on the Company where the rate of tax varies depending on characteristics of the Members shall be treated as taxes imposed on or with respect to the Members for purposes of Section 4.5(a). In addition, if the Company is obligated to pay any taxes (including penalties, interest and any addition to tax) to any Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Member or a former Member, including, without limitation, on account of Sections 864 or 1446 of the Code, then (x) such Member or former Member shall indemnify the Company in full for the entire amount paid or payable, (y) the Managing Member may offset future distributions from such Member or former Member pursuant to Section 4.1 to which such Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Member or former Member’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 4.5(c) and (z) such amounts shall be treated as a Withholding Payment pursuant to Section 4.5(a) with respect to such Member or former Member.
(d) If the Company incurs an Imputed Underpayment Amount, the Managing Member shall determine in its discretion the portion of such Imputed Underpayment Amount attributable to each Member or former Member and such attributable amount shall be treated as a Withholding Payment pursuant to Section 4.5(a). The portion of the Imputed Underpayment Amount that the Managing Member attributes to a former Member of the Company shall be treated as a Withholding Payment with respect to both such former Member and such former Member’s transferee(s) or assignee(s), as applicable, and the Managing Member may in its discretion exercise the Company’s rights pursuant to this Section 4.5 in respect of either or both of the former Member and its transferee or assignee.
(e) A Member’s obligations under this Section 4.5 shall survive the dissolution and winding up of the Company and any transfer, assignment or liquidation of such Member’s interest in the Company.
G-19
4.6 Allocations Upon Final Liquidation. With respect to the fiscal year in which the final liquidation of the Company occurs in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Agreement, and notwithstanding any other provision of Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4 hereof, items of Company income, gain, loss and deduction shall be specially allocated to the Members in such amounts and priorities as are necessary so that the positive capital accounts of the Members shall, as closely as possible, equal the amounts that will be distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 13.2.
ARTICLE V
MANAGEMENT
5.1 Authority of Managing Member. Except for situations in which the approval of one or more of the Members is specifically required by the express terms of this Agreement, and subject to the provisions of this Article V, (i) all management powers over the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in the Managing Member, (ii) the Managing Member shall conduct, direct and exercise full control over all activities of the Company, and (iii) the Managing Member shall have the sole power to bind or take any action on behalf of the Company, or to exercise any rights and powers (including, without limitation, the rights and powers to take certain actions, give or withhold certain consents or approvals, or make certain determinations, opinions, judgments or other decisions) granted to the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or other document to which the Company is a party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to any situations in which the approval of the Members is specifically required by this Agreement, (x) the Managing Member shall have discretion in determining whether to issue Equity Securities of the Company, the number of Equity Securities of the Company to be issued at any particular time, the purchase price for any Equity Securities of the Company issued, and all other terms and conditions governing the issuance of Equity Securities of the Company and (y) the Managing Member may enter into, approve, and consummate any Liquidity Event or other extraordinary or business combination or divestiture transaction, and execute and deliver on behalf of the Company or the Members any agreement, document and instrument in connection therewith (including amendments, if any, to this Agreement or adoptions of new constituent documents) without the approval or consent of any Member. The Managing Member shall operate the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance in all material respects with an annual budget, business plan and financial forecasts for the Company and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year. The Managing Member shall be the “manager” of the Company for the purposes of the Delaware Act. The Managing Member is hereby designated as authorized person, within the meaning of the Delaware Act, to execute, deliver and file the certificate of formation of the Company and all other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) required or permitted by the Delaware Act to be filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Managing Member is hereby authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, without the consent of any Member or other Person being required, the Company is hereby authorized to execute, deliver and perform, and the Managing Member or any officer on behalf of the Company, is hereby authorized to execute and deliver (a) each Tax Receivable Agreement; and (b) any amendment and any agreement, document or other instrument contemplated thereby or related thereto. The Managing Member or any officer is hereby authorized to enter into the documents described in the preceding sentence on behalf of the Company, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the Managing Member or any officer to enter into other documents on behalf of the Company. Nothing set forth in this Agreement shall reduce or restrict the rights of any Person set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.
5.2 Actions of the Managing Member. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any decision, action, approval or consent required or permitted to be taken by the Managing Member may be taken by the Managing Member through any Person or Persons to whom authority and duties have been delegated pursuant to Section 5.4(a). The Managing Member shall not cease to be a Managing Member of the Company as a result of the delegation of any duties hereunder. No officer or agent of the Company, in its capacity as such, shall be considered a Managing Member of the Company by agreement, as a result of the performance of its duties hereunder or otherwise.
5.3 Compensation; Expenses.
(a) The Managing Member shall not be entitled to any compensation for services rendered to the Company in its capacity as Managing Member. The Managing Member’s interest in its capacity as such shall be a non-economic
G-20
interest in the Company, which does not entitle the Managing Member, solely in its capacity as such, to any Units, distributions or Tax Distributions.
(b) The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company. The Company shall also, in the sole discretion of the Managing Member, bear and/or reimburse PubCo or the Managing Member for (i) any costs, fees or expenses incurred by the Managing Member in connection with serving as the Managing Member, (ii) operating, administrative and other similar costs incurred by PubCo or the Managing Member in connection with operating the Company’s business, to the extent the proceeds are used or will be used by PubCo or the Managing Member to pay expenses described in this clause (ii), and payments of any legal, tax, accounting and other professional fees and expenses (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any tax liabilities of PubCo or the Managing Member), (iii) any judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or other costs and expenses in respect of any claims against, or any litigation or proceedings involving, PubCo or the Managing Member in connection with operating the Company’s business, (iv) fees and expenses (other than any underwriters’ discounts and commissions that are economically recovered by the Managing Member as a result of acquiring Common Units with the net proceeds of the transactions in which any such underwriters’ discounts and commissions were incurred) related to any securities offering, investment or acquisition transaction (whether or not successful) authorized by PubCo or the Managing Member in connection with operating the Company’s business, (v) other fees and expenses in connection with the maintenance of the existence of the Managing Member, and (vi) all other expenses allocable to the Company or otherwise incurred by PubCo or the Managing Member in connection with operating the Company’s business; provided, however, that amounts so borne or reimbursed by the Company not be used to pay or facilitate dividends or distributions on the securities of PubCo and must be used solely for one of the express purposes set forth under clauses (i) through (vi) of this sentence; and further provided, however, that the Company shall not pay, bear or reimburse any income tax obligations of PubCo or the Managing Member or any obligations of PubCo or the Managing Member under the Tax Receivable Agreement except as provided therein. To the extent practicable, expenses incurred by PubCo or the Managing Member on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company shall be billed directly to and paid by the Company and, if and to the extent any reimbursements to PubCo or the Managing Member or any of their Affiliates by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.3(b) constitute gross income to such Person (as opposed to the repayment of advances made by such Person on behalf of the Company), such amounts shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Members’ Capital Account. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 5.3(b) shall be in addition to any reimbursement to PubCo or the Managing Member as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 6.4.
5.4 Delegation of Authority.
(a) The Managing Member may, from time to time, delegate to one or more Persons, including any officer or director of the Company or PubCo (or to the Compensation Committee of the Board or its designees), or to any other Person, such authority and duties as the Managing Member may deem advisable; provided that any such Person shall exercise such authority subject to the same duties and obligations to which the Managing Member would have otherwise been subject pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(b) The Managing Member may assign titles (including, without limitation, executive chairman, non-executive chairman, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, president, vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer) and delegate certain authority and duties to such Persons. Any number of titles may be held by the same officer of the Company or other individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 5.4 may be revoked at any time by the Managing Member.
5.5 Limitation of Liability.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, in an agreement entered into by such Person and the Company or by applicable law, none of the Managing Member or any manager, officer, director, principal, member, employee, agent or Affiliate of the Managing Member shall be liable to the Company or to any Member for any act or omission performed or omitted by the Managing Member in its capacity as the Managing Member pursuant to authority
G-21
granted to such Person by this Agreement; provided that, except as otherwise provided herein, such limitation of liability shall not apply to the extent the act or omission was attributable to such Person’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violation of law, for any present or future breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by such Person or its Affiliates contained herein with respect to any rights of the Company under any other agreements between the Managing Member and the Company. The Managing Member may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and none of the Managing Member or any manager, officer, director, principal, member, employee, agent or Affiliate of the Managing Member shall be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Managing Member (so long as such agent was selected in good faith and with reasonable care). The Managing Member shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts, including financial advisors, and any act of or failure to act by the Managing Member in good faith reliance on such advice shall in no event subject the Managing Member to liability to the Company or any Member.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1:
(i) in connection with the performance of its duties as the Managing Member of the Company, the Managing Member (solely in its capacity as such) will owe to the other Members the same fiduciary duties as it would owe to the stockholders of a Delaware corporation if it were a member of the board of directors of such a corporation and the other Members were stockholders of such corporation;
(ii) to the extent that, at Law or in equity, any Subsidiary of the Company or any manager, director (or equivalent), officer, employee or agent of any Subsidiary of the Company has duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, to a Member (other than the Managing Member) or to any Person who acquires Units, all such duties (including fiduciary duties) are hereby limited solely to those expressly set forth in this Agreement (if any), to the fullest extent permitted by Law; and
(iii) the limitation of duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, each Member (other than the Managing Member) and any Person who acquires Units set forth in this Section 5.5(b) is approved by the Company, each Member (other than the Managing Member) and any Person who acquires Units.
(c) Except as provided in this Agreement or in the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and no Managing Member shall be obligated personally for any such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of acting as the Managing Member of the Company. The Managing Member shall not be personally liable for the Company’s obligations, liabilities and losses. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business and affairs under this Agreement or the Delaware Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Managing Member for liabilities of the Company.
5.6 Resignation or Termination of Managing Member. From and after the Effective Time, FTV Blocker, and from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, NewCo 1 shall not, by any means, resign as, cease to be or be replaced as Managing Member except in compliance with this Section 5.6. No termination or replacement from and after the Effective Time, of FTV Blocker, and from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, of NewCo 1 as Managing Member shall be effective unless proper provision is made, in compliance with this Agreement, so that the obligations from and after the Effective Time, of FTV Blocker, and from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, of NewCo 1, its successor by merger (if applicable) and any new Managing Member and the rights of all Members under this Agreement and applicable Law remain in full force and effect. No appointment of a Person other than, from and after the Effective Time, FTV Blocker, and from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, NewCo 1 (or its successor by merger, as applicable) as Managing Member shall be effective unless (a) the new Managing Member executes a joinder to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions in this Agreement, and (b) from and after the Effective Time, FTV Blocker, and from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, NewCo 1 (or its successor by merger, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as applicable) provide all other Members with contractual rights, directly enforceable by such other Members against from and after the Effective Time, FTV Blocker, and from and after the effectiveness of the NewCo Merger, NewCo 1 (or its successor by merger, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as
G-22
applicable), to cause (i) PubCo to comply with all PubCo’s obligations under this Agreement (including its obligations under Article XII) other than those that must necessarily be taken solely in its capacity as Managing Member and (ii) the new Managing Member to comply with all the Managing Member’s obligations under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS
6.1 Limitation of Liability.
(a) Except as provided in this Agreement or in the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debts, obligations or liabilities solely by reason of being a member of the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act, a Member’s liability (in its capacity as such) for Company obligations, liabilities and Losses shall be limited to the Company’s assets; provided that a Member shall be required to return to the Company any Distribution made to it after the execution of this Agreement in clear and manifest accounting or similar error. The immediately preceding sentence shall constitute a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act.
(b) Except as provided in this Agreement or in the Delaware Act, this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, create or impose any duty (including any fiduciary duty) on any of the Members (other than the Managing Member) hereto or on their respective Affiliates. Further, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, the parties hereto agree that no Member (other than the Managing Member) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have duties (including fiduciary duties) to any other Member or to the Company, and in doing so, recognize, acknowledge and agree that their duties and obligations to one another and to the Company are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, that each Member and the Managing Member shall have the duty to act in accordance with the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Member (other than the Managing Member) has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, to another Member or to another Person who is a party to or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, the Members (other than the Managing Member) acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Company, to any such other Member or to any such other Person who is a party to or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Member (other than the Managing Member) otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Members to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the Members relating thereto (including without limitation, the Managing Member).
6.2 Lack of Authority. No Member (other than the Managing Member) in its capacity as such (other than in its capacity as a Person delegated authority pursuant to Section 5.4) has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Company, to do any act that would be binding on the Company or to make any expenditures on behalf of the Company. The Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Managing Member of the powers conferred on it by law and this Agreement.
6.3 No Right of Partition. No Member shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any Company property, or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company.
6.4 Indemnification.
(a) Subject to Section 4.5, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Person (each an “Indemnified Person”) to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware Act, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, substituted or replaced (but, in the case of any such amendment, substitution or replacement
G-23
only to the extent that such amendment, substitution or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment, substitution or replacement), against all expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties, as reasonably required) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Person (or one or more of such Person’s Affiliates) by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member (or Affiliate of a Member) or is or was serving as the Managing Member, any additional or substitute Managing Member, officer, Partnership Representative, employee or other agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, officer, director, principal, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise (including any manager, officer, director, principal, member, employee or agent of the Managing Member or any additional or substitute Managing Member); provided that (unless the Managing Member otherwise consents) no Indemnified Person shall be indemnified for any expenses, liabilities and losses suffered that are attributable to such Indemnified Person’s or its Affiliates’ gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violation of law. Expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by any such Indemnified Person in defending a proceeding related to any such indemnifiable matter shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, including any appeal therefrom, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.
(b) The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section 6.4 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, by-law, determination of the Managing Member or otherwise.
(c) The Company will maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, at its expense, for the benefit of the Managing Member, the officers of the Company and any other Persons to whom the Managing Member has delegated its authority pursuant to Section 5.4.
(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary (including in this Section 6.4), any indemnity by the Company relating to the matters covered in this Section 6.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only and no Member (unless such Member otherwise agrees in writing or is found in a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction to have personal liability on account thereof) shall have personal liability on account thereof or shall be required to make additional capital contributions or otherwise provide funding to help satisfy such indemnity of the Company.
(e) The Company hereby acknowledges that certain of its Members (the “Fund Indemnitees”) may have rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance in connection with their involvement with the Company provided by other Persons (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees that, with respect to matters for which a Fund Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance pursuant to this Section 6.4, the Company (i) is and shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the Fund Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Fund Indemnitees are secondary), and (ii) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of the Fund Indemnitees with respect to any claim for which the Fund Indemnitees have sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Fund Indemnitees against the Company.
(f) If this Section 6.4 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person pursuant to this Section 6.4 to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 6.4 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
G-24
6.5 Members Right to Act. For matters that require the approval of the Members generally (rather than the approval of the Managing Member on behalf of the Members or the approval of a particular group of Members), the Members shall act through meetings and written consents as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below:
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement or as required by the Delaware Act, acts by the Members holding a majority of the Units voting together as a single class shall be the act of the Members. Any Member entitled to vote at a meeting of Members or to express consent or dissent to Company action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for it by proxy. A telegram, email or similar transmission by the Member, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing executed by the Member shall (if stated thereon) be treated as a proxy executed in writing for purposes of this Section 6.5(a). No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from the date thereof, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be revocable unless the proxy form conspicuously states that the proxy is irrevocable and that the proxy is coupled with an interest. Should a proxy designate two or more Persons to act as proxies, unless that instrument shall provide to the contrary, a majority of such Persons present at any meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised shall have and may exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby conferred, or, if only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that one; or, if an even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular issue, the Company shall not be required to recognize such proxy with respect to such issue if such proxy does not specify how the votes that are the subject of such proxy are to be voted with respect to such issue.
(b) The actions by the Members permitted hereunder may be taken at a meeting called by the Managing Member or by Members holding a majority of the Units on at least twenty-four hours’ prior written notice to the other Members entitled to vote, which notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is being called. The actions taken by the Members entitled to vote or consent at any meeting (as opposed to by written consent), however called and noticed, shall be as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if (but not until), either before, at or after the meeting, the Members entitled to vote or consent as to whom it was improperly held signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The actions by the Members entitled to vote or consent may be taken by vote of the Members entitled to vote or consent at a meeting or by written consent (without a meeting, without notice and without a vote) so long as such consent is signed by the Members having not less than the minimum number of Units that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Members entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the action so taken without a meeting shall be given to those Members entitled to vote or consent who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent of the Members shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the Members at a meeting thereof.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act shall not apply or be incorporated into this Agreement.
6.6 Investment Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to (a) any Member (other than Members who are directors, managers, officers or employees of the Company, PubCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries, in which case solely acting in their capacity as such), (b) any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company, the Managing Member or any of their respective Subsidiaries), (c) each Person that was a Member immediately before the Effective Time or any of its respective Affiliates (including its respective investors and equityholders and any associated Persons or investment funds or any of their respective portfolio companies or investments) or (d) any of the respective officers, managers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, and partners of any of the foregoing (each, a “Business Opportunities Exempt Party”). The Company and each of the Members, on its own behalf and on behalf of their respective Affiliates and equityholders, hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Business Opportunities Exempt Party and irrevocably waives any right to require any Business Opportunity Exempt Party to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 6.6. No Business Opportunities Exempt Party who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for PubCo, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or equityholders shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Company and none of PubCo, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or equityholders will acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any such transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter or opportunity as a result of
G-25
participation therein by a Business Opportunity Exempt Party. This Section 6.6 shall not apply to, and no interest or expectancy of the Company is renounced with respect to, any opportunity offered to any director of PubCo if such opportunity is expressly offered or presented to, or acquired or developed by, such Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. No amendment or repeal of this Section 6.6 shall apply to or have any effect on the Liability or alleged Liability of any Business Opportunities Exempt Party for or with respect to any opportunities of which any such Business Opportunities Exempt Party becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any Units shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 6.6. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Section 6.6, nor the adoption of any provision of this Agreement inconsistent with this Section 6.6, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Section 6.6 in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of Action that, but for this Section 6.6, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption. No action or inaction taken by any Business Opportunities Exempt Party in a manner consistent with this Section 6.6 shall be deemed to be a violation of any fiduciary or other duty owed to any Person.
ARTICLE VII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
7.1 Records and Accounting. The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, appropriate books and records with respect to the Company’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.3 or pursuant to applicable laws. All matters concerning (i) the determination of the relative amount of allocations and distributions among the Members pursuant to Article III and Article IV and (ii) accounting procedures and determinations, and other determinations not specifically and expressly provided for by the terms of this Agreement, shall be determined by the Managing Member, whose determination shall be final and conclusive as to all of the Members absent manifest clerical error.
7.2 Fiscal Year. The Fiscal Year of the Company shall be its Taxable Year.
7.3 Reports. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered, as soon as practicable following the completion of each Taxable Year, but in all events within ninety (90) days after the end of each Taxable Year, to each Person who was a holder of Units at any time during such Taxable Year all information from the Company necessary for the preparation of such Person’s United States federal and state income tax returns. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or any separate written agreement between the Company and any Member, pursuant to Section 18-305(g) of the Delaware Act, no Member shall have the right to any other information from the Company, except as may be required by any non-waivable provision of law.
7.4 Transmission of Communications. Each Person that owns or controls Units on behalf of, or for the benefit of, another Person or Persons shall be responsible for conveying any report, notice or other communication received from the Company to such other Person or Persons.
7.5 Confidentiality.
(a) The Managing Member may keep confidential from the Members, for such period of time as the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion, (i) any information that the Managing Member reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the Managing Member believes is not in the best interests of the Company, could damage the Company or its business or that the Company is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential, including without limitation, information as to the Units held by any other Member. With respect to any schedules, annexes or exhibits to this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Member (other than the Managing Member) shall only be entitled to receive and review any such schedules, annexes and exhibits relating to such Member and shall not be entitled to receive or review any schedules, annexes or exhibits relating to any other Member (other than the Managing Member).
G-26
(b) Each Member agrees, for so long as such Member owns any Units and for a period of two (2) years following the date upon which such Member ceases to own any Units, to keep confidential, any non-public information provided to such Member by the Company; provided, however, that nothing herein will limit the disclosure of any information (i) to the extent required by law, statute, rule, regulation, judicial process, subpoena or court order or required by any governmental agency or other regulatory authority; (ii) that is in the public domain or becomes generally available to the public, in each case, other than as a result of the disclosure by the parties in violation of this Agreement; or (iii) that relates solely to such Member’s investment in the Company, to a Member’s advisors, representatives, partners and Affiliates; provided that such advisors, representatives, partners and Affiliates shall have been advised of this agreement and shall have expressly agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions hereof, or shall otherwise be bound by comparable obligations of confidentiality, and the applicable Member shall be responsible for any breach of or failure to comply with this agreement by any of its Affiliates and such Member agrees, at its sole expense, to take reasonable measures (including but not limited to court proceedings) to restrain its advisors, representatives, partners and Affiliates from prohibited or unauthorized disclosure or use of any confidential information.
ARTICLE VIII
TAX MATTERS
8.1 Preparation of Tax Returns. The Company shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing (taking into account all extensions validly obtained) of all tax returns required to be filed by the Company. The Managing Member shall determine the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of items of income, gain, deduction, loss and credit or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. Each Member will, upon request, supply to the Company all reasonably accessible, pertinent information in its possession relating to the operations of the Company necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be prepared and filed. Each Member agrees in respect of any year in which such Member had an investment in the Company that, unless otherwise agreed by the Managing Member or as required by law, such Member shall not: (i) treat, on its individual tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to such investment in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company, as reflected on the Schedule K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member; or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based on, or which would result in, any such inconsistent treatment.
8.2 Tax Elections. The Taxable Year of the Company shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code or applicable tax laws. The Managing Member shall cause the Company to have in effect (and to cause each direct or indirect subsidiary that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Code, to adjust the tax basis of Company properties, for the taxable year that includes the Effective Time and for each taxable year in which an Exchange occurs. Subject to Section 8.3, the Managing Member shall determine whether to make or revoke any other available election or decision relating to tax matters pursuant to the Code, including, for the avoidance of doubt, regarding the tax classification of entities and methods of accounting for items of income, gain, deduction, loss and credit. Each Member will upon request supply any information necessary to give proper effect to any such election.
8.3 Tax Controversies. The Managing Member shall be the “partnership representative” of the Company (the “Partnership Representative”) for purposes of Section 6223 of the Code. The Partnership Representative may be removed, and a new Partnership Representative appointed, by the Managing Member in accordance with the Code and the Treasury Regulations. The Partnership Representative shall be permitted to appoint any “designated individual” (or similar person) (a “Designated Individual”) permitted under Treasury Regulations Section 301.6223-1 or any successor regulations or similar provisions of tax law. If the Partnership Representative appoints a Designated Individual pursuant to Section 6223 of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder (or similar provisions of state, local or other tax laws), such Designated Individual shall be subject to this Agreement in the same manner as the Partnership Representative (and references to the Partnership Representative shall include any such Designated Individual unless the context otherwise requires or shall mean solely the Designated Individual as needed to comply with applicable law). The Partnership Representative shall have the power to manage and represent the Company in any administrative proceeding of the IRS, and shall be indemnified by the Company for
G-27
all costs and expenses relating to serving in its capacity as the Partnership Representative. Each Member hereby agrees: (a) to take such actions as may be required to effect the Managing Member’s designation as the Partnership Representative, and (b) to cooperate to provide any information as may be reasonably requested by the Partnership Representative in order to carry out the duties of the Partnership Representative under the Code. In connection with any audit or examination of the Company, the Partnership Representative shall reasonably determine the portion of any Imputed Underpayment Amount attributable to each Member or former Member, and use reasonable best efforts to (i) make the election described in Section 6226 of the Code with respect to such Imputed Underpayment Amount or (ii) otherwise ensure that no Member is allocated or becomes liable for taxes (including penalties or interest) attributable to other Members or to a taxable year (or portion thereof) occurring prior to such Member’s admission to the Company. A Member’s obligation to comply with this Section shall survive the transfer, assignment or liquidation of such Member’s Interest in the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership Representative shall be subject to the control of the Managing Member pursuant to Section 8.2 and shall not settle or otherwise compromise any issue in any such examination, audit or other proceeding without first obtaining approval of the Managing Member.
ARTICLE IX
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF UNITS
9.1 Transfers of Units.
(a) Except as otherwise agreed to in writing between the Managing Member and the applicable Member and reflected in the books and records of the Company or as otherwise provided in this Article IX, no holder of Units may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, distribute, contribute or otherwise dispose of (whether directly or indirectly (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by Transfer or issuance of any Capital Stock of any Member that is not a natural person), whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest (legal or beneficial) in any Units (a “Transfer”), except Exchanges pursuant to and in accordance with Article XII or Transfers pursuant to and in accordance with Section 9.1(b). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Member may pledge its Units to secure obligations of Pubco, the Company or its subsidiaries and that the secured party upon foreclosure or any Transferee may be admitted as a Member.
(b) The restrictions contained in Section 9.1(a) shall not apply, subject to Section 9.6, to any Transfer of Units by any Member (i) to its Affiliates, (ii) to its members, shareholders, partners or other equity holders, whether as a distribution, a liquidating distribution or otherwise, or (iii) to a trust solely for the benefit of such Member and such Member’s Family Group (or a re-Transfer of such Units by such trust back to such Member upon the revocation of any such trust) or pursuant to the applicable laws of descent or distribution among such Member’s Family Group (each of clauses (i)-(iii), an “Exempt Transfer”); provided that (x) the restrictions contained in this Article IX other than the restrictions contained in Section 9.1(a) shall apply to an Exempt Transfer and (y) the restrictions contained in this Agreement will continue to apply to the Units after any Exempt Transfer and each transferee of Units shall agree in writing, prior to and as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of such Exempt Transfer, to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, without modification or condition, subject only to the consummation of such Exempt Transfer. Upon the Exempt Transfer of Units, the transferor will deliver written notice to the Company, which notice will disclose in reasonable detail the identity of such transferee(s) and shall include original counterparts of this Agreement in a form acceptable to the Managing Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall avoid the provisions of this Agreement by making one or more Exempt Transfers to one or more transferees and then disposing of all or any portion of such party’s interest in such transferee if such disposition would result in such transferee ceasing to be a Permitted Transferee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.1(a), any Member shall be permitted to make an Exempt Pledge; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, any exercise by a Lender of its rights to acquire or Transfer any Common Units subject to an Exempt Pledge shall constitute a Transfer of Common Units subject to the restrictions contained in this Article IX and shall not be an Exempt Transfer.
(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, as a condition to any Transfer:
(i) if the transferor of Units who proposes to transfer such Units (or if such transferor is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the first direct or indirect beneficial owner of such transferor that is not a disregarded entity (the “Transferor’s Owner”)) is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, then such transferor (or Transferor’s Owner, if applicable) shall complete and provide to both of the transferee and the
G-28
Company, a duly executed affidavit in the form provided to such transferor by the Company, certifying, under penalty of perjury, that the transferor (or Transferor’s Owner, if applicable) is not a foreign person, nonresident alien, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate (as such terms are defined under the Code and applicable United States Treasury Regulations) and the transferor’s (or Transferor’s Owner’s, if applicable) United States taxpayer identification number, or
(ii) if the transferor of Units who proposes to transfer such Units (or if such transferor is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Transferor’s Owner) is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, then such transferor and transferee shall jointly provide to the Company written proof reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member that any applicable withholding tax that may be imposed on such transfer (including pursuant to Sections 864 and 1446 of the Code) and any related tax returns or forms that are required to be filed, have been, or will be, timely paid and filed, as applicable.
(d) Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary in this Section 9.1, each Member may Transfer Units in Exchanges pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Agreement.
(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, it shall be a condition precedent to any Transfer of any Unit that, concurrently with such Transfer such transferring Member shall also Transfer to the transferee an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock.
9.2 Restricted Units Legend.
(a) The Units have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, in addition to the other restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is then available. To the extent such Units have been certificated, each certificate evidencing Units and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the Transfer of any Units (if such securities remain Units as defined herein after such Transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE ASSIGNED EXCEPT (1) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES WHICH IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (2) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT RELATING TO THE DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES AND (3) IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES AND BLUE SKY LAWS.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SPECIFIED IN THE SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES, AS SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE AMENDED, MODIFIED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND THE ISSUER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES UNTIL SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED. A COPY OF SUCH SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE ISSUER TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.
The Company will imprint such legend on certificates (if any) evidencing Units. The legend set forth above will be removed from the certificates (if any) evidencing any units which cease to be Units in accordance with the definition thereof.
(b) In connection with the Transfer of any Units, the holder thereof shall deliver written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the Transfer or proposed Transfer, which shall, if so requested by the Managing Member, be accompanied by (i) an opinion of counsel which (to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction) is knowledgeable in securities law matters to the effect that such Transfer of Units may be effected without registration of such Units under the Securities Act or (ii) such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member to the effect that such Transfer of Units may be effected without registration of such Units under the Securities Act. In addition, if the holder of the Units delivers to the Company an opinion of such counsel that no subsequent
G-29
Transfer of such Units shall require registration under the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly upon such contemplated Transfer deliver new certificates for such securities (if then certificated) which do not bear the Securities Act legend set forth in Section 9.2(a). If the Company is not required to deliver new certificates for such Units not bearing such legend, the holder thereof shall not effect any Transfer of the same until the prospective transferee has confirmed to the Company in writing its agreement to be bound by the conditions contained in this Agreement.
(c) Upon the request of any Member, the Company will promptly supply to such Member or its prospective transferees all information regarding the Company required to be delivered in connection with a Transfer pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(d) If any Units become eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or no longer constitute “restricted securities” (as defined under Rule 144(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission), the Company shall, upon the request of the holder of such Units, remove the Securities Act legend set forth in Section 9.2(a) above from the certificates (if any) for such securities.
9.3 Assignee’s Rights.
(a) Subject to Section 9.6(b), a Transfer of Units in a manner in accordance with this Agreement shall be effective as of the date of assignment and compliance with the conditions to such Transfer and such Transfer shall be shown on the books and records of the Company. Income, loss and other Company items shall be allocated between the transferor and the Assignee according to Section 706 of the Code as determined by the Managing Member. Distributions made before the effective date of such Transfer shall be paid to the transferor, and Distributions made after such date shall be paid to the Assignee.
(b) Unless and until an Assignee becomes a Member pursuant to Article X, the Assignee shall not be entitled to any of the rights granted to a Member hereunder or under applicable law, other than the rights granted specifically to Assignees pursuant to this Agreement; provided that without relieving the transferring Member from any such limitations or obligations as more fully described in Section 9.4, such Assignee shall be bound by any limitations and obligations of a Member contained herein that a Member would be bound on account of such Units (including the obligation to make Capital Contributions on account of such Units).
9.4 Assignor’s Rights and Obligations. Any Member who shall Transfer any Units in a manner in accordance with this Agreement shall cease to be a Member with respect to such Units or such other interest and shall no longer have any rights or privileges, or, except as set forth in this Section 9.4, duties, liabilities or obligations, of a Member with respect to such Units or such other interest (it being understood, however, that the applicable provisions of Sections 5.5, 6.4 and 6.6 shall continue to inure to such Person’s benefit), except that unless and until the Assignee is admitted as a substituted Member in accordance with the provisions of Article X (the “Admission Date”), (i) such assigning Member shall retain all of the duties, liabilities and obligations of a Member with respect to such Units or other interest, including, without limitation, the obligation (together with its Assignee pursuant to Section 9.3(b)) to make and return Capital Contributions on account of such Units or other interest pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) the Managing Member may reinstate all or any portion of the rights and privileges of such Member with respect to such Units or other interest for any period of time prior to the Admission Date. Nothing contained herein shall relieve any Member who Transfers any Units or other interest in the Company from any liability of such Member to the Company with respect to such Units that may exist on the Admission Date or that is otherwise specified in the Delaware Act and incorporated into this Agreement or for any liability to the Company or any other Person for any materially false statement made by such Member (in its capacity as such) or for any present or future breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by such Member (in its capacity as such) contained herein or in the other agreements with the Company.
9.5 Encumbrances. No Member or Assignee may create an Encumbrance with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) other than Encumbrances that run in favor of the Member unless the Managing Member consents in writing thereto, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the Managing Member, in the Managing Member’s sole discretion. Consent of the
G-30
Managing Member shall be withheld until the holder of the Encumbrance acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any purported Encumbrance that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.
9.6 Further Restrictions.
(a) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer (including an Exempt Transfer and, for purposes of clauses (ii), (iii) and (v) only, an Exempt Pledge) of a Unit be made by any Member or Assignee if the Managing Member determines that:
(i) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit;
(ii) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or of any class of Unit pursuant to any applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S. securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;
(iii) such Transfer would cause (A) all or any portion of the assets of the Company to (1) constitute “plan assets” (under ERISA, the Code or any applicable Similar Law) of any existing or contemplated Member, or (2) be subject to the provisions of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any applicable Similar Law, or (B) the Managing Member to become a fiduciary with respect to any existing or contemplated Member, pursuant to ERISA, any applicable Similar Law, or otherwise;
(iv) to the extent requested by the Managing Member, the Company does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the Managing Member, as determined in the Managing Member’s sole discretion;
(v) the Managing Member shall determine in its sole discretion that such Transfer would (A) pose a material risk that the Company would be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or (B) result in the Company having more than one hundred (100) partners or, in the case of an Exempt Transfer, ninety (90) partners, in each case within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(1) (determined pursuant to the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).
(c) In addition, notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, to the extent the Managing Member shall determine in good faith that additional restrictions on Transfers are necessary so that the Company is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code, the Managing Member may impose such additional restrictions on Transfers as the Managing Member has determined in good faith to be so necessary.
(d) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit be made by any Member unless such Member or the prospective transferee(s) of such Units shall have reimbursed the Company for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred and paid by the Company in connection with implementing such Transfer or proposed Transfer, whether or not consummated (other than Exchanges pursuant to Article XII or any Transfer to the Company).
9.7 Counterparts; Joinder. Prior to Transferring any Units (other than Exchanges pursuant to Article XII or any Transfer to the Company) and as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of such Transfer, the transferring holder of Units will cause the prospective transferee(s) of such Units to execute and deliver to the Company counterparts of this Agreement and any other agreements relating to such Units, or executed joinders to such agreements, in each case, in a form acceptable to the Managing Member. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who acquires in any manner whatsoever any Units, irrespective of whether such Person has accepted and adopted in writing the terms and conditions of this Agreement, shall be deemed by the acceptance of the benefits of the acquisition thereof to have agreed to be subject to and bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement to which any predecessor in such Units was subject or by which such predecessor was bound.
G-31
9.8 Ineffective Transfer. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be null and void ab initio, and the Company will not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Units as the owner of such securities for any purpose.
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS
10.1 Substituted Members. Subject to the provisions of Article IX hereof, in connection with the permitted Transfer of any Units of a Member, the transferee shall become a Substituted Member on the effective date of such Transfer, which effective date shall not be earlier than the date of compliance with the conditions to such Transfer, and such admission shall be shown on the books and records of the Company.
10.2 Additional Members. Subject to the provisions of Article IX hereof, a Person may be admitted to the Company as an Additional Member only upon furnishing to the Company (a) counterparts of this Agreement or an executed joinder to this Agreement in a form acceptable to the Managing Member and (b) such other documents or instruments as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such Person’s admission as a Member (including entering into such documents as the Managing Member may deem appropriate). Such admission shall become effective on the date on which the Managing Member determines that such conditions have been satisfied and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Company.
10.3 Additional Managing Member. No Person may be admitted to the Company as an additional Managing Member or substitute Managing Member without the prior written consent of each incumbent Managing Member, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by each incumbent Managing Member, in each case in the sole discretion of each incumbent Managing Member. A Managing Member will not be entitled to resign as a Managing Member of the Company unless another Managing Member shall have been admitted hereunder (and not have previously been removed or resigned). Any additional Managing Member or substitute Managing Member admitted as a Managing Member of the Company pursuant to this Section 10.3 is hereby authorized to, and shall, continue the Company without dissolution.
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF MEMBERS
No Member shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign as a Member from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article XIII without the prior written consent of the Managing Member, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. Any Member, however, that attempts to withdraw or otherwise resign as a Member from the Company without the prior written consent of the Managing Member upon or following the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article XIII but prior to such Member receiving the full amount of distributions from the Company to which such Member is entitled pursuant to Article XIII shall be liable to the Company for all damages (including all lost profits and special, indirect and consequential damages) directly or indirectly caused by the withdrawal or resignation of such Member, and such Member shall be entitled to receive the Fair Market Value of such Member’s equity interest in the Company as of the date of its resignation (or, if less, the amount that such Member would have received on account of such equity interest had such Member not resigned or otherwise withdrew from the Company), as conclusively determined by the Managing Member, on the sixth month anniversary date (or such earlier date determined by the Managing Member) following the completion of the distribution of Company assets as provided in Article XIII to all other Members. Upon a Transfer of all of a Member’s Units in a Transfer permitted by this Agreement, subject to the provisions of Section 9.4, such Member shall cease to be a Member.
G-32
ARTICLE XII
EXCHANGE RIGHTS
12.1 Exchange Procedures.
(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Article XII, after the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period applicable to such Exchanging Member (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement or the Lock-Up Agreement dated as of or about the date hereof by and among PubCo and each of the persons or entities listed therein), each Exchanging Member (collectively with such Exchanging Member’s Affiliates and Permitted Transferees) shall be entitled to cause the Company to effect an Exchange up to two (2) times per calendar quarter (and no more frequently), in each case with respect to a number of Common Units at least equal to or exceeding the Minimum Exchange Amount, by delivering an Exchange Notice to the Company, with a copy to PubCo. Each Exchange Notice shall be in the form set forth on Exhibit A and shall include all information required to be included therein. In the event that an Exchange is being exercised in order to participate in a Company Registration (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), the Exchange Notice Date shall be prior to the expiration of the time period in which a holder of securities is required to notify PubCo that it wishes to participate in such Company Registration in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Registration Rights Agreement.
(b) Within three (3) Business Days of the giving of an Exchange Notice, the Managing Member may elect to settle all or a portion of the Exchange (including a PubCo Call Right) in cash in an amount equal to the Cash Exchange Payment (in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock), exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member within such three (3) Business Day period (such notice, the “Cash Exchange Notice”). The Cash Exchange Notice shall set forth the portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange that will be exchanged for cash in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock. To the extent such Exchange relates to the exercise of the Exchanging Member’s registration rights under Section 2 of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Managing Member and the Company will cooperate in good faith with such Exchanging Member to exercise such Exchange in a manner which preserves such Exchanging Member’s rights thereunder. At any time following the giving of a Cash Exchange Notice and prior to the Exchange Date, the Managing Member may elect (exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member) to revoke the Cash Exchange Notice with respect to all or any portion of the Exchanged Units and make the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any such Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date.
(c) In the event the Managing Member does not timely give a Cash Exchange Notice (or revokes a Cash Exchange Notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (b)), the Exchanging Member may, if and only if any Exchange Condition exists, elect to (x) retract its Exchange Notice or (y) delay the consummation of an Exchange, in each case, exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Managing Member within two (2) Business Days of the occurrence of an Exchange Condition and in any event no later than one (1) Business Day prior to the Exchange Date (such notice under clause (y), an “Exchange Delay Notice”), which notice shall specify the particular Exchange Condition giving rise to such election. The giving of any Exchange Delay Notice pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence shall terminate all of the Exchanging Member’s, the Managing Member’s and Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 12.1 arising from such retracted Exchange Notice, but shall not count against the maximum number of Exchanges that an Exchanging Member may effect in a calendar quarter.
(d) In the event of a Change of Control, the Managing Member may elect, pursuant to a written notice given to the Members (other than PubCo) at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of a Change of Control (a “COC Notice”), to require each such Member to effect an Exchange with respect to any portion of such Member’s Common Units (together with the surrender and cancellation of the corresponding number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Member) (any such Exchange, a “COC Exchange”) which shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control (but such Exchange shall be conditioned on the consummation of such Change of Control, and shall not be effective if such Change of Control is not consummated) (the “COC Exchange Date”). In connection with a COC Exchange, such Exchange shall be settled (including, if PubCo elects by delivery of a COC Notice, directly by PubCo) (x) with the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to the Common Units subject to the COC Exchange or (y) in cash or property, so long as in each case each such Member receives the identical consideration or the identical right to elect the form of consideration, in each case on a per Unit basis, that the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock would receive in connection with such Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12.1(d) to the contrary, the Managing Member cannot elect to
G-33
require any Member to effect a COC Exchange unless such Member receives, pursuant to such COC Exchange (including in connection with the consummation of such Change of Control), (x) consideration consisting entirely of (A) cash, (B) Equity Securities of a Person that (I) are listed on a National Securities Exchange within sixty (60) days of the consummation of such Change of Control and (II) can be resold without registration or within sixty (60) days of the consummation of such Change of Control are registered for resale on a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act (the Equity Securities referred to in this clause (B), the “Liquid Securities”), or (C) a combination of cash and Liquid Securities, or (y) consideration that includes cash and Liquid Securities, the sum of such cash plus the fair market value of such Liquid Securities is at least equal to the income taxes incurred by such Member in connection with such COC Exchange (including in connection with the consummation of such Change of Control), determined on a “with and without” basis.
(e) PubCo and the Company may adopt reasonable procedures for the implementation of the Exchange provisions set forth in this Article XII, including, without limitation, procedures for the giving of notice of an election of exchange.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent a Member surrenders for exchange a fraction of a Common Unit, the Company may in its sole discretion deliver to such holder a cash amount equal to the market value of such fraction (as determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion) in lieu of delivering a fraction of a share of Class A Common Stock.
12.2 Exchange Payment. The Exchange shall be consummated on the Exchange Date. Unless PubCo has exercised its PubCo Call Right pursuant to Section 12.3, on the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date):
(i) PubCo shall contribute to the Company for delivery to the Exchanging Member (A) the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units not subject to a Cash Exchange Notice and (B) the Cash Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units subject to a Cash Exchange Notice (and, for the avoidance of doubt, PubCo shall be obligated to make the contributions described in this Section 12.2(i) regardless of whether the Company has sufficient assets to effect the Exchange without such contributions);
(ii) the Exchanging Member shall transfer and surrender the Exchanged Units to the Company (including any certificates that represent the Exchanged Units), free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, together with any instruments of transfer reasonably required by the Managing Member (or a duly appointed transfer agent), duly executed by the Exchanging Member or the Exchanging Member’s duly authorized representative;
(iii) the Company shall issue to PubCo a number of Common Units equal to, and PubCo shall automatically be admitted as a Member of the Company in respect of, the number of Common Units surrendered pursuant to clause (ii);
(iv) solely to the extent necessary in connection with an Exchange, PubCo shall undertake all actions, including an issuance, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Class A Common Stock to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, taking into account the issuance in clause (iii), any Stock Exchange Payment, and any other action taken in connection with this Article XII;
(v) the Company shall (A) cancel the redeemed Common Units which were Exchanged Units held by the Exchanging Member and (B) transfer to the Exchanging Member the Cash Exchange Payment and/or the Stock Exchange Payment, as applicable; and
(vi) PubCo shall cancel the surrendered shares of Class B Common Stock.
Upon the Exchange of all of a Member’s Units, such Member shall cease to be a Member of the Company.
G-34
12.3 PubCo Call Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, with respect to any Exchange Notice or COC Notice, PubCo may, by delivery of a written notice to the Exchanging Member no later than three (3) Business Days following the giving of an Exchange Notice or COC Notice, in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, this Section 12.3 (such notice, a “PubCo Call Notice”), elect to purchase directly and acquire such Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date by paying to the Exchanging Member (or such other Person specified in the Exchange Notice) the Stock Exchange Payment and/or the Cash Exchange Payment (subject, in the case of a COC Exchange Notice, to the requirements of Section 12.1(d)) (the “PubCo Call Right”), whereupon PubCo shall acquire the Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date or COC Exchange Date (as applicable) and be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of, and a duly admitted Member in respect of, such Common Units. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12.3, an exercise of the PubCo Call Right shall be consummated pursuant to the same timeframe and in the same manner as the relevant Exchange would have been consummated if PubCo had not given a PubCo Call Notice, in each case as relevant, including that Section 12.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis and that clauses (iv) and (vi) of Section 12.2 shall apply (notwithstanding that the other clauses thereof do not apply).
12.4 Certain Expenses. PubCo, the Company and each Exchanging Unitholder shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the Company shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the Exchanging Unitholder that requested the Exchange (or the DTC or its nominee for the account of a participant of the DTC that will hold the shares for the account of such Exchanging Unitholder), then such Exchanging Unitholder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to the Company or PubCo, as applicable, the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is not payable.
12.5 Exchange Taxes. The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon an Exchange shall be made without charge to the Exchanging Member for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance; provided, however, that if any such shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that of the Exchanging Member (subject to the restrictions in Article IX), then the Person or Persons in whose name the shares are to be issued shall pay to PubCo the amount of any additional tax that may be payable in respect of any Transfer involved in such issuance in excess of the amount otherwise due if such shares were issued in the name of the Exchanging Member or shall establish to the satisfaction of PubCo that such additional tax has been paid or is not payable.
12.6 Limitations on Exchanges.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, PubCo or the Company may impose such restrictions on an Exchange as PubCo or the Company may determine to be necessary or advisable so that the Company is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be void ab initio) if, in the good faith determination of PubCo or the Company, such an Exchange would pose a material risk that the Company would be a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Member shall not be entitled to effect an Exchange to the extent PubCo or the Company determines that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation (including, without limitation, the unavailability of any requisite registration statement filed under the Securities Act or any exemption from the registration requirements thereunder) or (ii) would not be permitted under any other agreements with PubCo or its subsidiaries to which such Member may be party (including, without limitation, this Agreement) or any written policies of PubCo related to unlawful or inappropriate trading applicable to its directors, officers or other personnel.
12.7 Adjustments.
(a) The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (i) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split,
G-35
reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the applicable Units that is not accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (ii) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination of shares of Class B Common Stock or the applicable Units, in each case, to the extent necessary to maintain the economic equivalency in the value surrendered for exchange and the value received, as determined by PubCo in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no adjustment to the Exchange Rate will be made solely as a result of a stock dividend by PubCo that is effected to maintain the relationship between the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Common Units. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then and in each such event, provision shall be made so that the Exchanging Unitholder shall receive upon the Exchange the amount of such security, securities or other property that such Exchanging Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, and had such Exchanging Unitholder thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the Exchange Date, retained such security, securities or other property receivable by such Exchanging Unitholder as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this Section with respect to the rights of the Exchanging Unitholder. Except as may be required in the immediately preceding sentences, no adjustments in respect of distributions shall be made upon the Exchange of any Unit. This Agreement shall apply to, mutatis mutandis, and all references to “Units” shall be deemed to include, any security, securities or other property of PubCo or the Company which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of shares of Class B Common Stock or Common Units, as applicable, by reason of stock or unit split, reverse stock or unit split, stock or unit dividend or distribution, combination, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, exchange (other than an Exchange) or other transaction.
(b) This Agreement shall apply to the Units held by the Members and their Permitted Transferees as of the date hereof, as well as any Units hereafter acquired by a Member and his or her or its Permitted Transferees.
12.8 Class A Common Stock to be Issued.
(a) PubCo shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon any such Exchange; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude PubCo or the Company from satisfying its obligations in respect of the Exchange of the Units by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of PubCo or are held by the Company or any of their subsidiaries or by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of PubCo or held by any subsidiary thereof). PubCo and the Company covenant that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, have been duly authorized and validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable.
(b) PubCo and the Company covenant and agree that, to the extent that a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective and available for shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered with respect to any Exchange, shares that have been registered under the Securities Act shall be delivered in respect of such Exchange. In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the Member requesting such Exchange, PubCo and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. PubCo and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to list the shares of Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery.
12.9 Restrictions. Any restrictions on transfer of Common Units under any agreements with PubCo or any of its subsidiaries (other than this Agreement) to which an Exchanging Unitholder may be party shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
G-36
12.10 Distribution Rights. No Exchange shall impair the right of the Exchanging Member to receive any distributions payable on the Common Units redeemed pursuant to such Exchange in respect of a record date that occurs prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange. No Exchanging Member, or a Person designated by an Exchanging Member to receive shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, with respect to such record date, distributions or dividends both on Common Units redeemed by the Company from such Exchanging Member and on shares of Class A Common Stock received by such Exchanging Member, or other Person so designated, if applicable, in such Exchange.
12.11 Tax Treatment; Tax Withholding.
(a) As required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the parties shall report (i) any PubCo Call Right consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock by a Member to PubCo in a transaction governed by Section 741 of the Code, and (ii) any Exchange other than pursuant to a PubCo Call Right in which the cash, shares of Class A Common Stock or both provided as consideration are contributed to the Company by PubCo in connection with such Exchange as a disguised sale of Common Units in a transaction governed by Section 707 of the Code, and no party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return, amendment thereof or communication with a taxing authority unless an alternate position is permitted under the Code and Treasury Regulations and PubCo consents in writing.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement (and without limiting Section 4.5 or Section 9.1(c)), PubCo, the Company and their agents and affiliates shall have the right to deduct and withhold taxes (including shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair market value determined in the sole discretion of PubCo equal to the amount of such taxes) from any payments to be made pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement if, in their opinion, such withholding is required by law, and shall be provided with any necessary tax forms, including Form W-9 or the appropriate series of Form W-8, as applicable, and any similar information; provided that PubCo may, in its sole discretion, allow an Exchanging Unitholder to pay such taxes owed on the Exchange of Units and shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock in cash in lieu of PubCo withholding or deducting such taxes. To the extent that any of the aforementioned amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been delivered and paid to the recipient of the payments in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made. To the extent that any payment pursuant to this Agreement is not reduced by such deductions or withholdings, such recipient shall indemnify the applicable withholding agent for any amounts imposed by any taxing authority together with any costs and expenses related thereto.
(c) In connection with any Exchange or COC Notice, the Exchanging Member shall deliver to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, a certificate, dated as of the Exchange Date and sworn under penalties of perjury, in a form reasonably acceptable to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, certifying as to such Exchanging Member’s taxpayer identification number and that such Exchanging Member is a not a foreign person for purposes of Section 1445 and Section 1446(f) of the Code (which certificate may be an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 if then sufficient for such purposes under applicable Law or written evidence that all required withholding under Section 1446(f) of the Code will have been done and duly remitted to the applicable taxing authority).
ARTICLE XIII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
13.1 Dissolution. The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Members or Substituted Members or the attempted withdrawal or resignation of a Member. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act;
(b) at any time there are no Members, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act;
G-37
(c) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
(d) the determination of the Managing Member to dissolve the Company; or
(e) any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the Company to be carried on by the members.
The Members hereby agree that the Company shall not dissolve prior to the occurrence of one of the events specified in the first sentence of this Section 13.1. In the event of a dissolution pursuant to Section 13.1(d), the relative economic rights of each class of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Members pursuant to Section 13.2 in connection with such dissolution, taking into consideration tax and other legal constraints that may adversely affect one or more Members and subject to compliance with applicable Laws, unless, with respect to any class of Units, holders of at least ninety percent (90%) of the Units of such class not held by the Managing Member consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above. Further, if a dissolution pursuant to Section 13.1(d) or Section 13.1(e) would have a material adverse effect on any Member, the dissolution of the Company shall require the prior consent of such Member, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
Except as otherwise set forth in this Article XIII, the Company is intended to have perpetual existence. An Event of Withdrawal shall not, in and of itself, cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
13.2 Winding Up and Termination. On dissolution of the Company, the Managing Member shall act as liquidating trustee or may appoint one or more Persons as liquidating trustee. The liquidating trustee shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Delaware Act. The costs of winding up shall be borne as a Company expense. Until final distribution, the liquidating trustee shall continue to operate the Company properties with all of the power and authority of the Managing Member. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidating trustee are as follows:
(a) as promptly as possible after dissolution and again after completion of the winding up, the liquidating trustee shall cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the completion of the winding up is completed, as applicable;
(b) the liquidating trustee shall pay, satisfy or discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including, without limitation, all expenses incurred of winding up) or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including, without limitation, the establishment of a cash fund for contingent, conditional or unmatured liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidating trustee may reasonably determine); and
(c) all remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 4.1(c) by the end of the Taxable Year of the Company during which the winding up of the Company occurs (or, if later, by ninety (90) days after the date of the winding up).
The distribution of cash and/or property to Members in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.2 and Section 13.3 constitutes a complete return to the Members of their Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Members of their interest in the Company and all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Member for those funds.
13.3 Deferment; Distribution in Kind. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if upon dissolution of the Company the liquidating trustee determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Company’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss (or would otherwise not
G-38
be beneficial) to the Members, the liquidating trustee may, in their sole discretion, defer for a reasonable time the winding up of any assets except those necessary to satisfy Company liabilities (other than loans to the Company by Members) and reserves. Subject to the order of priorities set forth in Section 13.2, the liquidating trustee may, in their sole discretion, distribute to the Members, in lieu of cash, either (i) all or any portion of such remaining Company assets in-kind in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2(c), (ii) as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2(c), undivided interests in all or any portion of such Company assets or (iii) a combination of the foregoing. Any such distributions in kind shall be subject to (x) such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such assets as the liquidating trustee deem reasonable and equitable and (y) the terms and conditions of any agreements governing such assets (or the operation thereof or the holders thereof) at such time. Any Company assets distributed in kind will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating Profit or Loss (if any), which shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.2. The liquidating trustee shall determine the Fair Market Value of any property distributed in accordance with the valuation procedures set forth in Article XIV.
13.4 Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the winding up of the Company’s affairs and distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Company is terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time), and the Managing Member (or such other Person or Persons as the Delaware Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to this Agreement that are or should be canceled and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 13.4.
13.5 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Sections 13.2 and 13.3 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.
13.6 Return of Capital. The liquidating trustee shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Members (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).
ARTICLE XIV
VALUATION
14.1 Value. “Fair Market Value” of any asset, property or equity interest means the amount which a seller of such asset, property or equity interest would receive in a sale of such asset, property or equity interest in an arms-length transaction with an unaffiliated third party consummated on a date determined by the Managing Member (which may be the date on which the event occurred which necessitated the determination of the Fair Market Value) (and after giving effect to any transfer taxes payable in connection with such sale). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in making the determination of Fair Market Value as described in Section 14.2, the Managing Member, the Disputing Member and any investment banking firm (as described below) shall not give effect or take into account any “minority discount” or “liquidity discount” (or any similar discount arising out of the fact that the Units are restricted or is not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, publicly traded or listed on a securities exchange), but shall value the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses in their entirety on an enterprise basis using any variety of industry recognized valuation techniques commonly used to value businesses.
14.2 Determination and Dispute. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Managing Member (or, if pursuant to Section 13.3, the liquidating trustee) in its good faith judgment in such manner as it deems reasonable and using all factors, information and data deemed to be pertinent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the request of any Member that holds at least [ ] Common Units (a “Disputing Member”), the Managing Member will retain an investment banking firm of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to such Disputing Member to determine the Fair Market Value of such Units, assets or consideration.
G-39
ARTICLE XV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
15.1 Power of Attorney.
(a) Each holder of Units hereby constitutes and appoints the Managing Member and the liquidating trustee, with full power of substitution, as his, her or its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his, her or its name, place and stead, to:
(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments thereof which the Managing Member deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify, or continue the qualification of, the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property; (B) all instruments which the Managing Member deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (C) all conveyances and other instruments or documents which the Managing Member deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; and (D) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Member pursuant to Article X or Article XI; and
(ii) sign, execute, swear to and acknowledge all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the reasonable judgment of the Managing Member, to evidence, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by such holder of Units hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and/or appropriate or necessary (and not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement), in the reasonable judgment of the Managing Member, to effectuate the terms of this Agreement.
(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing power of attorney does not include the power or authority to vote any Units held by any Member on any matter on which the Members have a right to vote, either at a meeting or by any written consent, either as contemplated by Section 6.5 or otherwise under this Agreement.
(c) The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination of any holder of Units and the Transfer of all or any portion of his, her or its Units and shall extend to such holder’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.
15.2 Amendments.
(a) The Managing Member (pursuant to its power of attorney from the holders of Units as provided in Section 15.1 or otherwise), without the consent of any holder of Units, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:
(i) a change in the name of the Company or the location of the principal place of business of the Company;
(ii) admission, substitution, removal or withdrawal of Members or Assignees in accordance with this Agreement;
(iii) a change that does not adversely affect any holder of Units in any material respect in its capacity as an owner of Units and is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any United States federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any United States federal or state statute; or
(iv) as contemplated by Section 3.1(c).
(b) Except as provided in Section 15.2(a), this Agreement may not be amended or modified except with the consent of the Managing Member and, so long as the holders of the Common Units other than the Managing Member have
G-40
an ownership percentage of at least 10% of the total issued and outstanding Common Units, the consent or approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Units not held by the Managing Member consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) no consent or approval shall be required for the Company to admit a Permitted Transferee as a Member following an Exempt Transfer completed in compliance with this Agreement, and (ii) if the holders of the Common Units other than the Managing Member have an ownership percentage of less than 10% of the total issued and outstanding Common Units, the holders of a majority of the Common Units not held by the Managing Member must also consent to or approve any amendments or modifications to Article IV, Section 9.1, Article XII, Section 13.2, this Section 15.2 or related definitions or any other amendments or modifications that affect the rights granted to the such holders in such sections in any material respect, including, without limitation, changes to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange, either through an amendment to the definition of “Exchange Rate” or otherwise, or that otherwise increases the obligations or decreases the benefits to the applicable holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment which would materially and adversely affect the rights or duties of a Member on a discriminatory and non-pro rata basis shall require the consent of such Member, other than those actions set forth in Section 15.2(a) above. In addition, the amendment of any specific approval, consent, voting right, or transfer rights of a specified Member shall require the approval of such Member, provided that such Member holds the number of Units, as applicable, required to exercise such rights. Any amendment or modification effected in accordance with this Section 15.2(b) shall be effective, in accordance with its terms, with respect to the rights and obligations of and binding upon all Members. For the avoidance of doubt, without any action or requirement of consent by any Member, the Company shall update the books and records of the Company to remove a Member’s name therefrom once such Member no longer holds any Equity Securities of the Company, following which such Person shall cease to be a “Member” or have any rights or obligations under this Agreement.
15.3 Title to Company Assets. The Company assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no holder of Units, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof. The Managing Member hereby declares and warrants that any Company assets for which legal title is held in its name or the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by the Managing Member or such nominee for the use and benefit of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Company assets is held.
15.4 Addresses and Notices. Any notice provided for in this Agreement will be in writing and will be either personally delivered, or received by certified mail, return receipt requested, sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or facsimile to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient and to any holder of Units at such address as indicated by the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally or sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is received), three days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service. The Company’s address is:
To the Company:
G-41
To the Managing Member:
15.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
15.6 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
15.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto.
15.8 Applicable Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Any dispute relating hereto shall be heard in the state or federal courts of Delaware, and the parties agree to exclusive jurisdiction and venue therein and waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action instituted therein. The parties hereto hereby consent to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 15.4 and irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
15.9 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
G-42
15.10 Further Action. The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
15.11 Delivery by Facsimile. This Agreement and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Agreement or contemplated hereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission (i.e., in portable document format), shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission as a defense to the formation of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.
15.12 Offset. Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any holder of Units or any Affiliate or related person thereof, any undisputed amounts that such holder of Units or such Affiliate or related person owes to the Company (such lack of dispute to be evidenced by written confirmation of such by such holder of Units or related person thereof) may be deducted from that sum before payment.
15.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein (including the Registration Rights Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement, embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral (including the Prior Agreement), which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.
15.14 Remedies. Each holder of Units shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies which such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which such Person has under any law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this
Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to seek to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.
15.15 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation. Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Wherever required by the context, references to a Fiscal Year shall refer to a portion thereof. The use of the words “or,” “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, to the fullest extent permitted by law, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict.
15.16 Spousal Consent. Each Member who is married severally represents that true and complete copies of this Agreement and all documents to be executed by such Member hereunder have been furnished to his or her spouse; represents and warrants to the Company and to the other Members that such spouse has read this Agreement and all related documents applicable to such Member, is familiar with each of their terms, and has agreed to be bound to the obligations of such Member hereunder and thereunder.
* * * * *
G-43
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Operating Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION, INC., |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
FTV ENFUSION HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION US 1, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Seventh Amended and Restated Operating Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
MEMBERS: |
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
SCHEDULE I
MEMBERS AND MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF
ELECTION OF EXCHANGE
Enfusion Ltd. LLC |
|
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750 |
|
Chicago, IL 60603 |
|
Attention: |
Blake Nielsen, General Counsel |
Email: |
bnielsen@enfusion.com |
Reference is hereby made to the Seventh Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of [•], 2021 (as amended from time to time, the “Agreement”), among Enfusion Ltd. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the Managing Member of the Company (“PubCo”), and the Members from time to time party thereto (each, a “Holder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.
The undersigned Holder hereby transfers to PubCo the number of Common Units plus shares of Class B Common Stock set forth below (together, the “Exchanged Interests”) in Exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name as set forth below, as set forth in the Agreement.
Legal Name of Holder: |
|
Address: |
Number of Exchanged Interests to be Exchanged: |
|
|
Brokerage Account Details: |
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Election of Exchange and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Election of Exchange has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the Exchanged Interests subject to this Election of Exchange are being transferred to PubCo (or the Company, if applicable) free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the Exchanged Interests subject to this Election of Exchange is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such Exchanged Interests to PubCo.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of PubCo or of the Company as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to PubCo (or the Company, if applicable) the Exchanged Interests subject to this Election of Exchange and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in exchange therefor.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Election of Exchange to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
Dated: |
Exhibit 10.3
TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
between
ENFUSION, INC.
and
THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN
Dated as of [], 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
||
Article I DEFINITIONS |
|
2 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
SECTION 1.1. |
Definitions |
|
2 |
|
|
|
||
Article II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT |
|
11 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
SECTION 2.1. |
Basis Schedule |
|
11 |
|
SECTION 2.2. |
Tax Benefit Schedule |
|
11 |
|
SECTION 2.3. |
Procedures, Amendments |
|
12 |
|
|
|
||
Article III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS |
|
13 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
SECTION 3.1. |
Payments |
|
13 |
|
SECTION 3.2. |
No Duplicative Payments |
|
14 |
|
SECTION 3.3. |
Pro Rata Payments |
|
14 |
|
SECTION 3.4. |
Payment Ordering |
|
14 |
|
SECTION 3.5. |
Excess Payments |
|
15 |
|
SECTION 3.6. |
Payments to Unblocked Holders |
|
15 |
|
|
|
||
Article IV TERMINATION |
|
17 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
SECTION 4.1. |
Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement |
|
17 |
|
SECTION 4.2. |
Early Termination Notice |
|
18 |
|
SECTION 4.3. |
Payment upon Early Termination |
|
18 |
|
|
|
||
Article V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS |
|
19 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
SECTION 5.1. |
Subordination |
|
19 |
|
SECTION 5.2. |
Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer |
|
19 |
|
|
|
||
Article VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION |
|
19 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
SECTION 6.1. |
Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters |
|
19 |
|
SECTION 6.2. |
Consistency |
|
20 |
|
SECTION 6.3. |
Cooperation |
|
20 |
|
|
|
||
Article VII MISCELLANEOUS |
|
21 |
||
|
|
|
||
|
SECTION 7.1. |
Notices |
|
21 |
|
SECTION 7.2. |
Counterparts |
|
21 |
|
SECTION 7.3. |
Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries |
|
21 |
|
SECTION 7.4. |
Governing Law |
|
22 |
|
SECTION 7.5. |
Severability |
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7.6. |
Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers |
|
22 |
|
SECTION 7.7. |
Titles and Subtitles |
|
23 |
|
SECTION 7.8. |
Resolution of Disputes |
|
23 |
|
SECTION 7.9. |
Reconciliation |
|
24 |
|
SECTION 7.10. |
Withholding |
|
25 |
|
SECTION 7.11. |
Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets |
|
25 |
|
SECTION 7.12. |
Confidentiality |
|
26 |
|
SECTION 7.13. |
Change in Law |
|
27 |
|
SECTION 7.14. |
Electronic Signature |
|
27 |
|
SECTION 7.15. |
Independent Nature of TRA Parties’ and Interests Parties’ Rights and Obligations |
|
27 |
|
SECTION 7.16. |
TRA Party Representative |
|
28 |
|
SECTION 7.17. |
LLC Agreement |
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A Form of Joinder |
|
1 |
ii
TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [], 2021, and is between Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation, each of the undersigned parties, and each of the other persons from time to time that becomes a party hereto (each, excluding Enfusion Ltd. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), a “TRA Party”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the TRA Parties other than the Corporate Taxpayer (as defined below) directly or indirectly hold interests representing an economic ownership that are treated as partnership interests for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “Units”) in OpCo, which is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
WHEREAS, after the IPO (as defined below), the Corporate Taxpayer will exercise control over OpCo, and holds and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Units;
WHEREAS, each of EF ISP V-B Blocker, Inc., a Delaware corporation, FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and HH ELL Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “Blocker”) is classified as an association taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes that holds directly or will hold directly, immediately prior to the Reorganization (as defined below), Units;
WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, (i) a separate wholly owned, direct Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Corporate Taxpayer will merge with and into each of the Blockers, with each such Blocker surviving and the owners of the Blockers receiving Class A common stock of the Corporate Taxpayer (the “Class A Shares”) and/or cash, (ii) immediately after each such merger, each such Blocker will merge with and into a separate wholly owned, direct Subsidiary of the Corporate Taxpayer, with each such Subsidiary surviving, and (iii) the Corporate Taxpayer may contribute certain cash received in the IPO to OpCo (such transactions together, the “Reorganization”);
WHEREAS, the Units held directly by TRA Parties may be exchanged for Class A Shares in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement (as defined below);
WHEREAS, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (as defined below) that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes has and will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for each Taxable Year (as defined below) that includes the IPO Date and for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which there is an acquisition (including a deemed acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code) of Units by the Corporate Taxpayer or by OpCo from any of the TRA Parties for Class A Shares and/or other consideration or a taxable distribution (or deemed distribution) from OpCo to any such Person (each, an “Exchange”);
WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the (i) Basis Adjustments, (ii) IPO Acquired Basis, (iii)
1
Pre-Merger NOLs, and (iv) Imputed Interest (each as defined below) (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”); and
WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to provide for certain payments and make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Tax Attributes on the liability for Taxes (as defined below) of the Corporate Taxpayer.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1.Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).
“Accrued Remaining Payments” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the sum of (i) the actual liability for U.S. federal income Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer as reported on its IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) for such Taxable Year, and, without duplication, the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income taxes imposed directly on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable Subsidiaries) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code (provided, that such amount set forth in clause (i) will be calculated excluding deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income taxes) and (ii) the product of the amount of the U.S. federal taxable income or gain for such Taxable Year reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) (provided, that such amount will be calculated excluding deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income taxes) and the Assumed Rate.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.
“Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of the lesser of (i) 6.5% and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Amended Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).
“Assumed Rate” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the product of (a) the excess of (i) one hundred percent (100%) over (ii) the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate for such Taxable Year (expressed as a percentage) and (b) the sum, with respect to each state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporate Taxpayer files Tax Returns, of the products of
2
(i) the Corporate Taxpayer’s tax apportionment rate(s) for such jurisdiction for such Taxable Year and (ii) the highest corporate tax rate(s) for such jurisdiction for such Taxable Year.
“Attributable” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“Attributable Payments” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 734(b) and/or 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and/or 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement to the TRA Party that effected such Exchange; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of any adjustment under Section 734(b) of the Code resulting from an Exchange the depreciation or amortization of which is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer prior to the acquisition (including any deemed acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code) of Units that are the subject of such an Exchange by the Corporate Taxpayer shall not be considered an incremental Basis Adjustment as a result of such an acquisition (or such a deemed acquisition), as such portion so allocable has already been taken into account as a Basis Adjustment; provided further, for the avoidance of doubt, that any portion of any prior adjustment under Section 734(b) of the Code from an Exchange the depreciation or amortization of which is allocable to any Units that are so acquired (or so deemed to be acquired) by the Corporate Taxpayer will be treated as a Basis Adjustment in addition to any other Basis Adjustment resulting from such an acquisition (or deemed acquisition) under Section 743(b) of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units with respect to one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.
“Basis Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
“Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to any security, a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.
“Blocker” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Board” means the board of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.
“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
3
(a)any Person or any group of Persons acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or any successor provisions thereto (excluding a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Corporate Taxpayer) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or
(b)the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or
(c)there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or
(d)the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets (including a sale of all of the equity interests in OpCo held by the Corporate Taxpayer), other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) and clause (c)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which
4
owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
“Class A Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Code” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Corporate Taxpayer” means Enfusion, Inc. and any successor corporation and shall include any company that is a member of any consolidated Tax Return of which Enfusion, Inc. is a member.
“Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the U.S. federal income Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year, including any consolidated Tax Return.
“Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount (but not less than zero) of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the computation of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit shall be adjusted to reflect any applicable Determination with respect to any Realized Tax Benefits and/or Realized Tax Detriments.
“Default Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
“Determination” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD), including a settlement with the applicable Taxing Authority, that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.
“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a).
“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.
“Early Termination Effective Date” means the date on which an Early Termination Schedule becomes binding pursuant to Section 2.3(a).
“Early Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“Early Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).
5
“Early Termination Rate” means the lesser of (i) 6.5% per annum, compounded annually, and (ii) LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
“Early Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.
“Expert” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
“Future TRAs” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, the portion of any liability for U.S. federal income taxes imposed directly on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable subsidiaries) under Section 6225 or any similar provision of the Code that is allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (a) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Basis Schedule, including amendments thereto, for the Taxable Year, (b) without taking into account Pre-Merger NOLs, and (c) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest attributable to any payment made under this Agreement for the Taxable Year; provided, that Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be calculated (x) excluding deductions of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (y) assuming the liability for state and local Taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, U.S. federal taxes) shall be equal to the product of (i) the amount of the U.S. federal taxable income or gain calculated for purposes of this definition of Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year multiplied by (ii) the Assumed Rate. For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to a Tax Attribute, as applicable.
“Imputed Interest” in respect of a TRA Party means any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274, 7872 or 483 or other provision of the Code with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this Agreement.
“Interest Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
“IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporate Taxpayer (including any greenshoe related to such initial public offering).
“IPO Acquired Basis” means the Tax basis of the Reference Assets that are depreciable or amortizable for United States federal income tax purposes relating to the Units acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer in the Reorganization (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset under 743(b) and/or 754 of the Code calculated in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.743-1(f)).
“IPO Date” means the initial closing date of the IPO.
6
“IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
“Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a).
“LIBOR” means, during any period, the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or on such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Corporate Taxpayer as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such period as the London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollars having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such period (or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or any substitute page) or any LIBOR Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Corporate Taxpayer at such time, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error); provided, that at no time shall LIBOR be less than 0%. If the Corporate Taxpayer has made the determination (such determination to be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) LIBOR is no longer a widely recognized benchmark rate for newly originated loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars or (ii) the applicable supervisor or administrator (if any) of LIBOR has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars, then the Corporate Taxpayer shall (as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer to be consistent with market practice generally), establish a replacement interest rate (the “Replacement Rate”), in which case, the Replacement Rate shall, subject to the next two sentences, replace LIBOR for all purposes under this Agreement. In connection with the establishment and application of the Replacement Rate, this Agreement shall be amended solely with the consent of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporate Taxpayer, to effect the provisions of this section. The Replacement Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that, in each case, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Corporate Taxpayer, such Replacement Rate shall be applied as otherwise reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer.
“LLC Agreement” means, with respect to OpCo, the Seventh Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Market Value” the volume-weighted average share price of the Class A Shares as displayed on the Corporate Taxpayer’s page on Bloomberg (or any successor service) in respect of the period from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant trading day.
“Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
7
“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Reference Asset, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made and if the IPO Acquired Basis was equal to zero.
“Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
“OpCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.
“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer in respect of one or more Units (including upon the death of an holder of Units) or distribution in respect of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units with respect to such Units, and (ii) to which Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code applies.
“Pre-Merger NOLs” means, without duplication, the net operating losses, capital losses, research and development credits, charitable deductions, and any Tax attributes subject to carryforward under Section 381 of the Code that the Corporate Taxpayer is entitled to utilize as a result of the Blockers’ participation in the Reorganization that relate to periods (or portions thereof) prior to the Reorganization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Pre-Merger NOL” shall not include any Tax attribute of a Blocker that is used to offset Taxes of such Blocker, if such offset Taxes are attributable to taxable periods (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the date of the Reorganization.
“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable subsidiaries), but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable subsidiaries) that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.
“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable subsidiaries), but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo (and OpCo’s applicable subsidiaries) that are allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer under Section 704 of the Code. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.
“Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
“Reconciliation Procedures” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
8
“Reference Asset” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only to the extent such indirect Subsidiaries are held through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange or the Reorganization. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset. For the avoidance of doubt, a Reference Asset does not include an asset held directly or indirectly by a Subsidiary treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
“Remaining Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“Reorganization” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Basis Schedule; (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule; or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.
“Sharing Percentage” means, with respect to a TRA Party, the percentage set forth opposite such TRA Party’s name on Schedule I hereto.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.
“Subsidiary Stock” means stock or other equity interest in a Subsidiary of OpCo that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
“Tax Attributes” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Tax Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).
“Tax Benefit Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).
“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.
“Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.
“Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.
9
“Taxing Authority” means any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.
“Tentative TRA Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“TRA Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“TRA Party Representative” means CSL Tech Holdings, LLC, as Nevada limited liability company (or any successor, as provided herein).
“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.
“Unblocked Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“Units” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement.
“Valuation Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date:
(1)the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the Tax items arising from the Tax Attributes (other than any items addressed in clause (2) below) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments, deductions resulting from Imputed Interest that would result from future payments made under this Agreement that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available,
(2)any Pre-Merger NOLs or any net operating loss carryovers, excess interest deductions, or credit carryovers or carrybacks (or similar items with respect to carryovers or carrybacks) generated by deductions arising from any Tax Attributes that are available as of the date of such Early Termination Date will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the date of such Early Termination Date through the earlier of (x) the scheduled expiration date under applicable Tax law of such Pre-Merger NOLs or items or (y) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date,
(3)the U.S. federal, state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date,
(4)any non-amortizable Reference Assets (other than any Subsidiary Stock) will be disposed of on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the applicable Exchange and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date, unless such date has passed, in which case such assets will be deemed disposed of on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date; provided, that in the event of a Change of Control which includes taxable sale of such Reference Assets (including the sale of all of the equity
10
interests in an entity classified as a partnership or disregarded entity that directly or indirectly owns such Reference Assets), such non-amortizable Reference Assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of the Change of Control (if earlier than such tenth (10th) anniversary),
(5)any Subsidiary Stock will be disposed of on the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date in a fully taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes; provided, that if any Subsidiary Stock is disposed of in a taxable sale in connection with a Change of Control, such Subsidiary Stock shall be deemed to be sold at the time of such Change of Control, and
(6)if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be transferred pursuant to an Exchange for the Market Value of the Class A Shares that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.
ARTICLE II
DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT
SECTION 2.1.Basis Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party a schedule (the “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, (i) the Basis Adjustments, if any, with respect to the Reference Assets as of any Exchange Date, if any, in such Taxable Year, (ii) the IPO Acquired Basis, and (iii) the period (or periods) over which such Basis Adjustments and such IPO Acquired Basis are amortizable and/or depreciable. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision and preparation of the Basis Schedules and Tax Benefit Schedules under this Agreement shall be borne by OpCo.
SECTION 2.2.Tax Benefit Schedule.
(a)Tax Benefit Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or a Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to each TRA Party a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit and Tax Benefit Payment, or the Realized Tax Detriment, as applicable, for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).
(b)Applicable Principles. The Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the Actual Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Tax Attributes, determined using a “with and without” methodology and, for the avoidance of doubt, is not intended to take into account, and shall be interpreted in a manner that avoids taking into account, any Tax Attribute more than once. For the avoidance of doubt, the Actual Tax Liability
11
will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as interest under the Code based upon the characterization of Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporate Taxpayer for the Units acquired in an Exchange. Carryforwards or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to any Tax Attribute shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryforwards or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryforward or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to a Tax Attribute and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology.
(c)Intended Tax Treatment. The parties intend and agree that:
(i)each Exchange shall give rise to Basis Adjustments;
(ii)Tax Benefit Payments (other than Tax Benefit Payments treated as Imputed Interest thereon) made to a TRA Party that held an interest in a Blocker prior to the Reorganization in respect of such TRA Party’s interest in such Blocker shall be treated as other property or money received by reason of the Reorganization under Section 356 of the Code; and
(iii)Tax Benefit Payments, including payments described in Section 3.6 (other than Tax Benefit Payments treated as Imputed Interest thereon) made to a TRA Party that directly holds Common Units that were acquired by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to an Exchange shall be treated as additional consideration in respect of such Exchange.
The parties will not take any position on a Tax Return, audit, examination or other proceeding inconsistent with any of the intended tax treatment described in this Section 2.2(c) except upon an applicable contrary Determination.
SECTION 2.3.Procedures, Amendments.
(a)Procedure. Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a TRA Party an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to such TRA Party supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party, providing reasonable detail regarding data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule and (y) allow such TRA Party reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party, in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Schedule that is delivered to a TRA Party, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the Actual Tax Liability and the Hypothetical Tax Liability and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar
12
days from the date on which all relevant TRA Parties are treated as having received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days from such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with written notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”) in which case such Schedule becomes binding ten (10) calendar days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures.
(b)Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year (including any subsequent changes in applicable law which are effective with respect to such Taxable Year) after the date the Schedule was provided to a TRA Party, (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or the Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust the Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each applicable TRA Party when the Corporate Taxpayer delivers the Basis Schedule for the following taxable year.
ARTICLE III
TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS
SECTION 3.1.Payments.
(a)Payments. Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and Section 7.9 (as applicable), the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to the TRA Parties for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal estimated income Tax payments. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each Exchange by or with respect to any TRA Party, if such TRA Party notifies the Corporate Taxpayer in writing of a stated maximum selling price (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 15A.453-
13
1(c)(2)), then the amount of the consideration received in connection with such Exchange and the aggregate Tax Benefits Payments to such TRA Party in respect of such Exchange (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) shall not exceed such stated maximum selling price.
(b)A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to such TRA Party’s Sharing Percentage of the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount with respect thereto, subject to Section 3.6. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest, but instead, shall be treated as additional consideration in the applicable transaction, unless otherwise required by law. Subject to Section 3.3, the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided, for the avoidance of doubt (but without prejudice to Section 3.5), that no such recipient shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that the determination of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment to be paid to a TRA Party under this Agreement with respect to state and local taxes shall not require separate “with and without” calculations in respect of each applicable state and local tax jurisdiction but rather will be based on the U.S. federal taxable income or gain for such taxable year reported on the Corporate Taxpayer’s IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) (provided, that such amount will be calculated excluding deductions of (and other impacts of) state and local income taxes) and the Assumed Rate. The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control that occurs after the IPO Date, all Tax Benefit Payments shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (2), (4), and (5), substituting in each case the terms “date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”
SECTION 3.2.No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.
SECTION 3.3.Pro Rata Payments. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Realized Tax Benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to the Tax Attributes is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, such limitation shall be allocated among the TRA Parties pro rata (in proportion to the respective amounts of Tax Benefit Payments that would have been determined under this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer had had sufficient taxable income so that there had not been any such limitation).
SECTION 3.4.Payment Ordering. If for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this
14
Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that (i) the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due under this Agreement in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payments shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full.
SECTION 3.5.Excess Payments. To the extent the Corporate Taxpayer makes a payment to a TRA Party in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) (taking into account Section 3.3 and Section 3.4) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Party in respect of such Taxable Year, then (i) such TRA Party shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a) until such TRA Party has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess and (ii) the Corporate Taxpayer will pay the amount of such TRA Party’s foregone payments to the other Persons to whom a payment is due under this Agreement in a manner such that each such Person to whom a payment is due under this Agreement, to the maximum extent possible, receives aggregate payments under Section 3.1(a) (taking into account Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and this Section 3.5) in the amount it would have received if there had been no excess payment to such TRA Party.
SECTION 3.6.Payments to Unblocked Holders. The following rules shall apply to amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any TRA Party that directly holds Units on the date hereof (an “Unblocked Holder”):
(a)On any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement to an Unblocked Holder, determined without giving effect to this Section 3.6, (the “Tentative TRA Payment” for such Unblocked Holder as of such date), the Corporate Taxpayer will (i) determine the portion, if any, of any such amount that is Attributable to Units that have been Exchanged by such Unblocked Holder (the “Attributable Payments” for such Unblocked Holder as of such date) and (ii) pay the Attributable Payments to such Unblocked Holder. For this purpose, a Net Tax Benefit is “Attributable” to Units that have been Exchanged by a TRA Party to the extent that it is derived from Basis Adjustments with respect to such Units (including Imputed Interest with respect to such amounts).
(b)The excess, if any, of the amount of the Tentative TRA Payment to an Unblocked Holder as of the date specified in Section 3.6(a) over the amount of the Attributable Payments made to an Unblocked Holder as of such date will be subdivided as follows and is referred to as the “Remaining Payment” of such Unblocked Holder as of such date. The Corporate Taxpayer shall then pay (at the same time as the Attributable Payments and other Tax Benefit Payments payable with respect to the applicable Taxable Year) to such Unblocked Holder an amount equal to the product of (i) the Remaining Payment of any Unblocked Holder as of such date and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Units such Unblocked Holder has Exchanged through such date and the denominator of which is the number of Units such Unblocked Holder held as of immediately prior to the IPO. The Corporate Taxpayer shall then in good faith establish (or increase) a reserve with respect to such Unblocked Holder in the amount of the excess of the Remaining Payment of such Unblocked Holder as of such date over the amount paid to such Unblocked Holder pursuant to the preceding sentence in lieu of paying
15
such amount to such Unblocked Holder pursuant to this Agreement (the “Accrued Remaining Payments” of an Unblocked Holder as of such date).
(c)At any time that an Unblocked Holder Exchanges Units, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to such Unblocked Holder (in addition to any amounts otherwise payable to such Unblocked Holder pursuant to this Agreement or the LLC Agreement) an amount equal to the product of (x) the then remaining balance of the Accrued Remaining Payments of such Unblocked Holder as of such date and (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Units such Unblocked Holder Exchanged at such time and the denominator of which is the number of Units such Unblocked Holder held as of immediately prior to such Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, any such payment shall reduce the Accrued Remaining Payments.
(d)By way of example: (i) if an Unblocked Holder as of an applicable date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement (before giving effect to this Section 3.6) has Exchanged 10 out of 100 of its Units and the Remaining Payments for the Unblocked Holder as of such date amount to $50, such Unblocked Holder is entitled on such date to any Attributable Payments for such Unblocked Holder as of such date and 10% of any Remaining Payments as of such date ($5), and the Corporate Taxpayer will fund the balance of Remaining Payments ($45) for such Unblocked Holder into a reserve and such amounts will become Accrued Remaining Payments; and (ii) if such Unblocked Holder Exchanges an additional 10 out of 90 of its remaining Common Units on a subsequent date, such Unblocked Holder will immediately receive from the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this Section 3.6 an additional amount equal to $5 (one-ninth of $45) from the reserve established for Accrued Remaining Payments; for the avoidance of doubt, if, after such subsequent date, on the next date on which payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, there are additional Remaining Payments for such Unblocked Holder that amount to $30, such Unblocked Holder is entitled on such date to any Attributable Payments for such Unblocked Holder as of such date and 20% of any such additional Remaining Payments as of such date ($6), and the Corporate Taxpayer will fund the balance of such additional Remaining Payments ($24) for such Unblocked Holder into an additional reserve and such amounts will become additional Accrued Remaining Payments.
(e)For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 3.6 shall not (i) limit payments with respect to a former holder of an interest in a Blocker or (ii) result in any Unblocked Holder receiving an amount in excess of the Tax Benefit Payments that such Unblocked Holder would have received if this Section 3.6 was not part of this Agreement (other than as a result of the characterization of the Tax Benefit Payments made to an Unblocked Holder in accordance with Section 2.2(c)(iii) by reason of the inclusion of this Section 3.6 in this Agreement).
16
ARTICLE IV
TERMINATION
SECTION 4.1.Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement.
(a)The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Units held by the TRA Parties at any time by paying to each TRA Party such TRA Party’s Sharing Percentage of the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the payment of each TRA Party’s Sharing Percentage of the Early Termination Payment to each of the TRA Parties as set forth in Section 4.3(a), and provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to exercise its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer, none of the TRA Parties or the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payments due and payable and that remain unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amounts described in clauses (a) or (b) are included in the Early Termination Payment). If an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all of the required Early Termination Payments, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.
(b)In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer (1) breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, as a result of the failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise or (2) (A) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (i) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate a bankruptcy or insolvency, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts or (ii) seeking an appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or it shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (B) there shall be commenced against the Corporate Taxpayer any case, proceeding or other action of the nature referred to in clause (A) above that remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) calendar days, all obligations hereunder shall be automatically accelerated and shall be immediately due and payable, and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach, commencement, or seeking of appointment and shall include, but not be limited to, without duplication, (1) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on such date, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of such date, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for the Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such date; provided, however, that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.2 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, each TRA Party shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment
17
due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due; provided, however, that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of a material obligation of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment; provided, however, that (i) the Corporate Taxpayer has used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such funds and (ii) the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient funds to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any Senior Obligations, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided, further, for the avoidance of doubt, the last sentence of this Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to any payments due pursuant to an acceleration upon a Change of Control contemplated by Section 4.1(c).
(c)In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Change of Control and utilizing the Valuation Assumptions, substituting therein the phrase “date of a Change of Control” in each case where the phrase “Early Termination Date” appears. Such obligations shall include, without duplication, (1) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if the Early Termination Date is the date of such Change of Control, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of the date of such Change of Control, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the date of such Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 shall apply to a Change of Control to which this Section 4.1(c) applies, mutatis mutandis.
SECTION 4.2.Early Termination Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment due.
SECTION 4.3.Payment upon Early Termination.
(a)Within three (3) calendar days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Party an amount equal to such TRA Party’s Sharing Percentage of the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party or, in the absence of such designation or agreement, by check mailed to the last mailing address provided by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer.
(b)“Early Termination Payment” shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the applicable Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied and that each Tax Benefit Payment for the relevant Taxable Year would be due and payable on the due
18
date (without extensions) under applicable law as of the Early Termination Effective Date for filing of IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer.
ARTICLE V
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS
SECTION 5.1.Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of secured indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates enters into future Tax receivable or other similar agreements (“Future TRAs”), the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that the terms of any such Future TRA shall provide that the Tax Attributes subject to this Agreement are considered senior in priority to any Tax attributes subject to any such Future TRA for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of payments under any such Future TRA.
SECTION 5.2.Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer. Subject to the proviso in the last sentence of Section 4.1(b), the amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 or otherwise, shall be payable, together with any interest thereon computed at the Default Rate (or, if so provided in Section 4.1(b), at the Agreed Rate) and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable to the date of actual payment.
ARTICLE VI
NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION
SECTION 6.1.Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to materially affect the rights and obligations of the TRA Parties under this Agreement,
19
and shall provide the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement (so long as the LLC Agreement is not amended after the date of this Agreement in a manner that is adverse in a material manner to the Tax position of a TRA Party (excluding the Corporate Taxpayer)).
SECTION 6.2.Consistency. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state and local tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment), but, for financial reporting purposes, only in respect of items that are not explicitly characterized as “deemed” or in a similar manner by the terms of this Agreement, in a manner consistent with that contemplated by this Agreement or specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its other Subsidiaries to) use commercially reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Parties under this Agreement) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.
SECTION 6.3.Cooperation. Each of the TRA Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials in its possession as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives, during normal business hours and upon reasonable request, to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each such TRA Party for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, a TRA Party that is a pooled investment vehicle or a special purpose vehicle owned directly or indirectly by a pooled investment vehicle will not be required to provide information to the Corporate Taxpayer regarding the direct or indirect owners of such pooled investment vehicle. Upon the request of any TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall reasonably cooperate in taking any action reasonably requested by such TRA Party in connection with its tax or financial reporting and/or the consummation of any assignment or transfer of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, providing any information or executing any documentation; provided, however, that, except as required by applicable law, no TRA Party shall be obligated to provide information that such TRA Party has determined reasonably and in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to such TRA Party) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between such TRA Party and its
20
counsel; provided further, however, that such TRA Party shall undertake good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to provide the information in such manner of form (including through redacting) as would not result in the negative consequences set forth in the immediately preceding proviso. The Corporate Taxpayer shall not take any action in administering this Agreement that would adversely and disproportionately affect one or more TRA Parties in a material way without such TRA Party’s (or TRA Parties’) written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 7.1.Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile or email with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:
If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:
Enfusion, Inc.
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750
Chicago, IL 60603
Attn: General Counsel
Email:bnielsen@enfusion.com
with a copy to:
Goodwin Procter LLP
100 Northern Avenue
Boston, MA 02210
Attn: Gregg L. Katz, Esq.
Jesse Nevarez, Esq.
Email: gkatz@goodwinlaw.com
jnevarez@goodwinlaw.com
If to the TRA Parties, to the respective addresses, fax numbers and email addresses set forth in the records of OpCo.
Any party may change its address, fax number or email by giving the other party written notice of its new address, fax number or email in the manner set forth above.
SECTION 7.2.Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or otherwise (including an electronically executed signature page) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 7.3.Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement,
21
express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
SECTION 7.4.Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
SECTION 7.5.Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
SECTION 7.6.Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.
(a)Each TRA Party may assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder (a “Joinder”). For avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.6(a) shall apply regardless of whether such TRA Party continues to hold any interest in the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo. For the avoidance of doubt, if a TRA Party transfers Units in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement but does not assign to the transferee of such Units its rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such TRA Party shall continue to be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of such Units. Any assignment, or attempted assignment in violation of this Agreement, including any failure of a purported assignee to enter into a Joinder or to provide any forms or other information to the extent required hereunder, shall be null and void, and shall not bind or be recognized by the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Parties. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to treat the record owner of any rights under this Agreement as the absolute owner thereof and shall incur no liability for payments made in good faith to such owner until such time as a written assignment of such rights is permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 7.6(a) and has been recorded on the books of the Corporate Taxpayer. The Corporate Taxpayer shall cooperate with a TRA Party that desires to transfer all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to any Person, including providing financial information reasonably necessary for the potential assignee to adequately determine purchase price, as long as such potential transferee has executed and delivered a confidentiality agreement of the type contemplated by Section 7.12.
(b)No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and by the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least 50% of the total amount of the Early Termination Payment payable hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all
22
payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments one or more TRA Parties receive under this Agreement unless such amendment is consented to in writing by such TRA Parties disproportionately affected who would be entitled to receive at least 50% of the total amount of the Early Termination Payment payable hereunder disproportionately affected hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange). No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
(c)All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
SECTION 7.7.Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.
SECTION 7.8.Resolution of Disputes.
(a)Any and all disputes that are not governed by Section 7.9 and cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.
(b)Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each TRA Party (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at
23
law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such TRA Party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise the TRA Party of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the TRA Party in any such action or proceeding.
(c)(i)EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and
(ii)The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.
SECTION 7.9.Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Section 2.3 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner, principal or equivalent in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, then the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next
24
sentence. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts the TRA Party Representative’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the TRA Party Representative for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case the TRA Party Representative shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.
SECTION 7.10.Withholding. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax law; provided that, prior to deducting or withholding any such amounts, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the applicable TRA Party and shall consult in good faith with such TRA Party regarding the basis for such deduction or withholding. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such withholding was made. To the extent that any payment pursuant to this Agreement is not reduced by such deductions or withholdings, such recipient shall indemnify the applicable withholding agent for any amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority together with any costs and expenses related thereto. Each TRA Party shall promptly provide the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or other applicable withholding agent with any applicable Tax forms and certifications (including IRS Form W-9 or the applicable version of IRS Form W-8) reasonably requested, in connection with determining whether any such deductions and withholdings are required under the Code or any provision of U.S. state, local or foreign Tax law.
SECTION 7.11.Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.
(a)If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.
(b)If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers or is deemed to transfer any Unit or any Reference Asset to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such transferee to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated
25
with any Reference Asset or interest therein acquired (directly or indirectly) in such transfer (taking into account any gain recognized in the transaction) in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement as the transferee (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits from the Tax Attributes. If OpCo transfers (or is deemed to transfer for U.S. federal income tax purposes) any Reference Asset to a transferee that is treated as a corporation for U. S. federal income tax purposes (other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) in a transaction in which the transferee’s basis in the property acquired is determined in whole or in part by reference to such transferor’s basis in such property, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the Reference Asset in a wholly taxable transaction. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo in a transaction contemplated in the prior sentence shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset, or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest. If any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) that owns any Unit deconsolidates from the group (or the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group) for U.S. federal income tax purposes , then the Corporate Taxpayer shall cause such member (or the parent of the consolidated group in a case where the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates from the group) to assume the obligation to make payments hereunder with respect to the applicable Tax Attributes associated with any Reference Asset it owns (directly or indirectly) in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement as the member (or one of its Affiliates) actually realizes Tax benefits. If a transferee or a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) assumes an obligation to make payments hereunder pursuant to either of the foregoing sentences, then the initial obligor is relieved of the obligation assumed.
(c)If the Corporate Taxpayer (or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)) transfers (or is deemed to transfer for U.S. federal income tax purposes) any Unit in a transaction that is wholly or partially taxable, then for purposes of calculating payments under this Agreement, OpCo shall be treated as having disposed of the portion of any Reference Asset that is indirectly transferred by the Corporate Taxpayer (i.e., taking into account the number of Units transferred) in a wholly or partially taxable transaction in which all income, gain or loss is allocated to the Corporate Taxpayer. The consideration deemed to be received by OpCo shall be equal to the fair market value of the deemed transferred asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest.
SECTION 7.12.Confidentiality.
(a)Subject to the last sentence of Section 6.3, each TRA Party and each of their assignees acknowledge and agree that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning OpCo, its members and its Affiliates and successors, learned by the TRA Party heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community, (ii) the disclosure
26
of information to the extent necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns, and (iii) the disclosure of such information to an investor or potential transferee of all or any portion of a TRA Party’s rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such investor or potential transferee has executed and delivered a confidentiality agreement of the type contemplated by this Section 7.12. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each TRA Party and each of their assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.
(b)If a TRA Party or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Parties and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
SECTION 7.13.Change in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Party reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause material adverse Tax consequences to such TRA Party, then at the election of such TRA Party and to the extent specified by such TRA Party, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such TRA Party, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange by such TRA Party occurring after a date specified by such TRA Party, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such TRA Party, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.
SECTION 7.14.Electronic Signature. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.
SECTION 7.15.Independent Nature of TRA Parties’ and Interests Parties’ Rights and Obligations. The obligations of each TRA Party hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other TRA Party, and no TRA Party shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other TRA Party hereunder. The decision of each TRA Party to enter into this Agreement has been made by such TRA Party independently of any
27
other TRA Party. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any TRA Party pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the TRA Parties as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the TRA Parties are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporate Taxpayer acknowledges that the TRA Parties are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporate Taxpayer will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.
SECTION 7.16.TRA Party Representative.
(a)Without further action of any of the Corporate Taxpayer, the TRA Party Representative or any TRA Party, and as partial consideration in respect of the benefits conferred by this Agreement, the TRA Party Representative is hereby irrevocably constituted and appointed as the TRA Party Representative, with full power of substitution, to take any and all actions and make any decisions required or permitted to be taken by the TRA Party Representative under this Agreement.
(b)If at any time the TRA Party Representative shall incur out of pocket expenses in connection with the exercise of its duties hereunder, upon written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer from the TRA Party Representative of documented costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) reasonably incurred by the TRA Party Representative in connection with the performance of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the taking of any and all actions in connection therewith, the Corporate Taxpayer shall reduce the future payments (if any) due to the TRA Parties hereunder pro rata by the amount of such expenses which it shall instead remit directly to the TRA Party Representative. In connection with the performance of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the taking of any and all actions in connection therewith, the TRA Party Representative shall not be required to expend any of its own funds (though, for the avoidance of doubt but without limiting the provisions of this Section 7.16(b), it may do so at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion).
(c)The TRA Party Representative shall not be liable to any TRA Party for any act of the TRA Party Representative arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Agreement, except to the extent any liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense is actually incurred by such TRA Party as a proximate result of the bad faith or willful misconduct of the TRA Party Representative (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of legal counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith judgment). The TRA Party Representative shall not be liable for, and shall be indemnified by the TRA Parties (on a several but not joint basis) for, any liability, loss, damage, penalty or fine incurred by the TRA Party Representative (and any cost or expense incurred by the TRA Party Representative in connection therewith and herewith and not previously reimbursed pursuant to subsection (b) above) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Agreement, and such liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense shall be treated as an expense subject to reimbursement pursuant to the provisions of subsection (b) above, except to the extent that any such liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense is the proximate result of the bad faith or willful misconduct of the TRA Party Representative (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the
28
advice of legal counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith judgment); provided, however, in no event shall any TRA Party be obligated to indemnify the TRA Party Representative hereunder for any liability, loss, damage, penalty, fine, cost or expense to the extent (and only to the extent) that the aggregate amount of all liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, fines, costs and expenses indemnified by such TRA Party, respectively, hereunder is or would be in excess of the aggregate payments under this Agreement actually remitted to such TRA Party.
(d)Subject to Section 7.16(b), a decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative shall constitute a decision of all TRA Parties and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each TRA Party, and the Corporate Taxpayer may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each TRA Party. The Corporate Taxpayer is hereby relieved from any liability to any person for any acts done by the Corporate Taxpayer in accordance with any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the TRA Party Representative.
(e)If the TRA Party Representative is unwilling to serve in such capacity, then the person then-serving as TRA Party Representative shall be entitled to appoint its successor which such successor shall be subject to the approval of the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least 50% of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange);.
SECTION 7.17.LLC Agreement. This Agreement shall be incorporated by reference and treated as part of the LLC Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank.]
29
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
[] |
|
Title: |
[] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
[] |
|
Title: |
[] |
[Signature Page to the Tax Receivable Agreement]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
TRA PARTY REPRESENTATIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
[] |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
[] |
|
Title: |
[] |
[Signature Page to the Tax Receivable Agreement]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
TRA PARTY: |
|
|
|
|
|
[] |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
[] |
|
[Title: |
[]] |
[Signature Page to the Tax Receivable Agreement]
Schedule I
|
|
TRA Party |
Percentage |
[] |
|
Total |
100% |
Exhibit A
Form of Joinder
This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), is by and among Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation the “Corporate Taxpayer”), ______________________ (“Transferor”) and ______________________ (“Permitted Transferee”).
WHEREAS, on ______________________, Permitted Transferee shall acquire ______________________ percent of the Transferor’s right to receive payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below) (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor (the “Acquisition”); and
WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.6(a) of the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of [], 2021, between the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the TRA Parties (as defined therein) (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1.1Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Section 1.2Acquisition. For good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Transferor and the Permitted Transferee, the Transferor hereby transfers and assigns absolutely to the Permitted Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.
Section 1.3Joinder. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that it has received and read the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) that the Permitted Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (iii) to become a “TRA Party” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Section 1.4Notice. Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
Section 1.5Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[TRANSFEROR] |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE] |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
Address for notices: |
[Signature Page to the Joinder to the Tax Receivable Agreement]
Exhibit 10.4
ENFUSION, INC.
2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS
The name of the plan is the Enfusion, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Affiliates upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.
The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.
“Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.
“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights.
“Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
“Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.
“Cause” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Certificate(s). In the case that any Award Certificate does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such
entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.
“Consultant” means a consultant or adviser who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate as an independent contractor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Act.
“Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on ordinary cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.
“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 19.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Stock is listed on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market, The New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange or traded on any established market, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations. If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering.
“Good Reason” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Certificate(s). In the case that any Award Certificate does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” it shall mean (i) a material diminution in the grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the grantee provides at least 90 days’ notice to the Company following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days thereafter.
2
“Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.
“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
“Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.
“Other Stock-Based Award” means an equity-based or equity-related Award not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan that is granted pursuant to Article 12.
“Registration Date” means the date upon which the registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed by the Company with respect to its initial public offering is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Restricted Shares” means the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.
“Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.
“Restricted Stock Units” means an Award of stock units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.
“Sale Event” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.
“Sale Price” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.
“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.
3
“Service Relationship” means any relationship as an employee, director or Consultant of the Company or any Affiliate (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).
“Stock” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.
“Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.
“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.
“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.
“Unrestricted Stock Award” means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS
(a)Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.
(b)Powers of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:
(i)to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;
(ii)to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;
(iii)to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;
(iv)to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;
(v)to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;
4
(vi)subject to the provisions of Sections 5(c) or 6(d), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised or Stock Appreciation Rights, respectively; and
(vii)at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.
All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.
(c)Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards. Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to a committee consisting of one or more officers of the Company including the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not members of the delegated committee. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Stock underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.
(d)Award Certificate. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.
(e)Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.
(f)Foreign Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv)
5
establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.
SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION
(a)Stock Issuable. The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 26,400,000 shares (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 3, plus on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by three percent of the number of shares of Stock and Class B common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser amount as determined by the Administrator (the “Annual Increase”). Subject to such overall limitation, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2022 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 6,000,000 shares of Stock, subject in all cases to adjustment as provided in this Section 3. For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any awards under the Plan that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan and, to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the shares of Stock that may be issued as Incentive Stock Options. In the event the Company repurchases shares of Stock on the open market, such shares shall not be added to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company. Awards that may be settled solely in cash shall not be counted against the share reserve.
(b)Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for
6
issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares subject to Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.
(c)Mergers and Other Transactions. In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (provided that, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Sale Price, such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled for no consideration); or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee. The Company shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other Awards in an amount equal to the Sale Price multiplied by the number of vested shares of Stock under such Awards.
To the extent that the parties to such Sale Event provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, and in the event a grantee’s Service Relationship is terminated by the Company or any successor other than for Cause or the grantee resigns for Good Reason, in either case upon or during the 12-month period following the Sale Event, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, any such Awards so assumed, continued or substituted in a Sale Event shall become fully vested, exercisable and nonforfeitable as of the date of such termination.
7
(d)Maximum Awards to Non-Employee Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director for service as a Non-Employee Director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,200,000. For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with ASC 718 or successor provision but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions. The limitations in this Section 3(d) shall apply commencing with the first calendar year that begins following the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the independent members of the Board may make exceptions to these limits in exceptional circumstances, provided that the Non-Employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.
SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY
Grantees under the Plan will be such employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided that Awards may not be granted to employees, Directors or Consultants who are providing services only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Act, unless (i) the stock underlying the Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A or (ii) the Company has determined that such Awards are exempt from or otherwise comply with Section 409A.
SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS
(a)Award of Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Stock Options under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.
Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.
(b)Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stock Options may be granted with an exercise price
8
per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the date of grant or (iii) the Stock Option is otherwise compliant with Section 409A.
(c)Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.
(d)Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.
(e)Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award Certificate:
(i)In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;
(ii)Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of shares of Stock that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;
(iii)By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or
With respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.
(iv) Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the
9
satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of attested shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.
(f)Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
SECTION 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
(a)Award of Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the applicable Award Certificate) having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.
(b)Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights. The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted with an exercise price per share that is less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (i) pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) to individuals who are not subject to U.S. income tax on the date of grant or (iii) the Stock Appreciation Right is otherwise compliant with Section 409A.
(c)Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.
(d)Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined on the date of grant by the Administrator. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.
SECTION 7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
(a)Nature of Restricted Stock Awards. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to
10
such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.
(b)Rights as a Stockholder. Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.
(c)Restrictions. Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other Service Relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other Service Relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.
(d)Vesting of Restricted Shares. The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”
SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
(a)Nature of Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of stock units that may be settled in shares of Stock (or cash, to the extent explicitly provided for in the Award Certificate) upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established
11
performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Except in the case of Restricted Stock Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Stock Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of shares of Stock. Restricted Stock Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.
(b)Election to Receive Restricted Stock Units in Lieu of Compensation. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Stock Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Stock Units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Stock Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.
(c)Rights as a Stockholder. A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the stock units underlying his Restricted Stock Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.
(d)Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.
SECTION 9. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock. The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.
12
SECTION 10. CASH-BASED AWARDS AND OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS
(a) Grant of Cash-Based Awards. The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified performance goals. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.
(b)Grant of Other Stock-Based Awards. The Administrator may grant Other Stock-Based Awards. An Other Stock-Based Award is an award of Stock not otherwise described by the terms of this Plan, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion. Such Awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of Stock to grantees, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of shares of Stock.
SECTION 11. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS
(a)Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Stock Units or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.
(b)Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 16 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of Service Relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.
13
SECTION 12. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS
(a)Transferability. Except as provided in Section 12(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.
(b)Administrator Action. Notwithstanding Section 12(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.
(c)Family Member. For purposes of Section 12(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.
(d)Designation of Beneficiary. To the extent permitted by the Company, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.
SECTION 13. TAX WITHHOLDING
(a)Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.
14
(b)Payment in Stock. The Administrator may require the Company’s tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due; provided, however, that the amount withheld does not exceed the maximum statutory tax rate or such lesser amount as is necessary to avoid liability accounting treatment. For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Stock includible in income of the grantees. The Administrator may also require the Company’s tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by an arrangement whereby a certain number of shares of Stock issued pursuant to any Award are immediately sold and proceeds from such sale are remitted to the Company in an amount that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
SECTION 14. SECTION 409A AWARDS
Awards are intended to be exempt from Section 409A to the greatest extent possible and to otherwise comply with Section 409A. The Plan and all Awards shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any 409A Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments or benefits described in the Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. The grantee shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A.
SECTION 15. TERMINATION OF SERVICE RELATIONSHIP, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.
(a)Termination of Service Relationship. If the grantee’s Service Relationship is with an Affiliate and such Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated his or her Service Relationship for purposes of the Plan.
(b)For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of a Service Relationship:
(i)a transfer to the employment of the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another; or
15
(ii)an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.
SECTION 16. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall materially and adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. The Administrator is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or effect the repricing of such Awards through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash or other Awards. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Stock is listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by Company stockholders. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(b) or 3(c).
SECTION 17. STATUS OF PLAN
With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.
SECTION 18. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a)No Distribution. The Administrator may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.
(b)Issuance of Stock. To the extent certificated, stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any evidence of book entry or certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to
16
the exercise or settlement of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. Any Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate or notations on any book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.
(c)Stockholder Rights. Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 18(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.
(d)Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.
(e)Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.
(f)Clawback Policy. Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.
SECTION 19. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
This Plan shall become effective upon the date immediately preceding the Registration Date subject to prior stockholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.
SECTION 20. GOVERNING LAW
This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the
17
scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applied without regard to conflict of law principles.
DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: [_________]
DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:[__________]
18
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES AND CONSULTANTS
UNDER THE ENFUSION, INC.
2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
Name of Optionee: |
|
|
||
|
|
|||
No. of Option Shares: |
|
|
||
|
|
|||
Option Exercise Price per Share: |
$ |
|
|
|
|
[FMV on Grant Date] |
|||
|
|
|||
Grant Date: |
|
|
||
|
|
|||
Expiration Date: |
|
|
Pursuant to the Enfusion, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.Exercisability Schedule. No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 1 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as Optionee remains in a Service Relationship on such dates:
Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.
2.Manner of Exercise.
(a)The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.
Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.
The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.
(b)The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been
2
entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.
(c)Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.
3.Termination of Service Relationship. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.
(a)Termination Due to Death. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.
(b)Termination Due to Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.
(c)Termination for Cause. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect.
(d)Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.
The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.
4.Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.
3
5.Transferability. This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.
6.Tax Withholding. The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
7.No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee’s Service Relationship and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Optionee at any time.
8.Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
9.Data Privacy Consent. In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
4
10.Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Title: |
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
Optionee’s Signature |
||
|
|
||
|
Optionee’s name and address: |
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
5
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
UNDER THE ENFUSION, INC.
2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
Name of Optionee:
No. of Option Shares:
Option Exercise Price per Share:$
[FMV on Grant Date]
Grant Date:
Expiration Date:
[No more than 10 years]
Pursuant to the Enfusion, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a Director of the Company but is not an employee of the Company, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.Exercisability Schedule. No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 1 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains in a Service Relationship on such dates:
Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.
2.Manner of Exercise.
(a)The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.
Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.
The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.
(b)The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a
2
holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.
(c)The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.
(d)Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.
3.Termination of Service Relationship. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.
(a)Termination Due to Death. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.
(b)Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates, for a period of six months from the date the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates immediately and be of no further force or effect.
4.Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.
5.Transferability. This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.
6.No Obligation to Continue in Service. Neither the Plan nor this Stock Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director or in any other Service Relationship.
3
7.Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
8.Data Privacy Consent. In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
9.Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Title: |
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
Optionee’s Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optionee’s name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
UNDER THE ENFUSION, INC.
2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
Name of Grantee: |
|
|
|
|
|||
No. of Shares: |
|
|
|
|
|||
Grant Date: |
|
|
Pursuant to the Enfusion, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the par value of the Stock in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator.
1.Award. The shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below. The Grantee shall (i) sign and deliver to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.
2.Restrictions and Conditions.
(a)Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.
(b)Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.
(c)If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.
3.Vesting of Restricted Stock. The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in a Service Relationship on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is
specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified as vested on such date.
|
|
|
Incremental Number
|
|
Vesting Date |
|
|
|
_____________ (___%) |
|
____________ |
( %) |
|
|
_____________ (___%) |
|
____________ |
_____________ (___%) |
|
____________ |
_____________ (___%) |
|
____________ |
Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.
4.Dividends. Dividends on shares of Restricted Stock shall be paid currently to the Grantee.
5.Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.
6.Transferability. This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
7.Tax Withholding. The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Company shall have the authority to cause the required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
8.Election Under Section 83(b). The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the Grant Date of this Award, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.
2
9.No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee’s Service Relationship and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.
10.Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
11.Data Privacy Consent. In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
3
12.Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Title: |
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
Grantee’s Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grantee’s name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES AND CONSULTANTS
UNDER THE ENFUSION, INC.
2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
|
|
|
|
Name of Grantee: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
No. of Restricted Stock Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Grant Date: |
|
|
Pursuant to the Enfusion, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.
1.Restrictions on Transfer of Award. This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.
2.Vesting of Restricted Stock Units. The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in a Service Relationship on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.
|
|
|
Incremental Number of
|
|
Vesting Date |
|
|
|
_____________ (___%) |
|
_______________ |
_____________ (___%) |
|
_______________ |
_____________ (___%) |
|
_______________ |
_____________ (___%) |
|
_______________ |
The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.
3.Termination of Service Relationship. Except as set forth in Section 3(c) of the Plan, if the Grantee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.
4.Issuance of Shares of Stock. As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.
5.Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.
6.Tax Withholding. The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.
7.Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.
8.No Obligation to Continue Service Relationship. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee’s Service Relationship and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Service Relationship of the Grantee at any time.
9.Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
10.Data Privacy Consent. In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
11.Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the
2
Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. By accepting this Agreement, the undersigned Grantee acknowledges and agrees that they are not entitled to receive any equity in Enfusion Ltd. LLC or any compensation based upon the value of the equity of Enfusion Ltd. LLC upon a change in control or liquidity event or otherwise. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
Grantee’s Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grantee’s name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
UNDER THE ENFUSION, INC.
2021 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
Name of Grantee: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
No. of Restricted Stock Units: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date: |
|
|
Pursuant to the Enfusion, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.
1.Restrictions on Transfer of Award. This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.
2.Vesting of Restricted Stock Units. The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in a Service Relationship on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.
The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.
3.Termination of Service Relationship. If the Grantee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the
Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.
4.Issuance of Shares of Stock. As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.
5.Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.
6.Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.
7.No Obligation to Continue in Service. Neither the Plan nor this Award confers upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director or in any other Service Relationship.
8.Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.
9.Data Privacy Consent. In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.
2
10.Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Title: |
The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
Grantee’s Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grantee’s name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
Exhibit 10.5
ENFUSION, INC.
2021 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The name of the plan is the Enfusion, Inc. 2021 Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible employees of Enfusion, Inc. (the “Company”) and each Designated Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”). An aggregate of 150,000 shares of Common Stock have been approved and reserved for this purpose, plus on January 1, 2022, and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2031, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by the lesser of (i) one percent (1%) of the number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31st, or (ii) such number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Administrator (as defined in Section 1). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms in this Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 11. This Plan is not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.Administration. The Plan will be administered by the person or persons (the “Administrator”) appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) for such purpose. The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for the administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.
2.Offerings. The Company may make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Common Stock under the Plan (“Offerings”). The Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, when the initial Offering and any subsequent Offering shall occur and the duration of each such Offering.
3.Eligibility. All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Subsidiary are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the “Offering Date”) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week (or such other minimum hours threshold as determined by the Administrator) and have completed such minimum period of service as the Administrator may
determine. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for purposes of the Company’s or applicable Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system are not considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Company’s or Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan, duly executed by the Company, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate herein.
4.Participation.
(a)Participants. An eligible employee may participate in an Offering by submitting an enrollment form to the Company or an agent designated by the Company (in the manner described in Section 4(b)) at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).
(b)Enrollment. The enrollment form (which may be in an electronic format or such other method as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s practices) will (a) state a whole percentage to be deducted from an eligible employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Common Stock in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which shares of Common Stock purchased for such individual are to be issued pursuant to Section 10. An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate. Unless a Participant files a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participant’s deductions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided the Participant remains eligible.
5.Employee Contributions. Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions at a minimum of one percent (1%) up to a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) of such employee’s Compensation for each pay period or such other minimum or maximum as may be specified by the Administrator in advance of an Offering. The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions made by each Participant for each Offering. No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions.
6.Deduction Changes. Except as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may not increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction during any Offering, but may increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering). The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering,
2
establish rules permitting a Participant to increase, decrease or terminate his or her payroll deduction during an Offering.
7.Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Company or an agent designated by the Company in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Administrator. The Participant’s withdrawal will be effective as of the next business day. Following a Participant’s withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individual’s entire account balance under the Plan to the Participant (after payment for any Common Stock purchased before the effective date of withdrawal). Partial withdrawals are not permitted. Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.
8.Grant of Options. On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (“Option”) to purchase on the last day of such Offering (the “Exercise Date”), at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lower of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on such Exercise Date by the Option Price (as defined herein), or (b) such other lesser maximum number of shares or value as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering. Each Participant’s Option shall be exercisable only to the extent of such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on the Exercise Date. The purchase price for each share purchased under each Option (the “Option Price”) will be eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less. If determined by the Administrator, a maximum value may be established whereby no Participant may purchase Common Stock with a value that exceeds a certain value based on the Fair Market Value of such stock (determined on the Option grant date or dates or purchase date or dates), determined on a per Offering basis or calendar year basis or both. Further, if determined by the Administrator, a maximum value may maximum value may be established whereby no Participant may be granted an Option which permits such Participant rights to purchase stock under the Plan to accrue at a rate which exceeds such a value based on the Fair Market Value of such stock (determined on the Option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding.
9.Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares. Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan. Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the Participant promptly.
10.Issuance of Certificates. Certificates or book-entries at the Company’s transfer agent representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the Participant, in the name of the Participant and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the Participant to be the Participant’s nominee for such purpose.
3
11.Definitions.
The term “Compensation” means the regular or basic rate of compensation. The Administrator, in its discretion, may establish a different definition of Compensation for an Offering. Further, the Administrator will have discretion to determine the application of this definition to eligible employees outside the United States.
The term “Designated Subsidiary” means any present or future subsidiary of the Company that has been designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan. The Administrator may so designate any subsidiary, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the stockholders. The current list of Designated Subsidiaries is attached hereto as Appendix A.
The term “Fair Market Value of the Common Stock” on any given date means the fair market value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), the NASDAQ Global Market, The New York Stock Exchange or traded on any established market, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.
The term “Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its Common Stock.
The term “Participant” means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.
The term “Registration Date” means the date on which the registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed by the Company with respect to its Initial Public Offering is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
The term “New Exercise Date” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering then in progress.
The term “Sale Event” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization, statutory share exchange, consolidation, or similar transaction pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Common Stock to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of
4
securities directly from the Company, or (v) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
12.Rights on Termination of Employment. If a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, no payroll deduction will be taken from any pay due and owing to the Participant and the balance in the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant or, in the case of such Participant’s death, to the Participant’s designated beneficiary as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7. An employee will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs the Participant, having been a Designated Subsidiary ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Subsidiary. An employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for this purpose if the employee is on an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.
13.Special Rules and Sub-Plans. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules or sub-plans applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Subsidiary, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Subsidiary has employees.
14.Optionees Not Stockholders. Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions from his or her pay shall constitute such Participant a holder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under the Plan until such shares have been purchased by and issued to the Participant.
15.Rights Not Transferable. Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.
16.Application of Funds. All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.
17.Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Common Stock. In the event of a subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the payment of a dividend in Common Stock or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares approved for the Plan shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event. In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan or to facilitate such transactions or events:
5
(a)To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding Option in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such Option had such Option been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding Option with other options or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
(b)To provide that the outstanding Options under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for similar options covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices.
(c)To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding Options and Options that may be granted in the future.
(d)To provide that the Offering with respect to which an Option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering will end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Sale Event. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s Option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering as provided in Section 7 hereof.
(e)To provide that all outstanding Options shall terminate without being exercised and all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded.
18.Amendment of the Plan. The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Common Stock is listed, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by Company stockholders.
19.Insufficient Shares. If the total number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan, the shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date.
20.Termination of the Plan. The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded. The Plan shall automatically terminate upon the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.
21.Governmental Regulations. The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under the Plan is subject to obtaining all governmental approvals required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such stock.
6
22.Governing Law. This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.
23.Issuance of Shares. Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.
24.Tax Withholding. Participation in the Plan is subject to any applicable U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state or local required tax withholding on income the Participant realizes in connection with the Plan. Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, that the Company and its subsidiaries may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from a Participant’s wages, salary or other compensation at any time the amount necessary for the Company or any of its subsidiaries to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or any of its subsidiaries any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or disposition of Common Stock by such Participant. In addition, the Company or any of its subsidiaries may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or use any other method of withholding that the Company or any of its subsidiaries deems appropriate. The Company will not be required to issue any Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
25.Effective Date. This Plan shall become effective (the “Effective Date”) upon the date immediately preceding the Registration Date, subject to prior approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the stockholders.
7
APPENDIX A
Designated Subsidiaries
Enfusion Ltd. LLC
8
Exhibit 10.6
SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of August 2, 2019,
among
ENFUSION LTD. LLC,
as Borrower,
THE SEVERAL LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
and
SILICON VALLEY BANK,
as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS |
1 |
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
Defined Terms |
1 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
Other Definitional Provisions |
36 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
Rounding |
37 |
|
|
|
SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS |
37 |
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
Term Commitments |
37 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing |
37 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
Repayment of Term Loans |
37 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
Revolving Commitments |
37 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing |
38 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
[Reserved] |
38 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
[Reserved] |
38 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
[Reserved] |
38 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
Commitment and Other Fees |
38 |
|
|
|
2.10 |
Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments |
39 |
|
|
|
2.11 |
Optional Prepayments |
39 |
|
|
|
2.12 |
Mandatory Prepayments |
40 |
|
|
|
2.13 |
Conversion and Continuation Options |
41 |
|
|
|
2.14 |
Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches |
42 |
|
|
|
2.15 |
Interest Rates and Payment Dates |
42 |
|
|
|
2.16 |
Computation of Interest and Fees |
42 |
|
|
|
2.17 |
Inability to Determine Interest Rate |
42 |
|
|
|
2.18 |
Pro Rata Treatment and Payments |
43 |
|
|
|
2.19 |
Illegality; Requirements of Law |
46 |
|
|
|
2.20 |
Taxes |
48 |
|
|
|
2.21 |
Indemnity |
52 |
|
|
|
2.22 |
Change of Lending Office |
52 |
|
|
|
2.23 |
Substitution of Lenders |
52 |
|
|
|
2.24 |
Defaulting Lenders |
53 |
|
|
|
2.25 |
[Reserved] |
56 |
|
|
|
2.26 |
Notes |
56 |
-i-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
2.27 |
Incremental Term Facility |
56 |
|
|
|
SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT |
58 |
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
L/C Commitment. |
58 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit |
60 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
Fees and Other Charges. |
60 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
L/C Participations |
61 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
Reimbursement. |
61 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
Obligations Absolute |
62 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
Letter of Credit Payments |
62 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
Applications |
62 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
Interim Interest |
62 |
|
|
|
3.10 |
Cash Collateral. |
63 |
|
|
|
3.11 |
Additional Issuing Lenders |
64 |
|
|
|
3.12 |
Resignation of the Issuing Lender |
64 |
|
|
|
3.13 |
Applicability of ISP |
64 |
|
|
|
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
64 |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
Financial Condition. |
64 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
No Change |
65 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
Existence; Compliance with Law |
65 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations |
65 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
No Legal Bar |
66 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
Litigation |
66 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
No Default |
66 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments |
66 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
Intellectual Property |
66 |
|
|
|
4.10 |
Taxes |
66 |
|
|
|
4.11 |
Federal Regulations |
67 |
|
|
|
4.12 |
Labor Matters |
67 |
|
|
|
4.13 |
ERISA |
67 |
|
|
|
4.14 |
Investment Company Act; Other Regulations |
68 |
|
|
|
4.15 |
Subsidiaries |
68 |
-ii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
4.16 |
Use of Proceeds |
69 |
|
|
|
4.17 |
Environmental Matters |
69 |
|
|
|
4.18 |
Accuracy of Information, etc |
70 |
|
|
|
4.19 |
Security Documents. |
70 |
|
|
|
4.20 |
Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer |
71 |
|
|
|
4.21 |
Regulation H |
71 |
|
|
|
4.22 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
71 |
|
|
|
4.23 |
[Reserved] |
71 |
|
|
|
4.24 |
Insurance |
71 |
|
|
|
4.25 |
No Casualty |
71 |
|
|
|
4.26 |
Capitalization |
71 |
|
|
|
4.27 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
71 |
|
|
|
4.28 |
OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws |
72 |
|
|
|
4.29 |
No Fees |
72 |
|
|
|
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
72 |
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit |
72 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension |
75 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
Post-Closing Conditions |
76 |
|
|
|
SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
76 |
|
|
|
|
6.1 |
Financial Statements |
76 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
Certificates; Reports; Other Information |
77 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
78 |
|
|
|
6.4 |
Payment of Obligations; Taxes |
78 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
Maintenance of Existence; Compliance |
78 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
Maintenance of Property; Insurance |
79 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions |
79 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
Notices |
79 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
Environmental Laws. |
80 |
|
|
|
6.10 |
Operating Accounts |
81 |
|
|
|
6.11 |
[Reserved] |
81 |
-iii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
6.12 |
Additional Collateral, etc |
81 |
|
|
|
6.13 |
Insider Subordinated Indebtedness |
84 |
|
|
|
6.14 |
Use of Proceeds |
84 |
|
|
|
6.15 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
84 |
|
|
|
6.16 |
Further Assurances |
84 |
|
|
|
6.18 |
Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements |
84 |
|
|
|
SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
84 |
|
|
|
|
7.1 |
Financial Condition Covenant |
84 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
Indebtedness |
86 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
Liens |
87 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
Fundamental Changes |
89 |
|
|
|
7.5 |
Disposition of Property |
89 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
Restricted Payments |
90 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
Earn-Out Obligations |
91 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
Investments |
91 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
ERISA |
94 |
|
|
|
7.10 |
Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments |
94 |
|
|
|
7.11 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
95 |
|
|
|
7.12 |
Sale Leaseback Transactions |
95 |
|
|
|
7.13 |
Swap Agreements |
95 |
|
|
|
7.14 |
Accounting Changes |
95 |
|
|
|
7.15 |
Negative Pledge Clauses |
96 |
|
|
|
7.16 |
Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions |
96 |
|
|
|
7.17 |
Lines of Business |
96 |
|
|
|
7.18 |
Designation of other Indebtedness |
96 |
|
|
|
7.19 |
[Reserved] |
96 |
|
|
|
7.20 |
Amendments to Organizational Agreements |
96 |
|
|
|
7.21 |
Use of Proceeds |
96 |
|
|
|
7.22 |
Subordinated Debt |
97 |
|
|
|
7.23 |
Anti-Terrorism Laws |
97 |
|
|
|
SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
97 |
-iv-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
8.1 |
Events of Default |
97 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
Remedies Upon Event of Default |
100 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
Application of Funds |
101 |
|
|
|
SECTION 9 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT |
102 |
|
|
|
|
9.1 |
Appointment and Authority |
102 |
|
|
|
9.2 |
Delegation of Duties |
103 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
Exculpatory Provisions |
103 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
Reliance by Administrative Agent |
104 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
Notice of Default |
105 |
|
|
|
9.6 |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders |
105 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
Indemnification |
105 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
Agent in Its Individual Capacity |
106 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
Successor Agent |
106 |
|
|
|
9.10 |
Collateral and Guaranty Matters |
107 |
|
|
|
9.11 |
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim |
108 |
|
|
|
9.12 |
[Reserved] |
109 |
|
|
|
9.13 |
Reports and Financial Statements |
109 |
|
|
|
9.14 |
Survival |
109 |
|
|
|
SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS |
109 |
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
Amendments and Waivers |
109 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
Notices |
112 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
113 |
|
|
|
10.4 |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
113 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver |
113 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments |
115 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
Adjustments; Set-off |
119 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
Payments Set Aside |
120 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
Interest Rate Limitation |
120 |
|
|
|
10.10 |
Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments |
121 |
|
|
|
10.11 |
Severability |
121 |
|
|
|
10.12 |
Integration |
121 |
-v-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
10.13 |
GOVERNING LAW |
121 |
|
|
|
10.14 |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers |
122 |
|
|
|
10.15 |
Acknowledgements |
122 |
|
|
|
10.16 |
Releases of Guarantees and Liens |
123 |
|
|
|
10.17 |
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality |
123 |
|
|
|
10.18 |
Automatic Debits |
124 |
|
|
|
10.19 |
Patriot Act |
125 |
|
|
|
10.20 |
Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions |
125 |
-vi-
Table of Contents
(continued)
SCHEDULES |
|
|
|
Schedule 1.1A: |
Commitments |
|
|
Schedule 4.6: |
Litigation |
|
|
Schedule 4.15: |
Subsidiaries |
|
|
Schedule 4.17: |
Environmental Matters |
|
|
Schedule 4.19(a): |
Security Documents |
|
|
Schedule 4.19(c): |
Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements |
|
|
Schedule 4.26: |
Capitalization |
|
|
Schedule 4.29: |
Fees |
|
|
Schedule 7.2(d): |
Existing Indebtedness |
|
|
Schedule 7.3(f): |
Existing Liens |
|
|
EXHIBITS |
|
|
|
Exhibit A: |
Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement |
|
|
Exhibit B: |
Form of Compliance Certificate |
|
|
Exhibit C: |
Form of Secretary’s/Managing Member’s Certificate |
|
|
Exhibit D: |
Form of Solvency Certificate |
|
|
Exhibit E: |
Form of Assignment and Assumption |
|
|
Exhibits F-1 – F-4: |
Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate |
|
|
Exhibit G: |
Reserved |
|
|
Exhibit H-1: |
Form of Revolving Loan Note |
|
|
Exhibit H-2: |
Form of Term Loan Note |
|
|
Exhibit I: |
Form of Collateral Information Certificate |
|
|
Exhibit J: |
Form of Notice of Borrowing |
|
|
Exhibit K: |
Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation |
-vii-
CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of August 2, 2019, is entered into by and among ENFUSION LTD. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to this Agreement as lenders, including pursuant to Sections 2.27 or 10.6 (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as the Issuing Lender, and SVB, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain financing for the Closing Date Distribution (as hereinafter defined), to refinance certain existing Indebtedness, to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Closing Date Distribution and this Agreement, as well as to provide working capital financing and letter of credit facilities and for other general corporate purposes permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to Borrower, upon the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement, in an initial aggregate principal amount of $32,000,000, consisting of a term loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000, a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 and a letter of credit facility in the aggregate availability amount of $2,000,000 (as a sublimit of the revolving loan facility);
WHEREAS, Borrower has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of its assets; and
WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors has agreed to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower and to secure its respective Obligations in respect of such guarantee by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of its assets.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.
“ABR”: for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, or (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the ABR be deemed to be less than 3.50%. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
“ABR Loans”: Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.
“Account Debtor”: any Person who may become obligated to any Person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, chattel paper or general intangible (including a payment intangible).
1
Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account Debtor,” when used herein, shall mean an Account Debtor in respect of an Account of a Group Member.
“Accounting Change”: as defined in the definition of “GAAP”.
“Accounts”: all “accounts” (as defined in the UCC) of a Person, including, without limitation, accounts, accounts receivable, monies due or to become due and obligations in any form (whether arising in connection with contracts, contract rights, instruments, general intangibles, or chattel paper), in each case whether arising out of goods sold or services rendered or from any other transaction and whether or not earned by performance, now or hereafter in existence, and all documents of title or other documents representing any of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guaranties of any kind, now or hereafter in existence, given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing. Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account,” when used herein, shall mean an Account of a Group Member.
“Administrative Agent”: SVB, as the administrative and collateral agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.
“Affected Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23.
“Affiliate”: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of determining the Affiliates of any Loan Party, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.
“Agent Parties”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(ii).
“Aggregate Exposure”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, (b) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, and (c) without duplication of clause (b), the L/C Commitment of such Lender then in effect (as a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender).
“Aggregate Exposure Percentage”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.
“Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
“Applicable Margin”: with respect to any Loans, as of any date of determination, until the first Pricing Date, shall mean the rates per annum shown opposite Level II below, and thereafter from one Pricing Date to the next the Applicable Margin means the rates per annum determined in accordance with the following schedule:
2
|
|
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED SENIOR |
|
|
|
LEVERAGE RATIO |
|
|
|
(CALCULATED WITHOUT |
|
|
LEVEL |
NETTING QUALIFIED CASH) |
EURODOLLAR LOANS |
ABR LOANS |
I |
≥ 3.25:1.00 |
4.00% |
2.50% |
II |
<3.25:1.00 |
3.50% |
2.00% |
For purposes hereof, the term “Pricing Date” means, for any Fiscal Quarter of Borrower ending on or after September 30, 2019, the date on which the Administrative Agent is in receipt of the most recent Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal Quarter then ended, pursuant to Section 6.2(a). The Applicable Margin shall be established based on the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) for the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter and the Applicable Margin established on a Pricing Date shall remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. If the Loan Parties have not delivered the Compliance Certificate by the date such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered under Section 6.2(a) until such Compliance Certificate is delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be at Level I. If the Loan Parties subsequently deliver such Compliance Certificate before the next Pricing Date, the Applicable Margin shall be determined on the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate and remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. In all other circumstances, the Applicable Margin shall be in effect from the Pricing Date that occurs immediately after the end of the Fiscal Quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate until the next Pricing Date. Each determination of the Applicable Margin made by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing shall be conclusive and binding on the Loan Parties and the Lenders if reasonably determined. If, prior to the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower or Administrative Agent determines in good faith that the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) on which the applicable interest rate for any particular period was determined is inaccurate, and as a consequence thereof, the Applicable Margin was lower than it should have been, (i) Borrower shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such period, (ii) Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower of the amount of interest and fees that would have been due in respect of any outstanding Obligation during such period had the applicable rate been calculated based on the correct Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) and (iii) Borrower shall promptly pay to Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Lenders and other Persons the difference between the amount that should have been due and the amount actually paid in respect of such period; provided that, (x) Borrower shall not be responsible for any such amounts after the Discharge of Obligations and (y) nonpayment as a result of such inaccuracy shall not in any event be deemed retroactively to be an Event of Default.
“Application”: an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.
“Approved Fund”: any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Asset Sale”: any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property (excluding any such Disposition permitted by clauses (a) through (k) or (m) of Section 7.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash
3
proceeds) in excess of (i) $100,000 for any single Disposition or (ii) $250,000 for all Dispositions in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date.
“Assignment and Assumption”: an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.6), in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Available Revolving Commitment”: at any time, an amount equal to (a) the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time, minus (b) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, minus (c) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time, minus (d) the aggregate principal balance of any Revolving Loans outstanding at such time.
“Bail-In Action”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation”: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
“Bankruptcy Code”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”
“Bank Services”: any of the following products, credit services and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to any Group Member by any Bank Services Provider: any letters of credit (other than any Letters of Credit provided for the account of Borrower or any other Group Member hereunder), cash management services, credit cards, p-cards, interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services, as any such products or services may be identified in such Bank Services Provider’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).
“Bank Services Provider”: the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the foregoing who provides Bank Services to any Group Member.
“Benefitted Lender”: as defined in Section 10.7(a).
“Blocked Person”: as defined in Section 7.23.
“Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
“Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
“Borrowing Date”: any Business Day specified by Borrower in a Notice of Borrowing as a date on which Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.
“Business”: as defined in Section 4.17(b).
“Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of California or the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on,
4
Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.
“Capital Lease Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date or entered into thereafter) shall continue to be accounted for as operating lease obligations (and not as Capital Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date that would otherwise require such obligations to be recharacterized (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) as Capital Lease Obligations.
“Capital Stock”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
“Cash Collateralize”: to pledge and deposit with or deliver to (a) with respect to Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and one or more of the Lenders, as applicable, as collateral for L/C Exposure or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the L/C Exposure or, if the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender; (b) with respect to Obligations arising under any Bank Services Agreement in connection with Bank Services, the applicable Bank Services Provider, as provider of Bank Services, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the aggregate amount of the Obligations of the Group Members arising under all such Bank Services Agreements evidencing such Bank Services or, if such Bank Services Provider shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Bank Services Provider; or (c) with respect to Obligations in respect of any Specified Swap Agreements, the applicable Qualified Counterparty, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances or, if such Qualified Counterparty shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Qualified Counterparty. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with
5
respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $3,000,000,000.
“Casualty Event”: any damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking by any Governmental Authority of any property of the Loan Parties.
“Certificated Securities”: as defined in Section 4.19(a).
“Change of Control”: (a) the Sponsor shall cease to (i) have the power to vote or direct the voting of at least 32% of the voting securities of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) or (ii) beneficially hold, directly or indirectly, at least 31% of the economic interest in Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis); (b) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a percentage of either the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) or economic interest in Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) greater than the percentage owned by the Sponsor; (c) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or (d) except to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, at any time Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of any Guarantor free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Security Documents and non-consensual Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof that are being contested in good faith); provided that, with respect to any Guarantor formed in a jurisdiction where a law, rule or regulation of such jurisdiction restricts Borrower from owning and controlling, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor, in each case, this clause (d) shall not apply so long as (x) Borrower owns and controls no less than ninety-nine percent (99%) (or such lesser amount representing the maximum amount of Capital Stock Borrower is permitted to own and control) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement) and (y) Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of such situation and the limitations of such Guarantor’s jurisdiction.
“Closing Date”: the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, the Lenders or the Required Lenders.
6
“Closing Date Distribution”: (a) the redemption on the Closing Date of award units in connection with phantom stock or similar plans in the aggregate amount of $6,000,000 with the proceeds of the Term Loans hereunder and (b) the dividend paid on the Closing Date by Borrower to its shareholders in the aggregate amount of $24,000,000 with the proceeds of the Term Loans hereunder.
“Code”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document. For the avoidance of doubt, no Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) shall constitute “Collateral.”
“Collateral Information Certificate”: the Collateral Information Certificate to be executed and delivered by Borrower and each other Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.1, substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
“Collateral-Related Expenses”: all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent paid or incurred in connection with any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and reimbursement for all other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including as described in Section 6.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under the Security Documents and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and all advances made by the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents for the account of any Loan Party or under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements for the account of any Limited Recourse Pledgor.
“Commitment”: as to any Lender, the sum of its Term Commitment and its Revolving Commitment.
“Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 2.9(b).
“Commitment Fee Rate”: 0.50% per annum.
“Compliance Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
“Connection Income Taxes”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”: shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period,
(a)Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus,
(b)without duplication, the sum of the following amounts for such period, in each case (other than with respect to clause (xviii) below) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(i)interest expense;
7
(ii)tax expense (based on income, profits, or capital, including federal, foreign, state, local, franchise, excise, and similar taxes and net of tax benefits arising from Permitted Acquisitions to the extent actually received);
(iii)depreciation and amortization expense as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(iv)transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Closing Date Distribution and the Loan Documents, which are paid (A) on or prior to the Closing Date, in each case, as described on the sources and uses on the Closing Date or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) after the Closing Date, to the extent incurred on or before the date that is 120 days after the Closing Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000;
(v)employee retention bonuses, if any payable by Borrower in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters; provided that such amounts are not funded with the proceeds of Capital Stock issued by Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);
(vi)non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Capital Stock of any Group Member, the granting of options for Capital Stock in any Group Member, the granting of appreciation rights and similar arrangements in respect of Capital Stock of any Group Member (including any re-pricing, amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such Capital Stock or similar arrangements);
(vii)cash and non-cash expenses (including those arising from litigation) to the extent that the same are reimbursable in cash by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to an indemnity, guaranty or insurance and one of the following has occurred:
(viii)reasonable and customary non-recurring fees, costs and expenses, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters actually incurred in connection with issuances of Capital Stock or incurrence or issuances of Indebtedness;
(ix)infrequent, extraordinary or non-recurring losses, costs or expenses as determined in accordance with GAAP and are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
8
9
minus
(c)without duplication, the following amounts for such period, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
For the purposes of calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in connection with the measurement of the Financial Condition Covenant (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with any pro forma incurrence based measurements hereunder) for any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”), if at any time during such Reference Period (whether prior to, on or after the Closing Date), any Group Member shall have consummated a Permitted Acquisition, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable, as if such Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (including pro forma adjustments to reflect operating expense reductions (but not revenue increases) arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable; provided that such reductions are (I) expected to have a continuing impact, (II) (x) recommended by any “quality of earnings report” or due diligence financial review conducted by financial advisors retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (y) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the
10
Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC (but including negative adjustments for capitalized software costs), (III) supported by data that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, (IV) [reserved], (V) not duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (or any components thereof) for such Reference Period, whether through a pro form adjustment or otherwise, and (VI) factually supportable, documented in sufficient detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as satisfying the conditions specified in the foregoing clauses (I) through (V)).
“Consolidated Capital Expenditures”: for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower) by such Group Members during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Borrower, minus the aggregate amount of such expenditures funded with proceeds of the issuance of Capital Stock by Borrower.
“Consolidated Interest Expense”: for any period, total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Persons (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, if applicable and to the extent included in total cash interest expense, any amortization of fees, charges and deferred financing costs, including all such fees paid on the Closing Date).
“Consolidated Net Income”: for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” (a) the income (or deficit) of any such Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any such Person (other than a Subsidiary of Borrower) in which Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.
“Consolidated Senior Indebtedness”: at any date, the aggregate principal amount of the Loans and Capital Lease Obligations.
“Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Indebtedness (net of up to $7,500,000 of Qualified Cash of the Loan Parties that is in excess of $2,500,000) on such day, to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period.
“Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of current assets (net of cash and Cash Equivalents) over current liabilities (exclusive of the current portion of Indebtedness and associated interest and taxes in respect of such Indebtedness) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
11
“Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control Agreement”: any account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent entered into among the depository institution at which a Loan Party maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary at which a Loan Party maintains a Securities Account, such Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the UCC or any other applicable law) over such Deposit Account or Securities Account.
“Control Investment Affiliate”: as to the Sponsor, any fund or investment vehicle (excluding any portfolio company or Subsidiary of any portfolio company of the Sponsor) that (a) directly or indirectly, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Sponsor and (b) is organized by the Sponsor primarily for the purpose of making equity investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person by way of ownership or general partner status.
“Cure Amount”: as defined in Section 7.1(b).
“Cure Right”: as defined in Section 7.1(b).
“Debtor Relief Laws”: the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
“Default Rate”: as defined in Section 2.15(c).
“Defaulting Lender”: subject to Section 2.24(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian,
12
conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.24(b)) effective as of the relevant date set forth in clauses (a) through (d) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to Borrower, the Issuing Lender and each Lender.
“Deposit Account”: any “deposit account” as defined in the UCC.
“Deposit Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a financial institution holding a Deposit Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.
“Designated Jurisdiction”: any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
“Discharge of Obligations”: subject to Section 10.8, the satisfaction of the Obligations (including all such Obligations relating to Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements) by the payment in full, in cash (or, as applicable, Cash Collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of the principal of and interest on or other liabilities relating to each Loan and any previously provided Bank Services, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than inchoate indemnification obligations and any other obligations which pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document specifically survive repayment of the Loans for which no claim has been made), and other Obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services, to the extent (a) any such Obligations in respect of Specified Swap Agreements have, if required by any applicable Qualified Counterparties, been Cash Collateralized, (b) no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (or, as applicable, each outstanding and undrawn Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), (c) no Obligations in respect of any Bank Services are outstanding (or, as applicable, all such outstanding Obligations in respect of Bank Services have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), and (d) the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders are terminated.
“Disposition”: with respect to any property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition thereof and any issuance of Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.
“Disqualified Stock”: any Capital Stock (provided that any Capital Stock issued to or by any plan for the benefit of former, current or future employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it is required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of the termination, death or disability of any such employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant) that, by its terms (or by
13
the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the latest date on which any of the Loans mature hereunder. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.
“Division”: in reference to any Person which is an entity, the division of such Person into two (2) or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or terminating its existence as part of such division, including as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other applicable Requirements of Law.
“Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.
“Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of any Loan Party organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“EEA Financial Institution”: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority”: any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Eligible Assignee”: (a) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund, or (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses; provided that none of Borrower, any Affiliate of Borrower or, unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor, shall be an Eligible Assignee.
“Environmental Laws”: any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.
“Environmental Liability”: any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Borrower, any other
14
Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) a violation of an Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the release or threatened release of any Materials of Environmental Concern into the environment, or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate”: each business or entity which is, or within the last six years was, a member of a “controlled group of corporations,” under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code, required to be aggregated with any Loan Party under Section 414(o) of the Code, or is, or within the last six years was, under “common control” with any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.
“ERISA Event”: any of (a) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (b) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Pension Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (c) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Pension Plan or the termination of any Pension Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the failure by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (i) an event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (k) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (l) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA that has resulted or may be reasonably expected to result in a material liability for which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (m) the occurrence of an act or omission which would give rise to the imposition on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (n) the assertion
15
of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Pension Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such Pension Plan, in each case for which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (o) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, in each case, in all material respects; or (p) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code.
“ERISA Funding Rules”: the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans, as set forth in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, with respect to Plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and thereafter, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.
“Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
“Eurodollar Base Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (“LIBOR”) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period (as set forth by Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other commercially available service reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent which provides quotations of LIBOR). In the event that the Administrative Agent determines that LIBOR is not available, the “Eurodollar Base Rate” shall be determined by reference to the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation rate to first class banks in the London interbank market by SVB for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant Interest Period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the applicable Loan of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, for which the Eurodollar Base Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period, as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In no event shall the Eurodollar Base Rate be less than 1.00%.
“Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.
“Eurodollar Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula:
16
|
|
||
|
Eurodollar Base Rate |
|
|
|
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements |
|
The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements which affect Eurodollar Loans to be made as of, and ABR Loans to be converted into Eurodollar Loans, in any such case, at the beginning of the next applicable Interest Period.
“Eurodollar Tranche”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility (other than the L/C Facility), the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
“Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
“Excess Cash Flow”: for any fiscal year (or other period) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year (or other period) less, without duplication:
17
plus
“Excess Cash Flow Application Date”: as defined in Section 2.12(d).
“Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
“Excluded Accounts”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary that is (a) not a Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower or another Loan Party if becoming a Guarantor would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), (b) a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company if becoming a Guarantor hereunder would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), or (c) an Immaterial Subsidiary.
“Excluded Swap Obligations”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Taxes”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof), or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment or becomes the Administrative Agent (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 2.23) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(f); and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
“Extraordinary Receipt”: any cash received by, or paid to or for the account of, any Group Member in the form of a purchase price adjustment or indemnification payment made in connection with
18
any Permitted Acquisition, other than (a) any working capital adjustments in connection with any of the foregoing, (b) any single or related series of amounts received in an aggregate amount less than $500,000 and (c) any such indemnification payment to the extent applied within 180 days (or committed to be applied within 180 days and applied within 270 days) of receipt to pay (or to provide reimbursement for) (i) costs of repair or environmental remediation with respect to assets purchased pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition or (ii) out-of-pocket money damages incurred by any Group Member in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.
“Facility”: each of (a) the Term Facility, (b) the L/C Facility (which is a sub-facility of the Revolving Facility), and (c) the Revolving Facility.
“FASB ASC”: the Accounting Standards certification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
“FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“Fee Letter”: the fee letter dated as of the Closing Date between Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
“Financial Condition Covenant”: is defined in Section 7.1(b).
“Flood Laws”: the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and related legislation (including the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
“Flow of Funds Agreement”: the Notice of Borrowing executed by Borrower regarding the disbursement of Loan proceeds on the Closing Date, attaching a funds flow agreed to by Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Foreign Currency”: lawful money of a country other than the United States.
“Foreign Lender”: (a) if Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
“Foreign Subsidiary”: in respect of any Group Member, any Subsidiary of such Group Member that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Loan Party.
“Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company”: any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower, substantially all of the assets of which consist of the Capital Stock of one or more controlled
19
foreign corporations (within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code) or other Foreign Subsidiary Holding Companies.
“Fronting Exposure”: at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, as applicable, with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Percentage of the outstanding L/C Exposure other than L/C Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Fund”: any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
“Funded Debt”: as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person which matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
“Funding Office”: the Revolving Loan Funding Office or the Term Loan Funding Office, as the context requires.
“GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that for purposes of the Financial Condition Covenant, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.1(b). In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then each party to this Agreement agrees to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants (including the Financial Condition Covenant), standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.
“Governmental Approval”: any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
“Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), and any group or body charged with setting accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Standards Board, the Bank for International
20
Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).
“Group Members”: the collective reference to Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
“Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed and delivered by Borrower and each Guarantor, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
“Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (c) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by Borrower in good faith.
“Guarantors”: a collective reference to each Subsidiary of Borrower (in each case other than an Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Person, which has become a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as required herein.
“Immaterial Subsidiary”: at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party designated as such by such Loan Party in writing and which as of such date (a) holds assets representing 5% or less of Borrower’s consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b) (determined in accordance with GAAP), (b) which has generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an amount less than 5% of Borrower’s consolidated total revenues determined in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b); provided that all Subsidiaries that are individually “Immaterial Subsidiaries” shall not have aggregate consolidated total assets that would represent 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or have generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are
21
Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount of 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total revenues for such four fiscal quarter period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, and (c) which owns no material Intellectual Property.
“Incremental Joinder”: an instrument, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which a Lender becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.27.
“Incremental Term Facility”: as defined in Section 2.27.
“Incremental Term Loan”: an incremental term loan under any Incremental Term Facility.
“Indebtedness”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business but including purchase price adjustments, indemnity obligations, and earn outs, in each case (i) to the extent due and payable or (ii) to the extent the amount of the asserted payment is reasonably determined and not contested in good faith), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) the net obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
“Indemnified Taxes”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
“Insider Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to any Group Member that is not a Loan Party or officer, director, shareholder or employee of any Group Member.
“Insider Subordinated Indebtedness”: any Insider Indebtedness which is also Subordinated Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 plus any interest, fees and/or expenses thereon which may be capitalized by adding the same to the principal amount thereof.
“Insolvency”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
22
“Insolvency Proceeding”: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.
“Insolvent”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
“Intellectual Property”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: any trademark security agreement, copyright security agreement, or trademark security agreement, or other agreement with respect to the Intellectual Property of a Loan Party entered into between a Loan Party and the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with any supplement thereto, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the first Business Day of each calendar quarter to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last Business Day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next succeeding such date) after the first day of such Interest Period and the last Business Day of such Interest Period, and (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.
“Interest Period”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation not later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
(a)if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(b)Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date (in the case of the Revolving Facility) or beyond the date final payment is due on the Term Loans (in the case of the Term Loans);
23
(c)any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and
(d)Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.
“Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is (a) for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with such Person’s operations, (b) approved by Administrative Agent, and (c) not for speculative purposes.
“Inventory”: all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Group Member, wherever located, and in any event including inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property that are held by or on behalf of any Group Member for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or that constitutes raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, or materials or supplies of any kind used or consumed or to be used or consumed in such Group Member’s business or in the processing, production, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, including all supplies and embedded software.
“Investments”: as defined in Section 7.8.
“IRS”: the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.
“ISP”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
“Issuing Lender”: as the context may require, SVB or any Affiliate thereof, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit, including any other Lender that may become a successor Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.12, with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender. The Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Lender or other financial institutions, in which case the term “Issuing Lender” shall include any such Affiliate or other financial institution with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or other financial institution.
“Issuing Lender Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“L/C Advance”: each L/C Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Disbursement in accordance with its L/C Percentage of the L/C Commitment.
“L/C Commitment”: as to any L/C Lender, the obligation of such L/C Lender, if any, to purchase an undivided interest in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit (including to make payments with respect to draws made under any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.5(b)) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “L/C Commitment” opposite such L/C Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such L/C Lender becomes a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment and the aggregate L/C Commitment shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments at any time.
24
“L/C Disbursements”: a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
“L/C Exposure”: at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time. The L/C Exposure of any L/C Lender at any time shall equal its L/C Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
“L/C Facility”: the L/C Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
“L/C Fee Payment Date”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“L/C Lender”: a Lender with an L/C Commitment.
“L/C Percentage”: as to any L/C Lender at any time, the percentage of the Total L/C Commitments represented by such L/C Lender’s L/C Commitment, as such percentage may be adjusted as provided in Section 2.23.
“L/C-Related Documents”: collectively, each Letter of Credit, all applications for any Letter of Credit (and applications for the amendment of any Letter of Credit) submitted by Borrower to the Issuing Lender and any other document, agreement and instrument relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Lender’s standard form documents for letter of credit issuances.
“Lenders”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided that, unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include the Issuing Lender.
“Letter of Credit”: as defined in Section 3.1(a).
“Letter of Credit Availability Period”: the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Letter of Credit Maturity Date.
“Letter of Credit Fee”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“Letter of Credit Fronting Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“Letter of Credit Maturity Date”: the date occurring 15 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
“LIBOR”: as defined in the definition of “Eurodollar Base Rate.”
“Lien”: any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
“Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement”: each Limited Recourse Guarantee and Pledge Agreement by and between the Limited Recourse Pledgors and the Administrative Agent.
“Limited Recourse Pledgor”: each shareholder of Capital Stock of Borrower.
25
“Listed Competitor”: any Person that appears on the list of competitors of Borrower as submitted in writing by Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date as updated from time to time by written notice delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent and provided such updates are reasonably approved in writing in advance by the Administrative Agent.
“Loan”: any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
“Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, the Fee Letter, the Flow of Funds Agreement, the Solvency Certificate, the Collateral Information Certificate, each L/C-Related Document, each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, each Compliance Certificate, each Notice of Borrowing, each Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each Incremental Joinder, any subordination agreement, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.10, and any other subordination agreement, and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.
“Loan Parties”: a collective reference to Borrower and Guarantors.
“Majority Revolving Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving Commitments at such time, such Revolving Lender, both before and after the termination of such Total Revolving Commitments; and (b) if more than one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving Commitments, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) or, at any time after the termination of the Revolving Commitments when such Revolving Commitments were held by more than one Revolving Lender, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding (including, without duplication, any L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time); provided that (a) the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Revolving Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Majority Term Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, such Term Lender; and (b) if more than one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, at least two Term Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount all Term Loans; provided that (a) the portion of the Term Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Term Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of Borrower, any Guarantor or any Limited Recourse Pledgor to perform its respective obligations when due under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against Borrower, any Guarantor or any Limited Recourse Pledgor of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
“Material Contractual Obligation”: all Contractual Obligations (including with respect to leasehold interests of a Group Member) to the extent that failure to comply therewith could in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and all customer contracts
26
representing more than 5% of the Group Members’ total revenue for the trailing twelve month period as of any date of determination.
“Materials of Environmental Concern”: any substance, material or waste that is defined, regulated, governed or otherwise characterized under any Environmental Law as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant (or by words of similar meaning and regulatory effect), any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds or fungus, and radioactivity, radiofrequency radiation at levels known to be hazardous to human health and safety.
“Minority Lender”: as defined in Section 10.1(b).
“Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Mortgaged Properties”: the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section 6.12(b) or otherwise, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.
“Mortgages”: each of the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or such equivalent documents hereafter entered into and executed and delivered by one or more of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as such documents may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“Multiemployer Plan”: a “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof makes, is making, or is obligated or in the past six years has been obligated to make, contributions.
“Net Cash Proceeds”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of Taxes payable (including without duplication, any Permitted Tax Distributions with respect thereto) and Borrower’s reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable Taxes and other liabilities required to be paid by Borrower or any other Group Member in connection with such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event in the taxable year that such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event is consummated, the computation of which shall, in each such case, take into account the reduction in tax liability resulting from any available operating losses and net operating loss carryovers, Tax credits, and Tax credit carry forwards, and similar tax attributes, and with respect to any such Asset Sale or Change of Control, net of amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale or Change of Control (provided that to the extent any portion of such reserve amount ceases at any time to be so reserved and not applied to such liabilities, such portion shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds at such time and be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.12(c), as and to the extent applicable), and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’
27
fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.
“Non-Consenting Lender”: any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Note”: a Term Loan Note or a Revolving Loan Note.
“Notice of Borrowing”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
“Notice of Conversion/Continuation”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K.
“Obligations”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider (in its capacity as a provider of Bank Services), and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Swap Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, payment obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider, to the extent that any applicable Bank Services Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, and any Qualified Counterparty, to the extent that any applicable Specified Swap Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, in each case that are required to be paid by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement or any Specified Swap Agreement) or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the Obligations shall not include (ii) any obligations arising under any warrants or other equity instruments issued by any Loan Party to any Lender, or (ii) solely with respect to any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.
“OFAC”: The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and any successor thereto.
“Other Connection Taxes”: with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
28
“Other Taxes”: all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.23).
“Participant”: as defined in Section 10.6(d).
“Participant Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(d).
“Patriot Act”: the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.
“PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.
“Pension Plan”: an employee pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof is (or if such plan were terminated would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) a “contributing sponsor” as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA.
“Permitted Acquisition”: as defined in Section 7.8(l).
“Permitted Investors”: the collective reference to the Sponsor and the Limited Recourse Pledgors on the date hereof.
“Permitted Tax Distributions”: with respect to each calendar year (or portion thereof) tax distributions by Borrower and its Subsidiaries to its direct or indirect equity owners, in an amount calculated, and paid at such times as are permitted, pursuant the limited liability company agreement of Borrower, as in effect as of the date hereof and as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Person”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
“Platform”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(i).
“Pledged Stock”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Preferred Stock”: the preferred Capital Stock of any Loan Party.
“Prime Rate”: the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by the Administrative Agent, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).
29
“Projections”: as defined in Section 6.2(b).
“Properties”: as defined in Section 4.17(a).
“Qualified Availability”: an amount equal to the sum, on any date of determination, of (a) the Available Revolving Commitments plus (b) Qualified Cash.
“Qualified Cash”: the unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan Parties held in the United States that is in a Deposit Account or in a Securities Account, or any combination thereof, in each case that is, after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, subject to a Control Agreement or with respect to which the depository institution is the Administrative Agent and which is subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent.
“Qualified Counterparty”: with respect to any Specified Swap Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Swap Agreement was entered into or as of the Closing Date, was the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender.
“Qualified ECP Guarantor”: is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Recipient”: the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as applicable.
“Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.
“Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).
“Regulation U”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
“Reinvestment Deferred Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans or other amounts pursuant to Section 2.12(g) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.
“Reinvestment Event”: any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.
“Reinvestment Notice”: a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Guarantor or one or more other Group Members (but only to the extent the transfer of such Net Cash Proceeds by a Loan Party to a non-Loan Party would otherwise constitute an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.8 or a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.5)) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business.
“Reinvestment Prepayment Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in Borrower’s business.
“Reinvestment Prepayment Date”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) (i) the date occurring 180 days after such Reinvestment Event if Borrower has not committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by such date, or (ii) if Borrower has committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by 180 days after the Reinvestment Event,
30
the date occurring 270 days after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in Borrower’s business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.
“Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Replacement Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23.
“Required Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Lender holds all of the outstanding Term Loans and the Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), such Lender; and (b) if more than one Lender holds the outstanding Term Loans and Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), then at least two Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding, and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that for the purposes of this clause (b), the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans held by any Defaulting Lender and the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided further that, for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
“Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of an applicable Loan Party, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Payments”: as defined in Section 7.6.
“Revolving Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof (including in connection with assignments permitted hereunder). The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
“Revolving Commitment Period”: the period from and including the first Business Day after the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.
“Revolving Extensions of Credit”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, plus (b) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding
31
Letters of Credit at such time, plus (c) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
“Revolving Facility”: the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
“Revolving Lender”: each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.
“Revolving Loan Conversion”: as defined in Section 3.5(b).
“Revolving Loan Funding Office”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
“Revolving Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-1, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Revolving Loans”: as defined in Section 2.4(a).
“Revolving Percentage”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding; provided that in the event that the Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Revolving Lenders on a comparable basis.
“Revolving Termination Date”: August 2, 2024.
“S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.
“Sale Leaseback Transaction”: any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions a Loan Party sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.
“Sanction(s)”: any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority where any Group Member conducts business.
“SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.
“Secured Obligations”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Secured Parties”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender), each Bank Services Provider (in its or their respective capacity as a provider of Bank Services) and any Qualified Counterparties.
“Securities Account”: any “securities account” as defined in the UCC.
32
“Securities Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a securities intermediary holding a Securities Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Securities Account.
“Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
“Security Documents”: the collective reference to (a) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages, (c) the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, (d) each Securities Account Control Agreement, (e) each Deposit Account Control Agreement, (f) all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document, and (g) all financing statements, fixture filings, patent, trademark and copyright filings, assignments, acknowledgments and other filings, documents and agreements made or delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to any of the foregoing.
“Solvency Certificate”: the Solvency Certificate, dated the Closing Date, delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(l), which Solvency Certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit D.
“Solvent”: when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “fair value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise,” as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim,” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.
“Specified Swap Agreement”: any Swap Agreement entered into by Borrower and any Qualified Counterparty (or any Person who was a Qualified Counterparty as of the Closing Date or as of the date such Swap Agreement was entered into) to the extent permitted under Section 7.13.
“Sponsor”: FTV IV, LP and/or its Control Investment Affiliates, as the case may be.
“Subordinated Debt Document”: any agreement, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered by Borrower or any Subsidiary and evidencing Subordinated Indebtedness, and any renewals, modifications, or amendments thereof which are approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.
“Subordinated Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of a Loan Party subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to subordination terms (including payment, lien and remedies subordination terms, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
33
“Subsidiary”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower.
“Surety Indebtedness”: as of any date of determination, indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) owing to sureties arising from surety bonds issued on behalf of any Group Member as support for, among other things, their contracts with customers, whether such indebtedness is owing directly or indirectly by such Group Member.
“SVB”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Swap Agreement”: any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be a “Swap Agreement.”
“Swap Obligation”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Swap Termination Value”: in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Qualified Counterparty).
“Synthetic Lease Obligation”: the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
“Taxes”: all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Term Loans to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A.
“Term Facility”: the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder.
34
“Term Lender”: each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.
“Term Loan”: the term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.
“Term Loan Funding Office”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
“Term Loan Maturity Date”: August 2, 2024.
“Term Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-2, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Term Percentage”: as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).
“Total L/C Commitments”: at any time, the sum of all L/C Commitments at such time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10 or 3.5(b).
“Total Revolving Commitments”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
“Total Revolving Extensions of Credit”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time.
“Trade Date”: as defined in Section 10.6(b)(i)(B).
“Transferee”: any Eligible Assignee or Participant.
“Transition Period”: as defined in Section 6.10.
“Type”: as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
“Unfriendly Acquisition”: any acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired; except that with respect to any acquisition of a non-U.S. Person, an otherwise friendly acquisition shall not be deemed to be an Unfriendly Acquisition if it is not customary in such jurisdiction to obtain such approval prior to the first public announcement of an offer relating to a friendly acquisition.
“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, or as the context may require, any other applicable jurisdiction.
“United States” and “U.S.”: the United States of America.
“USCRO”: the U.S. Copyright Office.
“U.S. Person”: any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
35
“USPTO”: the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 2.20(f).
“Withholding Agent”: as applicable, any of any applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the context may require.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers”: with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
1.2Other Definitional Provisions.
(a)Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
(b)As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to agreements (including this Agreement) or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, (vi) any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and (vii) references to time of day shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to Pacific time.
(c)The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(d)The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
(e)Any reference in any Loan Document to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a Division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a Division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any Division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person under the Loan Documents (and each Division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity) on the first date of its existence. In connection with any Division, if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any
36
Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then such asset shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person.
1.3Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).
SECTION 2
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
2.1Term Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Lender severally agrees to make a Term Loan to Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount equal to the amount of the Term Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.13.
2.2Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, one Business Day prior to the Closing Date) requesting that the Term Lenders with a Term Commitment make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Lender with a Term Commitment thereunder thereof. Not later than 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the Closing Date each Term Lender with a Term Commitment shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Term Loan Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Lenders in immediately available funds.
2.3Repayment of Term Loans. Beginning on December 31, 2019, the Term Loans of each Term Lender shall be repaid in consecutive equal quarterly installments, on the last day of each fiscal quarter, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender’s Term Percentage multiplied by $75,000.00. To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.
2.4Revolving Commitments.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (each, a “Revolving Loan” and, collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, taking into account the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans, incurred on behalf of Borrower and owing to such Lender, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. In addition, the amount of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time. During the Revolving Commitment Period Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the
37
Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the existence of an Event of Default, no Revolving Loan may be borrowed as, converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan.
(b)Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.
2.5Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. Borrower may borrow up to the Available Revolving Commitment under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, (a) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans (in each case, with originals to follow within three (3) Business Days)) (provided that any such Notice of Borrowing of ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility to finance payments under Section 3.5(a) may be given not later than 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), in each such case specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor, and (iv) instructions for remittance of the proceeds of the applicable Loans to be borrowed. Except with respect to a Revolving Loan Conversion, each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to in the case of ABR Loans, $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $100,000, such lesser amount). Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing from Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of Borrower at the Revolving Loan Funding Office prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the Borrowing Date requested by Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting such account as is designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by Borrower with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. No Revolving Loan will be made on the Closing Date.
2.6 |
[Reserved]. |
2.7 |
[Reserved]. |
2.8 |
[Reserved]. |
2.9 |
Commitment and Other Fees. Borrower agrees to pay the following: |
(a)The fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in, and otherwise in accordance with, the Fee Letter and to perform any other obligations contained therein.
(b)As additional compensation for the Total Revolving Commitments, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Lenders, a fee for Borrower’s non-use of available funds under the Revolving Facility (the “Commitment Fee”), commencing on the Closing Date and payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter (such first payment to occur September 30, 2019) occurring prior to the Revolving Termination Date, and on the Revolving Termination Date, in an amount equal to the Commitment Fee Rate multiplied by the average unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. The unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, for purposes of this calculation, shall equal the
38
difference between (i) the Total Revolving Commitments (as reduced from time to time), and (ii) the sum of (A) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Loans outstanding, (B) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, and (C) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
(c)All fees payable under this Section 2.9 shall be fully earned on the date paid and nonrefundable.
2.10Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments subject to the payment of the fees described in Section 2.11(b); provided that no such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Available Revolving Commitments; provided further that if such notice of termination indicates that such termination is to occur in connection with a refinancing, such notice of termination may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect; provided that, if in connection with any such reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the L/C Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the L/C Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of L/C Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the Total L/C Commitments shall be reduced to an amount that would result in the aggregate L/C Exposure exceeding the Total L/C Commitments (as so reduced). Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the L/C Commitments then in effect.
2.11 |
Optional Prepayments. |
(a)Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date thereof, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the proposed prepayment; provided that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21; provided further that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a refinancing, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein (subject to revocation as described above), together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.
(b)If the Term Loans are prepaid in full or the Revolving Commitments are terminated either pursuant Section 2.12(b), in connection with a Change of Control or other sale of all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets, in connection with an initial public offering of the Capital Stock of
39
Borrower (or a parent company thereof) or any refinancing of the Indebtedness hereunder, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the applicable Lenders), contemporaneously with the prepayment or acceleration of such Obligations, a prepayment fee equal to, with respect to any such Term Loan prepayment or Revolving Commitment termination made during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans so prepaid and Revolving Commitments so reduced; provided that the foregoing fee shall not be payable if the Term Loans or Revolving Commitments1 are refinanced with a credit facility in which SVB is an arranger, agent, lender or participant. Any such prepayment fee shall be fully earned on the date paid and shall not be refundable for any reason.
2.12Mandatory Prepayments.
(a)If any Capital Stock shall be issued by any Group Member in connection with an exercise of the Cure Right, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(b)If any Indebtedness shall be incurred by any Group Member (excluding any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.2), Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied on the date of such incurrence toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(c)If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to be applied promptly following the date of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and Recovery Events that may be excluded from the foregoing requirement pursuant to a Reinvestment Notice shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event to be applied toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(d)If, for any fiscal year of Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (provided that for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, Excess Cash Flow shall be calculated from August 1, 2019 through the end of such fiscal year), there shall be Excess Cash Flow, Borrower shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply 50% of such Excess Cash Flow (minus, without duplication, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, voluntary principal repayments of the Loans under the Loan Documents (excluding voluntary repayment of Revolving Loans, except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in the commitments related thereto) during such fiscal year) toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that such percentage shall be reduced to 25% for such fiscal year if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.75:1.00 but greater than 2.00:1.00 and such percentage shall be further reduced to 0% for such fiscal year if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00. Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (each an “Excess Cash Flow Application Date”) occurring no later than two (2) Business Days following the earlier of (i) the date on which the financial statements of Borrower referred to in
1 NTD: If the company replaces the revolver with another SVB revolver, we do not think the prepayment fee should apply.
40
Section 6.1(a), for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Lenders and (ii) the date such financial statements are actually delivered.
(e)If any Extraordinary Receipts shall be received by any Group Member, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such receipt toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(f)[reserved].
(g)Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be applied pro rata (i) first, to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans and in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.18(b) and (ii) then to the payment of the Revolving Loans (without a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments). Each prepayment of the Loans under this Section 2.12 (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans, in the event all Revolving Commitments have not been terminated) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.
(h)Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 2.12, a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment.
(i)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payment in respect of a mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.12 may be declined in whole or in part by any Lender without prejudice to such Lender’s rights hereunder to accept or decline any future payments in respect of such mandatory prepayment. If any Lender declines payment in respect of any mandatory prepayment, in whole or in part, the proceeds of such declined payment shall first be offered ratably to the Lenders accepting payment in respect of such mandatory prepayment before such proceeds can be retained by Borrower.
2.13Conversion and Continuation Options.
(a)Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date; provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Subject to Section 2.17, Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
(b)Subject to Section 2.17, any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by Borrower giving irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further that if Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this Section 2.13(b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the
41
preceding proviso, such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
2.14Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to (x) in the case of Term Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (y) in the case of Revolving Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof, and (b) no more than seven (7) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.
2.15Interest Rates and Payment Dates.
(a)Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(b)Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the ABR plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(c)During the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Required Lenders, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.00% (the “Default Rate”).
(d)Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.15(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.
2.16Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a)Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b)Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of demonstrable error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of Borrower, deliver to Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.16(a).
2.17Inability to Determine Interest Rate.
42
(a)If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower) in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Loan or a conversion to or a continuation thereof that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such requested Loan or conversion or continuation, as applicable, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (iii) the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period, then, in any such case (i), (ii) or (iii), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof as soon as practicable thereafter. Any such determination shall specify the basis for such determination and shall, in the absence of demonstrable error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Thereafter, any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans. Until the circumstances described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), as applicable, cease to exist, in which case the Administrative Agent shall promptly withdraw the notice described in the first sentence above, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.
(b)If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in Section 2.17(a)(i) or (ii) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in Section 2.17(a)(i) or (ii) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR reporting system or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then Administrative Agent and Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to LIBOR that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable; provided that if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than 1.0%, such rate shall be deemed to be 1.0% for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.1, such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has provided such amendment to all Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this clause (b) (but in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this Section 2.17(b), only to the extent that LIBOR for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made shall be made as ABR Loans, and (y) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans.
2.18Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.
(a)Each borrowing by Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages, L/C Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.
43
(b)Except as otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders. The amount of each optional and mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (other than mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(d)) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans pro rata based upon the respective then remaining principal amounts thereof. The amount of each mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(d) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans in the inverse order of maturity. Except as otherwise may be agreed by Borrower and the Required Lenders, any prepayment of Term Loans shall be applied to the then outstanding Term Loans on a pro rata basis regardless of Type. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
(c)Subject to Section 2.12(i), each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.
(d)All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and shall be made prior to 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the applicable Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 P.M., Pacific time, shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.
(e)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date in accordance with Section 2, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date on which such amount is made available to Borrower but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate equal to the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility from Borrower. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then
44
the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(f)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower is making such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Loan Party.
(g)If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.18, and such funds are not made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable extension of credit set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(h)The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to (i) make Term Loans, (ii) make Revolving Loans, (iii) to fund its participations in L/C Disbursements in accordance with its respective L/C Percentage, and (iv) to make payments pursuant to Section 9.7, as applicable, are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any such Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any such payment under Section 9.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.7.
(i)Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
(j)If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.
(k)If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the principal of or interest on any Loan made by it or its participation in the L/C Exposure, as applicable (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment), in excess of its Term Percentage, Revolving Percentage or L/C Percentage, as applicable, of such payment on account of the Loans or participations obtained by all of the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith advise the Administrative Agent of the receipt of such payment, and within five Business Days of such receipt purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Term Lenders, Revolving Lenders or L/C Lenders, as applicable (through the Administrative Agent),
45
without recourse, such participations in the Term Loans or Revolving Loans made by them and/or participations in the L/C Exposure held by them, as applicable, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with their respective Term Percentages, Revolving Percentages or L/C Percentages, as applicable; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of Borrower from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section 2.18(k) shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 2.18(k). The Administrative Agent shall keep records on the Register in accordance with Section 10.6 (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of demonstrable error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) and shall in each case notify the Term Lenders, the Revolving Lenders or the L/C Lenders, as applicable, following any such purchase. The provisions of this Section 2.18(k) shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (ii) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 3.10, or (iii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or sub-participations in any L/C Exposure to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). Borrower consents on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation. For the avoidance of doubt, no amounts received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be applied in partial or complete satisfaction of any Excluded Swap Obligations.
(l)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion at any time or from time to time, without Borrower’s request and even if the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 would not be satisfied, make a Revolving Loan in an amount equal to the portion of the Obligations constituting overdue interest and fees from time to time due and payable to itself, any Revolving Lender or the Issuing Lender, and apply the proceeds of any such Revolving Loan to those Obligations; provided that after giving effect to any such Revolving Loan, the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans will not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect.
2.19Illegality; Requirements of Law.
(a)Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Requirement of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not
46
lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
(b)Requirements of Law. If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or the compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:
(i)shall subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its Loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
(ii)shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate); or
(iii)impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining Loans determined with reference to the Eurodollar Rate or of maintaining its obligation to make such Loans, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable or received by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder in respect thereof (whether in respect of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, upon the request of such Lender or other Recipient, Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.
(c)If any Lender determines that any change in any Requirement of Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such change in such Requirement of Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(d)For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel
47
Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in any Requirement of Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
(e)A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this Section submitted by any Lender to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.19, Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.19 for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
2.20Taxes.
For purposes of this Section 2.20, the term “Lender” includes the Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.
(a)Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party, to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 2.20. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)Payment of Other Taxes. Without duplication of other amounts payable by Borrower under this Section, Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes applicable to such Loan Party.
(c)Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20, Borrower shall, or shall cause such other Loan Party to, deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d)Indemnification by Loan Parties. Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.20) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to
48
be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (including any recording and filing fees with respect thereto or resulting therefrom and any liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying such Indemnified Taxes), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided, that the Loan Parties shall not be required to indemnify a Recipient pursuant to this Section 2.20 to the extent that such Recipient fails to notify the Loan Parties of its intent to make a claim for indemnification under this Section 2.20 within 270 days after a claim is asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.
(e)Indemnification by Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e). Any amounts set off by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, to the extent such amounts relate to any Loan Document be treated as having been paid in accordance with, and for purposes of, such Loan Document.
(f)Status of Lenders.
(i)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.20(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if the Lender is not legally entitled to complete, execute or deliver such documentation or, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under
49
this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding Tax; provided, however, that if the Lender is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it shall provide the appropriate withholding form of its owner;
(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient, but no fewer than two (2)) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E; and/or
(4)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;
(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by
50
applicable law to permit Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(iii)Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose).
(iv)To the extent legally permissible, the Administrative Agent, in the event that the Administrative Agent is a U.S. Person, shall deliver an IRS Form W-9 to Borrower and if the Administrative Agent is not a U.S. Person, the applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its exemption from U.S. withholding Taxes with respect to amounts payable hereunder, on or prior to the date the Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement. At any time thereafter, the Administrative Agent shall provide updated documentation previously provided (or a successor form thereto) when any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or otherwise upon the reasonable request of Borrower.
(g)Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or
51
any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the Discharge of Obligations.
2.21Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) a default by Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) a default by Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (c) for any reason, the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such losses and expenses shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, reduced, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any), over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error. This covenant shall survive the Discharge of Obligations. This Section 2.21 shall not apply with respect to Taxes.
2.22Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans affected by such event or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, in each case, with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal, or regulatory disadvantage; provided further that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d). Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment made at the request of Borrower.
2.23Substitution of Lenders. Upon the receipt by Borrower of any of the following, with respect to any Lender (any such Lender described in clauses (a) through (c) below being referred to as an
“Affected Lender” hereunder):
(a)a request from a Lender for payment of Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section 2.20 or of increased costs pursuant to Section 2.19 (and, in any such case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.22 or is a Non-Consenting Lender);
52
(b)a notice from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.1(b) that one or more Minority Lenders are unwilling to agree to an amendment or other modification approved by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; or
(c)notice from the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender;
then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the Administrative Agent and such Affected Lender: (i) request that one or more of the other Lenders acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment; or (ii) designate a replacement lending institution (which shall be an Eligible Assignee) to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment (the replacing Lender or lender in (i) or (ii) being a “Replacement Lender”); provided, however, that Borrower shall be liable for the payment upon demand of all costs and other amounts arising under Section 2.21 that result from the acquisition of any Affected Lender’s Loan and/or Commitment (or any portion thereof) by a Lender or Replacement Lender, as the case may be, on a date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loans then outstanding; and provided further, however, that if Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Affected Lender under clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.23, then Borrower shall be obligated to replace all Affected Lenders under such clauses. The Affected Lender replaced pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall be required to assign and delegate, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to one or more Replacement Lenders that so agree to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment upon payment to such Affected Lender of an amount (in the aggregate for all Replacement Lenders) equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of the Affected Lender’s Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents from such Replacement Lenders (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including amounts under Section 2.21 hereof); provided, that to the extent any such Affected Lender does not execute any such assignment and delegation, such assignment and delegation shall be deemed to have occurred if all the other conditions required for such assignment and delegation hereunder have been satisfied. Any such designation of a Replacement Lender shall be effected in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the assignment provisions contained in Section 10.6 (with the assignment fee to be paid by Borrower in such instance), and, if such Replacement Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any assignment pursuant to this Section 2.23, (a) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.19 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20, such assignment shall result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (b) such assignment shall not conflict with any applicable Requirement of Law, and (c) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender being a Minority Lender referred to in clause (b) of this Section 2.23, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affected Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Affected Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
2.24Defaulting Lenders.
(a)Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
53
(i)Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.1 and in the definitions of Majority Revolving Lenders, Majority Term Lenders and Required Lenders.
(ii)Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 8 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.7), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender hereunder; third, if requested by the Issuing Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for the funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth, as Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, and (y) if requested by the Issuing Lender, be held as Cash Collateral for the future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any future Letter of Credit; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Advances in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans or L/C Advances were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Advances owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Advances owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Advances are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.24(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii)Certain Fees.
(A)No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.9(b) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).
(B)Each Defaulting Lender shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit fees as provided in Section 3.3(d).
54
(C)With respect to any Letter of Credit fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B) above, Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such Letter of Credit fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the Issuing Lender the amount of any such Letter of Credit fee, otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting
Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such Letter of Credit fee.
(iv)Reallocation of Pro Rata Share to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4, the L/C Percentage of each non-Defaulting Lender of any such Letter of Credit, shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender; provided that, (A) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (B) the aggregate obligations of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender plus the aggregate amount of that Lender’s L/C Percentage of then outstanding Letters of Credit, and (C) the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time). Subject to Section 10.21, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.10.
(b)Defaulting Lender Cure. If Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Percentages, L/C Percentages and Term Percentages, as applicable (without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.
55
(c)New Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit after giving effect thereto.
(d) |
[Reserved]. |
2.25 |
[Reserved]. |
2.26Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.6) (promptly after Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans.
2.27 |
Incremental Term Facility. |
(a) |
At any time after the Closing Date and prior to the four year anniversary of the |
Closing Date, Borrower may request that the Lenders or Additional Lenders (as defined below) on one or more occasions establish one or more incremental term loan facilities under this Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000 (each such facility, an “Incremental Term Facility”). No Lender shall be obligated to participate in an Incremental Term Facility. Any Incremental Term Facility shall be in an amount of at least $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.
(b)Each of the following shall be conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility:
(i)Borrower shall have delivered an irrevocable written request to the Administrative Agent for such Incremental Term Facility at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the requested effective date of such Incremental Term Facility (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), and promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall invite each Lender to provide the Incremental Term Facility ratably in accordance with its Term Percentage of each requested Incremental Term Facility (it being agreed that no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Incremental Term Facility and that any Lender may elect to participate in such Incremental Term Facility in an amount that is less than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility or more than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility if other Lenders have elected not to participate in any applicable requested Incremental Term Facility in accordance with their Term Percentages) and to the extent five (5) Business Days after receipt of invitation, sufficient Lenders do not agree to provide the Incremental Term Facility on terms acceptable to Borrower, then Borrower may invite any prospective lender that satisfies the criteria of being an “Eligible Assignee” to become a Lender in connection with the proposed Incremental Term Facility (each such person an “Additional Lender”);
(ii)each Lender or Additional Lender agreeing to participate in any such Incremental Term Facility, Borrower and the Administrative Agent have signed an Incremental Joinder (any Incremental Joinder may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Borrower and the Lenders agreeing to such Incremental Term Facility, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.27) and Borrower shall have executed any Notes requested by any Lender or Additional Lender in connection with the incurrence of the Incremental Term Facility. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, an Incremental Joinder reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the amendments to this
56
Agreement effected thereby, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Lender(s) or Additional Lender(s) agreeing to fund such Incremental Term Facility;
(iii)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof, (A) each of the conditions precedent in Section 5.2(a) are satisfied and (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the funding of such Incremental Term Facility;
(iv)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof (including pro forma effect to any applicable Permitted Acquisition), the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without giving any netting effect to the cash proceeds of the Incremental Term Facility) shall not be greater than the lesser of 3.50:1.00 and the applicable covenant level set forth in Section 7.1 for the period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of Borrower referred to in Section 6.1(b) are required to be delivered, and (C) Qualified Availability shall be at least $3,500,000, and Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing compliance with the requirements of this clause (iv) and clause (iii) above,
(v)any Incremental Term Loan Facility may provide for the ability to participate (A) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans and (B) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans, and, in any case, (X) the Incremental Term Facility shall have a final maturity date that is the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (Y) the Incremental Term Loan shall amortize at a quarterly rate of 0.25% of the initial principal amount thereof (subject to adjustment as provided herein for the Term Loans), commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after the funding thereof;
(vi)any Incremental Term Loan shall rank pari passu or junior in right of security in respect of the Collateral and the collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(vii)no Incremental Term Facility will be guaranteed by any Person other than a Guarantor or a Limited Recourse Pledgor hereunder and shall not be secured by any property or assets other than the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(viii)the all-in yield (based on the interest rate and original issue discount and upfront fees, if any, but excluding other amounts, including arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees) applicable to any Incremental Term Loan shall not be more than 0.50% per annum higher than the corresponding all-in yield with respect to the then-existing Term Loans (measured based on the all-in yield with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date) unless the Applicable Margin with respect to the then-existing Term Loans is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to such Incremental Term Facility and the all-in yield applicable to the then-existing Term Loans minus 0.50%; and
(ix)Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or Additional Lenders in connection with the exercise of the applicable Incremental Term Facility.
57
(c)Upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility, all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to the Term Loans, Loans, and/or Lenders shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include the term loans incurred pursuant to such Incremental Term Facility and the lenders thereunder.
(d)The Incremental Term Facilities established pursuant to this Section 2.27 shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from any guarantees and the security interests created by the Loan Documents, other than in the case of an Incremental Term Facility that is secured on a junior basis in respect of the Collateral. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by Administrative Agent to ensure and demonstrate that the Liens and security interests granted by the Loan Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such Incremental Term Facility, which actions may include re-granting Liens and entering into supplements, amendments, restatements or replacements of the Security Documents and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and executing and delivering all documents, instruments and legal opinions in connection therewith reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
(e)Any documentation with respect to any Incremental Term Facility which differ from those with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date (except to the extent permitted hereunder) shall reflect market terms and conditions at the time of issuance thereof as determined by Borrower and the Administrative Agent or otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that terms differing from those with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date are acceptable if (1) the Lenders under the Term Loan Facility also receive the benefits of each term or (2) are applicable only after the Term Loan Maturity Date).
SECTION 3
LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1L/C Commitment.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue standby letters of credit (“Letters of Credit”) for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) on any Business Day during the Letter of Credit Availability Period in such form as may reasonably be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the L/C Exposure would exceed either the Total L/C Commitments or the Available Revolving Commitment at such time. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). For the avoidance of doubt, no commercial letters of credit shall be issued by the Issuing Lender to any Person under this Agreement.
(b)The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of
Credit if:
(i)such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Lender to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law;
(ii)any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing, amending or
58
reinstating such Letter of Credit, or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it;
(iii)the Issuing Lender has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of the applicable conditions contained in Section 5.2 shall not then be satisfied;
(iv)any requested Letter of Credit is not in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender, or the issuance, amendment or renewal of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable laws or regulations or any applicable policies of the Issuing Lender;
(v)such Letter of Credit contains any provisions providing for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder;
(vi)except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, such Letter of Credit is in an initial face amount less than $100,000; or
(vii)any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 3.10, satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (in its sole discretion) with Borrower or such Defaulting Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lender’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other L/C Exposure as to which the Issuing Lender has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.
59
3.2Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).
3.3 |
Fees and Other Charges. |
(a)Borrower agrees to pay, with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower, (i) to the extent there is more than one Lender, a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on the daily amount available to be drawn under each such Letter of Credit to the Issuing Lender for its own account (“Letter of Credit Fronting Fee”), (ii) a letter of credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the L/C Lenders equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans times the drawable amount of such Letter of Credit, payable, in the case of clause (i) and (ii) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the Letter of Credit Maturity Date (each, an “L/C Fee Payment Date”) after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit, and (iii) to the Issuing Lender its standard and reasonable fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower or processing of drawings thereunder (the “Issuing Lender Fees”). The Letter of Credit Fronting Fee, Letter of Credit Fee and the Issuing Lender Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
(b)In addition to the foregoing fees, Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.
(c)Borrower shall furnish to the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to any requested Letter of Credit issuance, amendment or renewal, including any L/C-Related Documents, as the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).
(d)Any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, to the other L/C Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective L/C Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.24(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the Issuing Lender for its own account.
60
3.4L/C Participations. The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Lender, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Lender irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Lender’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Lender agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.5(a), such L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each L/C Lender’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Lender may have against the Issuing Lender, Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5.2, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Lender, or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
3.5 |
Reimbursement. |
(a)If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the entire amount of such L/C Disbursement not later than the immediately following Business Day after such notice to Borrower. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds.
(b)If the Issuing Lender shall not have received from Borrower the payment that it is required to make pursuant to Section 3.5(a) with respect to a Letter of Credit within the time specified in such Section (which payment may be made with the proceeds of a borrowing of Revolving Loans to the extent such borrowing is requested and borrowed by Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each L/C Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its L/C Percentage thereof, and each L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose); upon such payment pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any L/C Disbursement, Borrower shall be required to reimburse the L/C Lenders for such payments (including interest accrued thereon from the date of such payment until the date of such reimbursement at the rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans plus 2% per annum) on demand; provided that if at the time of and after giving effect to such payment by the L/C Lenders, the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied, Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent certifying that such conditions are satisfied and that all interest owing under this paragraph has been paid, request that such payments by the L/C Lenders be converted into Revolving Loans (a “Revolving Loan Conversion”), in which case, if such conditions are in fact satisfied, the L/C Lenders shall be deemed to have extended, and Borrower shall be deemed to have accepted, a Revolving Loan in the aggregate principal amount of such payment without further action on the part of any party, and the Total L/C Commitments shall be permanently reduced by such amount; any amount so paid pursuant to this paragraph shall, on and after the payment date thereof, be deemed to be Revolving Loans for all purposes hereunder; provided that the Issuing Lender, at its option, may effectuate a Revolving
61
Loan Conversion regardless of whether the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied.
3.6Obligations Absolute. Borrower’s obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and Borrower’s obligations hereunder shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or breach in bad faith of the obligations of the Issuing Lender hereunder. Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach in bad faith of its obligations hereunder, shall be binding on Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to Borrower.
In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in the Agreement, Borrower hereby agrees to pay and to protect, indemnify, and save Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or (B) the failure of Issuing Lender or of any L/C Lender to honor a demand for payment under any Letter of Credit thereof as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, in each case other than to the extent solely as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender or the breach in bad faith of the obligations of the Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender hereunder (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
3.7Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.
3.8Applications. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.
3.9Interim Interest. If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless either Borrower shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full within the time period specified in Section 3.5(a) or the L/C Lenders shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full on such date as provided in Section 3.5(b), in each case the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Lender, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by Borrower, at the rate per annum
62
that would apply to such amount if such amount were a Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan; provided that the provisions of Section 2.15(c) shall be applicable to any such amounts not paid when due.
3.10Cash Collateral.
(a)Certain Credit Support Events. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (i) if the Issuing Lender has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Advance by all the L/C Lenders that is not reimbursed by Borrower or converted into a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 3.5(b), or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, any L/C Exposure for any reason remains outstanding, Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then effective L/C Exposure in an amount equal to 105% of such L/C Exposure.
At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover 105% of the Fronting Exposure relating to the Letters of Credit (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender).
(b)Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent. Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender or Defaulting Lender, such Lender or Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the L/C Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest and Lien in all such Cash Collateral and in all proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 3.10(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than 105% of the applicable L/C Exposure, Fronting Exposure and other Obligations secured thereby, Borrower or the relevant Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable, will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by such Lender or Defaulting Lender).
(c)Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 3.10, Section 2.24 or otherwise in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Exposure, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.
(d)Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit or other Obligations shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.10 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure and other Obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) a determination by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (A) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (B) that, subject to Section 2.24, the Person providing such Cash Collateral and the Issuing Lender may agree that such Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations, and provided further, that to the extent
63
that such Cash Collateral was provided by Borrower or any other Loan Party, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to any security interest and Lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.
3.11Additional Issuing Lenders. Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this Section 3.11 shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Lender” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Lender and such Lender.
3.12Resignation of the Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender may resign at any time by giving at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Borrower; provided that such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Issuing Lender has been appointed in accordance with this Section 3.12. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Lender, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender and the retiring Issuing Lender shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder without affecting its rights and obligations with respect to Letters of Credit previously issued by it. At the time such resignation shall become effective, Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 3.3. The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Lender, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Lenders, as the context shall require. After the resignation of the Issuing Lender hereunder, the retiring Issuing Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
3.13Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable laws, the Letters of Credit shall be governed by and subject to the rules of the ISP.
SECTION 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue the Letters of Credit, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to itself and each of its Subsidiaries, that:
4.1Financial Condition.
(a)The financial model delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent on July 1, 2019 was prepared based on the best information available to Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and presented fairly in all material respects the estimated financial position of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of March 31, 2019 assuming that the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Term Loans by Borrower had actually occurred at such date and giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth therein (it being
64
understood that any projections therein are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized, and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).
(b)The audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the fiscal years then ended. The unaudited, internally prepared consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at May 31, 2019, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the 5-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the 5-month period then ended (in each case, subject to normal year-end adjustments). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein) and subject to, in the case of unaudited financial statements, normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes. No Group Member has, as of the Closing Date, any material Guarantee Obligations, material contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that (x) are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this Section 4.1(b) or (y) have been incurred after the date of such financial statements and have not been disclosed to the Lenders. During the period from December 31, 2018 to and including the date hereof, there has been no Disposition by any Group Member of any material part of the Group Members’ business or property.
4.2No Change. Since December 31, 2018, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.3Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in material compliance with all Requirements of Law except in such instances in which (i) such Requirement of Law is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and the prosecution of such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.4Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement
65
or any of the other Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices described that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
4.5No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member in any material respect and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).
4.6Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6, no litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.7No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall either result from the making of a requested Credit Extension.
4.8Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments. Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in or a valid right to use, all of its other tangible property, in each case in all material respects, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3. No Loan Party owns any Investment except as permitted by Section 7.8. Section 10 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by each Loan Party as of the date hereof, if any. Section 11 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which any Loan Party is the lessee as of the date hereof.
4.9Intellectual Property. Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member’s use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Group Member’s Intellectual Property, nor does Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim, unless such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member, and the conduct of such Group Member’s business, as currently conducted, does not infringe on or otherwise violate the rights of any Person, unless such infringement would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no claims pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened to such effect.
4.10Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the
66
amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); no tax Lien has been filed (other than for taxes not yet due and payable) except as permitted by Section 7.3, and, to the knowledge of Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.
4.11Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used (a) for “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board or (b) for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.
4.12Labor Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member. As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened.
4.13 |
ERISA. |
(a)Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA with respect to each Pension Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Pension Plan;
(b)except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;
(c)each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates has in the past six years met in all material respects all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained;
(d)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Loan Party nor any of its respective ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date;
(e)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not exceed $500,000;
67
(f)to the knowledge of Borrower, with respect to any Pension Plan, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code;
(g)all liabilities under each Pension Plan are in all material respects (i) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Pension Plans, (ii) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto, or (iii) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and
(h)(i) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the Code; (ii) the respective assets of the Loan Parties do not and will not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of the United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101; (iii) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; and (iv) transactions by or with any Loan Party are not and will not be subject to state statutes applicable to such Loan Party regulating investments of fiduciaries with respect to governmental plans.
4.14Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No such Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board), including the Federal Power Act, that may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or that may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.
4.15 |
Subsidiaries. |
(a)Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (i) Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary of Borrower and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (ii) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, except as may be created by the Loan Documents.
(b)As of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b), no Immaterial Subsidiary (a) holds assets representing more than 5% of Borrower’s consolidated total assets (determined in accordance with GAAP), (b) has generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount more than 5% of Borrower’s consolidated total revenues determined in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b); provided that all Subsidiaries that are individually an Immaterial Subsidiary do not have aggregate consolidated total assets that would represent 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total assets nor have generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount of 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total
68
revenues for such four fiscal quarter period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, or (c) owns any material Intellectual Property.
4.16Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used to fund in part the Closing Date Distribution, to refinance certain existing Indebtedness and to pay fees and expenses related thereto and for general corporate purposes; provided that any Incremental Term Facility shall be used solely to finance Permitted Acquisitions or Restricted Payments and related fees and expenses. All or a portion of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used for ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes, including Permitted Acquisitions, other permitted Investments and capital expenditures.
4.17Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
(a)except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17, the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “Properties”) do not contain, and, to the knowledge of Borrower, have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or have constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;
(b)no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “Business”), nor does Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;
(c)no Group Member has transported or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor has any Group Member generated, treated, stored or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;
(d)no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;
(e)there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;
(f)the Properties and all operations of the Group Members at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.17, to the knowledge of Borrower, there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and
(g)no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.
69
4.18Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement (other than information of a general industry nature or a general economic nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when taken together with all other such statements and information, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. As of the Closing Date, there is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.
4.19Security Documents.
(a)The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the New York UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any other applicable jurisdiction (“Certificated Securities”), when certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent, in the case of any Deposit Account or Securities Account constituting Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon the effectiveness of a Control Agreement with respect thereto, and in the case of the other Collateral constituting personal property described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 7.3), to the extent that such Lien and security interest may be perfected by the taking of possession of such Collateral, the effectiveness of a Control Agreement, or the filing of such financing statements and other filings.
(b)Each of the Mortgages, if any, delivered after the Closing Date will be, upon execution, effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices for the applicable jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.3).
(c)Each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security
70
interest in the collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the pledged Capital Stock described in the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements that are Certificated Securities, when certificates representing such pledged Capital Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent and when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(c) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(c), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Limited Recourse Pledgors in such collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, to the extent that such Lien and security interest may be perfected by the taking of possession of such collateral or the filing of such financing statements and other filings. The Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements constitutes 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Borrower.
4.20Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer. The Loan Parties, taken as a whole, are, and after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be and will continue to be, Solvent. No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.
4.21Regulation H. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has not been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.
4.22Designated Senior Indebtedness. The Loan Documents and all of the Obligations have been deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
4.23 |
[Reserved] |
4.24Insurance. All insurance maintained by the Loan Parties is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, no Loan Party has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, and there exists no default under any requirement of such insurance. Each Loan Party maintains insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
4.25No Casualty. No Loan Party has received any notice of, nor does any Loan Party have any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any material portion of its property.
4.26Capitalization. Schedule 4.26 sets forth the beneficial owners of all Capital Stock of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the amount of Capital Stock held by each such owner, as of the Closing Date.
4.27Anti-Corruption Laws. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each relevant jurisdiction where a Group Member conducts business, and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
71
4.28OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of Borrower or any such Subsidiary, any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative thereof, is an individual or an entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is (a) currently the subject of any Sanctions, or (b) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made hereunder will be used by any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates, directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or otherwise made available to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010, (iii) to conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (iv) to deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, or (v) in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act.
4.29No Fees. Except as described in Schedule 4.29, no commissions or broker or referral fees or similar fees are due and payable as a result of the closing of the Closing Date Distribution, any Facility or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
SECTION 5
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i)this Agreement executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, each Lender and Borrower;
(ii)the Collateral Information Certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party;
(iii)if required by any Term Lender, a Term Loan Note executed by Borrower in favor of such Lender;
(iv)if required by any Revolving Lender, a Revolving Loan Note executed by Borrower in favor of such Lender;
(v)the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed by the applicable Loan Parties party thereto;
(vi)each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed by the applicable Loan Party related thereto;
(vii)the Fee Letter, executed by Borrower and the Administrative Agent;
72
(viii)each other Security Document, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party party thereto;
(ix)each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by each Limited Recourse Pledgor (including, in the case of a natural Person, a spousal consent, if applicable); and
(x) |
the Flow of Funds Agreement, executed by Borrower. |
(b) |
[Reserved]. |
(c)Financial Statements; Pro Forma Financial Statements; Projections. The Lenders shall have received (i) the financial information set forth in Section 4.1 and (ii) forecasts prepared by management of Borrower, each in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements on a quarterly basis for the first year following the Closing Date and on an annual basis for each year thereafter during the initial term of this Agreement giving effect to the incurrence of the Loans, the use of proceeds thereof and the costs and expenses associated with the foregoing on or before the Closing Date.
(d)Secretary’s Certificate; Certified Certificate of Organization; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, and each Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, the bylaws or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor and the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person (or a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) from its jurisdiction of organization, and (iii) certificates of foreign qualification from each jurisdiction where the failure of any applicable Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person (or a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)Patriot Act. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.
(f)Existing Indebtedness. After giving effect to the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, no Group Member shall have any outstanding Indebtedness except as permitted by Section 7.2.
(g)Collateral Matters.
(i)Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, together with such other searches as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require, and such searches shall reveal no liens on (A) any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by
73
Section 7.3 or Liens discharged on or prior to the Closing Date or (B) any of the collateral pledged by the Limited Recourse Pledgors.
(ii)Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have received or otherwise be in possession of original versions of (A) the certificates representing the shares of any Capital Stock in certificated form pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, and (B) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.
(iii)Filings, Registrations, Recordings, Agreements, Etc. Each document (including any UCC financing statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements, Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements, and landlord access agreements and/or bailee waivers) required by the Loan Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, executed, registered or recorded to create in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein or collateral described in each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, prior and superior in right and priority to any Lien in the Collateral (or collateral pledged under any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement) held by any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.3), shall have been executed (if applicable) and delivered to the Administrative Agent (if applicable) in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(iv)Lien Releases. Borrower shall have delivered evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Lien over Borrower’s property recorded in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the underlying line of credit has been discharged.
(v)Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
(h)Fees. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date under the Loan Documents (including pursuant to the Fee Letter) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses payable to such Person under this Agreement and for which invoices have been presented for payment on or before the Closing Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent). All such amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the Flow of Funds Agreement.
(i)Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties and Limited Recourse Pledgors in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (which shall include, among other things, authority, legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Loan Documents and creation and perfection of security interests).
(j)Minimum Qualified Availability. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Loans by Borrower and the costs and expenses in
74
connection with the foregoing (it being agreed that the Revolving Facility shall be undrawn on the Closing Date), Qualified Availability shall be no less than $4,500,000.
(k)Borrowing Notices. The Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of the Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date, a completed Notice of Borrowing executed by Borrower and otherwise complying with the requirements of Section 2.2.
(l)Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, certifying that Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the other transactions contemplated hereby (including the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date), are Solvent.
(m) |
[Reserved]. |
(n)No Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2018 any event or condition that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(o)Closing Date Leverage. After giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Loans by Borrower and the costs and expenses in connection with the foregoing, the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (for the trailing four quarters ending on the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Closing Date) is equal to or lesser than 2.00:1.00.
For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.1, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent (or made available) by the Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender.
5.2Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (including any Revolving Loan Conversion) requested to be made by it on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects, and (ii) that is not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as applicable), as of such earlier date.
(b)Availability. With respect to any requests for any Revolving Extensions of Credit, after giving effect to such Revolving Extension of Credit, the availability and borrowing limitations specified in Sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall have been complied with.
(c)Notices of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing in connection with any such request for extension of credit which complies with the requirements hereof.
75
(d)No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of or on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.
Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of Borrower hereunder, each Revolving Loan Conversion and each conversion of a Term Loan shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit, Revolving Loan Conversion or conversion of a Term Loan, as applicable, that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.
5.3Post-Closing Conditions. Borrower shall satisfy each of the conditions subsequent to the Closing Date specified in this Section 5.3 to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, in each case by no later than the date specified for such condition below (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole discretion):
(a)Within 30 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Person from whom Borrower leases its United States headquarters location a landlord waiver and collateral access agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(b)Within 15 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a foreign qualification from the State of New York indicating that Borrower is qualified to do business in the State of New York and its biennial statements have been filed.
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, within 30 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with insurance endorsements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
SECTION 6
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower agrees that, until the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower shall, and where applicable, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
6.1Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for distribution to each Lender:
(a)within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than in connection with the pending maturity of any Indebtedness), or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by independent certified public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that CliftonLarsonAllen LLP is acceptable) and (ii) a management’s discussion and analysis;
(b)not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019), (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such
76
quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (x) income, (y) cash flows, and (z) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) a management’s discussion and analysis; and
(c)not later than 30 days after the end of each month (other than a month which is also a quarter end) occurring during each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal month ending July 31, 2019), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (i) income, (ii) cash flows, and (iii) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).
All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.
6.2Certificates; Reports; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender:
(a)concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of each such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, (A) that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, and (B) that the financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent on such date is accurate and complete in all material respects, and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of Borrower, as the case may be and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, (A) any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out on the Collateral Information Certificate and (B) a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, a list of any Intellectual Property issued to or acquired by any Loan Party, in each case since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such report so delivered, since the Closing Date);
(b)no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2019), a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (which shall include a breakdown of such consolidated budget on a quarter to quarter basis) (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the “Projections”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect; it being recognized by Lenders that such Projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the Projections;
77
(c)within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities;
(d)upon request by the Administrative Agent, within five days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding any investigation by, or proceeding with, a Governmental Authority in connection with Group Members’ compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(e)concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a), a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to the insurance coverage required to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.6, together with any supplemental reports with respect thereto which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
(f) |
[reserved]. |
(g) |
promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative |
Agent or any Lender (which Lender requests shall be made through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request.
6.3Anti-Corruption Laws. Conduct its and its Subsidiaries’ business in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each jurisdiction where the Group Members conduct business and maintain policies and procedures designated to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
6.4 |
Payment of Obligations; Taxes. |
(a)Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations (including all material Taxes and material Other Taxes imposed by law on an applicable Loan Party) of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.
(b)File or cause to be filed all Federal, all income and all other material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed.
6.5Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with (i) all Material Contractual Obligations in all material respects and (ii) Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals, and any term, condition, rule, filing or fee obligation, or other requirement related thereto, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to: (1) maintain each Pension Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or other Federal or state law; (2) cause each Pension Plan to maintain its qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code; (3) make all required contributions
78
to any Pension Plan; (4) ensure that all liabilities under each Pension Plan are either (x) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing such Pension Plan; (y) insured with a reputable insurance company; or (z) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and (5) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of each Pension Plan are and continue to be paid at no less than the rates required under the rules of such Pension Plan and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to such Pension Plan and applicable law.
6.6Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) To the extent commercially reasonable, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
6.7Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, and (b) permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and any Lender to visit, inspect any of its properties and examine, audit and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no prior notice shall be necessary during the continuance of an Event of Default) and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers, directors and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants (provided that any Group Member may, if it so chooses, be present at or participate in any such discussion and provided further that each Lender shall be provided notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercising such inspection rights in order to provide such Lenders the opportunity to participate in such inspection); provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose or permit the inspection, examination or making of copies of, (i) any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ source code or (ii) any matter that is protected by a confidentiality agreement or non-disclosure agreement (or other agreement containing provisions substantially similar thereto) with a third party that was not entered into in contemplation of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Such inspections and audits shall not exceed once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as any Agent shall reasonably determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $1,000 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent the Administrative Agent’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
6.8 |
Notices. Give prompt written notice to each of the Administrative Agent and each |
Lender of:
(a) |
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default; |
(b)any (i) material default or event of default under any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation arbitration or similar proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, that if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
79
(c)any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount of damages claimed is $750,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against any Group Member and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;
(d)(i) promptly after Borrower has knowledge or becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following events affecting any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates (but in no event more than7 Business Days after such event), the occurrence of any of the following events, and shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with respect to such event, if such event would reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $500,000 of any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates: (A) an ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (C) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan, if such amendment will result in a material increase in benefits or unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), or (D) the commencement of contributions by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or to any Multiemployer Plan;
(ii)upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after the giving, sending or filing thereof, or the receipt thereof, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates with the IRS with respect to each Pension Plan; and
(iii)promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates, all notices from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $250,000 of any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates;
(e)(i) any Asset Sale undertaken by any Group Member, (ii) any issuance of Capital Stock of Borrower; (iii) any incurrence by any Group Member of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Loans) in a principal amount equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 and (iv) with respect to any such Asset Sale, issuance of Capital Stock or incurrence of Indebtedness, the amount of any Net Cash Proceeds received by such Group Member in connection therewith;
(f)any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and
(g)any circumstance that the Group Members’ senior management has knowledge of and believe would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.
6.9Environmental Laws.
(a)Comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all material applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants
80
obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by material applicable Environmental Laws.
(b)Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under material Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all material Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.
6.10Operating Accounts. Within 120 days following the Closing Date (the “Transition Period”), (x) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall maintain their primary U.S. depository and operating accounts and a majority of their securities accounts with SVB or with SVB’s Affiliates or any other Lender, or an Affiliate thereof, and (y) the Loan Parties shall cause each of the Loan Parties’ operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) with respect to which the Administrative Agent is not the depository institution or securities intermediary to be subject to a Control Agreement or otherwise subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, that (a) with respect to operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) acquired after the Closing Date by a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, the Loan Parties shall have until the date that is 120 days following such acquisition to comply with the provisions of this section; and (b) any Loan Party may, without limiting the generality of the above in this Section, maintain any Excluded Accounts with a bank or financial institution selected by such Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to retain (i) foreign exchange services (including any foreign exchange accounts (subject to, a Control Agreement at all times after the end of the Transition Period) and foreign exchange contracts) previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower and (ii) its existing collection accounts (subject to, except with respect to Excluded Accounts, a Control Agreement at all times after the end of the Transition Period), but shall transfer balances therein in excess of $2,000,000 (in the aggregate for all such collection accounts) at least monthly to an account maintained with SVB or an Affiliate thereof.
6.11 |
[Reserved]. |
6.12 |
Additional Collateral, etc. |
(a)With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral and not constituting Excluded Assets) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below, and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to evidence that such Loan Party is a Guarantor and to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (except as expressly permitted by Section 7.3) security interest and Lien under the laws of the applicable United States jurisdiction (and the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, or to assets of any Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent) in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral or assets of a Guarantor
81
that is a Foreign Subsidiary, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(b)With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $1,500,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)), promptly, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with any applicable surveyor’s certificate, and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In connection with the foregoing, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which a Mortgage is executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12, in order to comply with the Flood Laws, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following documents (collectively, the “Flood Documents”): (A) a completed standard “life of loan” flood hazard determination form (a “Flood Determination Form”), (B) if the improvement(s) to the applicable improved real property is located in a special flood hazard area, a notification to the applicable Loan Party (“Loan Party Notice”) and (if applicable) notification to the applicable Loan Party that flood insurance coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”) is not available because the community does not participate in the NFIP, (C) documentation evidencing the applicable Loan Party’s receipt of the Loan Party Notice (e.g., countersigned Loan Party Notice, return receipt of certified U.S. Mail, or overnight delivery), and (D) if the Loan Party Notice is required to be given and flood insurance is available in the community in which the property is located, a copy of one of the following: the flood insurance policy, the applicable Loan Party’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (any of the foregoing being “Evidence of Flood Insurance”).
(c)With respect to any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), any Subsidiary formed by Division or any Subsidiary no longer qualifying as an Excluded Subsidiary, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary that is owned directly by such Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and instruments as may be required to grant, perfect, protect and ensure the priority of such security interest, including but not limited to, the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions as are necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest (subject to liens permitted by Section 7.3) in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, with respect to such Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with
82
appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States or the country of organization of the applicable Subsidiary other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent); it being agreed that if such Subsidiary is formed by Division, the foregoing requirements shall be satisfied substantially concurrently with the formation of such Subsidiary.
(d)With respect to any new direct Foreign Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition thereof and that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or any new direct Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (b) of the definition thereof, in each case, created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest and Lien in the Capital Stock of such Excluded Subsidiary that is directly owned by any such Loan Party (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such Excluded Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(e)At the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord’s agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of each leased property or bailee with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where material Collateral is stored or located, which agreement or letter shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord or bailee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party shall fail to pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.
(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, all guarantees and security shall be subject to any applicable general mandatory statutory limitations, fraudulent preference, equitable subordination, foreign exchange laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions), transfer pricing or “thin capitalization” rules, earnings stripping, exchange control restrictions, applicable maintenance of capital, retention of title claims, employee consultation or approval requirements, corporate benefit, financial assistance, protection of liquidity, and similar laws, rules and regulations and customary guarantee limitation language in the relevant jurisdiction; provided that the relevant Group Member shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations (including by way of debt pushdown or seeking requisite approvals), and (ii) Subsidiaries may be excluded from the guarantee requirements in circumstances where (1) Borrower and the Administrative
83
Agent reasonably agree that the cost or other consequence of providing such a guarantee is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby or (2) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, such requirements would contravene any legal prohibition, could reasonably be expected to result in any violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer, director, member or manager of such Subsidiary; provided that the relevant Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations. As a result of the limitations in clause (i) above, the Administrative Agent may elect to waive the requirement to cause a Group Member to become a Guarantor hereunder and such Group Member shall not be a Loan Party for any purposes hereof.
6.13Insider Subordinated Indebtedness. Cause any Insider Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to become Insider Subordinated Indebtedness (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date or (b) contemporaneously with the incurrence thereof, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness incurred at any time after the Closing Date.
6.14Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of each Credit Extension only for the purposes specified in Section 4.16.
6.15Designated Senior Indebtedness. Cause the Loan Documents and all of the Obligations to be deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
6.16Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take such further action as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect, protect, ensure the priority of or continue the Administrative Agent’s Lien on the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
6.18Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements Ensure that all Capital Stock of Borrower is subject to a perfected, first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
SECTION 7
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower hereby agrees that, until the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower shall not, nor shall Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
7.1Financial Condition Covenant.
(a)Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending as set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
Fiscal Quarter Ending |
Consolidated Senior Leverage
|
|
|
September 30, 2019 |
2.25:1.00 |
December 31, 2019 |
2.25:1.00 |
84
Fiscal Quarter Ending |
Consolidated Senior Leverage
|
|
|
March 31, 2020 |
2.25:1.00 |
June 30, 2020 |
2.25:1.00 |
September 30, 2020 |
2.25:1.00 |
December 31, 2020 |
2.00:1.00 |
March 31, 2021 |
2.00:1.00 |
June 30, 2021 |
2.00:1.00 |
September 30, 2021 |
2.00:1.00 |
December 31, 2021 |
1.75:1.00 |
March 31, 2022 |
1.75:1.00 |
June 30, 2022 |
1.75:1.00 |
September 30, 2022 |
1.50:1.00 |
December 31, 2022 |
1.50:1.00 |
March 31, 2023 |
1.50:1.00 |
June 30, 2023 |
1.50:1.00 |
September 30, 2023 |
1.50:1.00 |
December 31, 2023 |
1.50:1.00 |
March 31, 2024 |
1.50:1.00 |
June 30, 2024 and thereafter |
1.50:1.00 |
(b)Equity Cure Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.1 or in Section 8, in the event that Group Members fail to comply with the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.1(a) (the “Financial Condition Covenant”) until the expiration of the day that is ten (10) Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date the Compliance Certificate calculating such covenants is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(ii)(x) or (ii) the date such Compliance Certificate is actually delivered, Borrower shall have the right to issue Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Permitted Investors for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Borrower (collectively, the “Cure Right”) in order to prepay the Term Loans, without penalty or premium, with such amounts as are necessary to be in compliance with the Financial Condition Covenant (the “Cure Amount”). In no event shall the Cure Amount be greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Condition Covenant as set forth herein. The Cure Amount will be used solely to prepay the Term Loans and shall be applied to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Cure Right may be exercised not more than two (2) two times in any four consecutive fiscal quarters period (and may not be exercised in consecutive fiscal quarters), and not more than four (4) times prior to the later of (x) the Revolving Termination Date or (y) the Term Loan Maturity Date. Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the Cure Amount, the Financial Condition Covenant shall be recalculated (for such period and shall be so calculated for any subsequent period that includes the fiscal quarter in respect of which the Cure Right was exercised) giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments: (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be increased by the lesser of (i) 20% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (calculated prior to giving effect to the Cure Amount) and (ii) the Cure Amount and (b) if, after giving effect to the foregoing calculations, Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenants, then Borrower
85
shall be deemed to have satisfied such Financial Condition Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Condition Covenant that occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement. The resulting increase to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from the exercise of the Cure Right shall not result in any adjustment to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or any other financial definition for any purposes under this Agreement or any Loan Document, other than for purposes of calculating the Financial Covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Senior Indebtedness during the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and any subsequent fiscal quarter for which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is deemed to be increased by the Cure Amount, Consolidated Senior Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the Cure Amount was not applied to reduce the Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the exercise of the Cure Right, no Lender shall have any obligation to make any Revolving Loans, and the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit, prior to the prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with such exercise in accordance with this Section 7.1(b).
7.2Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(b)Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party, (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) owing to any other Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party), (iii) any Subsidiary (that is not a Loan Party) owing to any Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (iii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the amount of any Dispositions under Section 7.5(g)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) does not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding and (iv) any Loan Party owing to any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) so long as, in the case of this clause (iv), such Indebtedness is Insider Subordinated Indebtedness;
(c)Guarantee Obligations in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2;
(d)Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof);
(e)Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses);
(f)Surety Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $500,000;
(g)Indebtedness consisting of obligations of any Group Member incurred in a Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted by Section 7.8 or any Disposition permitted by Section 7.5 constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or consideration (including earn-out obligations) or similar adjustments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $1,500,000;
86
(h)obligations (contingent or otherwise) of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under any Specified Swap Agreement, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in accordance with Section 7.13 and not for purposes of speculation;
(i)Indebtedness of a Person (other than Borrower or a Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into Borrower or a Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary, provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not, in any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition, (ii) such merger or acquisition constitutes a Permitted Acquisition, (iii) such Indebtedness is Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2 and (iv) with respect to any such Person who becomes a Subsidiary, (A) such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) are the only obligors in respect of such Indebtedness, and (B) to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be secured hereunder, only the assets of such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) secure such Indebtedness;
(j)additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000;
(k) |
Insider Subordinated Indebtedness; |
(l)other (i) secured Indebtedness of any Loan Party to the extent permitted under Section 7.3(n) and (ii) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding;
(m) |
deposits or advances received from customers in the ordinary course of business; |
(n)unsecured Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 at any time; and
(o)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business.
7.3Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a)Liens for taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or levies not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Group Member in conformity with GAAP;
(b)carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, workmen’s, suppliers’, or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(c)pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(d)deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, government contracts, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA);
(e)easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances incurred or minor title
87
deficiencies in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Group Member;
(f)Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(f), securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(d), and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date, (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured or benefitted thereby is not increased, and (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed;
(g)Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within three (3) months after the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses;
(h)Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;
(i)any interest or title of a lessor or licensor under any lease or license entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased or licensed;
(j)judgment Liens that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) of this Agreement;
(k)bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash, Cash Equivalents, securities, commodities and other funds on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by a Group Member, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks, other depositary institutions, securities or commodities intermediaries or brokerages with which such accounts are maintained securing amounts owing to such banks or financial institutions with respect to cash management and operating account management or are arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;
(l)(i) cash deposits and liens on cash and Cash Equivalents pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(f), and (ii) Liens securing Specified Swap Obligations permitted by Section 7.2(h);
(m)Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, merged into or consolidated with a Group Member or becomes a Subsidiary of a Group Member or acquired by a Group Member; provided that (i) such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment, (ii) such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.2;
(n)other Liens securing Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
(o)non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties or a Group Member by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside
88
of the United States; provided that any such license pursuant to this clause (o), (x) is consistent with past practices, (y) permits the use by (or license to) the Administrative Agent of the Intellectual Property covered thereby to permit the Administrative Agent, on a royalty free basis, to possess, collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, remove, realize upon, sell, assign, convey, transfer or grant options to purchase, any Collateral, and (z) does not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of any Group Member;
(p)the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;
(q)Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries otherwise permitted under Section 7.2(j);
(r)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Group Member; and
(s)the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (m) above upon or in the same property theretofore subject thereto or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the Indebtedness secured thereby.
7.4Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:
(a)any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into a Borrower (provided that a Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any Guarantor (provided that such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation);
(b)any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Guarantor may (i) be merged or consolidated with or into another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, or (ii) Dispose of any or all of its assets to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise);
(c)any Subsidiary of Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (i) to Borrower or any Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 7.5;
(d)Dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 may be made; and
(e)any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.8 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation.
7.5Disposition of Property. Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary of Borrower, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:
(a)Dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property in the ordinary course of business;
(b)Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
89
(c) |
Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4(b)(ii) and Section 7.4(c)(i); |
(d)the sale or issuance of (i) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower to Borrower or to any Guarantor, (ii) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, (iii) the Capital Stock of Borrower so long as such sale does not result in a Change of Control and is not Disqualified Stock, and such Capital Stock is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(e)the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
(f)the non-exclusive licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business;
(g)the Disposition of property (i) from any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, (ii) from any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any other Group Member, and (iii) from any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an aggregate amount when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
(h) |
Dispositions of property subject to a Casualty Event; |
(i) |
leases or subleases of Real Property; |
(j)the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, consistent with Borrower’s past practices;
(k)any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) of any Group Member that Borrower determines in good faith is desirable in the conduct of its business and not materially disadvantageous to the interests of the Lenders;
(l)Dispositions of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $1,000,000 the aggregate for any fiscal year of Borrower, provided that at the time of any such Disposition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Disposition; and provided further that the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are used to prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 2.12; and
(m)Investments in compliance with Section 7.8.
provided, however, that any Disposition made pursuant to this Section 7.5 (other than those set forth in clause (g) (which shall be subject to the requirements of Section 7.11 hereof)) shall be made in good faith on an arm’s length basis for fair value.
7.6Restricted Payments. Make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such
90
dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, “Restricted Payments”), except that, so long as, in all cases except clause (g) below, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:
(a)any Subsidiary of any Group Member may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;
(b)Borrower may, purchase common stock or common stock options from present or former officers or employees of any Group Member upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer or employee; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of such payments shall not exceed $750,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower, net of proceeds of equity issued to new or replacement employees and (ii) Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions with respect to its Capital Stock, in each case, payable solely in the common stock or other common Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);
(c) |
the Closing Date Distribution; |
(d)Borrower may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Capital Stock issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Capital Stock; provided that any such issuance is otherwise permitted hereunder (including by Section 7.5(d));
(e)(i) Borrower may make repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such repurchased Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants, and (ii) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to a current or former officer, director, employee or consultant to pay for the taxes payable by such Person upon such grant or award (or upon vesting thereof);
(f)Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make payments on account of Subordinated Indebtedness, solely to the extent permitted Section 7.22(b); and
(g) |
Borrower may make Permitted Tax Distributions. |
7.7Earn-Out Obligations. Make any payment in respect of any earn-out obligations or deferred consideration constituting Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(g) unless (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect thereto and (b) either (i) immediately after giving effect to such payment, (A) Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in pro forma compliance with the maximum Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio set forth in Section 7.1 applicable to the then most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarter period in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), and (B) Qualified Availability shall be at least $3,500,000 or (ii) such payment is made with the proceeds of new cash equity investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower that are not required to repay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.12(a).
7.8Investments. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other
91
debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except:
(a) |
extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business; |
(b) |
Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; |
(c) |
Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2; |
(d)cash and non-cash loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for purchase of Capital Stock of Borrower, travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) and, if in cash, limited to an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $750,000 at any one time outstanding;
(e) |
[reserved]; |
(f)intercompany Investments among Group Members (i) by any Group Member in Borrower or any Person that, prior to such investment, is a Guarantor or after giving effect thereto will become a Guarantor, (ii) by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (ii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the amount of any Dispositions pursuant to Section 7.5(g)(iii) (without duplication) does not exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding, and (iii) by any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party in another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party;
(g)Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit;
(h)Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Group Member effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to such Group Member as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of such Group Member, or upon the settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers or suppliers;
(i)(i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions, and (ii) Investments held by any Person as of the date such Person is acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that (A) such Investments were not made, in any case, by such Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition, and (B) with respect to any such Person which becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such Permitted Acquisition, such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) remain the only holder of such Investment;
(j)in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Group Members the aggregate amount of all of which Investments (valued at cost) does not exceed $1,000,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower;
(k)deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses or contracts in the ordinary course of business, and other deposits made in connection with the incurrence of Liens permitted under Section 7.3;
(l)acquisitions by Borrower of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Persons or of assets constituting an ongoing business or line of business (each a “Permitted Acquisition”) to the extent
92
the purchase price thereof is funded in whole or in part with cash in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower by the Permitted Investors) for any single acquisition and $40,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower by the Permitted Investors) for all such Permitted Acquisitions prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date (provided that the aggregate purchase price paid for Persons that do not become Guarantors or assets that do not become Collateral (“Excluded Targets”) shall not exceed $5,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments in Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Permitted Investors) in the aggregate for all such Permitted Acquisitions of Excluded Targets prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date) (for purposes of the foregoing the “purchase price” of a Permitted Acquisition shall include any earn-outs and subsequent working capital adjustments paid in cash to the extent not financed with new equity Investments), provided that with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition:
93
purchase to result in an Event of Default under Section 8.1(c), at any time during the term of this Agreement, as a result of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1;
(m)Swap Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(h).
7.10Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments. (a) Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Preferred Stock (i) that would move to an earlier date the scheduled redemption date or increase the amount of any scheduled redemption payment or increase the rate or move to an earlier date any date for payment of dividends thereon or (ii) that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party; or (b) amend, modify, waive or otherwise
94
change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 (other than Indebtedness pursuant to any Loan Document) that would shorten the maturity or increase the amount of any payment of principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or shorten any date for payment of interest thereon or that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party.
7.11Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than Borrower or any Guarantor) unless such transaction is (i) not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, and (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, except that the following shall be permitted:
7.12 |
Sale Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction. |
7.13Swap Agreements. Enter into any Swap Agreement, except Specified Swap Agreements which are entered into by a Group Member to (a) hedge or mitigate risks to which such Group Member has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), or (b) effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of such Group Member.
7.14Accounting Changes. (a) Make any material change in its accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP or permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, or (b) change its fiscal year.
95
7.15Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreement evidencing Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clauses (f), (g), (m), (n), and (q) of Section 7.3 as to the assets securing such Indebtedness, and (c) agreements that are customary restrictions on subleases, leases, licenses, or permits so long as such restrictions relate to the property subject thereto, (d) any agreement evidencing an asset sale, as to the assets being sold, (e) agreements that are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, and (f) agreements that are customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business.
7.16Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, any other Group Member, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, any other Group Member, or (c) transfer any of its assets to any other Group Member, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (ii) any restrictions imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with a Disposition permitted hereby, (iii) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (iv) any restriction with respect to any Liens permitted hereunder or any other Loan Document, (v) restrictions of the nature referred to in clause (c) above under agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby which restrictions are only effective against the assets financed thereby; provided that individual agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by a Person (or its Affiliates) may be cross-collateralized to other such agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by such Person (or its Affiliates), (vi) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such agreements were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower, (vii) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements that are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.8 and applicable solely to such joint venture, and (viii) encumbrances or restrictions on Restricted Payments and the transfer of property under any Indebtedness of non-Loan Parties permitted hereunder.
7.17Lines of Business. Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.
7.18Designation of other Indebtedness. Designate any Indebtedness or indebtedness other than the Obligations as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable.
7.19 |
[Reserved]. |
7.20Amendments to Organizational Agreements. Amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party’s organizational documents, if such amendment, termination, or waiver would be adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any material respect.
7.21Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder, (a) whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
96
purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, in each case in violation of, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X of the Board or (ii) to finance an Unfriendly Acquisition, or (b) whether directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, and whether immediately, or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), or (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010.
7.22Subordinated Debt.
7.23Anti-Terrorism Laws. Conduct, deal in or engage in or permit any Affiliate or agent of any Loan Party within its control to conduct, deal in or engage in any of the following activities: (a) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any person blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 (“Blocked Person”), including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (b) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engage in on conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act. Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any certification or other evidence reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or any Lender confirming Borrower’s compliance with this Section 7.23.
SECTION 8
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
8.1Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
97
98
insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (b) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (a) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (b) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or
(ii)(A) any Person shall seek to serve process to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of a Loan Party or of any other entity under the control of a Loan Party (including a Subsidiary) in excess of $500,000 on deposit with the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, or (B) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment shall be filed against any of a Loan Party’s assets by a Governmental Authority, and any of the same under clauses (A) or (B) hereof shall not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, be discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise);
99
provided, however, that no Loans or other extensions of credit shall be made hereunder during any such ten (10) day cure period; or
(iii)(A) any material portion of a Loan Party’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (B) any court order enjoins, restrains or prevents a Loan Party from conducting any part of its business which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(k)a Change of Control shall occur; or
(l)any of the Governmental Approvals shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of the Governmental Approvals or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or
(m)any Loan Document not otherwise referenced in Section 8.1(i) or (j), at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the Discharge of Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or any further liability or obligation under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any such Loan Document for any reason other than the Discharge of Obligations.
8.2Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions to the extent not prohibited by applicable law:
100
shall be applied to repay other Obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with Section 8.3. In addition, to the extent elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty, Borrower shall also Cash Collateralize the amount of any Obligations in respect of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreements, as applicable, then outstanding. After all such Letters of Credit, Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements shall have been terminated, expired or been fully drawn upon, as applicable, and all amounts drawn under any such Letters of Credit shall have been reimbursed in full and the Discharge of Obligations shall have occurred, the balance, if any, of the funds having been so Cash Collateralized shall be returned to Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by Borrower.
8.3Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.2, any amounts received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including any Collateral-Related Expenses, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20) payable to the Administrative Agent in their respective capacities as such (including interest thereon), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Issuing Lender and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Issuing Lender Fees, Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the Issuing Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the Issuing Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the L/C Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.10;
Sixth, if so elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty, to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank Services Provider and Qualified Counterparty, to repay or Cash Collateralize then-outstanding Obligations arising in connection with Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements;
Seventh, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
101
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full (excluding, for this purpose, any Obligations which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), to Borrower or as otherwise required by Requirement of Law.
Subject to Section 3.4, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 8.2(b) as they occur. Subject to Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.10, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Excluded Swap Obligation of any Guarantor shall be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or from any Collateral in which such Guarantor has granted to the Administrative Agent a Lien (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, however, that each party to this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrative Agent (which adjustments shall be controlling in the absence of manifest error) with respect to payments received from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation of such payments to the satisfaction of the Obligations in the order otherwise contemplated in this Section 8.3.
SECTION 9
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.1Appointment and Authority.
102
any subordination agreements and any other Security Documents or Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, and (ii) appoint and authorize the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of the Secured Parties for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties or collateral granted by any Limited Recourse Pledgor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents or on the collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10 (including Section 9.7, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is further authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action, or permit any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent to take any action, with respect to any Collateral, collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon any Collateral granted pursuant to any Loan Document or collateral granted pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
9.2Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that any such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall be a “U.S. Person” and a “financial institution” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties; provided, however, that such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall be a “U.S. Person” and a “financial institution” with the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.
9.3Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations hereunder, other than the duty to exercise any consent or approval rights hereunder in good faith (except with respect to any determination to be made in the Administrative Agent’s discretion). The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder and thereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing two sentences the Administrative Agent shall not:
103
liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.2 and 10.1), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 5.1, Section 5.2 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
9.4Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance, extension, renewal, or increase of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any of the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as
104
shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
9.5Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action or refrain from taking such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
9.6Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates and made its own credit analysis and decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates.
9.7Indemnification. Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each of its Related Parties in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and without limiting the obligation of Borrower or any other Loan Party to do so) according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 9.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such other Person in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent, or such other
105
Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing and any other amounts not reimbursed by Borrower or such other Loan Party; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Administrative Agent’s, or such other Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought). The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
9.8Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.9 |
Successor Agent. |
106
Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and such collateral security is assigned to such successor Administrative Agent) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as an Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.
9.10Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
107
Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
9.11Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
108
their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
9.12 |
[Reserved] |
9.13 |
Reports and Financial Statements. |
Each Bank Services Provider and Qualified Counterparty agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent at such frequency as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with a summary of all Obligations in respect of Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements due or to become due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice thereof from such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty and if such notice is received, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that the only amounts due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty on account of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreement is the amount set forth in such notice.
9.14Survival.
This Section 9 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
SECTION 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1Amendments and Waivers.
109
conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (A)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Term Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being agreed that an increase in (x) the Total Revolving Commitments and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Commitments and Term Loans shall also require the consent of the Required Lenders); (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release or subordinate all or substantially all of the Collateral (or all of the Collateral under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements) or release or subordinate all or substantially all of the value of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) (i) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of each Revolving Lender or (ii) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders or the L/C Lenders without the written consent of each Term Lender and/or, as applicable, each L/C Lender; (E) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Revolving Lenders without the consent of all Revolving Lenders or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Term Lenders without the written consent of all Term Lenders; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) [reserved]; (H) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; (I) [reserved]; (J) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.6(b)(v) to permit assignments to a Loan Party or any Affiliates or Subsidiary thereof without the written consent of each Lender; or (K) (i) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(g) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of the Majority Revolving Lenders, (ii) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(g) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders or the L/C Lenders without the written consent of the Majority Term Lenders and, as applicable, the L/C Lenders, or (iii) subject to any applicable agreement among the Lenders, amend or modify the application of payments provisions set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, without the written consent of the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider or each such Qualified Counterparty, as applicable. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider, each Qualified Counterparty, and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Lender and Borrower may amend any of the L/C-Related Documents without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender.
110
(i) |
the termination of the Commitments of each such Minority Lender; |
(ii) |
the assumption of the Loans and Commitments of each such Minority |
Lender by one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.23; and
(iii)the payment of all interest, fees and other obligations payable or accrued in favor of each Minority Lender and such other modifications to this Agreement or to such Loan Documents as Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may determine to be appropriate in connection therewith.
111
10.2Notices.
Borrower: |
Enfusion LTD. LLC |
|
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750 |
|
Chicago, IL 60603 |
|
Attention: Legal |
|
Email: legal@enfusionsystems.com |
|
|
|
and a copy to: |
|
|
|
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP |
|
101 Park Avenue |
|
New York, NY 10178 |
|
Attention: R. Alec Dawson |
|
Email: alec.dawson@morganlewis.com |
|
|
Administrative Agent: |
Silicon Valley Bank |
|
2400 Hanover Street |
|
Palo Alto, CA 94304 |
|
Attention: Michael Willard |
|
Email: mwillard2@svb.com |
|
|
|
with a copy to: |
|
|
|
Morrison & Foerster LLP |
|
200 Clarendon Street |
|
Boston, Massachusetts 02116 |
|
Attention: Charles W. Stavros, Esq. |
|
E-Mail: cstavros@mofo.com |
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.
112
acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment); and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (a) and (b), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.
(ii)The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Limited Recourse Pledgor, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s, any Limited Recourse Pledgor’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform unless such damages result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.
10.3No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
10.4Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.
10.5 |
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. |
113
114
with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
10.6Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.
115
hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(i)Minimum Amounts.
(ii)Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans and/or the Commitments assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.
(iii)Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment by a Lender except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
116
(iv)Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (provided that no such processing and recordation fee shall be required for any assignment by a Lender to its Affiliate or Approved Fund); provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any such administrative questionnaire as the Administrative Agent may request.
(v)No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) a Loan Party or any of a Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor.
(vi)No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.
(vii)Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Revolving Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section and entry in the Register, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this
117
Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.
118
provisions of Section 2.23 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Sections 2.18(k) and 10.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations, or is otherwise required thereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
10.7Adjustments; Set-off.
119
such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b)Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to Borrower or any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower, each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, at any time held or owing, and any other credits, indebtedness, claims or obligations, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender, its Affiliates or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor, as the case may be, against any and all of the Obligations of Borrower, such other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of Borrower, such other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender or any of its Affiliates shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.24 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees to notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application made by such Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section 10.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender or its Affiliates may have.
10.8Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent or any Lender, or Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) to the extent applicable, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. This Section 10.8 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.9Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the
120
Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
10.10Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments.
(b)The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.11Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.11, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited under or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
10.12Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.
10.13GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT,
121
AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN). This Section 10.13 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.14Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
This Section 10.14 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations
10.15Acknowledgements. Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
122
10.16Releases of Guarantees and Liens.
10.17Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), including, without limitation, in connection with filings, submissions and any other similar documentation required or customary to comply with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable stock exchange; (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law or if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or
123
Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in each case to the extent such assignment or participation is permitted hereunder, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder; (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Facilities or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities; (h) with the consent of Borrower; (i) to any financing source or potential financing source of any Lender; or (j) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Borrower. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and any of their respective Related Parties, may (A) disclose the existence of this Agreement and customary information about this Agreement to (x) market data collectors and similar service providers to the lending industry and (y) service providers to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made pursuant to this clause (y) will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); and (B) with the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) use any information (not constituting Information subject to the foregoing confidentiality restrictions) related to the syndication and arrangement of the credit facilities contemplated by this Agreement in connection with marketing, press releases, or other transactional announcements or updates provided to investor or trade publications, including the placement of “tombstone” advertisements in publications of its choice at its own expense.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information clearly identified as confidential received from Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or from any other person on their behalf) relating to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
10.18 Automatic Debits. With respect to any principal, interest, fee, or any other cost or expense (including attorney costs of Administrative Agent or any Lender payable by Borrower hereunder) due and payable to Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any deposit account of Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such principal, interest, fee or other cost or expense. The Administrative Agent shall endeavor to provide Borrower with notice of such debits promptly after the occurrence of such debits, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to do so or incur any liability for failing to do so. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the amount then due, such debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section 10.18 shall be deemed a set-off and no
124
such debit shall be deemed a waiver of any Loan Party’s right to dispute the amount of such debit or to request additional detail with respect to such debit.
10.19Patriot Act. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies Borrower and each other Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower and each other Loan Party and certain related parties thereto, which information includes the names and addresses and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower, each other Loan Party and certain of their beneficial owners and other officers in accordance with the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230. Borrower and each other Loan Party will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries and the Limited Recourse Pledgors to, provide, to the extent commercially reasonable or required by any Requirement of Law, such information and documents and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with “know your customer” requirements under the PATRIOT Act, 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 or other applicable anti-money laundering laws.
10.20 |
Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. |
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
125
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
BORROWER: |
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
as the Administrative Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
LENDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
as the Issuing Lender and as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND CONSENT
This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND CONSENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of July [__], 2020 by and among ENFUSION LTD. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the shareholders of the Borrower party to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) (the “Limited Recourse Pledgors”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities parties to this Amendment as Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement, defined below), SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as the Issuing Lender, and SVB, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 2, 2019 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. All capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Administrative Agent consent to the Borrower’s incurrence of a loan from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. prior to the date hereof (the “PPP Loan”) under and pursuant to the U.S. Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program established under section 1102 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, as amended;
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree to modify and amend certain terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement to, among other things, increase the Total Revolving Commitment available under the Credit Agreement to an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein; and
WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to amend certain terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement as provided herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree and intend to be legally bound as follows:
1.Consent to PPP Loan. Subject to the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the Borrower’s incurrence of the PPP Loan, notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2 of the Credit Agreement. The consent set forth in this Amendment shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth herein and shall not (a) be construed as a consent to or waiver of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or as a consent to or waiver of any other breach, Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (b) affect the right of the Lenders to demand compliance by the Loan Parties and the Limited Recourse Pledgors with all terms and conditions
of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (c) be deemed a consent to or waiver of any transaction or future action on the part of the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgors requiring any Lender’s consent or approval under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (d) except as consented to hereby or waived hereunder, be deemed or construed to be a consent, waiver or release of, or a limitation upon, the Agent’s or the Lenders’ exercise of any rights or remedies under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether arising as a consequence of any Default or Event of Default which may now exist or otherwise, all such rights and remedies hereby being expressly reserved. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that no Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the Borrower incurring the PPP Loan.
2.Amendments to the Credit Agreement.
(a)The Credit Agreement and Schedule 1.1A thereto, effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date, hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double underlined text) as reflected in the modifications identified in the document annexed hereto as Annex A attached to this Amendment.
(b)Each of the other existing Schedules to the Credit Agreement and the existing Exhibits to the Credit Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
3.Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (the date on which such conditions are satisfied, the “First Amendment Effective Date”):
(a)The Borrower and the Lenders shall have duly executed and delivered this Amendment to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed copy hereof and of each other document required hereunder.
(b)The Administrative Agent shall have received a closing certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying as to the following matters: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the First Amendment Effective Date after giving effect to this Amendment and (ii) after giving effect to this Amendment on the First Amendment Effective Date, the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor herein and in the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents to which it is a party shall be (A) to the extent qualified by materiality, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all respects, and (B) to the extent not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as the case may be) as of such earlier date).
2
(c)To the extent requested by any Lender, such Lender shall have received a Revolving Loan Note, in each case, duly executed by the Borrower.
(d)All necessary consents and approvals to authorize this Amendment shall have been obtained by the applicable Loan Parties.
(e)The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of each Loan Party, dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Credit Agreement, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including (i) the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of such Loan Party or a certification that such certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date has not changed, (ii) the bylaws or other similar organizational document of each Loan Party or a certification that such bylaws or other similar organizational document delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date have not changed, (iii) the relevant board resolutions or written consents of each Loan Party, (iv) a certificate of incumbency and (v) a good standing certificate or certificate of status, as the case may be, for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization.
(f)The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Credit Agreement, certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to this Amendment, are Solvent.
(g)The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent and such searches shall reveal no Liens on (i) any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3 or (ii) any of the collateral pledged by the Limited Recourse Pledgors.
(h)The Administrative Agent shall have received updated insurance certificates from the Borrower satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 of the Credit Agreement.
(i)The Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent an amendment fee in the aggregate amount of $37,500, which shall be inclusive of any upfront commitment fee for the increase in the Total Revolving Commitments, fully earned on the First Amendment Effective Date and nonrefundable once paid.
(j)The Loan Parties shall have paid to the Administrative Agent all amounts in respect of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 8 hereof to the extent invoiced on or prior to the date hereof.
(k)There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2018 any event or condition that has or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
4.Representations and Warranties. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:
3
(a)This Amendment is, and each other Loan Document to which it is or will be a party, when executed and delivered by each Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor that is a party thereto will be, the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor, enforceable against such Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor in accordance with its respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
(b)After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party are (i) to the extent qualified by materiality, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all respects, and (ii) to the extent not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as the case may be) as of such earlier date).
(c)The Borrower has repaid the PPP Loan in full.
5.Choice of Law. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Amendment, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York. This Section 5 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
6.Counterpart Execution. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment.
7.Effect on Loan Documents.
(a)The Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and each of the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and hereby are ratified and confirmed in all respects. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate, except as expressly set forth herein, as a modification or waiver of any right, power, or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. The amendments, consents, waivers, modifications and other agreements herein are limited to the specifics hereof (including facts or occurrences on which the same are based), shall not apply with respect to any facts or occurrences other than those on which the same are based, and except as expressly set forth herein, shall neither excuse any non-compliance with the Loan Documents, nor operate as a consent or waiver to any matter under the Loan Documents. Except for the waivers, consents and amendments to the Credit Agreement expressly set forth herein, the Credit Agreement and
4
other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. To the extent any terms or provisions of this Amendment conflict with those of the Credit Agreement or other Loan Documents, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall control.
(b)To the extent that any terms and conditions in any of the Loan Documents shall contradict or be in conflict with any terms or conditions of the Credit Agreement, after giving effect to this Amendment, such terms and conditions are hereby deemed modified or amended accordingly to reflect the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as modified or amended hereby.
(c)This Amendment is a Loan Document.
8.Payment of Costs and Fees. The Loan Parties shall pay to the Administrative Agent and to the Lenders, in each case, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and any documents and instruments relating hereto in accordance with Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement (which costs include the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent or Lenders reasonably retained by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower, in each case, as set forth in Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement).
9.Entire Agreement. The Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, this Amendment), and the terms and provisions thereof and hereof, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous amendments or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether express or implied, oral or written.
10.Reaffirmation. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby reaffirms its obligations under each Loan Document (as amended hereby) to which it is a party. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby further ratifies and reaffirms the validity and enforceability of all of the Liens heretofore granted, pursuant to and in connection with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the obligations under the Loan Documents in accordance with their respective terms, and acknowledges that all of such Liens, and all collateral heretofore pledged as security for such obligations, continues to be and remain collateral for such obligations from and after the date hereof. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby further ratifies and reaffirms the validity and enforceability of the appointment of the Administrative Agent as attorney-in-fact under each applicable Loan Document.
11.Ratification. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a party as amended hereby as of the First Amendment Effective Date.
5
12.Release of Claims.
(a)Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Administrative Agent, each Lender, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents, attorneys and employees of any of the foregoing (each, a “Releasee” and collectively, the “Releasees”), from any and all claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise (each, a “Claim” and collectively, the “Claims”), which such Loan Party or such Limited Recourse Pledgor has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment which relates directly or indirectly, to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured or known or unknown, except for the duties and obligations set forth in this Amendment, the Loan Documents, the Bank Services Agreement and the Specified Swap Agreements, in each case arising on or after the date hereof. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense to any Claim and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered will affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above. In connection with the releases set forth above, each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor expressly and completely waives and relinquishes any and all rights and benefits that it has or may ever have pursuant to Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, or any other similar provision of law or principle of equity in any jurisdiction pertaining to the matters released herein. Section 1542 provides as follows:
A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.
(b)Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Releasee that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Releasee on the basis of any Claim released, remised and discharged by any Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to Section 12(a) above. If any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor violates the foregoing covenant, the Loan Parties and Limited Recourse Pledgors, for themselves and their successors and assigns, and their present and former members, managers, shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents, legal representatives and other representatives, agree to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Releasee may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by any Releasee as a result of such violation.
6
13.Incorporation. The provisions of Section 10.5 (Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver), Section 10.11 (Severability) and Section 10.14 (Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference mutatis mutandis with the same force and effect as if expressly written herein.
[Signature pages follow.]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
BORROWER: |
||
|
|
||
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
||
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Stephen Malherbe |
|
Name: |
Stephen Malherbe |
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
HH ELL HOLDINGS LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
CSL TECH HOLDINGS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Scott Werner |
|
Name: |
Scott Werner |
|
|
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
TAREK HAMMOUD TRUST DATED
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Tarek Hammoud |
|
Name: |
Tarek Hammoud |
|
Title: |
Trustee |
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
FTV ENFUSION HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
LENDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK,
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
ANNEX A
(See attached.)
ANNEX A
(See attached.)
Execution VersionCONFORMED CREDIT AGREEMENT REFLECTING CHANGES THROUGH THE FIRST AMENDMENT
SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of August 2, 2019,
among
ENFUSION LTD. LLC,
as Borrower,
THE SEVERAL LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
and
SILICON VALLEY BANK,
as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS |
1 |
|
1.1 |
Defined Terms |
1 |
1.2 |
Other Definitional Provisions. |
36 |
1.3 |
Rounding |
37 |
SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS |
37 |
|
2.1 |
Term Commitments |
37 |
2.2 |
Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing |
37 |
2.3 |
Repayment of Term Loans |
37 |
2.4 |
Revolving Commitments. |
37 |
2.5 |
Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing |
38 |
2.6 |
[Reserved]. |
38 |
2.7 |
[Reserved]. |
38 |
2.8 |
[Reserved]. |
38 |
2.9 |
Commitment and Other Fees |
38 |
2.10 |
Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. |
39 |
2.11 |
Optional Prepayments. |
39 |
2.12 |
Mandatory Prepayments. |
40 |
2.13 |
Conversion and Continuation Options. |
41 |
2.14 |
Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches |
42 |
2.15 |
Interest Rates and Payment Dates. |
42 |
2.16 |
Computation of Interest and Fees. |
42 |
2.17 |
Inability to Determine Interest Rate |
42 |
2.18 |
Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. |
43 |
2.19 |
Illegality; Requirements of Law. |
46 |
2.20 |
Taxes. |
48 |
2.21 |
Indemnity |
52 |
2.22 |
Change of Lending Office |
52 |
2.23 |
Substitution of Lenders |
52 |
2.24 |
Defaulting Lenders. |
53 |
2.25 |
[Reserved]. |
5655 |
-i-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
2.26 |
Notes |
5655 |
2.27 |
Incremental Term Facility |
56 |
SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT |
58 |
|
3.1 |
L/C Commitment. |
58 |
3.2 |
Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit |
6059 |
3.3 |
Fees and Other Charges. |
6059 |
3.4 |
L/C Participations |
6160 |
3.5 |
Reimbursement. |
6160 |
3.6 |
Obligations Absolute |
6261 |
3.7 |
Letter of Credit Payments |
62 |
3.8 |
Applications |
62 |
3.9 |
Interim Interest |
62 |
3.10 |
Cash Collateral. |
6362 |
3.11 |
Additional Issuing Lenders |
64 |
3.12 |
Resignation of the Issuing Lender |
64 |
3.13 |
Applicability of ISP |
64 |
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
64 |
|
4.1 |
Financial Condition. |
64 |
4.2 |
No Change |
65 |
4.3 |
Existence; Compliance with Law |
65 |
4.4 |
Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations |
65 |
4.5 |
No Legal Bar |
66 |
4.6 |
Litigation |
66 |
4.7 |
No Default |
66 |
4.8 |
Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments |
66 |
4.9 |
Intellectual Property |
66 |
4.10 |
Taxes |
66 |
4.11 |
Federal Regulations |
67 |
4.12 |
Labor Matters |
67 |
4.13 |
ERISA. |
67 |
-ii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
4.14 |
Investment Company Act; Other Regulations |
68 |
4.15 |
Subsidiaries |
68 |
4.16 |
Use of Proceeds |
6968 |
4.17 |
Environmental Matters |
69 |
4.18 |
Accuracy of Information, etc |
7069 |
4.19 |
Security Documents. |
70 |
4.20 |
Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer |
71 |
4.21 |
Regulation H |
71 |
4.22 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
71 |
4.23 |
[Reserved] |
71 |
4.24 |
Insurance |
71 |
4.25 |
No Casualty |
71 |
4.26 |
Capitalization |
71 |
4.27 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
71 |
4.28 |
OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws |
7271 |
4.29 |
No Fees |
72 |
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
72 |
|
5.1 |
Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit |
72 |
5.2 |
Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension |
75 |
5.3 |
Post-Closing Conditions |
76 |
SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
76 |
|
6.1 |
Financial Statements |
76 |
6.2 |
Certificates; Reports; Other Information |
77 |
6.3 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
78 |
6.4 |
Payment of Obligations; Taxes |
78 |
6.5 |
Maintenance of Existence; Compliance |
78 |
6.6 |
Maintenance of Property; Insurance |
79 |
6.7 |
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions |
79 |
6.8 |
Notices |
79 |
6.9 |
Environmental Laws. |
80 |
-iii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
6.10 |
Operating Accounts |
81 |
6.11 |
[Reserved] |
81 |
6.12 |
Additional Collateral, etc. |
81 |
6.13 |
Insider Subordinated Indebtedness |
84 |
6.14 |
Use of Proceeds |
84 |
6.15 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
84 |
6.16 |
Further Assurances |
84 |
6.18 |
Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements |
84 |
SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
84 |
|
7.1 |
Financial Condition Covenant. |
84 |
7.2 |
Indebtedness |
86 |
7.3 |
Liens |
87 |
7.4 |
Fundamental Changes |
89 |
7.5 |
Disposition of Property |
89 |
7.6 |
Restricted Payments |
90 |
7.7 |
Earn-Out Obligations |
91 |
7.8 |
Investments |
91 |
7.9 |
ERISA |
94 |
7.10 |
Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments |
94 |
7.11 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
95 |
7.12 |
Sale Leaseback Transactions |
95 |
7.13 |
Swap Agreements |
95 |
7.14 |
Accounting Changes |
95 |
7.15 |
Negative Pledge Clauses |
95 |
7.16 |
Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions |
96 |
7.17 |
Lines of Business |
96 |
7.18 |
Designation of other Indebtedness |
96 |
7.19 |
[Reserved] |
96 |
7.20 |
Amendments to Organizational Agreements |
96 |
7.21 |
Use of Proceeds |
96 |
-iv-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
7.22 |
Subordinated Debt. |
97 |
7.23 |
Anti-Terrorism Laws |
97 |
SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
97 |
|
8.1 |
Events of Default |
97 |
8.2 |
Remedies Upon Event of Default |
100 |
8.3 |
Application of Funds |
101 |
SECTION 9 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT |
102 |
|
9.1 |
Appointment and Authority. |
102 |
9.2 |
Delegation of Duties |
103 |
9.3 |
Exculpatory Provisions |
103 |
9.4 |
Reliance by Administrative Agent |
104 |
9.5 |
Notice of Default |
104 |
9.6 |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders |
105 |
9.7 |
Indemnification |
105 |
9.8 |
Agent in Its Individual Capacity |
106 |
9.9 |
Successor Agent. |
106 |
9.10 |
Collateral and Guaranty Matters |
107 |
9.11 |
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. |
108 |
9.12 |
[Reserved] |
109 |
9.13 |
Reports and Financial Statements. |
109 |
9.14 |
Survival. |
109 |
SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS |
109 |
|
10.1 |
Amendments and Waivers. |
109 |
10.2 |
Notices. |
111 |
10.3 |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
113 |
10.4 |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
113 |
10.5 |
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. |
113 |
10.6 |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. |
115 |
10.7 |
Adjustments; Set-off. |
119 |
10.8 |
Payments Set Aside |
120 |
-v-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
10.9 |
Interest Rate Limitation |
120 |
10.10 |
Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments. |
121 |
10.11 |
Severability |
121 |
10.12 |
Integration |
121 |
10.13 |
GOVERNING LAW |
121 |
10.14 |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers |
122 |
10.15 |
Acknowledgements |
122 |
10.16 |
Releases of Guarantees and Liens. |
123 |
10.17 |
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality |
123 |
10.18 |
Automatic Debits |
124 |
10.19 |
Patriot Act |
125 |
10.20 |
Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. |
125 |
-vi-
Table of Contents
(continued)
-vii-
CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of August 2, 2019, is entered into by and among ENFUSION LTD. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Borrower"), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to this Agreement as lenders, including pursuant to Sections 2.27 or 10.6 (each a "Lender" and, collectively, the "Lenders"), SILICON VALLEY BANK ("SVB"), as the Issuing Lender, and SVB, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the "Administrative Agent").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain financing for the Closing Date Distribution (as hereinafter defined), to refinance certain existing Indebtedness, to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Closing Date Distribution and this Agreement, as well as to provide working capital financing and letter of credit facilities and for other general corporate purposes permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to Borrower, upon the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement, in an initial aggregate principal amount, as of $32,000,000the First Amendment Effective, Date, not, to, exceed $35,000,000 ($27,775,000 of which is outstanding as of the First Amendment Effective Date) ,consisting of a term loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000, a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,0005,000,000 and a letter of credit facility in the aggregate availability amount of $2,000,000 (as a sublimit of the revolving loan facility);
WHEREAS, Borrower has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of its assets; and
WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors has agreed to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower and to secure its respective Obligations in respect of such guarantee by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of its assets.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.
"ABR": for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, or (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the ABR be deemed to be less than 3.50%. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
"ABR Loans": Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.
1
"Account Debtor": any Person who may become obligated to any Person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, chattel paper or general intangible (including a payment intangible). Unless otherwise stated, the term "Account Debtor," when used herein, shall mean an Account Debtor in respect of an Account of a Group Member.
"Accounting Change": as defined in the definition of "GAAP".
"Accounts": all "accounts" (as defined in the UCC) of a Person, including, without limitation, accounts, accounts receivable, monies due or to become due and obligations in any form (whether arising in connection with contracts, contract rights, instruments, general intangibles, or chattel paper), in each case whether arising out of goods sold or services rendered or from any other transaction and whether or not earned by performance, now or hereafter in existence, and all documents of title or other documents representing any of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guaranties of any kind, now or hereafter in existence, given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing. Unless otherwise stated, the term "Account," when used herein, shall mean an Account of a Group Member.
"Administrative Agent': SVB, as the administrative and collateral agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.
"Affected Lender": as defined in Section 2.23.
"Affiliate": as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of determining the Affiliates of any Loan Party, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.
"Agent Parties": as defined in Section 10.2(d)(ii).
"Aggregate Exposure": with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender's Term Loans, (b) the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender's Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, and (c) without duplication of clause (b), the L/C Commitment of such Lender then in effect (as a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender).
"Aggregate Exposure Percentage": with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender's Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.
"Agreement": as defined in the preamble hereto.
"Applicable Margin": with respect to any Loans, as of any date of determination, until the first Pricing Date, shall mean the rates per annum shown opposite Level II below, and thereafter from one Pricing Date to the next the Applicable Margin means the rates per annum determined in accordance with the following schedule:
2
|
|
|
|
LEVEL |
CONSOLIDATED SENIOR
|
EURODOLLAR LOANS |
ABR LOANS |
I |
≥ 3.25:1.00 |
4.00% |
2.50% |
II |
<3.25:1.00 |
3.50% |
2.00% |
For purposes hereof, the term "Pricing Date" means, for any Fiscal Quarter of Borrower ending on or after September 30, 2019, the date on which the Administrative Agent is in receipt of the most recent Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal Quarter then ended, pursuant to Section 6.2(a). The Applicable Margin shall be established based on the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) for the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter and the Applicable Margin established on a Pricing Date shall remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. If the Loan Parties have not delivered the Compliance Certificate by the date such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered under Section 6.2(a) until such Compliance Certificate is delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be at Level I. If the Loan Parties subsequently deliver such Compliance Certificate before the next Pricing Date, the Applicable Margin shall be determined on the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate and remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. In all other circumstances, the Applicable Margin shall be in effect from the Pricing Date that occurs immediately after the end of the Fiscal Quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate until the next Pricing Date. Each determination of the Applicable Margin made by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing shall be conclusive and binding on the Loan Parties and the Lenders if reasonably determined. If, prior to the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower or Administrative Agent determines in good faith that the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) on which the applicable interest rate for any particular period was determined is inaccurate, and as a consequence thereof, the Applicable Margin was lower than it should have been, (i) Borrower shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such period, (ii) Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower of the amount of interest and fees that would have been due in respect of any outstanding Obligation during such period had the applicable rate been calculated based on the correct Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) and (iii) Borrower shall promptly pay to Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Lenders and other Persons the difference between the amount that should have been due and the amount actually paid in respect of such period; provided that, (x) Borrower shall not be responsible for any such amounts after the Discharge of Obligations and (y) nonpayment as a result of such inaccuracy shall not in any event be deemed retroactively to be an Event of Default.
"Application": an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.
"Approved Fund": any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
"Asset Sale": any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property (excluding any such Disposition permitted by clauses (a) through (k) or (m) of Section 7.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case
3
of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of (i) $100,000 for any single Disposition or (ii) $250,000 for all Dispositions in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date.
"Assignment and Assumption": an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.6), in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Available Revolving Commitment”: at any time, an amount equal to (a) the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time, minus (b) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, minus (c) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time, minus (d) the aggregate principal balance of any Revolving Loans outstanding at such time.
"Bail-In Action": the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.
"Bail-In Legislation": with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
"Bankruptcy Code": Title 11 of the United States Code entitled "Bankruptcy."
"Bank Services":any of the following products, credit services and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to any Group Member by any Bank Services Provider: any letters of credit (other than any Letters of Credit provided for the account of Borrower or any other Group Member hereunder), cash management services, credit cards, p-cards, interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services, as any such products or services may be identified in such Bank Services Provider's various agreements related thereto (each, a "Bank Services Agreement").
"Bank Services Provider": the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the foregoing who provides Bank Services to any Group Member.
"Benefitted Lender": as defined in Section 10.7(a).
"Blocked Person": as defined in Section 7.23.
"Board": the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
"Borrower": as defined in the preamble hereto.
"Borrowing Date": any Business Day specified by Borrower in a Notice of Borrowing as a date on which Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.
"Business": as defined in Section 4.17(b).
"Business Day": a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of California or the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest
4
on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.
"Capital Lease Obligations": as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date or entered into thereafter) shall continue to be accounted for as operating lease obligations (and not as Capital Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date that would otherwise require such obligations to be recharacterized (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) as Capital Lease Obligations.
"Capital Stock": any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
"Cash Collateralize": to pledge and deposit with or deliver to (a) with respect to Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and one or more of the Lenders, as applicable, as collateral for L/C Exposure or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the L/C Exposure or, if the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender; (b) with respect to Obligations arising under any Bank Services Agreement in connection with Bank Services, the applicable Bank Services Provider, as provider of Bank Services, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the aggregate amount of the Obligations of the Group Members arising under all such Bank Services Agreements evidencing such Bank Services or, if such Bank Services Provider shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Bank Services Provider; or (c) with respect to Obligations in respect of any Specified Swap Agreements, the applicable Qualified Counterparty, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances or, if such Qualified Counterparty shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Qualified Counterparty. "Cash Collateral" shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
"Cash Equivalents": (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody's, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with
5
respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody's; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody's and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $3,000,000,000.
"Casualty Event": any damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking by any Governmental Authority of any property of the Loan Parties.
"Certificated Securities": as defined in Section 4.19(a).
"Change of Control": (a) the Sponsor shall cease to (i) have the power to vote or direct the voting of at least 32% of the voting securities of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) or (ii) beneficially hold, directly or indirectly, at least 31% of the economic interest in Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis); (b) at any time, any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a percentage of either the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) or economic interest in Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) greater than the percentage owned by the Sponsor; (c) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or (d) except to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, at any time Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of any Guarantor free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Security Documents and non-consensual Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof that are being contested in good faith); provided that, with respect to any Guarantor formed in a jurisdiction where a law, rule or regulation of such jurisdiction restricts Borrower from owning and controlling, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor, in each case, this clause (d) shall not apply so long as (x) Borrower owns and controls no less than ninety-nine percent (99%) (or such lesser amount representing the maximum amount of Capital Stock Borrower is permitted to own and control) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement) and (y) Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of such situation and the limitations of such Guarantor's jurisdiction.
"Closing Date": the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, the Lenders or the Required Lenders.
6
"Closing Date Distribution": (a) the redemption on the Closing Date of award units in connection with phantom stock or similar plans in the aggregate amount of $6,000,000 with the proceeds of the Term Loans hereunder and (b) the dividend paid on the Closing Date by Borrower to its shareholders in the aggregate amount of $24,000,000 with the proceeds of the Term Loans hereunder.
"Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
"Collateral": all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document. For the avoidance of doubt, no Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) shall constitute "Collateral."
"Collateral Information Certificate": the Collateral Information Certificate to be executed and delivered by Borrower and each other Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.1, substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
"Collateral-Related Expenses": all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent paid or incurred in connection with any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and reimbursement for all other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including as described in Section 6.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under the Security Documents and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and all advances made by the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents for the account of any Loan Party or under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements for the account of any Limited Recourse Pledgor.
"Commitment": as to any Lender, the sum of its Term Commitment and its Revolving Commitment.
"Commitment Fee": as defined in Section 2.9(b).
"Commitment Fee Rate": 0.50% per annum.
"Compliance Certificate": a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
"Connection Income Taxes": Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
"Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA": shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period,
(a) | Consolidated Net Income for such period |
plus,
(b)without duplication, the sum of the following amounts for such period, in each case (other than with respect to clause (xviii) below) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(i)interest expense;
7
(ii)tax expense (based on income, profits, or capital, including federal, foreign, state, local, franchise, excise, and similar taxes and net of tax benefits arising from Permitted Acquisitions to the extent actually received);
(iii)depreciation and amortization expense as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(iv)transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Closing Date Distribution and the Loan Documents, which are paid (A) on or prior to the Closing Date, in each case, as described on the sources and uses on the Closing Date or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) after the Closing Date, to the extent incurred on or before the date that is 120 days after the Closing Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000;
(v)employee retention bonuses, if any payable by Borrower in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters; provided that such amounts are not funded with the proceeds of Capital Stock issued by Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);
(vi) non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Capital Stock of any Group Member, the granting of options for Capital Stock in any Group Member, the granting of appreciation rights and similar arrangements in respect of Capital Stock of any Group Member (including any re-pricing, amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such Capital Stock or similar arrangements);
(vii)cash and non-cash expenses (including those arising from litigation) to the extent that the same are reimbursable in cash by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to an indemnity, guaranty or insurance and one of the following has occurred:
(A)such expenses have actually been so reimbursed,
(B)such third party has expressly agreed to so reimburse such expenses on or before the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the period for which such expenses are being added back pursuant to this clause (B) and Borrower has acknowledged that the reimbursement of any such expenses is not subject to a valid dispute in the Compliance Certificate when delivered pursuant to the provisions in the Loan Documents and promptly notifies the Administrative Agent in writing of any such dispute, or
(C)such expenses have been funded with proceeds of Capital Stock issued by Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), so long as such issuance would not require a prepayment of the Obligations under Section 2.12(a);
(viii)reasonable and customary non-recurring fees, costs and expenses, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters actually incurred in connection with issuances of Capital Stock or incurrence or issuances of Indebtedness;
(ix)infrequent, extraordinary or non-recurring losses, costs or expenses as determined in accordance with GAAP and are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
(x)in connection with Permitted Acquisitions:
8
(A)(1) reasonable and customary non-recurring transaction costs and expenses incurred as reflected on the sources and uses delivered to the Administrative Agent, (2) and (2) non-recurring, cash and non-cash restructuring charges related to severance, employee and management changes, or the discontinuance of any portion of the business or operations, cash charges related to deferred stock compensation plans, related to such Permitted Acquisitions incurred within one year after the closing of such transaction, provided that the aggregate amount of all items described in this clause (A) and the immediately following clause (B) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters or such greater amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion, and
(B)reasonable and customary non-recurring transaction costs and expenses, incurred in connection with any proposed Permitted Acquisitions that are not consummated, no later than one year after the abandonment of such proposed Permitted Acquisition, provided that the aggregate amount of all items described in this clause (B) and the immediately preceding clause (A) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters or such greater amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion;
(xi)reasonable and documented fees, costs, and expenses incurred and paid in cash in connection with any amendment, waiver, or other modification of this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 for any such amendment, waiver, or other modification;
(xii)(a) amounts representing the impact of and expenses relating to purchase accounting adjustments, and (b) for a period of up to one year after the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition (or, in the case of purchase accounting adjustments relating to deferred revenue, for any period after the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition), amounts representing the impact of and expenses relating to other purchase accounting adjustments in connection with such Permitted Acquisition arising by reason of the application of FASB ASC 805;
(xi i i)[reserved].
(xiv)non-cash exchange, transaction, translation, or performance losses relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations;
(xv)losses on the non-ordinary course sale of assets;
(xvi )(a) board of director and operating partner fees and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters and (b) fees and expenses paid in connection with the preparation and filing of taxes of Limited Recourse Pledgors in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters;
(xvii)other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding (a) accruals for cash expenses made in the ordinary course of business, (b) any such non-cash items to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for cash items in any future period, (c) amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period, (d) write-offs of accounts receivable, (e) write-offs of inventory and (f) write-offs of prepaid expenses, in each case to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income); and
9
(xviii) any cash payments received in such period that are related to prior accruals of charges deducted in Consolidated Net Income and that have not been added back pursuant to clauses (b)(vii) and (b)(xvii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;
minus
(c)without duplication, the following amounts for such period, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(i)infrequent, extraordinary or non-recurring gains as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(ii)software development costs to the extent capitalized in accordance with GAAP;
(iii)gains on sales of assets, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(iv)income arising by reason of the application of certain accounting principles as referenced in clause (b)(xii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;
(v)non-cash exchange, transaction, translation, or performance gains relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations;
(vi)income tax benefits or gains;
(vii)any cancellation of indebtedness income and gains from repurchases of Indebtedness;
(viii)other non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item in any period); and
(ix)any cash payments made that are related to a prior accrual of charges that were added back pursuant to clause (b)(vii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to the extent they have been submitted for reimbursement and such reimbursement has been denied or is subject to a valid dispute.
For the purposes of calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in connection with the measurement of the Financial Condition Covenant (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with any pro forma incurrence based measurements hereunder) for any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a "Reference Period"), if at any time during such Reference Period (whether prior to, on or after the Closing Date), any Group Member shall have consummated a Permitted Acquisition, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable, as if such Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (including pro forma adjustments to reflect operating expense reductions (but not revenue increases) arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable; provided that such reductions are (I) expected to have a continuing impact, (II) (x) recommended by any "quality of earnings report" or due diligence financial review conducted by financial advisors retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (y) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the
10
Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC (but including negative adjustments for capitalized software costs), (III) supported by data that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, (IV) [reserved], (V) not duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (or any components thereof) for such Reference Period, whether through a pro form adjustment or otherwise, and (VI) factually supportable, documented in sufficient detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as satisfying the conditions specified in the foregoing clauses (I) through (V)).
"Consolidated Capital Expenditures": for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower) by such Group Members during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in "additions to property, plant or equipment" or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Borrower, minus the aggregate amount of such expenditures funded with proceeds of the issuance of Capital Stock by Borrower.
"Consolidated Interest Expense": for any period, total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Persons (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, if applicable and to the extent included in total cash interest expense, any amortization of fees, charges and deferred financing costs, including all such fees paid on the Closing Date).
"Consolidated Net Income": for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of "Consolidated Net Income" (a) the income (or deficit) of any such Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any such Person (other than a Subsidiary of Borrower) in which Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.
"Consolidated Senior Indebtedness": at any date, the aggregate principal amount of the Loans and Capital Lease Obligations.
"Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio": as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Indebtedness (net of up to $7,500,000 of Qualified Cash of the Loan Parties that is in excess of $2,500,000) on such day, to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period.
"Consolidated Working Capital": at any date, the excess of current assets (net of cash and Cash Equivalents) over current liabilities (exclusive of the current portion of Indebtedness and associated interest and taxes in respect of such Indebtedness) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
11
"Contractual Obligation": as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
"Control Agreement": any account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent entered into among the depository institution at which a Loan Party maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary at which a Loan Party maintains a Securities Account, such Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the UCC or any other applicable law) over such Deposit Account or Securities Account.
"Control Investment Affiliate": as to the Sponsor, any fund or investment vehicle (excluding any portfolio company or Subsidiary of any portfolio company of the Sponsor) that (a) directly or indirectly, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Sponsor and (b) is organized by the Sponsor primarily for the purpose of making equity investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person by way of ownership or general partner status.
"Cure Amount": as defined in Section 7.1(b).
"Cure Right": as defined in Section 7.1(b).
"Debtor Relief Laws": the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
"Default": any of the events specified in Section 8.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
"Default Rate": as defined in Section 2.15(c).
"Defaulting Lender": subject to Section 2.24(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender's reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender's obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender's reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver,
12
custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.24(b)) effective as of the relevant date set forth in clauses (a) through (d) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to Borrower, the Issuing Lender and each Lender.
"Deposit Account": any "deposit account" as defined in the UCC.
"Deposit Account Control Agreement": any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a financial institution holding a Deposit Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted "control" (for purposes of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.
"Designated Jurisdiction": any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
"Discharge of Obligations": subject to Section 10.8, the satisfaction of the Obligations (including all such Obligations relating to Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements) by the payment in full, in cash (or, as applicable, Cash Collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of the principal of and interest on or other liabilities relating to each Loan and any previously provided Bank Services, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than inchoate indemnification obligations and any other obligations which pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document specifically survive repayment of the Loans for which no claim has been made), and other Obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services, to the extent (a) any such Obligations in respect of Specified Swap Agreements have, if required by any applicable Qualified Counterparties, been Cash Collateralized, (b) no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (or, as applicable, each outstanding and undrawn Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), (c) no Obligations in respect of any Bank Services are outstanding (or, as applicable, all such outstanding Obligations in respect of Bank Services have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), and (d) the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders are terminated._
"Disposition": with respect to any property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition thereof and any issuance of Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The terms "Dispose" and "Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.
"Disqualified Stock": any Capital Stock (provided that any Capital Stock issued to or by any plan for the benefit of former, current or future employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it is required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of the termination, death or disability of any such employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant) that, by its
13
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the latest date on which any of the Loans mature hereunder. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.
"Division": in reference to any Person which is an entity, the division of such Person into two (2) or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or terminating its existence as part of such division, including as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other applicable Requirements of Law.
"Dollars" and "$": dollars in lawful currency of the United States.
"Domestic Subsidiary": any Subsidiary of any Loan Party organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
"EEA Financial Institution": (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
"EEA Member Country": any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
"EEA Resolution Authority": any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
"Eligible Assignee": (a) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund, or (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an "accredited investor" (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses; provided that none of Borrower, any Affiliate of Borrower or, unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor, shall be an Eligible Assignee.
"Environmental Laws": any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.
14
"Environmental Liability": any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) a violation of an Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the release or threatened release of any Materials of Environmental Concern into the environment, or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
"ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
"ERISA Affiliate": each business or entity which is, or within the last six years was, a member of a "controlled group of corporations," under "common control" or an "affiliated service group" with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code, required to be aggregated with any Loan Party under Section 414(o) of the Code, or is, or within the last six years was, under "common control" with any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.
"ERISA Event": any of (a) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (b) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Pension Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (c) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Pension Plan or the termination of any Pension Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the failure by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (i) an event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (k) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (1) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA that has resulted or may be reasonably expected to result in a material liability for which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (m) the occurrence of an act or omission which would give rise to the imposition on any Loan Party or any
15
ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (n) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Pension Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such Pension Plan, in each case for which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (o) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, in each case, in all material respects; or (p) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code.
"ERISA Funding Rules": the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans, as set forth in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, with respect to Plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and thereafter, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.
"EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule": the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.
"Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements": for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
"Eurodollar Base Rate": with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR rate available ("LIBOR") for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period (as set forth by Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other commercially available service reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent which provides quotations of LIBOR). In the event that the Administrative Agent determines that LIBOR is not available, the "Eurodollar Base Rate" shall be determined by reference to the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation rate to first class banks in the London interbank market by SVB for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant Interest Period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the applicable Loan of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, for which the Eurodollar Base Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period, as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In no event shall the Eurodollar Base Rate be less than 1.00%.
"Eurodollar Loans": Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.
16
"Eurodollar Rate": with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula:
Eurodollar Base Rate |
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements |
The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements which affect Eurodollar Loans to be made as of, and ABR Loans to be converted into Eurodollar Loans, in any such case, at the beginning of the next applicable Interest Period.
"Eurodollar Tranche": the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility (other than the L/C Facility), the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
"Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 8.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
"Excess Cash Flow": for any fiscal year (or other period) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year (or other period) less, without duplication:
(a)(x) current taxes based on income, profits or capital of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid and payable in cash with respect to such period, (y) withholding or similar taxes paid and payable in cash with respect to such period in connection with the repatriation of assets, income or earnings to any Loan Party and (z) Permitted Tax Distributions paid in cash with respect to such period,
(b)interest expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries paid in cash in such period or that is payable in such period and is paid in cash prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date for such period (provided that such amounts paid after the end of the applicable period that reduce Excess Cash Flow for such applicable period shall not be deducted in determining Excess Cash Flow for the period in which such amounts are paid),
(c)the aggregate amount actually paid by Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP during such fiscal year (or other period) on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount of Loans and other Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures, and any such expenditures financed with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount),
(d)[reserved],
(e)the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP made during such fiscal year (or other period) (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder),
17
(f)the amount of unfinanced cash payments made in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other permitted Investments to the extent consummated (including transaction expenses, net working capital adjustments, and earn-out payments, in each case, to the extent permitted under this Agreement),
(g)without duplication, any other amounts paid in cash with respect to such period to the extent added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and, without duplication, pro forma adjustments described in the last paragraph of the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, in each case, with respect to such period to the extent added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, and
(h)without duplication of any other amounts included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including, without limitation, short-term deferred revenue), the amount, if any, by which the Consolidated Working Capital increased during such period,
plus
(i)without duplication of any other amounts included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including, without limitation, short-term deferred revenue), the amount, if any, by which the Consolidated Working Capital decreased during such period.
"Excess Cash Flow Application Date": as defined in Section 2.12(d).
"Exchange Act": the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
"Excluded Accounts": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. "Excluded Assets": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
"Excluded Subsidiary": any Subsidiary that is (a) not a Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower or another Loan Party if becoming a Guarantor would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), (b) a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company if becoming a Guarantor hereunder would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), or (c) an Immaterial Subsidiary.
"Excluded Swap Obligations": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
"Excluded Taxes": any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof), or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment or becomes the Administrative Agent (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 2.23) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender's assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office; (c) Taxes
18
attributable to such Recipient's failure to comply with Section 2.20(f); and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
"Extraordinary Receipt": any cash received by, or paid to or for the account of, any Group Member in the form of a purchase price adjustment or indemnification payment made in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, other than (a) any working capital adjustments in connection with any of the foregoing, (b) any single or related series of amounts received in an aggregate amount less than $500,000 and (c) any such indemnification payment to the extent applied within 180 days (or committed to be applied within 180 days and applied within 270 days) of receipt to pay (or to provide reimbursement for) (i) costs of repair or environmental remediation with respect to assets purchased pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition or (ii) out-of-pocket money damages incurred by any Group Member in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.
"Facility": each of (a) the Term Facility, (b) the L/C Facility (which is a sub-facility of the Revolving Facility), and (c) the Revolving Facility.
“FASB ASC”: the Accounting Standards certification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
"FATCA": Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.
"Federal Funds Effective Rate": for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
"Fee Letter": the fee letter dated as of the Closing Date between Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
"Financial Condition Covenant": is defined in Section 7.1(b).
"First Amendment": the First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent, dated as of August 5, 2020, by and among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the Limited Recourse Pledgors.
"First Amendment Effective Date": as defined in the First Amendment.
"Flood Laws": the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and related legislation (including the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
"Flow of Funds Agreement": the Notice of Borrowing executed by Borrower regarding the disbursement of Loan proceeds on the Closing Date, attaching a funds flow agreed to by Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
"Foreign Currency": lawful money of a country other than the United States.
19
"Foreign Lender": (a) if Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
"Foreign Subsidiary": in respect of any Group Member, any Subsidiary of such Group Member that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Loan Party.
"Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company": any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower, substantially all of the assets of which consist of the Capital Stock of one or more controlled foreign corporations (within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code) or other Foreign Subsidiary Holding Companies.
"Fronting Exposure": at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, as applicable, with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender's L/C Percentage of the outstanding L/C Exposure other than L/C Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender's participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
"Fund": any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
"Funded Debt": as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person which matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
"Funding Office": the Revolving Loan Funding Office or the Term Loan Funding Office, as the context requires.
"GAAP": generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that for purposes of the Financial Condition Covenant, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.1(b). In the event that any "Accounting Change" (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then each party to this Agreement agrees to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Borrower's financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants (including the Financial Condition Covenant), standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. "Accounting Changes" refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.
20
"Governmental Approval": any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
"Governmental Authority": any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), and any group or body charged with setting accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).
"Group Members": the collective reference to Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
"Guarantee and Collateral Agreement": the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed and delivered by Borrower and each Guarantor, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
"Guarantee Obligation": as to any Person (the "guaranteeing person"), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the "primary obligations") of any other third Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (c) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by Borrower in good faith.
"Guarantors": a collective reference to each Subsidiary of Borrower (in each case other than an Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Person, which has become a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as required herein.
"Immaterial Subsidiary": at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party designated as such by such Loan Party in writing and which as of such date (a) holds assets representing 5% or less of Borrower's consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b)
21
(determined in accordance with GAAP), (b) which has generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., "cost-plus" arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an amount less than 5% of Borrower's consolidated total revenues determined in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b); provided that all Subsidiaries that are individually "Immaterial Subsidiaries" shall not have aggregate consolidated total assets that would represent 10% or more of Borrower's consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or have generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., "cost-plus" arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount of 10% or more of Borrower's consolidated total revenues for such four fiscal quarter period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, and (c) which owns no material Intellectual Property.
"Incremental Joinder": an instrument, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which a Lender becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.27.
"Incremental Term Facility": as defined in Section 2.27.
"Incremental Term Loan": an incremental term loan under any Incremental Term Facility.
"Indebtedness": of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's business but including purchase price adjustments, indemnity obligations, and earn outs, in each case (i) to the extent due and payable or (ii) to the extent the amount of the asserted payment is reasonably determined and not contested in good faith), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) the net obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
"Indemnified Taxes": (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
22
"Insider Indebtedness": any Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to any Group Member that is not a Loan Party or officer, director, shareholder or employee of any Group Member.
"Insider Subordinated Indebtedness": any Insider Indebtedness which is also Subordinated Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 plus any interest, fees and/or expenses thereon which may be capitalized by adding the same to the principal amount thereof.
"Insolvency": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
"Insolvency Proceeding": (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person's creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person's creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.
"Insolvent": pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
"Intellectual Property": the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
"Intellectual Property Security Agreement": any trademark security agreement, copyright security agreement, or trademark security agreement, or other agreement with respect to the Intellectual Property of a Loan Party entered into between a Loan Party and the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with any supplement thereto, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Interest Payment Date": (a) as to any ABR Loan, the first Business Day of each calendar quarter to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last Business Day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next succeeding such date) after the first day of such Interest Period and the last Business Day of such Interest Period, and (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.
"Interest Period": as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation not later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
23
(a)if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(b)Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date (in the case of the Revolving Facility) or beyond the date final payment is due on the Term Loans (in the case of the Term Loans);
(c)any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and
(d)Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.
"Interest Rate Agreement": with respect to any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is (a) for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with such Person's operations, (b) approved by Administrative Agent, and (c) not for speculative purposes.
"Inventory": all "inventory," as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Group Member, wherever located, and in any event including inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property that are held by or on behalf of any Group Member for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or that constitutes raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, or materials or supplies of any kind used or consumed or to be used or consumed in such Group Member's business or in the processing, production, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, including all supplies and embedded software.
"Investments": as defined in Section 7.8.
"IRS": the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.
"ISP": with respect to any Letter of Credit, the "International Standby Practices 1998" published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
"Issuing Lender": as the context may require, SVB or any Affiliate thereof, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit, including any other Lender that may become a successor Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.12, with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender. The Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Lender or other financial institutions, in which case the term "Issuing Lender" shall include any such Affiliate or other financial institution with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or other financial institution.
"Issuing Lender Fees": as defined in Section 3.3(a).
"L/C Advance": each L/C Lender's funding of its participation in any L/C Disbursement in accordance with its L/C Percentage of the L/C Commitment.
24
"L/C Commitment": as to any L/C Lender, the obligation of such L/C Lender, if any, to purchase an undivided interest in the Issuing Lender's obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit (including to make payments with respect to draws made under any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.5(b)) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "L/C Commitment" opposite such L/C Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such L/C Lender becomes a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment and the aggregate L/C Commitment shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments at any time.
"L/C Disbursements": a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
"L/C Exposure": at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time. The L/C Exposure of any L/C Lender at any time shall equal its L/C Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
"L/C Facility": the L/C Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
"L/C Fee Payment Date": as defined in Section 3.3(a).
"L/C Lender": a Lender with an L/C Commitment.
"L/C Percentage": as to any L/C Lender at any time, the percentage of the Total L/C Commitments represented by such L/C Lender's L/C Commitment, as such percentage may be adjusted as provided in Section 2.23.
"L/C-Related Documents": collectively, each Letter of Credit, all applications for any Letter of Credit (and applications for the amendment of any Letter of Credit) submitted by Borrower to the Issuing Lender and any other document, agreement and instrument relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Lender's standard form documents for letter of credit issuances.
"Lenders": as defined in the preamble hereto; provided that, unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include the Issuing Lender.
"Letter of Credit": as defined in Section 3.1(a).
"Letter of Credit Availability Period": the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Letter of Credit Maturity Date.
"Letter of Credit Fee": as defined in Section 3.3(a).
"Letter of Credit Fronting Fees": as defined in Section 3.3(a).
"Letter of Credit Maturity Date": the date occurring 15 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
"LIBOR": as defined in the definition of "Eurodollar Base Rate."
25
"Lien": any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
"Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement": each Limited Recourse Guarantee and Pledge Agreement by and between the Limited Recourse Pledgors and the Administrative Agent.
"Limited Recourse Pledgor": each shareholder of Capital Stock of Borrower.
"Listed Competitor": any Person that appears on the list of competitors of Borrower as submitted in writing by Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date as updated from time to time by written notice delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent and provided such updates are reasonably approved in writing in advance by the Administrative Agent.
"Loan": any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
"Loan Documents": this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, the Fee Letter, the Flow of Funds Agreement, the Solvency Certificate, the Collateral Information Certificate, each L/C-Related Document, each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, each Compliance Certificate, each Notice of Borrowing, each Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each Incremental Joinder, any subordination agreement, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.10, and any other subordination agreement, and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.
"Loan Parties": a collective reference to Borrower and Guarantors.
"Majority Revolving Lenders": at any time, (a) if only one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving Commitments at such time, such Revolving Lender, both before and after the termination of such Total Revolving Commitments; and (b) if more than one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving Commitments, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) or, at any time after the termination of the Revolving Commitments when such Revolving Commitments were held by more than one Revolving Lender, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding (including, without duplication, any L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time); provided that (a) the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Revolving Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
"Majority Term Lenders": at any time, (a) if only one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, such Term Lender; and (b) if more than one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, at least two Term Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount all Term Loans; provided that (a) the portion of the Term Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Term Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of
26
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of Borrower, any Guarantor or any Limited Recourse Pledgor to perform its respective obligations when due under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against Borrower, any Guarantor or any Limited Recourse Pledgor of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
"Material Contractual Obligation": all Contractual Obligations (including with respect to leasehold interests of a Group Member) to the extent that failure to comply therewith could in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and all customer contracts representing more than 5% of the Group Members' total revenue for the trailing twelve month period as of any date of determination.
"Materials of Environmental Concern": any substance, material or waste that is defined, regulated, governed or otherwise characterized under any Environmental Law as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant (or by words of similar meaning and regulatory effect), any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds or fungus, and radioactivity, radiofrequency radiation at levels known to be hazardous to human health and safety.
"Minority Lender": as defined in Section 10.1(b).
"Moody's": Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
"Mortgaged Properties": the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section 6.12(b) or otherwise, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.
"Mortgages": each of the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or such equivalent documents hereafter entered into and executed and delivered by one or more of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as such documents may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
"Multiemployer Plan": a "multiemployer plan" (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof makes, is making, or is obligated or in the past six years has been obligated to make, contributions.
"Net Cash Proceeds": (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of Taxes payable (including without duplication, any Permitted Tax Distributions with respect thereto) and Borrower's reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable Taxes and other liabilities required to be paid by Borrower or any other Group Member in connection with such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event in the taxable year that such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event is consummated, the computation of which shall, in each such case, take into
27
account the reduction in tax liability resulting from any available operating losses and net operating loss carryovers, Tax credits, and Tax credit carry forwards, and similar tax attributes, and with respect to any such Asset Sale or Change of Control, net of amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale or Change of Control (provided that to the extent any portion of such reserve amount ceases at any time to be so reserved and not applied to such liabilities, such portion shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds at such time and be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.12(c), as and to the extent applicable), and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys' fees, investment banking fees, accountants' fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.
"Non-Consenting Lender": any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
"Non-Defaulting Lender" at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
"Note": a Term Loan Note or a Revolving Loan Note.
"Notice of Borrowing": a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
"Notice of Conversion/Continuation": a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K.
"Obligations": the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider (in its capacity as a provider of Bank Services), and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Swap Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, payment obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider, to the extent that any applicable Bank Services Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, and any Qualified Counterparty, to the extent that any applicable Specified Swap Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, in each case that are required to be paid by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement or any Specified Swap Agreement) or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the Obligations shall not include (ii) any obligations arising under any warrants or other equity instruments issued by any Loan Party to any Lender, or (ii) solely with respect to any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.
28
“OFAC”: The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and any successor thereto.
"Other Connection Taxes": with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
"Other Taxes": all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.23).
"Participant": as defined in Section 10.6(d).
"Participant Register": as defined in Section 10.6(d).
"Patriot Act": the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.
“PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.
"Pension Plan": an employee pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof is (or if such plan were terminated would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) a "contributing sponsor" as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA.
"Permitted Acquisition": as defined in Section 7.8(1).
"Permitted Investors": the collective reference to the Sponsor and the Limited Recourse Pledgors on the date hereof.
"Permitted Tax Distributions": with respect to each calendar year (or portion thereof) tax distributions by Borrower and its Subsidiaries to its direct or indirect equity owners, in an amount calculated, and paid at such times as are permitted, pursuant the limited liability company agreement of Borrower, as in effect as of the date hereof and as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
"Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
"Platform": as defined in Section 10.2(d)(i).
"Pledged Stock": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
29
"Preferred Stock": the preferred Capital Stock of any Loan Party.
"Prime Rate": the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the "prime rate" then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by the Administrative Agent, the "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).
"Projections": as defined in Section 6.2(b).
"Properties": as defined in Section 4.17(a).
"Qualified Availability": an amount equal to the sum, on any date of determination, of (a) the Available Revolving Commitments plus (b) Qualified Cash.
"Qualified Cash": the unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan Parties held in the United States that is in a Deposit Account or in a Securities Account, or any combination thereof, in each case that is, after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, subject to a Control Agreement or with respect to which the depository institution is the Administrative Agent and which is subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent.
"Qualified Counterparty": with respect to any Specified Swap Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Swap Agreement was entered into or as of the Closing Date, was the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender.
"Qualified ECP Guarantor": is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. "Recipient": the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as applicable.
"Recovery Event": any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.
"Register": as defined in Section 10.6(c).
"Regulation U": Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
"Reinvestment Deferred Amount": with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans or other amounts pursuant to Section 2.12(g) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.
"Reinvestment Event": any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.
"Reinvestment Notice": a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Guarantor or one or more other Group Members (but only to the extent the transfer of such Net Cash Proceeds by a Loan Party to a non-Loan Party would otherwise constitute an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.8 or a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.5)) intends and expects to use all or a specified
30
portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business.
"Reinvestment Prepayment Amount": with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in Borrower's business.
"Reinvestment Prepayment Date": with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) (i) the date occurring 180 days after such Reinvestment Event if Borrower has not committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by such date, or (ii) if Borrower has committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by 180 days after the Reinvestment Event, the date occurring 270 days after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in Borrower's business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.
"Related Parties": with respect to any Person, such Person's Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person's Affiliates.
"Replacement Lender": as defined in Section 2.23.
"Required Lenders": at any time, (a) if only one Lender holds all of the outstanding Term Loans and the Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), such Lender; and (b) if more than one Lender holds the outstanding Term Loans and Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), then at least two Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding, and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that for the purposes of this clause (b), the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans held by any Defaulting Lender and the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided further that, for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
"Requirement of Law": as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
"Responsible Officer": the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of an applicable Loan Party, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of such Loan Party.
"Restricted Payments": as defined in Section 7.6.
"Revolving Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "Revolving Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the
31
same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof (including in connection with assignments permitted hereunder). The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
"Revolving Commitment Period": the period from and including the first Business Day after the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.
"Revolving Extensions of Credit": as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, plus (b) such Lender's L/C Percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (c) such Lender's L/C Percentage of the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
"Revolving Facility": the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
"Revolving Lender": each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.
"Revolving Loan Conversion": as defined in Section 3.5(b).
"Revolving Loan Funding Office": the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
"Revolving Loan Note": a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-1, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Revolving Loans": as defined in Section 2.4(a).
"Revolving Percentage": as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender's Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding; provided that in the event that the Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Revolving Lenders on a comparable basis.
"Revolving Termination Date": August 2, 2024. “S&P”: Standard & Poor's Ratings Services.
"Sale Leaseback Transaction": any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions a Loan Party sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.
"Sanction(s)": any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty's Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority where any Group Member conducts business.
32
“SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.
"Secured Obligations": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
"Secured Parties": the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender), each Bank Services Provider (in its or their respective capacity as a provider of Bank Services) and any Qualified Counterparties.
"Securities Account": any "securities account" as defined in the UCC.
"Securities Account Control Agreement": any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a securities intermediary holding a Securities Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted "control" (for purposes of the UCC) over such Securities Account.
"Securities Act": the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
"Security Documents": the collective reference to (a) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages, (c) the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, (d) each Securities Account Control Agreement, (e) each Deposit Account Control Agreement, (f) all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document, and (g) all financing statements, fixture filings, patent, trademark and copyright filings, assignments, acknowledgments and other filings, documents and agreements made or delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to any of the foregoing.
"Solvency Certificate": the Solvency Certificate, dated the Closing Date, delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(1), which Solvency Certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit D.
"Solvent": when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the "fair value" of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all "liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise," as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the "present fair saleable value" of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) "debt" means liability on a "claim," and (ii) "claim" means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.
"Specified Swap Agreement": any Swap Agreement entered into by Borrower and any Qualified Counterparty (or any Person who was a Qualified Counterparty as of the Closing Date or as of the date such Swap Agreement was entered into) to the extent permitted under Section 7.13.
33
"Sponsor": FTV IV, LP and/or its Control Investment Affiliates, as the case may be.
"Subordinated Debt Document": any agreement, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered by Borrower or any Subsidiary and evidencing Subordinated Indebtedness, and any renewals, modifications, or amendments thereof which are approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.
"Subordinated Indebtedness": Indebtedness of a Loan Party subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to subordination terms (including payment, lien and remedies subordination terms, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
"Subsidiary": as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower.
"Surety Indebtedness": as of any date of determination, indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) owing to sureties arising from surety bonds issued on behalf of any Group Member as support for, among other things, their contracts with customers, whether such indebtedness is owing directly or indirectly by such Group Member.
"SVB": as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
"Swap Agreement": any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be a "Swap Agreement."
"Swap Obligation": as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
"Swap Termination Value": in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Qualified Counterparty).
"Synthetic Lease Obligation": the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or
34
bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
"Taxes": all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
"Term Commitment": as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Term Loans to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading "Term Commitment" opposite such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1A.
"Term Facility": the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder. "Term Lender": each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan. "Term Loan": the term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.
"Term Loan Funding Office": the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
"Term Loan Maturity Date": August 2, 2024.
"Term Loan Note": a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-2, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Term Percentage": as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender's Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).
"Total L/C Commitments": at any time, the sum of all L/C Commitments at such time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10 or 3.5(b).
"Total Revolving Commitments": at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
"Total Revolving Extensions of Credit": at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time.
"Trade Date": as defined in Section 10.6(b)(i)(B).
"Transferee": any Eligible Assignee or Participant.
"Transition Period": as defined in Section 6.10.
"Type": as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
"Unfriendly Acquisition": any acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired; except that with respect to any acquisition of a non-U.S. Person, an otherwise friendly acquisition shall not be deemed to be an Unfriendly Acquisition if
35
it is not customary in such jurisdiction to obtain such approval prior to the first public announcement of an offer relating to a friendly acquisition.
"Uniform Commercial Code" or “UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, or as the context may require, any other applicable jurisdiction.
"United States" and "U.S.": the United States of America.
"USCRO": the U.S. Copyright Office.
"U.S. Person": any Person that is a "United States Person" as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
"USPTO": the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
"U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate": as defined in Section 2.20(f).
“Withholding Agent”: as applicable, any of any applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the context may require.
"Write-Down and Conversion Powers": with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
1.2Other Definitional Provisions.
(a)Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
(b)As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation," (iii) the word "incur" shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words "incurred" and "incurrence" shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to agreements (including this Agreement) or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, (vi) any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and (vii) references to time of day shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to Pacific time.
(c)The words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision
36
of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.
(d)The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.
(e)Any reference in any Loan Document to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a Division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a Division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any Division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person under the Loan Documents (and each Division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity) on the first date of its existence. In connection with any Division, if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then such asset shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person.
1.3Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).
SECTION 2
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
2.1Term Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Lender severally agrees to make a Term Loan to Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount equal to the amount of the Term Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.13.
2.2Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, one Business Day prior to the Closing Date) requesting that the Term Lenders with a Term Commitment make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Lender with a Term Commitment thereunder thereof. Not later than 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the Closing Date each Term Lender with a Term Commitment shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Term Loan Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Lenders in immediately available funds.
2.3Repayment of Term Loans. Beginning on December 31, 2019, the Term Loans of each Term Lender shall be repaid in consecutive equal quarterly installments, on the last day of each fiscal quarter, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender's Term Percentage multiplied by $75,000.00. To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term
37
Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.
2.4Revolving Commitments.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (each, a "Revolving Loan" and, collectively, the "Revolving Loans") to Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, taking into account the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans, incurred on behalf of Borrower and owing to such Lender, does not exceed the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment. In addition, the amount of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time. During the Revolving Commitment Period Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the existence of an Event of Default, no Revolving Loan may be borrowed as, converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan.
(b)Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.
2.5Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. Borrower may borrow up to the Available Revolving Commitment under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, (a) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans (in each case, with originals to follow within three (3) Business Days)) (provided that any such Notice of Borrowing of ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility to finance payments under Section 3.5(a) may be given not later than 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), in each such case specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor, and (iv) instructions for remittance of the proceeds of the applicable Loans to be borrowed. Except with respect to a Revolving Loan Conversion, each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to in the case of ABR Loans, $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $100,000, such lesser amount). Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing from Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of Borrower at the Revolving Loan Funding Office prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the Borrowing Date requested by Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting such account as is designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by Borrower with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. No Revolving Loan will be made on the Closing Date.
2.6[Reserved].
38
2.7[Reserved].
2.8[Reserved].
2.9Commitment and Other Fees. Borrower agrees to pay the following:
(a)The fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in, and otherwise in accordance with, the Fee Letter and to perform any other obligations contained therein.
(b)As additional compensation for the Total Revolving Commitments, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Lenders, a fee for Borrower's non-use of available funds under the Revolving Facility (the "Commitment Fee"), commencing on the Closing Date and payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter (such first payment to occur September 30, 2019) occurring prior to the Revolving Termination Date, and on the Revolving Termination Date, in an amount equal to the Commitment Fee Rate multiplied by the average unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. The unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, for purposes of this calculation, shall equal the difference between (i) the Total Revolving Commitments (as reduced from time to time), and (ii) the sum of (A) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Loans outstanding, (B) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, and (C) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
(c)All fees payable under this Section 2.9 shall be fully earned on the date paid and nonrefundable.
2.10Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments subject to the payment of the fees described in Section 2.11(b); provided that no such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Available Revolving Commitments; provided further that if such notice of termination indicates that such termination is to occur in connection with a refinancing, such notice of termination may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect; provided that, if in connection with any such reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the L/C Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the L/C Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of L/C Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the Total L/C Commitments shall be reduced to an amount that would result in the aggregate L/C Exposure exceeding the Total L/C Commitments (as so reduced). Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the L/C Commitments then in effect.
2.11Optional Prepayments.
(a)Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no
39
later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date thereof, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the proposed prepayment; provided that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21; provided further that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a refinancing, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein (subject to revocation as described above), together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.
(b)If the Term Loans are prepaid in full or the Revolving Commitments are terminated either pursuant Section 2.12(b), in connection with a Change of Control or other sale of all or substantially all of Borrower's assets, in connection with an initial public offering of the Capital Stock of Borrower (or a parent company thereof) or any refinancing of the Indebtedness hereunder, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the applicable Lenders), contemporaneously with the prepayment or acceleration of such Obligations, a prepayment fee equal to, with respect to any such Term Loan prepayment or Revolving Commitment termination made during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the ClosingFirst Amendment Effective Date, 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans so prepaid and Revolving Commitments so reduced; provided that the foregoing fee shall not be payable if the Term Loans or Revolving Commitments1 are refinanced with a credit facility in which SVB is an arranger, agent, lender or participant. Any such prepayment fee shall be fully earned on the date paid and shall not be refundable for any reason.
2.12Mandatory Prepayments.
(a)If any Capital Stock shall be issued by any Group Member in connection with an exercise of the Cure Right, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(b)If any Indebtedness shall be incurred by any Group Member (excluding any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.2), Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied on the date of such incurrence toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(c)If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to be applied promptly following the date of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and Recovery Events that may be excluded from the foregoing requirement pursuant to a Reinvestment Notice shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event to be applied toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
1 NTD: If the company replaces the revolver with another SVB revolver, we do not think the prepayment fee should apply.
40
(d)If, for any fiscal year of Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (provided that for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, Excess Cash Flow shall be calculated from August 1, 2019 through the end of such fiscal year), there shall be Excess Cash Flow, Borrower shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply 50% of such Excess Cash Flow (minus, without duplication, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, voluntary principal repayments of the Loans under the Loan Documents (excluding voluntary repayment of Revolving Loans, except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in the commitments related thereto) during such fiscal year) toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that such percentage shall be reduced to 25% for such fiscal year if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.75:1.00 but greater than 2.00:1.00 and such percentage shall be further reduced to 0% for such fiscal year if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.00:1.00. Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (each an "Excess Cash Flow Application Date") occurring no later than two (2) Business Days following the earlier of (i) the date on which the financial statements of Borrower referred to in Section 6.1(a), for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Lenders and (ii) the date such financial statements are actually delivered.
(e)If any Extraordinary Receipts shall be received by any Group Member, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such receipt toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(f)[reserved].
(g)Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be applied pro rata (i) first, to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans and in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.18(b) and (ii) then to the payment of the Revolving Loans (without a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments). Each prepayment of the Loans under this Section 2.12 (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans, in the event all Revolving Commitments have not been terminated) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.
(h)Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 2.12, a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment.
(i)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payment in respect of a mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.12 may be declined in whole or in part by any Lender without prejudice to such Lender's rights hereunder to accept or decline any future payments in respect of such mandatory prepayment. If any Lender declines payment in respect of any mandatory prepayment, in whole or in part, the proceeds of such declined payment shall first be offered ratably to the Lenders accepting payment in respect of such mandatory prepayment before such proceeds can be retained by Borrower.
2.13Conversion and Continuation Options.
(a)Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date; provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Subject to Section 2.17,
41
Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
(b)Subject to Section 2.17, any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by Borrower giving irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term "Interest Period" set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further that if Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this Section 2.13(b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
2.14Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to (x) in the case of Term Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (y) in the case of Revolving Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof, and (b) no more than seven (7) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.
2.15Interest Rates and Payment Dates.
(a)Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(b)Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the ABR plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(c)During the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Required Lenders, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.00% (the "Default Rate").
(d)Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.15(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.
2.16Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a)Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall
42
as soon as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b)Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of demonstrable error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of Borrower, deliver to Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.16(a).
2.17Inability to Determine Interest Rate.
(a)If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower) in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Loan or a conversion to or a continuation thereof that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such requested Loan or conversion or continuation, as applicable, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (iii) the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period, then, in any such case (i), (ii) or (iii), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof as soon as practicable thereafter. Any such determination shall specify the basis for such determination and shall, in the absence of demonstrable error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Thereafter, any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans. Until the circumstances described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), as applicable, cease to exist, in which case the Administrative Agent shall promptly withdraw the notice described in the first sentence above, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.
(b)If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in Section 2.17(a)(i) or (ii) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in Section 2.17(a)(i) or (ii) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR reporting system or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then Administrative Agent and Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to LIBOR that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable; provided that if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than 1.0%, such rate shall be deemed to be 1.0% for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.1, such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has provided such amendment to all Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such
43
amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this clause (b) (but in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this Section 2.17(b), only to the extent that LIBOR for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made shall be made as ABR Loans, and (y) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans.
2.18Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.
(a)Each borrowing by Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages, L/C Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.
(b)Except as otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders. The amount of each optional and mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (other than mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(d)) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans pro rata based upon the respective then remaining principal amounts thereof. The amount of each mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(d) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans in the inverse order of maturity. Except as otherwise may be agreed by Borrower and the Required Lenders, any prepayment of Term Loans shall be applied to the then outstanding Term Loans on a pro rata basis regardless of Type. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
(c)Subject to Section 2.12(i), each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.
(d)All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and shall be made prior to 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the applicable Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 P.M., Pacific time, shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.
(e)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent
44
may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date in accordance with Section 2, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date on which such amount is made available to Borrower but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate equal to the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender's share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility from Borrower. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender's Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(f)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower is making such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Loan Party.
(g)If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.18, and such funds are not made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable extension of credit set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(h)The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to (i) make Term Loans, (ii) make Revolving Loans, (iii) to fund its participations in L/C Disbursements in accordance with its respective L/C Percentage, and (iv) to make payments pursuant to Section 9.7, as applicable, are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any such Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any such payment under Section 9.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.7.
(i)Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
45
(j)If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.
(k)If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the principal of or interest on any Loan made by it or its participation in the L/C Exposure, as applicable (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment), in excess of its Term Percentage, Revolving Percentage or L/C Percentage, as applicable, of such payment on account of the Loans or participations obtained by all of the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith advise the Administrative Agent of the receipt of such payment, and within five Business Days of such receipt purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Term Lenders, Revolving Lenders or L/C Lenders, as applicable (through the Administrative Agent), without recourse, such participations in the Term Loans or Revolving Loans made by them and/or participations in the L/C Exposure held by them, as applicable, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with their respective Term Percentages, Revolving Percentages or L/C Percentages, as applicable; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of Borrower from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section 2.18(k) shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 2.18(k). The Administrative Agent shall keep records on the Register in accordance with Section 10.6 (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of demonstrable error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) and shall in each case notify the Term Lenders, the Revolving Lenders or the L/C Lenders, as applicable, following any such purchase. The provisions of this Section 2.18(k) shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (ii) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 3.10, or (iii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or sub-participations in any L/C Exposure to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). Borrower consents on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation. For the avoidance of doubt, no amounts received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be applied in partial or complete satisfaction of any Excluded Swap Obligations.
(l)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion at any time or from time to time, without Borrower's request and even if the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 would not be satisfied, make a Revolving Loan in an amount equal to the portion of the Obligations constituting overdue interest and fees from time to time due and payable to itself, any Revolving Lender or the Issuing Lender, and apply the proceeds of any such Revolving Loan to those Obligations; provided that after giving effect to any such Revolving Loan, the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans will not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect.
46
2.19Illegality; Requirements of Law.
(a)Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Requirement of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
(b)Requirements of Law. If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or the compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:
(i)shall subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its Loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
(ii)shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate); or
(iii)impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining Loans determined with reference to the Eurodollar Rate or of maintaining its obligation to make such Loans, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable or received by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder in respect thereof (whether in respect of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, upon the request of such Lender or other Recipient, Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.
(c)If any Lender determines that any change in any Requirement of Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender's holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
47
Lender's capital or on the capital of such Lender's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender's holding company could have achieved but for such change in such Requirement of Law (taking into consideration such Lender's policies and the policies of such Lender's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender's or Issuing Lender's holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(d)For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in any Requirement of Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
(e)A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this Section submitted by any Lender to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's right to demand such compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.19, Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.19 for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of such Lender's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
2.20Taxes.
For purposes of this Section 2.20, the term "Lender" includes the Issuing Lender and the term "applicable law" includes FATCA.
(a)Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party, to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 2.20. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
48
(b)Payment of Other Taxes. Without duplication of other amounts payable by Borrower under this Section, Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes applicable to such Loan Party.
(c)Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20, Borrower shall, or shall cause such other Loan Party to, deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d)Indemnification by Loan Parties. Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.20) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (including any recording and filing fees with respect thereto or resulting therefrom and any liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying such Indemnified Taxes), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided, that the Loan Parties shall not be required to indemnify a Recipient pursuant to this Section 2.20 to the extent that such Recipient fails to notify the Loan Parties of its intent to make a claim for indemnification under this Section 2.20 within 270 days after a claim is asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.
(e)Indemnification by Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender's failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e). Any amounts set off by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, to the extent such amounts relate to any Loan Document be treated as having been paid in accordance with, and for purposes of, such Loan Document.
(f)Status of Lenders.
(i)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate
49
of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.20(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if the Lender is not legally entitled to complete, execute or deliver such documentation or, in the Lender's reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding Tax; provided, however, that if the Lender is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it shall provide the appropriate withholding form of its owner;
(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient, but no fewer than two (2)) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the "interest" article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the "business profits" or "other income" article of such tax treaty;
(2)executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a "10 percent shareholder" of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a "controlled foreign corporation" described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a "U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate") and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E; and/or
(4)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS
50
Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;
(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender's obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), "FATCA" shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(iii)Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose).
(iv)To the extent legally permissible, the Administrative Agent, in the event that the Administrative Agent is a U.S. Person, shall deliver an IRS Form W-9 to Borrower and if the Administrative Agent is not a U.S. Person, the applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its exemption from U.S. withholding Taxes with respect to amounts payable hereunder, on or prior to the date the Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement. At any time thereafter, the Administrative Agent shall provide updated documentation previously provided (or a successor form thereto) when any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or otherwise upon the reasonable request of Borrower.
(g)Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section
51
2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)Survival. Each party's obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the Discharge of Obligations.
2.21Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) a default by Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) a default by Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (c) for any reason, the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such losses and expenses shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, reduced, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any), over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error. This covenant shall survive the Discharge of Obligations. This Section 2.21 shall not apply with respect to Taxes.
2.22Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans affected by such event or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, in each case, with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal, or regulatory disadvantage; provided further that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d). Borrower hereby agrees to pay all
52
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment made at the request of Borrower.
2.23Substitution of Lenders. Upon the receipt by Borrower of any of the following, with respect to any Lender (any such Lender described in clauses (a) through (c) below being referred to as an "Affected Lender" hereunder):
(a)a request from a Lender for payment of Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section 2.20 or of increased costs pursuant to Section 2.19 (and, in any such case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.22 or is a Non-Consenting Lender);
(b)a notice from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.1(b) that one or more Minority Lenders are unwilling to agree to an amendment or other modification approved by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; or
(c)notice from the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender;
then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the Administrative Agent and such Affected Lender: (i) request that one or more of the other Lenders acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender's Loans and Commitment; or (ii) designate a replacement lending institution (which shall be an Eligible Assignee) to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender's Loans and Commitment (the replacing Lender or lender in (i) or (ii) being a "Replacement Lender"); provided, however, that Borrower shall be liable for the payment upon demand of all costs and other amounts arising under Section 2.21 that result from the acquisition of any Affected Lender's Loan and/or Commitment (or any portion thereof) by a Lender or Replacement Lender, as the case may be, on a date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loans then outstanding; and provided further, however, that if Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Affected Lender under clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.23, then Borrower shall be obligated to replace all Affected Lenders under such clauses. The Affected Lender replaced pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall be required to assign and delegate, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to one or more Replacement Lenders that so agree to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender's Loans and Commitment upon payment to such Affected Lender of an amount (in the aggregate for all Replacement Lenders) equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of the Affected Lender's Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents from such Replacement Lenders (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including amounts under Section 2.21 hereof); provided, that to the extent any such Affected Lender does not execute any such assignment and delegation, such assignment and delegation shall be deemed to have occurred if all the other conditions required for such assignment and delegation hereunder have been satisfied. Any such designation of a Replacement Lender shall be effected in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the assignment provisions contained in Section 10.6 (with the assignment fee to be paid by Borrower in such instance), and, if such Replacement Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any assignment pursuant to this Section 2.23, (a) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.19 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20, such assignment shall result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (b) such assignment shall not conflict with any applicable Requirement of Law, and (c) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender being a Minority Lender referred to in clause (b) of this Section 2.23, the
53
applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affected Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Affected Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
2.24Defaulting Lenders.
(a)Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i)Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender's right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.1 and in the definitions of Majority Revolving Lenders, Majority Term Lenders and Required Lenders.
(ii)Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 8 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.7), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender hereunder; third, if requested by the Issuing Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for the funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth, as Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender's potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, and (y) if requested by the Issuing Lender, be held as Cash Collateral for the future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any future Letter of Credit; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender's breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender's breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Advances in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans or L/C Advances were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Advances owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Advances owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Advances are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.24(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
54
(iii)Certain Fees.
(A)No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.9(b) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).
(B)Each Defaulting Lender shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit fees as provided in Section 3.3(d).
(C)With respect to any Letter of Credit fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B) above, Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such Letter of Credit fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender's participation in Letters of Credit that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the Issuing Lender the amount of any such Letter of Credit fee, otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Lender's Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such Letter of Credit fee.
(iv)Reallocation of Pro Rata Share to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4, the L/C Percentage of each non-Defaulting Lender of any such Letter of Credit, shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender; provided that, (A) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (B) the aggregate obligations of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender plus the aggregate amount of that Lender's L/C Percentage of then outstanding Letters of Credit, and (C) the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time). Subject to Section 10.21, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender's increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender's Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.10.
(b)Defaulting Lender Cure. If Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their
55
respective Revolving Percentages, L/C Percentages and Term Percentages, as applicable (without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.
(c)New Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit after giving effect thereto.
(d)[Reserved].
2.25[Reserved].
2.26Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.6) (promptly after Borrower's receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender's Loans.
2.27Incremental Term Facility.
(a)At any time after the Closing Date and prior to the four year anniversary of the Closing Date, Borrower may request that the Lenders or Additional Lenders (as defined below) on one or more occasions establish one or more incremental term loan facilities under this Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000 (each such facility, an "Incremental Term Facility"). No Lender shall be obligated to participate in an Incremental Term Facility. Any Incremental Term Facility shall be in an amount of at least $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.
(b)Each of the following shall be conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility:
(i)Borrower shall have delivered an irrevocable written request to the Administrative Agent for such Incremental Term Facility at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the requested effective date of such Incremental Term Facility (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), and promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall invite each Lender to provide the Incremental Term Facility ratably in accordance with its Term Percentage of each requested Incremental Term Facility (it being agreed that no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Incremental Term Facility and that any Lender may elect to participate in such Incremental Term Facility in an amount that is less than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility or more than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility if other Lenders have elected not to participate in any applicable requested Incremental Term Facility in accordance with their Term Percentages) and to the extent five (5) Business Days after receipt of invitation, sufficient Lenders do not agree to provide the Incremental Term Facility on terms acceptable to Borrower, then Borrower may invite any prospective lender that satisfies the criteria of being an "Eligible Assignee" to become a Lender in connection with the proposed Incremental Term Facility (each such person an "Additional Lender");
56
(ii)each Lender or Additional Lender agreeing to participate in any such Incremental Term Facility, Borrower and the Administrative Agent have signed an Incremental Joinder (any Incremental Joinder may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Borrower and the Lenders agreeing to such Incremental Term Facility, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.27) and Borrower shall have executed any Notes requested by any Lender or Additional Lender in connection with the incurrence of the Incremental Term Facility. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, an Incremental Joinder reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the amendments to this Agreement effected thereby, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Lender(s) or Additional Lender(s) agreeing to fund such Incremental Term Facility;
(iii)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof, (A) each of the conditions precedent in Section 5.2(a) are satisfied and (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the funding of such Incremental Term Facility;
(iv)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof (including pro forma effect to any applicable Permitted Acquisition), the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without giving any netting effect to the cash proceeds of the Incremental Term Facility) shall not be greater than the lesser of 3.50:1.00 and the applicable covenant level set forth in Section 7.1 for the period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of Borrower referred to in Section 6.1(b) are required to be delivered, and (C) Qualified Availability shall be at least $3,500,0006,500,000, and Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing compliance with the requirements of this clause (iv) and clause (iii) above,
(v)any Incremental Term Loan Facility may provide for the ability to participate (A) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans and (B) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans, and, in any case, (X) the Incremental Term Facility shall have a final maturity date that is the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (Y) the Incremental Term Loan shall amortize at a quarterly rate of 0.25% of the initial principal amount thereof (subject to adjustment as provided herein for the Term Loans), commencing with the first full fiscal quarter after the funding thereof;
(vi)any Incremental Term Loan shall rank pari passu or junior in right of security in respect of the Collateral and the collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(vii)no Incremental Term Facility will be guaranteed by any Person other than a Guarantor or a Limited Recourse Pledgor hereunder and shall not be secured by any property or assets other than the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(viii)the all-in yield (based on the interest rate and original issue discount and upfront fees, if any, but excluding other amounts, including arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees) applicable to any Incremental Term Loan shall not be more than 0.50% per annum higher than the corresponding all-in yield with respect to the then-existing Term Loans (measured based on the all-in yield with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date) unless the Applicable
57
Margin with respect to the then-existing Term Loans is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to such Incremental Term Facility and the all-in yield applicable to the then-existing Term Loans minus 0.50%; and
(ix)Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or Additional Lenders in connection with the exercise of the applicable Incremental Term Facility.
(c)Upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility, all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to the Term Loans, Loans, and/or Lenders shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include the term loans incurred pursuant to such Incremental Term Facility and the lenders thereunder.
(d)The Incremental Term Facilities established pursuant to this Section 2.27 shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from any guarantees and the security interests created by the Loan Documents, other than in the case of an Incremental Term Facility that is secured on a junior basis in respect of the Collateral. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by Administrative Agent to ensure and demonstrate that the Liens and security interests granted by the Loan Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such Incremental Term Facility, which actions may include re-granting Liens and entering into supplements, amendments, restatements or replacements of the Security Documents and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and executing and delivering all documents, instruments and legal opinions in connection therewith reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
(e)Any documentation with respect to any Incremental Term Facility which differ from those with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date (except to the extent permitted hereunder) shall reflect market terms and conditions at the time of issuance thereof as determined by Borrower and the Administrative Agent or otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that terms differing from those with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date are acceptable if (1) the Lenders under the Term Loan Facility also receive the benefits of each term or (2) are applicable only after the Term Loan Maturity Date).
SECTION 3
LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1L/C Commitment.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue standby letters of credit ("Letters of Credit") for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) on any Business Day during the Letter of Credit Availability Period in such form as may reasonably be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the L/C Exposure would exceed either the Total L/C Commitments or the Available Revolving Commitment at such time. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). For the avoidance of doubt, no commercial letters of credit shall be issued by the Issuing Lender to any Person under this Agreement.
58
(b)The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(i)such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Lender to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law;
(ii)any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing, amending or reinstating such Letter of Credit, or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it;
(iii)the Issuing Lender has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of the applicable conditions contained in Section 5.2 shall not then be satisfied;
(iv)any requested Letter of Credit is not in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender, or the issuance, amendment or renewal of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable laws or regulations or any applicable policies of the Issuing Lender;
(v)such Letter of Credit contains any provisions providing for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder;
(vi)except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, such Letter of Credit is in an initial face amount less than $100,000; or
(vii)any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 3.10, satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (in its sole discretion) with Borrower or such Defaulting Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lender's actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other L/C Exposure as to which the Issuing Lender has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.
3.2Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information
59
relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).
3.3Fees and Other Charges.
(a)Borrower agrees to pay, with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower, (i) to the extent there is more than one Lender, a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on the daily amount available to be drawn under each such Letter of Credit to the Issuing Lender for its own account ("Letter of Credit Fronting Fee"), (ii) a letter of credit fee (the "Letter of Credit Fee") to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the L/C Lenders equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans times the drawable amount of such Letter of Credit, payable, in the case of clause (i) and (ii) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the Letter of Credit Maturity Date (each, an "L/C Fee Payment Date") after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit, and (iii) to the Issuing Lender its standard and reasonable fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower or processing of drawings thereunder (the "Issuing Lender Fees"). The Letter of Credit Fronting Fee, Letter of Credit Fee and the Issuing Lender Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
(b)In addition to the foregoing fees, Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.
(c)Borrower shall furnish to the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to any requested Letter of Credit issuance, amendment or renewal, including any L/C-Related Documents, as the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).
(d)Any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, to the other L/C Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective L/C Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.24(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the Issuing Lender for its own account.
3.4L/C Participations. The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Lender, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Lender irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Lender's own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Lender's L/C Percentage in the Issuing Lender's obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Lender agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.5(a), such L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender's address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender's L/C Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each L/C Lender's obligation to pay such amount shall be
60
absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Lender may have against the Issuing Lender, Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5.2, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Lender, or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
3.5Reimbursement.
(a)If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the entire amount of such L/C Disbursement not later than the immediately following Business Day after such notice to Borrower. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds.
(b)If the Issuing Lender shall not have received from Borrower the payment that it is required to make pursuant to Section 3.5(a) with respect to a Letter of Credit within the time specified in such Section (which payment may be made with the proceeds of a borrowing of Revolving Loans to the extent such borrowing is requested and borrowed by Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each L/C Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its L/C Percentage thereof, and each L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender's address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender's L/C Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose); upon such payment pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any L/C Disbursement, Borrower shall be required to reimburse the L/C Lenders for such payments (including interest accrued thereon from the date of such payment until the date of such reimbursement at the rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans plus 2% per annum) on demand; provided that if at the time of and after giving effect to such payment by the L/C Lenders, the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied, Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent certifying that such conditions are satisfied and that all interest owing under this paragraph has been paid, request that such payments by the L/C Lenders be converted into Revolving Loans (a "Revolving Loan Conversion"), in which case, if such conditions are in fact satisfied, the L/C Lenders shall be deemed to have extended, and Borrower shall be deemed to have accepted, a Revolving Loan in the aggregate principal amount of such payment without further action on the part of any party, and the Total L/C Commitments shall be permanently reduced by such amount; any amount so paid pursuant to this paragraph shall, on and after the payment date thereof, be deemed to be Revolving Loans for all purposes hereunder; provided that the Issuing Lender, at its option, may effectuate a Revolving Loan Conversion regardless of whether the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied.
3.6Obligations Absolute. Borrower's obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and Borrower's obligations hereunder shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit
61
may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or breach in bad faith of the obligations of the Issuing Lender hereunder. Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach in bad faith of its obligations hereunder, shall be binding on Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to Borrower.
In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in the Agreement, Borrower hereby agrees to pay and to protect, indemnify, and save Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or (B) the failure of Issuing Lender or of any L/C Lender to honor a demand for payment under any Letter of Credit thereof as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, in each case other than to the extent solely as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender or the breach in bad faith of the obligations of the Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender hereunder (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
3.7Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.
3.8Applications. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.
3.9Interim Interest. If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless either Borrower shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full within the time period specified in Section 3.5(a) or the L/C Lenders shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full on such date as provided in Section 3.5(b), in each case the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Lender, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by Borrower, at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were a Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan; provided that the provisions of Section 2.15(c) shall be applicable to any such amounts not paid when due.
3.10Cash Collateral.
(a)Certain Credit Support Events. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (i) if the Issuing Lender has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Advance by all the L/C Lenders that is not reimbursed by Borrower or converted into a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 3.5(b), or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, any L/C Exposure for any reason remains outstanding, Borrower
62
shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then effective L/C Exposure in an amount equal to 105% of such L/C Exposure.
At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover 105% of the Fronting Exposure relating to the Letters of Credit (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender).
(b)Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent. Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender or Defaulting Lender, such Lender or Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the L/C Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest and Lien in all such Cash Collateral and in all proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 3.10(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than 105% of the applicable L/C Exposure, Fronting Exposure and other Obligations secured thereby, Borrower or the relevant Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable, will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by such Lender or Defaulting Lender).
(c)Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 3.10, Section 2.24 or otherwise in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Exposure, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.
(d)Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit or other Obligations shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.10 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure and other Obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) a determination by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (A) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (B) that, subject to Section 2.24, the Person providing such Cash Collateral and the Issuing Lender may agree that such Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations, and provided further, that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by Borrower or any other Loan Party, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to any security interest and Lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.
63
3.11Additional Issuing Lenders. Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this Section 3.11 shall be deemed to be an "Issuing Lender" (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Lender and such Lender.
3.12Resignation of the Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender may resign at any time by giving at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Borrower; provided that such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Issuing Lender has been appointed in accordance with this Section 3.12. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Lender, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender and the retiring Issuing Lender shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder without affecting its rights and obligations with respect to Letters of Credit previously issued by it. At the time such resignation shall become effective, Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 3.3. The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term "Issuing Lender" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Lender, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Lenders, as the context shall require. After the resignation of the Issuing Lender hereunder, the retiring Issuing Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
3.13Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable laws, the Letters of Credit shall be governed by and subject to the rules of the ISP.
SECTION 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue the Letters of Credit, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to itself and each of its Subsidiaries, that:
4.1Financial Condition.
(a)The financial model delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent on July 1, 2019 was prepared based on the best information available to Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and presented fairly in all material respects the estimated financial position of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of March 31, 2019 assuming that the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Term Loans by Borrower had actually occurred at such date and giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth therein (it being understood that any projections therein are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the
64
control of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized, and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).
(b)The audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the fiscal years then ended. The unaudited, internally prepared consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at May 31, 2019, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the 5-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the 5-month period then ended (in each case, subject to normal year-end adjustments). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein) and subject to, in the case of unaudited financial statements, normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes. No Group Member has, as of the Closing Date, any material Guarantee Obligations, material contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that (x) are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this Section 4.1(b) or (y) have been incurred after the date of such financial statements and have not been disclosed to the Lenders. During the period from December 31, 2018 to and including the date hereof, there has been no Disposition by any Group Member of any material part of the Group Members' business or property.
4.2No Change. Since December 31, 2018, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.3Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in material compliance with all Requirements of Law except in such instances in which (i) such Requirement of Law is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and the prosecution of such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.4Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices described that have been obtained or made and are in full force and
65
effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
4.5No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member in any material respect and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).
4.6Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6, no litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.7No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall either result from the making of a requested Credit Extension.
4.8Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments. Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in or a valid right to use, all of its other tangible property, in each case in all material respects, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3. No Loan Party owns any Investment except as permitted by Section 7.8. Section 1011 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by each Loan Party as of the date hereof, if any. Section 1112 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which any Loan Party is the lessee as of the date hereof.
4.9Intellectual Property. Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member's use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Group Member's Intellectual Property, nor does Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim, unless such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member, and the conduct of such Group Member's business, as currently conducted, does not infringe on or otherwise violate the rights of any Person, unless such infringement would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no claims pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened to such effect.
4.10Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant
66
Group Member); no tax Lien has been filed (other than for taxes not yet due and payable) except as permitted by Section 7.3, and, to the knowledge of Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.
4.11Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used (a) for "buying" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board or (b) for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.
4.12Labor Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member. As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened.
4.13ERISA.
(a)Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA with respect to each Pension Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Pension Plan;
(b)except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;
(c)each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates has in the past six years met in all material respects all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained;
(d)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Loan Party nor any of its respective ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date;
(e)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not exceed $500,000;
(f)to the knowledge of Borrower, with respect to any Pension Plan, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will
67
not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code;
(g)all liabilities under each Pension Plan are in all material respects (i) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Pension Plans, (ii) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto, or (iii) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and
(h)(i) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a "plan" within the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the Code; (ii) the respective assets of the Loan Parties do not and will not constitute "plan assets" within the meaning of the United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101; (iii) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a "governmental plan" within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; and (iv) transactions by or with any Loan Party are not and will not be subject to state statutes applicable to such Loan Party regulating investments of fiduciaries with respect to governmental plans.
4.14Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is an "investment company," or a company "controlled" by an "investment company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No such Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board), including the Federal Power Act, that may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or that may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.
4.15Subsidiaries.
(a)Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (i) Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary of Borrower and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (ii) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors' qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, except as may be created by the Loan Documents.
(b)As of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b), no Immaterial Subsidiary (a) holds assets representing more than 5% of Borrower's consolidated total assets (determined in accordance with GAAP), (b) has generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., "cost-plus" arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount more than 5% of Borrower's consolidated total revenues determined in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b); provided that all Subsidiaries that are individually an Immaterial Subsidiary do not have aggregate consolidated total assets that would represent 10% or more of Borrower's consolidated total assets nor have generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., "cost-plus" arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount of 10% or more of Borrower's consolidated total revenues for such four fiscal quarter period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, or
(c)owns any material Intellectual Property.
68
4.16Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used to fund in part the Closing Date Distribution, to refinance certain existing Indebtedness and to pay fees and expenses related thereto and for general corporate purposes; provided that any Incremental Term Facility shall be used solely to finance Permitted Acquisitions or Restricted Payments and related fees and expenses. All or a portion of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used for ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes, including Permitted Acquisitions, other permitted Investments and capital expenditures.
4.17Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
(a)except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17, the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the "Properties") do not contain, and, to the knowledge of Borrower, have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or have constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;
(b)no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the "Business"), nor does Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;
(c)no Group Member has transported or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor has any Group Member generated, treated, stored or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;
(d)no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;
(e)there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;
(f)the Properties and all operations of the Group Members at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.17, to the knowledge of Borrower, there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and
(g)no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.
4.18Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement (other than
69
information of a general industry nature or a general economic nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when taken together with all other such statements and information, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. As of the Closing Date, there is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.
4.19Security Documents.
(a)The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the New York UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any other applicable jurisdiction ("Certificated Securities"), when certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent, in the case of any Deposit Account or Securities Account constituting Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon the effectiveness of a Control Agreement with respect thereto, and in the case of the other Collateral constituting personal property described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 7.3), to the extent that such Lien and security interest may be perfected by the taking of possession of such Collateral, the effectiveness of a Control Agreement, or the filing of such financing statements and other filings.
(b)Each of the Mortgages, if any, delivered after the Closing Date will be, upon execution, effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices for the applicable jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.3).
(c)Each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the pledged Capital Stock described in the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements that are Certificated Securities, when certificates
70
representing such pledged Capital Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent and when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(c) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(c), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Limited Recourse Pledgors in such collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, to the extent that such Lien and security interest may be perfected by the taking of possession of such collateral or the filing of such financing statements and other filings. The Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements constitutes 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Borrower.
4.20Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer. The Loan Parties, taken as a whole, are, and after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be and will continue to be, Solvent. No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.
4.21Regulation H. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has not been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.
4.22Designated Senior Indebtedness. The Loan Documents and all of the Obligations have been deemed "Designated Senior Indebtedness" or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
4.23[Reserved]
4.24Insurance. All insurance maintained by the Loan Parties is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, no Loan Party has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, and there exists no default under any requirement of such insurance. Each Loan Party maintains insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
4.25No Casualty. No Loan Party has received any notice of, nor does any Loan Party have any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any material portion of its property.
4.26Capitalization. Schedule 4.26 sets forth the beneficial owners of all Capital Stock of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the amount of Capital Stock held by each such owner, as of the Closing Date.
4.27Anti-Corruption Laws. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each relevant jurisdiction where a Group Member conducts business, and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
71
4.28OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of Borrower or any such Subsidiary, any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative thereof, is an individual or an entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is (a) currently the subject of any Sanctions, or (b) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made hereunder will be used by any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates, directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or otherwise made available to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010, (iii) to conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (iv) to deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, or (v) in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act.
4.29No Fees. Except as described in Schedule 4.29, no commissions or broker or referral fees or similar fees are due and payable as a result of the closing of the Closing Date Distribution, any Facility or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
SECTION 5
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i)this Agreement executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, each Lender and Borrower;
(ii)the Collateral Information Certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party;
(iii)if required by any Term Lender, a Term Loan Note executed by Borrower in favor of such Lender;
(iv)if required by any Revolving Lender, a Revolving Loan Note executed by Borrower in favor of such Lender;
(v)the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed by the applicable Loan Parties party thereto;
(vi)each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed by the applicable Loan Party related thereto;
72
(vii)the Fee Letter, executed by Borrower and the Administrative Agent;
(viii)each other Security Document, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party party thereto;
(ix)each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by each Limited Recourse Pledgor (including, in the case of a natural Person, a spousal consent, if applicable); and
(x)the Flow of Funds Agreement, executed by Borrower.
(b)[Reserved].
(c)Financial Statements; Pro Forma Financial Statements; Projections. The Lenders shall have received (i) the financial information set forth in Section 4.1 and (ii) forecasts prepared by management of Borrower, each in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements on a quarterly basis for the first year following the Closing Date and on an annual basis for each year thereafter during the initial term of this Agreement giving effect to the incurrence of the Loans, the use of proceeds thereof and the costs and expenses associated with the foregoing on or before the Closing Date.
(d)Secretary's Certificate; Certified Certificate of Organization; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, and each Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, the bylaws or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor and the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person (or a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) from its jurisdiction of organization, and (iii) certificates of foreign qualification from each jurisdiction where the failure of any applicable Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person (or a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)Patriot Act. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable "know your customer" and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.
(f)Existing Indebtedness. After giving effect to the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, no Group Member shall have any outstanding Indebtedness except as permitted by Section 7.2.
(g)Collateral Matters.
(i)Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative
73
Agent, together with such other searches as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require, and such searches shall reveal no liens on (A) any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3 or Liens discharged on or prior to the Closing Date or (B) any of the collateral pledged by the Limited Recourse Pledgors.
(ii)Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have received or otherwise be in possession of original versions of (A) the certificates representing the shares of any Capital Stock in certificated form pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, and (B) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.
(iii)Filings, Registrations, Recordings, Agreements, Etc. Each document (including any UCC financing statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements, Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements, and landlord access agreements and/or bailee waivers) required by the Loan Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, executed, registered or recorded to create in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein or collateral described in each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, prior and superior in right and priority to any Lien in the Collateral (or collateral pledged under any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement) held by any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.3), shall have been executed (if applicable) and delivered to the Administrative Agent (if applicable) in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(iv)Lien Releases. Borrower shall have delivered evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Lien over Borrower's property recorded in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the underlying line of credit has been discharged.
(v)Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
(h)Fees. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date under the Loan Documents (including pursuant to the Fee Letter) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses payable to such Person under this Agreement and for which invoices have been presented for payment on or before the Closing Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent). All such amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the Flow of Funds Agreement.
(i)Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties and Limited Recourse Pledgors in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (which shall include, among other things, authority, legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Loan Documents and creation and perfection of security interests).
74
(j)Minimum Qualified Availability. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Loans by Borrower and the costs and expenses in connection with the foregoing (it being agreed that the Revolving Facility shall be undrawn on the Closing Date), Qualified Availability shall be no less than $4,500,000.
(k)Borrowing Notices. The Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of the Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date, a completed Notice of Borrowing executed by Borrower and otherwise complying with the requirements of Section 2.2.
(l)Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, certifying that Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the other transactions contemplated hereby (including the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date), are Solvent.
(m)[Reserved].
(n)No Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2018 any event or condition that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(o)Closing Date Leverage. After giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Loans by Borrower and the costs and expenses in connection with the foregoing, the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (for the trailing four quarters ending on the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Closing Date) is equal to or lesser than 2.00:1.00.
For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.1, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent (or made available) by the Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender.
5.2Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (including any Revolving Loan Conversion) requested to be made by it on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by "materiality", "Material Adverse Effect" or similar materiality qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects, and (ii) that is not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as applicable), as of such earlier date.
(b)Availability. With respect to any requests for any Revolving Extensions of Credit, after giving effect to such Revolving Extension of Credit, the availability and borrowing limitations specified in Sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall have been complied with.
75
(c)Notices of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing in connection with any such request for extension of credit which complies with the requirements hereof.
(d)No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of or on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.
Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of Borrower hereunder, each Revolving Loan Conversion and each conversion of a Term Loan shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit, Revolving Loan Conversion or conversion of a Term Loan, as applicable, that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.
5.3Post-Closing Conditions. Borrower shall satisfy each of the conditions subsequent to the Closing Date specified in this Section 5.3 to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, in each case by no later than the date specified for such condition below (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole discretion):
(a)Within 30 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Person from whom Borrower leases its United States headquarters location a landlord waiver and collateral access agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(b)Within 15 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a foreign qualification from the State of New York indicating that Borrower is qualified to do business in the State of New York and its biennial statements have been filed.
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, within 30 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with insurance endorsements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
SECTION 6
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower agrees that, until the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower shall, and where applicable, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
6.1Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for distribution to each Lender:
(a)within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a "going concern" or like qualification or exception (other than in connection with the pending maturity of any Indebtedness), or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by independent certified public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing and
76
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that CliftonLarsonAllen LLP is acceptable) and (ii) a management's discussion and analysis;
(b)not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019), (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (x) income, (y) cash flows, and (z) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) a management's discussion and analysis; and
(c)not later than 30 days after the end of each month (other than a month which is also a quarter end) occurring during each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal month ending July 31, 2019), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (i) income, (ii) cash flows, and (iii) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).
All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.
6.2Certificates; Reports; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender:
(a)concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of each such Responsible Officer's knowledge, (A) that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, and (B) that the financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent on such date is accurate and complete in all material respects, and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of Borrower, as the case may be and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, (A) any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out on the Collateral Information Certificate and (B) a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, a list of any Intellectual Property issued to or acquired by any Loan Party, in each case since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such report so delivered, since the Closing Date);
(b)no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2019), a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (which shall include a breakdown of such consolidated budget on a quarter to quarter basis) (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions
77
applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the "Projections"), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect; it being recognized by Lenders that such Projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the Projections;
(c)within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities;
(d)upon request by the Administrative Agent, within five days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding any investigation by, or proceeding with, a Governmental Authority in connection with Group Members' compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(e)concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a), a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to the insurance coverage required to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.6, together with any supplemental reports with respect thereto which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
(f)[reserved].
(g)promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (which Lender requests shall be made through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request.
6.3Anti-Corruption Laws. Conduct its and its Subsidiaries' business in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each jurisdiction where the Group Members conduct business and maintain policies and procedures designated to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
6.4Payment of Obligations; Taxes.
(a)Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations (including all material Taxes and material Other Taxes imposed by law on an applicable Loan Party) of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.
(b)File or cause to be filed all Federal, all income and all other material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed.
6.5Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a
78
Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with (i) all Material Contractual Obligations in all material respects and (ii) Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals, and any term, condition, rule, filing or fee obligation, or other requirement related thereto, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to: (1) maintain each Pension Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or other Federal or state law; (2) cause each Pension Plan to maintain its qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code; (3) make all required contributions to any Pension Plan; (4) ensure that all liabilities under each Pension Plan are either (x) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing such Pension Plan; (y) insured with a reputable insurance company; or (z) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and (5) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of each Pension Plan are and continue to be paid at no less than the rates required under the rules of such Pension Plan and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to such Pension Plan and applicable law.
6.6Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) To the extent commercially reasonable, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
6.7Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, and (b) permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and any Lender to visit, inspect any of its properties and examine, audit and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no prior notice shall be necessary during the continuance of an Event of Default) and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers, directors and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants (provided that any Group Member may, if it so chooses, be present at or participate in any such discussion and provided further that each Lender shall be provided notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercising such inspection rights in order to provide such Lenders the opportunity to participate in such inspection); provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose or permit the inspection, examination or making of copies of, (i) any of Borrower's or its Subsidiaries' source code or (ii) any matter that is protected by a confidentiality agreement or non-disclosure agreement (or other agreement containing provisions substantially similar thereto) with a third party that was not entered into in contemplation of the Borrower's obligations hereunder. Such inspections and audits shall not exceed once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as any Agent shall reasonably determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower's expense, and the charge therefor shall be $1,000 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent the Administrative Agent's then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
6.8Notices. Give prompt written notice to each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:
79
(a)the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b)any (i) material default or event of default under any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation arbitration or similar proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, that if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;_
(c)any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount of damages claimed is $750,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against any Group Member and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;
(d)(i) promptly after Borrower has knowledge or becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following events affecting any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates (but in no event more than7 Business Days after such event), the occurrence of any of the following events, and shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with respect to such event, if such event would reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $500,000 of any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates: (A) an ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (C) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan, if such amendment will result in a material increase in benefits or unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), or (D) the commencement of contributions by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or to any Multiemployer Plan;
(ii)upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after the giving, sending or filing thereof, or the receipt thereof, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates with the IRS with respect to each Pension Plan; and
(iii)promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates, all notices from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $250,000 of any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates;
(e)(i) any Asset Sale undertaken by any Group Member, (ii) any issuance of Capital Stock of Borrower; (iii) any incurrence by any Group Member of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Loans) in a principal amount equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 and (iv) with respect to any such Asset Sale, issuance of Capital Stock or incurrence of Indebtedness, the amount of any Net Cash Proceeds received by such Group Member in connection therewith;
(f)any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and
(g)any circumstance that the Group Members' senior management has knowledge of and believe would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.
80
6.9Environmental Laws.
(a)Comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all material applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by material applicable Environmental Laws.
(b)Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under material Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all material Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.
6.10Operating Accounts. Within 120 days following the Closing Date (the "Transition Period"), (x) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall maintain their primary U.S. depository and operating accounts and a majority of their securities accounts with SVB or with SVB's Affiliates or any other Lender, or an Affiliate thereof, and (y) the Loan Parties shall cause each of the Loan Parties' operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) with respect to which the Administrative Agent is not the depository institution or securities intermediary to be subject to a Control Agreement or otherwise subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, that (a) with respect to operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) acquired after the Closing Date by a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, the Loan Parties shall have until the date that is 120 days following such acquisition to comply with the provisions of this section; and (b) any Loan Party may, without limiting the generality of the above in this Section, maintain any Excluded Accounts with a bank or financial institution selected by such Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to retain (i) foreign exchange services (including any foreign exchange accounts (subject to, a Control Agreement at all times after the end of the Transition Period) and foreign exchange contracts) previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower and (ii) its existing collection accounts (subject to, except with respect to Excluded Accounts, a Control Agreement at all times after the end of the Transition Period), but shall transfer balances therein in excess of $2,000,000 (in the aggregate for all such collection accounts) at least monthly to an account maintained with SVB or an Affiliate thereof.
6.11[Reserved].
6.12Additional Collateral, etc.
(a)With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral and not constituting Excluded Assets) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below, and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to evidence that such Loan Party is a Guarantor and to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (except as expressly permitted by Section 7.3) security interest and Lien under the laws of the applicable United States jurisdiction (and the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, or to assets of any Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent) in such property, including the filing of Uniform
81
Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral or assets of a Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(b)With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $1,500,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)), promptly, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with any applicable surveyor's certificate, and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In connection with the foregoing, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which a Mortgage is executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12, in order to comply with the Flood Laws, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following documents (collectively, the "Flood Documents"): (A) a completed standard "life of loan" flood hazard determination form (a "Flood Determination Form"), (B) if the improvement(s) to the applicable improved real property is located in a special flood hazard area, a notification to the applicable Loan Party ("Loan Party Notice") and (if applicable) notification to the applicable Loan Party that flood insurance coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program ("NFIP") is not available because the community does not participate in the NFIP, (C) documentation evidencing the applicable Loan Party's receipt of the Loan Party Notice (e.g., countersigned Loan Party Notice, return receipt of certified U.S. Mail, or overnight delivery), and (D) if the Loan Party Notice is required to be given and flood insurance is available in the community in which the property is located, a copy of one of the following: the flood insurance policy, the applicable Loan Party's application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (any of the foregoing being "Evidence of Flood Insurance").
(c)With respect to any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), any Subsidiary formed by Division or any Subsidiary no longer qualifying as an Excluded Subsidiary, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary that is owned directly by such Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and instruments as may be required to grant, perfect, protect and ensure the priority of such security interest, including but not limited to, the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions as are necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest
82
(subject to liens permitted by Section 7.3) in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, with respect to such Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States or the country of organization of the applicable Subsidiary other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent); it being agreed that if such Subsidiary is formed by Division, the foregoing requirements shall be satisfied substantially concurrently with the formation of such Subsidiary.
(d)With respect to any new direct Foreign Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition thereof and that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or any new direct Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (b) of the definition thereof, in each case, created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest and Lien in the Capital Stock of such Excluded Subsidiary that is directly owned by any such Loan Party (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such Excluded Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent's security interest therein, and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(e)At the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord's agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of each leased property or bailee with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where material Collateral is stored or located, which agreement or letter shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord or bailee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party shall fail to pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.
(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, all guarantees and security shall be subject to any applicable general mandatory statutory limitations, fraudulent preference, equitable subordination, foreign exchange laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions), transfer pricing or "thin capitalization" rules, earnings stripping, exchange control restrictions, applicable maintenance of capital, retention of title claims, employee consultation or
83
approval requirements, corporate benefit, financial assistance, protection of liquidity, and similar laws, rules and regulations and customary guarantee limitation language in the relevant jurisdiction; provided that the relevant Group Member shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations (including by way of debt pushdown or seeking requisite approvals), and (ii) Subsidiaries may be excluded from the guarantee requirements in circumstances where (1) Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the cost or other consequence of providing such a guarantee is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby or (2) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, such requirements would contravene any legal prohibition, could reasonably be expected to result in any violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer, director, member or manager of such Subsidiary; provided that the relevant Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations. As a result of the limitations in clause (i) above, the Administrative Agent may elect to waive the requirement to cause a Group Member to become a Guarantor hereunder and such Group Member shall not be a Loan Party for any purposes hereof.
6.13Insider Subordinated Indebtedness. Cause any Insider Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to become Insider Subordinated Indebtedness (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date or (b) contemporaneously with the incurrence thereof, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness incurred at any time after the Closing Date.
6.14Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of each Credit Extension only for the purposes specified in Section 4.16.
6.15Designated Senior Indebtedness. Cause the Loan Documents and all of the Obligations to be deemed "Designated Senior Indebtedness" or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
6.16Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take such further action as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect, protect, ensure the priority of or continue the Administrative Agent's Lien on the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
6.18Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements Ensure that all Capital Stock of Borrower is subject to a perfected, first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
SECTION 7
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower hereby agrees that, until the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower shall not, nor shall Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
7.1Financial Condition Covenant.
(a)Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio.Permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending as set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
84
(b)Equity Cure Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.1 or in Section 8, in the event that Group Members fail to comply with the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.1(a) (the "Financial Condition Covenant") until the expiration of the day that is ten (10) Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date the Compliance Certificate calculating such covenants is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(ii)(x) or (ii) the date such Compliance Certificate is actually delivered, Borrower shall have the right to issue Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Permitted Investors for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Borrower (collectively, the "Cure Right") in order to prepay the Term Loans, without penalty or premium, with such amounts as are necessary to be in compliance with the Financial Condition Covenant (the "Cure Amount"). In no event shall the Cure Amount be greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Condition Covenant as set forth herein. The Cure Amount will be used solely to prepay the Term Loans and shall be applied to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Cure Right may be exercised not more than two (2) two times in any four consecutive fiscal quarters period (and may not be exercised in consecutive fiscal quarters), and not more than four (4) times prior to the later of (x) the Revolving Termination Date or (y) the Term Loan Maturity Date. Upon the Administrative Agent's receipt of the Cure Amount, the Financial Condition Covenant shall be recalculated (for such period and shall be so calculated for any subsequent period that includes the fiscal quarter in respect of which the Cure Right was exercised) giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments: (a) Consolidated
85
Adjusted EBITDA shall be increased by the lesser of (i) 20% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (calculated prior to giving effect to the Cure Amount) and (ii) the Cure Amount and (b) if, after giving effect to the foregoing calculations, Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenants, then Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied such Financial Condition Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Condition Covenant that occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement. The resulting increase to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from the exercise of the Cure Right shall not result in any adjustment to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or any other financial definition for any purposes under this Agreement or any Loan Document, other than for purposes of calculating the Financial Covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Senior Indebtedness during the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and any subsequent fiscal quarter for which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is deemed to be increased by the Cure Amount, Consolidated Senior Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the Cure Amount was not applied to reduce the Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the exercise of the Cure Right, no Lender shall have any obligation to make any Revolving Loans, and the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit, prior to the prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with such exercise in accordance with this Section 7.1(b).
7.2Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a)Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and any Bank Services Agreement;
(b)Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party, (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) owing to any other Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party), (iii) any Subsidiary (that is not a Loan Party) owing to any Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (iii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the amount of any Dispositions under Section 7.5(g)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) does not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding and (iv) any Loan Party owing to any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) so long as, in the case of this clause (iv), such Indebtedness is Insider Subordinated Indebtedness;
(c)Guarantee Obligations in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2;
(d)Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof);
(e)Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses);
(f)Surety Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $500,000;
(g)Indebtedness consisting of obligations of any Group Member incurred in a Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted by Section 7.8 or any Disposition permitted by
86
Section 7.5 constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or consideration (including earn-out obligations) or similar adjustments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $1,500,000;
(h)obligations (contingent or otherwise) of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under any Specified Swap Agreement, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in accordance with Section 7.13 and not for purposes of speculation;
(i)Indebtedness of a Person (other than Borrower or a Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into Borrower or a Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary, provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not, in any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition, (ii) such merger or acquisition constitutes a Permitted Acquisition, (iii) such Indebtedness is Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2 and (iv) with respect to any such Person who becomes a Subsidiary, (A) such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) are the only obligors in respect of such Indebtedness, and (B) to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be secured hereunder, only the assets of such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) secure such Indebtedness;
(j)additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000;
(k)Insider Subordinated Indebtedness;
(1)other (i) secured Indebtedness of any Loan Party to the extent permitted under Section 7.3(n) and (ii) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding;
(m)deposits or advances received from customers in the ordinary course of business;
(n)unsecured Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 at any time; and
(o)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business.
7.3Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a)Liens for taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or levies not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Group Member in conformity with GAAP;
(b)carriers', warehousemen's, landlord's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's, workmen's, suppliers', or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(c)pledges or deposits in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(d)deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, government contracts, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
87
performance and return of money bonds, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA);
(e)easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances incurred or minor title deficiencies in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Group Member;
(f)Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(f), securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(d), and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date, (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured or benefitted thereby is not increased, and (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed;
(g)Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within three (3) months after the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses;
(h)Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;
(i)any interest or title of a lessor or licensor under any lease or license entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased or licensed;
(j)judgment Liens that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) of this Agreement;
(k)bankers' Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash, Cash Equivalents, securities, commodities and other funds on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by a Group Member, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks, other depositary institutions, securities or commodities intermediaries or brokerages with which such accounts are maintained securing amounts owing to such banks or financial institutions with respect to cash management and operating account management or are arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;
(l)(i) cash deposits and liens on cash and Cash Equivalents pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(f), and (ii) Liens securing Specified Swap Obligations permitted by Section 7.2(h);
(m)Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, merged into or consolidated with a Group Member or becomes a Subsidiary of a Group Member or acquired by a Group Member; provided that (i) such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment, (ii) such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.2;
(n)other Liens securing Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
88
(o)non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties or a Group Member by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; provided that any such license pursuant to this clause (o), (x) is consistent with past practices, (y) permits the use by (or license to) the Administrative Agent of the Intellectual Property covered thereby to permit the Administrative Agent, on a royalty free basis, to possess, collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, remove, realize upon, sell, assign, convey, transfer or grant options to purchase, any Collateral, and (z) does not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of any Group Member;
(p)the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;
(q)Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries otherwise permitted under Section 7.2(j);
(r)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Group Member; and
(s)the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (m) above upon or in the same property theretofore subject thereto or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the Indebtedness secured thereby.
7.4Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:
(a)any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into a Borrower (provided that a Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any Guarantor (provided that such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation);
(b)any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Guarantor may (i) be merged or consolidated with or into another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, or (ii) Dispose of any or all of its assets to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise);
(c)any Subsidiary of Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (i) to Borrower or any Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 7.5;
(d)Dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 may be made; and
(e)any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.8 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation.
89
7.5Disposition of Property. Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary of Borrower, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary's Capital Stock to any Person, except:
(a)Dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property in the ordinary course of business;
(b)Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(c)Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4(b)(ii) and Section 7.4(c)(i);
(d)the sale or issuance of (i) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower to Borrower or to any Guarantor, (ii) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, (iii) the Capital Stock of Borrower so long as such sale does not result in a Change of Control and is not Disqualified Stock, and such Capital Stock is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(e)the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
(f)the non-exclusive licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business;
(g)the Disposition of property (i) from any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, (ii) from any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any other Group Member, and (iii) from any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an aggregate amount when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
(h)Dispositions of property subject to a Casualty Event;
(i)leases or subleases of Real Property;
(j)the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, consistent with Borrower's past practices;
(k)any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) of any Group Member that Borrower determines in good faith is desirable in the conduct of its business and not materially disadvantageous to the interests of the Lenders;
(1)Dispositions of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $1,000,000 the aggregate for any fiscal year of Borrower, provided that at the time of any such Disposition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Disposition; and provided further that the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are used to prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 2.12; and
(m)Investments in compliance with Section 7.8.
90
provided, however, that any Disposition made pursuant to this Section 7.5 (other than those set forth in clause (g) (which shall be subject to the requirements of Section 7.11 hereof)) shall be made in good faith on an arm's length basis for fair value.
7.6Restricted Payments. Make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, "Restricted Payments"), except that, so long as, in all cases except clause (g) below, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:
(a)any Subsidiary of any Group Member may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;
(b)Borrower may, purchase common stock or common stock options from present or former officers or employees of any Group Member upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer or employee; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of such payments shall not exceed $750,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower, net of proceeds of equity issued to new or replacement employees and (ii) Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions with respect to its Capital Stock, in each case, payable solely in the common stock or other common Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);
(c)the Closing Date Distribution;
(d)Borrower may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Capital Stock issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Capital Stock; provided that any such issuance is otherwise permitted hereunder (including by Section 7.5(d));
(e)(i) Borrower may make repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such repurchased Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants, and (ii) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to a current or former officer, director, employee or consultant to pay for the taxes payable by such Person upon such grant or award (or upon vesting thereof);
(f)Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make payments on account of Subordinated Indebtedness, solely to the extent permitted Section 7.22(b); and
(g)Borrower may make Permitted Tax Distributions.
7.7Earn-Out Obligations. Make any payment in respect of any earn-out obligations or
deferred consideration constituting Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(g) unless (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect thereto and (b) either (i) immediately after giving effect to such payment, (A) Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in pro forma compliance with the maximum Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio set forth in Section 7.1 applicable to
91
the then most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarter period in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), and (B) Qualified Availability shall be at least $3,500,0006,500,000 or (ii) such payment is made with the proceeds of new cash equity investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower that are not required to repay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.12(a).
7.8Investments. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, "Investments"), except:
(a)extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;
(b)Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(c)Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2;
(d)cash and non-cash loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for purchase of Capital Stock of Borrower, travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) and, if in cash, limited to an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $750,000 at any one time outstanding;
(e)[reserved];
(f)intercompany Investments among Group Members (i) by any Group Member in Borrower or any Person that, prior to such investment, is a Guarantor or after giving effect thereto will become a Guarantor, (ii) by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (ii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the amount of any Dispositions pursuant to Section 7.5(g)(iii) (without duplication) does not exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding, and (iii) by any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party in another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party;
(g)Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit;
(h)Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Group Member effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to such Group Member as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of such Group Member, or upon the settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers or suppliers;
(i)(i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions, and (ii) Investments held by any Person as of the date such Person is acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that (A) such Investments were not made, in any case, by such Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition, and (B) with respect to any such Person which becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such Permitted Acquisition, such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) remain the only holder of such Investment;
92
(j)in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Group Members the aggregate amount of all of which Investments (valued at cost) does not exceed $1,000,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower;
(k)deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses or contracts in the ordinary course of business, and other deposits made in connection with the incurrence of Liens permitted under Section 7.3;
(l)acquisitions by Borrower of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Persons or of assets constituting an ongoing business or line of business (each a "Permitted Acquisition") to the extent the purchase price thereof is funded in whole or in part with cash in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower by the Permitted Investors) for any single acquisition and $40,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower by the Permitted Investors) for all such Permitted Acquisitions prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date (provided that the aggregate purchase price paid for Persons that do not become Guarantors or assets that do not become Collateral ("Excluded Targets") shall not exceed $5,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments in Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Permitted Investors) in the aggregate for all such Permitted Acquisitions of Excluded Targets prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date) (for purposes of the foregoing the "purchase price" of a Permitted Acquisition shall include any earn-outs and subsequent working capital adjustments paid in cash to the extent not financed with new equity Investments), provided that with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition:
(i)the newly-created or acquired Subsidiary (or assets acquired in connection with an asset sale) shall be (x) in the same or a related line of business as that conducted by Borrower on the date hereof, or (y) in a business that is ancillary to and in furtherance of the line of business as that conducted by Borrower on the date hereof;
(ii)all transactions related to such purchase or acquisition shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with all Requirements of Law;
(iii)no Loan Party shall, as a result of or in connection with any such purchase or acquisition, assume or incur any direct or contingent liabilities (whether relating to environmental, tax, litigation or other matters) that, as of the date of such purchase or acquisition, could reasonably be expected to result in the existence or incurrence of a Material Adverse Effect;
(iv)Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least 30 days prior written notice of any such purchase or acquisition, and concurrently therewith, shall have provided the Administrative Agent with pro forma forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all prepared on a basis consistent with Borrower's historical financial statements, subject to adjustments to reflect projected consolidated operations following the acquisition, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the one year period following the date of the proposed acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis;
(v)Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent as soon as available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the execution thereof, a draft of any proposed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such purchase or acquisition;
93
(vi)any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary, or the Loan Party that is the acquirer of assets in connection with an asset acquisition, shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.12, except to the extent the Administrative Agent waives such requirements;
(vii)(A) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio covenant set forth herein as of the last day of most recently fiscal quarter for which financial statements were delivered hereunder;
(viii)Borrower shall not, based upon the knowledge of Borrower as of the date any such acquisition or other purchase is consummated, reasonably expect such acquisition or other purchase to result in an Event of Default under Section 8.1(c), at any time during the term of this Agreement, as a result of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1;
(ix)no Indebtedness is assumed or incurred in connection with any such purchase or acquisition other than Indebtedness permitted by the terms of Section 7.2;
(x)such purchase or acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition;
(xi)to the extent funded with cash, after giving effect to such purchase or acquisition, Qualified Availability shall be at least $3,500,0006,500,000;
(xii)(A) Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent on the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated (or such later date as is agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition and attaching substantially final forms of the agreements, documents or instruments pursuant to which such purchase or acquisition is to be consummated, any schedules to such agreements, documents or instruments and all other material ancillary agreements, instruments and documents to be executed or delivered in connection therewith, and (B) within two (2) Business Days after the consummation of such purchase or acquisition, all consents and approvals from applicable Governmental Authorities and other Persons, to the extent required under the related purchase or acquisition agreement; and
(xiii)Borrower shall not be permitted to consummate any acquisitions that are not expected to be accretive to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a pro forma basis for the 12 month period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed purchase or acquisition; and
(m)Swap Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(h); and
(n)Investments among any of the Group Members pursuant to transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements permitted pursuant to Section 7.11.
7.9ERISA. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) terminate any Pension Plan so as to result in any material liability to Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event, or any other event or condition, which presents the risk of a material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning
94
of ERISA Section 4201) from any Multiemployer Plan so as to result in any material liability to Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (d) enter into any new Pension Plan or modify any existing Pension Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which could result in any material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, or (e) with respect to any Pension Plan, knowingly engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement, any Note or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
7.10Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments. (a) Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Preferred Stock (i) that would move to an earlier date the scheduled redemption date or increase the amount of any scheduled redemption payment or increase the rate or move to an earlier date any date for payment of dividends thereon or (ii) that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party; or (b) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 (other than Indebtedness pursuant to any Loan Document) that would shorten the maturity or increase the amount of any payment of principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or shorten any date for payment of interest thereon or that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party.
7.11Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than Borrower or any Guarantor) unless such transaction is (i) not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, and (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, except that the following shall be permitted:
(a)reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans), severance arrangements and indemnification arrangements;
(b)any issuance or sale that is otherwise permitted by this Agreement by Borrower after the Closing Date of any Capital Stock of Borrower to Affiliates, directors, officers or employees of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(c)transfer pricing agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business from time to time among any of the Group Members;
(d)transactions among any of the Group Members (i) so long as the effect thereof would not be materially adverse to the Lenders (it being agreed that a transaction between a Group Member that is not a Loan Party and a Loan Party shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders unless such transaction is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Loan Party than it would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate), (ii) that are not Loan Parties, (iii) permitted by Section 7.4, (iv) that are Investments permitted under Sections 7.8(c), Section 7.8(d), Section 7.8(f) or Section 7.8(i) or (v) that are indirect contributions to the capital of the Group Members by the Sponsor;
(e)licenses of Intellectual Property permitted by Section 7.3(o); and
95
(f)any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.6.
7.12Sale Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction.
7.13Swap Agreements. Enter into any Swap Agreement, except Specified Swap Agreements which are entered into by a Group Member to (a) hedge or mitigate risks to which such Group Member has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), or (b) effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of such Group Member.
7.14Accounting Changes. (a) Make any material change in its accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP or permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, or (b) change its fiscal year.
7.15Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreement evidencing Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clauses (f), (g), (m), (n), and (q) of Section 7.3 as to the assets securing such Indebtedness, and (c) agreements that are customary restrictions on subleases, leases, licenses, or permits so long as such restrictions relate to the property subject thereto, (d) any agreement evidencing an asset sale, as to the assets being sold, (e) agreements that are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, and (f) agreements that are customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business.
7.16Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, any other Group Member, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, any other Group Member, or (c) transfer any of its assets to any other Group Member, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (ii) any restrictions imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with a Disposition permitted hereby, (iii) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (iv) any restriction with respect to any Liens permitted hereunder or any other Loan Document, (v) restrictions of the nature referred to in clause (c) above under agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby which restrictions are only effective against the assets financed thereby; provided that individual agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by a Person (or its Affiliates) may be cross-collateralized to other such agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by such Person (or its Affiliates), (vi) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such agreements were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower, (vii) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements that are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.8 and applicable solely to such joint venture, and (viii) encumbrances or restrictions on Restricted Payments and the transfer of property under any Indebtedness of non-Loan Parties permitted hereunder.
96
7.17Lines of Business. Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.
7.18Designation of other Indebtedness. Designate any Indebtedness or indebtedness other than the Obligations as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" or a similar concept thereto, if applicable.
7.19[Reserved].
7.20Amendments to Organizational Agreements. Amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party's organizational documents, if such amendment, termination, or waiver would be adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any material respect.
7.21Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder, (a) whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, in each case in violation of, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X of the Board or (ii) to finance an Unfriendly Acquisition, or (b) whether directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, and whether immediately, or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), or (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010.
7.22Subordinated Debt.
(a)Amendments. Amend, modify, supplement, waive compliance with, or consent to noncompliance in any material respect with, any Subordinated Debt Document, unless the amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent (i) does not adversely affect any Loan Party's ability to pay and perform each of its Obligations at the time and in the manner set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and is not otherwise adverse to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (ii) is in compliance with the subordination provisions therein and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(b)Payments. Make any payment, prepayment or repayment on, redemption, exchange or acquisition for value of, or any sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness, except as permitted by the subordination provisions in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the subordination provisions in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and any subordination agreement with respect thereto, the terms of the applicable subordination agreement shall control.
(c)Acquisitions of Subordinated Indebtedness. No Loan Party will, or will permit any Subsidiary thereof to, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem, prepay, tender for or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any Subordinated Indebtedness.
97
7.23Anti-Terrorism Laws. Conduct, deal in or engage in or permit any Affiliate or agent of any Loan Party within its control to conduct, deal in or engage in any of the following activities: (a) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any person blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 ("Blocked Person"), including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (b) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engage in on conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act. Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any certification or other evidence reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or any Lender confirming Borrower's compliance with this Section 7.23.
SECTION 8
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
8.1Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a)Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or
(b)any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document (i) if qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or materially misleading when made or deemed made (after giving effect to such materiality qualifier), or (ii) if not qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or materially misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(c)any (i) Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Sections 5.3, 6.1, 6.2, 6.5(a), 6.7(b), 6.8, 6.10, 6.12, 6.13, or Section 7 of this Agreement or (ii) any Limited Recourse Pledgor shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement or obligation contained in this Agreement or any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement; or
(d)any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days thereafter; or
(e)(1) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) outstanding in a principal amount of $1,500,000 or more; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in making any payment or delivery under any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such Swap Agreement; or (iv) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or
98
condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of, or, in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement, counterparty under, such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder, beneficiary, or counterparty) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement) to be terminated, or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, any Group Member to purchase or redeem or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that, a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount (and, in the case of Swap Agreements the Swap Termination Value) of which, individually or in the aggregate of all such Indebtedness, exceeds in the aggregate $1,500,000; or (2) any default or event of default (however designated) shall occur with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness of any Group Member; or
(f)(i) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (a) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (b) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (a) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (b) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or
(g)there shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or otherwise is associated with liability of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in excess of $1,5000,000 during the term of this Agreement; or there exists, an amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities) which exceeds $1,500,000; or
(h)there is entered against any Group Member (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $1,000,000 or more, or (ii) one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) all such judgments or
99
decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or
(i)the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the guarantee in any Limited Recourse Pledgor Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall so assert; or
(j)(i) any of the Security Documents or Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect (other than pursuant to the terms thereof), or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents or the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, in each case with respect to Collateral or assets pledged under any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement with a fair market value in excess of $500,000; or
(ii)(A) any Person shall seek to serve process to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of a Loan Party or of any other entity under the control of a Loan Party (including a Subsidiary) in excess of $500,000 on deposit with the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, or (B) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment shall be filed against any of a Loan Party's assets by a Governmental Authority, and any of the same under clauses (A) or (B) hereof shall not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, be discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, that no Loans or other extensions of credit shall be made hereunder during any such ten (10) day cure period; or
(iii)(A) any material portion of a Loan Party's assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (B) any court order enjoins, restrains or prevents a Loan Party from conducting any part of its business which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(k)a Change of Control shall occur; or
(l)any of the Governmental Approvals shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of the Governmental Approvals or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or
(m)any Loan Document not otherwise referenced in Section 8.1(i) or (j), at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the Discharge of Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or any further liability or obligation under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any such Loan Document for any reason other than the Discharge of Obligations.
8.2Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions to the extent not prohibited by applicable law:
100
(a)if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8.1(f), the Commitments shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable, and
(b)if such event is any other Event of Default, any of the following actions may be taken: (i) by notice to Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments, the Term Commitments, and the L/C Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments, the Term Commitments and the L/C Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) by notice to Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; (iii) any Bank Services Provider may terminate or request Cash Collateral for any foreign exchange service agreements or other Bank Services Agreement then outstanding and any Qualified Counterparty may terminate or request Cash Collateral any Specified Swap Agreement then outstanding; and (iv) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender under the Loan Documents. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, Borrower shall Cash Collateralize an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts so Cash Collateralized shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other Obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with Section 8.3. In addition, to the extent elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty, Borrower shall also Cash Collateralize the amount of any Obligations in respect of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreements, as applicable, then outstanding. After all such Letters of Credit, Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements shall have been terminated, expired or been fully drawn upon, as applicable, and all amounts drawn under any such Letters of Credit shall have been reimbursed in full and the Discharge of Obligations shall have occurred, the balance, if any, of the funds having been so Cash Collateralized shall be returned to Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by Borrower.
8.3Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.2, any amounts received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including any Collateral-Related Expenses, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20) payable to the Administrative Agent in their respective capacities as such (including interest thereon), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Issuing Lender and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Issuing Lender Fees, Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not
101
yet been converted into Revolving Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the Issuing Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the Issuing Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the L/C Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.10;
Sixth, if so elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty, to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank Services Provider and Qualified Counterparty, to repay or Cash Collateralize then-outstanding Obligations arising in connection with Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements;
Seventh, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full (excluding, for this purpose, any Obligations which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), to Borrower or as otherwise required by Requirement of Law.
Subject to Section 3.4, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 8.2(b) as they occur. Subject to Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.10, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Excluded Swap Obligation of any Guarantor shall be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or from any Collateral in which such Guarantor has granted to the Administrative Agent a Lien (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, however, that each party to this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrative Agent (which adjustments shall be controlling in the absence of manifest error) with respect to payments received from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation of such payments to the satisfaction of the Obligations in the order otherwise contemplated in this Section 8.3.
SECTION 9
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.1Appointment and Authority.
(a)Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints SVB to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative
102
Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are respectively delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
(b)Other than Sections 9.2 and 9.9, the provisions of Section 9 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities to any Lender or any other Person, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term "agent" herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(c)The Administrative Agent shall also act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, the Bank Services Agreements and the Specified Swap Agreements, and the Issuing Lender and each of the other Lenders (in their respective capacities as a Lender and, as applicable, Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services) hereby irrevocably (i) authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into all other Loan Documents, as applicable, including the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any subordination agreements and any other Security Documents or Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, and (ii) appoint and authorize the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of the Secured Parties for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties or collateral granted by any Limited Recourse Pledgor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents or on the collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10 (including Section 9.7, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is further authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action, or permit any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent to take any action, with respect to any Collateral, collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon any Collateral granted pursuant to any Loan Document or collateral granted pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
9.2Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that any such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall be a "U.S. Person" and a "financial institution" within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties; provided, however, that such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall be a "U.S. Person" and a "financial institution"
103
with the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.
9.3Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations hereunder, other than the duty to exercise any consent or approval rights hereunder in good faith (except with respect to any determination to be made in the Administrative Agent's discretion). The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder and thereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing two sentences the Administrative Agent shall not:
(a)be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), as applicable; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
(c)except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.2 and 10.1), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 5.1, Section 5.2 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
104
9.4Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance, extension, renewal, or increase of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any of the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
9.5Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default." In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action or refrain from taking such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
9.6Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates and made its own credit analysis and decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also agrees that it will,
105
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates.
9.7Indemnification. Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each of its Related Parties in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and without limiting the obligation of Borrower or any other Loan Party to do so) according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 9.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such other Person in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent, or such other Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing and any other amounts not reimbursed by Borrower or such other Loan Party; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Administrative Agent's, or such other Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct, and that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders' Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought). The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
9.8Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.9Successor Agent.
106
(a)The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor which, in the case of a successor Administrative Agent, shall be a U.S. bank or a U.S. Affiliate or branch of any such bank that is a "U.S. person" and a "financial institution" within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1 to which all payments made by the Loan Parties hereunder shall be made. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the "Resignation Effective Date"), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the applicable qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with Borrower, appoint a successor which shall be a U.S. bank or a U.S. Affiliate or branch of any such bank. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the "Removal Effective Date"), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and such collateral security is assigned to such successor Administrative Agent) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor's appointment as an Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent's resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.
9.10Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(a)to release any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document, Bank Service Agreement or Specified Swap
107
Agreement (i) upon the Discharge of Obligations and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements (other than Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements the Obligations in respect of which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof or as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any applicable Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.1, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;
(b)to subordinate any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.3(g) and (i); and
(c)to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, or to release any Limited Recourse Pledgor from its obligations under the applicable Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement pursuant to a transfer of Capital Stock of Borrower permitted thereunder and so long as the assignee or successor shareholders execute a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
(d)upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent's authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10 or to release any Limited Recourse Pledgor from its obligations under the applicable Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.10.
(e)the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent's Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
(f)no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral (or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement) or to enforce any Guarantee of the Secured Obligations or any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Secured Party be restricted hereunder from filing a proof of claim in an Insolvency Proceeding. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral or other property at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Party (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral or such other property sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral or other property payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be
108
deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the Guarantees of the Secured Obligations provided under the Loan Documents and the guarantees and collateral provided under each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, no Specified Swap Agreement or Bank Services, the obligations under which constitute Secured Obligations, will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor under any Loan Document except as expressly provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, each Secured Party that is a party to any such Specified Swap Agreement or a Bank Services Provider shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.
9.11Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a)to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
9.12[Reserved]
9.13Reports and Financial Statements.
Each Bank Services Provider and Qualified Counterparty agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent at such frequency as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with a summary of all
109
Obligations in respect of Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements due or to become due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice thereof from such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty and if such notice is received, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that the only amounts due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty on account of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreement is the amount set forth in such notice.
9.14Survival.
This Section 9 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
SECTION 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1Amendments and Waivers.
(a)Neither this Agreement, nor any other Loan Document (other than any L/C-Related Document), nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgors hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (A)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender's Revolving Commitment or Term Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being agreed that an increase in (x) the Total Revolving Commitments and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Commitments and Term Loans shall also require the consent of the Required Lenders); (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release or subordinate all or substantially all of the Collateral (or all of the Collateral under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements) or release or subordinate all or substantially all of the value of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) (i) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of each Revolving Lender or (ii) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents
110
requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders or the L/C Lenders without the written consent of each Term Lender and/or, as applicable, each L/C Lender; (E) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Revolving Lenders without the consent of all Revolving Lenders or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Term Lenders without the written consent of all Term Lenders; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) [reserved]; (H) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; (I) [reserved]; (J) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.6(b)(v) to permit assignments to a Loan Party or any Affiliates or Subsidiary thereof without the written consent of each Lender; or (K) (i) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(g) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of the Majority Revolving Lenders, (ii) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(g) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders or the L/C Lenders without the written consent of the Majority Term Lenders and, as applicable, the L/C Lenders, or (iii) subject to any applicable agreement among the Lenders, amend or modify the application of payments provisions set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, without the written consent of the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider or each such Qualified Counterparty, as applicable. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider, each Qualified Counterparty, and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Lender and Borrower may amend any of the L/C-Related Documents without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender.
(b)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.1(a) above, in the event that Borrower or any other Loan Party, as applicable, requests that this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, be amended or otherwise modified in a manner which would require the consent of all of the Lenders and such amendment or other modification is agreed to by Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent, then, with the consent of Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as applicable, may be amended without the consent of the Lender or Lenders who are unwilling to agree to such amendment or other modification (each, a "Minority Lender"), to provide for:
(i)the termination of the Commitments of each such Minority Lender;
(ii)the assumption of the Loans and Commitments of each such Minority Lender by one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.23; and
(iii)the payment of all interest, fees and other obligations payable or accrued in favor of each Minority Lender and such other modifications to this Agreement or to such Loan Documents as Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may determine to be appropriate in connection therewith.
(c)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative
111
Agent, and Borrower, (i) to add one or more additional credit or term loan facilities to this Agreement and to permit all such additional extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith and from time to time outstanding thereunder to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder, and (ii) in connection with the foregoing, to permit, as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Lenders, the Lenders providing such additional credit facilities to participate in any required vote or action required to be approved by the Required Lenders and Majority Revolving Lenders or Majority Term Lenders, as applicable; provided that such amendments (or amendments and restatements) shall in all other respects comply with the provisions of Section 10.1(a) above.
(d)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Bank Services Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified by the parties thereto in accordance with the terms thereof without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender
(e)Notwithstanding any provision herein or in any Loan Document to the contrary, no amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver of this Agreement or any Loan Document altering the ratable treatment of Obligations or security provided for hereunder or any Loan Document arising under Specified Swap Agreements or Bank Services resulting in such Obligations being junior in right of payment to principal on the Loans or resulting in the Obligations owing to any Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services becoming unsecured (other than releases of Liens permitted in accordance with Section 10.16), in each case in a manner adverse to any Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services, as applicable, shall be effective without the written consent of such Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services, as applicable.
(f)Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no consent of any Lender (or other Secured Party other than the Administrative Agent) shall be required to effectuate any amendment to implement any Incremental Term Facility permitted by Section 2.27.
10.2Notices.
(a)All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic mail), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile or electronic mail notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:
|
|
Borrower: |
Enfusion LTD. LLC |
|
125 South Clark Street, Suite 750 |
|
Chicago, IL 60603 |
|
Attention: Legal |
|
Email: legal@enfusionsystems.com |
112
|
|
|
and a copy to: |
|
|
|
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP |
|
101 Park Avenue |
|
New York, NY 10178 |
|
Attention: R. Alec Dawson |
|
Email: alec.dawson@morganlewis.com |
|
|
Administrative Agent: |
Silicon Valley Bank |
|
2400 Hanover Street |
|
Palo Alto, CA 94304 |
|
Attention: Michael Willard |
|
Email: mwillard2@svb.com |
|
|
|
with a copy to: |
|
|
|
Morrison & Foerster LLP |
|
200 Clarendon Street |
|
Boston, Massachusetts 02116 |
|
Attention: Charles W. Stavros, Esq. |
|
E-Mail: cstavros@mofo.com |
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.
(b)Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including email and Internet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (a) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender's receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the "return receipt requested" function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment); and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (a) and (b), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.
(c)Any party hereto may change its address, email address, or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
(d)(i) Each Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, DebtX, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the "Platform").
113
(ii)The Platform is provided "as is" and "as available." The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the "Agent Parties") have any liability to Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Limited Recourse Pledgor, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower's, any Loan Party's, any Limited Recourse Pledgor's or the Administrative Agent's transmission of communications through the Platform unless such damages result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. "Communications" means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.
10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.
10.5 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a)Costs and Expenses. Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent reasonably retained by the Administrative Agent in consultation with Borrower), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, or any amendments, supplements, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, all expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith on or prior to the Closing Date (excluding any amendments, waivers, consents or other modifications thereto) shall be paid by SVB, (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses incurred by the
114
Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent, one additional counsel for the Lenders (taken as a whole) and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent, on the one hand, and the Lenders (taken as a whole) on the other hand), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued or participated in hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b)Indemnification by Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender (including the Issuing Lender), and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable out of pocket expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including Borrower or any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor) other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby (including any Specified Swap Agreements), the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Materials of Environmental Concern on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) the material breach in bad faith of any material obligation under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee. This Section 10.5(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c)Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to any other Loan Document for any reason fails indefeasibly to pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender's pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender's share of the Facilities at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such (or any Related Party of the Issuing Lender acting for such Issuing Lender), only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders' Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) and provided further, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case
115
may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Issuing Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.4 and 2.20(e).
(d)Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit, or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e)Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.
(f)Survival. Each party's obligations under this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Loan Documents, the termination of the Commitments and the Discharge of Obligations.
10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.
(a)Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (which for purposes of this Section 10.6 shall include any Bank Services Provider (as provider of Bank Services) and Qualified Counterparty), except that neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case, with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)Minimum Amounts.
116
(A)in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitments and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B)in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitments (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if "Trade Date" is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility, or $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Term Loan Facility, unless, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii)Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans and/or the Commitments assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.
(iii)Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment by a Lender except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A)the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of Borrower shall be required (except for any assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund); provided that (1) no such consent shall be required during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (2) Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten days after having received written notice thereof;
(B)the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) the Revolving Facility or any unfunded Commitments with respect to the Term Loan Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender, or (ii) any Term Loans to a Person who is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
(C)the consent of the Issuing Lender shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility.
(iv)Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (provided that no such processing and recordation fee shall be required for any assignment by a Lender to its Affiliate or Approved Fund); provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any such administrative questionnaire as the Administrative Agent may request.
117
(v)No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) a Loan Party or any of a Loan Party's Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor.
(vi)No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.
(vii)Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Revolving Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section and entry in the Register, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.
(c)Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in California a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts stated separately) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender and the owner of the amounts owing to it under the Loan Documents as reflected in the Register for all purposes of the Loan Documents. The Register shall be
118
available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than (w) a natural Person or any holding company, investment vehicle or trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person, (x) a Defaulting Lender, (y) any Loan Party or any of any Loan Party's Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (z) any Listed Competitor) (each, a "Participant") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Participant shall not be in privity with Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnities under Sections 2.20(e) and 9.7 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).
(e)Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (A) of the proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1(a). Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20 and 2.21, through the Lender granting such participation (and shall have no direct rights against Borrower) (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.20(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(f) shall be delivered by such Participant)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.23 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.19 or 2.20, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in any Requirement of Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at Borrower's request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.23 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Sections 2.18(k) and 10.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant's interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the "Participant Register"); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant's interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations, or is otherwise required thereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
119
(f)Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g)Notes. Borrower, upon receipt by Borrower of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 10.6.
(h)Representations and Warranties of Lenders. Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments, loans or investments such as the Commitments and Loans; and (iii) it will make or invest in its Commitments and Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Commitments and Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6, the disposition of such Commitments and Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).
10.7 Adjustments; Set-off.
(a)Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a "Benefitted Lender") shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.2, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8.1(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b)Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to Borrower or any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower, each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, at any time held or owing, and any other credits, indebtedness, claims or obligations, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender, its Affiliates or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor, as the case may be, against any and all of the Obligations of Borrower, such other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this
120
Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of Borrower, such other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender or any of its Affiliates shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.24 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees to notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application made by such Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section 10.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender or its Affiliates may have.
10.8 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent or any Lender, or Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) to the extent applicable, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. This Section 10.8 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.9 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the "Maximum Rate"). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
10.10 Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments.
(a)This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
121
(b)The words "execution," "signed," "signature," and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.11 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.11, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited under or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
10.12Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.
10.13 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN). This Section 10.13 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.14 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)agrees that all disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any contemplated transactions related hereto or thereto, or the relationship between any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party, on the other hand, and any and all other claims of any of Borrower, any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party of any kind, shall be brought only in the Southern District of the State of New York; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude the Administrative Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Administrative Agent or such Lender;
122
(b)expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court, and agrees that it shall not file any motion or other application seeking to change the venue of any suit or other action;
(c)waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such party at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of such party's actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid;
(d)WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL; and
(e)waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
This Section 10.14 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations
10.15 Acknowledgements. Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a)it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b)none of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor;
(c)no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among Borrower and the Lenders; and
(d)each of the Secured Parties and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the "Lenders") may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their Affiliates. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm's-length commercial transactions between the Secured Parties, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties and Limited Recourse Pledgors, on the other.
10.16Releases of Guarantees and Liens.
123
(a)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.1) to take any action requested by Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or guarantee obligations (1) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1 or (2) under the circumstances described in Section 10.16(b) below.
(b)Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the Collateral and assets pledged pursuant to the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents and the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements, and the Security Documents, the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents and each Limited Recourse Pledgor under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.
10.17 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), including, without limitation, in connection with filings, submissions and any other similar documentation required or customary to comply with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable stock exchange; (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law or if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in each case to the extent such assignment or participation is permitted hereunder, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder; (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Facilities or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities; (h) with the consent of Borrower; (i) to any financing source or potential financing source of any Lender; or (j) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Borrower. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and any of their respective Related Parties, may (A) disclose the existence of this Agreement and customary information about this Agreement to (x) market data collectors and similar service providers to the lending industry and (y) service providers to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made pursuant to this clause (y) will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such
124
Information confidential); and (B) with the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) use any information (not constituting Information subject to the foregoing confidentiality restrictions) related to the syndication and arrangement of the credit facilities contemplated by this Agreement in connection with marketing, press releases, or other transactional announcements or updates provided to investor or trade publications, including the placement of "tombstone" advertisements in publications of its choice at its own expense.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.
For purposes of this Section, "Information" means all information clearly identified as confidential received from Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or from any other person on their behalf) relating to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
10.18 Automatic Debits. With respect to any principal, interest, fee, or any other cost or expense (including attorney costs of Administrative Agent or any Lender payable by Borrower hereunder) due and payable to Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any deposit account of Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such principal, interest, fee or other cost or expense. The Administrative Agent shall endeavor to provide Borrower with notice of such debits promptly after the occurrence of such debits, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to do so or incur any liability for failing to do so. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the amount then due, such debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in the Administrative Agent's sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section 10.18 shall be deemed a set-off and no such debit shall be deemed a waiver of any Loan Party's right to dispute the amount of such debit or to request additional detail with respect to such debit.
10.19 Patriot Act. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies Borrower and each other Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower and each other Loan Party and certain related parties thereto, which information includes the names and addresses and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower, each other Loan Party and certain of their beneficial owners and other officers in accordance with the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230. Borrower and each other Loan Party will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries and the Limited Recourse Pledgors to, provide, to the extent commercially reasonable or required by any Requirement of Law, such information and documents and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with "know your
125
customer" requirements under the PATRIOT Act, 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 or other applicable anti-money laundering laws.
10.20Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution;
(b)a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and
(c)the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
126
Table of Contents
(continued)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
BORROWER: |
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
|
|
|
as the Administrative Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
LENDERS:
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
|
|
|
as the Issuing Lender and as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
Execution Version
ASSIGNMENT, JOINDER AND SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This ASSIGNMENT, JOINDER AND SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of December 17, 2020, by and among ENFUSION LTD. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the shareholders of Borrower party to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) (the “Limited Recourse Pledgors”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities party to this Amendment as Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement, defined below), SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as the Issuing Lender, and SVB, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 2, 2019 (as amended by the First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent, dated August 5, 2020, and as further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. All capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree to modify and amend certain terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement to, among other things, (i) increase the Term Loans available under the Credit Agreement to an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 (inclusive of the Term Loans in the principal amount of $27,700,000 outstanding immediately prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date (as defined below) (the “Existing Term Loans”)) and (ii) extend the maturity dates of the Loans to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein;
WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to amend certain other terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement as provided herein; and
WHEREAS, SVB desires to assign a portion of its Revolving Commitment to each of City National Bank, Cadence Bank, N.A. and Truist Bank (each, a “New Lender”), and in connection therewith and for the purpose of funding the Second Amendment Term Loan (as defined herein), each New Lender desires to join in, and become party to, the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree and intend to be legally bound as follows:
1. |
Assignment, Joinder and Assumption of Obligations. |
(a)Effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, for an agreed consideration and pursuant to procedures and funding instructions communicated by the Administrative Agent to each party hereto prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, SVB (the “Assignor”) hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the applicable New Lender, and the applicable New Lender hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the extent related to the amounts identified on Schedule 1.1A hereto of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the Revolving Facility as identified on Schedule 1.1A and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the New Lenders pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). The sale and assignment described above is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided herein, without representation or warranty by the Assignor. The New Lender further acknowledges and agrees:
(i)to join in the execution of, and become a party to, the Credit Agreement as a Lender;
(ii)to be bound by all representations, warranties, covenants, agreements, liabilities and acknowledgments of a Lender under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case, with the same force and effect as if the New Lender was a signatory to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and was expressly named as a Lender therein; and
(iii)to have all rights and obligations of a Lender under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents.
(b)The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that (A) it is the legal and beneficial owner of its Assigned Interest, (B) its Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (C) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Amendment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (ii) assumes no responsibility with respect to (A) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (B) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (C) the financial condition of any Loan Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (D) the performance or observance by any Loan Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective
5
obligations under any Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto.
(c)Each New Lender (i) represents and warrants that (A) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Amendment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (B) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee of the Assigned Interest under Section 10.6(b) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.6(b) of the Credit Agreement), (C) from and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (D) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (E) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (F) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this agreement and to purchase the Assigned Interest, and (G) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, it has delivered to the Assignor any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by such New Lender, and (ii) agrees that (A) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents and (B) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2.Amendments to the Credit Agreement.
(a) |
The Credit Agreement and Schedule 1.1A thereto, effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, are hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double underlined text) as reflected in the modifications identified in the document annexed hereto as Annex A attached to this Amendment. |
(b)Each of the other existing Schedules to the Credit Agreement and the existing Exhibits to the Credit Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
3.Term Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, effective upon the Second Amendment Effective Date, each Lender with a Term Commitment on the Second Amendment Effective Date shall make a Term Loan (the “Second Amendment Term Loan”) in an aggregate amount of $72,300,000 to Borrower. The Second Amendment Term Loan shall be
6
applied in accordance with the sources and uses delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date. Each Existing Term Loan and the Second Amendment Term Loan shall be made or converted (as applicable) into a single Eurodollar Tranche with an Interest Period of one (1) month, and all breakage fees in connection with the conversion of each Existing Term Loan to such Eurodollar Tranche shall be waived. Any obligation of Borrower to provide prior notice to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent to make the Second Amendment Term Loan (or to convert the Existing Term Loans into a new Eurodollar Tranche) is hereby waived by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.
4.Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (the date on which such conditions are satisfied, the “Second Amendment Effective Date”):
(a)Borrower and the Lenders shall have duly executed and delivered this Amendment to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed copy hereof and of each other document required hereunder.
(b)The Administrative Agent shall have received an updated Collateral Information Certificate from each Loan Party, executed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, and any other diligence information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date.
(c)The Administrative Agent shall have received a closing certificate from a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying as to the following matters: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Second Amendment Effective Date after giving effect to this Amendment and (ii) after giving effect to this Amendment on the Second Amendment Effective Date, the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party herein and in the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents to which it is a party shall be (A) to the extent qualified by materiality, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all respects, and (B) to the extent not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as the case may be) as of such earlier date).
(d)To the extent requested by any Lender, such Lender shall have received a Term Loan Note or Revolving Note, in each case, duly executed by Borrower.
(e)All necessary consents and approvals to authorize this Amendment shall have been obtained by the applicable Loan Parties.
(f)The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such Loan Party or such Limited Recourse Pledgor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Credit Agreement, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including (i) the certificate of
7
incorporation or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor or a certification that such certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date has not changed, (ii) the bylaws or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor (unless such Limited Recourse Pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) or a certification that such bylaws or other similar organizational document delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date have not changed, (iii) the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor (unless such Limited Recourse Pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person), (iv) a certificate of incumbency, (v) a good standing certificate or certificate of status, as the case may be, for such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor (unless such Limited Recourse Pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) from its jurisdiction of organization, (vi) certificates of foreign qualification from each jurisdiction where the failure of such applicable Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (vii) in the case of each Limited Recourse Pledgor, a certification that each of the representations and warranties made by such Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to any Loan Document to which it is a party (1) that is qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers is true and correct in all respects, and (2) that is not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, is true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as applicable), as of such earlier date.
(g)On the Second Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Loans by Borrower on the date thereof and the costs and expenses in connection with the foregoing, Qualified Availability shall be no less than $7,500,000.
(h)The Revolving Facility shall be undrawn on the Second Amendment Effective Date.
(i)The Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of the Term Loans to be made on the Second Amendment Effective Date, (i) a completed Notice of Borrowing executed by Borrower and otherwise complying with the requirements of Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) all conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement with respect to the Borrowing of the Term Loans to be made on the Second Amendment Effective date shall have been satisfied.
(j)The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Credit Agreement, certifying that Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to this Amendment, are Solvent.
8
(k)The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received the executed legal opinion of (i) Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (ii) Goodwin Procter LLP, counsel to HH ELL Holdings, LLC and (iii) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc., in each case, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such legal opinions shall collectively cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (which shall include, among other things, authority, legality, binding effect and enforceability of the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and the continuing perfection of security interests), as applicable.
(l)The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent and such searches shall reveal no Liens on (i) any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement, or (ii) any of the collateral pledged by the Limited Recourse Pledgors except for Liens permitted by the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements.
(m)Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have duly executed and delivered the fee letter agreement dated on or about the date hereof, and Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent all fees required thereunder to be paid on the Second Amendment Effective Date.
(n)The Loan Parties shall have paid to the Administrative Agent all amounts in respect of reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 9 hereof to the extent invoiced on or prior to the date hereof.
(o)There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2019, any event or condition that has or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(p)Each Lender shall have received all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, in each case with results satisfactory to such Lender.
5.Representations and Warranties. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:
(a)This Amendment is, and each other Loan Document to which it is or will be a party, when executed and delivered by each Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor that is a party thereto will be, the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor, enforceable against such Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor in accordance with its respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
9
(b)After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties made by it set forth in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party are (i) to the extent qualified by materiality, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all respects, and (ii) to the extent not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as the case may be) as of such earlier date).
6.Choice of Law. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Amendment, shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York. This Section 6 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
7.Counterpart Execution. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment.
8.Effect on Loan Documents.
(a)The Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and each of the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and hereby are ratified and confirmed in all respects. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate, except as expressly set forth herein, as a modification or waiver of any right, power, or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. The amendments, modifications and other agreements herein are limited to the specifics hereof (including facts or occurrences on which the same are based), shall not apply with respect to any facts or occurrences other than those on which the same are based, and except as expressly set forth herein, shall neither excuse any non-compliance with the Loan Documents, nor operate as a consent or waiver to any matter under the Loan Documents. Except for the amendments to the Credit Agreement expressly set forth herein, the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. To the extent any terms or provisions of this Amendment conflict with those of the Credit Agreement or other Loan Documents, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall control.
(b)To the extent that any terms and conditions in any of the Loan Documents shall contradict or be in conflict with any terms or conditions of the Credit Agreement, after giving effect to this Amendment, such terms and conditions are hereby deemed modified or amended accordingly to reflect the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, as modified or amended hereby.
(c)This Amendment is a Loan Document.
10
9.Payment of Costs and Fees. The Loan Parties shall pay to the Administrative Agent and to the Lenders, in each case, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and any documents and instruments relating hereto in accordance with Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement (which costs include the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent or Lenders reasonably retained by the Administrative Agent in consultation with Borrower, in each case, as set forth in Section 10.5 of the Credit Agreement).
10.Entire Agreement. The Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, this Amendment), and the terms and provisions thereof and hereof, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous amendments or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether express or implied, oral or written.
11.Reaffirmation. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby reaffirms its obligations under each Loan Document (as amended hereby) to which it is a party. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby further ratifies and reaffirms the validity and enforceability of all of the Liens heretofore granted, pursuant to and in connection with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party to the Administrative Agent on behalf and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the obligations under the Loan Documents in accordance with their respective terms, and acknowledges that all of such Liens, and all collateral heretofore pledged as security by it for such obligations, continues to be and remain collateral for such obligations from and after the date hereof. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby further ratifies and reaffirms the validity and enforceability of the appointment of the Administrative Agent as attorney-in-fact under each applicable Loan Document to which it is a party.
12.Ratification. Each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a party as amended hereby as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.
13.Incorporation. The provisions of Section 10.5 (Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver), Section 10.11 (Severability) and Section 10.14 (Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers) of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference mutatis mutandis with the same force and effect as if expressly written herein.
[Signature pages follow.]
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
BORROWER: |
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Stephen Malherbe |
|
Name: |
Stephen Malherbe |
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
HH ELL HOLDINGS LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
CSL TECH HOLDINGS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Scott Werner |
|
Name: |
Scott Werner |
|
|
|
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
TAREK HAMMOUD TRUST DATED
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Tarek Hammoud |
|
Name: |
Tarek Hammoud |
|
Title: |
Trustee |
|
LIMITED RECOURSE PLEDGOR: |
|
|
|
|
|
FTV ENFUSION HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jonathan Wolfert |
|
Name: |
Jonathan Wolfert |
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
LENDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
as Issuing Lender, as a Lender, and Assignor |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jonathan Wolfert |
|
Name: |
Jonathan Wolfert |
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
CITY NATIONAL BANK, |
|
|
as a Lender and New Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
CADENCE BANK, N.A., |
|
|
as a Lender and New Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
TRUIST BANK, |
|
|
as a Lender and New Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
ANNEX A
(See attached.)
CONFORMED CREDIT AGREEMENT REFLECTING CHANGES THROUGH THE FIRST SECOND AMENDMENT
SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of August 2, 2019,
among
ENFUSION LTD. LLC,
as Borrower,
THE SEVERAL LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
and
SILICON VALLEY BANK,
as Administrative Agent and, Issuing Lender and Sole Lead Arranger
CITY NATIONAL BANK,
as Syndication Agent
and
CADENCE BANK, N.A.,
as Documentation Agent
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
|
|
|
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS |
1 |
|
1.1 |
Defined Terms |
1 |
1.2 |
Other Definitional Provisions. |
3639 |
1.3 |
Rounding |
3740 |
SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS |
3740 |
|
2.1 |
Term Commitments |
3740 |
2.2 |
Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing |
3740 |
2.3 |
Repayment of Term Loans |
3740 |
2.4 |
Revolving Commitments. |
3741 |
2.5 |
Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing |
3841 |
2.6 |
[Reserved]. |
3842 |
2.7 |
[Reserved]. |
3842 |
2.8 |
[Reserved]. |
3842 |
2.9 |
Commitment and Other Fees |
3842 |
2.10 |
Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. |
3942 |
2.11 |
Optional Prepayments. |
3943 |
2.12 |
Mandatory Prepayments. |
4043 |
2.13 |
Conversion and Continuation Options. |
4144 |
2.14 |
Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches |
4245 |
2.15 |
Interest Rates and Payment Dates. |
4245 |
2.16 |
Computation of Interest and Fees. |
4245 |
2.17 |
Inability to Determine Interest Rate |
4246 |
2.18 |
Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. |
4347 |
2.19 |
Illegality; Requirements of Law. |
4650 |
2.20 |
Taxes. |
4851 |
2.21 |
Indemnity |
5255 |
2.22 |
Change of Lending Office |
5255 |
2.23 |
Substitution of Lenders |
5256 |
2.24 |
Defaulting Lenders. |
5357 |
2.25 |
[Reserved]. |
5559 |
2.26 |
Notes |
5559 |
-i-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
|
|
|
2.27 |
Incremental Term Facility |
5659 |
SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT |
5861 |
|
3.1 |
L/C Commitment. |
5861 |
3.2 |
Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. |
5962 |
3.3 |
Fees and Other Charges. |
5963 |
3.4 |
L/C Participations |
6063 |
3.5 |
Reimbursement. |
6064 |
3.6 |
Obligations Absolute. |
6164 |
3.7 |
Letter of Credit Payments. |
6265 |
3.8 |
Applications. |
6265 |
3.9 |
Interim Interest. |
6265 |
3.10 |
Cash Collateral. |
6265 |
3.11 |
Additional Issuing Lenders. |
6466 |
3.12 |
Resignation of the Issuing Lender |
6466 |
3.13 |
Applicability of ISP. |
6467 |
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
6467 |
|
4.1 |
Financial Condition. |
6467 |
4.2 |
No Change |
6568 |
4.3 |
Existence; Compliance with Law |
6568 |
4.4 |
Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations |
6568 |
4.5 |
No Legal Bar |
6668 |
4.6 |
Litigation |
6669 |
4.7 |
No Default |
6669 |
4.8 |
Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments |
6669 |
4.9 |
Intellectual Property |
6669 |
4.10 |
Taxes |
6669 |
4.11 |
Federal Regulations |
6769 |
4.12 |
Labor Matters |
6770 |
-ii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
|
|
|
4.13 |
ERISA. |
6770 |
4.14 |
Investment Company Act; Other Regulations |
6871 |
4.15 |
Subsidiaries |
6871 |
4.16 |
Use of Proceeds |
6871 |
4.17 |
Environmental Matters |
6972 |
4.18 |
Accuracy of Information, etc |
6972 |
4.19 |
Security Documents. |
7073 |
4.20 |
Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer |
7174 |
4.21 |
Regulation H |
7174 |
4.22 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
7174 |
4.23 |
[Reserved]. |
7174 |
4.24 |
Insurance |
7174 |
4.25 |
No Casualty |
7174 |
4.26 |
Capitalization |
7174 |
4.27 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
7174 |
4.28 |
OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws |
7174 |
4.29 |
No Fees |
7275 |
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
7275 |
|
5.1 |
Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit |
7275 |
5.2 |
Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension |
7578 |
5.3 |
Post-Closing Conditions |
7679 |
SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
7679 |
|
6.1 |
Financial Statements |
7679 |
6.2 |
Certificates; Reports; Other Information |
7780 |
6.3 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
7881 |
6.4 |
Payment of Obligations; Taxes |
7882 |
6.5 |
Maintenance of Existence; Compliance |
7882 |
6.6 |
Maintenance of Property; Insurance |
7982 |
6.7 |
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions |
7982 |
6.8 |
Notices |
7983 |
-iii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
|
|
|
6.9 |
Environmental Laws. |
8084 |
6.10 |
Operating Accounts |
8184 |
6.11 |
[Reserved] |
8185 |
6.12 |
Additional Collateral, etc. |
8185 |
6.13 |
Insider Subordinated Indebtedness |
8487 |
6.14 |
Use of Proceeds |
8487 |
6.15 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
8487 |
6.16 |
Further Assurances |
8487 |
6.17 |
[Reserved.] |
88 |
6.18 |
Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements |
8488 |
SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
8489 |
|
7.1 |
Financial Condition Covenant. |
8489 |
7.2 |
Indebtedness |
8690 |
7.3 |
Liens |
8792 |
7.4 |
Fundamental Changes |
8993 |
7.5 |
Disposition of Property |
8994 |
7.6 |
Restricted Payments |
9095 |
7.7 |
Earn-Out Obligations |
9196 |
7.8 |
Investments |
9196 |
7.9 |
ERISA |
9499 |
7.10 |
Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments |
9499 |
7.11 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
9599 |
7.12 |
Sale Leaseback Transactions |
95100 |
7.13 |
Swap Agreements |
95100 |
7.14 |
Accounting Changes |
95100 |
7.15 |
Negative Pledge Clauses |
95100 |
7.16 |
Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions |
96100 |
7.17 |
Lines of Business |
96101 |
7.18 |
Designation of other Indebtedness |
96101 |
7.19 |
[Reserved]Holdings |
96101 |
7.20 |
Amendments to Organizational Agreements |
96101 |
-iv-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
|
|
|
7.21 |
Use of Proceeds |
96101 |
7.22 |
Subordinated Debt. |
97102 |
7.23 |
Anti-Terrorism Laws |
97102 |
SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
97102 |
|
8.1 |
Events of Default |
97102 |
8.2 |
Remedies Upon Event of Default |
100105 |
8.3 |
Application of Funds |
101106 |
SECTION 9 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT |
102107 |
|
9.1 |
Appointment and Authority. |
102107 |
9.2 |
Delegation of Duties |
103108 |
9.3 |
Exculpatory Provisions |
103108 |
9.4 |
Reliance by Administrative Agent |
104109 |
9.5 |
Notice of Default |
104110 |
9.6 |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders |
105110 |
9.7 |
Indemnification |
105110 |
9.8 |
Agent in Its Individual Capacity |
106111 |
9.9 |
Successor Agent. |
106111 |
9.10 |
Collateral and Guaranty Matters |
107112 |
9.11 |
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. |
108113 |
9.12 |
[Reserved] No Other Duties, etc. |
109114 |
9.13 |
Reports and Financial Statements. |
109114 |
9.14 |
Survival. |
109114 |
SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS |
109114 |
|
10.1 |
Amendments and Waivers. |
109114 |
10.2 |
Notices. |
111117 |
10.3 |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
113119 |
10.4 |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
113119 |
10.5 |
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. |
113119 |
10.6 |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. |
115121 |
10.7 |
Adjustments; Set-off. |
119125 |
-v-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
|
|
|
10.8 |
Payments Set Aside |
120126 |
10.9 |
Interest Rate Limitation |
120126 |
10.10 |
Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments. |
121126 |
10.11 |
Severability |
121127 |
10.12 |
Integration |
121127 |
10.13 |
GOVERNING LAW |
121127 |
10.14 |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers |
122127 |
10.15 |
Acknowledgements |
122128 |
10.16 |
Releases of Guarantees and Liens. |
123128 |
10.17 |
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality |
123129 |
10.18 |
Automatic Debits |
124130 |
10.19 |
Patriot Act |
125130 |
10.20 |
Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. |
125130 |
10.21 |
Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. |
131 |
-vi-
Table of Contents
(continued)
SCHEDULES
Schedule 1.1A:Commitments
Schedule 4.6:Litigation
Schedule 4.15:Subsidiaries
Schedule 4.17:Environmental Matters
Schedule 4.19(a):Security Documents
Schedule 4.19(c):Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements
Schedule 4.26:Capitalization
Schedule 4.29:Fees
Schedule 7.2(d):Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.3(f):Existing Liens
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A:Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement
Exhibit B:Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C:Form of Secretary’s/Managing Member’s Certificate
Exhibit D:Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit E:Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibits F-1 – F-4: Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G:Reserved
Exhibit H-1:Form of Revolving Loan Note
Exhibit H-2:Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit I:Form of Collateral Information Certificate
Exhibit J:Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit K:Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
-vii-
CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of August 2, 2019, is entered into by and among ENFUSION LTD. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to this Agreement as lenders, including pursuant to Sections 2.27 or 10.6 (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as the Issuing Lender, and SVB, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain financing for the Closing Date Distribution (as hereinafter defined), to refinance certain existing Indebtedness on the Closing Date, for the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution (as hereinafter defined), to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Closing Date Distribution, the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution and this Agreement, as well as to provide working capital financing and letter of credit facilities and for other general corporate purposes permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to Borrower, upon the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement, in an initial aggregate principal amount, as of the FirstSecond Amendment Effective Date, not to exceed $35,000,000 ($[27,850,000] of which is outstanding as of the First Amendment Effective Date)105,000,000, consisting of a term loan facility in the aggregate principal amount of $30,000,000100,000,000 ($27,700,000 of which is outstanding as of the Second Amendment Effective Date), a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 and a letter of credit facility in the aggregate availability amount of $2,000,000 (as a sublimit of the revolving loan facility);
WHEREAS, Borrower has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of its assets; and
WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors has agreed to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower and to secure its respective Obligations in respect of such guarantee by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of its assets.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.
“ABR”: for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, or (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the ABR be deemed to be less than 3.50%. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
“ABR Loans”: Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.
1
“Account Debtor”: any Person who may become obligated to any Person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, chattel paper or general intangible (including a payment intangible). Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account Debtor,” when used herein, shall mean an Account Debtor in respect of an Account of a Group Member.
“Accounting Change”: as defined in the definition of “GAAP”.
“Accounts”: all “accounts” (as defined in the UCC) of a Person, including, without limitation, accounts, accounts receivable, monies due or to become due and obligations in any form (whether arising in connection with contracts, contract rights, instruments, general intangibles, or chattel paper), in each case whether arising out of goods sold or services rendered or from any other transaction and whether or not earned by performance, now or hereafter in existence, and all documents of title or other documents representing any of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guaranties of any kind, now or hereafter in existence, given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing. Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account,” when used herein, shall mean an Account of a Group Member.
“Administrative Agent”: SVB, as the administrative and collateral agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.
“Affected Financial Institution”: (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
“Affected Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23.
“Affiliate”: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of determining the Affiliates of any Loan Party, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.
“Agent Parties”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(ii).
“Aggregate Exposure”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, (b) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, and (c) without duplication of clause (b), the L/C Commitment of such Lender then in effect (as a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender).
“Aggregate Exposure Percentage”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.
“Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
“Applicable Margin”: with respect to any Loans, as of any date of determination, (a) from the Closing Date until the day immediately before the Second Amendment Effective Date, Applicable Margin shall have the meaning set forth in this Agreement prior to giving effect to the Second Amendment Effective Date, and (b) from and after the Second Amendment Effective Date until the first Pricing Date, Applicable Margin shall mean the rates per annum shown opposite Level III below, and
2
thereafter from one Pricing Date to the next the Applicable Margin meansshall mean the rates per annum determined in accordance with the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
---|---|---|---|
LEVEL |
CONSOLIDATED SENIOR
|
EURODOLLAR LOANS |
ABR LOANS |
I |
≥ 3.253.50:1.00 |
4.004.25% |
2.502.75% |
II |
<3.25:3.50:1.00 and ≥ 3.00:1.00 |
3.503.75% |
2.002.25% |
III |
<3.00:1.00 |
3.25% |
1.75% |
For purposes hereof, the term “Pricing Date” means, for any Fiscal Quarter of Borrower ending on or after September 30, 2019December 31, 2020, the date on which the Administrative Agent is in receipt of the most recent Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal Quarter then ended, pursuant to Section 6.2(a). The Applicable Margin shall be established based on the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) for the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter and the Applicable Margin established on a Pricing Date shall remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. If the Loan Parties have not delivered the Compliance Certificate by the date such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered under Section 6.2(a) until such Compliance Certificate is delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be at Level I. If the Loan Parties subsequently deliver such Compliance Certificate before the next Pricing Date, the Applicable Margin shall be determined on the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate and remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. In all other circumstances, the Applicable Margin shall be in effect from the Pricing Date that occurs immediately after the end of the Fiscal Quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate until the next Pricing Date. Each determination of the Applicable Margin made by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing shall be conclusive and binding on the Loan Parties and the Lenders if reasonably determined. If, prior to the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower or Administrative Agent determines in good faith that the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) on which the applicable interest rate for any particular period was determined is inaccurate, and as a consequence thereof, the Applicable Margin was lower than it should have been, (i) Borrower shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such period, (ii) Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower of the amount of interest and fees that would have been due in respect of any outstanding Obligation during such period had the applicable rate been calculated based on the correct Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without netting Qualified Cash) and (iii) Borrower shall promptly pay to Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Lenders and other Persons the difference between the amount that should have been due and the amount actually paid in respect of such period; provided that, (x) Borrower shall not be responsible for any such amounts after the Discharge of Obligations and (y) nonpayment as a result of such inaccuracy shall not in any event be deemed retroactively to be an Event of Default. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio for the purpose of determining the Applicable Margin shall include netting of Qualified Cash in accordance with the definition of Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio.
“Application”: an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.
3
“Approved Fund”: any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Asset Sale”: any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property (excluding any such Disposition permitted by clauses (a) through (k) or (m) of Section 7.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of (i) $100,000 for any single Disposition or (ii) $250,000 for all Dispositions in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date.
“Assignment and Assumption”: an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.6), in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Available Revolving Commitment”: at any time, an amount equal to (a) the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time, minus (b) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, minus (c) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time, minus (d) the aggregate principal balance of any Revolving Loans outstanding at such time.
“Bail-In Action”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEAAffected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation”: (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule. and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other Insolvency Proceedings).
“Bankruptcy Code”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”
“Bank Services”: any of the following products, credit services and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to any Group Member by any Bank Services Provider: any letters of credit (other than any Letters of Credit provided for the account of Borrower or any other Group Member hereunder), cash management services, credit cards, p-cards, interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services, as any such products or services may be identified in such Bank Services Provider’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).
“Bank Services”: cash management and other services provided to one or more of the Loan Parties by a Bank Services Provider which may include treasury, depository, return items, overdraft, controlled disbursement, merchant store value cards, e-payables services, electronic funds transfer, interstate depository network, automatic clearing house transfer (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic funds transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system), merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card (including so-called "purchase cards", "procurement cards" or "p-cards"), credit card processing services, debit cards, stored value cards, and check cashing services identified in such Bank Services Provider’s various cash management services or other similar agreements (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).
4
“Bank Services Provider”: the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the foregoing who provides Bank Services to any Group MemberLoan Party.
“Benefitted Lender”: as defined in Section 10.7(a).
“Blocked Person”: as defined in Section 7.23.
“Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
“Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
“Borrowing Date”: any Business Day specified by Borrower in a Notice of Borrowing as a date on which Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.
“Business”: as defined in Section 4.17(b).
“Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of California or the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.
“Capital Lease Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date or entered into thereafter) shall continue to be accounted for as operating lease obligations (and not as Capital Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date that would otherwise require such obligations to be recharacterized (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) as Capital Lease Obligations.
“Capital Stock”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
“Cash Collateralize”: to pledge and deposit with or deliver to (a) with respect to Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and one or more of the Lenders, as applicable, as collateral for L/C Exposure or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the L/C Exposure or, if the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender; (b) with respect to Obligations arising under any Bank Services Agreement in connection with Bank Services, the applicable Bank Services Provider, as provider of Bank Services, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the aggregate amount of the Obligations of the Group Members arising under all such Bank Services Agreements evidencing such Bank Services or, if such Bank Services Provider shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to
5
documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Bank Services Provider; or (c) with respect to Obligations in respect of any Specified Swap Agreements, the applicable Qualified Counterparty, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances or, if such Qualified Counterparty shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Qualified Counterparty. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $3,000,000,000.
“Casualty Event”: any damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking by any Governmental Authority of any property of the Loan Parties.
“Certificated Securities”: as defined in Section 4.19(a).
“Change of Control”: (a) prior to an IPO, (i) the Sponsor shall cease to (i) have the power to vote or direct the voting of at least 3230% of the voting securities of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) or, (ii) the Sponsor shall cease to beneficially hold, directly or indirectly, at least 3130% of the economic interest in Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis); (b) at any time, and excluding any profit sharing arrangements constituting employee compensation) or (iii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a percentage of either the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) or economic interest in Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) greater than the percentage owned by the Sponsor; (c)b) after an IPO, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Investors, shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 35% of either the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis)
6
or economic interest in Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis); provided that, in the case of each of clause (a) and (b), in the event a Holdco Transaction has occurred, any reference to Borrower therein shall be deemed to be a reference to Holdings; (c) prior to an IPO, during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; or (d) except to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, at any time Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of any Guarantor (other than Holdings to the extent a Holdco Transaction has occurred) free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Security Documents and non-consensual Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof that are being contested in good faith); provided that, with respect to any Guarantor formed in a jurisdiction where a law, rule or regulation of such jurisdiction restricts Borrower from owning and controlling, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor, in each case, this clause (d) shall not apply so long as (x) Borrower owns and controls no less than ninety-nine percent (99%) (or such lesser amount representing the maximum amount of Capital Stock Borrower is permitted to own and control) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement) and (y) Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of such situation and the limitations of such Guarantor’s jurisdiction. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) following an IPO, clauses (a) and (c) of this definition shall cease to be of any further force or effect and (ii) the consummation of a Holdco Transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control.
“Closing Date”: the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, the Lenders or the Required Lenders.
“Closing Date Distribution”: (a) the redemption on the Closing Date of award units in connection with phantom stock or similar plans in the aggregate amount of $6,000,000 with the proceeds of the Term Loans hereunder and (b) the dividend paid on the Closing Date by Borrower to its shareholders in the aggregate amount of $24,000,000 with the proceeds of the Term Loans hereunder.
“Code”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document. For the avoidance of doubt, no Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) shall constitute “Collateral.”
“Collateral Information Certificate”: the Collateral Information Certificate to be executed and delivered by Borrower and each other Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.1 (as updated from time to time, including on the Second Amendment Effective Date), substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
“Collateral-Related Expenses”: all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent paid or incurred in connection with any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and reimbursement for all other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including as described in Section 6.6 of the Guarantee and
7
Collateral Agreement), and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under the Security Documents and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and all advances made by the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents for the account of any Loan Party or under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements for the account of any Limited Recourse Pledgor.
“Commitment”: as to any Lender, the sum of its Term Commitment and its Revolving Commitment.
“Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 2.9(b).
“Commitment Fee Rate”: 0.50% per annum.
“Compliance Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
“Connection Income Taxes”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”: shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period,
(a)Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus,
(b)without duplication, the sum of the following amounts for such period, in each case (other than with respect to clause (xviii) below) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(i)interest expense;
(ii)tax expense (based on income, profits, or capital, including federal, foreign, state, local, franchise, excise, and similar taxes and net of tax benefits arising from Permitted Acquisitions to the extent actually received);
(iii)depreciation and amortization expense as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(iv)transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Closing Date Distribution and the Loan Documents, which are paid (A) on or prior to the Closing Date, in each case, as described on the sources and uses on the Closing Date or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) after the Closing Date, to the extent incurred on or before the date that is 120 days after the Closing Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000;
(v)employee retention bonuses, if any payable by Borrower in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters; provided that such amounts are not funded with the proceeds of Capital Stock issued by Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);
(vi)non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Capital Stock of any Group Member, the granting of options for Capital Stock in any Group Member, the granting
8
of appreciation rights and similar arrangements in respect of Capital Stock of any Group Member (including any re-pricing, amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such Capital Stock or similar arrangements);
(vii)cash and non-cash expenses (including those arising from litigation) to the extent that the same are reimbursable in cash by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to an indemnity, guaranty or insurance and one of the following has occurred:
(A)such expenses have actually been so reimbursed,
(B)such third party has expressly agreed to so reimburse such expenses on or before the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the period for which such expenses are being added back pursuant to this clause (B) and Borrower has acknowledged that the reimbursement of any such expenses is not subject to a valid dispute in the Compliance Certificate when delivered pursuant to the provisions in the Loan Documents and promptly notifies the Administrative Agent in writing of any such dispute, or
(C)such expenses have been funded with proceeds of Capital Stock issued by Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), so long as such issuance would not require a prepayment of the Obligations under Section 2.12(a);
(viii)(A) reasonable and customary non-recurring fees, costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with the issuance and registration of an IPO (I) consisting of an underwriting fee, to the extent financed with the gross proceeds of such IPO and (II) other fees in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 during the term of this Agreement and (B) other reasonable and customary non-recurring fees, costs and expenses, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,0001,500,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters actually incurred in connection with issuances of Capital Stock or incurrence or issuances of Indebtedness;
(ix)infrequent, extraordinary or non-recurring losses, costs or expenses as determined in accordance with GAAP and are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agentin an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters;
(x)in connection with Permitted Acquisitions:
(A)(1) reasonable and customary non-recurring transaction costs and expenses incurred as reflected on the sources and uses delivered to the Administrative Agent, (2) and (2) non-recurring, cash and non-cash restructuring charges related to severance, employee and management changes, or the discontinuance of any portion of the business or operations, cash charges related to deferred stock compensation plans, related to such Permitted Acquisitions incurred within one year after the closing of such transaction, provided that the aggregate amount of all items described in this clause (A) and the immediately following clause (B) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters or such greater amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion, and
(B)reasonable and customary non-recurring transaction costs and expenses, incurred in connection with any proposed Permitted Acquisitions that are not consummated, no later than one year after the abandonment of such proposed Permitted Acquisition, provided that the aggregate amount of all items described in this clause (B) and the immediately preceding clause (A) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4)
9
consecutive fiscal quarters or such greater amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion;
(xi)reasonable and documented fees, costs, and expenses incurred and paid in cash in connection with any(A) the Second Amendment and the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution, (B) the ICONIQ Transaction, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000, or (C) any other amendment, waiver, or other modification of this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 for any such other amendment, waiver, or other modification;
(xii)(a) amounts representing the impact of and expenses relating to purchase accounting adjustments, and (b) for a period of up to one year after the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition (or, in the case of purchase accounting adjustments relating to deferred revenue, for any period after the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition), amounts representing the impact of and expenses relating to other purchase accounting adjustments in connection with such Permitted Acquisition arising by reason of the application of FASB ASC 805;
(xiii)[reserved].to the extent directly funded with proceeds of Capital Stock issued by, or Indebtedness incurred by, Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), amounts paid in cash pursuant to the Closing Date Distribution and the ICONIQ Transaction in respect of the redemption of award units to the holders thereof in connection with phantom stock or similar plans;
(xiv)non-cash exchange, transaction, translation, or performance losses relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations;
(xv)losses on the non-ordinary course sale of assets;
(xvi) (a) board of director and operating partner fees and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters and (b) fees and expenses paid in connection with the preparation and filing of taxes of Limited Recourse Pledgors in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters;
(xvii)other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding (a) accruals for cash expenses made in the ordinary course of business, (b) any such non-cash items to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for cash items in any future period, (c) amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period, (d) write-offs of accounts receivable, (e) write-offs of inventory and (f) write-offs of prepaid expenses, in each case to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income); and
(xviii)any cash payments received in such period that are related to prior accruals of charges deducted in Consolidated Net Income and that have not been added back pursuant to clauses (b)(vii) and (b)(xvii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;
minus
(c)without duplication, the following amounts for such period, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period (except for amounts described in clause (ii)):
(i)infrequent, extraordinary or non-recurring gains as determined in accordance with GAAP;
10
(ii)software development costs and sales commissions to the extent capitalized in accordance with GAAP;
(iii)gains on sales of assets, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(iv)income arising by reason of the application of certain accounting principles as referenced in clause (b)(xii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;
(v)non-cash exchange, transaction, translation, or performance gains relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations;
(vi)income tax benefits or gains;
(vii)any cancellation of indebtedness income and gains from repurchases of Indebtedness;
(viii)other non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item in any period); and
(ix)any cash payments made that are related to a prior accrual of charges that were added back pursuant to clause (b)(vii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to the extent they have been submitted for reimbursement and such reimbursement has been denied or is subject to a valid dispute.
For the purposes of calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in connection with the measurement of the Financial Condition Covenant (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with any pro forma incurrence based measurements hereunder) for any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”), if at any time during such Reference Period (whether prior to, on or after the Closing Date), any Group Member shall have consummated a Permitted Acquisition, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable, as if such Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (including pro forma adjustments to reflect operating expense reductions (but not revenue increases) arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable; provided that such reductions are (I) expected to have a continuing impact, (II) (x) recommended by any “quality of earnings report” or due diligence financial review conducted by financial advisors retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (y) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC (but including negative adjustments for capitalized software costs), (III) supported by data that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, (IV) [reserved], (V) not duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (or any components thereof) for such Reference Period, whether through a pro form adjustment or otherwise, and (VI) factually supportable, documented in sufficient detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as satisfying the conditions specified in the foregoing clauses (I) through (V)). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA under this Agreement for any period that includes any of the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 or September 30, 2020, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be deemed $5,581,000, $7,127,000 and $6,812,000, respectively, for such fiscal quarter, subject in each case to normal year-end audit adjustments.
11
“Consolidated Capital Expenditures”: for any period, with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower) by such Group Members during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Borrower, minus the aggregate amount of such expenditures funded with proceeds of the issuance of Capital Stock by Borrower.
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) the sum, without duplication, of: (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period, minus (ii) all federal, state and local taxes (including for purposes hereof, of Permitted Tax Distributions) actually paid by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in cash (net of any cash refunds received) during such period, minus (iii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount funded with the Loans and any other Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2) for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.
“Consolidated Fixed Charges”: with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense, to the extent actually paid in cash, for such period, plus (b) scheduled payments made in cash during such period on account of all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, (i) employee retention bonus payments made in cash and added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to clause (b)(v) of the definition thereof, (ii) scheduled principal payments in respect of the Term Loans and (iii) payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, but excluding mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.12); provided that Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be determined solely on the basis of information for the period on and following the Second Amendment Effective Date and the results shall be annualized in a customary manner until four full fiscal quarters have elapsed after the Second Amendment Effective Date. For purposes of clause (b) of this definition, (i) for each of the periods ending after the Second Amendment Effective Date and prior to or on December 31, 2021, a principal payment of the Term Loans shall be deemed to have been made in the amount of $2,500,000 and (ii) for each of the periods ending on or after March 31, 2022, principal payments shall include any payments made pursuant to Section 2.3 during the applicable trailing four fiscal quarter period.
“Consolidated Interest Expense”: for any period, total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Persons (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, if applicable and to the extent included in total cash interest expense, any amortization of fees, charges and deferred financing costs, including all such fees paid on the Closing Date).
“Consolidated Net Income”: for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” (a) the income (or deficit) of any such Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any such Person (other than a Subsidiary of Borrower) in which Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent
12
that any such income is actually received by Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.
“Consolidated Senior Indebtedness”: at any date, the aggregate principal amount of the Loans and Capital Lease Obligations.
“Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Indebtedness (net of up to $7,500,000 of Qualified Cash of the Loan Parties that is in excess of $2,500,000) on such day, to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period.
“Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of current assets (net of cash and Cash Equivalents) over current liabilities (exclusive of the current portion of Indebtedness and associated interest and taxes in respect of such Indebtedness) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
“Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control Agreement”: any account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent entered into among the depository institution at which a Loan Party maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary at which a Loan Party maintains a Securities Account, such Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the UCC or any other applicable law) over such Deposit Account or Securities Account.
“Control Investment Affiliate”: as to the Sponsor, any fund or investment vehicle (excluding any portfolio company or Subsidiary of any portfolio company of the Sponsor) that (a) directly or indirectly, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Sponsor and (b) is organized by the Sponsor primarily for the purpose of making equity investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person by way of ownership or general partner status.
“Cure Amount”: as defined in Section 7.1(bc).
“Cure Right”: as defined in Section 7.1(bc).
“Debtor Relief Laws”: the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
“Default Rate”: as defined in Section 2.15(c).
13
“Defaulting Lender”: subject to Section 2.24(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.24(b)) effective as of the relevant date set forth in clauses (a) through (d) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to Borrower, the Issuing Lender and each Lender.
“Deposit Account”: any “deposit account” as defined in the UCC.
“Deposit Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a financial institution holding a Deposit Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.
“Designated Jurisdiction”: any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
“Discharge of Obligations”: subject to Section 10.8, the satisfaction of the Obligations (including all such Obligations relating to Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements) by the payment in full, in cash (or, as applicable, Cash Collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of the principal of and interest on or other liabilities relating to each Loan and any previously provided Bank Services, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than inchoate indemnification obligations and any other obligations which pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document specifically survive repayment of the Loans for which no claim has been made), and other Obligations under or in
14
respect of Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services, to the extent (a) any such Obligations in respect of Specified Swap Agreements have, if required by any applicable Qualified Counterparties, been Cash Collateralized, (b) no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (or, as applicable, each outstanding and undrawn Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), (c) no Obligations in respect of any Bank Services are outstanding (or, as applicable, all such outstanding Obligations in respect of Bank Services have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), and (d) the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders are terminated.
“Disposition”: with respect to any property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition thereof and any issuance of Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.
“Disqualified Stock”: any Capital Stock (provided that any Capital Stock issued to or by any plan for the benefit of former, current or future employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it is required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of the termination, death or disability of any such employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant) that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the latest date on which any of the Loans mature hereunder. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that Borrower and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.
“Division”: in reference to any Person which is an entity, the division of such Person into two (2) or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or terminating its existence as part of such division, including as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other applicable Requirements of Law.
“Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.
“Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of any Loan Party organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“EEA Financial Institution”: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
15
“EEA Resolution Authority”: any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Eligible Assignee”: (a) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund, or (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses; provided that none of Borrower, any Affiliate of Borrower or, unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor, shall be an Eligible Assignee.
“Environmental Laws”: any and all foreign, Federalfederal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.
“Environmental Liability”: any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) a violation of an Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the release or threatened release of any Materials of Environmental Concern into the environment, or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate”: each business or entity which is, or within the last six years was, a member of a “controlled group of corporations,” under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code, required to be aggregated with any Loan Party under Section 414(o) of the Code, or is, or within the last six years was, under “common control” with any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.
“ERISA Event”: any of (a) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (b) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Pension Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (c) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Pension Plan or the termination of any Pension Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of
16
Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the failure by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (i) an event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (k) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (l) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA that has resulted or may be reasonably expected to result in a material liability for which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (m) the occurrence of an act or omission which would give rise to the imposition on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (n) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Pension Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such Pension Plan, in each case for which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (o) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, in each case, in all material respects; or (p) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code.
“ERISA Funding Rules”: the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans, as set forth in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, with respect to Plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and thereafter, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.
“Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
“Eurodollar Base Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (“LIBOR”) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period (as set forth by Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other commercially
17
available service reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent which provides quotations of LIBOR). In the event that the Administrative Agent determines that LIBOR is not available, the “Eurodollar Base Rate” shall be determined by reference to the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation rate to first class banks in the London interbank market by SVB for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant Interest Period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the applicable Loan of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, for which the Eurodollar Base Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period, as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In no event shall the Eurodollar Base Rate be less than 1.00%.
“Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.
“Eurodollar Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula:
|
Eurodollar Base Rate |
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements |
The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements which affect Eurodollar Loans to be made as of, and ABR Loans to be converted into Eurodollar Loans, in any such case, at the beginning of the next applicable Interest Period.
“Eurodollar Tranche”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility (other than the L/C Facility), the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
“Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
“Excess Cash Flow”: for any fiscal year (or other period) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year (or other period) less, without duplication:
(b)(x) current taxes based on income, profits or capital of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid and payable in cash with respect to such period, (y) withholding or similar taxes paid and payable in cash with respect to such period in connection with the repatriation of assets, income or earnings to any Loan Party and (z) Permitted Tax Distributions paid in cash with respect to such period,
(c)interest expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries paid in cash in such period or that is payable in such period and is paid in cash prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date for such period (provided that such amounts paid after the end of the applicable period that reduce Excess Cash Flow for such applicable period shall not be deducted in determining Excess Cash Flow for the period in which such amounts are paid),
(d)the aggregate amount actually paid by Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP during such fiscal year (or other period) on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount of Loans and other Indebtedness
18
incurred in connection with such expenditures, and any such expenditures financed with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount),
(e)[reserved],
(f)the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP made during such fiscal year (or other period) (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder),
(g)the amount of unfinanced cash payments made in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other permitted Investments to the extent consummated (including transaction expenses, net working capital adjustments, and earn-out payments, in each case, to the extent permitted under this Agreement),
(h)without duplication, any other amounts paid in cash with respect to such period to the extent added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and, without duplication, pro forma adjustments described in the last paragraph of the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, in each case, with respect to such period to the extent added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, and
(i)without duplication of any other amounts included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including, without limitation, short-term deferred revenue), the amount, if any, by which the Consolidated Working Capital increased during such period,
plus
(j)without duplication of any other amounts included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including, without limitation, short-term deferred revenue), the amount, if any, by which the Consolidated Working Capital decreased during such period.
“Excess Cash Flow Application Date”: as defined in Section 2.12(d).
“Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
“Excluded Accounts”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary that is (a) not a Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower or another Loan Party if becoming a Guarantor would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), (b) a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company if becoming a Guarantor hereunder would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), or (c) an Immaterial Subsidiary.
“Excluded Swap Obligations”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Taxes”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by
19
net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof), or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment or becomes the Administrative Agent (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 2.23) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(f); and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
“Extraordinary Receipt”: any cash received by, or paid to or for the account of, any Group Member in the form of a purchase price adjustment or indemnification payment made in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, other than (a) any working capital adjustments in connection with any of the foregoing, (b) any single or related series of amounts received in an aggregate amount less than $500,000 and (c) any such indemnification payment to the extent applied within 180 days (or committed to be applied within 180 days and applied within 270 days) of receipt to pay (or to provide reimbursement for) (i) costs of repair or environmental remediation with respect to assets purchased pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition or (ii) out-of-pocket money damages incurred by any Group Member in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.
“Facility”: each of (a) the Term Facility, (b) the L/C Facility (which is a sub-facility of the Revolving Facility), and (c) the Revolving Facility.
“FASB ASC”: the Accounting Standards certification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
“FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“Fee Letter”: individually or collectively as the context requires, (a) the fee letter dated as of the Closing Date between Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (b) the fee letter agreement dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, in each case, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
“Financial Condition Covenant”: is defined in Section 7.1(bc).
20
“First Amendment”: the First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Consent, dated as of June [__]August 5, 2020, by and among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the Limited Recourse Pledgors.
“First Amendment Effective Date”: as defined in the First Amendment.
“Flood Laws”: the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and related legislation (including the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
“Flow of Funds Agreement”: the Notice of Borrowing executed by Borrower regarding the disbursement of Loan proceeds on the Closing Date, attaching a funds flow agreed to by Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Foreign Currency”: lawful money of a country other than the United States.
“Foreign Lender”: (a) if Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
“Foreign Subsidiary”: in respect of any Group Member, any Subsidiary of such Group Member that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Loan Party.
“Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company”: any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower, substantially all of the assets of which consist of the Capital Stock of one or more controlled foreign corporations (within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code) or other Foreign Subsidiary Holding Companies.
“Fronting Exposure”: at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, as applicable, with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Percentage of the outstanding L/C Exposure other than L/C Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Fund”: any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
“Funded Debt”: as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person which matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
“Funding Office”: the Revolving Loan Funding Office or the Term Loan Funding Office, as the context requires.
“GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that for purposes of the Financial Condition Covenant, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.1(b). In the event that any “Accounting Change”
21
(as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then each party to this Agreement agrees to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants (including the Financial Condition Covenant), standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.
“Governmental Approval”: any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
“Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), and any group or body charged with setting accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).
“Group Members”: the collective reference to Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
“Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed and delivered by Borrower and each Guarantor, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
“Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, and (cb) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing
22
person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by Borrower in good faith.
“Guarantors”: a collective reference to each Subsidiary of Borrower (in each case other than an Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Person, which has become a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as required herein.
“Holdings”: as defined in the definition of Holdco Transaction.
“Holdco Transaction”: a transaction (or series of transactions) which will, among other things, cause 100% of the Capital Stock in Borrower to be held by a newly formed entity organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States (“Holdings”); provided that (a) the owners of 100% of the Capital Stock in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable, immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Capital Stock owned by each such person) are identical to the owners of 100% of the Capital Stock in Borrower immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Capital Stock owned by each such person; provided that, such Capital Stock of such owners may be held in different classes (including common and preferred Capital Stock) of Capital Stock of Holdings or any such direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable, with different voting rights), (b) Holdings shall have entered into the Security Documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which Holdings shall pledge its interest in the Collateral, including without limitation, the Capital Stock in Borrower, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (c) Holdings shall have become a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as required herein. The parties hereto hereby agree that, upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of Borrower’s notice of its intent to enter into a Holdco Transaction, the Administrative Agent and Borrower shall negotiate an amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as applicable, to effectuate such Holdco Transaction, in each case, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“ICONIQ”: collectively, (a) ICONIQ Strategic Partners V, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, and (b) an Affiliate of the entity described in clause (a) that is a Delaware corporation.
“ICONIQ Transaction”: the (a) (i) exchange between Borrower and FTV Enfusion Holdings, Inc. (“FTV Holdings”), of certain of the Class C-1 Units (as defined in Borrower’s Fifth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2019 (the “Operating Agreement”)) and certain of the Class C-2 Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement), each of which are owned by FTV Holdings, for newly issued Class D Units, (ii) purchase by ICONIQ from Sponsor, the sole owner of FTV Holdings, of equity in FTV Holdings on a pro rata basis as if it were participating directly in the redemption in clause (b)(I) of this definition and (iii) sale and issuance by Borrower of certain Class D Units to ICONIQ (the “Purchased Units”) and (b) Borrower’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Purchased Units to, substantially simultaneously with the receipt of such proceeds, redeem (I) certain of the outstanding Class A Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) from the members of Borrower existing immediately prior to ICONIQ’s purchase of the Purchased Units and (II) certain of the outstanding Award Units (as defined in the Operating Agreement) from the holders thereof and (c) the effecting of certain related modifications and/or amendments to the terms of certain remaining outstanding Award Units and related phantom equity plans.
“Immaterial Subsidiary”: as of the last day of any fiscal quarter and at any other date of determination, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party designated as such by such Loan Party in writing and which as of such date (a) holds assets representing 5% or less of Borrower’s consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the
23
Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b) (determined in accordance with GAAP), (b) which has generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an amount less than 5% of Borrower’s consolidated total revenues determined in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b); provided that all Subsidiaries that are individually “Immaterial Subsidiaries” shall not have aggregate consolidated total assets that would represent 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or have generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount of 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total revenues for such four fiscal quarter period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, and (c) which owns no material Intellectual Property.
“Incremental Joinder”: an instrument, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which a Lender becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.27.
“Incremental Term Facility”: as defined in Section 2.27.
“Incremental Term Loan”: an incremental term loan under any Incremental Term Facility.
“Indebtedness”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business but including purchase price adjustments, indemnity obligations, and earn outs, in each case (i) to the extent due and payable or (ii) to the extent the amount of the asserted payment is reasonably determined and not contested in good faith), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) the net obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
“Indemnified Taxes”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
“Insider Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to any Group Member that is
24
not a Loan Party or officer, director, shareholder or employee of any Group Member.
“Insider Subordinated Indebtedness”: any Insider Indebtedness which is also Subordinated Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 plus any interest, fees and/or expenses thereon which may be capitalized by adding the same to the principal amount thereof.
“Insolvency”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
“Insolvency Proceeding”: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.
“Insolvent”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
“Intellectual Property”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: any trademark security agreement, copyright security agreement, or trademark security agreement, or other agreement with respect to the Intellectual Property of a Loan Party entered into between a Loan Party and the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with any supplement thereto, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the first Business Day of each calendar quarter to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last Business Day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next succeeding such date) after the first day of such Interest Period and the last Business Day of such Interest Period, and (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.
“Interest Period”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation not later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
25
(a)if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(b)Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date (in the case of the Revolving Facility) or beyond the date final payment is due on the Term Loans (in the case of the Term Loans);
(c)any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and
(d)Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.
“Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is (a) for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with such Person’s operations, (b) approved by Administrative Agent, and (c) not for speculative purposes.
“Inventory”: all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Group Member, wherever located, and in any event including inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property that are held by or on behalf of any Group Member for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or that constitutes raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, or materials or supplies of any kind used or consumed or to be used or consumed in such Group Member’s business or in the processing, production, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, including all supplies and embedded software.
“Investments”: as defined in Section 7.8.
“IPO”: a bona fide underwritten sale to the public of common stock of Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable, on a nationally recognized securities exchange.
“IRS”: the Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.
“ISP”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
“Issuing Lender”: as the context may require, SVB or any Affiliate thereof, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit, including any other Lender that may become a successor Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.12, with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender. The Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Lender or other financial institutions, in which case the term “Issuing Lender” shall include any such Affiliate or other financial institution with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or other financial institution.
“Issuing Lender Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
26
“L/C Advance”: each L/C Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Disbursement in accordance with its L/C Percentage of the L/C Commitment.
“L/C Commitment”: as to any L/C Lender, the obligation of such L/C Lender, if any, to purchase an undivided interest in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit (including to make payments with respect to draws made under any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.5(b)) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “L/C Commitment” opposite such L/C Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such L/C Lender becomes a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment and the aggregate L/C Commitment shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments at any time.
“L/C Disbursements”: a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
“L/C Exposure”: at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time. The L/C Exposure of any L/C Lender at any time shall equal its L/C Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
“L/C Facility”: the L/C Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
“L/C Fee Payment Date”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“L/C Lender”: a Lender with an L/C Commitment.
“L/C Percentage”: as to any L/C Lender at any time, the percentage of the Total L/C Commitments represented by such L/C Lender’s L/C Commitment, as such percentage may be adjusted as provided in Section 2.23.
“L/C-Related Documents”: collectively, each Letter of Credit, all applications for any Letter of Credit (and applications for the amendment of any Letter of Credit) submitted by Borrower to the Issuing Lender and any other document, agreement and instrument relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Lender’s standard form documents for letter of credit issuances.
“Lenders”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided that, unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include the Issuing Lender.
“Letter of Credit”: as defined in Section 3.1(a).
“Letter of Credit Availability Period”: the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Letter of Credit Maturity Date.
“Letter of Credit Fee”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“Letter of Credit Fronting Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“Letter of Credit Maturity Date”: the date occurring 15 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
“LIBOR”: as defined in the definition of “Eurodollar Base Rate.”
27
“Lien”: any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
“Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement”: each Limited Recourse Guarantee and Pledge Agreement by and between the Limited Recourse Pledgors and the Administrative Agent.
“Limited Recourse Pledgor”: each shareholder of Capital Stock of Borrower.
“Listed Competitor”: any Person that appears on the list of competitors of Borrower as submitted in writing by Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date as updated from time to time by written notice delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent and provided such updates are reasonably approved in writing in advance by the Administrative Agent.; provided that, the designation of any Person as a Listed Competitor after the Second Amendment Effective Date shall not become effective until three Business Days after approval by the Administrative Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any assignee or Participant that becomes a Listed Competitor after the applicable Trade Date, (a) such assignee or Participant shall not retroactively be disqualified from becoming a Lender or Participant and (b) such assignment or participation and, in the case of an assignment, the execution by Borrower of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee, will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a Listed Competitor. The Administrative Agent (a) shall have the right (but not the obligation), and Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent, to post the list of Listed Competitors and any updates thereto from time to time on the Platform, and (B) shall provide the list of Listed Competitors and any updates thereto to each Lender or Participant requesting the same. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Listed Competitors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Listed Competitor or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans or Commitments, or disclosure of confidential information, to, or restrictions on the exercise of rights or remedies of, any Listed Competitors or otherwise have any responsibility or liability for enforcing Borrower’s or any Lender’s compliance with the terms of any of the provisions set forth herein with respect to Listed Competitors.
“Loan”: any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
“Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, theeach Fee Letter, the Flow of Funds Agreement, the Solvency Certificate, the Collateral Information Certificate, each L/C-Related Document, each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, each Compliance Certificate, each Notice of Borrowing, each Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each Incremental Joinder, any subordination agreement, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.10, and any other subordination agreement, and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.
“Loan Parties”: a collective reference to Borrower and Guarantors.
“Majority Revolving Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving Commitments at such time, such Revolving Lender, both before and after the termination of such Total Revolving Commitments; and (b) if more than one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving
28
Commitments, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) or, at any time after the termination of the Revolving Commitments when such Revolving Commitments were held by more than one Revolving Lender, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding (including, without duplication, any L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time); provided that (a) the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Revolving Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Majority Term Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, such Term Lender; and (b) if more than one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, at least two Term Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount all Term Loans; provided that (a) the portion of the Term Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Term Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of Borrower, any Guarantor or any Limited Recourse Pledgor to perform its respective obligations when due under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against Borrower, any Guarantor or any Limited Recourse Pledgor of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
“Material Contractual Obligation”: all Contractual Obligations (including with respect to leasehold interests of a Group Member) to the extent that failure to comply therewith could in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and all customer contracts representing more than 5% of the Group Members’ total revenue for the trailing twelve month period as of any date of determination.
“Materials of Environmental Concern”: any substance, material or waste that is defined, regulated, governed or otherwise characterized under any Environmental Law as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant (or by words of similar meaning and regulatory effect), any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds or fungus, and radioactivity, radiofrequency radiation at levels known to be hazardous to human health and safety.
“Minority Lender”: as defined in Section 10.1(b).
“Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Mortgaged Properties”: the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section 6.12(b) or otherwise, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.
“Mortgages”: each of the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or such equivalent documents hereafter entered into and executed and delivered by one or more of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as such documents may be amended, amended and restated,
29
supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“Multiemployer Plan”: a “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof makes, is making, or is obligated or in the past six years has been obligated to make, contributions.
“Net Cash Proceeds”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of Taxes payable (including without duplication, any Permitted Tax Distributions with respect thereto) and Borrower’s reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable Taxes and other liabilities required to be paid by Borrower or any other Group Member in connection with such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event in the taxable year that such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event is consummated, the computation of which shall, in each such case, take into account the reduction in tax liability resulting from any available operating losses and net operating loss carryovers, Tax credits, and Tax credit carry forwards, and similar tax attributes, and with respect to any such Asset Sale or Change of Control, net of amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale or Change of Control (provided that to the extent any portion of such reserve amount ceases at any time to be so reserved and not applied to such liabilities, such portion shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds at such time and be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.12(c), as and to the extent applicable), and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.
“Non-Consenting Lender”: any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Note”: a Term Loan Note or a Revolving Loan Note.
“Notice of Borrowing”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
“Notice of Conversion/Continuation”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K.
“Obligations”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceedingInsolvency Proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding,
30
relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider (in its capacity as a provider of Bank Services), and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Swap Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, payment obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider, to the extent that any applicable Bank Services Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, and any Qualified Counterparty, to the extent that any applicable Specified Swap Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, in each case that are required to be paid by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement or any Specified Swap Agreement) or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, the Obligations shall not include (iii) any obligations arising under any warrants or other equity instruments issued by any Loan Party to any Lender, or (ii) solely with respect to any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.
“OFAC”: Thethe Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and any successor thereto.
“Other Connection Taxes”: with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
“Other Taxes”: all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.23).
“Participant”: as defined in Section 10.6(d).
“Participant Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(d).
“Patriot Act”: the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.
“PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.
“Pension Plan”: an employee pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof is (or if such plan were terminated would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) a “contributing sponsor” as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA.
31
“Permitted Acquisition”: as defined in Section 7.8(l).
“Permitted Investors”: the collective reference to the Sponsor and the Limited Recourse Pledgors on the date hereof.collectively, the Persons holding Capital Stock in Borrower immediately prior to an IPO, together with the respective Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns of such Persons.
“Permitted Tax Distributions”: with respect to each calendar year (or portion thereof) tax distributions by Borrower and its Subsidiaries to its direct or indirect equity owners, in an amount calculated, and paid at such times as are permitted, pursuant the limited liability company agreement of Borrower, as in effect as of the date hereof and as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Person”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
“Platform”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(i).
“Pledged Stock”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Preferred Stock”: the preferred Capital Stock of any Loan Party.
“Prime Rate”: the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by the Administrative Agent, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).
“Projections”: as defined in Section 6.2(b).
“Properties”: as defined in Section 4.17(a).
“Qualified Availability”: an amount equal to the sum, on any date of determination, of (a) the Available Revolving Commitments plus (b) Qualified Cash.
“Qualified Cash”: the unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan Parties held in the United States that is in a Deposit Account or in a Securities Account, or any combination thereof, in each case that is, after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, subject to a Control Agreement or with respect to which the depository institution is the Administrative Agent and which is subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent.
“Qualified Counterparty”: with respect to any Specified Swap Agreement, any counterparty thereto that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or, at the time such Specified Swap Agreement was entered into or as of the Closing Date, was the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender.
“Qualified ECP Guarantor”: is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
32
“Recipient”: the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as applicable.
“Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.
“Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).
“Regulation U”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
“Reinvestment Deferred Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans or other amounts pursuant to Section 2.12(g) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.
“Reinvestment Event”: any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.
“Reinvestment Notice”: a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Guarantor or one or more other Group Members (but only to the extent the transfer of such Net Cash Proceeds by a Loan Party to a non-Loan Party would otherwise constitute an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.8 or a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.5)) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business.
“Reinvestment Prepayment Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in Borrower’s business.
“Reinvestment Prepayment Date”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) (i) the date occurring 180 days after such Reinvestment Event if Borrower has not committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by such date, or (ii) if Borrower has committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by 180 days after the Reinvestment Event, the date occurring 270 days after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in Borrower’s business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.
“Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Replacement Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23.
“Required Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Lender holds all of the outstanding Term Loans and the Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), such Lender; and (b) if more than one Lender holds the outstanding Term Loans and Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), then at least two Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding, and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that for the purposes of this clause (b), the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans held by any Defaulting Lender and the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for
33
purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided further that, for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
“Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of an applicable Loan Party, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Payments”: as defined in Section 7.6.
“Revolving Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof (including in connection with assignments permitted hereunder). The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
“Revolving Commitment Period”: the period from and including the first Business Day after the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.
“Revolving Extensions of Credit”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, plus (b) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (c) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
“Revolving Facility”: the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
“Revolving Lender”: each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.
“Revolving Loan Conversion”: as defined in Section 3.5(b).
“Revolving Loan Funding Office”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
“Revolving Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-1, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Revolving Loans”: as defined in Section 2.4(a).
“Revolving Percentage”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate
34
principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding; provided that in the event that the Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Revolving Lenders on a comparable basis.
“Revolving Termination Date”: August 2December 17, 20242025.
“S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.
“Sale Leaseback Transaction”: any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions a Loan Party sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.
“Sanction(s)”: any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority where any Group Member conducts business.
“SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.
“Second Amendment”: the Assignment, Joinder and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020, by and among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Loan Parties and the Limited Recourse Pledgors.
“Second Amendment Effective Date”: as defined in the Second Amendment.
“Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution”: the dividend paid on the Second Amendment Effective Date by Borrower to its shareholders in an aggregate amount of up to $73,000,000 with the proceeds of the Term Loans hereunder.
“Second Amendment Term Loan”: as defined in the Second Amendment.
“Secured Obligations”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Secured Parties”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender), each Bank Services Provider (in its or their respective capacity as a provider of Bank Services) and any Qualified Counterparties.
“Securities Account”: any “securities account” as defined in the UCC.
“Securities Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a securities intermediary holding a Securities Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Securities Account.
“Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
35
“Security Documents”: the collective reference to (a) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages, (c) the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, (d) each Securities Account Control Agreement, (e) each Deposit Account Control Agreement, (f) all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document, and (g) all financing statements, fixture filings, patent, trademark and copyright filings, assignments, acknowledgments and other filings, documents and agreements made or delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to any of the foregoing.
“Solvency Certificate”: the Solvency Certificate, dated the Closing Date, delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(l), which Solvency Certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit D.
“Solvent”: when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “fair value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise,” as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim,” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.
“Specified Swap Agreement”: any Swap Agreement entered into by Borrower and any Qualified Counterparty (or any Person who was a Qualified Counterparty as of the Closing Date or as of the date such Swap Agreement was entered into) to the extent permitted under Section 7.13.
“Sponsor”: FTV IV, LP and/or its Control Investment Affiliates, as the case may be.
“Subordinated Debt Document”: any agreement, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered by Borrower or any Subsidiary and evidencing Subordinated Indebtedness, and any renewals, modifications, or amendments thereof which are approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.
“Subordinated Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of a Loan Party subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to subordination terms (including payment, lien and remedies subordination terms, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“Subsidiary”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Borrower.
36
“Surety Indebtedness”: as of any date of determination, indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) owing to sureties arising from surety bonds issued on behalf of any Group Member as support for, among other things, their contracts with customers, whether such indebtedness is owing directly or indirectly by such Group Member.
“SVB”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Swap Agreement”: any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be a “Swap Agreement.”
“Swap Obligation”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Swap Termination Value”: in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Qualified Counterparty).
“Synthetic Lease Obligation”: the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
“Taxes”: all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Term Loans to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Term Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A. The original amount of the Term Commitments were $30,000,000. The amount of the Term Commitments in respect of the Second Amendment Term Loan to be made on the Second Amendment Effective Date is $72,300,000.
“Term Facility”: the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder.
“Term Lender”: each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.
“Term Loan”: the term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.
“Term Loan Funding Office”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
37
“Term Loan Maturity Date”: August 2December 17, 20242025.
“Term Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-2, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Term Percentage”: as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).
“Total L/C Commitments”: at any time, the sum of all L/C Commitments at such time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10 or 3.5(b).
“Total Revolving Commitments”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
“Total Revolving Extensions of Credit”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time.
“Trade Date”: as defined in Section 10.6(b)(i)(B).
“Transferee”: any Eligible Assignee or Participant.
“Transition Period”: as defined in Section 6.10.
“Type”: as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
“UK Financial Institution”: any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“UK Resolution Authority”: the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“Unfriendly Acquisition”: any acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired; except that with respect to any acquisition of a non-U.S. Person, an otherwise friendly acquisition shall not be deemed to be an Unfriendly Acquisition if it is not customary in such jurisdiction to obtain such approval prior to the first public announcement of an offer relating to a friendly acquisition.
“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, or as the context may require, any other applicable jurisdiction.
“United States” and “U.S.”: the United States of America.
“USCRO”: the U.S. Copyright Office.
38
“U.S. Person”: any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“USPTO”: the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 2.20(f).
“Withholding Agent”: as applicable, any of any applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the context may require.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers”: (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule., and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
1.2Other Definitional Provisions.
(a)Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
(b)As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to agreements (including this Agreement) or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, (vi) any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and (vii) references to time of day shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to Pacific time.
(c)The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, and (ii) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement.
39
(d)The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.
(e)Any reference in any Loan Document to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a Division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a Division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any Division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person under the Loan Documents (and each Division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity) on the first date of its existence. In connection with any Division, if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then such asset shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person.
1.3Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).
SECTION 2
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
2.1Term Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Lender severally agrees to make a Term Loan to Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount equal to the amount of the Term Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.13. Upon the funding of the Second Amendment Term Loan, the Second Amendment Term Loan shall be part of the Term Loan.
2.2Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, one Business Day prior to the Closing Date) requesting that the Term Lenders with a Term Commitment make the Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Lender with a Term Commitment thereunder thereof. Not later than 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the Closing Date each Term Lender with a Term Commitment shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Term Loan Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Lenders in immediately available funds.
2.3Repayment of Term Loans. Beginning on December 31, 2019September 30, 2021, the Term Loans of each Term Lender shall be repaid in consecutive equal quarterly installments, on the last day of each fiscal quarter, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender’s Term Percentage multiplied by $75,000.00. the aggregate outstanding balance of the Term Loans on the Second Amendment Effective Date multiplied by the installment percentage set forth below opposite such installment payment date:
40
Installment Payment Dates |
Installment Percentage |
---|---|
September 30, 2021 through December 31, 2023 |
1.250% |
March 31, 2024 through the Term Loan Maturity Date |
2.500% |
To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.
2.4Revolving Commitments.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (each, a “Revolving Loan” and, collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, taking into account the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans, incurred on behalf of Borrower and owing to such Lender, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. In addition, the amount of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time. During the Revolving Commitment Period Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the existence of an Event of Default, no Revolving Loan may be borrowed as, converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan.
(b)Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.
2.5Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. Borrower may borrow up to the Available Revolving Commitment under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, (a) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans (in each case, with originals to follow within three (3) Business Days)) (provided that any such Notice of Borrowing of ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility to finance payments under Section 3.5(a) may be given not later than 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), in each such case specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor, and (iv) instructions for remittance of the proceeds of the applicable Loans to be borrowed. Except with respect to a Revolving Loan Conversion, each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to in the case of ABR Loans, $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $100,000, such lesser amount). Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing from Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of Borrower at the Revolving Loan Funding Office prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the Borrowing Date requested by Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting such account as is designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by Borrower with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative
41
Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. No Revolving Loan will be made on the Closing Date.
2.6[Reserved].
2.7[Reserved].
2.8[Reserved].
2.9Commitment and Other Fees. Borrower agrees to pay the following:
(a)The fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in, and otherwise in accordance with, theeach Fee Letter and to perform any other obligations contained therein.
(b)As additional compensation for the Total Revolving Commitments, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Lenders, a fee for Borrower’s non-use of available funds under the Revolving Facility (the “Commitment Fee”), commencing on the Closing Date and payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter (such first payment to occur September 30, 2019) occurring prior to the Revolving Termination Date, and on the Revolving Termination Date, in an amount equal to the Commitment Fee Rate multiplied by the average unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. The unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, for purposes of this calculation, shall equal the difference between (i) the Total Revolving Commitments (as reduced from time to time), and (ii) the sum of (A) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Loans outstanding, (B) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, and (C) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
(c)All fees payable under this Section 2.9 shall be fully earned on the date paid and nonrefundable.
2.10Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments subject to the payment of the fees described in Section 2.11(b); provided that no such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Available Revolving Commitments; provided further that if such notice of termination indicates that such termination is to occur in connection with a refinancing, such notice of termination may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect; provided that, if in connection with any such reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the L/C Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the L/C Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of L/C Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the Total L/C Commitments shall be reduced to an amount that would result in the aggregate L/C Exposure exceeding the Total L/C Commitments (as so reduced). Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the L/C Commitments then in effect.
42
2.11Optional Prepayments.
(a)Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date thereof, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the proposed prepayment; provided that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21; provided further that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a refinancing, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein (subject to revocation as described above), together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.
(b)If the Term Loans are prepaid in full or the Revolving Commitments are terminated either pursuant Section 2.12(b), in connection with a Change of Control or other sale of all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets, or in connection with an initial public offering of the Capital Stock of Borrower (or a parent company thereof) or any refinancing of the Indebtedness hereunder, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the applicable Lenders), contemporaneously with the prepayment or acceleration of such Obligations, a prepayment fee equal to, with respect to any such Term Loan prepayment or Revolving Commitment termination made during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the FirstSecond Amendment Effective Date, 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans so prepaid and Revolving Commitments so reduced; provided that the foregoing fee shall not be payable if the Term Loans or Revolving Commitments are refinanced with a credit facility in which SVB is an arranger, agent, lender or participant. Any such prepayment fee shall be fully earned on the date paid and shall not be refundable for any reason.
2.12Mandatory Prepayments.
(a)If any Capital Stock shall be issued by any Group Member in connection with an exercise of the Cure Right, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(b)If any Indebtedness shall be incurred by any Group Member (excluding any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.2), Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied on the date of such incurrence toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(c)If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to be applied promptly following the date of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and Recovery Events that may be excluded from the foregoing requirement pursuant to a Reinvestment Notice shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with
43
respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event to be applied toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(d)If, for any fiscal year of Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (provided that for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, Excess Cash Flow shall be calculated from August 1, 2019 through the end of such fiscal year)2021, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, Borrower shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply 5025% of such Excess Cash Flow (minus, without duplication, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, voluntary principal repayments of the Loans under the Loan Documents (excluding voluntary repayment of Revolving Loans, except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in the commitments related thereto) during such fiscal year) toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that such percentage shall be reduced to 25% for such fiscal year if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.75:1.00 but greater than 2.00:1.00 and such percentage shall be further reduced to 0% for such fiscal year if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 2.003.00:1.00. Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (each an “Excess Cash Flow Application Date”) occurring no later than two (2) Business Days following the earlier of (i) the date on which the financial statements of Borrower referred to in Section 6.1(a), for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Lenders and (ii) the date such financial statements are actually delivered.
(e)If any Extraordinary Receipts shall be received by any Group Member, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such receipt toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(f)[reserved].
(g)Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be applied pro rata (i) first, to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans and in accordance with Sections 2.3 andSection 2.18(b) and (ii) then to the payment of the Revolving Loans (without a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments). Each prepayment of the Loans under this Section 2.12 (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans, in the event all Revolving Commitments have not been terminated) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.
(h)Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 2.12, a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment.
(i)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payment in respect of a mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.12 may be declined in whole or in part by any Lender without prejudice to such Lender’s rights hereunder to accept or decline any future payments in respect of such mandatory prepayment. If any Lender declines payment in respect of any mandatory prepayment, in whole or in part, the proceeds of such declined payment shall first be offered ratably to the Lenders accepting payment in respect of such mandatory prepayment before such proceeds can be retained by Borrower.
2.13Conversion and Continuation Options.
(a)Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion
44
date; provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Subject to Section 2.17, Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
(b)Subject to Section 2.17, any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by Borrower giving irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further that if Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this Section 2.13(b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
2.14Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to (x) in the case of Term Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (y) in the case of Revolving Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof, and (b) no more than seven (7) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.
2.15Interest Rates and Payment Dates.
(a)Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(b)Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the ABR plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(c)During the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Required Lenders, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.00% (the “Default Rate”).
(d)Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.15(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.
2.16Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a)Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon
45
as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b)Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of demonstrable error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of Borrower, deliver to Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.16(a).
2.17Inability to Determine Interest Rate.
(a)If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower) in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Loan or a conversion to or a continuation thereof that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such requested Loan or conversion or continuation, as applicable, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (iii) the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period, then, in any such case (i), (ii) or (iii), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof as soon as practicable thereafter. Any such determination shall specify the basis for such determination and shall, in the absence of demonstrable error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Thereafter, any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans. Until the circumstances described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), as applicable, cease to exist, in which case the Administrative Agent shall promptly withdraw the notice described in the first sentence above, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.
(b)If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in Section 2.17(a)(i) or (ii) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in Section 2.17(a)(i) or (ii) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR reporting system or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then Administrative Agent and Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to LIBOR that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable; provided that if such alternate rate of interest shall be less than 1.0%, such rate shall be deemed to be 1.0% for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.1, such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has provided such amendment to all Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this clause
46
(b) (but in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of this Section 2.17(b), only to the extent that LIBOR for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made shall be made as ABR Loans, and (y) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans.
2.18Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.
(a)Each borrowing by Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages, L/C Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.
(b)Except as otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders. The amount of each optional and mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (other than mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(d)) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans pro rata based upon the respective then remaining principal amounts thereof. The amount of each mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(d) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans in the inverse order of maturity. Except as otherwise may be agreed by Borrower and the Required Lenders, any prepayment of Term Loans shall be applied to the then outstanding Term Loans on a pro rata basis regardless of Type. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
(c)Subject to Section 2.12(i), each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.
(d)All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and shall be made prior to 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the applicable Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 P.M., Pacific time, shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.
(e)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date in accordance with Section 2, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative
47
Agent, on demand, such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date on which such amount is made available to Borrower but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate equal to the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility from Borrower. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(f)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower is making such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Loan Party.
(g)If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.18, and such funds are not made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable extension of credit set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(h)The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to (i) make Term Loans, (ii) make Revolving Loans, (iii) to fund its participations in L/C Disbursements in accordance with its respective L/C Percentage, and (iv) to make payments pursuant to Section 9.7, as applicable, are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any such Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any such payment under Section 9.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.7.
(i)Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
(j)If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment
48
of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.
(k)If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the principal of or interest on any Loan made by it or its participation in the L/C Exposure, as applicable (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment), in excess of its Term Percentage, Revolving Percentage or L/C Percentage, as applicable, of such payment on account of the Loans or participations obtained by all of the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith advise the Administrative Agent of the receipt of such payment, and within five Business Days of such receipt purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Term Lenders, Revolving Lenders or L/C Lenders, as applicable (through the Administrative Agent), without recourse, such participations in the Term Loans or Revolving Loans made by them and/or participations in the L/C Exposure held by them, as applicable, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with their respective Term Percentages, Revolving Percentages or L/C Percentages, as applicable; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of Borrower from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section 2.18(k) shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 2.18(k). The Administrative Agent shall keep records on the Register in accordance with Section 10.6 (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of demonstrable error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) and shall in each case notify the Term Lenders, the Revolving Lenders or the L/C Lenders, as applicable, following any such purchase. The provisions of this Section 2.18(k) shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (ii) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 3.10, or (iii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or sub-participations in any L/C Exposure to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). Borrower consents on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation. For the avoidance of doubt, no amounts received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be applied in partial or complete satisfaction of any Excluded Swap Obligations.
(l)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion at any time or from time to time, without Borrower’s request and even if the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 would not be satisfied, make a Revolving Loan in an amount equal to the portion of the Obligations constituting overdue interest and fees from time to time due and payable to itself, any Revolving Lender or the Issuing Lender, and apply the proceeds of any such Revolving Loan to those Obligations; provided that after giving effect to any such Revolving Loan, the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans will not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect.
2.19Illegality; Requirements of Law.
(a)Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Requirement of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make,
49
maintain or fund Eurodollar Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
(b)Requirements of Law. If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or the compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:
(i)shall subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its Loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
(ii)shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate); or
(iii)impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining Loans determined with reference to the Eurodollar Rate or of maintaining its obligation to make such Loans, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable or received by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder in respect thereof (whether in respect of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, upon the request of such Lender or other Recipient, Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.
(c)If any Lender determines that any change in any Requirement of Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such change in such Requirement of Law
50
(taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(d)For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in any Requirement of Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
(e)A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this Section submitted by any Lender to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.19, Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.19 for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
2.20Taxes.
For purposes of this Section 2.20, the term “Lender” includes the Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.
(a)Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party, to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 2.20. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)Payment of Other Taxes. Without duplication of other amounts payable by Borrower under this Section, Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes applicable to such Loan Party.
(c)Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20, Borrower shall, or shall cause such
51
other Loan Party to, deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d)Indemnification by Loan Parties. Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.20) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (including any recording and filing fees with respect thereto or resulting therefrom and any liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying such Indemnified Taxes), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided, that the Loan Parties shall not be required to indemnify a Recipient pursuant to this Section 2.20 to the extent that such Recipient fails to notify the Loan Parties of its intent to make a claim for indemnification under this Section 2.20 within 270 days after a claim is asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.
(e)Indemnification by Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e). Any amounts set off by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, to the extent such amounts relate to any Loan Document be treated as having been paid in accordance with, and for purposes of, such Loan Document.
(f)Status of Lenders.
(i)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.20(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if the Lender is not legally entitled to complete, execute or deliver such documentation or, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such
52
Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding Tax; provided, however, that if the Lender is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it shall provide the appropriate withholding form of its owner;
(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient, but no fewer than two (2)) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E; and/or
(4)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;
53
(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(iii)Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose).
(iv)To the extent legally permissible, the Administrative Agent, in the event that the Administrative Agent is a U.S. Person, shall deliver an IRS Form W-9 to Borrower and if the Administrative Agent is not a U.S. Person, the applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its exemption from U.S. withholding Taxes with respect to amounts payable hereunder, on or prior to the date the Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement. At any time thereafter, the Administrative Agent shall provide updated documentation previously provided (or a successor form thereto) when any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or otherwise upon the reasonable request of Borrower.
(g)Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment
54
of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the Discharge of Obligations.
2.21Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) a default by Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) a default by Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (c) for any reason, the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such losses and expenses shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, reduced, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any), over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error. This covenant shall survive the Discharge of Obligations. This Section 2.21 shall not apply with respect to Taxes.
2.22Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans affected by such event or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, in each case, with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal, or regulatory disadvantage; provided further that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d). Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment made at the request of Borrower.
2.23Substitution of Lenders. Upon the receipt by Borrower of any of the following, with respect to any Lender (any such Lender described in clauses (a) through (c) below being referred to as an “Affected Lender” hereunder):
(a)a request from a Lender for payment of Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section 2.20 or of increased costs pursuant to Section 2.19 (and, in any such case, such Lender has
55
declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.22 or is a Non-Consenting Lender);
(b)a notice from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.1(b) that one or more Minority Lenders are unwilling to agree to an amendment or other modification approved by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; or
(c)notice from the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender;
then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the Administrative Agent and such Affected Lender: (i) request that one or more of the other Lenders acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment; or (ii) designate a replacement lending institution (which shall be an Eligible Assignee) to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment (the replacing Lender or lender in (i) or (ii) being a “Replacement Lender”); provided, however, that Borrower shall be liable for the payment upon demand of all costs and other amounts arising under Section 2.21 that result from the acquisition of any Affected Lender’s Loan and/or Commitment (or any portion thereof) by a Lender or Replacement Lender, as the case may be, on a date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loans then outstanding; and provided further, however, that if Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Affected Lender under clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.23, then Borrower shall be obligated to replace all Affected Lenders under such clauses. The Affected Lender replaced pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall be required to assign and delegate, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to one or more Replacement Lenders that so agree to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment upon payment to such Affected Lender of an amount (in the aggregate for all Replacement Lenders) equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of the Affected Lender’s Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents from such Replacement Lenders (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including amounts under Section 2.21 hereof); provided, that to the extent any such Affected Lender does not execute any such assignment and delegation, such assignment and delegation shall be deemed to have occurred if all the other conditions required for such assignment and delegation hereunder have been satisfied. Any such designation of a Replacement Lender shall be effected in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the assignment provisions contained in Section 10.6 (with the assignment fee to be paid by Borrower in such instance), and, if such Replacement Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any assignment pursuant to this Section 2.23, (a) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.19 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20, such assignment shall result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (b) such assignment shall not conflict with any applicable Requirement of Law, and (c) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender being a Minority Lender referred to in clause (b) of this Section 2.23, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affected Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Affected Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
2.24Defaulting Lenders.
(a)Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
56
(i)Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.1 and in the definitions of Majority Revolving Lenders, Majority Term Lenders and Required Lenders.
(ii)Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 8 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.7), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender hereunder; third, if requested by the Issuing Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for the funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth, as Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, and (y) if requested by the Issuing Lender, be held as Cash Collateral for the future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any future Letter of Credit; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Advances in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans or L/C Advances were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Advances owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Advances owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Advances are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.24(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii)Certain Fees.
(A)No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.9(b) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).
(B)Each Defaulting Lender shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit fees as provided in Section 3.3(d).
57
(C)With respect to any Letter of Credit fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B) above, Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such Letter of Credit fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the Issuing Lender the amount of any such Letter of Credit fee, otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such Letter of Credit fee.
(iv)Reallocation of Pro Rata Share to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4, the L/C Percentage of each non-Defaulting Lender of any such Letter of Credit, shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender; provided that, (A) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (B) the aggregate obligations of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender plus the aggregate amount of that Lender’s L/C Percentage of then outstanding Letters of Credit, and (CB) the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time). Subject to Section 10.21, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.10.
(b)Defaulting Lender Cure. If Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Percentages, L/C Percentages and Term Percentages, as applicable (without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.
(c)New Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit after giving effect thereto.
58
(d)[Reserved].
2.25[Reserved].
2.26Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.6) (promptly after Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans.
2.27Incremental Term Facility.
(a)At any time after the ClosingSecond Amendment Effective Date and prior to the four year anniversary of the ClosingSecond Amendment Effective Date, Borrower may request that the Lenders or Additional Lenders (as defined below) on one or more occasions establish one or more incremental term loan facilities under this Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000 (each such facility, an “Incremental Term Facility”). No Lender shall be obligated to participate in an Incremental Term Facility. Any Incremental Term Facility shall be in an amount of at least $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.
(b)Each of the following shall be conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility:
(i)Borrower shall have delivered an irrevocable written request to the Administrative Agent for such Incremental Term Facility at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the requested effective date of such Incremental Term Facility (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), and promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall invite each Lender to provide the Incremental Term Facility ratably in accordance with its Term Percentage of each requested Incremental Term Facility (it being agreed that no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Incremental Term Facility and that any Lender may elect to participate in such Incremental Term Facility in an amount that is less than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility or more than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility if other Lenders have elected not to participate in any applicable requested Incremental Term Facility in accordance with their Term Percentages) and to the extent five (5) Business Days after receipt of invitation, sufficient Lenders do not agree to provide the Incremental Term Facility on terms acceptable to Borrower, then Borrower may invite any prospective lender that satisfies the criteria of being an “Eligible Assignee” to become a Lender in connection with the proposed Incremental Term Facility (each such person an “Additional Lender”);
(ii)each Lender or Additional Lender agreeing to participate in any such Incremental Term Facility, Borrower and the Administrative Agent have signed an Incremental Joinder (any Incremental Joinder may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Borrower and the Lenders agreeing to such Incremental Term Facility, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.27) and Borrower shall have executed any Notes requested by any Lender or Additional Lender in connection with the incurrence of the Incremental Term Facility. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, an Incremental Joinder reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the amendments to this Agreement effected thereby, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Lender(s) or Additional Lender(s) agreeing to fund such Incremental Term Facility;
(iii)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof, (A) each of the conditions precedent in Section 5.2(a) are satisfied and (B) no
59
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the funding of such Incremental Term Facility;
(iv)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof (including pro forma effect to any applicable Permitted Acquisition), (A) the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without giving any netting effect to the cash proceeds of the Incremental Term Facility) shall not be greater than the lesser of 3.50:1.00 and the applicable covenant level set forth in Section 7.1(b) for the period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of Borrower referred to in Section 6.1(b) are required to be delivered, (B) Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.1(a) and (C) Qualified Availability shall be at least $6,500,0007,500,000, and Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing compliance with the requirements of this clause (iv) and clause (iii) above,
(v)any Incremental Term Loan Facility may provide for the ability to participate (A) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans and (B) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans, and, in any case, (X) the Incremental Term Facility shall have a final maturity date that is the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (Y) the Incremental Term Loan shall amortize at athe same quarterly rate of 0.25% of the initial principal amount thereoffor the then existing Term Loans set forth in Section 2.3 (subject to adjustment as provided herein for the Term Loans), commencing withon the later of September 30, 2021 and the first full fiscal quarter after the funding thereof;
(vi)any Incremental Term Loan shall rank pari passu or junior in right of security in respect of the Collateral and the collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(vii)no Incremental Term Facility will be guaranteed by any Person other than a Guarantor or a Limited Recourse Pledgor hereunder and shall not be secured by any property or assets other than the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(viii)the all-in yield (based on the interest rate and original issue discount and upfront fees, if any, but excluding other amounts, including arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees) applicable to any Incremental Term Loan shall not be more than 0.50% per annum higher than the corresponding all-in yield with respect to the then-existing Term Loans (measured based on the all-in yield with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date) unless the Applicable Margin with respect to the then-existing Term Loans is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to such Incremental Term Facility and the all-in yield applicable to the then-existing Term Loans minus 0.50%; and
(ix)Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or Additional Lenders in connection with the exercise of the applicable Incremental Term Facility.
(c)Upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility, all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to the Term Loans, Loans, and/or Lenders shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include the term loans incurred pursuant to such Incremental Term Facility and the lenders thereunder.
60
(d)The Incremental Term Facilities established pursuant to this Section 2.27 shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from any guarantees and the security interests created by the Loan Documents, other than in the case of an Incremental Term Facility that is secured on a junior basis in respect of the Collateral. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by Administrative Agent to ensure and demonstrate that the Liens and security interests granted by the Loan Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such Incremental Term Facility, which actions may include re-granting Liens and entering into supplements, amendments, restatements or replacements of the Security Documents and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and executing and delivering all documents, instruments and legal opinions in connection therewith reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
(e)Any documentation with respect to any Incremental Term Facility which differ from those with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date (except to the extent permitted hereunder) shall reflect market terms and conditions at the time of issuance thereof as determined by Borrower and the Administrative Agent or otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that terms differing from those with respect to the Term Loans made on the Closing Date are acceptable if (1) the Lenders under the Term Loan Facility also receive the benefits of each term or (2) are applicable only after the Term Loan Maturity Date).
SECTION 3
LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1L/C Commitment.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue standby letters of credit (“Letters of Credit”) for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) on any Business Day during the Letter of Credit Availability Period in such form as may reasonably be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the L/C Exposure would exceed either the Total L/C Commitments or the Available Revolving Commitment at such time. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). For the avoidance of doubt, no commercial letters of credit shall be issued by the Issuing Lender to any Person under this Agreement.
(b)The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(i)such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Lender to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law;
(ii)any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing, amending or reinstating such Letter of Credit, or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall
61
impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it;
(iii)the Issuing Lender has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of the applicable conditions contained in Section 5.2 shall not then be satisfied;
(iv)any requested Letter of Credit is not in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender, or the issuance, amendment or renewal of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable laws or regulations or any applicable policies of the Issuing Lender;
(v)such Letter of Credit contains any provisions providing for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder;
(vi)except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, such Letter of Credit is in an initial face amount less than $100,000; or
(vii)any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 3.10, satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (in its sole discretion) with Borrower or such Defaulting Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lender’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other L/C Exposure as to which the Issuing Lender has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.
3.2Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).
3.3Fees and Other Charges.
(a)Borrower agrees to pay, with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower, (i) to the extent there is more than one Lender, a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on the daily amount available to be drawn under each such Letter of Credit to the Issuing Lender for its own account (“Letter of Credit Fronting Fee”), (ii) a letter of credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the L/C Lenders equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans times the drawable amount of such Letter of Credit, payable, in the case of clause (i) and (ii) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and
62
December of each year and on the Letter of Credit Maturity Date (each, an “L/C Fee Payment Date”) after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit, and (iii) to the Issuing Lender its standard and reasonable fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower or processing of drawings thereunder (the “Issuing Lender Fees”). The Letter of Credit Fronting Fee, Letter of Credit Fee and the Issuing Lender Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
(b)In addition to the foregoing fees, Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.
(c)Borrower shall furnish to the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to any requested Letter of Credit issuance, amendment or renewal, including any L/C-Related Documents, as the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).
(d)Any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, to the other L/C Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective L/C Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.24(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the Issuing Lender for its own account.
3.4L/C Participations. The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Lender, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Lender irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Lender’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Lender agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.5(a), such L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each L/C Lender’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Lender may have against the Issuing Lender, Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5.2, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Lender, or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
3.5Reimbursement.
(a)If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the entire amount of such L/C Disbursement not later than the immediately following Business Day after such notice to Borrower. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds.
63
(b)If the Issuing Lender shall not have received from Borrower the payment that it is required to make pursuant to Section 3.5(a) with respect to a Letter of Credit within the time specified in such Section (which payment may be made with the proceeds of a borrowing of Revolving Loans to the extent such borrowing is requested and borrowed by Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each L/C Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its L/C Percentage thereof, and each L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose); upon such payment pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any L/C Disbursement, Borrower shall be required to reimburse the L/C Lenders for such payments (including interest accrued thereon from the date of such payment until the date of such reimbursement at the rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans plus 2% per annum) on demand; provided that if at the time of and after giving effect to such payment by the L/C Lenders, the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied, Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent certifying that such conditions are satisfied and that all interest owing under this paragraph has been paid, request that such payments by the L/C Lenders be converted into Revolving Loans (a “Revolving Loan Conversion”), in which case, if such conditions are in fact satisfied, the L/C Lenders shall be deemed to have extended, and Borrower shall be deemed to have accepted, a Revolving Loan in the aggregate principal amount of such payment without further action on the part of any party, and the Total L/C Commitments shall be permanently reduced by such amount; any amount so paid pursuant to this paragraph shall, on and after the payment date thereof, be deemed to be Revolving Loans for all purposes hereunder; provided that the Issuing Lender, at its option, may effectuate a Revolving Loan Conversion regardless of whether the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied.
3.6Obligations Absolute. Borrower’s obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and Borrower’s obligations hereunder shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or breach in bad faith of the obligations of the Issuing Lender hereunder. Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach in bad faith of its obligations hereunder, shall be binding on Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to Borrower.
In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in the Agreement, Borrower hereby agrees to pay and to protect, indemnify, and save Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or (B) the failure of Issuing Lender or of any L/C Lender to honor a demand for payment under any Letter of Credit thereof as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, in each case
64
other than to the extent solely as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender or the breach in bad faith of the obligations of the Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender hereunder (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
3.7Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.
3.8Applications. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.
3.9Interim Interest. If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless either Borrower shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full within the time period specified in Section 3.5(a) or the L/C Lenders shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full on such date as provided in Section 3.5(b), in each case the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Lender, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by Borrower, at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were a Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan; provided that the provisions of Section 2.15(c) shall be applicable to any such amounts not paid when due.
3.10Cash Collateral.
(a)Certain Credit Support Events. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (i) if the Issuing Lender has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Advance by all the L/C Lenders that is not reimbursed by Borrower or converted into a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 3.5(b), or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, any L/C Exposure for any reason remains outstanding, Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then effective L/C Exposure in an amount equal to 105% of such L/C Exposure.
At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover 105% of the Fronting Exposure relating to the Letters of Credit (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender).
(b)Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent. Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender or Defaulting Lender, such Lender or Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the L/C Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest and Lien in all such Cash Collateral and in all proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 3.10(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than 105% of the applicable L/C Exposure, Fronting Exposure and other Obligations secured thereby, Borrower or the relevant Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable,
65
will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by such Lender or Defaulting Lender).
(c)Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 3.10, Section 2.24 or otherwise in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Exposure, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.
(d)Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit or other Obligations shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.10 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure and other Obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) a determination by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (A) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (B) that, subject to Section 2.24, the Person providing such Cash Collateral and the Issuing Lender may agree that such Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations, and provided further, that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by Borrower or any other Loan Party, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to any security interest and Lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents or any applicable Bank Services Agreement.
3.11Additional Issuing Lenders. Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this Section 3.11 shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Lender” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Lender and such Lender.
3.12Resignation of the Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender may resign at any time by giving at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Borrower; provided that such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Issuing Lender has been appointed in accordance with this Section 3.12. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Lender, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender and the retiring Issuing Lender shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder without affecting its rights and obligations with respect to Letters of Credit previously issued by it. At the time such resignation shall become effective, Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 3.3. The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Lender, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Lenders, as the context shall require. After the resignation of the Issuing Lender hereunder, the retiring Issuing Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
66
with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
3.13Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable laws, the Letters of Credit shall be governed by and subject to the rules of the ISP.
SECTION 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue the Letters of Credit, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to itself and each of its Subsidiaries, that:
4.1Financial Condition.
(a)The financial model delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent on July 1, 2019 was prepared based on the best information available to Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof, and presented fairly in all material respects the estimated financial position of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of March 31, 2019 assuming that the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Term Loans by Borrower had actually occurred at such date and giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth therein (it being understood that any projections therein are as to future events and are not to be viewed as facts, that such projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized, and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).
(b)The audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the fiscal years then ended. The unaudited, internally prepared consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at May 31, 2019, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the 5-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the 5-month period then ended (in each case, subject to normal year-end adjustments). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein) and subject to, in the case of unaudited financial statements, normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes. No Group Member has, as of the Closing Date, any material Guarantee Obligations, material contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that (x) are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this Section 4.1(b) or (y) have been incurred after the date of such financial statements and have not been disclosed to the Lenders. During the period from December 31, 2018 to and including the date hereof, there has been no Disposition by any Group Member of any material part of the Group Members’ business or property.
67
4.2No Change. Since December 31, 2018, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.3Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in material compliance with all Requirements of Law except in such instances in which (i) such Requirement of Law is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and the prosecution of such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.4Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices described that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
4.5No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member in any material respect and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).
4.6Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6, no litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.7No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall either result from the making of a requested Credit Extension.
4.8Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments. Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in
68
or a valid right to use, all of its other tangible property, in each case in all material respects, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3. No Loan Party owns any Investment except as permitted by Section 7.8. Section 11 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by each Loan Party as of the date hereof, if any. Section 12 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which any Loan Party is the lessee as of the date hereof.
4.9Intellectual Property. Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member’s use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Group Member’s Intellectual Property, nor does Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim, unless such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member, and the conduct of such Group Member’s business, as currently conducted, does not infringe on or otherwise violate the rights of any Person, unless such infringement would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no claims pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened to such effect.
4.10Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); no tax Lien has been filed (other than for taxes not yet due and payable) except as permitted by Section 7.3, and, to the knowledge of Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.
4.11Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used (a) for “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board or (b) for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.
4.12Labor Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member. As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened.
4.13ERISA.
(a)Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA with respect to each Pension Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Pension Plan;
69
(b)except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;
(c)each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates has in the past six years met in all material respects all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained;
(d)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Loan Party nor any of its respective ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date;
(e)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not exceed $500,000;
(f)to the knowledge of Borrower, with respect to any Pension Plan, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code;
(g)all liabilities under each Pension Plan are in all material respects (i) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Pension Plans, (ii) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto, or (iii) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and
(h)(i) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the Code; (ii) the respective assets of the Loan Parties do not and will not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of the United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101; (iii) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; and (iv) transactions by or with any Loan Party are not and will not be subject to state statutes applicable to such Loan Party regulating investments of fiduciaries with respect to governmental plans.
4.14Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No such Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board), including the Federal Power Act, that may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or that may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.
4.15Subsidiaries.
(a)Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (i) Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary of Borrower and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party, and (ii) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’
70
qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, except as may be created by the Loan Documents.
(b)As of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b), no Immaterial Subsidiary (a) holds assets representing more than 5% of Borrower’s consolidated total assets (determined in accordance with GAAP), (b) has generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount more than 5% of Borrower’s consolidated total revenues determined in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b); provided that all Subsidiaries that are individually an Immaterial Subsidiary do not have aggregate consolidated total assets that would represent 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total assets nor have generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of the Borrower) in an aggregate amount of 10% or more of Borrower’s consolidated total revenues for such four fiscal quarter period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, or (c) owns any material Intellectual Property.
4.16Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used to fund in part the Closing Date Distribution, to refinance certain existing Indebtedness on the Closing Date, to fund the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution and to pay fees and expenses related theretoto the foregoing transactions and for general corporate purposes; provided that any Incremental Term Facility shall be used solely to finance Permitted Acquisitions or Restricted Payments and related fees and expenses. All or a portion of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used for ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes, including Permitted Acquisitions, other permitted Investments and capital expenditures.
4.17Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
(a)except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17, the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “Properties”) do not contain, and, to the knowledge of Borrower, have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or have constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;
(b)no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “Business”), nor does Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;
(c)no Group Member has transported or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor has any Group Member generated, treated, stored or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;
(d)no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or
71
other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;
(e)there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;
(f)the Properties and all operations of the Group Members at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.17, to the knowledge of Borrower, there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and
(g)no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.
4.18Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement (other than information of a general industry nature or a general economic nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when taken together with all other such statements and information, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. As of the Closing Date, there is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.
4.19Security Documents.
(a)The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the New York UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any other applicable jurisdiction (“Certificated Securities”), when certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent, in the case of any Deposit Account or Securities Account constituting Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon the effectiveness of a Control Agreement with respect thereto, and in the case of the other Collateral constituting personal property described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right
72
to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 7.3), to the extent that such Lien and security interest may be perfected by the taking of possession of such Collateral, the effectiveness of a Control Agreement, or the filing of such financing statements and other filings.
(b)Each of the Mortgages, if any, delivered after the Closing Date will be, upon execution, effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices for the applicable jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.3).
(c)Each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the pledged Capital Stock described in the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements that are Certificated Securities, when certificates representing such pledged Capital Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent and when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(c) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(c), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Limited Recourse Pledgors in such collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, to the extent that such Lien and security interest may be perfected by the taking of possession of such collateral or the filing of such financing statements and other filings. The Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements constitutes 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Borrower.
4.20Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer. The Loan Parties, taken as a whole, are, and after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution, the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution and the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be and will continue to be, Solvent. No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.
4.21Regulation H. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has not been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.
4.22Designated Senior Indebtedness. The Loan Documents and all of the Obligations have been deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
4.23[Reserved].
4.24Insurance. All insurance maintained by the Loan Parties is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, no Loan Party has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, and there exists no default under any requirement of such insurance. Each Loan Party maintains insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and
73
against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
4.25No Casualty. No Loan Party has received any notice of, nor does any Loan Party have any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any material portion of its property.
4.26Capitalization. Schedule 4.26 sets forth the beneficial owners of all Capital Stock of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the amount of Capital Stock held by each such owner, as of the Closing Date.
4.27Anti-Corruption Laws. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each relevant jurisdiction where a Group Member conducts business, and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
4.28OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of Borrower or any such Subsidiary, any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative thereof, is an individual or an entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is (a) currently the subject of any Sanctions, or (b) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made hereunder will be used by any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates, directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or otherwise made available to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010, (iii) to conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (iv) to deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, or (v) in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act.
4.29No Fees. Except as described in Schedule 4.29, no commissions or broker or referral fees or similar fees are due and payable as a result of the closing of the Closing Date Distribution, the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution, any Facility or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
SECTION 5
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
74
(i)this Agreement executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, each Lender and Borrower;
(ii)the Collateral Information Certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party;
(iii)if required by any Term Lender, a Term Loan Note executed by Borrower in favor of such Lender;
(iv)if required by any Revolving Lender, a Revolving Loan Note executed by Borrower in favor of such Lender;
(v)the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed by the applicable Loan Parties party thereto;
(vi)each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed by the applicable Loan Party related thereto;
(vii)the Fee Letter, executed by Borrower and the Administrative Agent;
(viii)each other Security Document, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party party thereto;
(ix)each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement executed and delivered by each Limited Recourse Pledgor (including, in the case of a natural Person, a spousal consent, if applicable); and
(x)the Flow of Funds Agreement, executed by Borrower.
(b)[Reserved].
(c)Financial Statements; Pro Forma Financial Statements; Projections. The Lenders shall have received (i) the financial information set forth in Section 4.1 and (ii) forecasts prepared by management of Borrower, each in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements on a quarterly basis for the first year following the Closing Date and on an annual basis for each year thereafter during the initial term of this Agreement giving effect to the incurrence of the Loans, the use of proceeds thereof and the costs and expenses associated with the foregoing on or before the Closing Date.
(d)Secretary’s Certificate; Certified Certificate of Organization; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, and each Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, the bylaws or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor and the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person (or a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) from its jurisdiction of organization, and (iii) certificates of foreign qualification from each jurisdiction where the failure of any applicable Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor that is not a natural Person (or a trust established for
75
and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)Patriot Act. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.
(f)Existing Indebtedness. After giving effect to the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, no Group Member shall have any outstanding Indebtedness except as permitted by Section 7.2.
(g)Collateral Matters.
(i)Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, together with such other searches as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require, and such searches shall reveal no liens on (A) any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3 or Liens discharged on or prior to the Closing Date or (B) any of the collateral pledged by the Limited Recourse Pledgors.
(ii)Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have received or otherwise be in possession of original versions of (A) the certificates representing the shares of any Capital Stock in certificated form pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, and (B) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.
(iii)Filings, Registrations, Recordings, Agreements, Etc. Each document (including any UCC financing statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements, Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements, and landlord access agreements and/or bailee waivers) required by the Loan Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, executed, registered or recorded to create in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein or collateral described in each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, prior and superior in right and priority to any Lien in the Collateral (or collateral pledged under any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement) held by any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.3), shall have been executed (if applicable) and delivered to the Administrative Agent (if applicable) in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(iv)Lien Releases. Borrower shall have delivered evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Lien over Borrower’s property recorded in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the underlying line of credit has been discharged.
(v)Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
76
(h)Fees. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date under the Loan Documents (including pursuant to the Fee Letter) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses payable to such Person under this Agreement and for which invoices have been presented for payment on or before the Closing Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent). All such amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the Flow of Funds Agreement.
(i)Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties and Limited Recourse Pledgors in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (which shall include, among other things, authority, legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Loan Documents and creation and perfection of security interests).
(j)Minimum Qualified Availability. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Loans by Borrower and the costs and expenses in connection with the foregoing (it being agreed that the Revolving Facility shall be undrawn on the Closing Date), Qualified Availability shall be no less than $4,500,000.
(k)Borrowing Notices. The Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of the Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date, a completed Notice of Borrowing executed by Borrower and otherwise complying with the requirements of Section 2.2.
(l)Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, certifying that Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the other transactions contemplated hereby (including the making of the Term Loans on the Closing Date), are Solvent.
(m)[Reserved].
(n)No Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2018 any event or condition that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(o)Closing Date Leverage. After giving effect to the Closing Date Distribution and the incurrence of the Loans by Borrower and the costs and expenses in connection with the foregoing, the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (for the trailing four quarters ending on the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Closing Date) is equal to or lesser than 2.00:1.00.
For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.1, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent (or made available) by the Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender.
5.2Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (including any Revolving Loan Conversion) requested to be made by it on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
77
(a)Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects, and (ii) that is not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as applicable), as of such earlier date.
(b)Availability. With respect to any requests for any Revolving Extensions of Credit, after giving effect to such Revolving Extension of Credit, the availability and borrowing limitations specified in Sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall have been complied with.
(c)Notices of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing in connection with any such request for extension of credit which complies with the requirements hereof.
(d)No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of or on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.
Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of Borrower hereunder, each Revolving Loan Conversion and each conversion of a Term Loan shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit, Revolving Loan Conversion or conversion of a Term Loan, as applicable, that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.
5.3Post-Closing Conditions. Borrower shall satisfy each of the conditions subsequent to the Closing Date specified in this Section 5.3 to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, in each case by no later than the date specified for such condition below (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole discretion):
(a)Within 30 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Person from whom Borrower leases its United States headquarters location a landlord waiver and collateral access agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(b)Within 15 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a foreign qualification from the State of New York indicating that Borrower is qualified to do business in the State of New York and its biennial statements have been filed.
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, within 30 days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with insurance endorsements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
SECTION 6
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower agrees that, until the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower shall, and where applicable, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
6.1Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for distribution to each Lender:
78
(a)(1) prior to an IPO, within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, and (2) on and after an IPO, within 90 days (or such longer period as may be permitted from time to time under the rules of the SEC) after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than in connection with the pending maturity of any Indebtedness), or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by independent certified public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that CliftonLarsonAllen LLP is acceptable) and (ii) a management’s discussion and analysis;
(b)(1) prior to an IPO, not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2019) and (2) on and after an IPO, within 45 days (or such longer period as may be permitted from time to time under the rules of the SEC) after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (x) income, (y) cash flows, and (z) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) a management’s discussion and analysis; and
(c)not later than 30 days after the end of each month (other than a month which is also a quarter end) occurring during each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal month ending July 31, 2019), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (i) income, (ii) cash flows, and (iii) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).
All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.
6.2Certificates; Reports; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender:
(a)concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of each such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, (A) that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, and (B) that the financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent on such date is accurate and complete in all material respects, and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of Borrower, as the case may be and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, (A) any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out on the Collateral Information Certificate and (B) a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, a list of any Intellectual Property issued
79
to or acquired by any Loan Party, in each case since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such report so delivered, since the Closing Date);
(b)(1) prior to an IPO, no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2019), and (2) on and after an IPO, within a reasonable period after the same are publicly available by way of public filings, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (which shall include a breakdown of such consolidated budget on a quarter to quarter basis) (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the “Projections”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect; it being recognized by Lenders that such Projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the Projections;
(c) (1) prior to an IPO, within five days after the same are sent, and (2) on and after an IPO, within a reasonable period after the same are publicly available, copies of all financial statements and reports that Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities;
(d)upon request by the Administrative Agent, within five days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding any investigation by, or proceeding with, a Governmental Authority in connection with Group Members’ compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(e)concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a), a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to the insurance coverage required to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.6, together with any supplemental reports with respect thereto which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
(f)[reserved].;
(g)promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (which Lender requests shall be made through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request.
Following an IPO, information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Borrower posts such information, or provides a link thereto on Borrower’s website on the Internet or at http://www.sec.gov; or (ii) on which such information is posted on Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, (x) to the extent the Administrative Agent or any Lender so requests, Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or such Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (y) Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or email) of the posting of any such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the
80
delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 are prepared by Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of Borrower as the result of a Holdco Transaction, any reference to Borrower in Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 shall be deemed to be a reference to Holdings or such other direct or indirect parent of Borrower, as applicable; provided that, to the extent such information relates to a direct or indirect parent of Holdings, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in detail the differences between the information relating to such parent company, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.
6.3Anti-Corruption Laws. Conduct its and its Subsidiaries’ business in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each jurisdiction where the Group Members conduct business and maintain policies and procedures designated to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
6.4Payment of Obligations; Taxes.
(a)Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations (including all material Taxes and material Other Taxes imposed by law on an applicable Loan Party) of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.
(b)File or cause to be filed all Federal, all income and all other material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed.
6.5Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with (i) all Material Contractual Obligations in all material respects and (ii) Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals, and any term, condition, rule, filing or fee obligation, or other requirement related thereto, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to: (1) maintain each Pension Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or other Federal or state law; (2) cause each Pension Plan to maintain its qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code; (3) make all required contributions to any Pension Plan; (4) ensure that all liabilities under each Pension Plan are either (x) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing such Pension Plan; (y) insured with a reputable insurance company; or (z) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and (5) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of each Pension Plan are and continue to be paid at no less than the rates required under the rules of such Pension Plan and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to such Pension Plan and applicable law.
81
6.6Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) To the extent commercially reasonable, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
6.7Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, and (b) permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and any Lender to visit, inspect any of its properties and examine, audit and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no prior notice shall be necessary during the continuance of an Event of Default) and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers, directors and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants (provided that any Group Member may, if it so chooses, be present at or participate in any such discussion and provided further that each Lender shall be provided notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercising such inspection rights in order to provide such Lenders the opportunity to participate in such inspection); provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose or permit the inspection, examination or making of copies of, (i) any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ source code or (ii) any matter that is protected by a confidentiality agreement or non-disclosure agreement (or other agreement containing provisions substantially similar thereto) with a third party that was not entered into in contemplation of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Such inspections and audits shall not exceed once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as any Agent shall reasonably determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $1,000 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent the Administrative Agent’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
6.8Notices. Give prompt written notice to each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:
(a)the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b)any (i) material default or event of default under any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation arbitration or similar proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, that if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c)any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount of damages claimed is $750,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against any Group Member and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;
(d)(i) promptly after Borrower has knowledge or becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following events affecting any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates (but in no event more than7 Business Days after such event), the occurrence of any of the following events, and shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with respect to such event, if such event would reasonably be
82
expected to result in liability in excess of $500,000 of any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates: (A) an ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (C) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan, if such amendment will result in a material increase in benefits or unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), or (D) the commencement of contributions by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or to any Multiemployer Plan;
(ii)upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after the giving, sending or filing thereof, or the receipt thereof, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates with the IRS with respect to each Pension Plan; and
(iii)promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates, all notices from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $250,000 of any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates;
(e)(i) any Asset Sale undertaken by any Group Member, (ii) any issuance of Capital Stock of Borrower; (iii) any incurrence by any Group Member of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Loans) in a principal amount equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 and (iv) with respect to any such Asset Sale, issuance of Capital Stock or incurrence of Indebtedness, the amount of any Net Cash Proceeds received by such Group Member in connection therewith;
(f)any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and
(g)any circumstance that the Group Members’ senior management has knowledge of and believe would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.
6.9Environmental Laws.
(a)Comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all material applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by material applicable Environmental Laws.
(b)Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under material Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all material Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.
6.10Operating Accounts. Within 120 days following the Closing Date (the “Transition Period”), (x) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall maintain their primary U.S. depository and operating accounts and a majority of their securities accounts with SVB or with SVB’s Affiliates or any other Lender, or an Affiliate thereof, and (y) the Loan Parties shall cause each of the Loan Parties’ operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) with respect to which the Administrative Agent is not the
83
depository institution or securities intermediary to be subject to a Control Agreement or otherwise subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, that (a) with respect to operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) acquired after the Closing Date by a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, the Loan Parties shall have until the date that is 120 days following such acquisition to comply with the provisions of this section; and (b) any Loan Party may, without limiting the generality of the above in this Section, maintain any Excluded Accounts with a bank or financial institution selected by such Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to retain (i) foreign exchange services (including any foreign exchange accounts (subject to, a Control Agreement at all times after the end of the Transition Period) and foreign exchange contracts) previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower and (ii) its existing collection accounts (subject to, except with respect to Excluded Accounts, a Control Agreement at all times after the end of the Transition Period), but shall transfer balances therein in excess of $2,000,000 (in the aggregate for all such collection accounts) at least monthly to an account maintained with SVB or an Affiliate thereof.
6.11[Reserved].
6.12Additional Collateral, etc.
(a)With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral and not constituting Excluded Assets) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below, and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to evidence that such Loan Party is a Guarantor and to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (except as expressly permitted by Section 7.3) security interest and Lien under the laws of the applicable United States jurisdiction (and the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, or to assets of any Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent) in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral or assets of a Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(b)With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $1,500,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)), promptly, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with any applicable surveyor’s certificate, and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent legal
84
opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In connection with the foregoing, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which a Mortgage is executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12, in order to comply with the Flood Laws, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following documents (collectively, the “Flood Documents”): (A) a completed standard “life of loan” flood hazard determination form (a “Flood Determination Form”), (B) if the improvement(s) to the applicable improved real property is located in a special flood hazard area, a notification to the applicable Loan Party (“Loan Party Notice”) and (if applicable) notification to the applicable Loan Party that flood insurance coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”) is not available because the community does not participate in the NFIP, (C) documentation evidencing the applicable Loan Party’s receipt of the Loan Party Notice (e.g., countersigned Loan Party Notice, return receipt of certified U.S. Mail, or overnight delivery), and (D) if the Loan Party Notice is required to be given and flood insurance is available in the community in which the property is located, a copy of one of the following: the flood insurance policy, the applicable Loan Party’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (any of the foregoing being “Evidence of Flood Insurance”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Mortgage will be signed by the Borrower until each Lender has received and approved the Flood Determination Form and, as applicable, the Evidence of Flood Insurance and Loan Party Notice with respect to the applicable real property.
(c)With respect to any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), any Subsidiary formed by Division or any Subsidiary no longer qualifying as an Excluded Subsidiary, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary that is owned directly by such Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and instruments as may be required to grant, perfect, protect and ensure the priority of such security interest, including but not limited to, the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions as are necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest (subject to liens permitted by Section 7.3) in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, with respect to such Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States or the country of organization of the applicable Subsidiary other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent); it being agreed that if such Subsidiary is formed by Division, the foregoing requirements shall be satisfied substantially concurrently with the formation of such Subsidiary.
(d)With respect to any new direct Foreign Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition thereof and that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or any new direct Foreign
85
Subsidiary Holding Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (b) of the definition thereof, in each case, created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest and Lien in the Capital Stock of such Excluded Subsidiary that is directly owned by any such Loan Party (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such Excluded Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(e)At the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord’s agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of each leased property or bailee with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where material Collateral is stored or located, which agreement or letter shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord or bailee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party shall fail to pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.
(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, all guarantees and security shall be subject to any applicable general mandatory statutory limitations, fraudulent preference, equitable subordination, foreign exchange laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions), transfer pricing or “thin capitalization” rules, earnings stripping, exchange control restrictions, applicable maintenance of capital, retention of title claims, employee consultation or approval requirements, corporate benefit, financial assistance, protection of liquidity, and similar laws, rules and regulations and customary guarantee limitation language in the relevant jurisdiction; provided that the relevant Group Member shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations (including by way of debt pushdown or seeking requisite approvals), and (ii) Subsidiaries may be excluded from the guarantee requirements in circumstances where (1) Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the cost or other consequence of providing such a guarantee is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby or (2) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, such requirements would contravene any legal prohibition, could reasonably be expected to result in any violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer, director, member or manager of such Subsidiary; provided that the relevant Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations. As a result of the limitations in clause (i) above, the Administrative Agent may elect to waive the requirement to cause a Group Member to become a Guarantor hereunder and such Group Member shall not be a Loan Party for any purposes hereof.
6.13Insider Subordinated Indebtedness. Cause any Insider Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to become Insider Subordinated Indebtedness (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date or (b) contemporaneously with the incurrence thereof, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness incurred at any time after the Closing Date.
86
6.14Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of each Credit Extension only for the purposes specified in Section 4.16.
6.15Designated Senior Indebtedness. Cause the Loan Documents and all of the Obligations to be deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
6.16Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take such further action as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect, protect, ensure the priority of or continue the Administrative Agent’s Lien on the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
6.17[Reserved.]
6.18Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements. Ensure that all Capital Stock of Borrower is subject to a perfected, first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement. For any Capital Stock of Borrower that is issued on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date, (i) the applicable Limited Recourse Pledgor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, substantially simultaneously with the issuance of such Capital Stock, a duly executed Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement that is substantially in the form of the other Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements entered into prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, or otherwise satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) in connection therewith, the Borrower and the applicable Limited Recourse Pledgor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent:
(a)an officer’s certificate of such Limited Recourse Pledgor, if it is not a natural Person, dated as of the effective date of the applicable Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such Limited Recourse Pledgor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Credit Agreement, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including (i) the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of such Limited Recourse Pledgor certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of such Limited Recourse Pledgor, (ii) the bylaws or other similar organizational document of such Limited Recourse Pledgor (unless such Limited Recourse Pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person), (iii) the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Limited Recourse Pledgor (unless such Limited Recourse Pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person), (iv) a certificate of incumbency, (v) a good standing certificate or certificate of status, as the case may be, for such Limited Recourse Pledgor (unless such Limited Recourse Pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) from its jurisdiction of organization, (vi) certificates of foreign qualification from each jurisdiction where the failure of such applicable Limited Recourse Pledgor to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (vii) a certification that each of the representations and warranties made by such Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to any Loan Document to which it is a party (1) that is qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers is true and correct in all respects, and (2) that is not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, is true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date thereof, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as applicable), as of such earlier date;
(b)if requested by the Administrative Agent, an executed legal opinion of counsel to such Limited Recourse Pledgor, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by the Limited Recourse
87
Pledge Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (which shall include, among other things, authority, legality, binding effect and enforceability of the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement and the perfection of security interests in the Capital Stock of Borrower, as applicable); and
(c)the Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent and such searches shall reveal no Liens on any of the collateral pledged by the Limited Recourse Pledgor except for Liens permitted by the applicable Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
SECTION 7
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower hereby agrees that, until the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower shall not, nor shall Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
7.1Financial Condition Covenant.
(a)Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2020) to be less than 1.10:1.00.
(b)(a) Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending as set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
Fiscal Quarter Ending |
Consolidated Senior Leverage
|
---|---|
September 30, 2019 |
2.25:1.00 |
December 31, 2019 |
2.25:1.00 |
MarchDecember 31, 2020 |
2.254.25:1.00 |
June 30, 2020 |
2.25:1.00 |
September 30, 2020 |
2.25:1.00 |
December 31, 2020 |
2.00:1.00 |
March 31, 2021 |
2.004.25:1.00 |
June 30, 2021 |
2.004.25:1.00 |
September 30, 2021 |
2.004.25:1.00 |
December 31, 2021 |
1.754.00:1.00 |
March 31, 2022 |
1.753.85:1.00100 |
June 30, 2022 |
1.753.75:1.00 |
September 30, 2022 |
1.503.50:1.00 |
December 31, 2022 |
1.503.25:1.00 |
88
March 31, 2023 |
1.503.25:1.00 |
June 30, 2023 |
1.503.00:1.00 |
September 30, 2023 |
1.503.00:1.00 |
December 31, 2023 |
1.502.75:1.00 |
March 31, 2024 |
1.502.75:1.00 |
June 30, 2024 and thereafter |
1.502.50:1.00 |
September 30, 2024 |
2.50:1.00 |
December 31, 2024 |
2.50:1.00 |
March 31, 2025 |
2.50:1.00 |
June 30, 2025 |
2.50:1.00 |
September 30, 2025 |
2.50:1.00 |
(c)(b) Equity Cure Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.1 or in Section 8, in the event that Group Members fail to comply with the requirements of the financial covenantcovenants set forth in Section 7.1(a) or (theb) (each, a “Financial Condition Covenant” and collectively, the “Financial Condition Covenants”) until the expiration of the day that is ten (10) Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date the Compliance Certificate calculating such covenants is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(ii)(x) or (ii) the date such Compliance Certificate is actually delivered, Borrower shall have the right to issue Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Permitted Investors for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Borrower (collectively, the “Cure Right”) in order to prepay the Term Loans, without penalty or premium, with such amounts as are necessary to be in compliance with the Financial Condition CovenantCovenants (the “Cure Amount”). In no event shall the Cure Amount be greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Condition CovenantCovenants as set forth herein. The Cure Amount will be used solely to prepay the Term Loans and shall be applied to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Cure Right may be exercised not more than two (2) two times in any four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters period (and may not be exercised in consecutive fiscal quarters), and not more than four (4) times prior to the later of (x) the Revolving Termination Date or (y) the Term Loan Maturity Date. Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the Cure Amount, the Financial Condition CovenantCovenants shall be recalculated (for such period and shall be so calculated for any subsequent period that includes the fiscal quarter in respect of which the Cure Right was exercised) giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments: (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be increased by the lesser of (i) 20% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (calculated prior to giving effect to the Cure Amount) and (ii) the Cure Amount and (b) if, after giving effect to the foregoing calculations, Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenants, then Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied such Financial Condition Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Condition CovenantCovenants that occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement. The resulting increase to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from the exercise of the Cure Right shall not result in any adjustment to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or any other financial definition for any purposes under this Agreement or any Loan Document, other than for purposes of calculating the Financial Covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Senior Indebtedness during the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and any subsequent fiscal quarter for which
89
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is deemed to be increased by the Cure Amount, Consolidated Senior Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the Cure Amount was not applied to reduce the Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the exercise of the Cure Right, no Lender shall have any obligation to make any Revolving Loans, and the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit, prior to the prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with such exercise in accordance with this Section 7.1(bc).
7.2Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a)Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and any Bank Services Agreement;
(b)Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party, (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) owing to any other Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party), (iii) any Subsidiary (that is not a Loan Party) owing to any Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (iii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the amount of any Dispositions under Section 7.5(g)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) does not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding and (iv) any Loan Party owing to any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) so long as, in the case of this clause (iv), such Indebtedness is Insider Subordinated Indebtedness;
(c)Guarantee Obligations in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2;
(d)Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof);
(e)Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses);
(f)Surety Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $500,000;
(g)Indebtedness consisting of obligations of any Group Member incurred in a Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted by Section 7.8 or any Disposition permitted by Section 7.5 constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or consideration (including earn-out obligations) or similar adjustments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $1,500,000;
(h)obligations (contingent or otherwise) of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under any Specified Swap Agreement, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in accordance with Section 7.13 and not for purposes of speculation;
(i)Indebtedness of a Person (other than Borrower or a Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into Borrower or a Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary, provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not, in any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in
90
contemplation of, such merger or acquisition, (ii) such merger or acquisition constitutes a Permitted Acquisition, (iii) such Indebtedness is Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2 and (iv) with respect to any such Person who becomes a Subsidiary, (A) such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) are the only obligors in respect of such Indebtedness, and (B) to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be secured hereunder, only the assets of such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) secure such Indebtedness;
(j)additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000;
(k)Insider Subordinated Indebtedness;
(l)other (i) secured Indebtedness of any Loan Party to the extent permitted under Section 7.3(n) and (ii) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding;
(m)deposits or advances received from customers in the ordinary course of business;
(n)unsecured Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 at any time; and
(o)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business.
7.3Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a)Liens for taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or levies not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Group Member in conformity with GAAP;
(b)carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, workmen’s, suppliers’, or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(c)pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(d)deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, government contracts, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA);
(e)easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances incurred or minor title deficiencies in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Group Member;
(f)Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(f), securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(d), and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date, (ii) the
91
amount of Indebtedness secured or benefitted thereby is not increased, and (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed;
(g)Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within three (3) months after the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses;
(h)Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;
(i)any interest or title of a lessor or licensor under any lease or license entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased or licensed;
(j)judgment Liens that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) of this Agreement;
(k)bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash, Cash Equivalents, securities, commodities and other funds on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by a Group Member, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks, other depositary institutions, securities or commodities intermediaries or brokerages with which such accounts are maintained securing amounts owing to such banks or financial institutions with respect to cash management and operating account management or are arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;
(l)(i) cash deposits and liens on cash and Cash Equivalents pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(f), and (ii) Liens securing Specified Swap Obligations permitted by Section 7.2(h);
(m)Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, merged into or consolidated with a Group Member or becomes a Subsidiary of a Group Member or acquired by a Group Member; provided that (i) such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment, (ii) such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.2;
(n) other Liens securing Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
(o)non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties or a Group Member by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; provided that any such license pursuant to this clause (o), (x) is consistent with past practices, (y) permits the use by (or license to) the Administrative Agent of the Intellectual Property covered thereby to permit the Administrative Agent, on a royalty free basis, to possess, collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, remove, realize upon, sell, assign, convey, transfer or grant options to purchase, any Collateral, and (z) does not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of any Group Member;
92
(p)the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;
(q)Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries otherwise permitted under Section 7.2(j);
(r)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Group Member; and
(s)the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (m) above upon or in the same property theretofore subject thereto or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the Indebtedness secured thereby.
7.4Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:
(a)any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into a Borrower (provided that a Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any Guarantor (provided that such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation);
(b)any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Guarantor may (i) be merged or consolidated with or into another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, or (ii) Dispose of any or all of its assets to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise);
(c)any Subsidiary of Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (i) to Borrower or any Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 7.5;
(d)Dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 may be made; and
(e)any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.8 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation.
7.5Disposition of Property. Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary of Borrower, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person, except:
(a)Dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property in the ordinary course of business;
(b)Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(c)Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4(b)(ii) and Section 7.4(c)(i);
(d)the sale or issuance of (i) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower to Borrower or to any Guarantor, (ii) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, (iii) the Capital Stock of Borrower so long as such sale does not result in a Change of Control and is not Disqualified Stock, and such Capital Stock is
93
subject to a first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement;
(e)the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
(f)the non-exclusive licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business;
(g)the Disposition of property (i) from any Loan Party to any other Loan Party, (ii) from any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any other Group Member, and (iii) from any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an aggregate amount when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
(h)Dispositions of property subject to a Casualty Event;
(i)leases or subleases of Real Property;
(j)the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, consistent with Borrower’s past practices;
(k)any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) of any Group Member that Borrower determines in good faith is desirable in the conduct of its business and not materially disadvantageous to the interests of the Lenders;
(l)Dispositions of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $1,000,000 the aggregate for any fiscal year of Borrower, provided that at the time of any such Disposition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Disposition; and provided further that the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are used to prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 2.12; and
(m)Investments in compliance with Section 7.8.; and
(n)sale or issuance of the Capital Stock of Borrower made pursuant to the ICONIQ Transaction so long as such sale does not result in a Change of Control, the Capital Stock issued in the ICONIQ Transaction is not Disqualified Stock, and such Capital Stock is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
provided, however, that any Disposition made pursuant to this Section 7.5 (other than those set forth in clause (g) (which shall be subject to the requirements of Section 7.11 hereof)) shall be made in good faith on an arm’s length basis for fair value.
7.6Restricted Payments. Make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make
94
any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, “Restricted Payments”), except that, so long as, in all cases except clause (g) below, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:
(a)any Subsidiary of any Group Member may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;
(b)Borrower may, purchase common stock or common stock options from present or former officers or employees of any Group Member upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer or employee; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of such payments shall not exceed $750,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower, net of proceeds of equity issued to new or replacement employees and (ii) Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions with respect to its Capital Stock, in each case, payable solely in the common stock or other common Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);
(c)the Closing Date Distribution, the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution and the ICONIQ Transaction;
(d)Borrower may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Capital Stock issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Capital Stock; provided that any such issuance is otherwise permitted hereunder (including by Section 7.5(d));
(e)(i) Borrower may make repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such repurchased Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants, and (ii) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to a current or former officer, director, employee or consultant to pay for the taxes payable by such Person upon such grant or award (or upon vesting thereof);
(f)Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make payments on account of Subordinated Indebtedness, solely to the extent permitted Section 7.22(b); and
(g)Borrower may make Permitted Tax Distributions.
7.7Earn-Out Obligations. Make any payment in respect of any earn-out obligations or deferred consideration constituting Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(g) unless (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect thereto and (b) either (i) immediately after giving effect to such payment, (A) Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in pro forma compliance with the maximum Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratiofinancial covenants set forth in Section 7.1 applicable to the then most recently ended four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter period in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), and (B) Qualified Availability shall be at least $6,500,0007,500,000 or (ii) such payment is made with the proceeds of new cash equity investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower that are not required to repay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.12(a).
7.8Investments. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt
95
securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except:
(a)extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;
(b)Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(c)Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2;
(d)cash and non-cash loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for purchase of Capital Stock of Borrower, travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) and, if in cash, limited to an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $750,000 at any one time outstanding;
(e)[reserved];
(f)intercompany Investments among Group Members (i) by any Group Member in Borrower or any Person that, prior to such investment, is a Guarantor or after giving effect thereto will become a Guarantor, (ii) by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (ii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the amount of any Dispositions pursuant to Section 7.5(g)(iii) (without duplication) does not exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding, and (iii) by any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party in another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party;
(g)Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit;
(h)Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Group Member effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to such Group Member as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of such Group Member, or upon the settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers or suppliers;
(i)(i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions, and (ii) Investments held by any Person as of the date such Person is acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that (A) such Investments were not made, in any case, by such Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition, and (B) with respect to any such Person which becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such Permitted Acquisition, such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) remain the only holder of such Investment;
(j)in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Group Members the aggregate amount of all of which Investments (valued at cost) does not exceed $1,000,000 during any fiscal year of Borrower;
(k)deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses or contracts in the ordinary course of business, and other deposits made in connection with the incurrence of Liens permitted under Section 7.3;
(l)acquisitions by Borrower of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Persons or of assets constituting an ongoing business or line of business (each a “Permitted Acquisition”) to the extent the purchase price thereof is funded in whole or in part with cash in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in
96
Borrower by the Permitted Investors) for any single acquisition and $40,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Borrower by the Permitted Investors) for all such Permitted Acquisitions prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date (provided that the aggregate purchase price paid for Persons that do not become Guarantors or assets that do not become Collateral (“Excluded Targets”) shall not exceed $5,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments in Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Permitted Investors) in the aggregate for all such Permitted Acquisitions of Excluded Targets prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date) (for purposes of the foregoing the “purchase price” of a Permitted Acquisition shall include any earn-outs and subsequent working capital adjustments paid in cash to the extent not financed with new equity Investments), provided that with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition:
(i)the newly-created or acquired Subsidiary (or assets acquired in connection with an asset sale) shall be (x) in the same or a related line of business as that conducted by Borrower on the date hereof, or (y) in a business that is ancillary to and in furtherance of the line of business as that conducted by Borrower on the date hereof;
(ii)all transactions related to such purchase or acquisition shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with all Requirements of Law;
(iii)no Loan Party shall, as a result of or in connection with any such purchase or acquisition, assume or incur any direct or contingent liabilities (whether relating to environmental, tax, litigation or other matters) that, as of the date of such purchase or acquisition, could reasonably be expected to result in the existence or incurrence of a Material Adverse Effect;
(iv)Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at least 30 days prior written notice of any such purchase or acquisition, and concurrently therewith, shall have provided the Administrative Agent with pro forma forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all prepared on a basis consistent with Borrower’s historical financial statements, subject to adjustments to reflect projected consolidated operations following the acquisition, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the one year period following the date of the proposed acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis;
(v)Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent as soon as available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the execution thereof, a draft of any proposed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such purchase or acquisition;
(vi)any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary, or the Loan Party that is the acquirer of assets in connection with an asset acquisition, shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.12, except to the extent the Administrative Agent waives such requirements;
(vii)(A) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio covenantfinancial covenants set forth hereinin Section 7.1 as of the last day of most recently fiscal quarter for which financial statements were delivered hereunder;
(viii)Borrower shall not, based upon the knowledge of Borrower as of the date any such acquisition or other purchase is consummated, reasonably expect such acquisition or other purchase to result in an Event of Default under Section 8.1(c), at any time during the term of this Agreement, as a result of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1;
97
(ix)no Indebtedness is assumed or incurred in connection with any such purchase or acquisition other than Indebtedness permitted by the terms of Section 7.2;
(x)such purchase or acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition;
(xi)to the extent funded with cash, after giving effect to such purchase or acquisition, Qualified Availability shall be at least $6,500,0007,500,000;
(xii)(A) Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent on the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated (or such later date as is agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition and attaching substantially final forms of the agreements, documents or instruments pursuant to which such purchase or acquisition is to be consummated, any schedules to such agreements, documents or instruments and all other material ancillary agreements, instruments and documents to be executed or delivered in connection therewith, and (B) within two (2) Business Days after the consummation of such purchase or acquisition, all consents and approvals from applicable Governmental Authorities and other Persons, to the extent required under the related purchase or acquisition agreement; and
(xiii)Borrower shall not be permitted to consummate any acquisitions that are not expected to be accretive to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a pro forma basis for the 12 month period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed purchase or acquisition;
(m)Swap Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(h); and
(n)Investments among any of the Group Members pursuant to transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements permitted pursuant to Section 7.11.
7.9ERISA. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) terminate any Pension Plan so as to result in any material liability to Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event, or any other event or condition, which presents the risk of a material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of ERISA Section 4201) from any Multiemployer Plan so as to result in any material liability to Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (d) enter into any new Pension Plan or modify any existing Pension Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which could result in any material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, or (e) with respect to any Pension Plan, knowingly engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement, any Note or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
7.10Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments. (a) Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Preferred Stock (i) that would move to an earlier date the scheduled redemption date or increase the amount of any scheduled redemption payment or increase the rate or move to an earlier date any date for payment of dividends thereon or (ii) that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party; or (b) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 (other than Indebtedness pursuant to any Loan Document) that would shorten the maturity or increase the amount of any payment of principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or shorten any
98
date for payment of interest thereon or that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party.
7.11Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than Borrower or any Guarantor) unless such transaction is (i) not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, and (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, except that the following shall be permitted:
(a)reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans), severance arrangements and indemnification arrangements;
(b)any issuance or sale that is otherwise permitted by this Agreement by Borrower after the Closing Date of any Capital Stock of Borrower to Affiliates, directors, officers or employees of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(c)transfer pricing agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business from time to time among any of the Group Members;
(d)transactions among any of the Group Members (i) so long as the effect thereof would not be materially adverse to the Lenders (it being agreed that a transaction between a Group Member that is not a Loan Party and a Loan Party shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders unless such transaction is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Loan Party than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate), (ii) that are not Loan Parties, (iii) permitted by Section 7.4, (iv) that are Investments permitted under Sections 7.8(c), Section 7.8(d), Section 7.8(f) or Section 7.8(i) or (v) that are indirect contributions to the capital of the Group Members by the Sponsor;
(e)licenses of Intellectual Property permitted by Section 7.3(o); and
(f)any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.6.
7.12Sale Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction.
7.13Swap Agreements. Enter into any Swap Agreement, except Specified Swap Agreements which are entered into by a Group Member to (a) hedge or mitigate risks to which such Group Member has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), or (b) effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of such Group Member.
7.14Accounting Changes. (a) Make any material change in its accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP or permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, or (b) change its fiscal year.
7.15Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
99
(b) any agreement evidencing Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clauses (f), (g), (m), (n), and (q) of Section 7.3 as to the assets securing such Indebtedness, and (c) agreements that are customary restrictions on subleases, leases, licenses, or permits so long as such restrictions relate to the property subject thereto, (d) any agreement evidencing an asset sale, as to the assets being sold, (e) agreements that are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, and (f) agreements that are customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business.
7.16Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, any other Group Member, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, any other Group Member, or (c) transfer any of its assets to any other Group Member, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (ii) any restrictions imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with a Disposition permitted hereby, (iii) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (iv) any restriction with respect to any Liens permitted hereunder or any other Loan Document, (v) restrictions of the nature referred to in clause (c) above under agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby which restrictions are only effective against the assets financed thereby; provided that individual agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by a Person (or its Affiliates) may be cross-collateralized to other such agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by such Person (or its Affiliates), (vi) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such agreements were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of Borrower, (vii) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements that are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.8 and applicable solely to such joint venture, and (viii) encumbrances or restrictions on Restricted Payments and the transfer of property under any Indebtedness of non-Loan Parties permitted hereunder.
7.17Lines of Business. Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.
7.18Designation of other Indebtedness. Designate any Indebtedness or indebtedness other than the Obligations as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable.
7.19[Reserved]Holdings.
. Holdings will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than (i) the ownership and/or acquisition of the Capital Stock of Borrower, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and Borrower, (iv) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Loan Documents, any documentation governing any Indebtedness or guarantee and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, (v) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or registration of its Capital Stock for sale or resale not prohibited by this Agreement, including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (vi) making any dividend or distribution or other transaction similar to a Restricted Payment and not otherwise prohibited by Section 7.6, or any Investment in Borrower, (vii) the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted under
100
this Agreement, (viii) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying taxes, (ix) providing indemnification to officers and members of its board and (x) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) to (ix) of this paragraph.
7.20Amendments to Organizational Agreements. Amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party’s organizational documents, if such amendment, termination, or waiver would be adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any material respect.
7.21Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder, (a) whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, in each case in violation of, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X of the Board or (ii) to finance an Unfriendly Acquisition, or (b) whether directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, and whether immediately, or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), or (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010.
7.22Subordinated Debt.
(a)Amendments. Amend, modify, supplement, waive compliance with, or consent to noncompliance in any material respect with, any Subordinated Debt Document, unless the amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent (i) does not adversely affect any Loan Party’s ability to pay and perform each of its Obligations at the time and in the manner set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and is not otherwise adverse to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (ii) is in compliance with the subordination provisions therein and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(b)Payments. Make any payment, prepayment or repayment on, redemption, exchange or acquisition for value of, or any sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness, except as permitted by the subordination provisions in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the subordination provisions in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and any subordination agreement with respect thereto, the terms of the applicable subordination agreement shall control.
(c)Acquisitions of Subordinated Indebtedness. No Loan Party will, or will permit any Subsidiary thereof to, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem, prepay, tender for or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any Subordinated Indebtedness.
7.23Anti-Terrorism Laws. Conduct, deal in or engage in or permit any Affiliate or agent of any Loan Party within its control to conduct, deal in or engage in any of the following activities: (a) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any person blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 (“Blocked Person”), including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (b) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction
101
relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engage in on conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act. Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any certification or other evidence reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or any Lender confirming Borrower’s compliance with this Section 7.23.
SECTION 8
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
8.1Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a)Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or
(b)any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document (i) if qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or materially misleading when made or deemed made (after giving effect to such materiality qualifier), or (ii) if not qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or materially misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(c)any (i) Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Sections 5.3, 6.1, 6.2, 6.5(a), 6.7(b), 6.8, 6.10, 6.12, 6.13, or Section 7 of this Agreement or (ii) any Limited Recourse Pledgor shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement or obligation contained in this Agreement or any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement; or
(d)any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days thereafter; or
(e)(1) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) outstanding in a principal amount of $1,500,000 or more; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in making any payment or delivery under any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such Swap Agreement; or (iv) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of, or, in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement, counterparty under, such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder, beneficiary, or counterparty) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement) to be terminated, or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, any Group Member to purchase or redeem
102
or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that, a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount (and, in the case of Swap Agreements the Swap Termination Value) of which, individually or in the aggregate of all such Indebtedness, exceeds in the aggregate $1,500,000; or (2) any default or event of default (however designated) shall occur with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness of any Group Member; or
(f)(i) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (a) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (b) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (a) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (b) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or
(g)there shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or otherwise is associated with liability of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in excess of $1,5000,000 during the term of this Agreement; or there exists, an amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities) which exceeds $1,500,000; or
(h)there is entered against any Group Member (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $1,000,000 or more, or (ii) one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or
(i)the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the guarantee in any Limited Recourse Pledgor Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall so assert; or
(j)(i) any of the Security Documents or Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect (other than pursuant to the terms thereof), or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents
103
or the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, in each case with respect to Collateral or assets pledged under any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement with a fair market value in excess of $500,000; or
(ii) (A) any Person shall seek to serve process to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of a Loan Party or of any other entity under the control of a Loan Party (including a Subsidiary) in excess of $500,000 on deposit with the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, or (B) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment shall be filed against any of a Loan Party’s assets by a Governmental Authority, and any of the same under clauses (A) or (B) hereof shall not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, be discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, that no Loans or other extensions of credit shall be made hereunder during any such ten (10) day cure period; or
(iii) (A) any material portion of a Loan Party’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (B) any court order enjoins, restrains or prevents a Loan Party from conducting any part of its business which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(k)a Change of Control shall occur; or
(l)any of the Governmental Approvals shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of the Governmental Approvals or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or
(m)any Loan Document not otherwise referenced in Section 8.1(i) or (j), at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the Discharge of Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or any further liability or obligation under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any such Loan Document for any reason other than the Discharge of Obligations.
8.2Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions to the extent not prohibited by applicable law:
(a)if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8.1(f), the Commitments shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable, and
(b)if such event is any other Event of Default, any of the following actions may be taken: (i) by notice to Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments, the Term Commitments, and the L/C Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments, the Term Commitments and the L/C Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) by notice to Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; (iii) any
104
Bank Services Provider may terminate or request Cash Collateral for any foreign exchange service agreements or other Bank Services Agreement then outstanding and any Qualified Counterparty may terminate or request Cash Collateral any Specified Swap Agreement then outstanding; and (iv) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender under the Loan Documents. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, Borrower shall Cash Collateralize an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts so Cash Collateralized shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other Obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with Section 8.3. In addition, to the extent elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty, Borrower shall also Cash Collateralize the amount of any Obligations in respect of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreements, as applicable, then outstanding. After all such Letters of Credit, Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements shall have been terminated, expired or been fully drawn upon, as applicable, and all amounts drawn under any such Letters of Credit shall have been reimbursed in full and the Discharge of Obligations shall have occurred, the balance, if any, of the funds having been so Cash Collateralized shall be returned to Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by Borrower.
8.3Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.2, any amounts received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including any Collateral-Related Expenses, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20) payable to the Administrative Agent in their respective capacities as such (including interest thereon), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and, the Issuing Lender and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty (in its respective capacity as such) (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Issuing Lender and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Issuing Lender Fees, Letter of Credit Fees and interest in respect of any Bank Services and on the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans and other Obligations, and payment of premiums and other fees (including any interest thereon) under any Specified Swap Agreements and any Bank Services Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty (in its respective capacity as such), ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans and other Obligations, and settlement amounts, payment amounts and other termination payment obligations under any
105
Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders and, the Issuing Lender, and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty (in its respective capacity as such), in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the L/C Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.10;
Sixth, if so elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty, to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank Services Provider and Qualified Counterparty, to repay or Cash Collateralize then-outstanding Obligations arising in connection with Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements;
SeventhSixth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full (excluding, for this purpose, any Obligations which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), to Borrower or as otherwise required by Requirement of Law.
Subject to Section 3.4, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 8.2(b) as they occur. Subject to Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.10, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Excluded Swap Obligation of any Guarantor shall be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or from any Collateral in which such Guarantor has granted to the Administrative Agent a Lien (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, however, that each party to this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrative Agent (which adjustments shall be controlling in the absence of manifest error) with respect to payments received from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation of such payments to the satisfaction of the Obligations in the order otherwise contemplated in this Section 8.3.
SECTION 9
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.1Appointment and Authority.
(a)Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints SVB to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are respectively delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
106
(b)Other than Sections 9.2 and 9.9, the provisions of Section 9 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities to any Lender or any other Person, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(c)The Administrative Agent shall also act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, the Bank Services Agreements and the Specified Swap Agreements, and the Issuing Lender and each of the other Lenders (in their respective capacities as a Lender and, as applicable, Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services) hereby irrevocably (i) authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into all other Loan Documents, as applicable, including the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any subordination agreements and any other Security Documents or Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, and (ii) appoint and authorize the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of the Secured Parties for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties or collateral granted by any Limited Recourse Pledgor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents or on the collateral pledged pursuant to each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10 (including Section 9.7, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is further authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action, or permit any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent to take any action, with respect to any Collateral, collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon any Collateral granted pursuant to any Loan Document or collateral granted pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
9.2Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that any such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall be a “U.S. Person” and a “financial institution” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties; provided, however, that such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgor shall be a “U.S. Person” and a “financial institution” with the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent
107
jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.
9.3Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations hereunder, other than the duty to exercise any consent or approval rights hereunder in good faith (except with respect to any determination to be made in the Administrative Agent’s discretion). The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder and thereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing two sentences the Administrative Agent shall not:
(a)be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), as applicable; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
(c)except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.2 and 10.1), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 5.1, Section 5.2 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
9.4Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to
108
it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance, extension, renewal, or increase of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any of the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
9.5Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action or refrain from taking such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
9.6Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates and made its own credit analysis and decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to
109
the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates.
9.7Indemnification. Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each of its Related Parties in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and without limiting the obligation of Borrower or any other Loan Party to do so) according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 9.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such other Person in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent, or such other Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing and any other amounts not reimbursed by Borrower or such other Loan Party; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Administrative Agent’s, or such other Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought). The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
9.8Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.9Successor Agent.
(a)The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor which, in the case of a successor Administrative Agent, shall be a U.S. bank or a U.S. Affiliate or branch of any such bank that is a “U.S. person” and a “financial institution” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1 to which all payments made by the Loan Parties hereunder shall be made. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but
110
shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the applicable qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with Borrower, appoint a successor which shall be a U.S. bank or a U.S. Affiliate or branch of any such bank. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and such collateral security is assigned to such successor Administrative Agent) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as an Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.
9.10Collateral and Guaranty Matters.
(a). The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(i)(a) to release any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document, Bank Service Agreement or Specified Swap Agreement (i) upon the Discharge of Obligations and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements (other than Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements the Obligations in respect of which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof or as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any applicable Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.1, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;
111
(ii)(b) to subordinate any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.3(g) and (i); and
(iii)(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, or to release any Limited Recourse Pledgor from its obligations under the applicable Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement pursuant to a transfer of Capital Stock of Borrower permitted thereunder and so long as the assignee or successor shareholders execute a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
(b)(d) uponUpon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10 or to release any Limited Recourse Pledgor from its obligations under the applicable Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.10.
(c)(e) theThe Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement.
(d)(f) Notwithstanding anything contained in any Loan Document, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral (or collateral pledged pursuant to any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement) or to enforce any Guarantee of the Secured Obligations or any Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Secured Party be restricted hereunder from filing a proof of claim inon its own behalf during an Insolvency Proceeding. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral or other property at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Party (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral or such other property sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral or other property payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the Guarantees of the Secured Obligations provided under the Loan Documents and the guarantees and collateral provided under each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, no Specified Swap Agreement or Bank Services, the obligations under which constitute Secured Obligations, will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor under any Loan Document except as expressly provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to a
112
Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, each Secured Party that is a party to any such Specified Swap Agreement or a Bank Services Provider shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.
9.11Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a)to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
9.12 [Reserved]
9.12No Other Duties, etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no “Arranger”, “Sole Lead Arranger”, “Syndication Agent’ or “Documentation Agent” in respect of the Facilities shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder.
9.13Reports and Financial Statements.
Each Bank Services Provider and Qualified Counterparty agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent at such frequency as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with a summary of all Obligations in respect of Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements due or to become due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Bank
113
Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice thereof from such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty and if such notice is received, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that the only amounts due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty on account of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreement is the amount set forth in such notice.
9.14Survival.
This Section 9 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
SECTION 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1Amendments and Waivers.
(a)Neither this Agreement, nor any other Loan Document (other than any L/C-Related Document), nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties or Limited Recourse Pledgors hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (A)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Term Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being agreed that an increase in (x) the Total Revolving Commitments and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Commitments and Term Loans shall also require the consent of the Required Lenders); (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release or subordinateall or substantially all of the Collateral (or all of the Collateral under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements), contractually subordinate the Obligations or the Administrative Agent’s Lien on all or substantially all of the Collateral (or all of the Collateral under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements) or release or subordinate all or substantially all of the value of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) (i) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of each Revolving Lender or (ii) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the
114
Loan Documents requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders or the L/C Lenders without the written consent of each Term Lender and/or, as applicable, each L/C Lender; (E) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Revolving Lenders without the consent of all Revolving Lenders or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Term Lenders without the written consent of all Term Lenders; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) [reserved]; (H) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; (I) [reserved]; (J) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.6(b)(v) to permit assignments to a Loan Party or any Affiliates or Subsidiary thereof without the written consent of each Lender; or (K) (i) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(g) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of the Majority Revolving Lenders, (ii) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(g) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders or the L/C Lenders without the written consent of the Majority Term Lenders and, as applicable, the L/Call Lenders, or (iiiii) subject to any applicable agreement among the Lenders, amend or modify the application of payments provisions set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, without the written consent of the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider or each such Qualified Counterparty, as applicable. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider, each Qualified Counterparty, and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Lender and Borrower may amend any of the L/C-Related Documents without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Revolving Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
(b)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.1(a) above, in the event that Borrower or any other Loan Party, as applicable, requests that this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, be amended or otherwise modified in a manner which would require the consent of all of the Lenders and such amendment or other modification is agreed to by Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent, then, with the consent of Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as applicable, may be amended without the consent of the Lender or Lenders who are unwilling to agree to such amendment or other modification (each, a “Minority Lender”), to provide for:
(i)the termination of the Commitments of each such Minority Lender;
115
(ii)the assumption of the Loans and Commitments of each such Minority Lender by one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.23; and
(iii)the payment of all interest, fees and other obligations payable or accrued in favor of each Minority Lender and such other modifications to this Agreement or to such Loan Documents as Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may determine to be appropriate in connection therewith.
(c)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, and Borrower, (i) to add one or more additional credit or term loan facilities to this Agreement and to permit all such additional extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith and from time to time outstanding thereunder to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder, and (ii) in connection with the foregoing, to permit, as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Lenders, the Lenders providing such additional credit facilities to participate in any required vote or action required to be approved by the Required Lenders and Majority Revolving Lenders or Majority Term Lenders, as applicable; provided that such amendments (or amendments and restatements) shall in all other respects comply with the provisions of Section 10.1(a) above.
(d)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Bank Services Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified by the parties thereto in accordance with the terms thereof without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
(e)Notwithstanding any provision herein or in any Loan Document to the contrary, no amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver of this Agreement or any Loan Document altering the ratable treatment of Obligations or security provided for hereunder or any Loan Document arising under Specified Swap Agreements or Bank Services resulting in such Obligations being junior in right of payment to principal on the Loans or resulting in the Obligations owing to any Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services becoming unsecured (other than releases of Liens permitted in accordance with Section 10.16), in each case in a manner adverse to any Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services, as applicable, shall be effective without the written consent of such Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services, as applicable.
(f)Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no consent of any Lender (or other Secured Party other than the Administrative Agent) shall be required to effectuate any amendment to implement any Incremental Term Facility permitted by Section 2.27.
10.2Notices.
(a)All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic mail), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile or electronic mail notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:
116
Borrower: |
Enfusion LTD. LLC 125 South Clark Street, Suite 750 Chicago, IL 60603 Attention: Legal Email: legal@enfusionsystems.com |
|
and a copy to: Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP 101 Park Avenue New York, NY 10178 Attention: R. Alec Dawson Email: alec.dawson@morganlewis.com |
Administrative Agent: |
Silicon Valley Bank 2400 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attention: Michael Willard Email: mwillard2@svb.com |
|
with a copy to: Morrison & Foerster LLP 200 Clarendon Street Boston, Massachusetts 02116 Attention: Charles W. Stavros, Esq. E-Mail: cstavros@mofo.com |
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.
(b)Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (a) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment); and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (a) and (b), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.
117
(c)Any party hereto may change its address, email address, or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
(d)(i) Each Loan Party and Limited Recourse Pledgor agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, DebtX, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”).
(ii)The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Limited Recourse Pledgor, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s, any Limited Recourse Pledgor’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform unless such damages result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.
10.3No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
10.4Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.
10.5Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a)Costs and Expenses. Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent reasonably retained by the Administrative Agent in consultation with Borrower), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, or any amendments, supplements, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, all expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent
118
and its Affiliates (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith on or prior to the Closing Date (excluding any amendments, waivers, consents or other modifications thereto) shall be paid by SVB, (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent, one additional counsel for the Lenders (taken as a whole) and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent, on the one hand, and the Lenders (taken as a whole) on the other hand), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued or participated in hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b)Indemnification by Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender (including the Issuing Lender), and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable out of pocket expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including Borrower or any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor) other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby (including any Specified Swap Agreements), the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Materials of Environmental Concern on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) the material breach in bad faith of any material obligation under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee. This Section 10.5(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c)Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor pursuant to any other Loan Document for any reason fails indefeasibly to pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Facilities at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such
119
Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such (or any Related Party of the Issuing Lender acting for such Issuing Lender), only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) and provided further, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Issuing Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.4 and 2.20(e).
(d)Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit, or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e)Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.
(f)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Loan Documents, the termination of the Commitments and the Discharge of Obligations.
10.6Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.
(a)Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (which for purposes of this Section 10.6 shall include any Bank Services Provider (as provider of Bank Services) and Qualified Counterparty), except that neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a
120
portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case, with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)Minimum Amounts.
(A)in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B)in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitments (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility, or $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Term Loan Facility, unless, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii)Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans and/or the Commitments assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.
(iii)Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment by a Lender except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A)the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of Borrower shall be required (except for any assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund); provided that (1) no such consent shall be required during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (2) Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten days after having received written notice thereof;
(B)the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) the Revolving Facility or any unfunded Commitments with respect to the Term Loan Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender, or (ii) any Term Loans to a Person who is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
(C)the consent of the Issuing Lender shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility.
(iv)Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and
121
recordation fee of $3,500 (provided that no such processing and recordation fee shall be required for any assignment by a Lender to its Affiliate or Approved Fund); provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any such administrative questionnaire as the Administrative Agent may request.
(v)No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) a Loan Party or any of a Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor.
(vi)No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.
(vii)Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Revolving Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section and entry in the Register, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.
(c)Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in California a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts stated separately) of the
122
Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender and the owner of the amounts owing to it under the Loan Documents as reflected in the Register for all purposes of the Loan Documents. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than (w) a natural Person or any holding company, investment vehicle or trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person, (x) a Defaulting Lender, (y) any Loan Party or any of any Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (z) any Listed Competitor) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Participant shall not be in privity with Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnities under Sections 2.20(e) and 9.7 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).
(e)Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (A) of the proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1(a). Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20 and 2.21, through the Lender granting such participation (and shall have no direct rights against Borrower) (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.20(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(f) shall be delivered by such Participant)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.23 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.19 or 2.20, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in any Requirement of Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.23 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Sections 2.18(k) and 10.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations, or is otherwise required thereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant
123
Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(f)Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g)Notes. Borrower, upon receipt by Borrower of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 10.6.
(h)Representations and Warranties of Lenders. Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments, loans or investments such as the Commitments and Loans; and (iii) it will make or invest in its Commitments and Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Commitments and Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6, the disposition of such Commitments and Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).
10.7Adjustments; Set-off.
(a)Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “Benefitted Lender”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.2, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8.1(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b)Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to Borrower or any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower, each Loan Party and each Limited Recourse Pledgor, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, at any time held or owing, and any other credits, indebtedness, claims or obligations, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender, its Affiliates or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of Borrower, any
124
other Loan Party or any Limited Recourse Pledgor, as the case may be, against any and all of the Obligations of Borrower, such other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of Borrower, such other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender or any of its Affiliates shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.24 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees to notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application made by such Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section 10.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender or its Affiliates may have.
10.8Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent or any Lender, or Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) to the extent applicable, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. This Section 10.8 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.9Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
10.10Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments.
(a)This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed
125
counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(b)The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.11Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.11, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited under or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
10.12Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Limited Recourse Pledgors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.
10.13GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN). This Section 10.13 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.14Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)agrees that all disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any contemplated transactions related hereto or thereto, or the relationship between any Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party, on the other hand, and any and all other claims of any of Borrower, any other Loan Party or Limited Recourse Pledgor against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party of any kind, shall be brought only in the Southern District of the State of New York; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude the Administrative Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Administrative Agent or such Lender;
126
(b)expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court, and agrees that it shall not file any motion or other application seeking to change the venue of any suit or other action;
(c)waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such party at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of such party’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid;
(d)WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL; and
(e)waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
This Section 10.14 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations
10.15Acknowledgements. Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a)it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b)none of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor;
(c)no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among Borrower and the Lenders; and
(d)each of the Secured Parties and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”) may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their Affiliates. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Secured Parties, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties and Limited Recourse Pledgors, on the other.
10.16Releases of Guarantees and Liens.
127
(a)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.1) to take any action requested by Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or collateral pledged pursuant to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement or guarantee obligations (1) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1 or (2) under the circumstances described in Section 10.16(b) below.
(b)Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the Collateral and assets pledged pursuant to the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents and the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements, and the Security Documents, the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents and each Limited Recourse Pledgor under the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.
10.17Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), including, without limitation, in connection with filings, submissions and any other similar documentation required or customary to comply with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable stock exchange; (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law or if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in each case to the extent such assignment or participation is permitted hereunder, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder; (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Facilities or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities; (h) with the consent of Borrower; (i) to any financing source or potential financing source of any Lender; or (j) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Borrower. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and any of their respective Related Parties, may (A) disclose the existence of this Agreement and customary information about this Agreement to (x) market data collectors and similar service providers to the lending industry and (y) service providers to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made pursuant to this clause (y) will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); and (B) with the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) use any information (not constituting Information subject
128
to the foregoing confidentiality restrictions) related to the syndication and arrangement of the credit facilities contemplated by this Agreement in connection with marketing, press releases, or other transactional announcements or updates provided to investor or trade publications, including the placement of “tombstone” advertisements in publications of its choice at its own expense.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information clearly identified as confidential received from Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or from any other person on their behalf) relating to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
10.18Automatic Debits. With respect to any principal, interest, fee, or any other cost or expense (including attorney costs of Administrative Agent or any Lender payable by Borrower hereunder) due and payable to Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any deposit account of Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such principal, interest, fee or other cost or expense. The Administrative Agent shall endeavor to provide Borrower with notice of such debits promptly after the occurrence of such debits, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to do so or incur any liability for failing to do so. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the amount then due, such debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section 10.18 shall be deemed a set-off and no such debit shall be deemed a waiver of any Loan Party’s right to dispute the amount of such debit or to request additional detail with respect to such debit.
10.19Patriot Act. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies Borrower and each other Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower and each other Loan Party and certain related parties thereto, which information includes the names and addresses and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower, each other Loan Party and certain of their beneficial owners and other officers in accordance with the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230. Borrower and each other Loan Party will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries and the Limited Recourse Pledgors to, provide, to the extent commercially reasonable or required by any Requirement of Law, such information and documents and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with “know your customer” requirements under the PATRIOT Act, 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 or other applicable anti-money laundering laws.
10.20Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.
129
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEAAffected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEAthe applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEAthe applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEAAffected Financial Institution; and
(b)the effects of any Bail-In Action on any liability, including, if applicable:
(i) |
a reduction in full or in part of cancellation of any such liability; |
(ii) |
(b) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEAAffected Financial Institution, its parent entityundertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; andor |
(iii) |
(c) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEAWrite-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority. |
10.21Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs.
To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Specified Swap Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
(a)In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the
130
U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
(b)As used in this Section 10.21, the following terms have the following meanings:
“BHC Act Affiliate”: with respect to any party, an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
“Covered Entity”: any of the following:
(i) |
a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); |
(ii) |
a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or |
(iii) |
a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). |
“Default Right”: has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“QFC”: has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
131
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
BORROWER: |
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: |
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
as the Administrative Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
LENDERS: |
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
as the Issuing Lender and as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
Exhibit 10.7
Enfusion, Inc.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) of Enfusion, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high-caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries (“Outside Directors”). In furtherance of the purpose stated above, all Outside Directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company as set forth below:
I. Cash Retainers
(a) Annual Retainer for Board Membership: $35,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and on conference calls of our Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). No additional compensation for attending individual Board of Director meetings.
(b) Additional Annual Retainers for Committee Membership:
No additional compensation for attending individual committee meetings. All cash retainers will be paid quarterly, in arrears, or upon the earlier resignation or removal of the Outside Director. Cash retainers owing to Outsider Directors shall be annualized, meaning that with respect to Outside Directors who join the Board of Directors during the calendar year, such amounts shall be pro-rated based on the number of calendar days served by such director.
II. Equity Retainers
All grants of equity retainer awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:
(a) Value. For purposes of this Policy, “Value” means with respect to (i) any award of stock options the grant date fair value of the option (i.e., Black-Scholes Value) determined in accordance with the reasonable assumptions and methodologies employed by the Company for calculating the fair value of options under ASC 718; and (ii) any award of restricted stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs’) the product of (A) the average closing market price on the New
York Stock Exchange of one share of the Company’s common stock over the trailing 30-day period up to and including the last day immediately preceding the grant date and (B) the aggregate number of shares pursuant to such award.
(b) Revisions. The Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of awards to be granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the number of shares subject thereto, for awards of the same or different type granted on or after the date the Compensation Committee determines to make any such change or revision.
(c) Sale Event Acceleration. In the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Company’s 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Stock Plan”)), the equity retainer awards granted to Outside Directors pursuant to this Policy shall become 100% vested and exercisable.
(d) Initial Grant. Upon initial election to the Board of Directors, each new Outside Director will receive an initial, one-time equity grant (the “Initial Grant”) of restricted stock units with a Value of $187,500. The Initial Award shall vest in equal annual installments over three years from the date of grant. This Initial Award applies only to Outside Directors who are first elected to the Board of Directors subsequent to the Effective Date. All vesting of the Initial Grant shall cease if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.
(e) Annual Grant. On the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”), each Outside Director who will continue as a member of the Board of Directors following such Annual Meeting will receive a restricted stock unit grant on the date of such Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual Grant”) with a Value of $125,000. The Annual Grant shall vest in full on the earlier of (i) the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the next Annual Meeting. All vesting of the Annual Grant shall cease if the director resigns from our Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting.
III. Expenses
The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Outside Directors in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
IV. Maximum Annual Compensation
The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any Outside Director in a calendar year period shall not exceed the limits set forth in the Stock Plan or any similar provision of a successor plan).
Date Policy Approved: [_________], 2021, to be effective upon effectiveness of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1.
Exhibit 10.15
SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of October [__], 2021,
among
ENFUSION, INC.,
as Holdings,
ENFUSION LTD. LLC,
as Borrower,
THE SEVERAL LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
and
SILICON VALLEY BANK,
as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Sole Lead Arranger
CITY NATIONAL BANK,
as Syndication Agent
and
CADENCE BANK, N.A.,
as Documentation Agent
Table of Contents
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS |
2 |
|
1.1 |
Defined Terms |
2 |
1.2 |
Other Definitional Provisions. |
42 |
1.3 |
Rounding |
43 |
SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS |
43 |
|
2.1 |
Term Loan |
43 |
2.2 |
[Reserved] |
44 |
2.3 |
Repayment of Term Loans |
44 |
2.4 |
Revolving Commitments. |
44 |
2.5 |
Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing |
44 |
2.6 |
[Reserved]. |
45 |
2.7 |
[Reserved]. |
45 |
2.8 |
[Reserved]. |
45 |
2.9 |
Commitment and Other Fees |
45 |
2.10 |
Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. |
45 |
2.11 |
Optional Prepayments. |
46 |
2.12 |
Mandatory Prepayments. |
46 |
2.13 |
Conversion and Continuation Options. |
48 |
2.14 |
Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches |
48 |
2.15 |
Interest Rates and Payment Dates. |
48 |
2.16 |
Computation of Interest and Fees. |
49 |
2.17 |
Inability to Determine Interest Rate |
49 |
2.18 |
Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. |
51 |
2.19 |
Illegality; Requirements of Law. |
54 |
2.20 |
Taxes. |
55 |
2.21 |
Indemnity |
59 |
2.22 |
Change of Lending Office |
59 |
2.23 |
Substitution of Lenders |
60 |
2.24 |
Defaulting Lenders. |
61 |
2.25 |
[Reserved]. |
63 |
2.26 |
Notes |
63 |
-i-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
2.27 |
Incremental Term Facility |
63 |
SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT |
65 |
|
3.1 |
L/C Commitment. |
65 |
3.2 |
Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. |
66 |
3.3 |
Fees and Other Charges. |
67 |
3.4 |
L/C Participations. |
67 |
3.5 |
Reimbursement. |
68 |
3.6 |
Obligations Absolute. |
68 |
3.7 |
Letter of Credit Payments. |
69 |
3.8 |
Applications.. |
69 |
3.9 |
Interim Interest. |
69 |
3.10 |
Cash Collateral. |
69 |
3.11 |
Additional Issuing Lenders.. |
70 |
3.12 |
Resignation of the Issuing Lender. |
70 |
3.13 |
Applicability of ISP. |
71 |
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
71 |
|
4.1 |
Financial Condition. |
71 |
4.2 |
No Change |
72 |
4.3 |
Existence; Compliance with Law |
72 |
4.4 |
Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations |
72 |
4.5 |
No Legal Bar |
72 |
4.6 |
Litigation |
72 |
4.7 |
No Default |
72 |
4.8 |
Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments |
73 |
4.9 |
Intellectual Property |
73 |
4.10 |
Taxes |
73 |
4.11 |
Federal Regulations |
73 |
4.12 |
Labor Matters |
73 |
4.13 |
ERISA. |
74 |
4.14 |
Investment Company Act; Other Regulations |
74 |
4.15 |
Subsidiaries |
75 |
-ii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
4.16 |
Use of Proceeds |
75 |
4.17 |
Environmental Matters |
75 |
4.18 |
Accuracy of Information, etc |
76 |
4.19 |
Security Documents. |
76 |
4.20 |
Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer |
77 |
4.21 |
Regulation H |
77 |
4.22 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
77 |
4.23 |
[Reserved]. |
77 |
4.24 |
Insurance |
77 |
4.25 |
No Casualty |
77 |
4.26 |
[Reserved] |
77 |
4.27 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
77 |
4.28 |
OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws |
78 |
4.29 |
No Fees |
78 |
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
78 |
|
5.1 |
Conditions to Effectiveness |
78 |
5.2 |
Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension |
80 |
5.3 |
Post-Closing Conditions |
81 |
SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
82 |
|
6.1 |
Financial Statements |
82 |
6.2 |
Certificates; Reports; Other Information |
83 |
6.3 |
Anti-Corruption Laws |
84 |
6.4 |
Payment of Obligations; Taxes |
84 |
6.5 |
Maintenance of Existence; Compliance |
84 |
6.6 |
Maintenance of Property; Insurance |
85 |
6.7 |
Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions |
85 |
6.8 |
Notices |
85 |
6.9 |
Environmental Laws. |
86 |
6.10 |
Operating Accounts |
87 |
6.11 |
[Reserved] |
87 |
-iii-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
6.12 |
Additional Collateral, etc. |
87 |
6.13 |
Insider Subordinated Indebtedness |
89 |
6.14 |
Use of Proceeds |
90 |
6.15 |
Designated Senior Indebtedness |
90 |
6.16 |
Further Assurances |
90 |
SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
90 |
|
7.1 |
Financial Condition Covenant. |
90 |
7.2 |
Indebtedness |
92 |
7.3 |
Liens |
93 |
7.4 |
Fundamental Changes |
95 |
7.5 |
Disposition of Property |
95 |
7.6 |
Restricted Payments |
96 |
7.7 |
Earn-Out Obligations |
97 |
7.8 |
Investments |
98 |
7.9 |
ERISA |
100 |
7.10 |
Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments |
101 |
7.11 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
101 |
7.12 |
Sale Leaseback Transactions |
101 |
7.13 |
Swap Agreements |
101 |
7.14 |
Accounting Changes |
102 |
7.15 |
Negative Pledge Clauses |
102 |
7.16 |
Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions |
102 |
7.17 |
Lines of Business |
102 |
7.18 |
Designation of other Indebtedness |
102 |
7.19 |
Holdings |
102 |
7.20 |
Amendments to Organizational Agreements |
103 |
7.21 |
Use of Proceeds |
103 |
7.22 |
Subordinated Debt. |
103 |
7.23 |
Anti-Terrorism Laws |
104 |
SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
104 |
|
8.1 |
Events of Default |
104 |
-iv-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
8.2 |
Remedies Upon Event of Default |
106 |
8.3 |
Application of Funds |
107 |
SECTION 9 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT |
108 |
|
9.1 |
Appointment and Authority. |
108 |
9.2 |
Delegation of Duties |
109 |
9.3 |
Exculpatory Provisions |
110 |
9.4 |
Reliance by Administrative Agent |
110 |
9.5 |
Notice of Default |
111 |
9.6 |
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders |
111 |
9.7 |
Indemnification |
112 |
9.8 |
Agent in Its Individual Capacity |
112 |
9.9 |
Successor Agent. |
112 |
9.10 |
Collateral and Guaranty Matters |
113 |
9.11 |
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. |
114 |
9.12 |
No Other Duties, etc. |
115 |
9.13 |
Reports and Financial Statements. |
115 |
9.14 |
Erroneous Payments. |
115 |
9.15 |
Survival. |
118 |
SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS |
118 |
|
10.1 |
Amendments and Waivers. |
118 |
10.2 |
Notices. |
121 |
10.3 |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
122 |
10.4 |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
122 |
10.5 |
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. |
122 |
10.6 |
Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. |
124 |
10.7 |
Adjustments; Set-off. |
128 |
10.8 |
Payments Set Aside |
129 |
10.9 |
Interest Rate Limitation |
129 |
10.10 |
Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments. |
129 |
10.11 |
Severability |
130 |
10.12 |
Integration |
130 |
-v-
Table of Contents
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
10.13 |
GOVERNING LAW |
130 |
10.14 |
Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers |
130 |
10.15 |
Acknowledgements |
131 |
10.16 |
Releases of Guarantees and Liens. |
131 |
10.17 |
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality |
132 |
10.18 |
Automatic Debits |
133 |
10.19 |
Patriot Act |
133 |
10.20 |
Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. |
134 |
10.21 |
Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. |
134 |
10.22 |
Amendment and Restatement of Existing Credit Agreement; Acknowledgment of Prior Obligations; No Novation |
135 |
-vi-
Table of Contents
(continued)
SCHEDULES |
|
|
|
Schedule 1.1A: |
Commitments and Term Loans |
Schedule 4.6: |
Litigation |
Schedule 4.15: |
Subsidiaries |
Schedule 4.17: |
Environmental Matters |
Schedule 4.19(a): |
Security Documents |
Schedule 4.29: |
Fees |
Schedule 7.2(d): |
Existing Indebtedness |
Schedule 7.3(f): |
Existing Liens |
|
|
EXHIBITS |
|
|
|
Exhibit A: |
Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement |
Exhibit B: |
Form of Compliance Certificate |
Exhibit C: |
Form of Secretary’s/Managing Member’s Certificate |
Exhibit D: |
Form of Solvency Certificate |
Exhibit E: |
Form of Assignment and Assumption |
Exhibits F-1 – F-4: |
Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate |
Exhibit G: |
Corporate Reorganization |
Exhibit H-1: |
Form of Revolving Loan Note |
Exhibit H-2: |
Form of Term Loan Note |
Exhibit I: |
Form of Collateral Information Certificate |
Exhibit J: |
Form of Notice of Borrowing |
Exhibit K: |
Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation |
-vii-
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of October [__], 2021, is entered into by and among ENFUSION, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), ENFUSION LTD. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to this Agreement as lenders, including pursuant to Sections 2.27 or 10.6 (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), SILICON VALLEY BANK (“SVB”), as the Issuing Lender, and SVB, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (in such capacities, the “Administrative Agent”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Borrower is a party to that certain Credit Agreement, originally dated as of August 2, 2019, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2020, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2020 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified and in effect immediately prior to date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”), among Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which the lenders, the issuing lenders party thereto and the swingline lender party thereto have made available to Borrower certain extensions of credit;
WHEREAS, Holdings, Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the other parties hereto have agreed to enter into this Agreement in order to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety;
WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to continue to extend, upon the terms and conditions in this Agreement, (i) a term loan facility to Borrower in the aggregate original principal amount of $100,000,000, $98,750,000 of which is outstanding as of the date hereof and (ii) a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 and a letter of credit facility in the aggregate availability amount of $2,000,000 (as a sublimit of the revolving loan facility) of which revolving loan facility, $[0.00]1 is outstanding as of the date hereof;
WHEREAS, Borrower has agreed to continue to secure all of its Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of its assets; and
WHEREAS, after giving effect to the Closing Date Reorganization (as defined herein), Holdings will be the direct or indirect owner of 100% of the voting Capital Stock of Borrower.
WHEREAS, Holdings and each of the other Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower and to secure their respective Obligations in respect of such guarantee by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority lien on substantially all of their assets.
1 |
To be confirmed at closing. |
1
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree that the Existing Credit Agreement shall be and hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows (it being agreed that this Agreement shall not be deemed to evidence or result in a novation or repayment and reborrowing of the Obligations under, and as defined in, the Existing Credit Agreement):
SECTION 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.
“ABR”: for any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, or (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the ABR be deemed to be less than 3.50%. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
“ABR Loans”: Loans, the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.
“Account Debtor”: any Person who may become obligated to any Person under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, chattel paper or general intangible (including a payment intangible). Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account Debtor,” when used herein, shall mean an Account Debtor in respect of an Account of a Group Member.
“Accounting Change”: as defined in the definition of “GAAP”.
“Accounts”: all “accounts” (as defined in the UCC) of a Person, including, without limitation, accounts, accounts receivable, monies due or to become due and obligations in any form (whether arising in connection with contracts, contract rights, instruments, general intangibles, or chattel paper), in each case whether arising out of goods sold or services rendered or from any other transaction and whether or not earned by performance, now or hereafter in existence, and all documents of title or other documents representing any of the foregoing, and all collateral security and guaranties of any kind, now or hereafter in existence, given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing. Unless otherwise stated, the term “Account,” when used herein, shall mean an Account of a Group Member.
“Administrative Agent”: SVB, as the administrative and collateral agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.
“Affected Financial Institution”: (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
“Affected Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23.
“Affiliate”: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of determining the Affiliates of any Loan Party, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.
“Agent Parties”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(ii).
2
“Aggregate Exposure”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans, (b) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, and (c) without duplication of clause (b), the L/C Commitment of such Lender then in effect (as a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender).
“Aggregate Exposure Percentage”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.
“Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
“Applicable Margin”: with respect to any Loans, as of any date of determination, from one Pricing Date to the next, the rates per annum determined in accordance with the following schedule:
LEVEL |
CONSOLIDATED SENIOR
|
EURODOLLAR LOANS |
ABR LOANS |
---|---|---|---|
I |
≥ 3.50:1.00 |
4.25% |
2.75% |
II |
<3.50:1.00 and ≥ 3.00:1.00 |
3.75% |
2.25% |
III |
<3.00:1.00 |
3.25% |
1.75% |
For purposes hereof, the term “Pricing Date” means, for any Fiscal Quarter of Holdings ending on or after December 31, 2020, the date on which the Administrative Agent is in receipt of the most recent Compliance Certificate for the Fiscal Quarter then ended, pursuant to Section 6.2(a). The Applicable Margin shall be established based on the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio for the most recently completed Fiscal Quarter and the Applicable Margin established on a Pricing Date shall remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. If the Loan Parties have not delivered the Compliance Certificate by the date such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered under Section 6.2(a) until such Compliance Certificate is delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be at Level I. If the Loan Parties subsequently deliver such Compliance Certificate before the next Pricing Date, the Applicable Margin shall be determined on the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate and remain in effect until the next Pricing Date. In all other circumstances, the Applicable Margin shall be in effect from the Pricing Date that occurs immediately after the end of the Fiscal Quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate until the next Pricing Date. Each determination of the Applicable Margin made by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing shall be conclusive and binding on the Loan Parties and the Lenders if reasonably determined. If, prior to the Discharge of Obligations, Borrower or Administrative Agent determines in good faith that the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio on which the applicable interest rate for any particular period was determined is inaccurate, and as a consequence thereof, the Applicable Margin was lower than it should have been, (i) Holdings and Borrower shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such period, (ii) Administrative Agent shall notify Holdings and Borrower of the amount of interest and fees that would have been due in respect of any outstanding Obligation during such period had the applicable rate been calculated based on the correct Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio and (iii) Holdings and Borrower shall promptly pay to Administrative Agent for the
3
benefit of the applicable Lenders and other Persons the difference between the amount that should have been due and the amount actually paid in respect of such period; provided that, (x) Holdings and Borrower shall not be responsible for any such amounts after the Discharge of Obligations and (y) nonpayment as a result of such inaccuracy shall not in any event be deemed retroactively to be an Event of Default. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio for the purpose of determining the Applicable Margin shall include netting of Qualified Cash in accordance with the definition of Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio.
“Application”: an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to issue a Letter of Credit.
“Approved Fund”: any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Asset Sale”: any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property (excluding any such Disposition permitted by clauses (a) through (k) or (m) of Section 7.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of (i) $100,000 for any single Disposition or (ii) $250,000 for all Dispositions in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date.
“Assignment and Assumption”: an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.6), in substantially the form of Exhibit E or any other form (including electronic documentation generated by an electronic platform) approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Available Revolving Commitment”: at any time, an amount equal to (a) the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time, minus (b) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, minus (c) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time, minus (d) the aggregate principal balance of any Revolving Loans outstanding at such time.
“Available Tenor”: as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of Interest Period pursuant to Section 2.17(b)(iv).
“Bail-In Action”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation”: (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other Insolvency Proceedings).
4
“Bankruptcy Code”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”
“Bank Services”: cash management and other services provided to one or more of the Loan Parties by a Bank Services Provider which may include treasury, depository, return items, overdraft, controlled disbursement, merchant store value cards, e-payables services, electronic funds transfer, interstate depository network, automatic clearing house transfer (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic funds transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system), merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card (including so-called "purchase cards", "procurement cards" or "p-cards"), credit card processing services, debit cards, stored value cards, and check cashing services identified in such Bank Services Provider’s various cash management services or other similar agreements (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).
“Bank Services Provider”: the Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Affiliate of the foregoing who provides Bank Services to any Loan Party.
“Benchmark”: initially, USD LIBOR; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event, or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to USD LIBOR or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 2.17(b)(i).
“Benchmark Replacement”: (a) for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:
(i) |
the sum of: (1) Term SOFR and (2) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; |
(ii) |
the sum of: (1) Daily Simple SOFR and (2) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; |
(iii) |
the sum of: (1) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (x) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (y) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time and (2) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; |
provided that, in the case of clause (i), such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
(b) |
With respect to any Term SOFR Transition Event, the sum of: (1) Term SOFR and (2) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment. |
If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
5
“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment”: with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement:
(a) |
for purposes of clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent: |
(1)the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for the applicable Corresponding Tenor;
(2)the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that would apply to the fallback rate for a derivative transaction referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon an index cessation event with respect to such Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor; and
(b) |
for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for Dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities; |
provided that, in the case of clause (a) above, such adjustment is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such Benchmark Replacement Adjustment from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes”: with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “ABR,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides, after consultation with Holdings and Borrower, may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides, after consultation with Holdings and Borrower is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
“Benchmark Replacement Date”: the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(a) |
in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and |
6
(ii) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
(b) |
in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein; |
(c) |
in the case of a Term SOFR Transition Event, the date that is thirty (30) days after the Administrative Agent has provided the Term SOFR Notice to the Lenders and Borrower pursuant to Section 2.17(a)(ii); or |
(d) |
in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. |
For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (a) or (b) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Transition Event”: the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(a) |
a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); |
(b) |
a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or |
(c) |
a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation |
7
thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative.
For the avoidance of doubt, a Benchmark Transition Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Unavailability Period”: the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with this Section titled “Benchmark Replacement Setting” and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.17(b).
“Benefitted Lender”: as defined in Section 10.7(a).
“Blocked Person”: as defined in Section 7.23.
“Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).
“Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
“Borrowing Date”: any Business Day specified by Borrower in a Notice of Borrowing as a date on which Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.
“Business”: as defined in Section 4.17(b).
“Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of California or the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close; provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.
“Capital Lease Obligations”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on the Original Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date or entered into thereafter) shall continue to be accounted for as operating lease obligations (and not as Capital Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Original Closing Date that would otherwise require such obligations to be recharacterized (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) as Capital Lease Obligations.
“Capital Stock”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
8
“Cash Collateralize”: to pledge and deposit with or deliver to (a) with respect to Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and one or more of the Lenders, as applicable, as collateral for L/C Exposure or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the L/C Exposure or, if the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender; (b) with respect to Obligations arising under any Bank Services Agreement in connection with Bank Services, the applicable Bank Services Provider, as provider of Bank Services, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances having an aggregate value of at least 105% of the aggregate amount of the Obligations of the Group Members arising under all such Bank Services Agreements evidencing such Bank Services or, if such Bank Services Provider shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Bank Services Provider; or (c) with respect to Obligations in respect of any Specified Swap Agreements, the applicable Qualified Counterparty, as collateral for such Obligations, cash or Deposit Account balances or, if such Qualified Counterparty shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Qualified Counterparty. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $3,000,000,000.
“Casualty Event”: any damage to or any destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking by any Governmental Authority of any property of the Loan Parties.
“Certificated Securities”: as defined in Section 4.19(a).
“Change of Control”: (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Investors, shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3
9
and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 40% of either the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Holdings (determined on a fully diluted basis) or economic interest in Holdings (determined on a fully diluted basis); (b) at any time Holdings shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding voting Capital Stock of Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Security Documents and non-consensual Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof that are being contested in good faith); (c) except to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, at any time Borrower shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of any other Guarantor that is an operating company free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Security Documents and non-consensual Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof that are being contested in good faith); provided that, with respect to any Guarantor formed in a jurisdiction where a law, rule or regulation of such jurisdiction restricts Borrower from owning and controlling, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor, in each case, this clause (c) shall not apply so long as (x) Borrower owns and controls no less than ninety-nine percent (99%) (or such lesser amount representing the maximum amount of Capital Stock Holdings is permitted to own and control) of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of such Guarantor free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement) and (y) Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of such situation and the limitations of such Guarantor’s jurisdiction; or (d) except to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement, at any time Holdings shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of any other Guarantor free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Security Documents and non-consensual Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof that are being contested in good faith).
“Closing Date”: the date on which all of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent and, as applicable, the Lenders or the Required Lenders, which date is October [__], 2021.
“Closing Date Reorganization”: a corporate reorganization occurring on or prior to the Closing Date in which all shareholders in accordance with the transaction steps attached hereto as Exhibit G.
“Code”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Collateral”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document. For the avoidance of doubt, no Excluded Asset (as such term is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) shall constitute “Collateral.”
“Collateral Information Certificate”: the Amended and Restated Collateral Information Certificate to be executed and delivered by Holdings, Borrower and each other Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.1 (as updated from time to time), substantially in the form of Exhibit I.
“Collateral-Related Expenses”: all costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent paid or incurred in connection with any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and reimbursement for all other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including as described in Section 6.6 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), and all amounts for which the Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under the Security Documents and all advances made by the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents for the account of any Loan Party.
“Commitment”: as to any Lender, the sum of its Term Commitment and its Revolving Commitment.
10
“Commitment Fee”: as defined in Section 2.9(b).
“Commitment Fee Rate”: 0.50% per annum.
“Compliance Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings and Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
“Connection Income Taxes”: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”: shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period,
(a)Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus,
(b)without duplication, the sum of the following amounts for such period, in each case (other than with respect to clause (xviii) below) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(i)interest expense;
(ii)tax expense (based on income, profits, or capital, including federal, foreign, state, local, franchise, excise, and similar taxes and net of tax benefits arising from Permitted Acquisitions to the extent actually received);
(iii)depreciation and amortization expense as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(iv)transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Loan Documents, which are paid (A) on or prior to the Closing Date, in each case, as described on the sources and uses on the Closing Date or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (B) after the Closing Date, to the extent incurred on or before the date that is 120 days after the Closing Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000;
(v)charges incurred in connection with or attributable to the Tax Receivable Agreement;2
(vi)employee retention bonuses, if any payable by a Loan Party in connection with any Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters; provided that such amounts are not funded with the proceeds of Capital Stock issued by Holdings;
(vii)non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Capital Stock of any Group Member, the granting of options for Capital Stock in any Group Member, the granting of appreciation rights and similar arrangements in respect of Capital Stock of any Group Member (including any re-pricing, amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such Capital Stock or similar arrangements);
2 |
Please provide a draft. |
11
(viii)cash and non-cash expenses (including those arising from litigation) to the extent that the same are reimbursable in cash by an unaffiliated third party pursuant to an indemnity, guaranty or insurance and one of the following has occurred:
(A)such expenses have actually been so reimbursed,
(B)such third party has expressly agreed to so reimburse such expenses on or before the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the period for which such expenses are being added back pursuant to this clause (B) and Borrower has acknowledged that the reimbursement of any such expenses is not subject to a valid dispute in the Compliance Certificate when delivered pursuant to the provisions in the Loan Documents and promptly notifies the Administrative Agent in writing of any such dispute, or
(C)such expenses have been funded with proceeds of Capital Stock issued by Holdings, so long as such issuance would not require a prepayment of the Obligations under Section 2.12(a);
(ix)(A) reasonable and customary non-recurring fees, costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with the issuance and registration of an IPO (including without limitation the Closing Date Reorganization) (I) consisting of an underwriting fee, to the extent financed with the gross proceeds of such IPO and (II) other fees in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 during the term of this Agreement and (B) other reasonable and customary non-recurring fees, costs and expenses, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters actually incurred in connection with issuances of Capital Stock or incurrence or issuances of Indebtedness;
(x)infrequent, extraordinary or non-recurring losses, costs or expenses as determined in accordance with GAAP in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,500,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters;
(xi)in connection with Permitted Acquisitions:
(A)(1) reasonable and customary non-recurring transaction costs and expenses incurred as reflected on the sources and uses delivered to the Administrative Agent, (2) and (2) non-recurring, cash and non-cash restructuring charges related to severance, employee and management changes, or the discontinuance of any portion of the business or operations, cash charges related to deferred stock compensation plans, related to such Permitted Acquisitions incurred within one year after the closing of such transaction, provided that the aggregate amount of all items described in this clause (A) and the immediately following clause (B) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters or such greater amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion, and
(B)reasonable and customary non-recurring transaction costs and expenses, incurred in connection with any proposed Permitted Acquisitions that are not consummated, no later than one year after the abandonment of such proposed Permitted Acquisition, provided that the aggregate amount of all items described in this clause (B) and the immediately preceding clause (A) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters or such greater amount approved by the Administrative Agent in its discretion;
12
(xii)reasonable and documented fees, costs, and expenses incurred and paid in cash in connection with (A) [reserved], (B) [reserved], or (C) any other amendment, waiver, or other modification of this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 for any such other amendment, waiver or other modification;
(xiii)(a) amounts representing the impact of and expenses relating to purchase accounting adjustments, and (b) for a period of up to one year after the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition (or, in the case of purchase accounting adjustments relating to deferred revenue, for any period after the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition), amounts representing the impact of and expenses relating to other purchase accounting adjustments in connection with such Permitted Acquisition arising by reason of the application of FASB ASC 805;
(xiv)[reserved];
(xv)non-cash exchange, transaction, translation, or performance losses relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations;
(xvi)losses on the non-ordinary course sale of assets;
(xvii) (a) board of director and operating partner fees and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters and (b) [reserved];
(xviii)other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding (a) accruals for cash expenses made in the ordinary course of business, (b) any such non-cash items to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for cash items in any future period, (c) amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period, (d) write-offs of accounts receivable, (e) write-offs of inventory and (f) write-offs of prepaid expenses, in each case to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income); and
(xix)any cash payments received in such period that are related to prior accruals of charges deducted in Consolidated Net Income and that have not been added back pursuant to clauses (b)(vii) and (b)(xvii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;
minus
(c)without duplication, the following amounts for such period, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period (except for amounts described in clause (ii)):
(i)infrequent, extraordinary or non-recurring gains as determined in accordance with GAAP;
(ii)software development costs and sales commissions to the extent capitalized in accordance with GAAP;
(iii)gains on sales of assets, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(iv)income arising by reason of the application of certain accounting principles as referenced in clause (b)(xii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;
13
(v)non-cash exchange, transaction, translation, or performance gains relating to any foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations;
(vi)income tax benefits or gains;
(vii)any cancellation of indebtedness income and gains from repurchases of Indebtedness;
(viii)other non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item in any period); and
(ix)any cash payments made that are related to a prior accrual of charges that were added back pursuant to clause (b)(vii) above in this definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to the extent they have been submitted for reimbursement and such reimbursement has been denied or is subject to a valid dispute.
For the purposes of calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in connection with the measurement of the Financial Condition Covenant (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in connection with any pro forma incurrence based measurements hereunder) for any reporting period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”), if at any time during such Reference Period (whether prior to, on or after the Closing Date), any Group Member shall have consummated a Permitted Acquisition, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable, as if such Permitted Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (including pro forma adjustments to reflect operating expense reductions (but not revenue increases) arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, as applicable; provided that such reductions are (I) expected to have a continuing impact, (II) (x) recommended by any “quality of earnings report” or due diligence financial review conducted by financial advisors retained by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (y) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC (but including negative adjustments for capitalized software costs), (III) supported by data that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, (IV) [reserved], (V) not duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (or any components thereof) for such Reference Period, whether through a pro form adjustment or otherwise, and (VI) factually supportable, documented in sufficient detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as satisfying the conditions specified in the foregoing clauses (I) through (V)).
“Consolidated Capital Expenditures”: for any period, with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings) by such Group Members during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings, minus the aggregate amount of such expenditures funded with proceeds of the issuance of Capital Stock by Holdings.
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) the sum, without duplication, of: (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period, minus (ii) all federal, state and local taxes (including for purposes hereof, Permitted Tax Distributions) actually paid by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in cash (net of any cash refunds received) during
14
such period, minus (iii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount funded with the Loans and any other Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2) for such period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.
“Consolidated Fixed Charges”: with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense, to the extent actually paid in cash, for such period, plus (b) scheduled payments made in cash during such period on account of all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, (i) employee retention bonus payments made in cash and added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to clause (b)(v) of the definition thereof, (ii) scheduled principal payments in respect of the Term Loans and (iii) payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, but excluding mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.12); provided that Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be determined solely on the basis of information for the period on and following December 17, 2020 and the results shall be annualized in a customary manner until four full fiscal quarters have elapsed after December 17, 2020. For purposes of clause (b) of this definition, (i) for each of the periods ending after December 17, 2020 and prior to or on December 31, 2021, a principal payment of the Term Loans shall be deemed to have been made in the amount of $2,500,000 and (ii) for each of the periods ending on or after March 31, 2022, principal payments shall include any payments made pursuant to Section 2.3 during the applicable trailing four fiscal quarter period.
“Consolidated Interest Expense”: for any period, total cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Persons (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP, but excluding, if applicable and to the extent included in total cash interest expense, any amortization of fees, charges and deferred financing costs, including all such fees paid on the Closing Date).
“Consolidated Net Income”: for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” (a) the income (or deficit) of any such Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries (other than for the avoidance of doubt as a result of the Closing Date Reorganization), (b) the income (or deficit) of any such Person (other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary.
“Consolidated Senior Indebtedness”: at any date, the aggregate principal amount of the Loans and Capital Lease Obligations.
“Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Indebtedness (net of up to $7,500,000 of Qualified Cash of the Loan Parties that is in excess of $2,500,000) on such day, to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period.
“Consolidated Working Capital”: at any date, the excess of current assets (net of cash and Cash Equivalents) over current liabilities (exclusive of the current portion of Indebtedness and associated interest
15
and taxes in respect of such Indebtedness) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
“Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control Agreement”: any account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent entered into among the depository institution at which a Loan Party maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary at which a Loan Party maintains a Securities Account, such Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Administrative Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the UCC or any other applicable law) over such Deposit Account or Securities Account.
“Corresponding Tenor”: with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.
“Cure Amount”: as defined in Section 7.1(c).
“Cure Right”: as defined in Section 7.1(c).
“Daily Simple SOFR”: for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for syndicated business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may, after consultation with Holdings and Borrower, establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.
“Debtor Relief Laws”: the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
“Default Rate”: as defined in Section 2.15(c).
“Defaulting Lender”: subject to Section 2.24(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent,
16
together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.24(b)) effective as of the relevant date set forth in clauses (a) through (d) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to Borrower, the Issuing Lender and each Lender.
“Deposit Account”: any “deposit account” as defined in the UCC.
“Deposit Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a financial institution holding a Deposit Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Deposit Account.
“Designated Jurisdiction”: any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
“Discharge of Obligations”: subject to Section 10.8, the satisfaction of the Obligations (including all such Obligations relating to Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements) by the payment in full, in cash (or, as applicable, Cash Collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of the principal of and interest on or other liabilities relating to each Loan and any previously provided Bank Services, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document (other than inchoate indemnification obligations and any other obligations which pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document specifically survive repayment of the Loans for which no claim has been made), and other Obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services, to the extent (a) any such Obligations in respect of Specified Swap Agreements have, if required by any applicable Qualified Counterparties, been Cash Collateralized, (b) no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (or, as applicable, each outstanding and undrawn Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), (c) no Obligations in respect of any Bank Services are outstanding (or, as applicable, all such outstanding Obligations in respect of Bank Services have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), and (d) the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders are terminated.
“Disposition”: with respect to any property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Holdings), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition thereof and any issuance of Capital Stock of Holdings, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.
17
“Disqualified Stock”: any Capital Stock (provided that any Capital Stock issued to or by any plan for the benefit of former, current or future employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it is required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of the termination, death or disability of any such employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant) that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable (other than solely for Capital Stock that does not otherwise constitute Disqualified Stock) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in each case, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the latest date on which any of the Loans mature hereunder. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that Holdings, Borrower and their Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.
“Division”: in reference to any Person which is an entity, the division of such Person into two (2) or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or terminating its existence as part of such division, including as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other applicable Requirements of Law.
“Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.
“Domestic Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of any Loan Party organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Early Opt-in Election”: if the then-current Benchmark is USD LIBOR, the occurrence of:
(a) |
a notification by the Administrative Agent to (or the request by Borrower to the Administrative Agent to notify) each of the other parties hereto that at least five (5) currently outstanding Dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) a SOFR-based rate (including SOFR, Term SOFR or any other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate (and such syndicated credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review), and |
(b) |
the joint election by the Administrative Agent and Borrower to trigger a fallback from USD LIBOR and the provision by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Lenders. |
“EEA Financial Institution”: (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country”: any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
18
“EEA Resolution Authority”: any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Eligible Assignee”: (a) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or any Approved Fund, or (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses; provided that none of Borrower, any Affiliate of Borrower or, unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor, shall be an Eligible Assignee.
“Environmental Laws”: any and all foreign, federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.
“Environmental Liability”: any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Holdings, Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) a violation of an Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Materials of Environmental Concern, (c) exposure to any Materials of Environmental Concern, (d) the release or threatened release of any Materials of Environmental Concern into the environment, or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including (unless the context otherwise requires) any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate”: each business or entity which is, or within the last six years was, a member of a “controlled group of corporations,” under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code, required to be aggregated with any Loan Party under Section 414(o) of the Code, or is, or within the last six years was, under “common control” with any Loan Party, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.
“ERISA Event”: any of (a) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Pension Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (b) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Pension Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (c) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Pension Plan or the termination of any Pension Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of
19
Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the failure by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (i) an event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (k) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (l) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA that has resulted or may be reasonably expected to result in a material liability for which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (m) the occurrence of an act or omission which would give rise to the imposition on any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate under Chapter 43 of the Code or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (n) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Pension Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in connection with any such Pension Plan, in each case for which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof may be directly or indirectly liable; (o) receipt from the IRS of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, in each case, in all material respects; or (p) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code.
“ERISA Funding Rules”: the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans, as set forth in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, with respect to Plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and thereafter, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.
“Erroneous Payment”: as defined in Section 9.14(a).
“Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”: as defined in Section 9.14(d).
“Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”: as defined in Section 9.14(d).
“Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”: as defined in Section 9.14(d).
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule”: the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.
“Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
20
“Eurodollar Base Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR rate available (“LIBOR”) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period (as set forth by Bloomberg Information Service or any successor thereto or any other commercially available service reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent which provides quotations of LIBOR). In the event that the Administrative Agent determines that LIBOR is not available, the “Eurodollar Base Rate” shall be determined by reference to the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation rate to first class banks in the London interbank market by SVB for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant Interest Period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the applicable Loan of the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, for which the Eurodollar Base Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period, as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In no event shall the Eurodollar Base Rate be less than 1.00%.
“Eurodollar Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.
“Eurodollar Rate”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 1.00% and (b) the rate determined for such day in accordance with the following formula:
Eurodollar Base Rate |
1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements |
The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements which affect Eurodollar Loans to be made as of, and ABR Loans to be converted into Eurodollar Loans, in any such case, at the beginning of the next applicable Interest Period.
“Eurodollar Tranche”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility (other than the L/C Facility), the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).
“Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 8.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
“Excess Cash Flow”: for any fiscal year (or other period) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year (or other period) less, without duplication:
(a)(x) current taxes based on income, profits or capital of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid and payable in cash with respect to such period, (y) withholding or similar taxes paid and payable in cash with respect to such period in connection with the repatriation of assets, income or earnings to any Loan Party and (z) Permitted Tax Distributions paid in cash with respect to such period,
21
(b)interest expense of Holdings and its Subsidiaries paid in cash in such period or that is payable in such period and is paid in cash prior to the Excess Cash Flow Application Date for such period (provided that such amounts paid after the end of the applicable period that reduce Excess Cash Flow for such applicable period shall not be deducted in determining Excess Cash Flow for the period in which such amounts are paid),
(c)the aggregate amount actually paid by Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP during such fiscal year (or other period) on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount of Loans and other Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures, and any such expenditures financed with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount),
(d)[reserved],
(e)the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled principal payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP made during such fiscal year (or other period) (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder),
(f)the amount of unfinanced cash payments made in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and other permitted Investments to the extent consummated (including transaction expenses, net working capital adjustments, and earn-out payments, in each case, to the extent permitted under this Agreement),
(g)without duplication, any other amounts paid in cash with respect to such period to the extent added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and, without duplication, pro forma adjustments described in the last paragraph of the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, in each case, with respect to such period to the extent added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, and
(h)without duplication of any other amounts included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including, without limitation, short-term deferred revenue), the amount, if any, by which the Consolidated Working Capital increased during such period,
plus
(i)without duplication of any other amounts included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including, without limitation, short-term deferred revenue), the amount, if any, by which the Consolidated Working Capital decreased during such period.
“Excess Cash Flow Application Date”: as defined in Section 2.12(d).
“Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
“Excluded Accounts”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Subsidiary”: any direct or indirect Subsidiary that is (a) not a Domestic Subsidiary if becoming a Guarantor would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences
22
(including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), (b) a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company if becoming a Guarantor hereunder would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), (c) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in Section 957 of the Code) if becoming a Guarantor would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences (including after giving effect to a change in Requirements of Law after the Closing Date), or (d) an Immaterial Subsidiary. No Subsidiary of Holdings that is a direct or indirect parent of Borrower shall be an Excluded Subsidiary.
“Excluded Swap Obligations”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Excluded Taxes”: any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof), or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment or becomes the Administrative Agent (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 2.23) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.20(f); and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
“Existing Credit Agreement”: as defined in the recitals hereto.
“Extraordinary Receipt”: any cash received by, or paid to or for the account of, any Group Member in the form of a purchase price adjustment or indemnification payment made in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, other than (a) any working capital adjustments in connection with any of the foregoing, (b) any single or related series of amounts received in an aggregate amount less than $500,000 and (c) any such indemnification payment to the extent applied within 180 days (or committed to be applied within 180 days and applied within 270 days) of receipt to pay (or to provide reimbursement for) (i) costs of repair or environmental remediation with respect to assets purchased pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition or (ii) out-of-pocket money damages incurred by any Group Member in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.
“Facility”: each of (a) the Term Facility, (b) the L/C Facility (which is a sub-facility of the Revolving Facility), and (c) the Revolving Facility.
“FASB ASC”: the Accounting Standards certification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
“FATCA”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.
23
“Federal Funds Effective Rate”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“Fee Letter”: individually or collectively as the context requires, (a) the fee letter dated as of the Original Closing Date between Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (b) the fee letter agreement dated as of December 17, 2020, in each case, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
“Financial Condition Covenant”: is defined in Section 7.1(c).
“Flood Laws”: the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and related legislation (including the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).
“Floor”: the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to USD LIBOR.
“Foreign Currency”: lawful money of a country other than the United States.
“Foreign Lender”: (a) if Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
“Foreign Subsidiary”: in respect of any Group Member, any Subsidiary of such Group Member that is not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Loan Party.
“Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company”: any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower, substantially all of the assets of which consist of the Capital Stock of one or more controlled foreign corporations (within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code) or other Foreign Subsidiary Holding Companies.
“Fronting Exposure”: at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, as applicable, with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s L/C Percentage of the outstanding L/C Exposure other than L/C Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Fund”: any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
“Funded Debt”: as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person which matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
24
“Funding Office”: the Revolving Loan Funding Office or the Term Loan Funding Office, as the context requires.
“GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that for purposes of the Financial Condition Covenant, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the Original Closing Date and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.1(b). In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then each party to this Agreement agrees to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants (including the Financial Condition Covenant), standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.
“Governmental Approval”: any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
“Governmental Authority”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), and any group or body charged with setting accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).
“Group Members”: the collective reference to Holdings, Borrower and their Subsidiaries.
“Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”: the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among Holdings, Borrower, each Guarantor, and the Administrative Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.
“Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, and (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation
25
shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by Borrower in good faith.
“Guarantors”: a collective reference to Holdings, each Subsidiary of Holdings (in each case other than an Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Person, which has become a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as required herein.
“Holdings”: as defined in the preamble hereto.
“Immaterial Subsidiary”: as of the last day of any fiscal quarter and at any other date of determination, any Subsidiary of Borrower designated as such by Borrower in writing and which as of such date (a) holds assets representing 5% or less of Holdings’ consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b) (determined in accordance with GAAP), (b) which has generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of Holdings) in an amount less than 5% of Holdings’ consolidated total revenues determined in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b); provided that all Subsidiaries that are individually “Immaterial Subsidiaries” shall not have aggregate consolidated total assets that would represent 10% or more of Holdings’ consolidated total assets as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or have generated revenues (other than (i) revenues resulting from transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (e.g., “cost-plus” arrangements) and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, revenues which are Accounts of Holdings) in an aggregate amount of 10% or more of Holdings’ consolidated total revenues for such four fiscal quarter period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, and (c) which owns no material Intellectual Property. Any Subsidiary of Holdings that is a direct or indirect parent of Borrower shall not be an Immaterial Subsidiary.
“Incremental Joinder”: an instrument, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which a Lender becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.27.
“Incremental Term Facility”: as defined in Section 2.27.
“Incremental Term Loan”: an incremental term loan under any Incremental Term Facility.
“Indebtedness”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business but including purchase price adjustments, indemnity obligations, and earn outs, in each case (i) to the extent due and payable or (ii) to the extent the amount of the asserted payment is reasonably determined and not contested in good faith), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such
26
property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (j) the net obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
“Indemnified Taxes”: (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
“Insider Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to any Group Member that is not a Loan Party or officer, director, shareholder or employee of any Group Member.
“Insider Subordinated Indebtedness”: any Insider Indebtedness which is also Subordinated Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,000,000 plus any interest, fees and/or expenses thereon which may be capitalized by adding the same to the principal amount thereof.
“Insolvency”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
“Insolvency Proceeding”: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.
“Insolvent”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
“Intellectual Property”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement”: any trademark security agreement, copyright security agreement, or trademark security agreement, or other agreement with respect to the Intellectual Property of a Loan Party entered into between a Loan Party and the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with any supplement thereto, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
27
“Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the first Business Day of each calendar quarter to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three (3) months or less, the last Business Day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, each day that is three (3) months (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the Business Day next succeeding such date) after the first day of such Interest Period and the last Business Day of such Interest Period, and (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.
“Interest Period”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter, as selected by Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation not later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
(a)if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(b)Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date (in the case of the Revolving Facility) or beyond the date final payment is due on the Term Loans (in the case of the Term Loans);
(c)any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and
(d)Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.
“Interest Rate Agreement”: with respect to any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is (a) for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with such Person’s operations, (b) approved by Administrative Agent, and (c) not for speculative purposes.
“Inventory”: all “inventory,” as such term is defined in the Code, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Group Member, wherever located, and in any event including inventory, merchandise, goods and other personal property that are held by or on behalf of any Group Member for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service, or that constitutes raw materials, work in process, finished goods, returned goods, or materials or supplies of any kind used or consumed or to be used or consumed in such Group Member’s business or in the processing, production, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, including all supplies and embedded software.
“Investments”: as defined in Section 7.8.
28
“IPO”: a bona fide underwritten sale to the public of common stock of Holdings on a nationally recognized securities exchange.
“IRS”: the United States Internal Revenue Service, or any successor thereto.
“ISDA Definitions”: the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.
“ISP”: with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
“Issuing Lender”: as the context may require, SVB or any Affiliate thereof, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit, including any other Lender that may become a successor Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.12, with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender. The Issuing Lender may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Lender or other financial institutions, in which case the term “Issuing Lender” shall include any such Affiliate or other financial institution with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or other financial institution.
“Issuing Lender Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“L/C Advance”: each L/C Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Disbursement in accordance with its L/C Percentage of the L/C Commitment.
“L/C Commitment”: as to any L/C Lender, the obligation of such L/C Lender, if any, to purchase an undivided interest in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit (including to make payments with respect to draws made under any Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.5(b)) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “L/C Commitment” opposite such L/C Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such L/C Lender becomes a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Revolving Commitment and the aggregate L/C Commitment shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments at any time.
“L/C Disbursements”: a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
“L/C Exposure”: at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, and (b) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time. The L/C Exposure of any L/C Lender at any time shall equal its L/C Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
“L/C Facility”: the L/C Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
“L/C Fee Payment Date”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“L/C Lender”: a Lender with an L/C Commitment.
29
“L/C Percentage”: as to any L/C Lender at any time, the percentage of the Total L/C Commitments represented by such L/C Lender’s L/C Commitment, as such percentage may be adjusted as provided in Section 2.23.
“L/C-Related Documents”: collectively, each Letter of Credit, all applications for any Letter of Credit (and applications for the amendment of any Letter of Credit) submitted by Borrower to the Issuing Lender and any other document, agreement and instrument relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Lender’s standard form documents for letter of credit issuances.
“Lenders”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided that, unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include the Issuing Lender.
“Letter of Credit”: as defined in Section 3.1(a).
“Letter of Credit Availability Period”: the period from and including the Original Closing Date to but excluding the Letter of Credit Maturity Date.
“Letter of Credit Fee”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“Letter of Credit Fronting Fees”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).
“Letter of Credit Maturity Date”: the date occurring 15 days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
“LIBOR”: as defined in the definition of “Eurodollar Base Rate.”
“Lien”: any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
“Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements”: as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.
“Listed Competitor”: any Person that appears on the list of competitors of Borrower as submitted in writing by Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date as updated from time to time by written notice delivered by Borrower to the Administrative Agent and provided such updates are reasonably approved in writing in advance by the Administrative Agent; provided that, the designation of any Person as a Listed Competitor after the Closing Date shall not become effective until three Business Days after approval by the Administrative Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any assignee or Participant that becomes a Listed Competitor after the applicable Trade Date, (a) such assignee or Participant shall not retroactively be disqualified from becoming a Lender or Participant and (b) such assignment or participation and, in the case of an assignment, the execution by Borrower of an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignee, will not by itself result in such assignee no longer being considered a Listed Competitor. The Administrative Agent (a) shall have the right (but not the obligation), and Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent, to post the list of Listed Competitors and any updates thereto from time to time on the Platform, and (B) shall provide the list of Listed Competitors and any updates thereto to each Lender or Participant requesting the same. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Listed Competitors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or
30
inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Listed Competitor or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans or Commitments, or disclosure of confidential information, to, or restrictions on the exercise of rights or remedies of, any Listed Competitors or otherwise have any responsibility or liability for enforcing Borrower’s or any Lender’s compliance with the terms of any of the provisions set forth herein with respect to Listed Competitors.
“Loan”: any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
“Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, the Fee Letter, the Solvency Certificate, the Collateral Information Certificate, each L/C-Related Document, each Compliance Certificate, each Notice of Borrowing, each Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each Incremental Joinder, any subordination agreement, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash Collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.10, and any other subordination agreement, and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.
“Loan Parties”: a collective reference to Holdings, Borrower and Guarantors.
“Majority Revolving Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving Commitments at such time, such Revolving Lender, both before and after the termination of such Total Revolving Commitments; and (b) if more than one Revolving Lender holds the Total Revolving Commitments, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) or, at any time after the termination of the Revolving Commitments when such Revolving Commitments were held by more than one Revolving Lender, at least two Revolving Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding (including, without duplication, any L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time); provided that (a) the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Revolving Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Majority Term Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, such Term Lender; and (b) if more than one Term Lender holds the Term Loan, at least two Term Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount all Term Loans; provided that (a) the portion of the Term Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Term Lenders and (b) for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Material Adverse Effect”: (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial condition of Holdings, Borrower and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of Holdings, Borrower or any Guarantor to perform its respective obligations when due under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against Holdings, Borrower or any Guarantor of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
“Material Contractual Obligation”: all Contractual Obligations (including with respect to leasehold interests of a Group Member) to the extent that failure to comply therewith could in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and all customer contracts representing more
31
than 5% of the Group Members’ total revenue for the trailing twelve month period as of any date of determination.
“Materials of Environmental Concern”: any substance, material or waste that is defined, regulated, governed or otherwise characterized under any Environmental Law as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant (or by words of similar meaning and regulatory effect), any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, molds or fungus, and radioactivity, radiofrequency radiation at levels known to be hazardous to human health and safety.
“Minority Lender”: as defined in Section 10.1(b).
“Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Mortgaged Properties”: the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section 6.12(b) or otherwise, the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.
“Mortgages”: each of the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt or such equivalent documents hereafter entered into and executed and delivered by one or more of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as such documents may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“Multiemployer Plan”: a “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof makes, is making, or is obligated or in the past six years has been obligated to make, contributions.
“Net Cash Proceeds”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of Taxes payable (including without duplication, any Permitted Tax Distributions with respect thereto) and Borrower’s reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable Taxes and other liabilities required to be paid by Borrower or any other Group Member in connection with such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event in the taxable year that such Asset Sale, Extraordinary Receipt, Change of Control or any Recovery Event is consummated, the computation of which shall, in each such case, take into account the reduction in tax liability resulting from any available operating losses and net operating loss carryovers, Tax credits, and Tax credit carry forwards, and similar tax attributes, and with respect to any such Asset Sale or Change of Control, net of amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale or Change of Control (provided that to the extent any portion of such reserve amount ceases at any time to be so reserved and not applied to such liabilities, such portion shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds at such time and be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.12(c), as and to the extent applicable), and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees,
32
accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary or reasonable costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.
“Non-Consenting Lender”: any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.1 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Note”: a Term Loan Note or a Revolving Loan Note.
“Notice of Borrowing”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
“Notice of Conversion/Continuation”: a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K.
“Obligations”: (a)the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Loan Party, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in such proceeding) of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider (in its capacity as a provider of Bank Services), and any Qualified Counterparty party to a Specified Swap Agreement, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Swap Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, payment obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, any other Lender, any Bank Services Provider, to the extent that any applicable Bank Services Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, and any Qualified Counterparty, to the extent that any applicable Specified Swap Agreement requires the reimbursement by any applicable Group Member of any such expenses, in each case that are required to be paid by any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document, any Bank Services Agreement or any Specified Swap Agreement) or otherwise and (b) Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights. For the avoidance of doubt, the Obligations shall not include (i) any obligations arising under any warrants or other equity instruments issued by any Loan Party to any Lender, or (ii) solely with respect to any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.
“OFAC”: the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and any successor thereto.
“Original Closing Date”: August 2, 2019.
“Original Loan Documents”: as defined in Section 10.22.
“Other Connection Taxes”: with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
33
“Other Taxes”: all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.23).
“Participant”: as defined in Section 10.6(d).
“Participant Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(d).
“Patriot Act”: the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.
“Payment Recipient”: as defined in Section 9.14(a).
“PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.
“Pension Plan”: an employee pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and in respect of which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof is (or if such plan were terminated would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) a “contributing sponsor” as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA.
“Permitted Acquisition”: as defined in Section 7.8(l).
“Permitted Investors”: collectively, the Persons holding Capital Stock in Holdings immediately prior to the Closing Date, together with the respective Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns of such Persons.
“Permitted Tax Distributions”: with respect to any taxable year (or portion thereof) for which Borrower and one or more of its Subsidiaries are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax distributions by Borrower to its direct or indirect equity owners in an amount calculated, and paid at such times as are permitted pursuant to Section [4.1] of the Seventh Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Borrower, as in effect as of the date hereof and as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Person”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
“Platform”: as defined in Section 10.2(d)(i).
“Pledged Stock”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Preferred Stock”: the preferred Capital Stock of any Loan Party.
34
“Prime Rate”: the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of the Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by the Administrative Agent, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).
“Projections”: as defined in Section 6.2(b).
“Properties”: as defined in Section 4.17(a).
“Qualified Availability”: an amount equal to the sum, on any date of determination, of (a) the Available Revolving Commitments plus (b) Qualified Cash.
“Qualified Cash”: the unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan Parties held in the United States that is in a Deposit Account or in a Securities Account, or any combination thereof, in each case that is subject to a Control Agreement or with respect to which the depository institution is the Administrative Agent and which is subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent.
“Qualified Counterparty”: with respect to any Specified Swap Agreement, any counterparty thereto that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or, at the time such Specified Swap Agreement was entered into or as of the Closing Date, was the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender.
“Qualified ECP Guarantor”: is defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Recipient”: the Administrative Agent or a Lender, as applicable.
“Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.
“Reference Time”: with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (i) if such Benchmark is USD LIBOR, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two London banking days preceding the date of such setting, and (ii) if such Benchmark is not USD LIBOR, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Register”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).
“Regulation U”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
“Reinvestment Deferred Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Loans or other amounts pursuant to Section 2.12(g) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.
“Reinvestment Event”: any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.
35
“Reinvestment Notice”: a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that Holdings (directly or indirectly through a Guarantor or one or more other Group Members (but only to the extent the transfer of such Net Cash Proceeds by a Loan Party to a non-Loan Party would otherwise constitute an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.8 or a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.5)) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its business.
“Reinvestment Prepayment Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in Holdings’ business.
“Reinvestment Prepayment Date”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) (i) the date occurring 180 days after such Reinvestment Event if Holdings has not committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by such date, or (ii) if Holdings has committed to reinvest the proceeds of the Reinvestment Deferred Amount by 180 days after the Reinvestment Event, the date occurring 270 days after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which Holdings shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets useful in Holdings’ business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.
“Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Relevant Governmental Body”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or any successor thereto.
“Replacement Lender”: as defined in Section 2.23.
“Required Lenders”: at any time, (a) if only one Lender holds all of the outstanding Term Loans and the Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), such Lender; and (b) if more than one Lender holds the outstanding Term Loans and Total Revolving Commitments (or Total Revolving Extensions of Credit if the Total Revolving Commitments have terminated), then at least two Lenders who together hold more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding, and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitments (including, without duplication, the L/C Commitments) then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that for the purposes of this clause (b), the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans held by any Defaulting Lender and the Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Revolving Loans and participations in L/C Exposure held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided further that, for the purposes of this definition, a Lender and its Affiliates and Approved Funds shall be deemed to be one Lender.
“Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
“Resolution Authority”: an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
36
“Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of an applicable Loan Party, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or comptroller, or other similar officer of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Payments”: as defined in Section 7.6.
“Revolving Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Revolving Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof (including in connection with assignments permitted hereunder). The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
“Revolving Commitment Period”: the period from and including the first Business Day after the Original Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.
“Revolving Extensions of Credit”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, plus (b) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (c) such Lender’s L/C Percentage of the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
“Revolving Facility”: the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.
“Revolving Lender”: each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.
“Revolving Loan Conversion”: as defined in Section 3.5(b).
“Revolving Loan Funding Office”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
“Revolving Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-1, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Revolving Loans”: as defined in Section 2.4(a).
“Revolving Percentage”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding; provided that in the event that the Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed to ensure that the other outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Revolving Lenders on a comparable basis.
“Revolving Termination Date”: December 17, 2025.
37
“S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.
“Sale Leaseback Transaction”: any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions a Loan Party sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.
“Sanction(s)”: any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority where any Group Member conducts business.
“SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.
“Secured Obligations”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Secured Parties”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders (including any Issuing Lender in its capacity as Issuing Lender), each Bank Services Provider (in its or their respective capacity as a provider of Bank Services) and any Qualified Counterparties.
“Securities Account”: any “securities account” as defined in the UCC.
“Securities Account Control Agreement”: any Control Agreement entered into by the Administrative Agent, a Loan Party and a securities intermediary holding a Securities Account of such Loan Party pursuant to which the Administrative Agent is granted “control” (for purposes of the UCC) over such Securities Account.
“Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
“Security Documents”: the collective reference to (a) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages, (c) the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, (d) each Securities Account Control Agreement, (e) each Deposit Account Control Agreement, (f) all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document, and (g) all financing statements, fixture filings, patent, trademark and copyright filings, assignments, acknowledgments and other filings, documents and agreements made or delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to any of the foregoing.
“SOFR”: with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
“SOFR Administrator”: the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).
“SOFR Administrator’s Website”: the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.
38
“Solvency Certificate”: the Solvency Certificate, dated the Closing Date, delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(l), which Solvency Certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit D.
“Solvent”: when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “fair value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise,” as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim,” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.
“Specified Swap Agreement”: any Swap Agreement entered into by any Loan Party and any Qualified Counterparty (or any Person who was a Qualified Counterparty as of the Closing Date or as of the date such Swap Agreement was entered into) to the extent permitted under Section 7.13.
“Subordinated Debt Document”: any agreement, certificate, document or instrument executed or delivered by Borrower or any Subsidiary and evidencing Subordinated Indebtedness, and any renewals, modifications, or amendments thereof which are approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.
“Subordinated Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of a Loan Party subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to subordination terms (including payment, lien and remedies subordination terms, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“Subsidiary”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings or Borrower.
“Surety Indebtedness”: as of any date of determination, indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) owing to sureties arising from surety bonds issued on behalf of any Group Member as support for, among other things, their contracts with customers, whether such indebtedness is owing directly or indirectly by such Group Member.
“SVB”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Swap Agreement”: any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments
39
or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings, Borrower and their Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be a “Swap Agreement.”
“Swap Obligation”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
“Swap Termination Value”: in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements (which may include a Qualified Counterparty).
“Synthetic Lease Obligation”: the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
“Taxes”: all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Tax Receivable Agreement”: that certain Tax Receivable Agreement between Holdings and the persons named herein, dated as of [], 2021, substantially in the form filed by Holdings with the SEC on [].
“Term Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Term Loans to Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the Term Commitments have been funded and are $0.
“Term Facility”: the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder.
“Term Lender”: each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.
“Term Loan”: the term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement and continued hereunder. As of the Closing Date, the outstanding principal amount of each Lender’s Term Loan is set forth on Schedule 1.1A.
“Term Loan Funding Office”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to Borrower and the Lenders.
“Term Loan Maturity Date”: December 17, 2025.
“Term Loan Note”: a promissory note in the form of Exhibit H-2, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
40
“Term Percentage”: as to any Term Lender, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding.
“Total L/C Commitments”: at any time, the sum of all L/C Commitments at such time, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10 or 3.5(b).
“Total Revolving Commitments”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect. The L/C Commitment is a sublimit of the Total Revolving Commitments.
“Total Revolving Extensions of Credit”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time.
“Term SOFR”: for the applicable Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.
“Term SOFR Notice”: a notification by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and Borrower of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event.
“Term SOFR Transition Event”: the determination by the Administrative Agent following Benchmark Transition Event described in any of clauses (a), (b) or (c) of the definition thereof that (a) Term SOFR has been recommended for use by the Relevant Governmental Body, and is determinable for each Available Tenor and (b) the administration of Term SOFR is administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent.
“Trade Date”: as defined in Section 10.6(b)(i)(B).
“Transferee”: any Eligible Assignee or Participant.
“Type”: as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
“UK Financial Institution”: any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“UK Resolution Authority”: the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement”: the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
“Unfriendly Acquisition”: any acquisition that has not, at the time of the first public announcement of an offer relating thereto, been approved by the board of directors (or other legally recognized governing body) of the Person to be acquired; except that with respect to any acquisition of a non-U.S. Person, an otherwise friendly acquisition shall not be deemed to be an Unfriendly Acquisition if it is not customary in such jurisdiction to obtain such approval prior to the first public announcement of an offer relating to a friendly acquisition.
41
“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, or as the context may require, any other applicable jurisdiction.
“United States” and “U.S.”: the United States of America.
“U.S. Person”: any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”: as defined in Section 2.20(f).
“USCRO”: the U.S. Copyright Office.
“USD LIBOR”: the London interbank offered rate for Dollars.
“USPTO”: the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
“Withholding Agent”: as applicable, any of any applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the context may require.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers”: (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
1.2Other Definitional Provisions.
(a)Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
(b)As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) references to agreements (including this Agreement) or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, (vi) any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as
42
amended, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and (vii) references to time of day shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to Pacific time.
(c)The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, and (ii) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement.
(d)The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.
(e)Any reference in any Loan Document to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a Division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a Division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any Division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person under the Loan Documents (and each Division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person) on the first date of its existence. In connection with any Division, if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then such asset shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person.
(f)If any financial calculation or similar metric of the Group Members on a consolidated basis required hereunder includes any period prior to the consummation of the Closing Date Reorganization, such metric shall be measured solely with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any applicable period prior to the Closing Date Reorganization.
1.3Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).
SECTION 2
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
2.1Term Loan. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, prior to the Closing Date, certain “Term Loans” were made to Borrower pursuant to (and as defined in) the Existing Credit Agreement. Such “Term Loans” are continued as the Term Loans hereunder and the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall apply thereto. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans immediately prior to giving effect to this Agreement is $98,750,000. Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the principal amount of such Term Loan held by each Lender as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to this Agreement) is set forth on Schedule 1.1A opposite the name of such Lender. The Term Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar
43
Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.13.
2.2[Reserved].
2.3Repayment of Term Loans. Beginning on December 31, 2021, the Term Loans of each Term Lender shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments, on the last day of each fiscal quarter, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender’s Term Percentage multiplied by $100,000,000 multiplied by the installment percentage set forth below opposite such installment payment date:
Installment Payment Dates |
Installment Percentage |
December 31, 2021 through December 31, 2023 |
1.250% |
March 31, 2024 through the Term Loan Maturity Date |
2.500% |
To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.
2.4Revolving Commitments.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (each, a “Revolving Loan” and, collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, taking into account the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans, incurred on behalf of Borrower and owing to such Lender, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. In addition, the amount of the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time shall not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments in effect at such time. During the Revolving Commitment Period Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the existence of an Event of Default, no Revolving Loan may be borrowed as, converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Loan.3
(b)Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.
2.5Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. Borrower may borrow up to the Available Revolving Commitment under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent an irrevocable Notice of Borrowing (which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, (a) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR Loans (in each case, with originals to follow within three (3) Business Days)) (provided that any such Notice of Borrowing of ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility to finance payments under Section 3.5(a) may be given not later than 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), in each such case specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, (iii) in the case of Eurodollar
3 |
To be updated if Revolving Loans are outstanding. |
44
Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor, and (iv) instructions for remittance of the proceeds of the applicable Loans to be borrowed. Except with respect to a Revolving Loan Conversion, each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to in the case of ABR Loans, $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving Commitments are less than $100,000, such lesser amount). Upon receipt of any such Notice of Borrowing from Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of Borrower at the Revolving Loan Funding Office prior to 12:00 P.M., Pacific time, on the Borrowing Date requested by Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting such account as is designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by Borrower with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.
2.6[Reserved].
2.7[Reserved].
2.8[Reserved].
2.9Commitment and Other Fees. Borrower agrees to pay the following:
(a)The fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in, and otherwise in accordance with, the Fee Letter and to perform any other obligations contained therein.
(b)As additional compensation for the Total Revolving Commitments, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Revolving Lenders, a fee for Borrower’s non-use of available funds under the Revolving Facility (the “Commitment Fee”), commencing on the Original Closing Date and payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter (such first payment to occur September 30, 2019) occurring prior to the Revolving Termination Date, and on the Revolving Termination Date, in an amount equal to the Commitment Fee Rate multiplied by the average unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. The unused portion of the Total Revolving Commitments, for purposes of this calculation, shall equal the difference between (i) the Total Revolving Commitments (as reduced from time to time), and (ii) the sum of (A) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Loans outstanding, (B) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, and (C) the aggregate amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed or converted into Revolving Loans at such time.
(c)All fees payable under this Section 2.9 shall be fully earned on the date paid and nonrefundable.
2.10Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments subject to the payment of the fees described in Section 2.11(b); provided that no such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Available Revolving Commitments; provided further that if such notice of termination indicates that such termination is to occur in connection with a refinancing, such notice of termination may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000,
45
or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect; provided that, if in connection with any such reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21. Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the L/C Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the L/C Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of L/C Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto, the Total L/C Commitments shall be reduced to an amount that would result in the aggregate L/C Exposure exceeding the Total L/C Commitments (as so reduced). Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $100,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the L/C Commitments then in effect.
2.11Optional Prepayments.
(a)Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, three (3) Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, and no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the date thereof, in the case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the proposed prepayment; provided that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21; provided further that if such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is to be funded with the proceeds of a refinancing, such notice of prepayment may be revoked if the financing is not consummated. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein (subject to revocation as described above), together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.
(b)If the Term Loans are prepaid in full or the Revolving Commitments are terminated either pursuant Section 2.12(b), in connection with a Change of Control or other sale of all or substantially all of Borrower’s assets, or in connection with any refinancing of the Indebtedness hereunder, Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the applicable Lenders), contemporaneously with the prepayment or acceleration of such Obligations, a prepayment fee equal to, with respect to any such Term Loan prepayment or Revolving Commitment termination made during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 17, 2021, 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the Term Loans so prepaid and Revolving Commitments so reduced. Any such prepayment fee shall be fully earned on the date paid and shall not be refundable for any reason.
2.12Mandatory Prepayments.
(a)If any Capital Stock shall be issued by any Group Member in connection with an exercise of the Cure Right, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such issuance toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(b)If any Indebtedness shall be incurred by any Group Member (excluding any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.2), Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied on the date of such incurrence toward the prepayment of the Term Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
46
(c)If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to be applied promptly following the date of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales and Recovery Events that may be excluded from the foregoing requirement pursuant to a Reinvestment Notice shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event to be applied toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(d)If, for any fiscal year of Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, there shall be Excess Cash Flow, Borrower shall, on the relevant Excess Cash Flow Application Date, apply 25% of such Excess Cash Flow (minus, without duplication, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, voluntary principal repayments of the Loans under the Loan Documents (excluding voluntary repayment of Revolving Loans, except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in the commitments related thereto) during such fiscal year) toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g); provided that such percentage shall be reduced to 0% for such fiscal year if the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than or equal to 3.00:1.00. Each such prepayment shall be made on a date (each an “Excess Cash Flow Application Date”) occurring no later than two (2) Business Days following the earlier of (i) the date on which the financial statements of Holdings referred to in Section 6.1(a), for the fiscal year with respect to which such prepayment is made, are required to be delivered to the Lenders and (ii) the date such financial statements are actually delivered.
(e)If any Extraordinary Receipts shall be received by any Group Member, Borrower shall pay an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to be applied promptly following the date of such receipt toward the prepayment of the Loans and other amounts as set forth in Section 2.12(g).
(f)[Reserved].
(g)Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be applied (i) first, to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.18(b) and (ii) then to the payment of the Revolving Loans (without a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments). Each prepayment of the Loans under this Section 2.12 (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans, in the event all Revolving Commitments have not been terminated) shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.
(h)Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section 2.12, a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment.
(i)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any payment in respect of a mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.12 may be declined in whole or in part by any Lender without prejudice to such Lender’s rights hereunder to accept or decline any future payments in respect of such mandatory prepayment. If any Lender declines payment in respect of any mandatory prepayment, in whole or in part, the proceeds of such declined payment shall first be offered ratably to the Lenders accepting payment in respect of such mandatory prepayment before such proceeds can be retained by Borrower.
47
2.13Conversion and Continuation Options.
(a)Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date; provided that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Subject to Section 2.17, Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation of such election no later than 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided that no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
(b)Subject to Section 2.17, any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by Borrower giving irrevocable notice in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided further that if Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this Section 2.13(b) or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
2.14Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to (x) in the case of Term Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (y) in the case of Revolving Loans, a minimum amount of not less than $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof, and (b) no more than seven (7) Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.
2.15Interest Rates and Payment Dates.
(a)Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(b)Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the ABR plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.
(c)During the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Required Lenders, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.00% (the “Default Rate”).
(d)Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.15(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.
48
2.16Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a)Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b)Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of demonstrable error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of Borrower, deliver to Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.16(a).
2.17Inability to Determine Interest Rate.
(a)If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower) in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Loan or a conversion to or a continuation thereof that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such requested Loan or conversion or continuation, as applicable, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (iii) the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period, then, in any such case (i), (ii) or (iii), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof as soon as practicable thereafter. Any such determination shall specify the basis for such determination and shall, in the absence of demonstrable error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Thereafter, any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans. Until the circumstances described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), as applicable, cease to exist, in which case the Administrative Agent shall promptly withdraw the notice described in the first sentence above, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.
(b)Benchmark Replacement Setting.
(i)Benchmark Replacement.
(A)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and any Swap Agreement shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Section 2.17(b)), if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (i) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for
49
such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (ii) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.
(B)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document and subject to the proviso below in this clause (B), if a Term SOFR Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then the applicable Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that this clause (A) shall not be effective unless the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lenders and Borrower a Term SOFR Notice.
(ii)Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right, after consultation with Holdings and Borrower, to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(iii)Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify Borrower and the Lenders of (A) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event, or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (B) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (C) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (D) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (iv) below and (E) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 2.17(b) including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 2.17(b).
(iv)Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (A) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including Term SOFR or USD LIBOR) and either (x) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (y) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark
50
is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (B) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (A) above either (x) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (y) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.
(v)Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, Borrower may revoke any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of ABR based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of ABR.
2.18Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.
(a)Each borrowing by Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages, L/C Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders.
(b)Except as otherwise provided herein, each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders. The amount of each optional and mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans (other than mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.12(a) or Section 2.12(d)) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans pro rata based upon the respective then remaining principal amounts thereof. The amount of each mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(d) shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments of the Term Loans in the inverse order of maturity. Except as otherwise may be agreed by Borrower and the Required Lenders, any prepayment of Term Loans shall be applied to the then outstanding Term Loans on a pro rata basis regardless of Type. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
(c)Subject to Section 2.12(i), each payment (including each prepayment) by Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.
(d)All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff and shall be made prior to 10:00 A.M., Pacific time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the applicable Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 P.M., Pacific time, shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding
51
Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.
(e)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the date of any borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date in accordance with Section 2, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date on which such amount is made available to Borrower but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at a rate equal to the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility from Borrower. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such borrowing. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(f)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower is making such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Loan Party.
(g)If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.18, and such funds are not made available to Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable extension of credit set forth in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(h)The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to (i) make Term Loans, (ii) make Revolving Loans, (iii) to fund its participations in L/C Disbursements in accordance with its respective L/C Percentage, and (iv) to make payments pursuant to Section 9.7, as applicable, are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any such Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any such payment
52
under Section 9.7 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.7.
(i)Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
(j)If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.
(k)If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the principal of or interest on any Loan made by it or its participation in the L/C Exposure, as applicable (other than pursuant to a provision hereof providing for non-pro rata treatment), in excess of its Term Percentage, Revolving Percentage or L/C Percentage, as applicable, of such payment on account of the Loans or participations obtained by all of the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith advise the Administrative Agent of the receipt of such payment, and within five Business Days of such receipt purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Term Lenders, Revolving Lenders or L/C Lenders, as applicable (through the Administrative Agent), without recourse, such participations in the Term Loans or Revolving Loans made by them and/or participations in the L/C Exposure held by them, as applicable, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with their respective Term Percentages, Revolving Percentages or L/C Percentages, as applicable; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of Borrower from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like referred to in this Section 2.18(k) shall be required to implement the terms of this Section 2.18(k). The Administrative Agent shall keep records on the Register in accordance with Section 10.6 (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of demonstrable error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section 2.18(k) and shall in each case notify the Term Lenders, the Revolving Lenders or the L/C Lenders, as applicable, following any such purchase. The provisions of this Section 2.18(k) shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (ii) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 3.10, or (iii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or sub-participations in any L/C Exposure to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply). Borrower consents on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation. For the avoidance of doubt, no amounts received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Guarantor that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be applied in partial or complete satisfaction of any Excluded Swap Obligations.
53
(l)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion at any time or from time to time, without Borrower’s request and even if the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 would not be satisfied, make a Revolving Loan in an amount equal to the portion of the Obligations constituting overdue interest and fees from time to time due and payable to itself, any Revolving Lender or the Issuing Lender, and apply the proceeds of any such Revolving Loan to those Obligations; provided that after giving effect to any such Revolving Loan, the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans will not exceed the Total Revolving Commitments then in effect.
2.19Illegality; Requirements of Law.
(a)Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Requirement of Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
(b)Requirements of Law. If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or the compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the Original Closing Date:
(i)shall subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its Loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;
(ii)shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Eurodollar Rate); or
(iii)impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining Loans determined with reference to the Eurodollar Rate or of maintaining its obligation to make such Loans, or to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable or received by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder in respect thereof (whether in respect of principal, interest or any other amount), then, in any such case, upon the request of such Lender or other Recipient, Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, any additional amounts necessary to
54
compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.
(c)If any Lender determines that any change in any Requirement of Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such change in such Requirement of Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(d)For purposes of this Agreement, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have gone into effect and been adopted after the date of this Agreement, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in any Requirement of Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
(e)A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this Section submitted by any Lender to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.19, Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.19 for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of Borrower arising pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
2.20Taxes.
For purposes of this Section 2.20, the term “Lender” includes the Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.
(a)Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party, to comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 2.20. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then
55
the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.20) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)Payment of Other Taxes. Without duplication of other amounts payable by Holdings and Borrower under this Section, each of Holdings and Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes applicable to such Loan Party.
(c)Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.20, Borrower shall, or shall cause such other Loan Party to, deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d)Indemnification by Loan Parties. Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.20) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (including any recording and filing fees with respect thereto or resulting therefrom and any liabilities with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying such Indemnified Taxes), whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided, that the Loan Parties shall not be required to indemnify a Recipient pursuant to this Section 2.20 to the extent that such Recipient fails to notify the Loan Parties of its intent to make a claim for indemnification under this Section 2.20 within 270 days after a claim is asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.
(e)Indemnification by Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e). Any amounts set off by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, to the extent such amounts relate to any Loan Document be treated as having been paid in accordance with, and for purposes of, such Loan Document.
56
(f)Status of Lenders.
(i)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent, including IRS Form W-9, as will enable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.20(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if the Lender is not legally entitled to complete, execute or deliver such documentation or, in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding Tax; provided, however, that if the Lender is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it shall provide the appropriate withholding form of its owner;
(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient, but no fewer than two (2)) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E; and/or
57
(4)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct or indirect partner;
(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(iii)Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose).
(iv)To the extent legally permissible, the Administrative Agent, in the event that the Administrative Agent is a U.S. Person, shall deliver an IRS Form W-9 to Borrower and if the Administrative Agent is not a U.S. Person, the applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its exemption from U.S. withholding Taxes with respect to amounts payable hereunder, on or prior to the date the Administrative Agent becomes a party to this Agreement. At any time thereafter, the Administrative Agent shall provide updated documentation previously provided (or a successor form thereto) when any documentation previously delivered has expired or become obsolete or invalid or otherwise upon the reasonable request of Borrower.
58
(g)Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the Discharge of Obligations.
2.21Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) a default by Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) a default by Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (c) for any reason, the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such losses and expenses shall be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, reduced, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any), over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of demonstrable error. This covenant shall survive the Discharge of Obligations. This Section 2.21 shall not apply with respect to Taxes.
2.22Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans affected by such event or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, in each case, with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal, or regulatory disadvantage; provided further that nothing in this
59
Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.19(b), Section 2.19(c), Section 2.20(a) or Section 2.20(d). Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment made at the request of Borrower.
2.23Substitution of Lenders. Upon the receipt by Borrower of any of the following, with respect to any Lender (any such Lender described in clauses (a) through (c) below being referred to as an “Affected Lender” hereunder):
(a)a request from a Lender for payment of Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section 2.20 or of increased costs pursuant to Section 2.19 (and, in any such case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.22 or is a Non-Consenting Lender);
(b)a notice from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.1(b) that one or more Minority Lenders are unwilling to agree to an amendment or other modification approved by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent; or
(c)notice from the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender;
then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the Administrative Agent and such Affected Lender: (i) request that one or more of the other Lenders acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment; or (ii) designate a replacement lending institution (which shall be an Eligible Assignee) to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment (the replacing Lender or lender in (i) or (ii) being a “Replacement Lender”); provided, however, that Borrower shall be liable for the payment upon demand of all costs and other amounts arising under Section 2.21 that result from the acquisition of any Affected Lender’s Loan and/or Commitment (or any portion thereof) by a Lender or Replacement Lender, as the case may be, on a date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loans then outstanding; and provided further, however, that if Borrower elects to exercise such right with respect to any Affected Lender under clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.23, then Borrower shall be obligated to replace all Affected Lenders under such clauses. The Affected Lender replaced pursuant to this Section 2.23 shall be required to assign and delegate, without recourse, all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to one or more Replacement Lenders that so agree to acquire and assume all or a ratable part of such Affected Lender’s Loans and Commitment upon payment to such Affected Lender of an amount (in the aggregate for all Replacement Lenders) equal to 100% of the outstanding principal of the Affected Lender’s Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents from such Replacement Lenders (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including amounts under Section 2.21 hereof); provided, that to the extent any such Affected Lender does not execute any such assignment and delegation, such assignment and delegation shall be deemed to have occurred if all the other conditions required for such assignment and delegation hereunder have been satisfied. Any such designation of a Replacement Lender shall be effected in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the assignment provisions contained in Section 10.6 (with the assignment fee to be paid by Borrower in such instance), and, if such Replacement Lender is not already a Lender hereunder or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any assignment pursuant to this Section 2.23, (a) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.19 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.20, such assignment shall result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (b) such assignment shall not conflict with any applicable Requirement of Law, and (c) in the case of any assignment
60
resulting from a Lender being a Minority Lender referred to in clause (b) of this Section 2.23, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affected Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Affected Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
2.24Defaulting Lenders.
(a)Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i)Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 10.1 and in the definitions of Majority Revolving Lenders, Majority Term Lenders and Required Lenders.
(ii)Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 8 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.7), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lender hereunder; third, if requested by the Issuing Lender, to be held as Cash Collateral for the funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth, as Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, and (y) if requested by the Issuing Lender, be held as Cash Collateral for the future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender of any participation in any future Letter of Credit; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any L/C Lender or the Issuing Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (A) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Advances in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (B) such Loans or L/C Advances were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Advances owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Advances owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Advances are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.24(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
61
(iii)Certain Fees.
(A)No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.9(b) for any period during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).
(B)Each Defaulting Lender shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit fees as provided in Section 3.3(d).
(C)With respect to any Letter of Credit fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B) above, Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such Letter of Credit fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the Issuing Lender the amount of any such Letter of Credit fee, otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such Letter of Credit fee.
(iv)Reallocation of Pro Rata Share to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4, the L/C Percentage of each non-Defaulting Lender of any such Letter of Credit, shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender; provided that, (A) the aggregate obligations of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender plus the aggregate amount of that Lender’s L/C Percentage of then outstanding Letters of Credit, and (B) the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time). Subject to Section 10.21, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.10.
(b)Defaulting Lender Cure. If Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Percentages, L/C Percentages and Term Percentages, as applicable (without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments
62
will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.
(c)New Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit after giving effect thereto.
(d)[Reserved].
2.25[Reserved].
2.26Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.6) (promptly after Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans.
2.27Incremental Term Facility.
(a)At any time after the Closing Date and prior to December 17, 2024, Borrower may request that the Lenders or Additional Lenders (as defined below) on one or more occasions establish one or more incremental term loan facilities under this Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000 (each such facility, an “Incremental Term Facility”). No Lender shall be obligated to participate in an Incremental Term Facility. Any Incremental Term Facility shall be in an amount of at least $10,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.
(b)Each of the following shall be conditions precedent to the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility:
(i)Borrower shall have delivered an irrevocable written request to the Administrative Agent for such Incremental Term Facility at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the requested effective date of such Incremental Term Facility (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), and promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall invite each Lender to provide the Incremental Term Facility ratably in accordance with its Term Percentage of each requested Incremental Term Facility (it being agreed that no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Incremental Term Facility and that any Lender may elect to participate in such Incremental Term Facility in an amount that is less than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility or more than its Term Percentage of such requested Incremental Term Facility if other Lenders have elected not to participate in any applicable requested Incremental Term Facility in accordance with their Term Percentages) and to the extent five (5) Business Days after receipt of invitation, sufficient Lenders do not agree to provide the Incremental Term Facility on terms acceptable to Borrower, then Borrower may invite any prospective lender that satisfies the criteria of being an “Eligible Assignee” to become a Lender in connection with the proposed Incremental Term Facility (each such person an “Additional Lender”);
(ii)each Lender or Additional Lender agreeing to participate in any such Incremental Term Facility, Borrower and the Administrative Agent have signed an Incremental Joinder (any Incremental Joinder may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Borrower and the Lenders agreeing to such Incremental Term Facility, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or
63
appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.27) and Borrower shall have executed any Notes requested by any Lender or Additional Lender in connection with the incurrence of the Incremental Term Facility. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, an Incremental Joinder reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the amendments to this Agreement effected thereby, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Lender(s) or Additional Lender(s) agreeing to fund such Incremental Term Facility;
(iii)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof, (A) each of the conditions precedent in Section 5.2(a) are satisfied and (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the funding of such Incremental Term Facility;
(iv)after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Term Facility and the use of proceeds thereof (including pro forma effect to any applicable Permitted Acquisition) (A) the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio (calculated without giving any netting effect to the cash proceeds of the Incremental Term Facility) shall not be greater than the lesser of 3.50:1.00 and the applicable covenant level set forth in Section 7.1(b) for the period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of Borrower referred to in Section 6.1(b) are required to be delivered, (B) Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.1(a) and (C) Qualified Availability shall be at least $7,500,000, and Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing compliance with the requirements of this clause (iv) and clause (iii) above,
(v)any Incremental Term Loan Facility may provide for the ability to participate (A) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans and (B) on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans, and, in any case, (X) the Incremental Term Facility shall have a final maturity date that is the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (Y) the Incremental Term Loan shall amortize at the same quarterly rate for the then existing Term Loans set forth in Section 2.3 (subject to adjustment as provided herein for the Term Loans), commencing on the last day of the first full fiscal quarter after the funding thereof;
(vi)any Incremental Term Loan shall rank pari passu or junior in right of security in respect of the Collateral;
(vii)no Incremental Term Facility will be guaranteed by any Person other than a Guarantor hereunder and shall not be secured by any property or assets other than the Collateral;
(viii)the all-in yield (based on the interest rate and original issue discount and upfront fees, if any, but excluding other amounts, including arrangement, commitment, structuring and underwriting fees) applicable to any Incremental Term Loan shall not be more than 0.50% per annum higher than the corresponding all-in yield with respect to the then-existing Term Loans (measured based on the all-in yield with respect to the Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date) unless the Applicable Margin with respect to the then-existing Term Loans is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to such Incremental Term Facility and the all-in yield applicable to the then-existing Term Loans minus 0.50%; and
(ix)Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or Additional Lenders in connection with the exercise of the applicable Incremental Term Facility.
64
(c)Upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Facility, all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to the Term Loans, Loans, and/or Lenders shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include the term loans incurred pursuant to such Incremental Term Facility and the lenders thereunder.
(d)The Incremental Term Facilities established pursuant to this Section 2.27 shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from any guarantees and the security interests created by the Loan Documents, other than in the case of an Incremental Term Facility that is secured on a junior basis in respect of the Collateral. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by Administrative Agent to ensure and demonstrate that the Liens and security interests granted by the Loan Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such Incremental Term Facility, which actions may include re-granting Liens and entering into supplements, amendments, restatements or replacements of the Security Documents and executing and delivering all documents, instruments and legal opinions in connection therewith reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.
(e)Any documentation with respect to any Incremental Term Facility which differ from those with respect to the Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date (except to the extent permitted hereunder) shall reflect market terms and conditions at the time of issuance thereof as determined by Borrower and the Administrative Agent or otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that terms differing from those with respect to the Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date are acceptable if (1) the Lenders under the Term Loan Facility also receive the benefits of each term or (2) are applicable only after the Term Loan Maturity Date).
SECTION 3
LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1L/C Commitment.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue standby letters of credit (“Letters of Credit”) for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) on any Business Day during the Letter of Credit Availability Period in such form as may reasonably be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, the L/C Exposure would exceed either the Total L/C Commitments or the Available Revolving Commitment at such time. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). For the avoidance of doubt, no commercial letters of credit shall be issued by the Issuing Lender to any Person under this Agreement.
(b)The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(i)such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Lender to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law;
(ii)any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Lender from issuing, amending or reinstating such
65
Letter of Credit, or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it;
(iii)the Issuing Lender has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or Borrower, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or reinstatement of such Letter of Credit, that one or more of the applicable conditions contained in Section 5.2 shall not then be satisfied;
(iv)any requested Letter of Credit is not in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender, or the issuance, amendment or renewal of a Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable laws or regulations or any applicable policies of the Issuing Lender;
(v)such Letter of Credit contains any provisions providing for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder;
(vi)except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, such Letter of Credit is in an initial face amount less than $100,000; or
(vii)any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 3.10, satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (in its sole discretion) with Borrower or such Defaulting Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lender’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other L/C Exposure as to which the Issuing Lender has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.
3.2Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit for the account of Borrower (including on behalf of any other Loan Party) by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the
66
Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).
3.3Fees and Other Charges.
(a)Borrower agrees to pay, with respect to each outstanding Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower, (i) to the extent there is more than one Lender, a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum on the daily amount available to be drawn under each such Letter of Credit to the Issuing Lender for its own account (“Letter of Credit Fronting Fee”), (ii) a letter of credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the L/C Lenders equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans times the drawable amount of such Letter of Credit, payable, in the case of clause (i) and (ii) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the Letter of Credit Maturity Date (each, an “L/C Fee Payment Date”) after the issuance date of such Letter of Credit, and (iii) to the Issuing Lender its standard and reasonable fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit issued for the account of (or at the request of) Borrower or processing of drawings thereunder (the “Issuing Lender Fees”). The Letter of Credit Fronting Fee, Letter of Credit Fee and the Issuing Lender Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
(b)In addition to the foregoing fees, Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.
(c)Borrower shall furnish to the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to any requested Letter of Credit issuance, amendment or renewal, including any L/C-Related Documents, as the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).
(d)Any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral satisfactory to the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, to the other L/C Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective L/C Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.24(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the Issuing Lender for its own account.
3.4L/C Participations. The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Lender, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Lender irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Lender’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Lender agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.5(a), such L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. Each L/C Lender’s obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such L/C Lender may have against the Issuing Lender, Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5.2, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of
67
Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Lender, or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
3.5Reimbursement.
(a)If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof and Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the entire amount of such L/C Disbursement not later than the immediately following Business Day after such notice to Borrower. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds.
(b)If the Issuing Lender shall not have received from Borrower the payment that it is required to make pursuant to Section 3.5(a) with respect to a Letter of Credit within the time specified in such Section (which payment may be made with the proceeds of a borrowing of Revolving Loans to the extent such borrowing is requested and borrowed by Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each L/C Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its L/C Percentage thereof, and each L/C Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand at the Issuing Lender’s address for notices specified herein an amount equal to such L/C Lender’s L/C Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose); upon such payment pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any L/C Disbursement, Borrower shall be required to reimburse the L/C Lenders for such payments (including interest accrued thereon from the date of such payment until the date of such reimbursement at the rate applicable to Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans plus 2% per annum) on demand; provided that if at the time of and after giving effect to such payment by the L/C Lenders, the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied, Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent certifying that such conditions are satisfied and that all interest owing under this paragraph has been paid, request that such payments by the L/C Lenders be converted into Revolving Loans (a “Revolving Loan Conversion”), in which case, if such conditions are in fact satisfied, the L/C Lenders shall be deemed to have extended, and Borrower shall be deemed to have accepted, a Revolving Loan in the aggregate principal amount of such payment without further action on the part of any party, and the Total L/C Commitments shall be permanently reduced by such amount; any amount so paid pursuant to this paragraph shall, on and after the payment date thereof, be deemed to be Revolving Loans for all purposes hereunder; provided that the Issuing Lender, at its option, may effectuate a Revolving Loan Conversion regardless of whether the conditions to borrowings and Revolving Loan Conversions set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied.
3.6Obligations Absolute. Borrower’s obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and Borrower’s obligations hereunder shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or breach in bad faith
68
of the obligations of the Issuing Lender hereunder. Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach in bad faith of its obligations hereunder, shall be binding on Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to Borrower.
In addition to amounts payable as elsewhere provided in the Agreement, Borrower hereby agrees to pay and to protect, indemnify, and save Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (A) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or (B) the failure of Issuing Lender or of any L/C Lender to honor a demand for payment under any Letter of Credit thereof as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, in each case other than to the extent solely as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender or the breach in bad faith of the obligations of the Issuing Lender or such L/C Lender hereunder (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
3.7Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.
3.8Applications. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.
3.9Interim Interest. If the Issuing Lender shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless either Borrower shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full within the time period specified in Section 3.5(a) or the L/C Lenders shall have reimbursed such L/C Disbursement in full on such date as provided in Section 3.5(b), in each case the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Lender, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by Borrower, at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were a Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan; provided that the provisions of Section 2.15(c) shall be applicable to any such amounts not paid when due.
3.10Cash Collateral.
(a)Certain Credit Support Events. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (i) if the Issuing Lender has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Advance by all the L/C Lenders that is not reimbursed by Borrower or converted into a Revolving Loan pursuant to Section 3.5(b), or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, any L/C Exposure for any reason remains outstanding, Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then effective L/C Exposure in an amount equal to 105% of such L/C Exposure.
At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover 105%
69
of the Fronting Exposure relating to the Letters of Credit (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender).
(b)Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent. Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Lender or Defaulting Lender, such Lender or Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the L/C Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest and Lien in all such Cash Collateral and in all proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 3.10(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than 105% of the applicable L/C Exposure, Fronting Exposure and other Obligations secured thereby, Borrower or the relevant Lender or Defaulting Lender, as applicable, will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by such Lender or Defaulting Lender).
(c)Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 3.10, Section 2.24 or otherwise in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Exposure, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.
(d)Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit or other Obligations shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 3.10 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure and other Obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) a determination by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (A) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party shall not be released during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (B) that, subject to Section 2.24, the Person providing such Cash Collateral and the Issuing Lender may agree that such Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations, and provided further, that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by Borrower or any other Loan Party, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to any security interest and Lien granted pursuant to the Loan Documents or any applicable Bank Services Agreement.
3.11Additional Issuing Lenders. Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this Section 3.11 shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Lender” (in addition to being a Lender) in respect of Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by such Lender, and, with respect to such Letters of Credit, such term shall thereafter apply to the other Issuing Lender and such Lender.
3.12Resignation of the Issuing Lender. The Issuing Lender may resign at any time by giving at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Borrower; provided that such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Issuing Lender has been appointed in accordance with this Section 3.12. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Lender, such successor shall succeed
70
to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender and the retiring Issuing Lender shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder without affecting its rights and obligations with respect to Letters of Credit previously issued by it. At the time such resignation shall become effective, Borrower shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 3.3. The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Lender hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term “Issuing Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Lender, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Lenders, as the context shall require. After the resignation of the Issuing Lender hereunder, the retiring Issuing Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
3.13Applicability of ISP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable laws, the Letters of Credit shall be governed by and subject to the rules of the ISP.
SECTION 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue the Letters of Credit, Holdings and Borrower hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to itself and each of its Subsidiaries, that:
4.1Financial Condition.
(a)[Reserved].
(b)The audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the fiscal years then ended. The unaudited, internally prepared consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at August 31, 2021, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the 8-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the 8-month period then ended (in each case, subject to normal year-end adjustments). All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein) and subject to, in the case of unaudited financial statements, normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes. No Group Member has, as of the Closing Date, any material Guarantee Obligations, material contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that (x) are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this Section 4.1(b) or (y) have been incurred after the date of such financial statements and have not been disclosed to the Lenders. During the period from December 31, 2020
71
to and including the date hereof, there has been no Disposition by any Group Member of any material part of the Group Members’ business or property.
4.2No Change. Since the Original Closing Date, there has been no development or event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.3Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in material compliance with all Requirements of Law except in such instances in which (i) such Requirement of Law is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and the prosecution of such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.4Power, Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices described that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
4.5No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member in any material respect and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).
4.6Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6, no litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.7No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, nor shall either result from the making of a requested Credit Extension.
72
4.8Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments. Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in or a valid right to use, all of its other tangible property, in each case in all material respects, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3. No Loan Party owns any Investment except as permitted by Section 7.8. Section 11 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by each Loan Party as of the date hereof, if any. Section 12 of the Collateral Information Certificate sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of real property under which any Loan Party is the lessee as of the date hereof.
4.9Intellectual Property. Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted. No claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member’s use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Group Member’s Intellectual Property, nor does Holdings or Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim, unless such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member, and the conduct of such Group Member’s business, as currently conducted, does not infringe on or otherwise violate the rights of any Person, unless such infringement would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no claims pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, threatened to such effect.
4.10Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); no tax Lien has been filed (other than for taxes not yet due and payable) except as permitted by Section 7.3, and, to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.
4.11Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used (a) for “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board or (b) for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.
4.12Labor Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member. As of the Original Closing Date, there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened.
73
4.13ERISA.
(a)Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA with respect to each Pension Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Pension Plan;
(b)except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;
(c)each Loan Party and each of its respective ERISA Affiliates has in the past six years met in all material respects all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Pension Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained;
(d)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Loan Party nor any of its respective ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date;
(e)as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not exceed $500,000;
(f)to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, with respect to any Pension Plan, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code;
(g)all liabilities under each Pension Plan are in all material respects (i) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Pension Plans, (ii) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto, or (iii) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and
(h)(i) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the Code; (ii) the respective assets of the Loan Parties do not and will not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of the United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101; (iii) no Loan Party is nor will any such Loan Party be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; and (iv) transactions by or with any Loan Party are not and will not be subject to state statutes applicable to such Loan Party regulating investments of fiduciaries with respect to governmental plans.
4.14Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No such Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board), including the Federal Power Act, that may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or that may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.
74
4.15Subsidiaries.
(a)Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by Holdings or Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (i) Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary of Holdings and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party (after giving effect to the Closing Date Reorganization), and (ii) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, except as may be created by the Loan Documents.
(b)As of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(b), each Group Member which has been designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary complies with the requirements in the definition thereof.
4.16Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans were used to fund in part the Closing Date Distribution (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), to refinance certain existing Indebtedness on the Original Closing Date, to fund the Second Amendment Effective Date Distribution (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) and to pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing transactions and for general corporate purposes; provided that any Incremental Term Facility shall be used solely to finance Permitted Acquisitions or Restricted Payments and related fees and expenses. All or a portion of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used for ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes, including Permitted Acquisitions, other permitted Investments and capital expenditures.
4.17Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:
(a)except as disclosed on Schedule 4.17, the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “Properties”) do not contain, and, to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or have constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;
(b)no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “Business”), nor does Holdings or Borrower have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;
(c)no Group Member has transported or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor has any Group Member generated, treated, stored or disposed of Materials of Environmental Concern at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;
(d)no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;
75
(e)there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;
(f)the Properties and all operations of the Group Members at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.17, to the knowledge of Holdings or Borrower, there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and
(g)no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.
4.18Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document, certificate or statement (other than information of a general industry nature or a general economic nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when taken together with all other such statements and information, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. As of the Closing Date, there is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.
4.19Security Documents.
(a)The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement that are securities represented by stock certificates or otherwise constituting certificated securities within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(15) of the New York UCC or the corresponding code or statute of any other applicable jurisdiction (“Certificated Securities”), when certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent, in the case of any Deposit Account or Securities Account constituting Collateral under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, upon the effectiveness of a Control Agreement with respect thereto, and in the case of the other Collateral constituting personal property described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 4.19(a) in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4.19(a), the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 7.3), to the extent that such Lien and security interest may be perfected by the taking of possession of such Collateral, the effectiveness of a Control Agreement, or the filing of such financing statements and other filings.
76
(b)Each of the Mortgages, if any, delivered after the Closing Date will be, upon execution, effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices for the applicable jurisdictions in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, each such Mortgage shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (subject to the Liens permitted by Section 7.3).
4.20Solvency; Fraudulent Transfer. The Loan Parties, taken as a whole, are, and after giving effect to the incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be and will continue to be, Solvent. No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.
4.21Regulation H. No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has not been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968.
4.22Designated Senior Indebtedness. The Loan Documents and all of the Obligations have been deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
4.23[Reserved].
4.24Insurance. All insurance maintained by the Loan Parties is in full force and effect, all premiums have been duly paid, no Loan Party has received notice of violation or cancellation thereof, and there exists no default under any requirement of such insurance. Each Loan Party maintains insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
4.25No Casualty. No Loan Party has received any notice of, nor does any Loan Party have any knowledge of, the occurrence or pendency or contemplation of any Casualty Event affecting all or any material portion of its property.
4.26[Reserved].
4.27Anti-Corruption Laws. Holdings and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each relevant jurisdiction where a Group Member conducts business, and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
77
4.28OFAC; Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Holdings, Borrower nor any of their respective Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of Holdings, Borrower or any such Subsidiary, any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative thereof, is an individual or an entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is (a) currently the subject of any Sanctions, or (b) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loans made hereunder will be used by any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates, directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or otherwise made available to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010, (iii) to conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (iv) to deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, or (v) in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act.
4.29No Fees. Except as described in Schedule 4.29, no commissions or broker or referral fees or similar fees are due and payable as a result of the closing of any Facility or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.
SECTION 5
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the entering of this Agreement on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i)this Agreement executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, each Lender, Holdings and Borrower;
(ii)the updated Collateral Information Certificate, executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party;
(iii)the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed by Loan Party;
(iv)each other Security Document, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party party thereto; and
(v)an acknowledgement from each of the shareholders of Borrower (other than the other Loan Parties) agreeing to comply with the condition subsequent set forth in Section 5.3.
(b)Closing Date Reorganization. The Closing Date Reorganization shall have been completed in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.
(c)[Reserved].
78
(d)Secretary’s Certificate; Certified Certificate of Organization; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, the bylaws or other similar organizational document of such Loan Party and the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such Loan Party, (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization, and (iii) certificates of foreign qualification from each jurisdiction where the failure of any applicable Loan Party to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)Know Your Customer Requirements. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.
(f)[Reserved].
(g)Collateral Matters.
(i)Lien Searches. The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, together with such other searches as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require, and such searches shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 7.3 or Liens discharged on or prior to the Closing Date.
(ii)Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. The Administrative Agent shall have received or otherwise be in possession of original versions of (A) the certificates representing the shares of any Capital Stock in certificated form pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock power for each such certificate executed in blank by a duly authorized officer of the pledgor thereof, and (B) each promissory note (if any) pledged to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.
(iii)Filings, Registrations, Recordings, Agreements, Etc. Each document (including any UCC financing statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements, Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements, and landlord access agreements and/or bailee waivers) required by the Loan Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, executed, registered or recorded to create in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right and priority to any Lien in the Collateral held by any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 7.3), shall have been executed (if applicable) and delivered to the Administrative Agent (if applicable) in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(iv)[Reserved].
(v)Insurance. The Administrative Agent shall have received updated insurance certificates and endorsements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.6 hereof and Section 5.2(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
79
(h)Fees. Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date under the Loan Documents (including pursuant to the Fee Letter) and (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses payable to such Person under this Agreement and for which invoices have been presented for payment on or before the Closing Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the fees and expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent).
(i)Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (which shall include, among other things, authority, legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Loan Documents and creation and perfection of security interests).
(j)[Reserved].
(k)[Reserved].
(l)Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a solvency certificate from a Responsible Officer of Holdings and Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, certifying that Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, are Solvent.
(m)[Reserved].
(n)No Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2020 any event or condition that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.1, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent (or made available) by the Administrative Agent to such Lender for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender.
5.2Conditions to Each Extension of Credit other than the Initial Credit Extension. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (including any Revolving Loan Conversion) requested to be made by it on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document (i) that is qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects, and (ii) that is not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as applicable), as of such earlier date.
(b)Availability. With respect to any requests for any Revolving Extensions of Credit, after giving effect to such Revolving Extension of Credit, the availability and borrowing limitations specified in Sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall have been complied with.
80
(c)Notices of Borrowing. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing in connection with any such request for extension of credit which complies with the requirements hereof.
(d)No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of or on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.
Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of Borrower hereunder, each Revolving Loan Conversion and each conversion of a Term Loan shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit, Revolving Loan Conversion or conversion of a Term Loan, as applicable, that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.
5.3Post-Closing Conditions. Holdings and Borrower shall satisfy each of the conditions subsequent to the Closing Date specified in this Section 5.3 to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, in each case by no later than the date specified for such condition below (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its sole discretion):
(a)unless the IPO shall have occurred, within 30 days after the Closing Date and at all times thereafter, Borrower shall ensure that all Capital Stock (including economic units and exchangeable units) of Borrower is subject to a perfected, first priority Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a limited recourse pledge agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In connection therewith, Borrower and the applicable pledgor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent:
(i)an officer’s certificate of such pledgor, if it is not a natural Person, dated as of the effective date of the applicable limited recourse pledge agreement and executed by the Secretary or other Responsible Officer of such pledgor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Credit Agreement, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including (A) the certificate of incorporation or other similar organizational document of such pledgor certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of such pledgor, (B) the bylaws or other similar organizational document of such pledgor (unless such pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person), (C) the relevant board resolutions or written consents of such pledgor (unless such pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person), (D) a certificate of incumbency, (E) a good standing certificate or certificate of status, as the case may be, for such pledgor (unless such pledgor is a trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person) from its jurisdiction of organization, (F) certificates of foreign qualification from each jurisdiction where the failure of such applicable pledgor to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (G) a certification that each of the representations and warranties made by such pledgor pursuant to any Loan Document to which it is a party (1) that is qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar materiality qualifiers is true and correct in all respects, and (2) that is not qualified by such materiality qualifiers, is true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on and as of the date thereof, except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects (or all respects, as applicable), as of such earlier date;
(ii)if requested by the Administrative Agent, an executed legal opinion of counsel to such pledgor, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by the limited recourse pledge agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (which shall include, among other things, authority, legality, binding effect and enforceability of the limited recourse Pledge Agreement and the perfection of security interests in the Capital Stock of Borrower, as applicable); and
81
(iii)the Administrative Agent shall have received the results of recent lien searches in each of the jurisdictions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent and such searches shall reveal no Liens on any of the collateral pledged by the pledgor except for Liens permitted by the applicable limited recourse pledge agreement.
SECTION 6
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Holdings and Borrower jointly and severally agree that, until the Discharge of Obligations, each of Holdings and Borrower shall, and where applicable, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
6.1Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for distribution to each Lender:
(a)within 90 days (or such longer period as may be permitted from time to time under the rules of the SEC) after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, a copy of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than in connection with the pending maturity of any Indebtedness), or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by independent certified public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that CliftonLarsonAllen LLP is acceptable) and (ii) a management’s discussion and analysis;
(b)within 45 days (or such longer period as may be permitted from time to time under the rules of the SEC) after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Holdings, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (x) income, (y) cash flows, and (z) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) a management’s discussion and analysis; and
(c)not later than 30 days after the end of each month (other than a month which is also a quarter end) occurring during each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal month ending August 31, 2021 (which for the month ending August 31, 2021 shall be with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries only)), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as at the end of such month and the related unaudited consolidated statements of (i) income, (ii) cash flows, and (iii) cash balances for each Group Member, in each case, for such month and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).
All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.
82
6.2Certificates; Reports; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender:
(a)concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of each such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, (A) that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, and (B) that the financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent on such date is accurate and complete in all material respects, and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of Holdings, as the case may be and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, (A) any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out on the Collateral Information Certificate and (B) a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, a list of any Intellectual Property issued to or acquired by any Loan Party, in each case since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (including pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement);
(b)within a reasonable period after the same are publicly available by way of public filings, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (which shall include a breakdown of such consolidated budget on a quarter to quarter basis) (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of each fiscal quarter of such fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the “Projections”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect; it being recognized by Lenders that such Projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the Projections;
(c)within a reasonable period after the same are publicly available, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities;
(d)upon request by the Administrative Agent, within five days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding any investigation by, or proceeding with, a Governmental Authority in connection with Group Members’ compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(e)concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a), a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to the insurance coverage required to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.6, together with any supplemental reports with respect thereto which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
(f)[reserved];
(g)promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (which Lender requests shall be made through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request.
83
Notwithstanding the above, information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Holdings posts such information, or provides a link thereto on Holdings’ website on the Internet or at http://www.sec.gov; or (ii) on which such information is posted on Holdings’ behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that, (x) to the extent the Administrative Agent or any Lender so requests, Holdings shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or such Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (y) Holdings shall notify the Administrative Agent (by facsimile or email) of the posting of any such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to herein, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Holdings with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
6.3Anti-Corruption Laws. Conduct its and its Subsidiaries’ business in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and other applicable anti-corruption laws in each jurisdiction where the Group Members conduct business and maintain policies and procedures designated to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
6.4Payment of Obligations; Taxes.
(a)Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations (including all material Taxes and material Other Taxes imposed by law on an applicable Loan Party) of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.
(b)File or cause to be filed all Federal, all income and all other material state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed.
6.5Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) comply with (i) all Material Contractual Obligations in all material respects and (ii) Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) comply with all Governmental Approvals, and any term, condition, rule, filing or fee obligation, or other requirement related thereto, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings and Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to: (1) maintain each Pension Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or other Federal or state law; (2) cause each Pension Plan to maintain its qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code; (3) make all required contributions to any Pension Plan; (4) ensure that all liabilities under each Pension Plan are either (x) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing such Pension Plan; (y) insured with a reputable insurance company; or (z) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto; and (5) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of each Pension Plan are and continue to be paid at no less than the rates required
84
under the rules of such Pension Plan and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to such Pension Plan and applicable law.
6.6Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) To the extent commercially reasonable, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability and product liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
6.7Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities, and (b) permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and any Lender to visit, inspect any of its properties and examine, audit and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no prior notice shall be necessary during the continuance of an Event of Default) and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers, directors and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants (provided that any Group Member may, if it so chooses, be present at or participate in any such discussion and provided further that each Lender shall be provided notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercising such inspection rights in order to provide such Lenders the opportunity to participate in such inspection); provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither Holdings, Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose or permit the inspection, examination or making of copies of, (i) any of Holdings’, Borrower’s or their Subsidiaries’ source code or (ii) any matter that is protected by a confidentiality agreement or non-disclosure agreement (or other agreement containing provisions substantially similar thereto) with a third party that was not entered into in contemplation of Holdings’ or Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Such inspections and audits shall not exceed once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as any Agent shall reasonably determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Holdings’ expense, and the charge therefor shall be $1,000 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent the Administrative Agent’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
6.8Notices. Give prompt written notice to each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:
(a)the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b)any (i) material default or event of default under any Material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation arbitration or similar proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, that if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c)any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount of damages claimed is $750,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against any Group Member and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;
(d)(i) promptly after Borrower has knowledge or becomes aware of the occurrence of any of the following events affecting any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates (but in no
85
event more than7 Business Days after such event), the occurrence of any of the following events, and shall provide the Administrative Agent with a copy of any notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with respect to such event, if such event would reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $500,000 of any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates: (A) an ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (C) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan, if such amendment will result in a material increase in benefits or unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), or (D) the commencement of contributions by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or to any Multiemployer Plan;
(ii)upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent after the giving, sending or filing thereof, or the receipt thereof, copies of each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates with the IRS with respect to each Pension Plan; and
(iii)promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates, all notices from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $250,000 of any Loan Party or any of its respective ERISA Affiliates;
(e)(i) any Asset Sale undertaken by any Group Member, (ii) any issuance of Capital Stock of Holdings or Borrower; (iii) any incurrence by any Group Member of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness constituting Loans) in a principal amount equaling or exceeding $1,000,000 and (iv) with respect to any such Asset Sale, issuance of Capital Stock or incurrence of Indebtedness, the amount of any Net Cash Proceeds received by such Group Member in connection therewith;
(f)any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and
(g)any circumstance that the Group Members’ senior management has knowledge of and believe would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.
6.9Environmental Laws.
(a)Comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all material applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by material applicable Environmental Laws.
(b)Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under material Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all material Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws.
86
6.10Operating Accounts. (x) Holdings, Borrower and their Subsidiaries shall maintain their primary U.S. depository and operating accounts and a majority of their securities accounts with SVB or with SVB’s Affiliates or any other Lender, or an Affiliate thereof, and (y) the Loan Parties shall cause each of the Loan Parties’ operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) with respect to which the Administrative Agent is not the depository institution or securities intermediary to be subject to a Control Agreement or otherwise subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, that (a) with respect to operating and securities accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) acquired after the Closing Date by a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, the Loan Parties shall have until the date that is 120 days following such acquisition to comply with the provisions of this section; and (b) any Loan Party may, without limiting the generality of the above in this Section, maintain any Excluded Accounts with a bank or financial institution selected by such Loan Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to retain (i) foreign exchange services (including any foreign exchange accounts (subject to, a Control Agreement at all times and foreign exchange contracts) previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower and (ii) its existing collection accounts (subject to, except with respect to Excluded Accounts, a Control Agreement at all times), but shall transfer balances therein in excess of $2,000,000 (in the aggregate for all such collection accounts) at least monthly to an account maintained with SVB or an Affiliate thereof.
6.11[Reserved].
6.12Additional Collateral, etc.
(a)With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral and not constituting Excluded Assets) acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below, and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to evidence that such Loan Party is a Guarantor and to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority (except as expressly permitted by Section 7.3) security interest and Lien under the laws of the applicable United States jurisdiction (and the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, or to assets of any Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent) in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral or assets of a Guarantor that is a Foreign Subsidiary, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(b)With respect to any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $1,500,000 acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 7.3(g)), promptly, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property, (ii) provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by
87
the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with any applicable surveyor’s certificate, and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In connection with the foregoing, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which a Mortgage is executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12, in order to comply with the Flood Laws, the Administrative Agent shall have received the following documents (collectively, the “Flood Documents”): (A) a completed standard “life of loan” flood hazard determination form (a “Flood Determination Form”), (B) if the improvement(s) to the applicable improved real property is located in a special flood hazard area, a notification to the applicable Loan Party (“Loan Party Notice”) and (if applicable) notification to the applicable Loan Party that flood insurance coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (“NFIP”) is not available because the community does not participate in the NFIP, (C) documentation evidencing the applicable Loan Party’s receipt of the Loan Party Notice (e.g., countersigned Loan Party Notice, return receipt of certified U.S. Mail, or overnight delivery), and (D) if the Loan Party Notice is required to be given and flood insurance is available in the community in which the property is located, a copy of one of the following: the flood insurance policy, the applicable Loan Party’s application for a flood insurance policy plus proof of premium payment, a declaration page confirming that flood insurance has been issued, or such other evidence of flood insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (any of the foregoing being “Evidence of Flood Insurance”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Mortgage will be signed by Borrower until each Lender has received and approved the Flood Determination Form and, as applicable, the Evidence of Flood Insurance and Loan Party Notice with respect to the applicable real property.
(c)With respect to any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), any Subsidiary formed by Division or any Subsidiary no longer qualifying as an Excluded Subsidiary, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest in the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary that is owned directly by such Loan Party, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents and instruments as may be required to grant, perfect, protect and ensure the priority of such security interest, including but not limited to, the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, (iii) cause such Subsidiary (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions as are necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest (subject to liens permitted by Section 7.3) in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, with respect to such Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States or the country of organization of the applicable Subsidiary other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent); it being agreed that if such Subsidiary is formed by Division, the foregoing requirements shall be satisfied substantially concurrently with the formation of such Subsidiary.
88
(d)With respect to any new direct Foreign Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition thereof and that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary or any new direct Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (b) of the definition thereof, in each case, created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest and Lien in the Capital Stock of such Excluded Subsidiary that is directly owned by any such Loan Party (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such Excluded Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that no action shall be required hereunder under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States other than the laws of any foreign country which govern or apply to any material Collateral, as reasonably determined and requested by the Administrative Agent (unless reasonably agreed from time to time between Borrower and the Administrative Agent).
(e)At the request of the Administrative Agent, each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord’s agreement or bailee letter, as applicable, from the lessor of each leased property or bailee with respect to any warehouse, processor or converter facility or other location where material Collateral is stored or located, which agreement or letter shall contain a waiver or subordination of all Liens or claims that the landlord or bailee may assert against the Collateral at that location, and shall otherwise be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party shall fail to pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where any Collateral is or may be located.
(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, all guarantees and security shall be subject to any applicable general mandatory statutory limitations, fraudulent preference, equitable subordination, foreign exchange laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions), transfer pricing or “thin capitalization” rules, earnings stripping, exchange control restrictions, applicable maintenance of capital, retention of title claims, employee consultation or approval requirements, corporate benefit, financial assistance, protection of liquidity, and similar laws, rules and regulations and customary guarantee limitation language in the relevant jurisdiction; provided that the relevant Group Member shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations (including by way of debt pushdown or seeking requisite approvals), and (ii) Subsidiaries may be excluded from the guarantee requirements in circumstances where (1) Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably agree that the cost or other consequence of providing such a guarantee is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby or (2) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, such requirements would contravene any legal prohibition, could reasonably be expected to result in any violation or breach of, or conflict with, fiduciary duties or result in a risk of personal or criminal liability on the part of any officer, director, member or manager of such Subsidiary; provided that the relevant Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable endeavors to overcome such limitations. As a result of the limitations in clause (i) above, the Administrative Agent may elect to waive the requirement to cause a Group Member to become a Guarantor hereunder and such Group Member shall not be a Loan Party for any purposes hereof.
6.13Insider Subordinated Indebtedness. Cause any Insider Indebtedness owing by any Loan Party to become Insider Subordinated Indebtedness (a) on or prior to the Closing Date, in respect of any
89
such Insider Indebtedness in existence as of the Closing Date or (b) contemporaneously with the incurrence thereof, in respect of any such Insider Indebtedness incurred at any time after the Closing Date.
6.14Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of each Credit Extension only for the purposes specified in Section 4.16.
6.15Designated Senior Indebtedness. Cause the Loan Documents and all of the Obligations to be deemed “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable, for purposes of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Loan Parties.
6.16Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take such further action as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect, protect, ensure the priority of or continue the Administrative Agent’s Lien on the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
SECTION 7
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Holdings and Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, until the Discharge of Obligations, neither Holdings nor Borrower shall, nor shall Holdings and Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
7.1Financial Condition Covenant.
(a)Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2021) to be less than 1.10:1.00.
(b)Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending as set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
Fiscal Quarter Ending |
Consolidated Senior Leverage
|
September 30, 2021 |
4.25:1.00 |
December 31, 2021 |
4.00:1.00 |
March 31, 2022 |
3.85:100 |
June 30, 2022 |
3.75:1.00 |
September 30, 2022 |
3.50:1.00 |
December 31, 2022 |
3.25:1.00 |
90
(c)Equity Cure Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.1 or in Section 8, in the event that Group Members fail to comply with the requirements of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1(a) or (b) (each, a “Financial Condition Covenant” and collectively, the “Financial Condition Covenants”) until the expiration of the day that is ten (10) Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date the Compliance Certificate calculating such covenants is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(ii)(x) or (ii) the date such Compliance Certificate is actually delivered, Holdings shall have the right to issue Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Holdings (collectively, the “Cure Right”) in order to prepay the Term Loans, without penalty or premium, with such amounts as are necessary to be in compliance with the Financial Condition Covenants (the “Cure Amount”). In no event shall the Cure Amount be greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Condition Covenants as set forth herein. The Cure Amount will be used solely to prepay the Term Loans and shall be applied to the prepayment of installments due in respect of the Term Loans in inverse order of maturity. The Cure Right may be exercised not more than two (2) two times in any four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters period (and may not be exercised in consecutive fiscal quarters), and not more than four (4) times prior to the later of (x) the Revolving Termination Date or (y) the Term Loan Maturity Date. Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the Cure Amount, the Financial Condition Covenants shall be recalculated (for such period and shall be so calculated for any subsequent period that includes the fiscal quarter in respect of which the Cure Right was exercised) giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments: (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be increased by the lesser of (i) 20% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (calculated prior to giving effect to the Cure Amount) and (ii) the Cure Amount and (b) if, after giving effect to the foregoing calculations, Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenants, then Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied such Financial Condition Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Condition Covenants that occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement. The resulting increase to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from the exercise of the Cure Right shall not result in any adjustment to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or any other financial definition for any purposes under this Agreement or any Loan Document, other than for purposes of calculating the Financial Covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Senior Indebtedness during the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and any subsequent fiscal quarter for which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is deemed to be increased by the Cure Amount,
91
Consolidated Senior Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the Cure Amount was not applied to reduce the Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the exercise of the Cure Right, no Lender shall have any obligation to make any Revolving Loans, and the Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit, prior to the prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with such exercise in accordance with this Section 7.1(c).
7.2Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a)Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and any Bank Services Agreement;
(b)Indebtedness of (i) any Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party, (ii) any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) owing to any other Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party), (iii) any Subsidiary (that is not a Loan Party) owing to any Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (iii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the amount of any Dispositions under Section 7.5(g)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) does not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding and (iv) any Loan Party owing to any Subsidiary (which is not a Loan Party) so long as, in the case of this clause (iv), such Indebtedness is Insider Subordinated Indebtedness;
(c)Guarantee Obligations in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2;
(d)Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof);
(e)Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (which do not shorten the maturity thereof or increase the principal amount thereof other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses);
(f)Surety Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $500,000;
(g)Indebtedness consisting of obligations of any Group Member incurred in a Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted by Section 7.8 or any Disposition permitted by Section 7.5 constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or consideration (including earn-out obligations) or similar adjustments in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $1,500,000;
(h)obligations (contingent or otherwise) of Holdings, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries existing or arising under any Specified Swap Agreement, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in accordance with Section 7.13 and not for purposes of speculation;
(i)Indebtedness of a Person (other than Holdings, Borrower or a Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into Holdings, Borrower or a Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary, provided that (i) such Indebtedness was not, in any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition, (ii) such merger or acquisition constitutes a Permitted
92
Acquisition, (iii) such Indebtedness is Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this Section 7.2 and (iv) with respect to any such Person who becomes a Subsidiary, (A) such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) are the only obligors in respect of such Indebtedness, and (B) to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be secured hereunder, only the assets of such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) secure such Indebtedness;
(j)additional Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000;
(k)Insider Subordinated Indebtedness;
(l)other (i) secured Indebtedness of any Loan Party to the extent permitted under Section 7.3(n) and (ii) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding;
(m)deposits or advances received from customers in the ordinary course of business;
(n)unsecured Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 at any time; and
(o)Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business.
7.3Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a)Liens for taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or levies not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Group Member in conformity with GAAP;
(b)carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, workmen’s, suppliers’, or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(c)pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;
(d)deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, government contracts, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than for indebtedness or any Liens arising under ERISA);
(e)easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions and other similar charges or encumbrances incurred or minor title deficiencies in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Group Member;
(f)Liens in existence on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.3(f), securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2(d), and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date, (ii) the
93
amount of Indebtedness secured or benefitted thereby is not increased, and (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed;
(g)Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets; provided that (i) such Liens shall be created within three (3) months after the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased other than in respect of accrued interest or capitalized fees or expenses;
(h)Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;
(i)any interest or title of a lessor or licensor under any lease or license entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased or licensed;
(j)judgment Liens that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) of this Agreement;
(k)bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash, Cash Equivalents, securities, commodities and other funds on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by a Group Member, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks, other depositary institutions, securities or commodities intermediaries or brokerages with which such accounts are maintained securing amounts owing to such banks or financial institutions with respect to cash management and operating account management or are arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection;
(l)(i) cash deposits and liens on cash and Cash Equivalents pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(f), and (ii) Liens securing Specified Swap Obligations permitted by Section 7.2(h);
(m)Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, merged into or consolidated with a Group Member or becomes a Subsidiary of a Group Member or acquired by a Group Member; provided that (i) such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or Investment, (ii) such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) the applicable Indebtedness secured by such Lien is permitted under Section 7.2;
(n) other Liens securing Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
(o)non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties or a Group Member by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; provided that any such license pursuant to this clause (o), (x) is consistent with past practices, (y) permits the use by (or license to) the Administrative Agent of the Intellectual Property covered thereby to permit the Administrative Agent, on a royalty free basis, to possess, collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, remove, realize upon, sell, assign, convey, transfer or grant options to purchase, any Collateral, and (z) does not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of business of any Group Member;
94
(p)the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;
(q)Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries otherwise permitted under Section 7.2(j);
(r)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of such Group Member; and
(s)the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (m) above upon or in the same property theretofore subject thereto or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the Indebtedness secured thereby.
7.4Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:
(a)any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into Borrower (provided that Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person) or with or into any Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of Borrower (provided that such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person);
(b)any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not a Guarantor may (i) be merged or consolidated with or into another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, or (ii) Dispose of any or all of its assets to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise);
(c)any Subsidiary of Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (i) to Borrower or any Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of Borrower (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 7.5;
(d)Dispositions permitted by Section 7.5 may be made;
(e)any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.8 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation; and
(f)any of [Newco 1, Newco 2 and Newco 3] may be merged or consolidated with or into each other or with or into Holdings (provided that Holdings shall be the surviving Person in any such transaction involving Holdings).
7.5Disposition of Property. Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or issue or sell any shares of Capital Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person, except:
(a)Dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property in the ordinary course of business;
(b)Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(c)Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4(b)(ii) and Section 7.4(c)(i);
95
(d)the sale or issuance of (i) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower to Borrower or to any Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of Borrower, (ii) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor to another Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Guarantor, or (iii) the Capital Stock of Holdings, in each case, so long as such sale or issuance does not result in a Change of Control and is not Disqualified Stock;
(e)the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;
(f)the non-exclusive licensing of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business;
(g)the Disposition of property (i) from any Loan Party to any other Loan Party (other than from Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof to any direct or indirect parent of Borrower), (ii) from any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any other Group Member, and (iii) from any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an aggregate amount when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the principal amount of any intercompany Investment under Section 7.8(f)(ii) (without duplication) not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
(h)Dispositions of property subject to a Casualty Event;
(i)leases or subleases of Real Property;
(j)the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, consistent with Borrower’s past practices;
(k)any abandonment, cancellation, non-renewal or discontinuance of use or maintenance of Intellectual Property (or rights relating thereto) of any Group Member that Holdings or Borrower determines in good faith is desirable in the conduct of its business and not materially disadvantageous to the interests of the Lenders;
(l)Dispositions of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $1,000,000 the aggregate for any fiscal year of Holdings, provided that at the time of any such Disposition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Disposition; and provided further that the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are used to prepay the Term Loans to the extent required by Section 2.12;
(m)Investments in compliance with Section 7.8; and
(n)[Reserved].
provided, however, that any Disposition made pursuant to this Section 7.5 (other than those set forth in clause (g) (which shall be subject to the requirements of Section 7.11 hereof)) shall be made in good faith on an arm’s length basis for fair value.
7.6Restricted Payments. Make any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make
96
any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, “Restricted Payments”), except that, so long as, in all cases except clause (g) below, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:
(a)any Subsidiary of any Group Member may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;
(b)Holdings may purchase common stock or common stock options from present or former officers or employees of any Group Member upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer or employee; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of such payments shall not exceed $750,000 during any fiscal year of Holdings, net of proceeds of equity issued to new or replacement employees and (ii) Holdings may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions with respect to its Capital Stock, in each case, payable solely in the common stock or other common Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock);
(c)the Group Members may consummate the Closing Date Reorganization;
(d)Holdings may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Capital Stock issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Capital Stock; provided that any such issuance is otherwise permitted hereunder (including by Section 7.5(d));
(e)(i) Holdings may make repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such repurchased Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants, and (ii) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to a current or former officer, director, employee or consultant to pay for the taxes payable by such Person upon such grant or award (or upon vesting thereof);
(f)Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make payments on account of Subordinated Indebtedness, solely to the extent permitted Section 7.22(b);
(g)Borrower may make Permitted Tax Distributions; and
(h)Borrower may make distributions to finance any payments required to be made by Holdings pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement.
7.7Earn-Out Obligations. Make any payment in respect of any earn-out obligations or deferred consideration constituting Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(g) unless (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing before or after giving effect thereto and (b) either (i) immediately after giving effect to such payment, (A) Holdings and its Subsidiaries are in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1 applicable to the then most recently ended four (4) consecutive fiscal quarter period in respect of which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), and (B) Qualified Availability shall be at least $7,500,000 or (ii) such payment is made with the proceeds of new cash equity investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Holdings or Borrower that are not required to repay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.12(a).
97
7.8Investments. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except:
(a)extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;
(b)Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(c)Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2;
(d)cash and non-cash loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for purchase of Capital Stock of Holdings, travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) and, if in cash, limited to an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $750,000 at any one time outstanding;
(e)[reserved];
(f)intercompany Investments among Group Members (i) by any Group Member in Borrower or any Person that, prior to such investment, is a Guarantor or after giving effect thereto will become a Guarantor, (ii) by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as, in the case of this clause (ii), the aggregate principal amount thereof when added to the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under Section 7.2(b)(iii) and the amount of any Dispositions pursuant to Section 7.5(g)(iii) (without duplication) does not exceed $1,500,000 at any one time outstanding, and (iii) by any Subsidiary of Holdings or Borrower that is not a Loan Party in another Subsidiary of Holdings or Borrower that is not a Loan Party;
(g)Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit;
(h)Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Group Member effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to such Group Member as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of such Group Member, or upon the settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers or suppliers;
(i)(i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions, and (ii) Investments held by any Person as of the date such Person is acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, provided that (A) such Investments were not made, in any case, by such Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition, and (B) with respect to any such Person which becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such Permitted Acquisition, such Subsidiary (and its Subsidiaries) remain the only holder of such Investment;
(j)in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Group Members the aggregate amount of all of which Investments (valued at cost) does not exceed $1,000,000 during any fiscal year of Holdings;
(k)deposits made to secure the performance of leases, licenses or contracts in the ordinary course of business, and other deposits made in connection with the incurrence of Liens permitted under Section 7.3;
98
(l)acquisitions by Borrower of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Persons or of assets constituting an ongoing business or line of business (each a “Permitted Acquisition”) to the extent the purchase price thereof is funded in whole or in part with cash in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Holdings) for any single acquisition and $40,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments (other than Disqualified Stock) in Holdings) for all such Permitted Acquisitions prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date (provided that the aggregate purchase price paid for Persons that do not become Guarantors or assets that do not become Collateral (“Excluded Targets”) shall not exceed $5,000,000 (plus the proceeds of substantially concurrent new equity Investments in Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock)) in the aggregate for all such Permitted Acquisitions of Excluded Targets prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date) (for purposes of the foregoing the “purchase price” of a Permitted Acquisition shall include any earn-outs and subsequent working capital adjustments paid in cash to the extent not financed with new equity Investments), provided that with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition:
(i)the newly-created or acquired Subsidiary (or assets acquired in connection with an asset sale) shall be (x) in the same or a related line of business as that conducted by Holdings or Borrower on the date hereof, or (y) in a business that is ancillary to and in furtherance of the line of business as that conducted by Holdings or Borrower on the date hereof;
(ii)all transactions related to such purchase or acquisition shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with all Requirements of Law;
(iii)no Loan Party shall, as a result of or in connection with any such purchase or acquisition, assume or incur any direct or contingent liabilities (whether relating to environmental, tax, litigation or other matters) that, as of the date of such purchase or acquisition, could reasonably be expected to result in the existence or incurrence of a Material Adverse Effect;
(iv)Holdings shall give the Administrative Agent at least 30 days prior written notice of any such purchase or acquisition, and concurrently therewith, shall have provided the Administrative Agent with pro forma forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, all prepared on a basis consistent with Holdings’ historical financial statements, subject to adjustments to reflect projected consolidated operations following the acquisition, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the one year period following the date of the proposed acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis;
(v)Holdings shall provide to the Administrative Agent as soon as available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the execution thereof, a draft of any proposed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such purchase or acquisition;
(vi)any such newly-created or acquired Subsidiary, or the Loan Party that is the acquirer of assets in connection with an asset acquisition, shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.12, except to the extent the Administrative Agent waives such requirements;
(vii)(A) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, Holdings and Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1 as of the last day of most recently fiscal quarter for which financial statements were delivered hereunder;
99
(viii)Holdings and Borrower shall not, based upon the knowledge of Holdings and Borrower as of the date any such acquisition or other purchase is consummated, reasonably expect such acquisition or other purchase to result in an Event of Default under Section 8.1(c), at any time during the term of this Agreement, as a result of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.1;
(ix)no Indebtedness is assumed or incurred in connection with any such purchase or acquisition other than Indebtedness permitted by the terms of Section 7.2;
(x)such purchase or acquisition shall not constitute an Unfriendly Acquisition;
(xi)to the extent funded with cash, after giving effect to such purchase or acquisition, Qualified Availability shall be at least $7,500,000;
(xii)(A) Holdings and Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent on the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated (or such later date as is agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition and attaching substantially final forms of the agreements, documents or instruments pursuant to which such purchase or acquisition is to be consummated, any schedules to such agreements, documents or instruments and all other material ancillary agreements, instruments and documents to be executed or delivered in connection therewith, and (B) within two (2) Business Days after the consummation of such purchase or acquisition, all consents and approvals from applicable Governmental Authorities and other Persons, to the extent required under the related purchase or acquisition agreement; and
(xiii)Holdings or Borrower shall not be permitted to consummate any acquisitions that are not expected to be accretive to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a pro forma basis for the 12 month period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed purchase or acquisition;
(m)Swap Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(h); and
(n)Investments among any of the Group Members pursuant to transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements permitted pursuant to Section 7.11.
7.9ERISA. Holdings or Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) terminate any Pension Plan so as to result in any material liability to Holdings or Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event, or any other event or condition, which presents the risk of a material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of ERISA Section 4201) from any Multiemployer Plan so as to result in any material liability to Holdings or Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, (d) enter into any new Pension Plan or modify any existing Pension Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which could result in any material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, or (e) with respect to any Pension Plan, knowingly engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement, any Note or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
100
7.10Modifications of Certain Preferred Stock and Debt Instruments. (a) Amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Preferred Stock (i) that would move to an earlier date the scheduled redemption date or increase the amount of any scheduled redemption payment or increase the rate or move to an earlier date any date for payment of dividends thereon or (ii) that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party; or (b) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 (other than Indebtedness pursuant to any Loan Document) that would shorten the maturity or increase the amount of any payment of principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or shorten any date for payment of interest thereon or that would be otherwise materially adverse to any Lender or any other Secured Party.
7.11Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than Borrower or any Guarantor) unless such transaction is (i) not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, and (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, except that the following shall be permitted:
(a)reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans), severance arrangements and indemnification arrangements;
(b)any issuance or sale that is otherwise permitted by this Agreement by Holdings after the Closing Date of any Capital Stock of Holdings to Affiliates, directors, officers or employees of Holdings, Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries;
(c)transfer pricing agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business from time to time among any of the Group Members;
(d)transactions among any of the Group Members (i) so long as the effect thereof would not be materially adverse to the Lenders (it being agreed that a transaction between a Group Member that is not a Loan Party and a Loan Party shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders unless such transaction is upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Loan Party than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate), (ii) that are not Loan Parties, (iii) permitted by Section 7.4, or (iv) that are Investments permitted under Sections 7.8(c), Section 7.8(d), Section 7.8(f) or Section 7.8(i);
(e)licenses of Intellectual Property permitted by Section 7.3(o); and
(f)any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.6.
7.12Sale Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any Sale Leaseback Transaction.
7.13Swap Agreements. Enter into any Swap Agreement, except Specified Swap Agreements which are entered into by a Group Member to (a) hedge or mitigate risks to which such Group Member has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), or (b) effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of such Group Member.
101
7.14Accounting Changes. (a) Make any material change in its accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP or permitted by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, or (b) change its fiscal year.
7.15Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any agreement evidencing Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clauses (f), (g), (m), (n), and (q) of Section 7.3 as to the assets securing such Indebtedness, and (c) agreements that are customary restrictions on subleases, leases, licenses, or permits so long as such restrictions relate to the property subject thereto, (d) any agreement evidencing an asset sale, as to the assets being sold, (e) agreements that are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, and (f) agreements that are customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any contract entered into in the ordinary course of business.
7.16Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of Holdings or Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, any other Group Member, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, any other Group Member, or (c) transfer any of its assets to any other Group Member, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (ii) any restrictions imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with a Disposition permitted hereby, (iii) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and other agreements, (iv) any restriction with respect to any Liens permitted hereunder or any other Loan Document, (v) restrictions of the nature referred to in clause (c) above under agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby which restrictions are only effective against the assets financed thereby; provided that individual agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by a Person (or its Affiliates) may be cross-collateralized to other such agreements governing purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations permitted hereby provided by such Person (or its Affiliates), (vi) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements binding on a Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or Borrower, so long as such agreements were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of Holdings or Borrower, (vii) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of agreements that are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.8 and applicable solely to such joint venture, and (viii) encumbrances or restrictions on Restricted Payments and the transfer of property under any Indebtedness of non-Loan Parties permitted hereunder.
7.17Lines of Business. Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which Holdings, Borrower and their Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related, ancillary or incidental thereto.
7.18Designation of other Indebtedness. Designate any Indebtedness or indebtedness other than the Obligations as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable.
7.19Holdings. Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries that is a direct or indirect parent of Borrower will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than (i) the ownership and/or acquisition of the Capital Stock of Borrower (or, in the case of Holdings, the ownership
102
and/or acquisition of the Capital Stock of Borrower and [Newco 1, Newco 2, and Newco 3],4 (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and Borrower, (iv) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with the Loan Documents, any documentation governing any Indebtedness or guarantee and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, (v) in the case of Holdings, any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or registration of its Capital Stock for sale or resale not prohibited by this Agreement, including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (vi) making any dividend or distribution or other transaction similar to a Restricted Payment and not otherwise prohibited by Section 7.6, or any Investment in Borrower, (vii) the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement, (viii) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying taxes, (ix) providing indemnification to officers and members of its board, (x) payments required to be made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement and (xi) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (i) to (x) of this paragraph.
7.20Amendments to Organizational Agreements. Amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party’s organizational documents, if such amendment, termination, or waiver would be adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any material respect.
7.21Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder, (a) whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, in each case in violation of, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X of the Board or (ii) to finance an Unfriendly Acquisition, or (b) whether directly or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, indirectly, and whether immediately, or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions (or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in violation of the foregoing), or (ii) for any purpose which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010.
7.22Subordinated Debt.
(a)Amendments. Amend, modify, supplement, waive compliance with, or consent to noncompliance in any material respect with, any Subordinated Debt Document, unless the amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent (i) does not adversely affect any Loan Party’s ability to pay and perform each of its Obligations at the time and in the manner set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and is not otherwise adverse to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (ii) is in compliance with the subordination provisions therein and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(b)Payments. Make any payment, prepayment or repayment on, redemption, exchange or acquisition for value of, or any sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness, except as permitted by the subordination provisions in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and any subordination agreement with respect thereto in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of any conflict or
4 |
NTD: please update with names of Newcos. |
103
inconsistency between the subordination provisions in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and any subordination agreement with respect thereto, the terms of the applicable subordination agreement shall control.
(c)Acquisitions of Subordinated Indebtedness. No Loan Party will, or will permit any Subsidiary thereof to, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem, prepay, tender for or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any Subordinated Indebtedness.
7.23Anti-Terrorism Laws. Conduct, deal in or engage in or permit any Affiliate or agent of any Loan Party within its control to conduct, deal in or engage in any of the following activities: (a) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any person blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 (“Blocked Person”), including the making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (b) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (c) engage in on conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or the Patriot Act. Holdings and Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any certification or other evidence reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or any Lender confirming Holdings and Borrower’s compliance with this Section 7.23.
SECTION 8
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
8.1Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a)Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or
(b)any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document (i) if qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or materially misleading when made or deemed made (after giving effect to such materiality qualifier), or (ii) if not qualified by materiality, shall be incorrect or materially misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(c)any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Sections 5.3, 6.1, 6.2, 6.5(a), 6.7(b), 6.8, 6.10, 6.12, 6.13, or Section 7 of this Agreement; or
(d)any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days thereafter; or
(e)(1) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) outstanding in a principal amount of $1,500,000 or more; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such
104
Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in making any payment or delivery under any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such Swap Agreement; or (iv) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of, or, in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement, counterparty under, such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder, beneficiary, or counterparty) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Swap Agreement) to be terminated, or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, any Group Member to purchase or redeem or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that, a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount (and, in the case of Swap Agreements the Swap Termination Value) of which, individually or in the aggregate of all such Indebtedness, exceeds in the aggregate $1,500,000; or (2) any default or event of default (however designated) shall occur with respect to any Subordinated Indebtedness of any Group Member; or
(f)(i) any Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (a) under the Bankruptcy Code or any other existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (b) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (a) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (b) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or
(g)there shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or otherwise is associated with liability of any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in excess of $1,5000,000 during the term of this Agreement; or there exists, an amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities) which exceeds $1,500,000; or
(h)there is entered against any Group Member (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $1,000,000 or more, or (ii) one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings
105
are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or
(i)the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert; or
(j)(i) any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect (other than pursuant to the terms thereof), or any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, in each case with respect to Collateral with a fair market value in excess of $500,000; or
(ii) (A) any Person shall seek to serve process to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of a Loan Party or of any other entity under the control of a Loan Party (including a Subsidiary) in excess of $500,000 on deposit with the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates, or (B) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment shall be filed against any of a Loan Party’s assets by a Governmental Authority, and any of the same under clauses (A) or (B) hereof shall not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, be discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, that no Loans or other extensions of credit shall be made hereunder during any such ten (10) day cure period; or
(iii) (A) any material portion of a Loan Party’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (B) any court order enjoins, restrains or prevents a Loan Party from conducting any part of its business which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(k)a Change of Control shall occur; or
(l)any of the Governmental Approvals shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of the Governmental Approvals or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or nonrenewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; or
(m)any Loan Document not otherwise referenced in Section 8.1(i) or (j), at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or the Discharge of Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or any further liability or obligation under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any such Loan Document for any reason other than the Discharge of Obligations.
8.2Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions to the extent not prohibited by applicable law:
(a)if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8.1(f), the Commitments shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable, and
106
(b)if such event is any other Event of Default, any of the following actions may be taken: (i) by notice to Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments, the Term Commitments, and the L/C Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments, the Term Commitments and the L/C Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) by notice to Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; (iii) any Bank Services Provider may terminate or request Cash Collateral for any foreign exchange service agreements or other Bank Services Agreement then outstanding and any Qualified Counterparty may terminate or request Cash Collateral any Specified Swap Agreement then outstanding; and (iv) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender under the Loan Documents. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, Borrower shall Cash Collateralize an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts so Cash Collateralized shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other Obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in accordance with Section 8.3. In addition, to the extent elected by the applicable Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty, Borrower shall also Cash Collateralize the amount of any Obligations in respect of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreements, as applicable, then outstanding. After all such Letters of Credit, Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements shall have been terminated, expired or been fully drawn upon, as applicable, and all amounts drawn under any such Letters of Credit shall have been reimbursed in full and the Discharge of Obligations shall have occurred, the balance, if any, of the funds having been so Cash Collateralized shall be returned to Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by Borrower.
8.3Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.2, any amounts received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to the payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including any Collateral-Related Expenses, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20) payable to the Administrative Agent in their respective capacities as such (including interest thereon), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty (in its respective capacity as such) (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the Issuing Lender and amounts payable under Sections 2.19 and 2.20), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Issuing Lender Fees, Letter of Credit Fees and interest in respect of any Bank Services and on the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans, and payment of premiums and other fees (including any interest thereon) under any Specified Swap Agreements and any Bank Services Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty (in its respective capacity as such), ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lender,
107
and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, L/C Disbursements which have not yet been converted into Revolving Loans, and settlement amounts, payment amounts and other termination payment obligations under any Specified Swap Agreements and Bank Services Agreements, in each case, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lender, and any applicable Bank Services Provider and/or Qualified Counterparty (in its respective capacity as such), in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the L/C Exposure comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.10;
Sixth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, in each case, ratably among them in proportion to the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full (excluding, for this purpose, any Obligations which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof), to Borrower or as otherwise required by Requirement of Law.
Subject to Section 3.4, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 8.2(b) as they occur. Subject to Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.10, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Excluded Swap Obligation of any Guarantor shall be paid with amounts received from such Guarantor or from any Collateral in which such Guarantor has granted to the Administrative Agent a Lien (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided, however, that each party to this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Administrative Agent (which adjustments shall be controlling in the absence of manifest error) with respect to payments received from other Loan Parties to preserve the allocation of such payments to the satisfaction of the Obligations in the order otherwise contemplated in this Section 8.3.
SECTION 9
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.1Appointment and Authority.
(a)Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints SVB to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are respectively delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
108
(b)Other than Sections 9.2 and 9.9, the provisions of Section 9 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and neither Holdings, Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities to any Lender or any other Person, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(c)The Administrative Agent shall also act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, the Bank Services Agreements and the Specified Swap Agreements, and the Issuing Lender and each of the other Lenders (in their respective capacities as a Lender and, as applicable, Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services) hereby irrevocably (i) authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into all other Loan Documents, as applicable, including the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any subordination agreements and any other Security Documents, and (ii) appoint and authorize the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of the Secured Parties for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10 (including Section 9.7, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is further authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action, or permit any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent to take any action, with respect to any Collateral or the Loan Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon any Collateral granted pursuant to any Loan Document.
9.2Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that any such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties shall be a “U.S. Person” and a “financial institution” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties; provided, however, that such sub-agent receiving payments from the Loan Parties shall be a “U.S. Person” and a “financial institution” with the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.
109
9.3Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations hereunder, other than the duty to exercise any consent or approval rights hereunder in good faith (except with respect to any determination to be made in the Administrative Agent’s discretion). The Administrative Agent shall have no duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder and thereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing two sentences the Administrative Agent shall not:
(a)be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether any Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), as applicable; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
(c)except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Holdings, Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by any Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.2 and 10.1), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 5.1, Section 5.2 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
9.4Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to
110
it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance, extension, renewal, or increase of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any of the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.
9.5Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice in writing from a Lender, Holdings, or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action or refrain from taking such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
9.6Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates and made its own credit analysis and decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Group Members and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to
111
the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Group Member or any Affiliate of a Group Member that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates.
9.7Indemnification. Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each of its Related Parties in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Holdings, Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document and without limiting the obligation of Holdings, Borrower or any other Loan Party to do so) according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 9.7 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such other Person in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent, or such other Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing and any other amounts not reimbursed by Holdings, Borrower or such other Loan Party; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the Administrative Agent’s, or such other Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought). The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
9.8Agent in Its Individual Capacity. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.9Successor Agent.
(a)The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower, to appoint a successor which, in the case of a successor Administrative Agent, shall be a U.S. bank or a U.S. Affiliate or branch of any such bank that is a “U.S. person” and a “financial institution” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1 to which all payments made by the Loan Parties hereunder shall be made. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but
112
shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the applicable qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with Borrower, appoint a successor which shall be a U.S. bank or a U.S. Affiliate or branch of any such bank. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and such collateral security is assigned to such successor Administrative Agent) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as an Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of Section 9 and Section 10.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.
9.10Collateral and Guaranty Matters.
(a)The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(i)to release any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document, Bank Service Agreement or Specified Swap Agreement (i) upon the Discharge of Obligations and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements (other than Letters of Credit, Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements the Obligations in respect of which have been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof or as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any applicable Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) subject to Section 10.1, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;
113
(ii)to subordinate any Lien on any Collateral or other property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.3(g) and (i); and
(iii)to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.
(b)Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10.
(c)The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.
(d)Notwithstanding anything contained in any Loan Document, no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any Guarantee of the Secured Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Secured Party be restricted hereunder from filing a proof of claim on its own behalf during an Insolvency Proceeding. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral or other property at any such sale or other disposition, and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Party (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral or such other property sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral or other property payable by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties at such sale or other disposition. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the Guarantees of the Secured Obligations provided under the Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, no Specified Swap Agreement or Bank Services, the obligations under which constitute Secured Obligations, will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Secured Party that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Loan Party under any Loan Document except as expressly provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, each Secured Party that is a party to any such Specified Swap Agreement or a Bank Services Provider shall be deemed to have appointed the Administrative Agent to serve as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party thereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this paragraph.
9.11Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and
114
irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a)to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.9 and 10.5.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
9.12No Other Duties, etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no “Arranger”, “Sole Lead Arranger”, “Syndication Agent’ or “Documentation Agent” in respect of the Facilities shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder.
9.13Reports and Financial Statements.
Each Bank Services Provider and Qualified Counterparty agrees to furnish to the Administrative Agent at such frequency as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with a summary of all Obligations in respect of Bank Services and Specified Swap Agreements due or to become due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice thereof from such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty and if such notice is received, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that the only amounts due to such Bank Services Provider or Qualified Counterparty on account of Bank Services or Specified Swap Agreement is the amount set forth in such notice.
9.14Erroneous Payments.
(a)If the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender, or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender, or Secured Party (any such Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender, Secured Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause
115
(b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender, Secured Party or other Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender, or Secured Party shall (or, with respect to any Payment Recipient who received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(b)Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), each Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender or Secured Party, hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender, or Secured Party, or other such recipient, otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case:
(i)(A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and
(ii)such Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender or Secured Party shall (and shall cause any other recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf to) promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.14(b).
(c)Each Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under clause (a) hereof or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.
116
(d)In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with clause (a) hereof, from any Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender at any time, (i) such Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments), the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby (together with Borrower) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender, assigning Issuing Lender or assigning Swingline Lender shall cease to be a Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender, assigning Issuing Lender or assigning Swingline Lender and (iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender, Issuing Lender or Swingline Lender and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender, Issuing Lender, Swingline Lender or Secured Party under the Loan Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”).
(e)The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by Borrower or any other Loan Party, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from Borrower or any other Loan Party for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.
(f)To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or
117
counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine
(g)Each party’s obligations, agreements and waivers under this Section 9.14 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender, a Swingline Lender or Issuing Lender, the termination of the Commitments and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Loan Document.
9.15Survival. This Section 9 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
SECTION 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1Amendments and Waivers.
(a)Neither this Agreement, nor any other Loan Document (other than any L/C-Related Document and the Fee Letter), nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (A)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment or Term Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being agreed that an increase in (x) the Total Revolving Commitments and (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Commitments and Term Loans shall also require the consent of the Required Lenders); (B) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (C) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral, contractually subordinate the Obligations or the Administrative Agent’s Lien on all or substantially all of the Collateral or release or subordinate all or substantially all of the value of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) (i) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents requiring pro rata treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Revolving Lenders without the written consent of each Revolving Lender or (ii) amend, modify or waive the pro rata requirements of Section 2.18 or any other provision of the Loan Documents requiring pro rata
118
treatment of the Lenders with respect to payments in a manner that adversely affects Term Lenders or the L/C Lenders without the written consent of each Term Lender and/or, as applicable, each L/C Lender; (E) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Revolving Lenders without the consent of all Revolving Lenders or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Term Lenders without the written consent of all Term Lenders; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) [reserved]; (H) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; (I) [reserved]; (J) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10.6(b)(v) to permit assignments to a Loan Party or any Affiliates or Subsidiary thereof without the written consent of each Lender; or (K) (i) amend or modify the application of prepayments set forth in Section 2.12(g) or the application of payments set forth in Section 8.3 without the written consent of all Lenders, or (ii) subject to any applicable agreement among the Lenders, amend or modify the application of payments provisions set forth in Section 8.3 in a manner that adversely affects the Issuing Lender, provider of Bank Services or any Qualified Counterparty, as applicable, without the written consent of the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider or each such Qualified Counterparty, as applicable. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, Bank Services Provider, each Qualified Counterparty, and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Lender and Borrower may amend any of the L/C-Related Documents without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Revolving Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
(b)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.1(a) above, in the event that Borrower or any other Loan Party, as applicable, requests that this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, be amended or otherwise modified in a manner which would require the consent of all of the Lenders and such amendment or other modification is agreed to by Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent, then, with the consent of Borrower and/or such other Loan Party, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as applicable, may be amended without the consent of the Lender or Lenders who are unwilling to agree to such amendment or other modification (each, a “Minority Lender”), to provide for:
(i)the termination of the Commitments of each such Minority Lender;
(ii)the assumption of the Loans and Commitments of each such Minority Lender by one or more Replacement Lenders pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.23; and
119
(iii)the payment of all interest, fees and other obligations payable or accrued in favor of each Minority Lender and such other modifications to this Agreement or to such Loan Documents as Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may determine to be appropriate in connection therewith.
(c)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings, and Borrower, (i) to add one or more additional credit or term loan facilities to this Agreement and to permit all such additional extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith and from time to time outstanding thereunder to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder, and (ii) in connection with the foregoing, to permit, as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Lenders, the Lenders providing such additional credit facilities to participate in any required vote or action required to be approved by the Required Lenders and Majority Revolving Lenders or Majority Term Lenders, as applicable; provided that such amendments (or amendments and restatements) shall in all other respects comply with the provisions of Section 10.1(a) above.
(d)Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any Bank Services Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified by the parties thereto in accordance with the terms thereof without the consent of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
(e)Notwithstanding any provision herein or in any Loan Document to the contrary, no amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver of this Agreement or any Loan Document altering the ratable treatment of Obligations or security provided for hereunder or any Loan Document arising under Specified Swap Agreements or Bank Services resulting in such Obligations being junior in right of payment to principal on the Loans or resulting in the Obligations owing to any Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services becoming unsecured (other than releases of Liens permitted in accordance with Section 10.16), in each case in a manner adverse to any Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services, as applicable, shall be effective without the written consent of such Qualified Counterparty or provider of Bank Services, as applicable.
(f)Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no consent of any Lender (or other Secured Party other than the Administrative Agent) shall be required to effectuate any amendment to implement any Incremental Term Facility permitted by Section 2.27.
120
10.2Notices.
(a)All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic mail), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile or electronic mail notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of Holdings, Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:
Borrower/Holdings: |
Enfusion LTD. LLC 125 South Clark Street, Suite 750 Chicago, IL 60603 Attention: Legal Email: legal@enfusionsystems.com |
|
and a copy to: Goodwin Procter LLP 100 Northern Avenue Boston, MA 02210 Attention: Mark D. Smith Email: marksmith@goodwinlaw.com |
Administrative Agent: |
Silicon Valley Bank 2400 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attention: Michael Willard Email: mwillard2@svb.com |
|
with a copy to: Morrison & Foerster LLP 200 Clarendon Street Boston, Massachusetts 02116 Attention: Charles W. Stavros, Esq. E-Mail: cstavros@mofo.com |
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.
(b)Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or any Loan Party may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (a) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment); and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (a) and (b), if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.
(c)Any party hereto may change its address, email address, or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
121
(d)(i) Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, DebtX, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”).
(ii)The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s, or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform unless such damages result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.
10.3No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
10.4Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.
10.5Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a)Costs and Expenses. Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent reasonably retained by the Administrative Agent in consultation with Borrower), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, or any amendments, supplements, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, all expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith on or prior to the Closing Date (excluding any amendments, waivers, consents or other modifications thereto) shall be paid by SVB,
122
(ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel for the Administrative Agent, one additional counsel for the Lenders (taken as a whole) and any special and local counsel to the Administrative Agent, on the one hand, and the Lenders (taken as a whole) on the other hand), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued or participated in hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b)Indemnification by Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender (including the Issuing Lender), and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable out of pocket expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including Borrower or any other Loan Party) other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby (including any Specified Swap Agreements), the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Materials of Environmental Concern on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by Borrower, any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) the material breach in bad faith of any material obligation under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee. This Section 10.5(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c)Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to any other Loan Document for any reason fails indefeasibly to pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Issuing Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Facilities at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to the Issuing Lender solely in its capacity as such (or any Related Party of the Issuing Lender acting for such Issuing Lender), only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) and provided further, that the unreimbursed expense or
123
indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Issuing Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Issuing Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (c) are subject to the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.4 and 2.20(e).
(d)Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower or any other Loan Party shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit, or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in paragraph (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e)Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.
(f)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Loan Documents, the termination of the Commitments and the Discharge of Obligations.
10.6Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.
(a)Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (which for purposes of this Section 10.6 shall include any Bank Services Provider (as provider of Bank Services) and Qualified Counterparty), except that neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
124
(b)Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case, with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)Minimum Amounts.
(A)in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B)in any case not described in paragraph (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitments (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility, or $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Term Loan Facility, unless, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii)Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans and/or the Commitments assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.
(iii)Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment by a Lender except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A)the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of Borrower shall be required (except for any assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund); provided that (1) no such consent shall be required during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (2) Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten days after having received written notice thereof;
(B)the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) the Revolving Facility or any unfunded Commitments with respect to the Term Loan Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender, or (ii) any Term Loans to a Person who is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
(C)the consent of the Issuing Lender shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility.
(iv)Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (provided that no such processing and recordation fee shall be required for any assignment by a Lender to its Affiliate or Approved Fund); provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any such administrative questionnaire as the Administrative Agent may request.
125
(v)No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) a Loan Party or any of a Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) unless an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing, any Listed Competitor.
(vi)No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.
(vii)Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Revolving Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section and entry in the Register, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.
(c)Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in California a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts stated separately) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender and the owner of the amounts owing to it under the Loan Documents as reflected in the Register for all purposes of the Loan Documents. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
126
(d)Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than (w) a natural Person or any holding company, investment vehicle or trust established for and owned and operated for the primary benefit of a natural Person, (x) a Defaulting Lender, (y) any Loan Party or any of any Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (z) any Listed Competitor) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Participant shall not be in privity with Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, (A) each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnities under Sections 2.20(e) and 9.7 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s), and (B) each Lender agrees, at Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.20 with respect to its Participant(s).
(e)Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (A) of the proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1(a). Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20 and 2.21, through the Lender granting such participation (and shall have no direct rights against Borrower) (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.20(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20(f) shall be delivered by such Participant)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.23 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.19 or 2.20, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in any Requirement of Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.23 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Sections 2.18(k) and 10.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations, or is otherwise required thereunder. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
127
(f)Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g)Notes. Borrower, upon receipt by Borrower of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 10.6.
(h)Representations and Warranties of Lenders. Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments, loans or investments such as the Commitments and Loans; and (iii) it will make or invest in its Commitments and Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and without a view to distribution of such Commitments and Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6, the disposition of such Commitments and Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).
10.7Adjustments; Set-off.
(a)Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “Benefitted Lender”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 8.2, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8.1(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b)Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to Holdings, Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by Holdings, Borrower and each Loan Party, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, at any time held or owing, and any other credits, indebtedness, claims or obligations, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender, its Affiliates or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of Holdings, Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, against any and all of the Obligations of Holdings, Borrower or such other Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of Holdings, Borrower or such other Loan
128
Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that in the event that any Defaulting Lender or any of its Affiliates shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.24 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender or Affiliate thereof as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees to notify Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application made by such Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section 10.7 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Lender or its Affiliates may have.
10.8Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent or any Lender, or Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) to the extent applicable, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. This Section 10.8 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.9Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
10.10Counterparts; Electronic Execution of Assignments.
(a)This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with Holdings, Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(b)The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in
129
electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.11Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.11, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited under or in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
10.12Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Holdings, Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.
10.13GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN). This Section 10.13 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations.
10.14Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)agrees that all disputes, controversies, claims, actions and other proceedings involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any contemplated transactions related hereto or thereto, or the relationship between any Loan Party, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party, on the other hand, and any and all other claims of any of Holdings, Borrower or any other Loan Party against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party of any kind, shall be brought only in the Southern District of the State of New York; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude the Administrative Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Administrative Agent or such Lender;
(b)expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court, and agrees that it shall not file any motion or other application seeking to change the venue of any suit or other action;
130
(c)waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such party at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of such party’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid;
(d)WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION, OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY, AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL; and
(e)waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.
This Section 10.14 shall survive the Discharge of Obligations
10.15Acknowledgements. Each of Holdings and Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a)it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b)none of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor;
(c)no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among Borrower and the Lenders; and
(d)each of the Secured Parties and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”) may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their Affiliates. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Secured Parties, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other.
10.16Releases of Guarantees and Liens.
(a)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.1) to take any action requested by Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (1) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1 or (2) under the circumstances described in Section 10.16(b) below.
131
(b)Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.
10.17Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), including, without limitation, in connection with filings, submissions and any other similar documentation required or customary to comply with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable stock exchange; (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law or if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in each case to the extent such assignment or participation is permitted hereunder, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder; (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any rating agency in connection with rating Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Facilities or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities; (h) with the consent of Borrower; (i) to any financing source or potential financing source of any Lender; or (j) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Borrower. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and any of their respective Related Parties, may (A) disclose the existence of this Agreement and customary information about this Agreement to (x) market data collectors and similar service providers to the lending industry and (y) service providers to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made pursuant to this clause (y) will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); and (B) with the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) use any information (not constituting Information subject to the foregoing confidentiality restrictions) related to the syndication and arrangement of the credit facilities contemplated by this Agreement in connection with marketing, press releases, or other transactional announcements or updates provided to investor or trade publications, including the placement of “tombstone” advertisements in publications of its choice at its own expense.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without
132
limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information clearly identified as confidential received from Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or from any other person on their behalf) relating to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
10.18Automatic Debits. With respect to any principal, interest, fee, or any other cost or expense (including attorney costs of Administrative Agent or any Lender payable by Borrower hereunder) due and payable to Administrative Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to debit any deposit account of Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in an amount such that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such principal, interest, fee or other cost or expense. The Administrative Agent shall endeavor to provide Borrower with notice of such debits promptly after the occurrence of such debits, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to do so or incur any liability for failing to do so. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit accounts to cover the amount then due, such debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this Section 10.18 shall be deemed a set-off and no such debit shall be deemed a waiver of any Loan Party’s right to dispute the amount of such debit or to request additional detail with respect to such debit.
10.19Patriot Act. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies Holdings, Borrower and each other Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Holdings, Borrower and each other Loan Party and certain related parties thereto, which information includes the names and addresses and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Holdings, Borrower, each other Loan Party and certain of their beneficial owners and other officers in accordance with the Patriot Act and 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230. Each of Holdings, Borrower and each other Loan Party will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, provide, to the extent commercially reasonable or required by any Requirement of Law, such information and documents and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assist the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with “know your customer” requirements under the PATRIOT Act, 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 or other applicable anti-money laundering laws.
133
10.20Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and
(b)the effects of any Bail-In Action on any liability, including, if applicable:
(i) |
a reduction in full or in part of cancellation of any such liability; |
(ii) |
a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or |
(iii) |
the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority. |
10.21Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs.
To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Specified Swap Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
(a)In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
(b)As used in this Section 10.21, the following terms have the following meanings:
“BHC Act Affiliate”: with respect to any party, an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
134
“Covered Entity”: any of the following:
(i) |
a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); |
(ii) |
a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or |
(iii) |
a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). |
“Default Right”: has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“QFC”: has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
10.22Amendment and Restatement of Existing Credit Agreement; Acknowledgment of Prior Obligations; No Novation.
(a)The parties to this Agreement agree that, upon (i) the execution and delivery by each of the parties hereto of this Agreement and (ii) satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5.1, the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be and hereby are amended, superseded and restated in their entirety by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
(b)Borrower, on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party, (i) acknowledges and agrees that the prior grant or grants of security interests in favor of any of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) in its properties and assets, under each “Loan Document” as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement (the “Original Loan Documents”) to which it is a party shall be in respect of the Obligations of such Person under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (ii) reaffirms (A) all of the Obligations (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), and (B) all prior or concurrent grants of security interests in favor of any of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under each Original Loan Document and each Loan Document; and (iii) agrees that, except as expressly amended hereby or unless being amended and restated concurrently herewith, each of the Original Loan Documents to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) is and shall remain in full force and effect. Borrower hereby confirms and agrees that all outstanding principal, interest and fees and other “Obligations” (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Closing Date shall from and after the Closing Date, be, without duplication, Obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as in effect from time to time, shall accrue interest thereon as specified in this Agreement, and shall be secured by the Loan Documents.
(c)This Agreement does not extinguish the obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement or discharge or release the obligations or the Liens or priority of any Liens or any other security therefor. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, the other Original Loan Documents or instruments securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Borrower from any of its obligations or liabilities under the Existing Credit Agreement or any of the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, guaranties or other loan documents executed in connection therewith. Borrower, on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party, hereby (i) confirms and agrees that each Original Loan Document to which
135
it is a party that is not being amended and restated concurrently herewith is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects except that on and after the Closing Date, all references in any such Original Loan Document to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereto,” “thereof,” “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Existing Credit Agreement shall mean the Existing Credit Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement; and (ii) confirms and agrees that to the extent that any such Original Loan Document purports to assign or pledge to any Secured Party a security interest in or Lien on, any collateral as security for all or any portion of any of the Obligations of Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be, from time to time existing in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement or the Original Loan Document, such pledge or assignment or grant of the security interest or Lien is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects with respect to this Agreement and the Loan Documents.
(d)Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Administrative Agent, without representation, warranty, or recourse, hereby terminates each Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement and automatically, without further action by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, releases, terminates and discharges fully all liens, pledges and security interests of every type at any time granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to the Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements. The Administrative Agent authorizes each pledgor party to a Limited Recourse Pledge Agreement, after the Closing Date, to prepare and file any UCC-3 Termination Statements or other documents necessary to evidence the release of any such Liens granted in the Shareholder Limited Recourse Pledge Agreements. From and after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent further agrees to procure, deliver, or execute all further releases, certificates, instruments, and documents as may be reasonably requested or which are required to evidence the foregoing, in each case, at the expense of Borrower.
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
136
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
HOLDINGS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BORROWER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ENFUSION LTD. LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
as the Administrative Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
LENDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SILICON VALLEY BANK, |
|
|
as the Issuing Lender and as a Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
Subsidiary |
|
Jurisdiction of Organization |
Enfusion Ltd. LLC |
|
Delaware |
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated July 1, 2021, with respect to the financial statement of Enfusion, Inc. included in the Amendment No.2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-259635) and related Prospectus of Enfusion, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
October 12, 2021
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated July 1, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Enfusion Ltd. LLC included in the Amendment No.2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-259635) and related Prospectus of Enfusion, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
October 12, 2021